COTT CORP /CN/
10-K, 2000-03-31
BOTTLED & CANNED SOFT DRINKS & CARBONATED WATERS
Previous: COTT CORP /CN/, ARS, 2000-03-31
Next: COTT CORP /CN/, DEF 14A, 2000-03-31



<PAGE>   1

                                    FORM 10-K
                                  UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

         [ X ]  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
                       THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
                    For the fiscal year ended January 1, 2000
                                                 OR
         [  ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
                       THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
              For the transition period from _________ to _________

                        Commission file number 000-19914

                                COTT CORPORATION
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


          CANADA                                            None
- -------------------------------               ---------------------------------
(State or other jurisdiction of               (IRS Employer Identification No.)
incorporation or organization)

207 Queen's Quay West
Toronto, Ontario                                          M5J 1A7
- -------------------------------               ---------------------------------
(Address of principal executive offices)                 (Zip Code)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code:    (416) 203-3898

Securities registered pursuant to section 12(b) of the Act:  None

Securities registered pursuant to section 12(g) of the Act:

Common shares without nominal       The Toronto Stock Exchange
      or par value                  Nasdaq
- -----------------------------       -------------------------------------------
(Title of each class)               (Name of each exchange on which registered)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required
to be filed by section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was
required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing
requirements for the last 90 days.

                                Yes [ X ] No [  ]

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to item 405
of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best of the registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information
statements incorporated by reference in part III in this form 10-K or any
amendment to this form 10-K. [ X ]

The aggregate market value of the common equity held by non-affiliates of the
registrant as of March 20, 2000, (based on the closing sale price of the
registrant's common stock as reported on the NASDAQ on such date) was
$328,148,258.

The number of shares outstanding of the registrant's common stock as of March
20, 2000 was 59,837,392.


                                       1

<PAGE>   2


                       DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the Company's Annual Report to Shareowners for the year ended
January 1, 2000, (the "Company's 1999 Annual Report to Shareowners") are
incorporated by reference in Part I, II and IV.

Portions of the Company's Proxy Circular for the Annual Meeting of Shareowners
to be held on May 3, 2000 are incorporated by reference in Part III.

                                     PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

GENERAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE BUSINESS(1)

Cott Corporation was incorporated under the laws of Canada on July 25, 1955
under the name Cott Beverages (Canada) Ltd., and amalgamated with Stewart
Bottling Company (Limited) on February 1, 1966. On May 22, 1969, the name was
changed to Cott Beverages Ltd., and on June 7, 1991 the name was changed to Cott
Corporation. On January 3, 1999, the Company amalgamated with Atlantic Beverages
Ltd., Cott Beverages Inc., Cott Beverages West Ltd., Bessey Juices Inc. and
3566170 Canada Limited (each such entity being, directly or indirectly,
wholly-owned by the Company), and continued as Cott Corporation. The Company's
common shares ("Common Shares") were split on three occasions during the 1990's:
three for one (on December 18, 1991); two for one (on July 29, 1992); and two
for one (on July 30, 1993).

The Company's governing statute is the Canada Business Corporations Act. Its
registered office is located at 333 Avro Avenue, Pointe-Claire, Quebec, Canada
H9R 5W3 and its executive office is located at 207 Queen's Quay West, Suite 340,
Toronto, Ontario, Canada M5J 1A7.

The Company is a leading supplier of premium quality retailer brand carbonated
soft drinks ("CSD"). The Company's product line also includes clear, sparkling
flavored beverages, juices and juice-based products, bottled water, and iced
teas. The Company's products are principally sold under customer controlled
private labels, but also under the Company's own control brands and licensed
brand names. The Company operates its Canadian beverages business through its
Cott Beverages Canada division and its United Kingdom and United States
beverages businesses through its indirect, wholly owned significant
subsidiaries: Cott Beverages Ltd. and BCB USA Corp., respectively.

NARRATIVE DESCRIPTION OF THE BUSINESS

During the last few years, following the terminal illness of the Company's
former Chief Executive Officer, Gerald Pencer, the Company has gone through a
period of transition. Challenges resulting from this transitional period have
been identified and addressed by a new management team. Since mid-1998, the
Company has hired a new Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and
Chief Information Officer, as well as Presidents for two of the Company's
divisions, each of whom has brought significant strengths and turnaround
experience to the Company. This team has set aggressive goals designed to
generate shareowner value. Three fundamental strategies have been adopted to
facilitate the achievement of these goals: (i) focus on the CSD business in the
Company's core geographic markets of Canada, the United Kingdom and the United
States; (ii) optimize the Company's cost structure; and (iii) strengthen the
management team.

______________________
[FN]
(1)  Unless otherwise indicated, all references to cases are eight ounce
     equivalent cases and all references to currency are in United States (U.S.)
     dollars. References to "1997" apply to the fiscal year ended January 31,
     1998. In October 1998, the Company decided to report its financial results
     on a calendar year basis, which resulted in an 11-month fiscal period that
     ended on January 2, 1999, which is referred to as "1998". References to
     "1999" apply to the fiscal year that ended January 1, 2000. References to
     "2000" apply to the fiscal year that will end on December 30, 2000. Unless
     the context otherwise indicates, references herein to the "Company" mean
     Cott Corporation together with all of its subsidiaries.
</FN>


                                       2

<PAGE>   3

The Company manufactures virtually all of its Canadian and United Kingdom
beverages in facilities that are either owned or leased by the Company.
Approximately 75% of the Company's United States beverages are produced in
facilities that are either owned or leased by the Company or by a third party
manufacturer with whom the Company has a long-term contract packing agreement.
The Company relies on third parties to produce and distribute products in areas
or markets where the Company does not have its own production facilities or when
the Company requires additional production capacity.

Since 1994, a series of acquisitions have expanded and strengthened the
Company's production and distribution capabilities in its core geographic
markets.

     -    the acquisition (in January 1994) of a 51% interest in Benjamin Shaw
          (Pontefract) Limited ("Ben Shaw"), a company formed to acquire the
          canning operation of Rutland Trust plc's existing soft drink
          subsidiary, Benjamin Shaw & Sons Limited. In June 1995, the Company
          purchased the remaining 49% interest in Ben Shaw, which remains an
          integral part of the Company's United Kingdom operations;

     -    the acquisition (in May 1994) of the assets of Vess Beverages, Inc.
          and Vess Specialty Packaging Company (including the Company's
          manufacturing facilities in St. Louis, Missouri and Sikeston,
          Missouri);

     -    the acquisition (in November 1996) of the private label CSD and spring
          water businesses of Brio Beverages Inc., including a beverage
          manufacturing plant and equipment in Surrey, British Columbia, Canada;

     -    the acquisition (in January 1997) of the rights to the private label
          CSD business of Premium Beverage Packers, Inc. ("Premium") including a
          long-term contract packing agreement with Premium, which secured for
          the Company approximately 75% of Premium's CSD production capacity at
          its plant in Wyommissing, Pennsylvania. In November 1999, the Company
          modified its arrangement with Premium and settled its obligation under
          the January 1997 acquisition agreement;

     -    the acquisition (in March 1997) of the shares of Texas Beverage
          Packers, Inc., a CSD manufacturer with a plant located in San Antonio,
          Texas;

     -    the construction of two new beverage production facilities, one in
          Wilson, North Carolina and one in Tampa, Florida, which have been
          fully operational since June 1997 and August 1997, respectively;

     -    the construction of a polyethylene terephthalate ("PET") preform
          manufacturing plant in Leland, North Carolina, which has been fully
          operational since January 1998. PET preforms, which are produced at
          this facility, are blown into PET bottles in four of the Company's
          manufacturing plants in North America. In February 2000, the Company
          announced its intent to sell its PET preform manufacturing plant and
          its bottle blowing assets in three of the four plants to
          Schmalbach-Lubeca Plastic Containers USA, Inc. ("Schmalbach"). The
          sale will likely be completed in the spring of 2000. This decision is
          a further step in the Company's ongoing strategic alignment of its
          resources and reflects a desire to free-up cash assets for deployment
          in its core business. In conjunction with this sale, the Company will
          enter into a long-term supply agreement with Schmalbach for the supply
          of PET bottles in the United States; and

     -    the acquisition (in the fall of 1997) of 100% of the outstanding share
          capital of Hero Drinks Group (UK) Limited ("Hero"), through which the
          Company acquired Hero's state of the art manufacturing facilities,
          including the production of PET bottles, along with Hero's established
          customer base.

These acquisitions have transformed the Company from one that was dependent on
third party manufacturing for much of its production to one that today produces
approximately 81% of its beverages in facilities that are owned or leased by the
Company or by a third party with whom the Company has a long-term packing
agreement.


                                       3
<PAGE>   4


The Company's strategy to focus on its core business resulted in the decision to
divest the following non-strategic operations:

     -    the Company's Australian beverage operations, which were sold in April
          1999;

     -    the Company's frozen food business, which was sold in May 1999;

     -    the Company's packaging design business, which was sold in May 1999
          (subject to an agreement by which the new owners committed to provide
          ongoing creative services to the Company at competitive rates over a
          ten year period);

     -    the Company's Featherstone CSD manufacturing plant and related
          business in the United Kingdom, which were sold in May 1999; and,

     -    a minority interest in Menu Foods Limited (a pet food manufacturer),
          which was sold in August 1999.

In prior years, the Company disposed of its bottling operations in Norway and
South Africa, its beer and snack food businesses, and sold its joint-venture
interest in the "Virgin" soft drink business.

Recognizing the need for sustained long-term growth combined with increased
efficiency, the Company began a restructuring of its worldwide operations in the
fall of 1998 to centralize organizations in its three core markets. In January
1999, in order to simplify the corporate structure, the Company completed a
reorganization involving various of its Canadian and United States operating
subsidiaries. One of the results of that reorganization is that the Company now
operates its Canadian beverages business through its Cott Beverages Canada
division. Also in January 1999, the Company's principal United States beverage
operating company, Cott Beverages USA, Inc., merged with its subsidiaries
(continuing as Cott Beverages USA, Inc.), and in January, 2000 that entity
changed its name to BCB USA Corp. The Company now operates its United States
beverage business as "Cott Beverages USA, a division of BCB USA Corp."

In addition to changes in the Company's management and strategic focus, in July
of 1998 the Company's shareowner composition underwent a transition. The Company
and various members of the Pencer family completed a transaction involving
Thomas H. Lee Company and various parties related thereto (collectively, "THL")
whereby THL purchased an aggregate of:

     -    10,000,000 Common Shares together with an option (the "Option") to
          purchase an additional 5,000,000 Common Shares; and

     -    4,000,000 Convertible Participating Voting Second Preferred Shares,
          Series 1 ("Preferred Shares"), which are entitled to voting rights
          together with the Common Shares on an as converted basis.

As a result of the transaction, assuming conversion of the Preferred Shares and
the exercise of the Option, THL owns approximately 30% of the Company's
outstanding Common Shares. Additionally, in November 1999, THL was granted the
right to purchase up to an additional 5% of the Company's outstanding voting
shares on the open market, which upon completion would bring its percentage
holding of the Company's outstanding voting shares to no more than 35%,
calculated on a fully diluted basis. As consideration for the grant of this
right, pursuant to the November agreement, THL has, on its own behalf and on
behalf of entities that are related to or affiliated with THL ("THL Entities"),
granted to the Chairman of the Board of the Company a proxy to vote that number
of voting shares of the Company to ensure that at no time will the THL Entities
have voting rights in respect of more than 35% of the outstanding voting shares
of the Company, calculated on a fully diluted basis. THL, on its own behalf and
on behalf of the THL Entities, has also agreed not to exercise any options to
acquire additional Common Shares of the Company if, after giving effect to such
exercise, the THL Entities would have the power to vote or hold more than 35% of
the outstanding voting shares of the Company, calculated on a fully diluted
basis.


                                       4

<PAGE>   5



FINANCIAL INFORMATION ABOUT SEGMENTS

For financial information about segments see note 25 to the Company's
consolidated financial statements, found on pages 40 and 41 of the Company's
1999 Annual Report to Shareowners, which is incorporated herein by reference.

MARKET FOR SECURITIES

The Company's Common Shares are listed on The Toronto Stock Exchange and are
quoted through the Nasdaq National Market.

PRINCIPAL PRODUCTS AND PRINCIPAL MARKETS

The Company's principal markets are in Canada, the United Kingdom and the United
States, and the Company is the fourth largest soft drink manufacturer in the
world. While the majority of the Company's products are produced as private
label for retail customers, the Company also sells proprietary products that
include the Company's own and licensed brands.

In 1999, sales of beverages represented 99.7% of the Company's total sales
revenues, as compared to 99.2% in 1998 and 99.3% in 1997. Sales of beverages in
Canada for 1999 totaled $169.2 million. The Company believes that sales growth
may be achieved in Canada through increased penetration with existing customers.
Sales of beverages in the United Kingdom for 1999 totaled $186.1 million. The
Company believes that growth opportunities are available in the United Kingdom
as it increases its presence in the non-cola and alternative beverage segment.
The Company's sales of beverages in the United States totaled $596.8 million in
1999. The Company believes that the opportunity exists to increase sales of
beverages in the United States through organic growth with existing customers
and by obtaining new customers.

The Company distributes its beverages in a variety of ways. Sales in Canada and
the United States are either: (i) picked up by customers at the Company's
facilities; (ii) distributed to store locations using third party distributors;
or (iii) delivered by the Company or a common carrier to either the customer's
distribution centers or directly to retail locations. In the United Kingdom,
product is delivered to the customer's distribution centers or directly to
stores, utilizing third-party carriers, although a few customers collect
directly from the point of manufacture.

NEW PRODUCTS

The Company introduced several new products during 1999 including: President's
Choice(TM) lemon iced tea for Loblaws in Canada and CHUBBY(TM) CSDs produced
under license in Canada; low-acid fruit drinks, organic fruit carbonated drinks,
premium lemonades and high energy adult drinks in the United Kingdom; and
reverse osmosis bottled water in the United States.

RAW MATERIALS

In January 1994, the Company entered into a long-term worldwide concentrate
supply contract (the "RC Agreement") with Royal Crown Company Inc. ("RCC"). The
RC Agreement, which is for a term of 21 years from January, 1994 (with perpetual
6 year extensions thereafter) provides that RCC will supply private label
concentrates exclusively to the Company and that the Company will purchase all
of its requirements for cola concentrates and at least 75% of its total
requirements for cola and non-cola concentrates from RCC, for use by the Company
in its private label and proprietary label CSD. If the RC Supply agreement is
terminated because of a breach by RCC or because RCC elects not to extend the RC
Agreement, the Company will own all formulae developed for it or its customers
that are in use at the time.


                                       5

<PAGE>   6


In addition to concentrates, the principal raw materials required for the
Company's manufacturing operations are PET bottles, cans, sweeteners, labels,
cartons and trays, bottle caps and carbon dioxide. The Company has a variety of
suppliers for many of its materials, and has had long standing relationships
with many of its raw material suppliers. Although the Company typically enters
into annual supply arrangements with its suppliers, and does not have long-term
contracts with most of them, it does have long-term agreements with suppliers of
certain key raw materials, such as cans, sweeteners, and PET bottles. With the
exception of the unique formulations provided by RCC, the Company believes that
alternate supplies are readily available at comparable prices in the event it is
unable to source materials from any of its suppliers. The majority of the
Company's raw materials are purchased subject to agreements that allow for
adjustments in prices that reflect the suppliers' raw material cost changes. The
remaining raw materials are subject to fixed prices for a term of one year,
after which the Company typically negotiates new terms based upon prevailing
market conditions. Should the Company's cost of raw materials increase, there is
no assurance that the Company can increase prices to its customers to reflect
such increases, nor can there by any assurance that such price increases will
take effect at the same time as the Company's raw material costs increase.

Although none of the raw materials used by the Company is in short supply, the
supply of specific raw materials may be adversely affected by governmental
controls, labor disputes, weather conditions or national emergency conditions.

TRADE SECRETS, TRADEMARKS AND LICENSES

The bulk of the Company's sales of beverages are to private label customers who
own the trademarks associated with those products. The Company is the registered
owner of certain trademarks, most notably "COTT"(TM) in Canada. The Company is
licensed to use certain trademarks, including: "CHUBBY"(TM) in Canada and
"RC"(TM) in certain regions of Canada; and "BENSHAWS"(TM), "HERO"(TM) and
"CARTERS"(TM) in the United Kingdom. The Company sells beverages under the
"Stars & StripEs"(TM) mark in the United States and an application to register
this trademark is pending. The Company does not own and is not licensed to
market soft drink products in the United States under the "Cott"(TM) trademark
or brand name, which is owned in the United States by an unrelated party.

SEASONALITY OF SALES

Sales of beverages are somewhat seasonal, with the highest sales volumes
generally occurring in the second and third fiscal quarters (corresponding to
the warmer months of the year). Accordingly, the Company's sales volume can be
affected by weather conditions in its core markets. The Company believes that it
has adequate production capacity to meet future sales demands for beverages
during peak periods.

CUSTOMERS

The Company's customers include many of the largest national and regional
grocery, mass-merchandise and drugstore chains, wholesale and convenience store
chains, in its core markets of Canada, the United Kingdom and the United States.

During 1999, sales to Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. and Safeway, Inc., accounted for
approximately 41%, in the aggregate, of the Company's total consolidated sales.
The Company considers its commercial relationships with these customers, which
have both been ongoing for more than 7 years, to be satisfactory. The loss of
any significant customer, or customers which in the aggregate represent a
significant portion of the Company's sales, could have a material adverse effect
on the Company's operating results and cash flows.

                                       6

<PAGE>   7


COMPETITION

The markets for the Company's products are extremely competitive. The companies
that produce and market the major national brand beverages located in the
Company's core geographies possess significantly greater financial and marketing
resources than the Company. Private label beverages sold by the Company's
customers compete for access to shelf space with branded beverage products on
the basis of quality and price. Even though such shelf space is primarily
controlled by the Company's customers, there is no guarantee that they will
allocate space to their own private label products. In addition, should any of
the national brand companies enter the private label segment of the beverage
market, the Company's operating results and cash flow could also be materially
adversely affected. The Company also competes with other non-alcoholic beverage
manufacturers.

The Company also faces competition from other private label beverage
manufacturers in the United States and the United Kingdom, some of which possess
substantial regional bottling facilities. According to industry sources, the
consolidation of the North American CSD industry in recent years has resulted in
the closure of a number of manufacturing facilities and the rationalization of
production into the remaining large, and in some cases newly constructed,
manufacturing facilities. Although this has reduced the number of competitors
supplying private label CSD, it has intensified competition by creating larger,
more financially secure competitors.

The Company differentiates itself from other private label beverage suppliers by
offering its customers competitive pricing, superior service, efficient
distribution methods, manufacturing innovation, premium quality products,
category management and strategies for packaging and marketing. The Company's
private label programs are designed to enhance the profitability of each
customer's product category. Quality and consistency of taste are ensured by
access to premium quality cola and other concentrates, primarily through the RC
Agreement.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

The Company maintains a research facility in Columbus, Georgia where new
beverages are developed and customized for customers. The Company believes that
the provision of these services and the expansion of its product lines are key
to innovation, and is an important part of the Company's business strategy.
During 1999, the Company spent approximately $1.9 million on product research
and development.

GOVERNMENTAL CONTROLS AND ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

In producing and distributing the beverages in the Company's core markets, the
Company must comply with various laws and regulations that address a variety of
issues such as food quality, environmental protection, transportation,
labelling, occupational health and safety and advertising in each of its core
markets.

The Ontario Environmental Protection Act (the "Ontario Act") provides that a
minimum percentage of a bottler's soft drink sales within specified areas in
Ontario must be made in refillable containers. In order to comply with these
requirements, the Company, like other industry participants, would have to
significantly increase its sales in refillable containers. While attempts to
improve sales in refillable containers are being undertaken, the requirements of
the Ontario Act are not being met by the Company or other industry participants.
These provincial restrictions are currently not being enforced by the Ontario
government. If enforced, the requirements of the Ontario Act relating to sales
in refillable containers could result in significantly reduced margins in the
750 ml refillable glass package as well as potential fines for non-compliance
and the possible prohibition of sales of soft drinks in non-refillable
containers in Ontario. Although the Company continues to work with industry
groups to review possible alternatives to propose to the government in
connection with requirements relating to sales in refillable containers, the
success of such efforts cannot be predicted, and such requirements are
ultimately beyond industry control.


                                       7

<PAGE>   8


The Company is subject to other environmental legislation in the jurisdictions
in which it carries on business. The Company's beverage manufacturing operations
do not use or generate a significant amount of toxic or hazardous substances.
The Company has not been notified of any enforcement actions against it under
environmental legislation, and is not aware of any environmental contamination
at any of its properties, which could result in material clean-up costs.
Management believes that its current practices and procedures for the control
and disposition of such wastes comply in all material respects with applicable
laws, and with the exception of the Ontario Act, that the Company is in
compliance in all material respects with the existing legislation in its core
markets.

EMPLOYEES

As of January 1, 2000, the Company had approximately 2,048 employees, of which
an estimated 696 are located in Canada, 481 are located in the United Kingdom,
continental Europe and elsewhere and 871 are located in the United States. The
Company, through its divisions and subsidiaries, has entered into numerous
collective bargaining agreements that management believes contain terms that are
typical in the beverage industry. Management currently believes that as these
agreements expire they will be renegotiated on terms satisfactory to the
Company. The Company considers its relations with its employees to be
satisfactory.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

The Company operates six beverage production facilities in Canada; four of which
are owned (of which one has security against it) and two of which are leased by
the Company. In the United Kingdom, the Company owns and operates two beverage
production facilities (both of which have security against them). In the United
States, the Company operates six beverage production facilities, four of which
are owned and two of which are leased. Total square footage of the production
facilities operated by the Company is approximately 934,317 in Canada; 416,000
in the United Kingdom; and 1,113,920 in the United States. Lease terms for those
beverage production facilities that are leased expire between the years of 2002
and 2007. The Company believes that its facilities and production equipment,
together with its third-party bottling arrangements, provides it with sufficient
capacity to meet current intended purposes, and that they will be sufficient to
supply foreseeable demand from customers, even in peak months. In addition,
opportunities exist to accommodate increased demand through additional
production in the current facilities by increasing personnel and the number of
shifts.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

The Company, and certain of its predecessors are named as defendants in an
action by 957508 Ontario Ltd., Bevpac Beverages Ltd., Frank Pirillo, Sam
Olivito, 916939 Ontario Ltd. and Management International Trading Company
Limited. The action, which commenced on or about September 15, 1997 in the
Ontario Court (General Division), claims damages of (Cdn.) $15,000,000 for
breach of contract and negligent misrepresentation and an account receivable of
(Cdn.) $124,000. The claim arises out of the alleged wrongful termination of
Bevpac Beverages Ltd. as a distributor for the Company. The Company in turn has
counterclaimed for amounts it claims are owing, including approximately: (Cdn.)
$600,000 due on a mortgage, (Cdn.) $350,000 due on promissory notes, trade
accounts due of (Cdn.) $400,000, (Cdn.) $178,000 for payment made pursuant to an
indemnity obligation on a lease and (Cdn.) $40,000 for unreturned pallets. The
Company has also claimed (Cdn.) $50,000 against Frank Pirillo pursuant to the
terms of a guarantee of the mortgage. No trial date has been set as yet but
discoveries in the action have been held and the trial will likely commence by
the end of 2000. The Company believes that it has a valid defense to the claims
made by the plaintiffs and that in any event any damages likely to be awarded to
the plaintiffs are not expected to be material, and will be offset by the
amounts owing to the defendants.

DPI (now Interim BCB, LLC and wholly-owned by the Company), and the Company are
named as defendants in an action by Channelmark Corporation ("Channelmark"),
commenced on or about October 16, 1997 in the United States District Court,
Minnesota. Channelmark alleges that DPI breached a contract regarding the
processing and


                                       8

<PAGE>   9


marketing of chicken by-products and miscuts, fraudulently induced Channelmark
to enter into the contract, tortious interference with prospective advantage,
unfair competition, and related claims. In its complaint, Channelmark sought
unspecified damages in excess of $75,000. In its Initial Disclosure, filed in
accordance with Federal Rule of Civil Procedure 26, Channelmark claimed initial
unspecified damages of $3,500,000, which was subsequently increased to
$38,216,552. DPI has denied Channelmark's allegations, and has asserted a
counterclaim against Channelmark and its principals alleging breach of contract,
fraud, and breach of fiduciary duty, claiming damages in excess of $4,000,000.
Discovery has been completed, except for possible depositions of expert
witnesses. DPI and the Company served a summary judgment motion seeking
dismissal of Channelmark's Complaint. Channelmark and its principals served a
summary judgment motion seeking dismissal of DPI's Counterclaim. These motions
were heard by the Court on June 18, 1999, and a decision was rendered on March
21, 2000. In its Summary Judgment Order, the Court dismissed all of
Channelmark's fraud claims, except one, and its unfair competition claim. The
Court also dismissed DPI's Counterclaim alleging fraud and breach of fiduciary
duty. The Company believes that it has a valid defense to the remaining claims
made by the plaintiffs and that, in any event, any damages likely to be awarded
to the plaintiff are not expected to be material, and will be offset by the
amounts claimed by the Defendants on the Counterclaim.

In March, 1999, the Company, DPI (now Interim BCB, LLC and wholly-owned by the
Company) and an individual were named as defendants in an action by Rositas,
Inc., a corporation d/b/a Rosita Foods Inc. in a case filed in the Circuit Court
of Cook County, Illinois, in which plaintiff alleges various claims arising from
DPI's alleged failure to purchase certain products from the plaintiff.
Specifically, the plaintiff has alleged claims against the defendants for breach
of contract, detrimental reliance, promissory estoppel, intentional interference
with business and fraud. The plaintiff seeks damages in the amount of $4,540,000
plus research and development expenses, lost earnings, punitive damages and
miscellaneous and incidental costs. The action is still in its early stages.
Based upon information currently available, the Company believes that it has a
reasonable defense to the claim and that in any event, any damages likely to be
awarded to the plaintiff are not expected to be material.

In August 1999, the Company was named as a defendant in an action styled North
American Container, Inc. v. Plastipak Packaging Inc., et al., filed in the
United States District Court for the Northern District of Texas, Dallas
Division. The plaintiff, North American Container, Inc., has sued over forty
defendants, alleging, inter alia, that Cott USA Corporation has infringed a U.S.
patent relating to plastic containers. North American Container, Inc. has filed
a motion to substitute BCB USA Corp. for Cott USA Corporation as a defendant.
The plaintiff alleges that the infringement is willful, and seeks injunctive
relief, treble damages and recovery of attorneys' fees and costs. The case is in
the early stages, and discovery has not yet begun. As a result, the Company is
not in a position to state the anticipated outcome of this case at this time, as
the Company is still investigating the allegations and the potential defenses.

In December 1999, the Company was named as a defendant in an action styled
Trinity Plastic Products Inc. v Cott Corporation, filed in the Ontario Superior
Court of Justice. The plaintiff, Trinity Plastic Products Inc. claims (Cdn.)
$10,000,000 in damages for breach of contract and (Cdn.) $1,000,000 in punitive
and exemplary damages. The claim alleges a contractual obligation on the part of
the Company to pay the plaintiff a commission with respect to purchases of
shrink film purchased by the Company. The action is in the preliminary stages
and no examinations for discovery have been conducted. Based upon information
currently available, the Company believes that it has a reasonable defense to
the claim and that in any event, any damages likely to be awarded to the
plaintiff are not expected to be material.

The Company is engaged in various litigation matters in the ordinary course of
its business, none of which, individually or in the aggregate, the Company
considers to have a material adverse effect on the financial condition of the
Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole.


                                       9
<PAGE>   10


ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

Not applicable.

                                     PART II


ITEM 5. MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED SHAREOWNER MATTERS

The Company's common shares are listed on The Toronto Stock Exchange under the
ticker symbol BCB; and on Nasdaq under the ticker symbol COTT.

The tables below sets forth for the periods indicated the high and low reported
sales prices per share.

                       THE TORONTO STOCK EXCHANGE (CDN. $)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     1999                        1998
                             ------------------         -------------------
                             HIGH          LOW           HIGH          LOW
                             ----          ---           ----          ---
<S>                          <C>           <C>          <C>            <C>
   First quarter             6.20          3.00         13.75          8.00
   Second quarter            7.35          3.60         13.20          8.10
   Third quarter             6.45          4.70         12.00          7.85
   Fourth quarter            9.00          5.85          9.50          4.60
</TABLE>


                                   NASDAQ ($)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     1999                        1998
                             ------------------         -------------------
                             HIGH          LOW           HIGH          LOW
                             ----          ---           ----          ---
<S>                          <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
   First quarter             4.13          1.97          9.75          5.58
   Second quarter            4.94          2.38          8.88          5.56
   Third quarter             4.94          3.16          8.13          5.19
   Fourth quarter            6.25          3.97          6.17          3.00
</TABLE>

The number of shareowners of record as of March 21, 2000 was 1,162. This number
was determined from records maintained by the Company's transfer agent and does
not include beneficial owners of the Company's securities whose securities are
held in the names of various dealers or clearing agencies.

The Company has not paid any cash dividends with respect to Common Shares since
June 1998 and the Company's Board of Directors has no present plans for
declaring any such dividends. See note 15 to the consolidated financial
statements for restrictions on dividend payments, on page 34 of the Company's
1999 Annual Report to Shareowners, incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

"Selected Financial Data" for the year 1995 through 1999, on page 43 of the
Company's 1999 Annual Report to Shareowners, is incorporated herein by
reference.

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
        OF OPERATIONS

"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results from
Operations" on pages 12 to 22 of the Company's 1999 Annual Report to
Shareowners, is incorporated herein by reference.

                                       10

<PAGE>   11


ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

"Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk" on pages 20 and 21
of the Company's 1999 Annual Report to Shareowners, is incorporated herein by
reference.

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

The following consolidated financial statements of the Company, included in the
Company's 1999 Annual Report to Shareowners, are incorporated herein by
reference at the pages indicated:

          1.   Report of Independent Accountants (page 23)
          2.   Consolidated Statements of Income - Year ended January 1, 2000,
               period ended January 2, 1999 and year ended January 31, 1998
               (page 24)
          3.   Consolidated Balance Sheets - January 1, 2000 and January 2, 1999
               (page 25)
          4.   Consolidated Statements of Shareowners' Equity - Year ended
               January 1, 2000, period ended January 2, 1999 and year ended
               January 31, 1998 (page 26)
          5.   Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows - Year ended January 1,
               2000, period ended January 2, 1999 and year ended January 31,
               1998 (page 27)
          6.   Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (page 28 - 41)
          7.   Quarterly Data (Unaudited) (page 42)

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

Not applicable.


                                       11

<PAGE>   12


                                    PART III

ITEM 10. EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY

The following is a list of names and ages of all the executive officers of the
Company as of March 20, 2000, indicating all positions and offices with the
Company held by each such person. All officers have served in their present
capacities for the past five years except as otherwise stated


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

NAME AND MUNICIPALITY OF                                                       RINCIPAL               YEAR BECAME
     RESIDENCE                                   OFFICE                       OCCUPATION         AGE    OFFICER
- ------------------------           --------------------------------------    --------------      ---  -----------
<S>                                <C>                                       <C>                <C>      <C>
Frank E. Weise III                 President, Chief Executive Officer and    Officer of the      55       1998
Haverford, Pennsylvania            Director                                      Company

Mark Benadiba                      Executive Vice-President and              Officer of the      46       1990
Toronto, Ontario                   President, Cott Beverages Canada              Company

David G. Bluestein                 Executive Vice-President and              Officer of the      54       1998
Ridgefield, Connecticut            President, Cott Beverages USA                 Company

Paul R. Richardson                 Executive Vice-President, Global          Officer of the      43       1994
Sarasota, Florida                  Procurement and Innovation                    Company

Raymond P. Silcock                 Executive Vice-President and              Officer of the      49       1998
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania         Chief Financial Officer                       Company

Neil A. Thompson                   Executive Vice-President and              Officer of the      44       1999
Tewkesbury, Gloucester             Managing Director, Cott United                Company
United Kingdom                     Kingdom and Europe

Mark R. Halperin                   Senior Vice-President,                    Officer of the      42       1995
Toronto, Ontario                   General Counsel and Secretary                 Company

James S. Reynolds                  Senior Vice-President,                    Officer of the      49       1998
Waterloo, Ontario                  Chief Information Officer                     Company

Colin D. Walker                    Senior Vice-President,                    Officer of the      42       1998
London, Ontario                    Human Resources                               Company

Tina Dell'Aquila                   Vice-President, Controller                Officer of the      37       1998
Toronto, Ontario                                                                 Company

Catherine M. Brennan               Vice-President, Treasurer                 Officer of the      42       1999
Toronto, Ontario                                                                 Company

Ivan Grimaldi                      Vice-President, Purchasing                Officer of the      42       2000
Laval, Quebec                                                                    Company

Edmund P. O'Keeffe                 Vice-President, Strategic Planning        Officer of the      36       1999
Toronto, Ontario                                                                 Company

Prem Virmani                       Vice-President, Technical Services        Officer of the      53       1991
Columbus, Georgia                                                                Company
</TABLE>


                                       12


<PAGE>   13


During the last five years, the above persons have been engaged in their
principal occupations or in other executive capacities with the companies
indicated opposite their names or with related or affiliated companies except as
follows: Frank E. Weise III who prior to April 1998 was Chairman of Confab Inc.
(manufacturer of retailer branded feminine hygiene and incontinence products)
and prior to January 1997 held various senior Vice-Presidents' positions with
Campbell Soup Company (national brand food products manufacturer), including
President of its Bakery and Confectionery Division and Chief Financial Officer;
David G. Bluestein who prior to September 1998 was President of IFF Flavors
(flavors and fragrances), prior to 1998 held several senior positions at
Duracell International, including President, North America; Paul R. Richardson
has held several senior management positions since joining Cott in 1994; Raymond
P. Silcock who prior to September 1998 was Chief Financial Officer of Delimex
Holding Inc. (a holding company) and prior to 1997 held various senior positions
at Campbell Soup Company (national brand food products manufacturer), most
recently Vice-President Finance at its Bakery and Confectionery Division; Neil
A. Thompson who prior to February 1999, was a Managing Director of Spillers
Petfoods (pet food company); Mark R. Halperin who prior to September 1998, held
the position of Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary; James S. Reynolds
who prior to September 1998, was a partner at Reylett Technology Management
(technology consulting) and who prior to December 1997 was Corporate VP, Chief
Information Officer Oshawa Group (retailer) and who prior to September 1997 was
Vice President, Corporate Information Services and Officer at Silcorp Limited
(retailer); Colin D. Walker who prior to September 1998, was Senior Manager,
Deloitte & Touche Consulting (consulting company) and prior to September 1997
was Vice-President, Human Resources of Imasco (consumer products and services)
and prior to April 1996 was Vice-President, Human Resources of Canada Trust
Company (trust company); Tina Dell'Aquila who prior to October 1997, was
Director, Corporate Accounting of Dominion Textile Inc. (textile company); and
Catherine M. Brennan who prior to February 1999, was a Treasurer and Senior
Director, Taxation of Nabisco Ltd. (food and beverage company); Edmund O'Keeffe
has held several senior management positions in Marketing since joining the
Company in October 1994.

Executive Officer Mark R. Halperin is the brother of Stephen H. Halperin, a
Director of the Company.

DIRECTORS OF THE COMPANY

For information with respect to the directors of the Company, see the "Election
of Directors" section of the Proxy Circular for the 2000 Annual Meeting of
Shareowners, which is incorporated herein by reference. Additionally, Mr.
Knowles is a director of Wendy's International Limited.

For information with respect to Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, reports for directors and executive officers of the Company, see the
"Section 16 (a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance" section of the Proxy
Circular for the 2000 Annual Meeting of Shareowners, which is incorporated
herein by reference.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

For information with respect to executive compensation, see the "Executive
Compensation" section of the Proxy Circular for the 2000 Annual Meeting of
Shareowners, which is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

For information with respect to security ownership of certain beneficial owners
and management, see the "Voting Shares and Principal Owners Thereof" and the
"Directors Table" sections of the Proxy Statement for the 2000 Annual Meeting of
Shareowners, which are incorporated herein by reference.


                                       13

<PAGE>   14


ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

For information with respect to certain relationships and related transactions,
see the "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions" section of the Proxy
Circular for the 2000 Annual Meeting of Shareowners, which is incorporated
herein by reference.

                                     PART IV

ITEM 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

1.   Financial Statements:
     See Index to Financial Statements (Item 8).

2.   Financial Statements Schedules:

     Report of Independent Accountants

     Schedule II --- Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

     All other schedules for which provision is made in the applicable
     accounting regulation of the Securities and Exchange Commission are not
     required under the related instructions or are inapplicable and, therefore,
     have been omitted.

3.   Exhibits:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     Number   Description
     ------   -----------
<S>           <C>
     3.1      Articles of Incorporation of the Company

     3.2      By-laws of the Company

     4.1      Credit Agreement dated as of August 19, 1999, among the
              Company, First Union (as Administrative Agent), National Bank
              of Canada (as Canadian Agent) and other Financial Institutions
              (as Lenders) named therein

     4.2      Subscription Agreement dated as of June 12, 1998 for
              Convertible Participating Voting Second Preferred Shares,
              Series 1 of the Company (as Issuer).

     4.3      Letter Agreement dated as of November 3, 1999, among the
              Company and the Thomas H. Lee Company

     4.4      Indenture dated as of June 25, 1995, among the Company (as
              Issuer) and The Bank of New York (as Trustee). Filed as
              Exhibit 7.1 to Form F-10, as filed with the SEC June 23, 1995,
              registration number 33-93064

     4.5      Indenture dated as of June 17, 1997, among the Company (as
              Issuer) and Marine Midland Bank (as Trustee). Filed as Exhibit
              7.1 to Form F-10 as filed with the SEC June 10, 1997,
              registration number 333-6944

     4.6      Credit Agreement, dated November 20, 1997 among Cott Beverages
              Limited (formerly Cott UK Limited) (the Borrower) and Lloyds
              TSB Bank plc (the Bank) (as amended on July 14, 1998 and on
              July 5, 1999 and as amended and restated on March 27, 2000)

     10.1     (*) Termination Agreement dated November 1, 1999, among Cott
              Beverages, USA, Inc. and Premium Beverages Packers, Inc.

     10.2     Acquisition Agreement dated November 20, 1997, among Cott UK
              Limited, Cott Corporation and the Several Persons listed in
              Schedule 1 to the Agreement relating to the acquisition of
              Hero Drinks Group (U.K.) Limited

     10.3     (*) Supply Agreement dated December 21, 1998, among Wal-Mart
              Stores, Inc. and Cott Beverages USA, Inc.
</TABLE>



                                       14
<PAGE>   15


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     Number   Description
     ------   -----------
<S>           <C>
     10.4     (*) Concentrate Purchase Agreement dated as of January 28, 1994,
              among BCB International Limited (since assigned to Cott
              Corporation), Cott Corporation and Royal Crown Cola Co. (now
              Royal Crown Company Inc.)

     10.5     Employment Agreement of Frank E. Weise III dated June 11, 1998

     10.6     Employment Agreement of David G. Bluestein dated August 28,
              1998

     10.7     Employment Agreement of Mark Benadiba dated October 7, 1997
              and as amended

     10.8     Employment Agreement of Paul R. Richardson dated August 23,
              1999

     10.9     Employment Agreement of Raymond P. Silcock dated August 17,
              1998

     10.10    1999 Executive Incentive Share Compensation Plan effective
              January 3, 1999

     13       Company's Annual Report to Shareowners for year ended
              January 1, 2000

     27       Financial Data Schedule


</TABLE>

___________
[FN]
     (*)    Document is subject to request for confidential treatment.
</FN>


                                       15


<PAGE>   16










Report of Independent Accountants on
Financial Statement Schedules


To the Board of Directors
  of Cott Corporation


Our audits of the consolidated financial statements referred to in our report
dated February 17, 2000 appearing in the 1999 Annual Report to Shareholders of
Cott Corporation (which report and consolidated financial statements are
incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K) also included an
audit of the financial statement schedules listed in Item 14(2) of this Form
10-K. In our opinion, these financial statement schedules present fairly, in all
material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction
with the consolidated financial statements.

/s/  PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Toronto, Ontario
February 17, 2000


                                       16

<PAGE>   17


                 SCHEDULE II - VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

                           Year ended January 1, 2000

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              BALANCE AT        CHARGED TO     CHARGED TO                      BALANCE AT
                                             BEGINNING OF        COSTS AND      OTHER                           END OF
               DESCRIPTION                      PERIOD           EXPENSES      ACCOUNTS        DEDUCTION        PERIOD
               -----------                      ------           --------      --------        ---------        ------
<S>                                           <C>               <C>            <C>              <C>            <C>
RESERVES DEDUCTED IN THE BALANCE
SHEET FROM THE ASSETS TO WHICH
THEY APPLY
Allowances for losses on:
Trade accounts receivables                    $    (7.5)        $   (2.7)      $     --         $    1.5      $   (8.7)
Inventories                                       (13.3)             1.1             --              6.3          (5.9)
Property, plant and equipment                      (3.5)             0.3             --              3.2            --
Goodwill                                             --             (2.4)            --              1.2          (1.2)
Investment and other assets                        (0.5)            (0.1)          (1.0)             0.5          (1.1)
Deferred income taxes                             (20.2)            14.7             --               --          (5.5)
                                              $   (45.0)        $   10.9       $   (1.0)        $   12.7      $  (22.4)
</TABLE>


                          Period ended January 2, 1999
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              BALANCE AT        CHARGED TO     CHARGED TO                      BALANCE AT
                                             BEGINNING OF        COSTS AND      OTHER                           END OF
               DESCRIPTION                      PERIOD           EXPENSES      ACCOUNTS        DEDUCTION        PERIOD
               -----------                      ------           --------      --------        ---------        ------
<S>                                           <C>               <C>            <C>              <C>           <C>
RESERVES DEDUCTED IN THE BALANCE
SHEET FROM THE ASSETS TO WHICH
THEY APPLY
Allowances for losses on:
Trade accounts receivables                    $    (8.6)        $   (3.9)      $     --         $    5.0      $   (7.5)
Inventories                                        (3.4)           (16.3)            --              6.4         (13.3)
Property, plant and equipment                        --            (18.9)            --             15.4          (3.5)
Goodwill                                             --            (15.5)            --             15.5            --
Investment and other assets                          --             (2.2)            --              1.7          (0.5)
Deferred income taxes                              (3.6)           (16.6)            --               --         (20.2)
                                              $   (15.6)        $  (73.4)      $     --         $   44.0      $  (45.0)
</TABLE>

                           Year ended January 31, 1998
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              BALANCE AT        CHARGED TO     CHARGED TO                      BALANCE AT
                                             BEGINNING OF        COSTS AND      OTHER          DEDUCTION         END OF
               DESCRIPTION                      PERIOD           EXPENSES      ACCOUNTS         (NOTE 1)         PERIOD
               -----------                      ------           --------      --------        ---------        ------
<S>                                           <C>               <C>            <C>              <C>           <C>
RESERVES DEDUCTED IN THE BALANCE
SHEET FROM THE ASSETS TO WHICH
THEY APPLY
Allowances for losses on:
Trade accounts receivables                    $    (4.5)        $   (6.6)      $     --         $   2.5       $   (8.6)
Inventories                                        (1.6)            (2.7)            --             0.9           (3.4)
Property, plant and equipment                        --             (0.3)            --             0.3             --
Deferred income taxes                              (2.8)            (0.8)            --              --           (3.6)
                                              $    (8.9)        $  (10.4)      $     --         $   3.7       $  (15.6)
</TABLE>



                                       17



<PAGE>   18


                                    SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

                                      COTT CORPORATION
                                      (Registrant)
                                      By:

                                              /s/ Frank E. Weise III
                                              ----------------------
                                              FRANK E. WEISE III
                                              Chief Executive Officer and
                                              a Director

                                              Date:    March 21, 2000

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report
has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and
in the capacities and on the dates indicated.


/s/      Frank E. Weise III                              Date:    March 21, 2000
- -----------------------------------------------
FRANK E. WEISE III
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)


/s/      Raymond P. Silcock                              Date:    March 21, 2000
- -----------------------------------------------
RAYMOND P. SILCOCK
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)


/s/      Tina Dell'Aquila                                Date:    March 21, 2000
- -----------------------------------------------
TINA DELL'AQUILA
Vice President, Controller
(Principal Accounting Officer)


/s/      Serge Gouin                                     Date:    March 21, 2000
- -----------------------------------------------
SERGE GOUIN
Chairman of the Board of Directors and Director


/s/      Colin J. Adair                                  Date:    March 21, 2000
- -----------------------------------------------
COLIN J. ADAIR
Director


                                       18

<PAGE>   19



/s/      W. John Bennett                                 Date:    March 21, 2000
- -----------------------------------------------
W. JOHN BENNETT
Director


/s/      C. Hunter Boll                                  Date:    March 21, 2000
- -----------------------------------------------
C. HUNTER BOLL
Director


/s/      Thomas M. Hagerty                               Date:    March 21, 2000
- -----------------------------------------------
THOMAS M. HAGERTY
Director


/s/      Stephen H. Halperin                             Date:    March 21, 2000
- -----------------------------------------------
STEPHEN H. HALPERIN
Director


/s/      David V. Harkins                                Date:    March 21, 2000
- -----------------------------------------------------
DAVID V. HARKINS
Director


/s/      True H. Knowles                                 Date:    March 21, 2000
- -----------------------------------------------------
TRUE H. KNOWLES
Director


/s/      Fraser D. Latta                                 Date:    March 21, 2000
- -----------------------------------------------------
FRASER D. LATTA
Director


/s/      Donald G. Watt                                  Date:    March 21, 2000
- -----------------------------------------------------
DONALD G. WATT
Director



                                       19



<PAGE>   1
                                                                     Exhibit 3.1
<TABLE>
<S>  <C>   <C>                <C>                        <C>          <C>                          <C>
           Industry Canada    Industrie Canada                    FORM 9                                FORMULE 9
                                                         ARTICLES OF AMALGAMATION                   STATUTS DE FUSION
           Canada Business    Loi canadienne sur les           (SECTION 185)                          (ARTICLE 185)
           Corporations  Act  societes par actions


1 -  Name of amalgamated corporation                                  Denomination de la societe issue de la fusion

     COTT CORPORATION
     CORPORATION COTT

2 -  The place in Canada where the registered office is to            Lieu au Canada ou droit etre situe le siege social
     be situated

District of Montreal, Province of Quebec

3 -  The classes and any maximum number of shares that                Categories et tout nombre maximal d'actions que la societe est
     the corporation is authorized to issue                           autorsee a emettre

An unlimited number of First Preferred Shares, issuable in series, an unlimited number of Second Preferred Shares, issuable in
series and an unlimited number of common shares. The rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching to
the First Preferred Shares, Second Preferred Shares and common shares are attached hereto as Schedule "A".

4 -  Restrictions, if any, on share transfers                         Restrictions sur le transfert des actions, s'il y a lieu

None

5 -  Number (or minimum and maximum number) of directors              Nombre (ou nombre minimal et maximal) d'administrateurs

Such number not greater than fifteen nor less than three
as the board of directors may determine.

6 -  Restrictions, if any, on business the corporation                Limites imposees a l'activite commerciale de la societe,
     may carry on                                                     s'il y a lieu

None

7 -  Other provisions, if any                                         Autres dispositions, s'il y a lieu

The annexed Schedule "B" is incorporated in this form.

8 -  The amalgamation has been approved pursuant to that section      8 -  La fusion a ete approuvee en accord avel l'article ou le
     or subsection of the Act which is indicated as follows:               paragraphe de la Loi indique ci-apres

                                                 [ ]    183
                                                 [X]    184(1)
                                                 [ ]    184(2)

9 -  Name of the amalgamating corporations          Corporation No.           Signature              Date              Title
     Denomination des societes fusionnantes         No de la societe                                                   Titre

  COTT CORPORATION                                                                                 Dec. 21/99         Secretary
  CORPORATION COTT                                  3573222
  3699455 CANADA INC.                               3699455                                        Dec. 21/99         Secretary
</TABLE>


FOR DEPARTMENTAL USE ONLY - A L'USAGE DU MINISTERE SEULEMENT     Filed - Deposee
Corporation No. - No de la societe




<PAGE>   2


                                  SCHEDULE "A"



1.0  FIRST PREFERRED SHARES

     The first preferred shares shall, as a class, carry and be subject to the
following rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions:

1.1  The first preferred shares may be issued at any time and from time to time
in one or more series, each series to consist of such number of first preferred
shares as may, before the issue thereof, be determined by resolution passed by
the Board of Directors of the Corporation. The number of shares of any series
may from time to time be increased by the Board of Directors of the Corporation
upon compliance with the same conditions as are applicable to the issue of
shares of a new series.

1.2  The Board of Directors of the Corporation shall, subject as hereinafter
provided and subject to the provisions of the Canada Business Corporations Act,
fix, by resolution duly passed before the issue of the first preferred shares of
each series, the designation, rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions to
be attached to the first preferred shares of such series, including, but without
in any way limiting or restricting the generality of the foregoing:

    (i)   provisions, if any, with respect to the rights of the holders of the
          first preferred shares of such series to receive notice of or to
          attend any meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation or to vote
          at any such meeting;

    (ii)  whether any dividends shall be payable on the first preferred shares
          of such series and, if dividends are to be payable thereon, the rate,
          amount or method of calculation or preferential dividends, whether
          fixed or fluctuating, whether cumulative or non-cumulative, whether
          such dividends are payable in money or by the issue of fully paid
          shares of the Corporation, the currency or currencies of payment, the
          date or dates and places of payment of preferential dividends and the
          date or dates from which such preferential dividends shall accrue;

    (iii) the rights of the Corporation, if any, to purchase or redeem the
          first preferred shares of such series, and the purchase or redemption
          price or the method of calculating the same, and the terms and
          conditions of any such purchase or redemption;

    (iv)  provisions, if any, with respect to the rights of the holders of the
          first preferred shares of such series to tender such shares to the
          Corporation for purchase by the Corporation and to oblige the
          Corporation to make such purchase;

    (v)   the conversion rights, if any;

    (vi)  the terms and conditions of any share purchase plan or sinking fund
          with respect to the first preferred shares of such series; and



<PAGE>   3


    (vii) the restrictions, if any, respecting payment of dividends on the
          second preferred shares, the common shares or on any other shares of
          the Corporation ranking junior to the first preferred shares;

the whole subject to articles of amendment setting forth the designation,
rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions to be attached to the first
preferred shares of such series and the issue of a certificate of amendment in
respect thereof.

1.3  The first preferred shares shall, with respect to the payment of dividends,
be entitled to preference over the second preferred shares, the common shares
and over any other shares of the Corporation ranking junior to the first
preferred shares, and no dividends (other than stock dividends payable in shares
of the Corporation ranking junior to the first preferred shares) shall at any
time be declared or paid or set apart for payment on the second preferred
shares, the common shares or on any other shares of the Corporation ranking
junior to the first preferred shares, nor shall the Corporation call for
redemption or purchase any of the first preferred shares (less than the total
number of first preferred shares then outstanding) or any shares of the
Corporation ranking junior to the first preferred shares unless at the date of
such declaration or call for redemption or purchase, as the case may be, all
cumulative dividends up to and including the dividend payment for the last
completed period for which such cumulative dividends shall be payable shall have
been declared and paid or set apart for payment in respect of each series of
cumulative first preferred shares then issued and outstanding and any declared
and unpaid non-cumulative dividends shall have been paid or set apart for
payment in respect of each series of non-cumulative first preferred shares then
issued and outstanding.

1.4  In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the
Corporation or other distribution of assets of the Corporation among
shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs, the holders of the first
preferred shares shall be entitled to receive, before any amount shall be paid
to, or any property or assets of the Corporation distributed among, the holders
of the second preferred shares, the common shares or any other shares of the
Corporation ranking junior to the first preferred shares, (i) the amount paid up
on such first preferred shares together with, in the case of cumulative first
preferred shares, all unpaid cumulative dividends (which for such purpose shall
be calculated as if such cumulative dividends were accruing from day to day for
the period from the expiration of the last period for which cumulative dividends
have been paid up to and including the date of distribution) and, in the case of
non-cumulative first preferred shares, all declared and unpaid non-cumulative
dividends, and (ii) if such liquidation, dissolution, winding up or distribution
shall be voluntary, an additional amount equal to the premium, if any, which
would have been payable on the redemption of said first preferred shares
respectively if they had been called for redemption by the Corporation on the
date of distribution and, if said first preferred shares could not be redeemed
on such date, then an additional amount equal to the greatest premium, if any,
which would have been payable on the redemption of said first preferred shares
respectively. After payment to the holders of the first preferred Shares of the
amounts so payable to them, they shall not be entitled to share in any further
distribution of the property or assets of the Corporation.

1.5  The first preferred shares of each series shall rank on a parity with the
first preferred shares of every other series with respect to the payment of
dividends and the distribution of assets in the event of the liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary,
or other distribution of assets of the Corporation among shareholders



<PAGE>   4


for the purpose of winding up its affairs, provided, however, that in case such
assets are insufficient to pay in full the amount due on all the first preferred
shares, then such assets shall be applied firstly, to the payment equally and
rateably of an amount equal to the amount paid up on the first preferred shares
of each series and the premium thereon, if any, and, secondly, pro rata in the
payment of accrued and unpaid cumulative dividends and declared and unpaid
non-cumulative dividends.

1.6  The holders of the first preferred shares shall not, as such, be entitled
as of right to subscribe for, or to purchase or receive the whole or any part of
any issue of any shares, or of any bonds, debentures or other securities of the
Corporation now or hereafter authorized, otherwise than in accordance with the
exercise of the conversion rights, if any, which may from time to time attach to
any series of first preferred shares.

1.7  The provisions contained in Section 1.1 to 1.6 inclusive, and in this
Section 1.7 may be repealed or amended in whole or in part by articles of
amendment and the issue of a certificate of amendment in respect thereof, but
only with the prior approval of the holders of the first preferred shares given
as hereinafter specified in addition to any other approval required under the
Canada Business Corporations Act.

     The approval of the holders of the first preferred shares as to any and all
matters hereinbefore referred to may be given in writing by a resolution signed
by all the holders of the first preferred shares or by resolution passed by not
less than two-thirds (2/3) of the votes cast at a meeting of the holders of the
first preferred shares duly called for the purpose at which meeting, when
originally held, the holders of not less than a majority of the outstanding
first preferred shares are present in person or represented by proxy in
accordance with the by-laws of the Corporation. If at any such meeting, the
holders of a majority of the outstanding first preferred shares are not present
in person or represented by proxy within thirty (30) minutes after the time
fixed for the meeting, then the meeting shall be adjourned to such date, being
no less than fifteen (15) days later, and to such time and place as may be fixed
by the chairman of the meeting and, at such adjourned meeting, the holders of
first preferred shares present in person or represented by proxy, whether or not
they hold more or less than a majority of all first preferred shares then
outstanding, may transact the business for which the meeting was originally
called, and a resolution duly passed thereat by not less than two-thirds (2/3)
of the votes cast at such adjourned meeting shall constitute the approval of the
holders of the first preferred shares hereinbefore mentioned. Notice of any such
original meeting of the holders of the first preferred shares shall be given not
less than twenty-one (21) days or more than fifty (50) days prior to the date
fixed for such meeting and shall state the nature of the business to be
transacted and the text of any resolution to be submitted to the meeting. Notice
of any such adjourned meeting shall be given: (i) not less than seven (7) days
prior to the date fixed for such adjourned meeting, if the original meeting was
adjourned by one or more adjournments for an aggregate of less than thirty (30)
days, but it shall not be necessary to state in such notice the business for
which the adjourned meeting is called or the text of any resolution to be
submitted to the adjourned meeting; and (ii) as required by the Canada Business
Corporations Act, if the original meeting was adjourned by one or more
adjournments for an aggregate of thirty (30) days or more. The formalities to be
observed with respect to the giving of notice of any such original meeting or
adjourned meeting or any other meeting of the holders of first preferred shares
and the conduct



<PAGE>   5


thereof shall be those from time to time prescribed in the by-laws of the
Corporation with respect to meetings of shareholders or in the laws governing
the Corporation.

     If the repeal or amendment of the provisions hereinbefore contained affects
the rights of the holders of first preferred shares of any series in a manner
different from that in which the rights of the holders of first preferred shares
of any other series are affected, then such repeal or amendment shall, in
addition to being approved by the holders of the first preferred shares as
hereinabove set forth, be approved by the holders of the first preferred shares
of such series so affected, and the provisions of this Section 1.7 shall apply,
mutatis mutandis, with respect to the giving of such approval.


     Any meeting of the holders of the outstanding first preferred shares may be
held at any time and for any purpose, without notice, if all holders of first
preferred shares entitled to vote at the meeting waive notice of the meeting in
writing. For the purpose of waiver of notice, the words "in writing" shall,
without limitation, include the sending of a telegram, telex, cable or any other
form of written communication by a shareholder. Any holder of first preferred
shares may waive notice of any meeting either before or after the meeting is
held.

     Irregularities in the notice or in the giving thereof as well as the
accidental omission to give notice of any meeting to, or the non-receipt of any
notice by, any holder of first preferred shares, shall not invalidate any action
taken at any meeting.

     At any meeting of the holders of first preferred shares without distinction
as to series, each holder of first preferred shares shall be entitled to 1/25 of
a vote for each $1 (with the Canadian dollar and the United States dollar being
deemed to be at par for the purposes of this Section 1.7) paid up on each first
preferred share held by him. At any meeting of the holders of first preferred
shares of any particular series, each holder shall be entitled to one (1) vote
in respect of each first preferred share of such series held by him.

2.0  SECOND PREFERRED SHARES

     The second preferred shares shall, as a class, rank as to the payment of
dividends and the distribution of assets in the event of the liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or other distribution of assets of
the Corporation among shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs,
after the first preferred shares and shall carry and be subject to the following
rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions:

2.1  The second preferred shares may be issued at any time and from time to time
in one or more series, each series to consist of such number of second preferred
shares as may, before the issue thereof, be determined by resolution passed by
the Board of Directors of the Corporation. The number of shares of any series
may from time to time be increased by the Board of Directors of the Corporation
upon compliance with the same conditions as are applicable to the issue of
shares of a new series.

2.2  The Board of Directors of the Corporation shall, subject as hereinafter
provided and subject to the provisions of the Canada Business Corporations Act,
fix, by resolution duly passed before the issue of the second preferred shares
of each series, the designation, rights, privileges,



<PAGE>   6


restrictions and conditions to be attached to the second preferred shares of
such series, including, but without in any way limiting or restricting the
generality of the foregoing:

     (i)  provisions, if any, with respect to the rights of the holders of the
          second preferred shares of such series to receive notice of or to
          attend any meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation or to vote
          at any such meeting;

     (ii) whether any dividends shall be payable on the second preferred shares
          of such series and, if dividends are to be payable thereon, the rate,
          amount or method of calculation of preferential dividends, whether
          fixed or fluctuating, whether cumulative or non-cumulative, whether
          such dividends are payable in money or by the issue of fully paid
          shares of the Corporation, the currency or currencies of payment, the
          date or dates and places of payment of preferential dividends and the
          date or dates from which such preferential dividends shall accrue;

    (iii) the rights of the Corporation, if any, to purchase or redeem the
          second preferred shares of such series, and the purchase or redemption
          price or the method of calculating the same, and the terms and
          conditions of any such purchase or redemption;

     (iv) provisions, if any, with respect to the rights of the holders of the
          second preferred shares of such series to tender such shares to the
          Corporation for purchase by the Corporation and to oblige the
          Corporation to make such purchases;

     (v)  the conversion rights, if any;

     (vi) the terms and conditions of any share purchase plan or sinking fund
          with respect to the second preferred shares of such series; and

     (vii) the restrictions, if any, respecting payment of dividends on the
          common shares or on any other shares of the Corporation ranking junior
          to the second preferred shares;

the whole subject to articles of amendment setting forth the designation,
rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions to be attached to the second
preferred shares of such series and the issue of a certificate of amendment in
respect thereof, and subject to the provisions now or hereafter attaching to the
first preferred shares as a class or to any series thereof.

2.3  The second preferred shares shall, with respect to the payment of
dividends, be entitled to preference over the common shares and over any other
shares of the Corporation ranking junior to the second preferred shares, but
shall be subject to the prior rights in respect of the payment of dividends
attaching to the first preferred shares, and no dividends (other than stock
dividends payable in shares of the Corporation ranking junior to the second
preferred shares) shall at any time be declared or paid or set apart for payment
on the common shares or on any other shares of the Corporation ranking junior to
the second preferred shares, nor shall the Corporation call for redemption or
purchase any of the second preferred shares (less than the total number of
second preferred shares then outstanding) or any shares of the Corporation
ranking junior to the second



<PAGE>   7


preferred shares unless at the date of such declaration or call for redemption
or purchase, as the case may be, all cumulative dividends up to and including
the dividend payment for the last completed period for which such cumulative
dividends shall be payable shall have been declared and paid or set apart for
payment in respect of each series of cumulative second preferred shares then
issued and outstanding and any declared and unpaid non-cumulative dividends
shall have been paid or set apart for payment in respect of each series of
non-cumulative second preferred shares then issued and outstanding.

2.4  In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the
Corporation or other distribution of assets of the Corporation among
shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs, the holders of the
second preferred shares shall be entitled to receive, subject to prior payment
in full to the holders of the first preferred shares of all amounts payable in
such circumstances on the first preferred shares but before any amount shall be
paid to, or any property or assets of the Corporation distributed among, the
holders of the common shares or any other shares of the Corporation ranking
junior to the second preferred shares, (i) the amount paid up on such second
preferred shares together with, in the case of cumulative second preferred
shares, all unpaid cumulative dividends (which for such purpose shall be
calculated as if such cumulative dividends were accruing from day to day for the
period from the expiration of the last period for which cumulative dividends
have been paid up to and including the date of distribution) and, in the case of
non-cumulative second preferred shares, all declared and unpaid non-cumulative
dividends, and (ii) if such liquidation, dissolution, winding up or distribution
shall be voluntary, an additional amount equal to the premium, if any, which
would have been payable on the redemption of said second preferred shares
respectively if they had been called for redemption by the Corporation on the
date of distribution and, if said second preferred shares could not be redeemed
on such date, then an additional amount equal to the greatest premium, if any,
which would have been payable on the redemption of said second preferred shares
respectively. After payment to the holders of the second preferred shares of the
amounts so payable to them, they shall not be entitled to share in any further
distribution of the property or assets of the Corporation.

2.5  The second preferred shares of each series shall rank on a parity with the
second preferred shares of every other series with respect to the payment of
dividends and the distribution of assets in the event of the liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary,
or other distribution of assets of the Corporation among shareholders for the
purpose of winding up its affairs, provided, however, that in case such assets
are insufficient to pay in full the amount due on all the second preferred
shares, then such assets shall be applied, firstly, to the payment equally and
rateably of an amount equal to the amount paid up on the second preferred shares
of each series and the premium thereon, if any, and, secondly, pro rata in the
payment of accrued and unpaid cumulative dividends and declared and unpaid
non-cumulative dividends.

2.6  The holders of the second preferred shares shall not, as such, be entitled
as of right to subscribe for, or to purchase or receive the whole or any part of
any issue of any shares, or of any bonds, debentures or other securities of the
Corporation now or hereafter authorized, otherwise than in accordance with the
exercise of the conversion rights, if any, which may from time to time attach to
any series of second preferred shares.



<PAGE>   8


2.7  The provisions contained in Sections 2.1 to 2.6 inclusive, and in this
Section 2.7 may be repealed or amended in whole or in part by articles of
amendment and the issue of a certificate of amendment in respect thereof, but
only with the prior approval of the holders of the second preferred shares given
as hereinafter specified in addition to any other approval required under the
Canada Business Corporations Act.

     The approval of the holders of the second preferred shares as to any and
all matters hereinbefore referred to may be given in writing by a resolution
signed by all the holders of the second preferred shares or by resolution passed
by not less than two-thirds (2/3) of the votes cast at a meeting of the holders
of the second preferred shares duly called for the purpose at which meeting,
when originally held, the holders of not less than a majority of the outstanding
second preferred shares are present in person or represented by proxy in
accordance with the by-laws of the Corporation. If at any such meeting, the
holders of a majority of the outstanding second preferred shares are not present
in person or represented by proxy within thirty (30) minutes after the time
fixed for the meeting, then the meeting shall be adjourned to such date, being
no less than fifteen (15) days later, and to such time and place as may be fixed
by the chairman of the meeting and, at such adjourned meeting, the holders of
second preferred shares present in person or represented by proxy, whether or
not they hold more or less than a majority of all second preferred shares then
outstanding, may transact the business for which the meeting was originally
called, and a resolution duly passed thereat by not less than two-thirds (2/3)
of the votes cast at such adjourned meeting shall constitute the approval of the
holders of the second preferred shares hereinbefore mentioned. Notice of any
such original meeting of the holders of the second preferred shares shall be
given not less than twenty-one (21) days or more than fifty (50) days prior to
the date fixed for such meeting and shall state the nature of the business to be
transacted and the text of any resolution to be submitted to the meeting. Notice
of any such adjourned meeting shall be given: (i) not less than seven (7) days
prior to the date fixed for such adjourned meeting, if the original meeting was
adjourned by one or more adjournments for an aggregate of less than thirty (30)
days, but it shall not be necessary to state in such notice the business for
which the adjourned meeting is called or the text of any resolution to be
submitted to the adjourned meeting; and (ii) as required by the Canada Business
Corporations Act, if the original meeting was adjourned by one or more
adjournments for an aggregate of thirty (30) days or more. The formalities to be
observed with respect to the giving of notice of any such original meeting or
adjourned meeting or any other meeting of the holders of second preferred shares
and the conduct thereof shall be those from time to time prescribed in the
by-laws of the Corporation with respect to meetings of shareholders or in the
laws governing the Corporation.

     If the repeal or amendment of the provisions hereinbefore contained affects
the rights of the holders of second preferred shares of any series in a manner
different from that in which the rights of the holders of second preferred
shares of any other series are affected, then such repeal or amendment shall, in
addition to being approved by the holders of the second preferred shares as
hereinabove set forth, be approved by the holders of the second preferred shares
of such series so affected, and the provisions of this Section 2.7 shall apply,
mutatis mutandis, with respect to the giving of such approval.

     Any meeting of the holders of the outstanding second preferred shares may
be held at any time and for any purpose, without notice, if all holders of
second preferred shares entitled to vote at the meeting waive notice of the
meeting in writing. For the purpose of waiver of notice, the words "in writing"
shall, without limitation, include the sending of a telegram, telex, cable or
any



<PAGE>   9


other form of written communication by a shareholder. Any holder of second
preferred shares may waive notice of any meeting either before or after the
meeting is held.

     Irregularities in the notice or in the giving thereof as well as the
accidental omission to give notice of any meeting to, or the non-receipt of any
notice by, any holder of second preferred shares, shall not invalidate any
action taken at any meeting.

     At any meeting of the holders of second preferred shares without
distinction as to series, each holder of second preferred shares shall be
entitled to 1/25 of a vote for each $1 (with the Canadian dollar and the United
States dollar being deemed to be at par for the purposes of this Section 2.7)
paid up on each second preferred share held by him. At any meeting of the
holders of second preferred shares of any particular series, each holder shall
be entitled to one (1) vote in respect of each second preferred share of such
series held by him.

3.0  COMMON SHARES

     The common shares shall, as a class, carry and be subject to the following
rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions:

3.1  Each common share of the Corporation shall entitle the holder thereof to
one (1) vote at all meetings of shareholders of the Corporation (except meetings
at which only holders of another specified class or series of shares are
entitled to vote).

3.2  Subject to the prior rights with respect to the payment of dividends
attaching to the first preferred shares, the second preferred shares and to any
other class of shares of the Corporation which rank prior to the common shares,
the holders of the common shares shall be entitled to receive, as and when
declared by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, dividends which may be
paid in money, property or by the issue of fully paid shares of the Corporation.

3.3  In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the
Corporation or other distribution of assets of the Corporation among
shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs, subject to the rights,
privileges, restrictions and conditions attached to the first preferred shares
and the second preferred shares, either as a class or series, and to any other
class or series of shares of the Corporation which rank prior to the common
shares, the common shares shall entitle the holders thereof to receive the
remaining property of the Corporation.

3.4  Notwithstanding the provisions attaching to the common shares, the
Corporation may at any time and from time to time amend the Articles of the
Corporation to

     (i)  effect an exchange, reclassification or cancellation of all or part of
          the common shares;

     (ii) create a new class of shares equal or superior to the common shares;
          or

    (iii) increase any maximum number of authorized shares of any class of
          shares having rights or privileges equal or superior to the common
          shares,





<PAGE>   10


without in any of such cases the holders of the common shares being entitled to
vote separately thereon as a class; provided, however, that the holders of
common shares shall always be entitled to vote in any of such cases in
accordance with Section 3.1 hereof.

SECOND PREFERRED SHARES, SERIES 1

     The first series of Second Preferred Shares, designated as Convertible
Participating Voting Second Preferred Shares Series 1 (the "Second Preferred
Shares Series 1"), shall consist of an unlimited number of shares. The Second
Preferred Shares Series 1 shall, in addition to the rights, privileges,
restrictions and conditions attaching to the Second Preferred Shares as a class
(collectively, the "Second Preferred Shares Class Provisions") carry and be
subject to the following rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions
(collectively, the "Second Preferred Shares Series 1 Provisions"):

1.   INTERPRETATION

1.1  DEFINED TERMS

     The following words and phrases whenever used in the Second Preferred
Shares Series 1 Provisions shall have the following meanings, unless there be
something in the context otherwise inconsistent therewith:

     (a)  "ADJUSTED CONVERSION VALUE" means $7.75 less:

          (i)  upon conversion occurring at the option of the Corporation;

          (ii) after a Change-in-Control Transaction; or

         (iii) after the exercise by the holders of their conversion privilege
               provided herein following delivery by the Corporation of the
               notice of redemption contemplated by section 5.1,

          in each case, prior to the Fourth Anniversary Date, the Adjustment
          Amount;

     (b)  "ADJUSTED REDEMPTION PRICE" means:

          (i)  until the Fourth Anniversary Date, an amount equal to the sum of
               (A) $10.00 per Second Preferred Share Series 1, plus (B) the
               Redemption Premium per Second Preferred Share Series 1, plus (C)
               an amount equal to the Adjustment Amount multiplied by the number
               of common shares into which such Second Preferred Share Series 1
               would be convertible (assuming conversion at the option of the
               holders); and

          (ii) from and after the Fourth Anniversary Date, an amount equal to
               the sum of (A) $10.00 per Second Preferred Share Series 1, plus
               (B) the Redemption Premium per Second Preferred Share Series 1,
               plus (C) any accrued but unpaid dividends thereon;



<PAGE>   11


     (c)  "ADJUSTMENT AMOUNT" in respect of each Second Preferred Share
     Series 1 means, at the time of the applicable event giving rise to the
     calculation of the Adjustment Amount (the "Applicable Time"), an amount
     equal to (A) the U.S. Dollar Equivalent of the dividend paid per common
     share in the most recently completed fiscal quarter of the Corporation
     (calculated on the date of payment of the dividend) multiplied by (B) a
     number which is the sum of the number of common shares into which 4,000,000
     Second Preferred Shares Series 1 would be convertible (assuming conversion
     prior to the Fourth Anniversary Date at the option of the Corporation) on
     each successive Adjustment Date set forth in the table contained in section
     6.4(b)(i) following the Applicable Time until the Fourth Anniversary Date;
     divided by 5,161,290.3;

     (d)  "BUSINESS DAY" means a day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or any
     other day on which principal commercial banks are not permitted to be open
     in Toronto, Ontario;

     (e)  "CANADIAN DOLLAR EQUIVALENT" means, on any day, with respect to any
     amount in United States dollars, the equivalent amount in Canadian dollars,
     converted at the Bank of Canada's noon rate of exchange for that day;

     (f)  "CHANGE-IN-CONTROL TRANSACTION" means a transaction or series of
     related transactions as a result of which any person other than Thomas H.
     Lee Company, and its shareholders, officers, directors, affiliates, and
     entities controlled or administered by any of the foregoing acquire shares
     carrying, in the aggregate, more than 50% of the votes attaching to all
     voting shares in the capital of the Corporation;

     (g)  "CLOSING PRICE" with respect to any securities on any Trading Day
     shall mean the closing sale price on such day or, in case no such sale
     takes place on such Trading Day, the average of the reported closing bid
     and asked prices, in each case on the Recognized Exchange on which the
     highest volume of trading in such securities took place on that day or, if
     no trading in such securities took place on that day, on the prior Trading
     Day on which trading took place;

     (h)  "COMMON SHARES" shall mean common shares of the Corporation as such
     shares were constituted on the date of issuance of the Second Preferred
     Shares Series 1 and shares of any other class resulting from any
     reclassification or change of such shares;

     (i)  "COMMON EQUIVALENT REDEMPTION PRICE" means, as of any date, an
     amount per Second Preferred Share Series 1 equal to the amount which would
     have been distributable with respect to the number of common shares into
     which such Second Preferred Share Series 1 would be convertible as of such
     date had the Corporation been liquidated as of such date. Such Common
     Equivalent Redemption Price shall be based on the value of the Corporation
     on a liquidated basis and shall be as agreed upon by the Corporation and
     holders of the Second Preferred Shares Series 1 or, absent such agreement,
     within 15 days following the date on which the applicable event which gives
     rise to the valuation occurs, as determined by an independent appraiser
     selected by the Corporation, the fees and expenses of which appraiser shall
     be borne by the Corporation;

     (j)  "CONVERSION BASIS" has the meaning ascribed to it in section 6.1(a);

     (k)  "CONVERSION FACTOR" has the meaning ascribed to it in section 6.4(a);





<PAGE>   12


     (l)  "CURRENT MARKET VALUE" means the U.S. Dollar Equivalent of the Closing
     Price of the common shares on the Recognized Exchange determined on the
     last Trading Day prior to the issuance of common shares (or other event in
     connection with which Current Market Value is to be determined) or, if no
     trading in the common shares took place on that day, on the prior Trading
     Day on which trading took place;

     (m)  "DIVIDEND PAYMENT DATE" means the first business day following the
     first day of each of the first and third fiscal quarters in each fiscal
     year of the Corporation commencing on or about six months following the
     Fourth Anniversary Date;

     (n)  "FOURTH ANNIVERSARY DATE" means July 7, 2002;

     (o)  "LIQUIDATION PREMIUM" means, at any time, an amount per Second
     Preferred Share Series 1 equal to the Conversion Factor less $10.00;

     (p)  "MAXIMUM COMMON SHARE NUMBER" means 7,688,508 common shares, or
     such greater number of common shares as may be permitted to be issued by
     all applicable regulatory authorities;

     (q)  "PUBLIC OFFERING" means a sale of common shares in the capital of
     the Corporation (or securities exchangeable for or convertible into such
     common shares) pursuant to a prospectus filed under applicable securities
     laws and underwritten by one or more independent underwriters, where the
     aggregate proceeds to the Corporation are at least U.S.$25,000,000, and not
     more than 25% of the shares are sold to any one purchaser or affiliated
     group of purchasers, other than underwriters;

     (r)  "RECOGNIZED EXCHANGE" means any recognized stock exchange on which
     the common shares are listed from time to time, and on which the highest
     aggregate volume of trading in the common shares has taken place over the
     applicable period or on the applicable day, including, without limitation,
     the Nasdaq National Market, The Toronto Stock Exchange and The Montreal
     Exchange;

     (s)  "REDEMPTION PREMIUM" means, on any date, an amount per Second
     Preferred Share Series 1 equal to the Conversion Factor less $10.00;

     (t)  "SURVIVING PERSON" means the continuing or surviving person of a
     merger, consolidation or other continuation with the Corporation;

     (u)  "TRADING DAY" means, if the applicable security is listed or
     admitted for trading on a recognized stock exchange on which the common
     shares are listed from time to time, a day on which trades may be made
     thereon; and

     (v)  "U.S. DOLLAR EQUIVALENT" means, on any day, with respect to any
     amount in Canadian dollars, the equivalent amount in United States dollars,
     converted at the Bank of Canada's noon rate of exchange for that day.

1.2  CURRENCY



<PAGE>   13


     All amounts payable pursuant hereto shall be payable in lawful money of the
United States of America.

1.3  NON-BUSINESS DAY

     If any day on which any payment is to be made or action taken hereunder in
connection with the Second Preferred Shares Series 1 is not a business day, then
such payment shall be made or action taken on the next succeeding day that is a
business day.



1.4  HEREIN, HERETO, ETC.

     The words "herein", "hereto", "hereof" and similar words refer, unless the
context clearly indicates the contrary, to the whole of the Second Preferred
Shares Class Provisions and not to any particular section, clause or paragraph
thereof.

1.5  NUMBER AND GENDER

     Words importing the singular number only shall include the plural and vice
versa, words importing the use of any gender shall include all genders and words
importing persons shall include firms and corporations and vice versa.

1.6  ADJUSTMENTS

     Without limiting or duplicating the effect of section 6.4(b)(iii), all
numbers of shares and dollar amounts used herein shall be adjusted appropriately
to reflect any stock split, consolidation, combination, stock dividend or other
form of recapitalization or restructuring occurring after the date hereof.

1.7  ACTIONS BY HOLDERS

     Any action required or permitted to be taken hereunder by holders of Second
Preferred Shares Series 1, including, without limitation, election to choose
between or among alternative forms of payment, shall be deemed to be valid if
approved or taken by holders of in excess of 50% in number of such shares then
outstanding, and shall be binding upon all holders of Second Preferred Shares
Series 1. In connection with the exercise by the holders of the option
contemplated by Section 5.1, if no approval is obtained in the manner
contemplated by this Section 1.7 within the thirty day period provided for in
Section 5.1, the holders shall be deemed to have elected to receive the Adjusted
Redemption Price.

2.   DIVIDENDS

2.1  CASH AND OTHER DIVIDENDS



<PAGE>   14


     (a) If and whenever the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time
     declare and pay a cash dividend on its outstanding common shares, then the
     holders of Second Preferred Shares Series 1 shall be entitled to receive
     from the Corporation, with respect to each Second Preferred Share Series 1
     held, a preferential dividend equal in amount to one-half of the same
     dividend to be received by a holder of the number of common shares into
     which such Second Preferred Share Series 1 is convertible on the record
     date for such dividend (assuming conversion at the option of the holder),
     out of which any applicable withholding taxes will be withheld. Any such
     dividend shall be paid on the Second Preferred Shares Series 1 at the same
     time such dividend shall be paid on the common shares.

     (b) The Corporation shall declare and pay any dividend to the holders of
     the Second Preferred Shares Series 1 contemplated by Sections 6.5 and
     7.2(c), out of which dividend amount applicable withholding taxes will be
     withheld.

2.2  PAID-IN-KIND DIVIDENDS

     In addition to the dividends provided for in Section 2.1, the holders of
Second Preferred Shares Series 1 shall, from and after the Fourth Anniversary
Date, be entitled to receive a cumulative preferential non-cash paid-in-kind
dividend, payable in additional Second Preferred Shares Series 1. Such dividend
shall be payable on each Dividend Payment Date to the holders of record at the
close of business on the third business day immediately preceding such Dividend
Payment Date, and shall be at the rate of two and one-half percent (2 1/2 %) for
each six months, compounded semi-annually, with daily accrual. With respect to
the first dividend payable after the Fourth Anniversary Date, such dividend
shall be paid on the number of Second Preferred Shares Series 1 outstanding on
such Fourth Anniversary Date, and such dividends payable thereafter shall be
paid on the number of such Second Preferred Shares Series 1 outstanding on the
immediately preceding Dividend Payment Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing:

     (a) none of the dividends contemplated by this Section 2.2 shall be payable
     until the holders of Second Preferred Shares Series 1 provide reasonably
     satisfactory evidence to the Corporation that the holders have paid or made
     provision for the payment, within the applicable statutory time periods, of
     any applicable withholding taxes exigible in connection therewith; and

     (b) any dividends contemplated by this Section 2.2 which are not permitted
     to be paid by virtue of the maximum number of common shares into which the
     Second Preferred Shares Series 1 may be converted exceeding the Maximum
     Common Share Number shall be paid in cash at the rate of two and one-half
     (2 1/2 %) for each six months, compounded semi-annually, with daily
     accrual, based on the Adjusted Redemption Price, out of which any
     applicable withholding taxes will be withheld.

2.3  NO ADDITIONAL DIVIDENDS

     The holders of the Second Preferred Shares Series 1 shall not be entitled
to any dividends other than or in excess of the dividends provided for in this
Section 2.



<PAGE>   15




3.   LIQUIDATION, DISSOLUTION OR WINDING-UP

3.1  LIQUIDATION, DISSOLUTION OR WINDING-UP

     In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the
Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, or any other distribution of
assets of the Corporation among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up
its affairs (in any case, a "Liquidation Event"), each holder of the Second
Preferred Shares Series 1 in accordance with the Second Preferred Shares Class
Provisions shall be entitled to receive the greater of:

     (a) an amount equal to the sum of: (i) $ 10.00 per share, plus (ii) the
     Liquidation Premium per share, plus (iii) if the Liquidation Event occurs
     after the Fourth Anniversary Date, any accrued but unpaid dividend, before
     any amount shall be paid or any property or assets of the Corporation shall
     be distributed to the holders of the common shares or to the holders of any
     other shares ranking junior to the Second Preferred Shares Series 1 in any
     respect, out of which aggregate amount any applicable withholding taxes
     will be withheld; or

     (b) pari passu and rateably with the holders of the common shares, the
     Common Equivalent Redemption Price per share, out of which any applicable
     withholding taxes will be withheld, and less the amount of any taxes
     required to be paid by the Corporation pursuant to Part VI.1 of the Income
     Tax Act (Canada) as a result of such payment to such holder.

     After payment to the holders of the Second Preferred Shares Series 1 of the
amount so payable to them, they shall not be entitled to share in any further
distribution of the property or assets of the Corporation.

4.   VOTING

4.1  WITH COMMON SHARES

     So long as any Second Preferred Share Series 1 is outstanding, each holder
thereof shall be entitled to vote at all meetings of the shareholders of the
Corporation. With respect to any such vote, each holder of Second Preferred
Shares Series 1 shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of
votes to which a holder of the number of common shares into which such Second
Preferred Shares Series 1 are convertible on the record date for such vote is
entitled (assuming conversion at the option of the holder).



5.   REDEMPTION

5.1  REDEMPTION

     Subject to section 5.2 and the provisions of the Canada Business
Corporations Act, the Corporation, in the manner provided in the provisions
attaching to the Second Preferred as a



<PAGE>   16


class may, upon not less than 60 days' prior written notice, redeem all, but not
less than all, of the then outstanding Second Preferred Shares Series 1 on
payment for each share to be redeemed of an amount per share equal to, at the
option of holders of the Second Preferred Shares Series 1 given within thirty
days after receipt from the Corporation of its notice of proposed redemption,
either:

     (a)  the Adjusted Redemption Price; or

     (b)  the Common Equivalent Redemption Price;

in either case out of which such payment any applicable withholding tax shall be
withheld. If the holders elect to receive the Common Equivalent Redemption
Price, the Corporation may, at its election, pay such amount either in cash or
by issuing to such holders a number of common shares having a value, based on
the average Closing Price over the fifteen consecutive Trading Days immediately
preceding the date of redemption, equal to the Common Equivalent Redemption
Price.

5.2  RESTRICTION ON REDEMPTION

     The Corporation shall not be entitled to redeem any of the Second Preferred
Shares Series 1 at any time prior to the Fourth Anniversary Date unless the
common shares shall have traded, at any time since July 7, 1998, on a Recognized
Exchange at a simple average Closing Price per share of not less than $13.00
(or, if applicable, the Canadian Dollar Equivalent thereof) during any 120
consecutive Trading Days prior to the date of the notice of redemption.

6.   CONVERSION PRIVILEGE

6.1  RIGHT OF CONVERSION

     (a) The Second Preferred Shares Series 1 shall, subject as hereinafter
     provided, be convertible into common shares on the following conversion
     basis (the "Conversion Basis"), namely the number of common shares for each
     Second Preferred Share Series 1 converted shall be determined by dividing
     the Conversion Factor (as defined in Section 6.4) in effect at the time of
     conversion by the Adjusted Conversion Value.



     (b) The conversion provided for in Section 6.1(a) may be effected by:

          (i)  any of the holders of Second Preferred Shares Series 1 at any
               time, and

          (ii) the Corporation

               (A)  at any time prior to the Fourth Anniversary Date if the
                    common shares shall have traded at any time, since July 7,
                    1998, on a Recognized Exchange at a simple average Closing
                    Price per share of not less than $13.00 (or, if applicable,
                    the Canadian Dollar Equivalent thereof) during any 120
                    consecutive Trading Days, and



<PAGE>   17


               (B)  at any time or from time to time on or after the Fourth
                    Anniversary Date.

6.2  CONVERSION BY HOLDER

     (a) The conversion privilege herein provided for may be exercised by a
     holder of Second Preferred Shares Series 1 by notice in writing given to
     the transfer agent for the Second Preferred Shares Series 1 at any office
     for the transfer of the Second Preferred Shares Series 1 or to the
     Corporation at its registered office accompanied by the certificate or
     certificates representing Second Preferred Shares Series 1 in respect of
     which the holder thereof desires to exercise such right of conversion. Such
     notice shall be signed by such holder or his duly authorized attorney or
     agent and shall specify the number of Second Preferred Shares Series 1
     which the holder desires to have converted. The transfer form on the
     certificate or certificates in question need not be endorsed, except in the
     circumstances hereinafter contemplated. If less than all the Second
     Preferred Shares Series 1 represented by a certificate or certificates
     accompanying any such notice are to be converted, the holder shall be
     entitled to receive, at the expense of the Corporation, a new certificate
     representing the Second Preferred Shares Series 1 comprised in the
     certificate or certificates surrendered as aforesaid which are not to be
     converted.

          On any conversion of Second Preferred Shares Series 1, the share
          certificates for common shares of the Corporation resulting therefrom
          shall be issued in the name of the registered holder of the Second
          Preferred Shares Series 1 converted or in such name or names as such
          registered holder may direct in writing (either in the notice referred
          to above or otherwise); in any such case the transfer form on the back
          of the certificate in question shall be endorsed by the registered
          holder of the Second Preferred Shares Series 1 or his duly authorized
          attorney, with signature guaranteed in a manner satisfactory to the
          Corporation.

     (b) In the case of any Second Preferred Shares Series 1 which may be called
     for redemption, the right of conversion thereof shall, notwithstanding
     anything herein contained, cease and terminate at the close of business on
     the business day immediately preceding the date fixed for redemption,
     provided, however, that if the Corporation shall fail to redeem such Second
     Preferred Shares Series 1 in accordance with the notice of redemption, the
     right of conversion shall thereupon be restored.

     (c) Subject as hereinafter provided in this Section 6.2(c), the right of a
     holder of Second Preferred Shares Series 1 to convert the same into common
     shares shall be deemed to have been exercised, and the registered holder of
     such Second Preferred Shares Series 1 (or any person or persons in whose
     name or names any such registered holder of Second Preferred Shares Series
     1 shall have directed certificates representing common shares to be issued
     as provided in Section 6.2(a)) shall be deemed to have become a holder of
     common shares of record of the Corporation for all purposes on the date of
     surrender of certificates representing the Second Preferred Shares Series 1
     to be converted accompanied by notice in writing as provided in Section
     6.2(a), notwithstanding any delay in the delivery of certificates
     representing the common shares into which such Second Preferred Shares
     Series 1 have been converted.



<PAGE>   18


6.3  CONVERSION BY CORPORATION

     (a) In case the Corporation shall desire to exercise the right to cause
     conversion of the Second Preferred Shares Series 1 pursuant to Section
     6.1(a), it shall fix a date for conversion and it shall deliver by hand or
     mail or cause to be mailed a notice of such conversion at least 20 days
     prior to the date fixed for conversion to the holders of Second Preferred
     Shares Series 1 so to be converted at their last addresses as the same
     appear on the books of the Corporation. Such mailing shall be by ordinary
     mail. The notice, if delivered or mailed in the manner herein provided,
     shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the
     holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to deliver or mail such
     notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the holder of the Second
     Preferred Shares Series 1 designated for conversion shall not affect the
     validity of the proceedings for the conversion of any other shares of
     Second Preferred Shares Series 1.


          Each such notice shall specify the date fixed for conversion, the
          number of common shares into which each Second Preferred Share Series
          1 is to be converted, the place or places for surrender of
          certificates representing such Second Preferred Shares Series 1 and
          that such common shares will be delivered upon presentation and
          surrender of certificates representing such Second Preferred Shares
          Series 1. If the notice of conversion is delivered prior to the Fourth
          Anniversary Date, such notice shall be accompanied by a certificate of
          an officer of the Corporation certifying that the common shares have
          traded at any time since July 7, 1998, on a Recognized Exchange at a
          simple average Closing Price per share of not less than $13.00 (or, if
          applicable, the Canadian Dollar Equivalent thereof) during any
          consecutive 120 Trading Days.

     (b) As promptly as practicable upon receipt of such notice of conversion,
     each holder of any shares of Second Preferred Shares Series 1 shall
     surrender the certificate or certificates for such shares of Second
     Preferred Shares Series 1, duly endorsed, at a place designated for such
     surrender along with instructions regarding the name or names (with
     address) in which the certificate or certificates for common shares which
     shall be issuable on such conversion. Each such share surrendered for
     conversion shall, unless the shares issuable on conversion are to be issued
     in the same name as the registration of such share of Second Preferred
     Shares Series 1, be duly endorsed by, or be accompanied by instruments of
     transfer in form satisfactory to the Corporation duly executed by, the
     holder or his duly authorized attorney, with signature guaranteed in a
     manner satisfactory to the Corporation.


          As promptly as practicable after satisfaction of the requirements for
          surrender set forth above, the Corporation shall issue and shall
          deliver to such holder at the address designated in such instructions
          a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares issuable
          upon the conversion of such shares in accordance with the provisions
          of this Section 6 and a cheque or cash in respect of any fractional



<PAGE>   19


          interest in respect of a common share arising upon such conversion, as
          provided in this Section 6.

          Each conversion shall be deemed to have been effected as to any such
          certificate on the date on which the requirements set forth above in
          this Section 6.3(b) have been satisfied as to such certificate, and
          the person in whose name any certificate or certificates for common
          shares shall be issuable upon such conversion shall be deemed to have
          become on said date the holder of record of the shares represented
          thereby; provided however, that any such surrender on any date when
          the share transfer books of the Corporation shall be closed shall
          constitute the person in whose name the certificates are to be issued
          as the record holder thereof for all purposes on the next succeeding
          day on which such share transfer books are open, but such conversion
          shall be at the Conversion Factor in effect on the date upon which
          such Second Preferred Shares Series 1 shall have been surrendered.

6.4  CONVERSION FACTOR

     (a) The initial conversion factor shall be $10.00 (herein called the
     "Conversion Factor") subject to adjustment as provided in this Section 6.4.

     (b) The Conversion Factor shall be adjusted from time to time by the
     Corporation as follows:

          (i)  Subject to Sections 6.4(b)(ii), (iii) and (iv), the Conversion
               Factor shall be adjusted semi-annually at the rate of 2.5% for
               each six-month period, compounded semi-annually with daily
               accrual, until the Fourth Anniversary Date, as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    Adjustment Date                                Conversion Factor
    ---------------                                -----------------
<S>                                                     <C>
    January 7, 1999                                      $10.25
    July 7, 1999                                         $10.51
    January 7, 2000                                      $10.77
    July 7, 2000                                         $11.04
    January 7, 2001                                      $11.31
    July 7, 2001                                         $11.60
    January 7, 2002                                      $11.89
    Fourth Anniversary Date                              $12.18
</TABLE>


               For greater certainty, from and after the Fourth Anniversary
               Date, the Conversion Factor shall be $12.18.

          (ii) If conversion occurs prior to the Fourth Anniversary Date,
               either, (A) at the option of the Corporation pursuant to Section
               6.1(b)(ii), (B) within 90



<PAGE>   20


               days following a Change-in-Control Transaction, or (C) following
               receipt from the Corporation of a notice of redemption pursuant
               to Section 5.1, the Conversion Factor shall be $12.18, as
               adjusted by Sections 6.4(b)(iii) and (iv);

         (iii) If and whenever the outstanding common shares shall be
               subdivided into a greater number of common shares or a stock
               dividend is declared in respect of common shares, the Conversion
               Factor in effect at the opening of business on the day following
               the day upon which such subdivision or stock dividend becomes
               effective shall be proportionately increased, and conversely, in
               case the outstanding common shares shall be combined into a
               smaller number of common shares, the Conversion Factor in effect
               at the opening of business on the day following the day upon
               which such combination becomes effective shall be proportionately
               reduced, such increase or reduction, as the case may be, to
               become effective immediately after the opening of business on the
               day following the day upon which such subdivision, stock dividend
               or combination becomes effective;

          (iv) If and whenever the Corporation issues common shares (other than
               (A) pursuant to the exercise of employee stock options, (B) as
               consideration in connection with acquisitions approved by the
               Corporation's board of directors, or (C) in a Public Offering) at
               a gross sale or offering price which is less than 100% of the
               Current Market Value thereof, the Conversion Factor shall be
               adjusted to the result obtained by multiplying the Conversion
               Basis in effect immediately prior to the date of such issuance by
               a fraction:

               (1)  the numerator of which shall be the number of common shares
                    outstanding immediately after such issuance; and

               (2)  the denominator of which shall be the sum of:

                    (A)  the number of common shares outstanding immediately
                         prior to such issuance; and

                    (B)  the number of shares equal to the quotient obtained by
                         dividing

                         (x)  the aggregate consideration received pursuant to
                              such issuance by

                         (y)  the Current Market Value per common share

               and by multiplying the number thereby determined by $7.75.

     (c) Notwithstanding Section 6.4(b), no adjustment in the Conversion Factor
     shall be required unless such adjustment would require an increase or
     decrease of at least 1% in



<PAGE>   21


     such price; provided, however, that any adjustments which by reason of this
     section 6.4(c) are not required to be made shall be carried forward and
     taken into account in any subsequent adjustment. All calculations under
     this section 6.4 shall be made by the Corporation and shall be made to the
     nearest cent or to the nearest one one-hundredth of a share, as the case
     may be.

          No adjustment need be made for rights to purchase common shares
          pursuant to a Corporation plan for reinvestment of dividends or
          interest.

     (d) In any case in which this section 6.4 provides that an adjustment shall
     become effective immediately after a record date for an event, the
     Corporation may defer until the occurrence of such event (i) issuing to the
     holder of any Second Preferred Share Series 1 converted after such record
     date and before the occurrence of such event the additional common shares
     issuable upon such conversion by reason of the adjustment required by such
     event over and above the common shares issuable upon such conversion before
     giving effect to such adjustment and (ii) paying to such holder any amount
     in cash in lieu of any fraction pursuant to section 6.10.

6.5  EFFECT OF RECLASSIFICATION

     (a) In the event of any reclassification or change of outstanding common
     shares (other than a change as a result of a subdivision or combination) (a
     "Reclassification"), each Second Preferred Share Series 1 then outstanding
     shall thereafter be convertible into the kind and amount of shares and
     other securities or properties receivable upon such reclassification or
     change by a holder of a number of common shares issuable upon conversion of
     such Second Preferred Share Series 1, provided that such Second Preferred
     Shares Series 1 shall not be convertible into any property that would cause
     such Second Preferred Share Series 1 to be a "short term preferred share"
     (as defined by the Income Tax Act (Canada)). If, pursuant hereto, any
     property would otherwise be distributable which would cause such Second
     Preferred Share Series 1 to be a "short term preferred share", such
     property shall be paid as a dividend-in-kind on the day immediately prior
     to conversion.

     (b) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the
     Corporation will not effect any Reclassification unless, prior to the
     consummation hereof, (i) the Surviving Person thereof shall assume, by
     written instrument mailed to each holder of Second Preferred Shares Series
     1 if such shares are held by 50 or fewer holders or groups of affiliated
     holders or to each transfer agent for the Second Preferred Shares Series 1
     if such shares are held by a greater number of holders, the obligation to
     deliver such holder such shares or other securities or properties or pay a
     dividend of such other properties with respect to or in exchange for common
     shares to which, in accordance with the foregoing provisions, such holder
     is entitled, and (ii) proper provision is made to ensure that the holder of
     Second Preferred Shares Series 1 will be entitled to receive the benefits
     afforded by this section 6.5. Such written instrument should provide for
     adjustments which shall be as nearly as equivalent as may be practicable to
     the adjustments provided for in this section 6.5.



<PAGE>   22


          The above provisions of this section shall similarly apply to
          successive reclassifications and changes.

     (c) If at any time or from time to time the Corporation takes any action
     that would result in a Reclassification, the Corporation shall cause to be
     mailed to each holder of Second Preferred Shares Series 1 at his address
     appearing on the books of the Corporation, as promptly as possible but in
     any event at least 15 days prior to the applicable date hereinafter
     specified, a notice stating the date on which such Reclassification is
     expected to become effective or occur and the date as of which it is
     expected that holders of record of common shares shall be entitled to
     exchange their common shares for securities or other property deliverable
     upon such Reclassification. Failure to give such notice, or any defect
     therein, shall not affect the legality or validity of such
     Reclassification. Neither the failure to give such notice nor any defect
     therein shall affect the legality or validity of such Reclassification.

     (d) If this section 6.5 applies to any event or occurrence, the adjustments
     provided for in section 6.4 shall not apply to such event or occurrence.

6.6  TRANSFER OR SIMILAR TAXES ON SHARES ISSUED

     The issue of share certificates on conversions of Second Preferred Shares
Series 1 shall be made without charge to the converting holder of Second
Preferred Shares Series 1 for any security transfer or similar tax in respect of
the issue thereof. The Corporation shall not, however, be required to pay any
such tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issue
and delivery of shares in any name other than that of the holder of any Second
Preferred Shares Series 1 converted, and the Corporation shall not be required
to issue or deliver any such share certificate unless and until the person or
persons requesting the issue thereof shall have paid to the Corporation the
amount of such tax or shall have established to the satisfaction of the
Corporation that such tax has been paid.

6.7  SHARES TO BE FULLY PAID

     The Corporation covenants that all common shares which may be issued upon
conversion of Second Preferred Shares Series 1 will, upon issue, be fully paid
and non-assessable by the Corporation and free from all transfer or similar
taxes as described in section 6.6, liens and charges with respect to the issue
thereof.

6.8  REPORTS AS TO ADJUSTMENTS

     Upon any adjustment of the Conversion Factor then in effect and any
increase or decrease in the number of common shares issuable upon the operation
of the conversion set forth in this section 6, then, and in each such case, the
Corporation shall promptly deliver to the transfer agent for the Second
Preferred Shares Series 1 and the transfer agent for the common shares, a
certificate signed by an officer of the Corporation setting forth in reasonable
detail the event requiring the adjustment and the method by which such
adjustment was calculated and specifying the Conversion Factor then in effect
following such adjustment and the increased or decreased number of shares
issuable upon the conversion set forth in this section 6. The



<PAGE>   23


Corporation shall also promptly after the making of such adjustment cause its
independent public accountants to give written notice to the registered holders
of the Second Preferred Shares Series 1 at the address of each holder as shown
on the books of the Corporation maintained by the transfer agent thereof, which
notice shall state the Conversion Factor then in effect, as adjusted, and the
increased or decreased number of shares issuable upon the exercise of the right
of conversion granted by this section 6, and shall set forth in reasonable
detail the method of calculation of each with a brief statement of the facts
requiring such adjustment. Where appropriate, such notice to holders of the
Second Preferred Shares Series 1 may be given in advance and included as part of
the notice required under the provisions of section 6.3.



6.9  ENTITLEMENT TO DIVIDENDS

     A holder of Second Preferred Shares Series 1 on the record date for any
dividend declared payable on such share will be entitled to such dividend
notwithstanding that such share is converted after such record date and before
the payment date of such dividend, and the registered holder of any common share
resulting from any conversion shall be entitled to rank equally with the
registered holders of all other common shares in respect of all dividends
declared payable to holders of common shares of record on any date after the
date of conversion. Subject as aforesaid, no payment or adjustment will be made
on account of any dividend, accrued or otherwise, on the Second Preferred Shares
Series 1 converted or the common shares resulting from any conversion.

6.10 AVOIDANCE OF FRACTIONAL SHARES

     In any case where a fraction of a common share or Convertible Preferred
Share Series 1 would otherwise be issuable hereunder, whether on conversion of
one or more Second Preferred Shares Series 1, as a payment of a dividend or
otherwise, the Corporation shall adjust such fractional interest by rounding up
or down to the nearest whole share.

6.11 POSTPONEMENT OF ISSUANCE OF SHARES UPON CONVERSION

     In any case where the application of the foregoing provisions results in an
increase in the Conversion Factor taking effect immediately after the record
date for a specific event, if any Second Preferred Shares Series 1 are converted
after that record date and prior to completion of the event, the Corporation may
postpone the issuance to the holder of the additional common shares to which he
is entitled by reason of the increase in the Conversion Factor but such
additional common shares shall be so issued and delivered to that holder upon
completion of the event and the Corporation shall, in the interim, deliver to
the holder an appropriate instrument evidencing his right to receive such
additional common shares.

6.12 CERTAIN COVENANTS

     Any registered holder of Second Preferred Shares Series 1 may proceed to
protect and enforce its rights and the rights of such holders by any available
remedy by proceeding at law or in equity to protect and enforce any such rights,
whether for the specific enforcement of any provision herein or in aid of the
exercise of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy.



<PAGE>   24






7.   GENERAL

7.1  CONFLICT

     In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between any of the Second
Preferred Shares Series 1 Provisions and the Second Preferred Shares Class
Provisions, such conflict or inconsistency shall be resolved in favour of the
Second Preferred Shares Class Provisions.

7.2  RESTRICTIONS

     Notwithstanding anything contained in these Second Preferred Shares Series
1 Provisions:

     (a) the Corporation shall not, without the consent of the holders of the
     Second Preferred Shares Series 1, issue any equity security, or any
     security which may be converted into or exchanged for an equity security of
     the Corporation, in either case where such equity security has liquidation,
     voting, dividend or redemption rights, terms or privileges which are in
     priority to those attaching to the Second Preferred Shares Series 1;

     (b) the Corporation shall not pay any non-cash paid-in-kind dividends to
     the holders of the Second Preferred Shares Series 1 to the extent that the
     maximum aggregate number of common shares into which all of the holders'
     Second Preferred Shares Series 1 from time to time outstanding are
     convertible (assuming the maximum conversion rate), including the Second
     Preferred Shares Series 1 issuable on the payment of such dividend, would
     exceed the Maximum Common Share Number;

     (c) the outstanding Second Preferred Shares Series 1 shall not, at any
     time, be converted into a number of common shares which exceeds the Maximum
     Common Share Number, and any adjustment resulting from such prohibition
     shall be satisfied by the Corporation declaring and paying, immediately
     prior to conversion, a dividend in cash, out of which adjustment applicable
     withholding taxes shall be withheld; and

     (d) the Corporation shall not issue common shares in a transaction
     requiring adjustment of the Conversion Factor as contemplated by section
     6.4(b)(iv) to the extent that as a result of such adjustment the common
     shares into which the outstanding Second Preferred Shares Series 1 would be
     convertible (assuming the maximum conversion rate) would exceed the Maximum
     Common Share Number.



7.3  AMENDMENTS

     Sections 1 to 7, inclusive, of the Second Preferred Shares Series 1
Provisions may be repealed, altered, modified, amended or amplified only with
the sanction of the holders of the



<PAGE>   25


Second Preferred Shares Series 1 given as hereinafter specified, in addition to
any other approval required by the Canada Business Corporations Act.

7.4  SANCTION BY HOLDERS OF SECOND PREFERRED SHARES SERIES 1

     The sanction of holders of the Second Preferred Shares Series 1 as to any
and all matters referred to herein or as to any change adversely affecting the
rights or privileges of the Second Preferred Shares Series 1 may be given and
shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given if given by the holders of the
Second Preferred Shares Series 1 in the manner provided in the Second Preferred
Shares Series 1 Provisions with respect to the sanction of the holders of any
series of the Second Preferred Shares and the said provisions shall apply
mutatis mutandis.





<PAGE>   26


                                  SCHEDULE "B"

7.   Other provisions, if any

     Without in any way limiting the powers conferred upon the Corporation and
its directors by the Canada Business Corporations Act, the Board of Directors of
the Corporation may from time to time on behalf of the Corporation:

     (a) borrow money upon the credit of the Corporation and limit or increase
     the amount to be borrowed;

     (b) issue, reissue, sell or pledge bonds, debentures, notes or other
     evidences of indebtedness, guarantees or securities of the Corporation,
     whether secured or unsecured;

     (c) to the extent permitted by the Canada Business Corporations Act, give
     guarantees on behalf of the Corporation to secure performance of any
     obligation of any person or give, directly or indirectly, financial
     assistance to any person on behalf of the Corporation by means of a loan,
     guarantee or otherwise;

     (d) mortgage, hypothecate, pledge or otherwise the real or personal,
     movable or immovable property of the Corporation, currently owned or
     subsequently acquired, including book debts, rights, powers, franchises and
     undertakings, to secure any present or future debt obligations or any money
     borrowed or other debt, liability or obligation of the Corporation,
     including any bonds, debentures, notes, create a security interest in all
     or any of debenture stock, other evidences of indebtedness, guarantees or
     securities of the Corporation which it is by law entitled to issue; and

     (e) delegate to one or more of the directors or officers of the Corporation
     all or any of the powers conferred by the foregoing provisions to such
     extent and in such manner as the Board of Directors shall determine at the
     time of each such delegation.

     For the purposes of the Special Corporate Powers Act of the Province of
Quebec and without in any way limiting the powers conferred upon the Corporation
and its directors by Section 183 of the Canada Business Corporations Act, the
Corporation may, for the purpose of securing any bonds, debentures or debenture
stock which it is by law entitled to issue, hypothecate, mortgage or pledge, and
cede and transfer, any property, movable or immovable, present or future, which
it may own.





<PAGE>   27


                                      - 2 -



     The directors may appoint one or more directors, who shall hold office for
a term expiring not later than the close of the next annual meeting of
shareholders, but the total number of directors so appointed may not exceed
one-third of the number of directors elected at the previous annual meeting of
shareholders.





<PAGE>   28


                                  SCHEDULE "C"
                    IN THE MATTER OF SUBSECTION 185(2) OF THE
                        CANADA BUSINESS CORPORATIONS ACT

                                       AND

             IN THE MATTER OF THE AMALGAMATION (THE "AMALGAMATION")
                   OF COTT CORPORATION AND 3699455 CANADA INC.

                              STATUTORY DECLARATION

     I, Catherine Brennan, of the City of Toronto, in the Province of Ontario,
do solemnly declare that:

I AM THE V.P. TREASURER, OF COTT CORPORATION, ONE OF THE AMALGAMATING
CORPORATIONS (HEREINAFTER CALLED THE "CORPORATION") AND AS SUCH HAVE PERSONAL
KNOWLEDGE OF THE MATTERS HEREIN DECLARED TO.

I HAVE CONDUCTED SUCH EXAMINATIONS OF THE BOOKS AND RECORDS OF THE CORPORATION
AND HAVE MADE SUCH ENQUIRIES AND INVESTIGATIONS AS ARE NECESSARY TO ENABLE ME TO
MAKE THIS DECLARATION.

I HAVE SATISFIED MYSELF THAT THERE ARE REASONABLE GROUNDS FOR BELIEVING THAT:

THE CORPORATION IS AND THE AMALGAMATED CORPORATION WILL BE ABLE TO PAY ITS
LIABILITIES AS THEY BECOME DUE; AND

THE REALIZABLE VALUE OF THE ASSETS OF THE AMALGAMATED CORPORATION WILL NOT BE
LESS THAN THE AGGREGATE OF ITS LIABILITIES AND STATED CAPITAL OF ALL CLASSES.

THERE ARE REASONABLE GROUNDS FOR BELIEVING THAT NO CREDITOR WILL BE PREJUDICED
BY THE AMALGAMATION.

     And I make this solemn declaration conscientiously believing the same to be
true and knowing that it is of the same force and effect as if made under oath
and by virtue of the Canada Evidence Act.

DECLARED before me at the              X
City of Toronto, in the                X
Province of Ontario,                   X   ___________________________________
this 21st day of                       X
December, 1999.                        X
                                       X
                                       X
____________________________________   X
A Commissioner for taking affidavits




<PAGE>   29


                                  SCHEDULE "C"
                    IN THE MATTER OF SUBSECTION 185(2) OF THE
                        CANADA BUSINESS CORPORATIONS ACT

                                       AND

             IN THE MATTER OF THE AMALGAMATION (THE "AMALGAMATION")
                   OF COTT CORPORATION AND 3699455 CANADA INC.

                              STATUTORY DECLARATION

     I, Mark Halperin, of the City of Toronto, in the Province of Ontario, do
solemnly declare that:

1.   I AM THE SECRETARY OF 3699455 CANADA INC., ONE OF THE AMALGAMATING
     CORPORATIONS (HEREINAFTER CALLED THE "CORPORATION") AND AS SUCH HAVE
     PERSONAL KNOWLEDGE OF THE MATTERS HEREIN DECLARED TO.

I HAVE CONDUCTED SUCH EXAMINATIONS OF THE BOOKS AND RECORDS OF THE CORPORATION
AND HAVE MADE SUCH ENQUIRIES AND INVESTIGATIONS AS ARE NECESSARY TO ENABLE ME TO
MAKE THIS DECLARATION.

I HAVE SATISFIED MYSELF THAT THERE ARE REASONABLE GROUNDS FOR BELIEVING THAT:

THE CORPORATION IS AND THE AMALGAMATED CORPORATION WILL BE ABLE TO PAY ITS
LIABILITIES AS THEY BECOME DUE; AND

THE REALIZABLE VALUE OF THE ASSETS OF THE AMALGAMATED CORPORATION WILL NOT BE
LESS THAN THE AGGREGATE OF ITS LIABILITIES AND STATED CAPITAL OF ALL CLASSES.

THERE ARE REASONABLE GROUNDS FOR BELIEVING THAT NO CREDITOR WILL BE PREJUDICED
BY THE AMALGAMATION.

     And I make this solemn declaration conscientiously believing the same to be
true and knowing that it is of the same force and effect as if made under oath
and by virtue of the Canada Evidence Act.

DECLARED before me at the               X
the City of Toronto, in the             X
Province of Ontario,                    X
this 21st day of                        X
December, 1999.                         X   __________________________________
                                        X
                                        X
____________________________________    X
A Commissioner for taking affidavits




<PAGE>   30
<TABLE>
<S>            <C>                 <C>
[flag]         Industry Canada     Industrie Canada

               Canada Business     Loi canadienne sur les
               Corporations Act    societes par actions
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<S>  <C>                                                               <C>

                                FORM 3                                                          FORMULE 3
                    NOTICE OF REGISTERED OFFICE OR                                       AVIS DE DESIGNATION OU
           NOTICE OF CHANGE OF ADDRESS OF REGISTERED OFFICE                      DE CHANGEMENT D'ADRESSE DU SIEGE SOCIAL
                             (SECTION 19)                                                     (ARTICLE 19)

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1     Name of the Corporation - Denomination sociale de la societe                        2  Corporation No. - N(0)de la societe
      COTT CORPORATION                                                                       370680-0
      CORPORATION COTT


- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3     Place in Canada where the  registered  office is situated.         Lieu  du  siege  social  au  Canada.   (Indiquer  le  lieu
      (Describe  the  place  in  terms  of  a  broad   municipal         selon  la definition  generale de  municipalite.  Il doit
      definition.  This  place  must  match the place  listed in         correspondre au lieu indique a l'article 2 des statuts.)
      Item 2 of the Articles.)

      DISTRICT OF MONTREAL, PROVINCE OF QUEBEC
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4     Address of Registered Office - Adresse du siege social
      333 AVRO AVENUE
      POINTE-CLAIRE, QUEBEC
      H9R 5W3




      CAUTION:  Address of registered office must be within the place that is described in the Articles and Item 3; otherwise an
                amendment to the Articles is required (paragraph 173(1)(b) of the Act, use Form 4) in addition to this form.
      AVIS:     L'adresse du siege social doit se trouver dans les limites du lieu indique dans les statuts et a la rubrique 3.
                Sinon, il faut modifier les statuts (alinea 173(1)(b) de la Loi) et remplir, outre la presente formule, la
                formule 4.
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5     Effective Date of Change - Date de prise d'effet

      N/A
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6     Previous Address of Registered Office - Ancienne adresse du siege social

      N/A










- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Date                                    Signature                                         Title - Titre
December 21, 1999                                                                         Secretary
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

For Departmental Use Only - A l'usage du ministere seulement    [LOGO]

Filed
Deposee

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>   31

<TABLE>
<S>                 <C>                 <C>                      <C>                     <C>
[Canada Flag Logo]  Industry Canada     Industrie Canada                FORM 6                   FORMULE 6
                                                                  NOTICE OF DIRECTORS    LISTE DES ADMINISTRATEURS
                    Canada Business     Loi canadienne sur les    OR NOTICE OF CHANGE      OU AVIS DE CHANGEMENT
                    Corporations Act    societes par actions         OF DIRECTORS           DES ADMINISTRATEURS
                                                                 (SECTIONS 106 AND 113)    (ARTICLES 106 ET 113)
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<S>                              <C>                            <C>     <C>                                 <C>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 - Name of corporation - Denomination de la societe                          2 - Corporation No. - N(0)de la societe
COTT CORPORATION
CORPORATION COTT                                                               370680-0

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 - The following persons became directors of this corporation           Les personnes suivantes sont devenues administrateurs de
                                                                         la presente societe
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Name                              Effective Date                                                             Resident Canadian - Y/N
Nom                               Date d'entree en vigueur:      Residential Address - Adresse domciliaire   Resident canadien - O/N





SEE SCHEDULE "A" ATTACHED



- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4 - The following persons ceased to be directors of this corporation     Les personnes suivantes ont casse d'etre administrateurs
                                                                         de la presente societe
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Name                              Effective Date
Nom                               Date d'entree en vigueur:      Residential Address - Adresse domciliaire
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

N/A






- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 - The directors of this corporation now are                            Les administrateurs de la presente societe sont maintenant
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Name                              Effective Date                                                             Resident Canadian - Y/N
Nom                               Date d'entree en vigueur:      Residential Address - Adresse domciliaire   Resident canadien - O/N
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------





SEE SCHEDULE "A" ATTACHED


- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

</TABLE>
<PAGE>   32
<TABLE>

<S>                        <C>                       <C>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Date                       Signature                     Title - Titre
December 21, 1999                                            SECRETARY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       Filed - Deposee
                                              ----------------------------------
</TABLE>
<PAGE>   33


                                  SCHEDULE "A"

                                 COTT CORPORATION

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                       RESIDENT
NAME                           EFFECTIVE DATE      RESIDENTIAL ADDRESS                 CANADIAN
- ----                           --------------      -------------------                 --------
<S>                            <C>                 <C>
Colin J. Adair                 Upon Amal.          466 Mount Pleasant                     Yes
                                                   Westmont, QC H3Y 3G8

John Bennett                   Upon Amal.          36 Church Hill Avenue                  Yes
                                                   Westmont, QC H3Y 2Z9

C. Hunter Boll                 Upon Amal.          45 Fletcher Street                      No
                                                   Winchester, Massachusetts
                                                   01890

Serge Gouin                    Upon Amal.          740 Avenue Pratt                       Yes
                                                   Outremont, QC H2V 2T6

Thomas M. Hagerty              Upon Amal.          256 Beacon Street                       No
                                                   Boston, Massachusetts
                                                   02116

Stephen H. Halperin            Upon Amal.          11 Cheval Drive                        Yes
                                                   Don Mills, ON M3B 1B5

David V. Harkins               Upon Amal.          8 Cornpoint Road                        No
                                                   Marblehead, Massachusetts
                                                   01945

True H. Knowles                Upon Amal.          3831 Turtlecreek Boulevard              No
                                                   Dallas, Texas 75219

Fraser D. Latta                Upon Amal.          75 The Bridle Path                     Yes
                                                   North York, ON M3B 2B2

Donald G. Watt                 Upon Amal.          R.R. #1                                Yes
                                                   Schomberg, ON L0G 1T0

Frank E. Weise III             Upon Amal.          272 Booth Lane                          No
                                                   Haverford, Pennsylvania
                                                   19041
</TABLE>





<PAGE>   1

                                                                     EXHIBIT 3.2

                               COTT BEVERAGES LTD.

                             LES BREUVAGES COTT LTEE

                                BY-LAW NO. 1986-1

               being a by-law relating generally to the transaction of the
               business and affairs of the Corporation

                                  ARTICLE ONE
                                 INTERPRETATION

SECTION 1.01 DEFINITIONS.

In the by-laws of the Corporation, unless the context otherwise requires:

     "ACT" means the Canada Business Corporations Act, and any statute that may
     be substituted therefor, as from time to time amended;

     "APPOINT" includes "ELECT" and vice versa;

     "ARTICLES" means the articles of continuance of the Corporation attached to
     the certificate of continuance dated November 4, 1980, as from time to time
     amended or restated;

     "BOARD" means the board of directors of the Corporation;

     "BY-LAWS" means this by-law and all other by-laws of the Corporation from
     time to time in force and effect;

     "CORPORATION" means the corporation continued under the Act by certificate
     of continuance, as amended, and named COTT BEVERAGES LTD. - LES BREUVAGES
     COTT LTEE;

     "MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS" means an annual meeting of shareholders or a
     special meeting of shareholders;

     "NON-BUSINESS DAY" means Saturday, Sunday and any other day that is a
     holiday as defined in the Interpretation Act (Canada);

     "RECORDED ADDRESS" means in the case of a shareholder his latest address as
     recorded in the securities register; and in the case of joint shareholders
     the address appearing in the securities register in respect of such joint
     holding or the first address so appearing if there are more than one; and
     in the case of a director, officer, auditor or member of a committee of the
     board, his latest address as shown in the records of the Corporation;

     "SIGNING OFFICER" means, in relation to any instrument, any person
     authorized to sign the same on behalf of the Corporation by section 2.02,
     or by a resolution passed pursuant thereto;



<PAGE>   2


                                     - 2 -


     save as aforesaid, words and expressions defined in the Act have the same
     meanings when used herein or in any other by-law; and

     words importing the singular number include the plural and vice versa;
     words importing gender include the masculine, feminine and neuter genders;
     and words importing persons include individuals, bodies corporate,
     partnerships, trusts and unincorporated organizations; and a reference to a
     section means that section in the by-laws in which such section appears.

In the case of any conflict between the articles and the provisions of this or
any other by-law the provisions of the articles shall prevail.

                                  ARTICLE TWO
                           BUSINESS OF THE CORPORATION

SECTION 2.01 REGISTERED OFFICE.

Until changed in accordance with the Act, the address of the registered office
of the Corporation will be within the place specified in the articles or within
articles of amendment changing the place in which its registered office is
situated.

SECTION 2.02 EXECUTION OF INSTRUMENTS.

Deeds, documents, bonds, debentures, transfers, assignments, contracts,
obligations, certificates and other instruments may be signed on behalf of the
Corporation by two persons, one of whom holds the office of chairman of the
board, chairman of the executive committee, president, vice-president or
director and the other of whom holds one of the said offices or the office of
secretary, treasurer, assistant-secretary or assistant-treasurer or director or
any other office created by by-law or by resolution of the board. Where one
person holds more than one office, he may sign any of the above said deeds,
documents, bonds, debentures, transfers, assignments, contracts, obligations,
certificates and other instruments on behalf of the Corporation in one or more
capacities. In addition, the board may from time to time direct the manner in
which and the person or persons by whom any particular instrument or class of
instruments may or shall be signed. Any signing officer may affix the corporate
seal to any instrument requiring the same.

SECTION 2.03 BANKING AND FINANCIAL ARRANGEMENTS.

The banking and financial business of the Corporation including, without
limitation, the borrowing of money and the giving of security therefor, shall be
transacted with such banks, trust companies or other bodies corporate or
organizations as may from time to time be designated by or under the authority
of the board. Such banking and financial business or any part thereof shall be
transacted under such agreements, instructions and delegations of powers as the
board may from time to time prescribe or authorize.

SECTION 2.04 VOTING RIGHTS IN OTHER BODIES CORPORATE.

The signing officers of the Corporation may execute and deliver proxies and
arrange for the issuance of voting certificates or other evidence of the right
to exercise the voting rights



<PAGE>   3

                                     - 3 -

attaching to any securities held by the Corporation. Such instruments,
certificates or other evidence shall be in favour of such person or persons as
may be determined by the officers executing such proxies or arranging for the
issuance of voting certificates or such other evidence of the right to exercise
such voting rights. In addition, the board may from time to time direct the
manner in which and the person or persons by whom any particular voting rights
or class of voting rights may or shall be exercised.

SECTION 2.05 WITHHOLDING INFORMATION FROM SHAREHOLDERS.

Subject to the provisions of the Act, no shareholder shall be entitled to
discovery of any information respecting any details or conduct of the
Corporation's business which, in the opinion of the board, it would be
inexpedient in the interests of the shareholders or the Corporation to
communicate to the public. The board may from time to time determine whether and
to what extent and at what time and place and under what conditions or
regulations the accounts, records and documents of the Corporation or any of
them shall be open to the inspection of shareholders and no shareholder shall
have any right of inspecting any account, record or document of the Corporation
except as conferred by the Act or authorized by the board or by resolution
passed at a general meeting of shareholders.

SECTION 2.06 DECLARATIONS.

Any officer of the Corporation or any other person appointed for the purpose by
resolution of the board is authorized and empowered to appear and make answer
for, on behalf and in the name of the Corporation, to writs, orders and
interrogatories upon articulated facts issued out of any court and to declare
for, on behalf and in the name of the Corporation, any answer to writs of
attachment by way of garnishment or otherwise and to make all affidavits and
sworn declarations in connection therewith or in connection with any and all
judicial proceedings. Such officers and persons may make demands of abandonment
or petitions for winding-up or bankruptcy orders upon any debtor of the
Corporation, may attend and vote at all meetings of creditors of the
Corporation's debtors and grant proxies in connection therewith, and may
generally do all such things in respect thereof as they deem to be in the best
interests of the Corporation.

                                 ARTICLE THREE
                            BORROWING AND SECURITIES

SECTION 3.01 BORROWING POWER.

Without limiting the borrowing powers of the Corporation as set forth in the Act
or in the articles, the board may from time to time:

     (a)  borrow money upon the credit of the Corporation and limit or increase
          the amount to be borrowed;

     (b)  issue, reissue, sell or pledge bonds, debentures, notes or other
          evidences of indebtedness, guarantees or securities of the
          Corporation, whether secured or unsecured;




<PAGE>   4

                                     - 4 -


     (c)  to the extent permitted by the Act, give guarantees on behalf of the
          Corporation to secure performance of an obligation of any person or
          give, directly or indirectly, financial assistance to any person on
          behalf of the Corporation by means of a loan, guarantee or otherwise;
          and

     (d)  mortgage, hypothecate, pledge or otherwise create a security interest
          in all or any of the real or personal, moveable or immoveable property
          of the Corporation, currently owned or subsequently acquired,
          including book debts, rights, powers, franchises and undertakings, to
          secure any present or future debt obligations or any money borrowed or
          other debt or liability of the Corporation, including any bonds,
          debentures, notes, debenture stock, other evidences of indebtedness,
          guarantees or securities of the Corporation which it is by law
          entitled to issue.

Nothing in this section limits or restricts the borrowing of money by the
Corporation on bills of exchange or promissory notes made, drawn, accepted or
endorsed by or on behalf of the Corporation.

SECTION 3.02 DELEGATION.

The board may from time to time delegate to such one or more of the directors or
officers of the Corporation as may be designated by the board all or any of the
powers conferred on the board by section 3.01 or by the Act to such extent and
in such manner as the board shall determine at the time of each such delegation.

                                  ARTICLE FOUR
                                    DIRECTORS

SECTION 4.01 NUMBER OF DIRECTORS AND QUORUM.

Until changed in accordance with the Act, the board shall consist of such fixed
number, or minimum and maximum number, of directors as may be set out in the
articles.

The directors may, from time to time, fix by resolution the quorum for meetings
of directors, but until otherwise fixed, a majority of the directors in office
from time to time shall constitute a quorum. Subject to the provisions of
section 4.06 hereof, any meeting of directors at which a quorum is present shall
be competent to exercise all or any of the authorities, powers and discretions
by or under the by-laws of the Corporation for the time being vested in or
exercisable by the directors generally.

Subject to the Canada Business Corporations Act and to the articles of the
Corporation, the directors may appoint one or more directors, who shall hold
office for a term expiring not later than the close of the next annual meeting
of shareholders, but the total number of directors so appointed may not exceed
one-third of the number of directors elected at the previous annual meeting of
shareholders.



<PAGE>   5


                                     - 5 -

SECTION 4.02 QUALIFICATION.

No person shall be qualified for election as a director if he is less than
eighteen (18) years of age; if he is of unsound mind and has been so found by a
court in Canada or elsewhere; if he is not an individual; or if he has the
status of a bankrupt. A director need not be a shareholder. A majority of the
directors shall be resident Canadians unless the Act permits otherwise.

SECTION 4.03 ELECTION AND TERM.

The election of directors shall take place at each annual meeting of
shareholders at which time all the directors then in office shall cease to hold
office, but, if qualified, shall be eligible for re-election. The number of
directors to be elected at any such meeting shall be the number of directors
then in office unless the directors or the shareholders otherwise determine. The
election shall be by resolution. If an election of directors is not held at any
such meeting of shareholders, the incumbent directors shall continue in office
until their successors are elected.

SECTION 4.04 VACATION OF OFFICE.

A director ceases to hold office when he dies; when he is removed from office by
the shareholders in accordance with the provisions of the Act; when he ceases to
be qualified for election as a director; or when his written resignation is
received by the Corporation, or if a time is specified in such resignation, at
the time so specified, whichever is later.

SECTION 4.05 VACANCIES.

Subject to the Act, a quorum of the board may fill a vacancy in the board,
except a vacancy resulting from an increase in the number or minimum number of
directors or from a failure of the shareholders to elect the number or minimum
number of directors. In the absence of a quorum of the board, or if the vacancy
has arisen from a failure of the shareholders to elect the number or minimum
number of directors, the board may call a special meeting of shareholders to
fill the vacancy. If the board fails to call such meeting or if there are no
such directors then in office, any shareholder may call the meeting. Where there
is a vacancy in the board, the remaining directors may exercise all the
authorities, powers and discretions of the board so long as a quorum remains in
office.

SECTION 4.06 CANADIAN MAJORITY.

The board shall not transact business at a meeting, other than filling a vacancy
in the board arising otherwise than by an increase in the number or minimum
number of directors or from a failure to elect the number or minimum number of
directors required by the articles, unless a majority of the directors present
are resident Canadians, except where

     (a)  a resident Canadian director who is unable to be present approves in
          writing or by telephone or other communication facilities the business
          transacted at the meeting; and

     (b)  a majority of resident Canadians would have been present had that
          director been present at the meeting.



<PAGE>   6


                                     - 6 -


SECTION 4.07 MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE.

If all the directors consent, a director may participate in a meeting of the
board or of a committee of the board by means of such telephone or other
communications facilities as permit all persons participating in the meeting to
hear each other, and a director participating in such a meeting by such means is
deemed to be present at that meeting. Any such consent shall be effective
whether given before or after the meeting to which it relates and may be given
with respect to all meetings of the board and of committees of the board held
while a director holds office.

SECTION 4.08 PLACE OF MEETINGS.

Meetings of the board may be held at any place in or outside Canada.

SECTION 4.09 CALLING OF MEETINGS.

Meetings of the board shall be held from time to time and at such place as the
board, the chairman of the board, the chairman of the executive committee, the
president or any two directors may determine.

SECTION 4.10 NOTICE OF MEETING.

Notice of the time and place of each meeting of the board shall be given in the
manner provided in section 12.01 to each director not less than twenty-four (24)
hours before the time when the meeting is to be held. A notice of a meeting of
directors need not specify the purpose of or the business to be transacted at
the meeting except where the Act requires such purpose or business to be
specified. A director may in any manner, whether before, during or after a
meeting of the board, waive notice of or otherwise consent to a meeting of the
board. No action taken at any meeting of the board shall be invalidated by the
accidental failure to give notice or sufficient notice thereof to any director.

SECTION 4.11 FIRST MEETING OF NEW BOARD.

Provided a quorum of directors is present, each newly elected board may without
notice hold its first meeting immediately following the meeting of shareholders
at which such board is elected.

SECTION 4.12 ADJOURNED MEETING.

Notice of an adjourned meeting of the board is not required if the time and
place of the adjourned meeting is announced at the original meeting.

SECTION 4.13 REGULAR MEETINGS.

The board may appoint a day or days in any month or months for regular meetings
of the board at a place and hour to be named. A copy of any resolution of the
board fixing the place and time of such regular meetings shall be sent to each
director forthwith after being passed, but no other notice shall be required for
any such regular meeting except where the Act requires the purpose thereof or
the business to be transacted thereat to be specified.



<PAGE>   7


                                     - 7 -



SECTION 4.14 CHAIRMAN.

The chairman of any meeting of the board shall be the first mentioned of such of
the following officers as have been appointed and who is a director and is
present at the meeting: chairman of the board, chairman of the executive
committee, president or a vice-president, who is a director. If no such officer
is present, the directors present shall choose one of their number to be
chairman.

SECTION 4.15 VOTES TO GOVERN.

At all meetings of the board every question shall be decided by a majority of
the votes cast on the question. In case of an equality of votes the chairman of
the meeting shall be entitled to a second or casting vote.

SECTION 4.16 REMUNERATION AND EXPENSES.

The directors shall be paid such remuneration for their services as the board
may from time to time determine. The directors shall also be entitled to be
reimbursed for travelling and other expenses properly incurred by them in
attending meetings of the board or any committee thereof. Nothing herein
contained shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other
capacity and receiving remuneration therefor.

                                  ARTICLE FIVE
                                   COMMITTEES

SECTION 5.01 COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS.

The board may appoint a committee or committees of directors, however
designated, and delegate to such committee or committees any of the powers of
the board except those which, under the Act, a committee of directors has no
authority to exercise. A majority of the members of each committee of the board
shall be resident Canadians.

SECTION 5.02 EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE.

The board may designate one of the committees appointed by it as the executive
committee. It shall comprise at least three (3) members who shall remain in
office at the pleasure of the board and while still directors. It shall, subject
to section 5.01, be vested with all the powers and authority of the board
between meetings thereof. All acts and proceedings of the executive committee
shall be reported to the board at the next meeting thereof, but any right
granted or obligation incurred pursuant to the authority of the executive
committee shall be treated as valid and binding upon the Corporation.

SECTION 5.03 AUDIT COMMITTEE.

The board shall elect from among its number an audit committee to be composed of
at least three (3) directors of whom the majority shall not be officers or
employees of the Corporation or its affiliates. Members of the audit committee
shall remain in office at the pleasure of the board and while still directors.



<PAGE>   8

                                     - 8 -


SECTION 5.04 TRANSACTION OF BUSINESS.

Subject to the provisions of section 4.07, the powers of a committee of
directors may be exercised by a meeting at which a quorum is present or by
resolution in writing signed by all the members of such committee who would have
been entitled to vote on that resolution at a meeting of the committee. Meetings
of a committee of directors may be held at any place in or outside Canada.

SECTION 5.05 PROCEDURE.

Unless otherwise determined by the board, each committee shall have the power to
fix its quorum at not less than a majority of its members, to elect its chairman
and to regulate its procedure.

                                  ARTICLE SIX
                                    OFFICERS

SECTION 6.01 APPOINTMENT.

The board may from time to time appoint a chairman of the board, a chairman of
the executive committee, a president, one or more vice-presidents (to which
title may be added words indicating seniority or function), a secretary and such
other officers as the board may determine, including one or more assistants to
any of the officers so appointed. The board may specify the duties of and, in
accordance with this by-law and subject to the provisions of the Act, delegate
to such officers powers to manage the business and affairs of the Corporation.
Subject to section 6.02, an officer may but need not be a director and one
person may hold more than one office.

SECTION 6.02 CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD, CHAIRMAN OF THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE AND
             PRESIDENT.

The chairman of the board, chairman of the executive committee and the president
shall each be chosen from among the directors and, if appointed, shall have such
powers and duties as the board may specify.

SECTION 6.03 VICE-PRESIDENT OR VICE-PRESIDENTS.

The vice-president or vice-presidents shall have such powers and duties as the
board may specify.

SECTION 6.04 SECRETARY.

Except as may be otherwise determined from time to time by the board, the
secretary shall attend and be the secretary of all meetings of the board,
shareholders and committees of the board and shall enter or cause to be entered
in records kept for that purpose minutes of all proceedings thereat; he shall
give or cause to be given, as and when instructed, all notices to shareholders,
directors, officers, auditors and members of committees of the board; he shall
be the custodian of the stamp or mechanical device generally used for affixing
the corporate seal of the Corporation



<PAGE>   9

                                     - 9 -

and of all books, papers, records, documents and instruments belonging to the
Corporation, except when some other officer or agent has been appointed for that
purpose; and he shall have such other powers and duties as the board or the
chief executive officer may specify.

SECTION 6.05 POWERS AND DUTIES OF OTHER OFFICERS.

The powers and duties of all other officers shall be such as the terms of their
engagement call for or as the board or the chief executive officer may specify.
Any of the powers and duties of an officer to whom an assistant has been
appointed may be exercised and performed by such assistant, unless the board or
the chief executive officer otherwise directs.

SECTION 6.06 VARIATION OF POWERS AND DUTIES.

The board may from time to time and subject to the provisions of the Act, vary,
add to or limit the powers and duties of any officer.

SECTION 6.07 TERM OF OFFICE.

The board, in its discretion, may remove and discharge any or all the officers
of the Corporation either with or without cause at any meeting called for that
purpose and may elect or appoint others in their place or places. Any officer or
employee of the Corporation, not being a member of the board, may also be
removed and discharged, either with or without cause, by the chairman of the
board, chairman of the executive committee or president. If, however, there be a
contract with an officer or employee derogating from the provisions of this
section such removal or discharge shall be subject to the provisions of such
contract. Otherwise each officer appointed by the board shall hold office until
his successor is appointed.

SECTION 6.08 TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT AND REMUNERATION.

The terms of employment and the remuneration of officers appointed by the board
shall be settled by it from time to time.

SECTION 6.09 AGENTS AND ATTORNEYS.

The board, the chairman of the board, the chairman of the executive committee or
the president or any person delegated by any of them shall have power from time
to time to appoint agents or attorneys for the Corporation in or outside Canada
with such powers of management or otherwise (including the power to sub-
delegate) as may be thought fit.

SECTION 6.10 FIDELITY BONDS.

The board, the chairman of the board, the chairman of executive committee or the
president or any person delegated by any of them may require such officers,
employees and agents of the Corporation as the board deems advisable to furnish
bonds for the faithful discharge of their powers and duties, in such form and
with such surety as the board may from time to time determine.



<PAGE>   10

                                     - 10 -



                                 ARTICLE SEVEN
                  PROTECTION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS AND OTHERS

SECTION 7.01 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY.

No director or officer shall be liable for the acts, receipts, neglects or
defaults of any other person including any director or officer or employee or
agent, or for joining in any receipt or acts for conformity, or for any loss,
damage or expense happening to the Corporation through the insufficiency or
deficiency of title to any property acquired by or on behalf of the Corporation,
or for the insufficiency or deficiency of any security in or upon which any of
the moneys of the Corporation shall be invested, or for any loss or damage
arising from the bankruptcy, insolvency, delictual, quasi-delictual or tortious
acts of any person with whom any of the moneys, securities or other property of
the Corporation shall be deposited or for any loss occasioned by an error of
judgment or oversight on his part, or for any other loss, damage or misfortune
whatever which may arise out of the execution of the duties of his office or in
relation thereto, unless the same are occasioned by his own wilful neglect or
default; provided that nothing herein shall relieve any director or officer from
the duty to act in accordance with the mandatory provisions of the Act and the
regulations thereunder or from liability for any breach thereof.

SECTION 7.02 INDEMNITY.

Without in any manner derogating from or limiting the mandatory provisions of
the Act but subject to the conditions contained therein, the Corporation shall
indemnify a director or officer of the Corporation, a former director or officer
of the Corporation, or a person who acts or acted at the Corporation's request
as a director or officer of a body corporate of which the Corporation is or was
a shareholder or creditor (or a person who undertakes or has undertaken any
liability on behalf of the Corporation or any such body corporate), and his
heirs and legal representatives, against all costs, charges and expenses,
including an amount paid to settle an action or satisfy a judgement, reasonably
incurred by him in respect of any civil, criminal or administrative action or
proceeding to which he is made a party by reason of being or having been a
director or officer of the Corporation or such body corporate (including, but
without limiting the generality of the foregoing, all losses, liabilities,
costs, charges and expenses (including an amount paid to settle an action or
satisfy a judgment) incurred by him in respect of any action or proceeding for
the recovery of claims of employees or former employees of the Corporation or
such body corporate (including, without limitation, claims for wages, salaries
and other remuneration or benefits) or in respect of any claim based upon the
failure of the Corporation to deduct, withhold, remit or pay any amount for
taxes, assessments and other charges of any nature whatsoever as required by
law), if

     (a)  he acted honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests
          of the Corporation; and

     (b)  in the case of a criminal or administrative action or proceeding that
          is enforced by a monetary penalty, he has reasonable grounds for
          believing that his conduct was lawful.




<PAGE>   11

                                     - 11 -


SECTION 7.03 INSURANCE.

Subject to the limitations contained in the Act, the Corporation may purchase
and maintain such insurance for the benefit of its directors and officers as
such, as the board may from time to time determine.

                                 ARTICLE EIGHT
                                     SHARES

SECTION 8.01 ALLOTMENT.

Subject to the articles, shares of the Corporation may be issued at such times
and to such persons and for such consideration as the board may determine and
the board may from time to time allot or grant options or other rights to
purchase any of the shares of the Corporation at such times and to such persons
and for such consideration as the board shall determine.

SECTION 8.02 COMMISSIONS.

Subject to the provisions of the Act the board may from time to time authorize
the Corporation to pay a commission to any person in consideration of his
purchasing or agreeing to purchase shares of the Corporation, whether from the
Corporation or from any other person, or procuring or agreeing to procure
purchasers for any such shares.

SECTION 8.03 REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER.

Subject to the provisions of the Act, no transfer of shares shall be registered
in a securities register except upon presentation of the certificate
representing such shares with a transfer endorsed thereon or delivered therewith
duly executed by the registered holder or by his attorney or successor duly
appointed, together with such reasonable assurance or evidence of signature,
identification and authority to transfer as the board may from time to time
prescribe, and upon payment of all applicable taxes and any fees prescribed by
the board.

SECTION 8.04 TRANSFER AGENTS, REGISTRARS AND DIVIDEND DISBURSING AGENTS.

The board may from time to time appoint a registrar to maintain the securities
register and a transfer agent to maintain the register of transfers and may also
appoint one or more branch registrars to maintain branch securities registers
and one or more branch transfer agents to maintain branch registers of
transfers. The board may also from time to time appoint a dividend disbursing
agent to disburse dividends. One person may be appointed to any number of the
aforesaid positions. The board may at any time terminate any such appointment.

SECTION 8.05 CONCLUSIVENESS OF SECURITIES REGISTER.

Subject to the provisions of the Act, the Corporation shall treat the person in
whose name any share is registered in the securities register as absolute owner
of such share with full legal capacity and authority to exercise all rights of
ownership, irrespective of any indication to the contrary through knowledge or
notice or description in the Corporation's records or on the share certificate.



<PAGE>   12

                                     - 12 -


SECTION 8.06 SHARE CERTIFICATES.

Every holder of one or more shares of the Corporation shall be entitled, at his
option, to a share certificate, or to a non-transferable written acknowledgement
of his right to obtain a share certificate, stating the number and class or
series of shares held by him as shown on the securities register. Share
certificates and acknowledgements of a shareholder's right to a share
certificate respectively, shall be in such form as the board shall from time to
time approve. Any share certificate shall be signed in accordance with section
2.02, and need not be under the corporate seal; provided that, unless the board
otherwise determines, certificates representing shares in respect of which a
transfer agent and/or registrar has been appointed shall not be valid unless
countersigned by or on behalf of such transfer agent and/or registrar. The
signature of one of the signing officers or, in the case of share certificates
which are not valid unless counter-signed by or on behalf of a transfer agent
and/or registrar, the signatures of both signing officers, may be printed or
mechanically reproduced upon share certificates and every such printed or
mechanically reproduced signature shall for all purposes be deemed to be the
signature of the officer whose signature it reproduces and shall be binding upon
the Corporation. A share certificate executed as aforesaid shall be valid
notwithstanding that one or both of the officers whose facsimile signature
appears thereon no longer holds office at the date of issue of the certificate.

SECTION 8.07 REPLACEMENT OF SHARE CERTIFICATES.

The board or any officer or agent designated by the board may in its or his
discretion direct the issue of a new share certificate in lieu and upon
cancellation of a share certificate that has been mutilated or in substitution
for a share certificate claimed to have been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken
upon payment of such fee, if any, and on such terms as to indemnity,
reimbursement of expenses and evidence of loss and of title as the board may
from time to time prescribe, whether generally or in any particular case.

SECTION 8.08 JOINT SHAREHOLDERS.

If two or more persons are registered as joint holders of any share, the
Corporation shall not be bound to issue more than one certificate in respect
thereof, and delivery of such certificate to one of such persons shall be
sufficient delivery to all of them. Any one of such persons may give effectual
receipts for the certificate issued in respect thereof or for any dividend,
bonus, return of capital or other money payable or warrant issuable in respect
of such share.

SECTION 8.09 DECEASED SHAREHOLDERS.

In the event of the death of a holder, or of one of the joint holders, of any
share, the Corporation shall not be required to make any entry in the securities
register in respect thereof or to make payment of any dividends thereon or other
distributions in respect thereof except upon production of all such documents as
may be required by law and upon compliance with the reasonable requirements of
the Corporation and its transfer agent.



<PAGE>   13



                                     - 13 -

                                  ARTICLE NINE
                              DIVIDENDS AND RIGHTS

SECTION 9.01 DIVIDENDS.

Subject to the provisions of the Act, the board may from time to time declare
dividends payable to the shareholders according to their respective rights and
interests in the Corporation. Dividends may be paid in money or property or by
issuing fully paid shares of the Corporation.

SECTION 9.02 DIVIDEND CHEQUES.

A dividend payable in cash shall be paid by cheque drawn on the Corporation's
bankers or one of them or those of its dividend disbursing agent to the order of
each registered holder of shares of the class or series in respect of which it
has been declared and mailed by pre-paid ordinary mail to such registered holder
at his recorded address, unless such holder otherwise directs. In the case of
joint holders the cheque shall, unless such joint holders otherwise direct, be
made payable to the order of all of such joint holders and mailed to them at
their recorded address. The mailing of such cheque as aforesaid, unless the same
is not paid on due presentation on or after the applicable dividend payment
date, shall satisfy and discharge the liability for the dividend to the extent
of the sum represented thereby plus the amount of any tax which the Corporation
is required to and does withhold.

SECTION 9.03 NON-RECEIPT OF CHEQUES.

In the event of non- receipt of any dividend cheque by the person to whom it is
sent as aforesaid, the Corporation shall issue to such person a replacement
cheque for a like amount on such terms as to indemnity, reimbursement of
expenses and evidence of non-receipt and of title as the board may from time to
time prescribe, whether generally or in any particular case.

SECTION 9.04 UNCLAIMED DIVIDENDS.

Any dividend unclaimed after a period of six (6) years from the date on which
the same has been declared to be payable shall be forfeited and shall revert to
the Corporation.

                                  ARTICLE TEN
                            MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

SECTION 10.01 ANNUAL MEETINGS.

The annual meeting of shareholders shall be held at such time in each year and,
subject to section 10.03, at such place as the board or failing it, the chairman
of the board, the chairman of the executive committee or the president may from
time to time determine, for the purpose of considering the financial statements
and reports required by the Act to be placed before the annual meeting, electing
directors, appointing auditors and for the transaction of such other business as
may properly be brought before the meeting.



<PAGE>   14

                                     - 14 -


SECTION 10.02 SPECIAL MEETINGS.

The board, the chairman of the board, the chairman of the executive committee or
the president shall have power to call a special meeting of shareholders at any
time.

SECTION 10.03 PLACE OF MEETINGS.

Meetings of shareholders shall be held at the registered office of the
Corporation or elsewhere in the municipality in which the registered office is
situated or, if the board shall so determine, at some other place in Canada.

SECTION 10.04 NOTICE OF MEETINGS.

Notice of the time and place of each meeting of shareholders shall be given in
the manner provided in section 12.01 not less than twenty-one (21) nor more than
fifty (50) days before the date of the meeting to each director, to the auditor
and to each shareholder who at the close of business on the record date for
notice is entered in the securities register as the holder of one or more shares
carrying the right to vote at the meeting. A shareholder may in any manner
either before, during or after a meeting of shareholders waive notice of or
otherwise consent to a meeting of shareholders.

SECTION 10.05 CHAIRMAN, SECRETARY AND SCRUTINEERS.

The chairman of any meeting of shareholders shall be the first mentioned of such
of the following officers as have been appointed and who is present at the
meeting: chairman of the board, chairman of the executive committee, president
or a vice-president who is a shareholder. If no such officer is present within
fifteen (15) minutes after the time fixed for holding the meeting, the persons
present and entitled to vote shall choose one of their number to be chairman. If
the secretary and each assistant-secretary of the Corporation is absent, the
chairman shall appoint some person, who need not be a shareholder, to act as
secretary of the meeting. If desired, one or more scrutineers, who need not be
shareholders, may be appointed by a resolution or by the chairman of the
meeting.

SECTION 10.06 PERSONS ENTITLED TO BE PRESENT.

The only persons entitled to be present at a meeting of shareholders shall be
those entitled to vote thereat, the directors and auditors of the Corporation
and others who, although not entitled to vote, are entitled or required under
any provision of the Act or the articles or by-laws to be present at the
meeting. Any other person may be admitted only on the invitation of the chairman
of the meeting or with the consent of the meeting.

SECTION 10.07 QUORUM.

Subject to the articles, a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting
of shareholders shall be two persons present in person, each being a shareholder
entitled to vote thereat or a duly appointed proxy for an absent shareholder so
entitled, and holding or representing the holder or holders of shares carrying
not less than ten percent (10%) of the total number of votes attached to the
issued shares of the Corporation for the time being enjoying voting rights at
such meeting. If



<PAGE>   15
                                     - 15 -


a quorum is present at the opening of a meeting of shareholders, the
shareholders present may proceed with the business of the meeting,
notwithstanding that a quorum is not present throughout the meeting.

If a quorum is not present at the opening of a meeting of shareholders, the
shareholders present in person and entitled to be counted for the purpose of
forming a quorum shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time to a
fixed time and place without notice other than announcement at the meeting until
a quorum shall be present, subject to the provisions of the Act, the articles
and section 10.15 of this by-law. At any such adjourned meeting, provided a
quorum is present, any business may be transacted which might have been
transacted at the meeting adjourned.

SECTION 10.08 RIGHT TO VOTE.

The shareholders entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders shall be
determined in accordance with the provisions of the Act and the articles.

SECTION 10.09 PROXIES.

Every shareholder entitled to vote at a meeting of shareholders may appoint a
proxyholder, or one or more alternate proxyholders, who need not be
shareholders, to attend and act at the meeting in the manner and to the extent
authorized and with the authority conferred by the proxy. A proxy shall be in
writing executed by the shareholder or his attorney and shall conform with the
requirements of the Act.

SECTION 10.10 TIME FOR DEPOSIT OF PROXIES.

The board may specify in a notice calling a meeting of shareholders a time,
preceding the time of such meeting by not more than forty-eight (48) hours
exclusive of non-business days, before which time proxies to be used at such
meeting must be deposited. A proxy shall be acted upon only if, prior to the
time so specified, it shall have been deposited with the Corporation or an agent
thereof specified in such notice or, if no such time is specified in such
notice, unless it has been received by the secretary of the Corporation or by
the chairman of the meeting or any adjournment thereof prior to the time of
voting.

SECTION 10.11 JOINT SHAREHOLDERS.

If two or more persons hold shares jointly, any one of them present in person or
represented by proxy at a meeting of shareholders may, in the absence of the
other or others, vote the shares; but if two or more of those persons who are
present, in person or by proxy, vote, they shall vote as one on the shares
jointly held by them.

SECTION 10.12 VOTES TO GOVERN.

At any meeting of shareholders every question shall, unless otherwise required
by the articles or by-laws or by law, be determined by the majority of the votes
cast on the question. In case of an equality of votes, either upon a show of
hands or upon a poll, the chairman of the meeting shall be entitled to a second
or casting vote.



<PAGE>   16


                                     - 16 -


SECTION 10.13 SHOW OF HANDS.

Subject to the provisions of the Act, any question at a meeting of shareholders
shall be decided by a show of hands unless a ballot thereon is required or
demanded as hereinafter provided. Upon a show of hands every person who is
present and entitled to vote shall have one vote. Whenever a vote by show of
hands shall have been taken upon a question, unless a ballot thereon is so
required or demanded, a declaration by the chairman of the meeting that the vote
upon the question has been carried or carried by a particular majority or not
carried and an entry to that effect in the minutes of the meeting shall be prima
facie evidence of the fact without proof of the number or proportion of the
votes recorded in favour of or against any resolution or other proceeding in
respect of the said question, and the result of the vote so taken shall be the
decision of the shareholders upon the said question.

SECTION 10.14 BALLOTS.

On any question proposed for consideration at a meeting of shareholders, and
whether or not a show of hands has been taken thereon, any shareholder or
proxyholder entitled to vote at the meeting may require or demand a ballot. A
ballot so required or demanded shall be taken in such manner as the chairman
shall direct. A requirement or demand for a ballot may be withdrawn at any time
prior to the taking of the ballot. If a ballot is taken each person present
shall be entitled, in respect of the shares which he is entitled to votes at the
meeting upon the question, to that number of votes provided by the Act or the
articles, and the result of the ballot so taken shall be the decision of the
shareholders upon the said question.

SECTION 10.15 ADJOURNMENT.

Subject to the articles, if a meeting of shareholders is adjourned for less than
thirty (30) days, it shall not be necessary to give notice of the adjourned
meeting, other than by announcement at the meeting that is adjourned. If a
meeting of shareholders is adjourned by one or more adjournments for an
aggregate of thirty (30) days or more, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be
given as for required by the Act.

SECTION 10.16 RESOLUTION IN WRITING.

A resolution in writing signed by all the shareholders entitled to vote on that
resolution at a meeting of shareholders is as valid as if it had been passed at
a meeting of the shareholders unless a written statement with respect to the
subject matter of the resolution is submitted by a director or the auditors in
accordance with the Act.

                                 ARTICLE ELEVEN
                            DIVISIONS AND DEPARTMENTS

SECTION 11.01 CREATION AND CONSOLIDATION OF DIVISIONS.

The board may cause the business and operations of the Corporation or any part
thereof to be divided or to be segregated into one or more divisions upon such
basis as the board may consider appropriate in each case. The board may also
cause the business and operations of any such division to be further divided
into sub-units and the business and operations of any such



<PAGE>   17

                                     - 17 -

divisions or sub-units to be consolidated upon such basis as the board may
consider appropriate in each case.

SECTION 11.02 NAME OF DIVISIONS.

Any division or its sub-units may be designated by such name as the board may
from time to time determine and may transact business, enter into contracts,
sign cheques and other documents of any kind and do all acts and things under
such name.

                                 ARTICLE TWELVE
                                     NOTICES

SECTION 12.01 METHOD OF GIVING NOTICES.

Any notice (which term includes any communication or document) to be given
(which term includes sent, delivered or served) pursuant to the Act, the
regulations thereunder, the articles, the by-laws or otherwise to a shareholder,
director, officer, auditor or member of a committee of the board shall be
sufficiently given if delivered personally to the person to whom it is to be
given or if delivered to his recorded address or if mailed to him at his
recorded address by prepaid ordinary or air mail or if sent to him at his
recorded address by any means of prepaid transmitted or recorded communication.
A notice so delivered shall be deemed to have been given when it is delivered
personally or to the recorded address as aforesaid; a notice so mailed shall be
deemed to have been given when deposited in a post office or public letter box;
and a notice so sent by any means of transmitted or recorded communication shall
be deemed to have been given when dispatched or delivered to the appropriate
communication company or agency or its representative for dispatch. The
secretary or assistant-secretary may change or cause to be changed the recorded
address of any shareholder, director, officer, auditor or member of a committee
of the board in accordance with any information believed by him to be reliable.

SECTION 12.02 NOTICE TO JOINT SHAREHOLDERS.

If two or more persons are registered as joint holders of any share, any notice
shall be addressed to all of such joint holders but notice to one of such
persons shall be sufficient notice to all of them. The address to be used for
the purpose of giving notices shall be the recorded address.

SECTION 12.03 COMPUTATION OF TIME.

In computing the date when notice must be given under any provision requiring a
specified number of days' notice of any meeting or other event, the date of
giving the notice shall be excluded and the date of the meeting or other event
shall be included.

SECTION 12.04 UNDELIVERED NOTICES.

If any notice given to a shareholder pursuant to section 12.01 is returned on
three (3) consecutive occasions because he cannot be found, the Corporation
shall not be required to give any further notices to such shareholder until he
informs the Corporation in writing of his new address.



<PAGE>   18


                                     - 18 -


SECTION 12.05 OMISSIONS AND ERRORS.

The accidental omission to give any notice to any shareholder, director,
officer, auditor or member of a committee of the board or the non-receipt of any
notice by any such person or any error in any notice not affecting the substance
thereof shall not invalidate any action taken at any meeting held pursuant to
such notice or otherwise founded thereon.

SECTION 12.06 PERSONS ENTITLED TO SHARES BY DEATH OR OPERATION OF LAW.

Every person who, by operation of law, transfer, death of a shareholder or any
other means whatsoever, shall become entitled to any share, shall be bound by
every notice in respect of such share which shall have been duly given to the
shareholder from whom he derives his title to such share prior to his name and
address being entered on the securities register (whether such notice was given
before or after the happening of the event upon which he became so entitled) and
prior to his furnishing to the Corporation the proof of authority or evidence of
his entitlement as provided in the Act.

SECTION 12.07 WAIVER OF NOTICE.

Any shareholder (or his duly appointed proxyholder), director, officer, auditor
or member of a committee of the board may at any time waive any notice, or waive
or abridge the time for any notice, required to be given to him under any
provision of the Act, the regulations thereunder, the articles, the by-laws or
otherwise and such waiver or abridgement shall cure any default in the giving or
in the time of such notice, as the case may be. Any such waiver or abridgement
shall be in writing except a waiver of notice of a meeting of shareholders or of
the board or committee thereof which may be given in any manner.

                                ARTICLE THIRTEEN
                                   FISCAL YEAR

SECTION 13.01 FISCAL YEAR.

The fiscal period of the Corporation shall terminate on such day in each year as
the board of directors may from time to time determine. Until otherwise
determined by the board of directors, the fiscal year of the Corporation shall
terminate on the Saturday closest to the last day of January in each year.

                                ARTICLE FOURTEEN
                                 EFFECTIVE DATE

SECTION 14.01 EFFECTIVE DATE.

This by-law is effective from the date of the resolution of the directors
adopting same and shall continue to be effective unless amended by the directors
until the next meeting of shareholders of the Corporation, whereat if same is
confirmed or confirmed as amended, this by-law shall continue in effect in the
form in which it was so confirmed.



<PAGE>   19

                                     - 19 -


SECTION 14.02 REPEAL.

Upon the date of this by-law coming into force, By-Law No. One of the
Corporation, being a by-law relating generally to the transaction of the
business and affairs of the Corporation, shall be repealed, provided that such
repeal shall not affect the previous operation of any by-law so repealed or
affect the validity of any act done or right, privilege, obligation or liability
acquired or incurred under or the validity of any contract or agreement made
pursuant to any such by-law prior to its repeal.

All officers and persons acting under any by-law so repealed shall continue to
act as appointed under the provisions of this by-law and all resolutions of the
shareholders or board or committee thereof with continuing effect passed under
any repealed by-law shall continue to be valid except to the extent inconsistent
with this by-law and until amended or repealed.

The foregoing By-Law 1986-1 is hereby consented to by the signatures of all the
directors of COTT BEVERAGES LTD. - LES BREUVAGES COTT LTEE, this 26th day of
September, 1986.

                                       /s/ Samuel Pencer
                                       ------------------------------------
                                       Samuel Pencer


                                       /s/ Manuel Pencer
                                       ------------------------------------
                                       Manuel Pencer


                                       /s/ Gerald Pencer
                                       ------------------------------------
                                       Gerald Pencer










<PAGE>   20


                                COTT CORPORATION

                      AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO BY-LAW NO. 1986-1



     By-law No. 1986-1 is amended by deleting the first paragraph of section
10.07 thereof and substituting therefor the following:

     "Section 10.07 QUORUM. Subject to the articles, a quorum for the
     transaction of business of any meeting of shareholders shall be two persons
     present in person, each being a shareholder entitled to vote thereat or a
     duly appointed proxy for an absent shareholder so entitled, and holding or
     representing the holder or holders of shares carrying not less than 1/3 of
     the total number of votes attaching to the issued shares of the Corporation
     for the time being enjoying voting rights at such meeting. If a quorum is
     present at the opening of the meeting of shareholders, the shareholders
     present may proceed with the business of the meeting, notwithstanding that
     a quorum is not present throughout the meeting."

     The foregoing amendment to By-law No. 1986-1 was passed by the directors of
the Corporation at a meeting held on the 26th day of May, 1992.

     Confirmed by the shareholders: 14 July , 1992.



                                COTT CORPORATION

                      AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO BY-LAW NO. 1986-1



     By-law No. 1986-1 is amended by adding the following paragraph to section
4.01 thereof:

     "Subject to the Canada Business Corporations Act and to the articles of the
     Corporation, the directors may appoint one or more directors, who shall
     hold office for a term expiring not later than the close of the next annual
     meeting of shareholders, but the total number of directors so appointed may
     not exceed one-third of the number of directors elected at the previous
     annual meeting of shareholders."

     The foregoing amendment to By-law No. 1986-1 was passed by the directors of
the Corporation at a meeting held on the 19th day of May, 1995.

     Confirmed by the shareholders: 22 June, 1995




<PAGE>   1

                                                                     EXHIBIT 4.1

                                                                  EXECUTION COPY

                                   $40,000,000


                                CREDIT AGREEMENT


                           Dated as of August 19, 1999

                                      among

                                COTT CORPORATION,

                                       and

                        Certain of its U.S. Subsidiaries,
                                  as Borrowers

                       EACH OF THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS
                          INITIALLY A SIGNATORY HERETO,
                          TOGETHER WITH THOSE ASSIGNEES
                        PURSUANT TO SECTION 14.6 HEREOF,
                                   as Lenders,


                           FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK,
                             as Administrative Agent

                                       and

                            NATIONAL BANK OF CANADA,
                                as Canadian Agent






- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                       FIRST UNION CAPITAL MARKETS CORP.,
                                   AS ARRANGER



<PAGE>   2


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                   Page
                                                                                                   ----
<S>      <C>                                                                                       <C>
ARTICLE I  DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS..........................................................1
         1.1 General Definitions.....................................................................1
         1.2 Accounting Terms.......................................................................30
         1.3 Other Definitional Provisions..........................................................30
         1.4 Dollar Equivalent Provisions...........................................................31
ARTICLE II  THE REVOLVING LOANS.....................................................................31
         2.1 The U.S. Revolving Loans...............................................................31
         2.2 U.S. Letter of Credit Subfacility......................................................32
         2.3 The Canadian Revolving Loans...........................................................37
         2.4 Canadian Letter of Credit Subfacility..................................................38
         2.5 Bankers' Acceptances...................................................................44
         2.6 Minimum Amounts of Loans...............................................................48
         2.7 Funding of Loans to Borrowers..........................................................48
         2.8 Term...................................................................................54
         2.9 Revolving Notes........................................................................54
         2.10 Reduction of Revolving Loan Commitments...............................................54
ARTICLE III  CASH MANAGEMENT ARRANGEMENTS...........................................................55
         3.1 U.S. Lockbox Arrangements..............................................................55
         3.2 Canadian Collection and Payment Arrangements...........................................56
         3.3 Maintenance of Account.................................................................57
         3.4 Statement of Account...................................................................58
ARTICLE IV  ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS REGARDING LOANS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT.............................59
         4.1 Continuations and Conversions..........................................................59
         4.2 Interest...............................................................................60
         4.3 Place and Manner of Payments...........................................................61
         4.4 Prepayments............................................................................62
         4.5 Fees...................................................................................64
         4.6 Pro Rata Treatment.....................................................................65
         4.7 Allocation of Payments After Event of Default..........................................66
         4.8 Sharing of Payments....................................................................67
         4.9 Capital Adequacy.......................................................................68
         4.10 Inability To Determine Interest Rate or Create Bankers' Acceptances...................68
         4.11 Illegality............................................................................69
         4.12 Requirements of Law...................................................................69
         4.13 Taxes.................................................................................71
         4.14 Compensation..........................................................................73
         4.15 Replacement Lender....................................................................74
ARTICLE V  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT.....................................................................75
         5.1 Closing Conditions.....................................................................75
         5.2 Conditions to All Extensions of Credit.................................................79
ARTICLE VI  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES..........................................................80
         6.1 Organization and Good Standing.........................................................80
</TABLE>


<PAGE>   3

<TABLE>
<S>      <C>                                                                                       <C>
         6.2 Due Authorization......................................................................80
         6.3 No Conflicts...........................................................................80
         6.4 Consents...............................................................................81
         6.5 Enforceable Obligations................................................................81
         6.6 Financial Condition....................................................................81
         6.7 No Default.............................................................................81
         6.8 Liens..................................................................................82
         6.9 Indebtedness...........................................................................82
         6.10 Litigation............................................................................82
         6.11 Material Contracts....................................................................82
         6.12 Taxes.................................................................................82
         6.13 Compliance with Law...................................................................83
         6.14 ERISA.................................................................................83
         6.15 Subsidiaries..........................................................................85
         6.16 Ownership of Stock....................................................................85
         6.17 Use of Proceeds; Margin Stock.........................................................85
         6.18 Government Regulation.................................................................85
         6.19 Hazardous Substances..................................................................85
         6.20 Patents, Franchises, etc..............................................................86
         6.21 Solvency..............................................................................86
         6.22 Location of Assets....................................................................86
         6.23 D/B/A or Trade Names..................................................................87
         6.24 Year 2000 Compliance..................................................................87
         6.25 No Employee Disputes..................................................................87
         6.26 Certain Subsidiaries..................................................................87
         6.27 Labor Matters.........................................................................88
         6.28 Status of Accounts....................................................................88
         6.29 Trade Suppliers.......................................................................88
         6.30 Key Members of Management.............................................................88
         6.31 Accuracy and Completeness of Information..............................................89
ARTICLE VII  AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS..................................................................89
         7.1 Information Covenants..................................................................89
         7.2 Preservation of Existence and Franchises...............................................92
         7.3 Books and Records......................................................................92
         7.4 Compliance with Law....................................................................92
         7.5 Payment of Taxes and Other Indebtedness................................................92
         7.6 Insurance; Casualty Loss...............................................................93
         7.7 Maintenance of Property................................................................94
         7.8 Performance of Obligations.............................................................94
         7.9 ERISA..................................................................................95
         7.10 Use of Proceeds.......................................................................95
         7.11 Additional Subsidiaries...............................................................96
         7.12 Audits/Inspections....................................................................96
         7.13 Inventory.............................................................................97
         7.14 Collateral Records....................................................................97
         7.15 Security Interests....................................................................97
</TABLE>


<PAGE>   4


<TABLE>
<S>      <C>                                                                                       <C>
         7.16 Schedules of Accounts and Purchase Orders............................................ 98
         7.17 Collection of Accounts............................................................... 99
         7.18 Notice; Credit Memoranda; and Returned Goods......................................... 99
         7.19 Acknowledgment Agreements............................................................ 99
         7.20 Trademarks...........................................................................100
         7.21 Year 2000 Compliance.................................................................100
ARTICLE VIII  FINANCIAL COVENANTS..................................................................100
         8.1 Leverage Ratio........................................................................100
         8.2 Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio...........................................................100
         8.3 Capital Expenditures..................................................................100
         8.4 Minimum Shareholders' Equity..........................................................101
ARTICLE IX  NEGATIVE COVENANTS.....................................................................101
         9.1 Indebtedness..........................................................................101
         9.2 Liens.................................................................................102
         9.3 Nature of Business....................................................................102
         9.4 Consolidation or Merger...............................................................102
         9.5 Sale or Lease of Assets...............................................................103
         9.6 Acquisitions..........................................................................103
         9.7 Transactions with Affiliates..........................................................103
         9.8 Ownership of Subsidiaries.............................................................103
         9.9 Fiscal Year...........................................................................103
         9.10 Investments..........................................................................103
         9.11 Restricted Payments..................................................................104
         9.12 No Additional Bank Accounts..........................................................104
         9.13 Amendments of Material Contracts; Organizational Documents...........................104
         9.14 Additional Negative Pledges..........................................................105
         9.15 Other Indebtedness...................................................................105
         9.16 Licenses, Etc........................................................................105
         9.17 Limitations..........................................................................105
ARTICLE X  POWERS..................................................................................106
         10.1 Appointment of Administrative Agent as Attorney-in-Fact..............................106
         10.2 Limitation on Exercise of Power......................................................106
ARTICLE XI  EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES.........................................................107
         11.1 Events of Default....................................................................107
         11.2 Acceleration; Remedies...............................................................109
         11.3. Conversion and Redenomination Certain Loans; Purchase of Risk  Participations.......110
ARTICLE XII  TERMINATION...........................................................................111
ARTICLE XIII  THE AGENTS...........................................................................111
         13.1 Appointment..........................................................................111
         13.2 Delegation of Duties.................................................................112
         13.3 Exculpatory Provisions...............................................................112
         13.4 Reliance on Communications...........................................................112
         13.5 Notice of Default....................................................................113
         13.6 Non-Reliance on Agents and Other Lenders.............................................113
         13.7 Indemnification......................................................................114
         13.8 Agent in its Individual Capacity.....................................................114
</TABLE>


<PAGE>   5


<TABLE>
<S>      <C>                                                                                       <C>
         13.9 Successor Agent......................................................................114
         13.10 Collateral Matters..................................................................115
ARTICLE XIV  MISCELLANEOUS.........................................................................117
         14.1 Notices..............................................................................117
         14.2 Right of Set-Off.....................................................................117
         14.3 Benefit of Agreement.................................................................117
         14.4 No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative.......................................................120
         14.5 Payment of Expenses; Indemnification.................................................120
         14.6 Amendments, Waivers and Consents.....................................................121
         14.7 Defaulting Lender....................................................................121
         14.8 Counterparts.........................................................................121
         14.9 Headings.............................................................................122
         14.10 Survival of Indemnification and Representations and Warranties......................122
         14.11 Currency............................................................................122
         14.12 GOVERNING LAW; SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; VENUE....................................122
         14.13 Arbitration.........................................................................123
         14.14 Waiver of Jury Trial................................................................124
         14.15 Severability........................................................................124
         14.16 Loan Entirety.......................................................................125
         14.17 Binding Effect; Amendment and Restatement of Existing Credit Agreement;
               Further Assurances..................................................................125
         14.18 Confidentiality.....................................................................125
         14.19 Judgment Currency...................................................................126
         14.20 Maximum Rate........................................................................126
         14.21 Concerning Joint and Several Liability of the U.S. Borrowers........................127
         14.22 Concerning Joint and Several Liability of the Canadian Borrowers....................129
         14.23 Nonliability of Agents and Lenders..................................................132
         14.24 Independent Nature of Lenders' Rights...............................................132
         14.25 Power of Attorney...................................................................132
</TABLE>


<PAGE>   6


                             EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES

                                    EXHIBITS

Exhibit A           Form of Acknowledgment Agreement
Exhibit B           Form of Guaranty Agreement
Exhibit C           Form of Landlord Agreement
Exhibit D           Form of Notice of Borrowing/Continuation/Conversion
Exhibit E           [Intentionally Omitted]
Exhibit F           Form of Revolving Credit Note
Exhibit G           Form of Bankers' Acceptance Notice
Exhibit H-1         Form of U.S. Security Agreement
Exhibit H-2         Form of Canadian Security Agreement
Exhibit I-1         Form of Lockbox Agreement
Exhibit I-2         Form of Lockbox Letter
Exhibit J           Form of Borrowing Base Certificate
Exhibit K           Form of Solvency Certificate
Exhibit L           Form of Compliance Certificate
Exhibit M           Form of Assignment and Acceptance
Exhibit N           Form of Joinder Agreement

                                    SCHEDULES

Schedule 1.1A       Lenders and Commitments
Schedule 1.1B       Eligible Inventory Locations
Schedule 1.1C       Investments
Schedule 1.1D       Liens
Schedule 5.1(n)     Corporate Structure
Schedule 6.1        Jurisdictions of Organization
Schedule 6.2        Authorization
Schedule 6.9        Indebtedness
Schedule 6.10       Litigation
Schedule 6.15       Subsidiaries
Schedule 6.19       Hazardous Substances
Schedule 6.22       Collateral Locations
Schedule 6.23       Fictitious Business Names
Schedule 6.26(a)    Inactive Subsidiaries
Schedule 6.26(b)    Ownership Structure of Cott Beverages UK
Schedule 6.29       Trade Suppliers
Schedule 6.30       Key Members of Management
Schedule 7.6        Insurance
Schedule 9.12       Bank Accounts
Schedule 9.17       Limitations
Schedule 14.1       Addresses for Notices
Schedule of Fiscal Quarters


<PAGE>   7


                                CREDIT AGREEMENT


     THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT is entered into as of August 19, 1999, among COTT
CORPORATION, a Canada corporation (the "Company"), its U.S. and Canadian
Subsidiaries identified as Subsidiary Borrowers on the signature pages hereto
and any additional U.S. or Canadian Subsidiaries of the Company which become
parties hereto in accordance with the terms hereof (collectively referred to as
the "Subsidiary Borrowers" or individually referred to as a "Subsidiary
Borrower") (hereinafter, the Company and the Subsidiary Borrowers are
collectively referred to as the "Borrowers" or individually referred to as a
"Borrower"), each of the financial institutions identified as Lenders on
Schedule 1.1A hereto (together with each of their successors and assigns,
referred to individually as a "Lender" and, collectively, as the "Lenders"),
FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK ("First Union"), acting in the manner and to the
extent described in Article XIII hereof (in such capacity, the "Administrative
Agent") and NATIONAL BANK OF CANADA acting in the manner and to the extent
described in Article XIII hereof (in such capacity, the "Canadian Agent").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

     WHEREAS, the Borrowers wish to obtain a revolving credit facility to
provide for the working capital, letter of credit and general corporate needs of
the Borrowers; and

     WHEREAS, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, the
Lenders are willing to make loans and advances to the Borrowers;

     NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and
sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Borrowers, the Lenders, the
Administrative Agent and the Canadian Agent agree as follows:


                                    ARTICLE I

                        DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS.

     1.1  GENERAL DEFINITIONS.

     As used herein, the following terms shall have the meanings herein
specified:

     "Acceptance Fee" means, in respect of a particular Bankers' Acceptance
accepted by a Canadian Lender, an amount equal to the product of (a) the
Applicable Percentage for Eurodollar Loans and Bankers' Acceptances as at the
date of acceptance of such Bankers' Acceptance; (b) the aggregate Face Amount of
such Bankers' Acceptance; and (c) a fraction (i) the numerator of which is the
number of days in the term of such Bankers' Acceptance, and (ii) the denominator
of which is the number of days in the then current calendar year.



<PAGE>   8


     "Accounts" means all of each Credit Party's "accounts" (as defined in the
UCC or the PPSA, as applicable), whether now existing or existing in the future,
and shall include (whether or not otherwise included in such definitions, and
without limiting the generality thereof), all (i) accounts receivable (whether
or not specifically listed on schedules furnished to the Administrative Agent),
including, without limitation, all accounts created by or arising from all of
each Credit Party's sales of goods or rendition of services made under any of
each Credit Party's trade names or styles, or through any of each Credit Party's
divisions; (ii) unpaid seller's rights (including rescission, replevin,
reclamation and stopping in transit) relating to the foregoing or arising
therefrom, (iii) rights to any goods represented by any of the foregoing,
including returned or repossessed goods; (iv) reserves and credit balances held
by each Credit Party with respect to any such accounts receivable or account
debtors; (v) guarantees or collateral for any of the foregoing; and (vi)
insurance policies or rights relating to any of the foregoing.

     "Acknowledgment Agreements" means (i) the acknowledgment agreements,
substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, between each Credit Party's
warehousemen, fillers, packers, processors and mortgagees and the Administrative
Agent, in each case acknowledging and agreeing, among other things, (A) that
such warehousemen, fillers, packers, processors and mortgagees waive any Liens
on any of the property of any Credit Party and (B) to the collateral assignment
by each Credit Party to the Administrative Agent of each such Credit Party's
interest in the contracts with each of such warehousemen, fillers, packers,
processors and mortgagees and (ii) Landlord Agreements.

     "Acquired Company" means any Person (or assets thereof) which is acquired
pursuant to an Acquisition.

     "Acquisition" means the acquisition of (a) all of the capital stock of
another Person or (b) all or substantially all of the assets of another Person.

     "Adjusted Eurodollar Rate" means the Eurodollar Rate, plus the Applicable
Percentage.

     "Administrative Agent" means First Union National Bank, a national banking
association.

     "Administrative Agent Fee Letter" means the letter agreement, dated as of
May 12, 1999, among the Company, the Administrative Agent and First Union
Capital Markets Corp., as amended, modified and replaced from time to time.

     "Affiliate" of any Person means any other Person directly or indirectly
controlling (including but not limited to all directors and officers of such
Person), controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such
Person. A Person shall be deemed to control a corporation if such Person
possesses, directly or indirectly, the power (a) to vote twenty-five percent
(25%) or more of the securities having ordinary voting power for the election of
directors of such corporation or (b) to direct or cause direction of the
management and policies of such corporation, whether through the ownership of
voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

     "Agents" means the Administrative Agent and the Canadian Agent.


                                       2

<PAGE>   9


     "Applicable BA Discount Rate" means with respect to any Canadian Lender
named on Schedule I to the Bank Act (Canada), as applicable to a Bankers'
Acceptance being purchased by such Lender on any day, the respective percentage
discount rate per annum for a Canadian Dollar bankers' acceptance for the term
and face amount comparable to the term and face amount of such Bankers'
Acceptance that appears on the Reuters Screen CDOR Page as of 10:00 a.m.,
Toronto, Ontario time, on the date of determination as reported by the Canadian
Agent; provided, however, that if on such day no rate appears on the Reuters
Screen CDOR Page as contemplated, the rate for such day shall be the average (as
calculated by the Canadian Agent) of the respective percentage discount rates
(expressed to two decimal places and rounded upward, if necessary, to the
nearest 1/100th of 1%) quoted to the Canadian Agent by each of the five largest
Canadian chartered banks named on Schedule I to the Bank Act (Canada) (each a
"Schedule I Reference Bank") as the percentage discount rate at which such
Schedule I Reference Bank would, in accordance with its normal practices, at or
about 10:00 a.m., Toronto, Ontario time, on such day, be prepared to purchase
bankers' acceptances accepted by such Schedule I Reference Bank having a term
and a face amount comparable to the term and face amount of such Bankers'
Acceptance.

     "Applicable Percentage" means for Eurodollar Loans, Base Rate Loans,
Bankers' Acceptances, Letter of Credit Fees and Non-Use Fees, the appropriate
applicable percentages corresponding to the Leverage Ratio in effect as of the
most recent Calculation Date as shown below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  Applicable Percentage        Applicable             Applicable
    Tier       Leverage          for Eurodollar Loans,     Percentage for Base      Percentage for
   Levels       Ratio             Bankers' Acceptances         Rate Loans            Non-Use Fees
                                  and Letter of Credit
                                          Fees
   ------       -----             --------------------         ----------            ------------
<S>         <C>                          <C>                     <C>                    <C>
    1        > 5.0 to 1.0                 2.25%                   1.00%                  0.50%
    2        > 4.0 to 1.0,                2.00%                   0.75%                  0.50%
             but < to 5.0
                 -
    3        > 3.0 to 1.0,                1.75%                   0.50%                 0.375%
               but < 4.0
                   -
    4        < 3.0 to 1.0                 1.50%                   0.25%                 0.375%
             -
</TABLE>

The Applicable Percentages shall be determined and adjusted quarterly on the
date (each a "Calculation Date") which is five (5) Business Days after the date
on which the Company provides the quarterly officer's certificate for each
fiscal quarter in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.1(c); provided,
however, that (i) the initial Applicable Percentages shall be based on Tier
Level 1 (as shown above) and shall remain at Tier Level 1 until the first
Calculation Date subsequent to June 30, 2000, and, thereafter, the Tier Level
shall be determined by the then current Leverage Ratio, and (ii) if the Company
fails to provide the officer's certificate to the Administrative Agent for any
fiscal quarter as required by and within the time

                                       3

<PAGE>   10


limits set forth in Section 7.1(c), the Applicable Percentages from the
applicable date of such failure shall be based on Tier Level 1 until five (5)
Business Days after an appropriate officer's certificate is provided, whereupon
the Tier Level shall be determined by the then current Leverage Ratio. Except as
set forth above, each Applicable Percentage shall be effective from one
Calculation Date until the next Calculation Date. Any adjustment in the
Applicable Percentage shall be applicable to all existing Loans and Letters of
Credit as well as any new Loans made or Letters of Credit issued.

     "Asset Disposition" means the disposition of any or all of the Accounts or
Inventory of a Credit Party whether by sale, lease, transfer or otherwise, other
than (a) sales of Inventory in the ordinary course of business and (b) transfers
of Accounts or Inventory among the Credit Parties or such other transfers of
Accounts or Inventory to other members of the Consolidated Cott Group if such
transfers are otherwise permitted by this Credit Agreement.

     "BA Discount Proceeds" means proceeds in respect of any Bankers' Acceptance
to be purchased on any day under Section 2.5(b), in an amount (rounded to the
nearest whole Canadian cent, and with one-half of one Canadian cent being
rounded up) calculated on such day by dividing:

          (a)  the Face Amount of such Bankers' Acceptance; by

          (b)  the sum of one plus the product of:

               (i) the Applicable BA Discount Rate (expressed as a decimal)
          applicable to such Bankers' Acceptance; and

               (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in
          the term of such Bankers' Acceptance and the denominator of which is
          the number of days in the then current calendar year;

          with such product being rounded up or down to the fifth decimal place
          and .000005 being rounded up to .00001.

     "BA Documents" means with respect to any Bankers' Acceptance, such
documents and agreements as the Canadian Lenders accepting the same may require
in connection with the creation of such Bankers' Acceptance.

     "BA Obligations" means all obligations of the Canadian Borrowers with
respect to Bankers' Acceptances created under the Canadian Revolving Loan
Commitment.

     "Bankers' Acceptance" means a depository bill as defined in the Depository
Bills and Notes Act (Canada) in Canadian Dollars that is in the form of an order
signed by the Canadian Borrowers and accepted by a Canadian Lender pursuant to
this Credit Agreement or, for Lenders not participating in clearing services
contemplated in that Act, a draft or bill of exchange in Canadian Dollars
payable in Canada that is drawn in Canada by the Canadian Borrowers and accepted
by a


                                       4
<PAGE>   11


Canadian Lender pursuant to this Credit Agreement. Orders that become depository
bills, drafts and bills of exchange are sometimes collectively referred to in
this Credit Agreement as "orders".

     "Bankruptcy Event" means, with respect to any Person, the occurrence of any
of the following with respect to such Person: (a) a court or governmental agency
having jurisdiction in the premises shall enter a decree or order for relief in
respect of such Person in an involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy,
insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or appointing a
receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator (or similar
official) of such Person or for any substantial part of its property or ordering
the winding up or liquidation of its affairs; or (b) any proceeding shall be
instituted against such Person seeking to adjudicate it as bankrupt or
insolvent, or seeking liquidation, winding-up, reorganization, arrangement,
adjustment, protection, relief, or composition of it or its debts under any law
relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or relief of debtors, or
seeking the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a receiver,
trustee, or other similar official for it or for any substantial part of its
property including, but not limited to, an involuntary case under any applicable
bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect is
commenced against a Person and any such proceeding or petition remains unstayed
and in effect for a period of sixty (60) consecutive days; or (c) such Person
shall commence a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or
other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or consent to the entry of an
order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, or consent to the
appointment or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian,
trustee, sequestrator (or similar official) of such Person or any substantial
part of its property or make any general assignment for the benefit of
creditors; or (d) such Person shall generally not pay its debts as such debts
become due or shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as
they become due or any action shall be taken by such Person in furtherance of
any of the aforesaid purposes.

     "Base Rate Loans" means all Loans accruing interest based on the U.S. Base
Rate, the CA U.S. Base Rate or the Canadian Prime Rate.

     "BCB" means BCB USA Corp., a Georgia corporation.

     "Borrower" means any of the U.S. Borrowers or the Canadian Borrowers.

     "Borrowers" means the U.S. Borrowers and the Canadian Borrowers.

     "Borrowing Base Certificate" means such term as defined in Section 7.1(h).

     "Business Day" means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday, a legal
holiday in Charlotte, North Carolina, New York, New York or Toronto, Ontario or
a day on which banking institutions located in Charlotte, North Carolina, New
York, New York or Toronto, Ontario are authorized by law or other governmental
actions to close; except that in the case of Eurodollar Loans, a Business Day
shall also be a day on which dealings between banks are carried on in U.S.
dollar deposits in the London interbank Eurodollar market.


                                       5

<PAGE>   12


     "CA U.S. Base Rate" means the higher of (a) the Federal Funds Rate plus
0.5% or (b) the CA U.S. Prime Rate; provided, however, that if, in the
reasonable judgment of the Canadian Agent, the Federal Funds Rate cannot be
determined, then the CA U.S. Prime Rate.

     "CA U.S. Base Rate Loans" means Revolving Loans made by the Canadian
Lenders in U.S. Dollars accruing interest based on the CA U.S. Base Rate.

     "CA U.S. Prime Rate" means, for any day, the fluctuating rate of interest
per annum publicly announced by the Canadian Agent as its "prime rate" or
"reference rate" for loans made in U.S. dollars, which rate is not necessarily
the best or lowest rate of interest offered for loans in U.S. dollars by the
Canadian Agent.

     "Canadian Agent" or "CA" means National Bank of Canada.

     "Canadian Base Rate Loans" means, collectively, CA U.S. Base Rate Loans and
Canadian Prime Rate Loans.

     "Canadian Borrowers" means the Company and such other Persons organized
under the laws of Canada or any province thereof, and resident in Canada or any
province thereof, that become parties hereto pursuant to Joinder Agreements in
accordance with Section 7.11.

     "Canadian Borrowing Base" means a U.S. dollar amount equal to the lesser of
(i) the sum of (a) 80% of the net book Accounts of the Canadian Credit Parties,
plus (b) 50% of the net book Inventory of the Canadian Credit Parties and (ii)
the sum of (A) an amount equal to 85% of Eligible Accounts Receivable of the
Canadian Credit Parties, plus (B) an amount equal to the sum of (1) an amount
equal to 50% of Eligible Inventory of the Canadian Credit Parties consisting of
raw materials (other than packaging raw materials), plus (2) an amount equal to
70% of Eligible Inventory of the Canadian Credit Parties consisting of finished
goods (up to a 120-day supply thereof), minus (iii) reserves established by the
Administrative Agent from time to time in its reasonable discretion.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the amount of Eligible Inventory based on the
calculations set forth in clause (ii)(B) above shall not exceed 50% of the
aggregate Canadian Borrowing Base.

     "Canadian Central Account - Cdn" means Account No. 6127, established and
maintained in the name of the Canadian Agent at its offices located at
Mississauga, Ontario, Canada, Transit No. 00521.

     "Canadian Central Account - US" means Account Number 6860, established and
maintained in the name of the Canadian Agent at its offices located at
Mississauga, Ontario, Canada, Transit No. 00521.

     "Canadian Central Accounts" means the Canadian Central Account - Cdn. and
the Canadian Central Account - US.

     "Canadian Collateral" means any and all assets and rights and interests in
or to property of the Canadian Credit Parties pledged from time to time as
security for the Canadian Obligations

                                       6

<PAGE>   13


pursuant to the Security Documents whether now owned or hereafter acquired,
including, without limitation, all of the Accounts and Inventory of the Canadian
Credit Parties, any Chattel Paper, Documents or Instruments evidencing or
relating to such Accounts or Inventory, Deposit Accounts and all Proceeds
thereof, as defined in the Canadian Security Agreement.

     "Canadian Credit Parties" means the Canadian Borrowers and all of their
Canadian Subsidiaries whether direct or indirect and whether now owned or
hereafter acquired, excluding 965646 Ontario Ltd., 156775 Canada Inc., 967979
Ontario Limited, 804340 Ontario Limited, Menu Foods Corporation, 2282214, Inc.,
973974 Ontario Limited and Menu Foods Limited.

     "Canadian Dollars" and "C$" mean dollars in the lawful currency of Canada.

     "Canadian Lenders" means National Bank of Canada, and such other Lenders
permitted under Canadian law to carry on business in Canada as may be added as
Canadian Lenders in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

     "Canadian Letter of Credit" means a Letter of Credit issued under the
Canadian LOC Subfacility, as referenced in Section 2.4(a).

     "Canadian LOC Obligations" means LOC Obligations relating to Canadian
Letters of Credit.

     "Canadian LOC Subfacility" means the Letter of Credit subfacility
established pursuant to Section 2.4.

     "Canadian Local Account" means such term as defined in Section 3.2.

     "Canadian Obligations" means the Obligations of the Canadian Borrowers.

     "Canadian Prime Rate" means, for any day, the fluctuating rate of interest
per annum publicly announced by the Canadian Agent as its "prime rate" or
"reference rate" for loans made in Canadian dollars, which rate is not
necessarily the best or lowest rate of interest offered for loans in Canadian
dollars by the Canadian Agent.

     "Canadian Prime Rate Loans" means Revolving Loans made by the Canadian
Lenders in Canadian Dollars accruing interest based on the Canadian Prime Rate.

     "Canadian Revolving Loan Commitment" means $10,000,000 (U.S.), or its
equivalent as determined from time to time in Canadian Dollars, as such amount
may be reduced in accordance with Section 2.10, minus, to the extent that the
U.S. Borrowers have borrowed U.S. Revolving Loans in excess of $30,000,000 under
the U.S. Revolving Loan Commitment then in effect, an amount equal to such
excess.

     "Canadian Revolving Loan Commitment Percentage" means, for each Canadian
Lender, the percentage identified as its Canadian Revolving Loan Commitment
Percentage opposite such


                                       7

<PAGE>   14


Canadian Lender's name on Schedule 1.1A as such percentage may be modified by
assignment in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

     "Canadian Revolving Loans" means the revolving loans made by the Canadian
Lenders to the Canadian Borrowers pursuant to Section 2.3.

     "Canadian Security Agreement" means the Security Agreement, of even date
herewith, among the Canadian Agent, the Administrative Agent and the Canadian
Credit Parties, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit H-2.

     "Canadian Unutilized Revolving Commitment" means, for any period, the
amount by which (a) the then applicable Canadian Revolving Loan Commitment
exceeds (b) the daily average sum for such period of the outstanding aggregate
principal amount of all Canadian Revolving Loans, Canadian LOC Obligations and
BA Obligations.

     "Capital Expenditures" means any current expenditure by the Consolidated
Cott Group for fixed or capital assets as reflected on the financial statements
of the Consolidated Cott Group, as prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

     "Capital Stock" means (i) in the case of a corporation, capital stock, (ii)
in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests,
participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of capital
stock, (iii) in the case of a partnership, partnership interests (whether
general or limited), (iv) in the case of a limited liability company, membership
interests and (v) any other equity interest or participation that confers on a
Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or
distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

     "Cash Equivalents" means (a) securities issued directly or fully guaranteed
or insured by the United States of America or Canada or any agency or
instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of the United
States of America or Canada is pledged in support thereof) having maturities of
not more than one year from the date of acquisition, (b) U.S. or Canadian dollar
denominated time deposits and certificates of deposit of (i) any U.S. or
Canadian commercial bank of recognized standing having capital and surplus in
excess of $100,000,000 or (ii) any bank whose short-term commercial paper rating
from Standard & Poor's Corporation ("S&P") is at least A-1 or the equivalent
thereof or from Moody's Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's") is at least P-1 or
the equivalent thereof (any such bank being an "Approved Bank"), in each case
with maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition, (c)
Bankers' Acceptances accepted by any Approved Bank, (d) commercial paper and
variable or fixed rate notes issued by any Approved Bank (or by the parent
company thereof) or any variable rate notes issued by, or guaranteed by, any
U.S. or Canadian corporation to the extent that such paper or notes are rated
A-1 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or P-1 (or the equivalent
thereof) or better by Moody's and maturing within one year of the date of
acquisition and (e) repurchase agreements with a bank or trust company or
recognized securities dealer having capital and surplus in excess of
$500,000,000 for direct obligations issued by or fully guaranteed by the United
States of America or Canada in which a Credit Party shall have a perfected first
priority security interest (subject to no other Liens) and having, on the date
of purchase thereof, a fair market value of at least 100% of the amount of the
repurchase obligations.


                                       8

<PAGE>   15


     "Cash Taxes" means, for any applicable period of computation, the aggregate
of all taxes of the Consolidated Cott Group determined in accordance with
applicable law and U.S. GAAP applied on a consistent basis, to the extent the
same are paid in cash during such period.

     "Casualty Loss" means such term as defined in Section 7.6.

     "Change of Control" means the occurrence of any of the following events:
(a) the acquisition, directly or indirectly, whether voluntarily or by operation
of law, by any person (as such term in used in Section 13(d) of the Exchange
Act) of (i) beneficial ownership of a sufficient portion of the voting power of
the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company to elect a majority of the Board of
Directors of the Company (the "Board") (either immediately or upon the
expiration of their respective current terms) pursuant to a transaction that is
not approved by such Board as constituted immediately prior to the consummation
of such transaction or (ii) all or substantially all of the assets of the
Company or (b) the failure of the Company to own, directly or indirectly, 100%
of the outstanding shares of Capital Stock of the other Credit Parties.

     "Closing Date" means the date hereof.

     "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any
successor statute thereto, as interpreted by the rules and regulations issued
thereunder, in each case as in effect from time to time. References to sections
of the Code shall be construed also to refer to any successor sections.

     "Collateral" means collectively, the U.S. Collateral and the Canadian
Collateral.

     "Commitments" means the U.S. Revolving Loan Commitment and the Canadian
Revolving Loan Commitment.

     "Commitment Percentage" means, with respect to any Lender, at any time
after the Commitments have terminated, the percentage which such Lender's Credit
Exposure constitutes of the aggregate principal amount of all Loans, LOC
Obligations and BA Obligations then outstanding under this Credit Agreement.

     "Commitment Termination Event" means such term as defined in Section 11.3.

     "Company" has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph hereof.

     "Consolidated Cott Group" means the Company and all of its consolidated
Subsidiaries whether direct or indirect and whether now owned or hereafter
acquired.

     "Conversion Date" means such term as defined in Section 11.3.

     "Cott Beverages UK" means Cott Beverages Limited, an English limited
liability company.


                                       9

<PAGE>   16


     "Cott Beverages USA" means Cott Beverages USA, Inc., a Georgia corporation.

     "Cott USA" means Cott USA Corp., a Georgia corporation.

     "Credit Agreement" or "Agreement" means this credit agreement, dated as of
the date hereof, as the same may be modified, amended, extended, restated or
supplemented from time to time.

     "Credit Documents" means this Credit Agreement, the Revolving Credit Notes,
the LOC Documents, the BA Documents, the Guaranty Agreements, the Security
Documents, the Subordination Agreement and all other documents and instruments
executed or delivered in connection therewith, as the same may be modified,
amended, extended, restated or supplemented from time to time.

     "Credit Exposure" means such term as defined in the definition of Required
Lenders.

     "Credit Parties" means, collectively, the U.S. Credit Parties and the
Canadian Credit Parties.

     "Default" means any event, act or condition which with notice or lapse of
time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

     "Defaulting Lender" means, at any time, any Lender that, at such time, (a)
has failed to make a Loan or purchase a Participation Interest required pursuant
to the terms of this Agreement, (b) has failed to pay to the Administrative
Agent, the Canadian Agent or any Lender an amount owed by such Lender pursuant
to the terms of this Agreement or (c) has become insolvent or has become subject
to a receiver, trustee or similar official.

     "DOL" means the U.S. Department of Labor and any successor department or
agency.

     "EBITDA" means, for any applicable period of computation, the sum of (i)
Net Income for such period, but excluding therefrom all extraordinary items of
income or loss, plus (ii) the aggregate amount of depreciation and amortization
charges made in calculating Net Income for such period, plus (iii) aggregate
Interest Expense for such period, plus (iv) the aggregate amount of all income
taxes reflected on the consolidated statements of income of the Consolidated
Cott Group for such period. The applicable period of computation, as of each
fiscal quarter end, shall be for the four (4) consecutive quarters ending as of
the date of determination, except that (a) for the fiscal quarter ending July 3,
1999, EBITDA shall be calculated for the two (2) consecutive fiscal quarters
then ending multiplied by two (2) and for the fiscal quarter ending October 2,
1999, EBITDA shall be calculated for the three (3) consecutive fiscal quarters
then ending multiplied by four thirds (4/3rds).

     "Effective Date" means the date on which all of the conditions set forth in
Section 5.1 have been fulfilled or waived by the Lenders.

     "Eligible Accounts Receivable" means the aggregate face amount of the
Credit Parties' Accounts that conform to the warranties contained herein, less
the aggregate amount of all


                                       10
<PAGE>   17


returns, discounts, claims, credits, charges (including warehousemen's charges)
and allowances of any nature (whether issued, owing, granted or outstanding),
and less the aggregate amount of all reserves for slow paying accounts, foreign
sales, bill and hold (or deferred shipment) transactions and the Lenders'
charges as set forth in this Credit Agreement. Unless otherwise approved in
writing by the Administrative Agent, no Account, without duplication, shall be
deemed to be an Eligible Account Receivable if:

          (i) it arises out of a sale made by any Credit Party to an Affiliate;
     or

          (ii) the Account is unpaid more than ninety (90) days after the
     original invoice date or more than sixty (60) days after the original
     payment due date; or

          (iii) such Account is from the same account debtor (or any affiliate
     thereof) and fifty percent (50%) or more, in face amount, of all Accounts
     from such account debtor (or any affiliate thereof) are due or unpaid more
     than ninety (90) days after the original invoice date or sixty (60) days
     after the original payment due date; or

          (iv) (A) the account debtor is also a creditor of any Credit Party, to
     the extent of the amount owed by such Credit Party to the account debtor,
     (B) the account debtor has disputed its liability on, or the account debtor
     has made any claim with respect to, such Account due from such account
     debtor to such Credit Party, which has not been resolved or (C) the Account
     otherwise is subject to any right of setoff by the account debtor, to the
     extent of the amount of such setoff; or

          (v) the Account is owing by an account debtor that has commenced a
     voluntary case under the federal bankruptcy laws, as now constituted or
     hereafter amended, or made an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or
     if a decree or order for relief has been entered by a court having
     jurisdiction in the premises in respect to such account debtor in an
     involuntary case under the federal bankruptcy laws, as now constituted or
     hereafter amended, or if any other petition or other application for relief
     under the federal bankruptcy laws has been filed by or against the account
     debtor, or if such account debtor has failed, suspended business, ceased to
     be solvent, or consented to or suffered a receiver, trustee, liquidator or
     custodian to be appointed for it or for all or a significant portion of its
     assets or affairs; or

          (vi) the sale is to an account debtor outside the continental United
     States or Canada, unless the sale is (A) on letter of credit, guaranty or
     acceptance terms, or subject to credit insurance, in each case acceptable
     to the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion (such Accounts
     supported by guaranty or acceptance terms or credit insurance not to exceed
     more than $5,000,000 of aggregate Eligible Accounts Receivable), or (B)
     otherwise approved by and acceptable to the Administrative Agent in its
     reasonable discretion; or

          (vii) the sale to the account debtor is on a bill-and-hold, guaranteed
     sale, sale-and-return, sale on approval or consignment basis or made
     pursuant to any other written agreement providing for repurchase or return;
     or


                                       11

<PAGE>   18


          (viii) the account debtor is the United States of America or any
     department, agency or instrumentality thereof, unless the applicable Credit
     Party duly assigns its rights to payment of such Account to the
     Administrative Agent pursuant to the Assignment of Claims Act of 1940, as
     amended (31 U.S.C. Section 3727 et seq.); or

          (ix) the account debtor is the government of Canada or any department,
     agency or instrumentality thereof to which Part VII of the Financial
     Administration Act (Canada) applies, or the government of a province or
     territory of Canada (or any department, agency or instrumentality thereof)
     in which legislation is in force which limits or restricts the assignment
     of Crown debts, unless the applicable Borrower has complied with the
     provisions of such Part (or such legislation, as the case may be) in
     respect of the assignment of such Account to the Administrative Agent; or

          (x) the goods giving rise to such Account have not been shipped and
     delivered to and accepted by the account debtor or its designee or the
     services giving rise to such Account have not been performed by or on
     behalf of the applicable Credit Party and accepted by the account debtor or
     its designee or the Account otherwise does not represent a final sale; or

          (xi) the Administrative Agent does not have a first priority,
     perfected security interest in the Account.

     "Eligible Assignee" means (a) any Lender or Affiliate or subsidiary of a
Lender and (b) any other commercial bank, financial institution, institutional
lender or "accredited investor" (as defined in Regulation D of the Securities
and Exchange Commission) with a net worth of at least $2,000,000,000.

     "Eligible Inventory" means (i) the aggregate gross amount of each Credit
Party's Inventory, valued at the lower of cost (on a FIFO basis) or market,
which (A) is owned solely by such Credit Party and with respect to which such
Credit Party has good, valid and marketable title, (B) is stored on property
that is either (1) owned or leased by such Credit Party or (2) owned or leased
by a warehouseman that has contracted with such Credit Party to store Inventory
on such warehouseman's property or by a filler, processor or packer of such
Credit Party (provided that, with respect to Inventory stored on property leased
by such Credit Party at the locations set forth on Schedule 1.1B hereto, such
Credit Party shall have delivered in favor of the Administrative Agent, on or
prior to the Closing Date or within ninety (90) days following the Closing Date
(as noted in such Schedule), an Acknowledgment Agreement from the landlord of
such leased location, and, with respect to Inventory stored on property owned or
leased by a warehouseman, filler, processor or packer at the locations set forth
on Schedule 1.1B hereto, such Credit Party shall have delivered to the
Administrative Agent, on or prior to the Closing Date or within ninety (90) days
following the Closing Date (as noted in such Schedule), an Acknowledgment
Agreement executed by such warehouseman, filler, processor or packer); (C) is
subject to a valid, enforceable and first priority Lien in favor of the
Administrative Agent, except, with respect to Inventory stored at sites
described in clause (B)(2) above for normal and customary warehouseman, filler,
packer and processor charges); (D) is located in the United


                                       12

<PAGE>   19


States or Canada; and (E) is not obsolete or slow moving, and which otherwise
conforms to the warranties contained herein, less (ii) markdown reserves, less
(iii) any goods returned or rejected by such Credit Party's customers for which
a credit has not yet been issued and goods in transit to third parties (other
than to such Credit Party's agents, warehouses, fillers, processors or packers
that comply with clause (i)(B)(2) above), less (iv) damaged Inventory, less (v)
any Inventory that is a no charge or sample item, less (vi) packaging supplies,
including but not limited to returnable or reuseable containers, less (vii) a
reserve equal to the amount of all accounts payable of such Credit Party owed or
owing to any filler, packer or processor of such Credit Party, less (viii) any
reserves required by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion for
special order goods and market value declines, and less (ix) any Inventory which
is held by a Credit Party pursuant to consignment, sale or return, sale on
approval or similar arrangement.

     "Environmental Laws" means any current or future Requirement of Law of any
Governmental Authority applicable to the Credit Parties pertaining to (a) the
protection of health, safety, and the environment, (b) the conservation,
management, or use of natural resources and wildlife, (c) the protection or use
of surface water and groundwater or (d) the management, manufacture, possession,
presence, use, generation, transportation, treatment, storage, disposal,
release, threatened release, abatement, removal, remediation or handling of, or
exposure to, any hazardous or toxic substance or material and includes, without
limitation, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and
Liability Act of 1980, as amended by the Superfund Amendments and
Reauthorization Act of 1986, 42 USC 9601 et seq., Solid Waste Disposal Act, as
amended by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976 and Hazardous and
Solid Waste Amendment of 1984, 42 USC 6901 et seq., Federal Water Pollution
Control Act, as amended by the Clean Water Act of 1977, 33 USC 1251 et seq.,
Clean Air Act of 1966, as amended, 42 USC 7401 et seq., Toxic Substances Control
Act of 1976, 15 USC 2601 et seq., Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, 49 USC
App. 1801 et seq., Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, as amended, 29
USC 651 et seq., Oil Pollution Act of 1990, 33 USC 2701 et seq., Emergency
Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act of 1986, 42 USC 11001 et seq., National
Environmental Policy Act of 1969, 42 USC 4321 et seq., Safe Drinking Water Act
of 1974, as amended, 42 USC 300(f) et seq., Ontario Water Resources Act,
Canadian Environmental Protection Act, any analogous implementing or successor
law, and any amendment, rule, regulation, order, or directive issued thereunder.

     "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended, and any successor statute thereto, as interpreted by the rules and
regulations thereunder, all as the same may be in effect from time to time.
References to sections of ERISA shall be construed also to refer to any
successor sections.

     "ERISA Affiliate" means an entity, whether or not incorporated, which is
under common control with the U.S. Borrowers within the meaning of Section
4001(a)(14) of ERISA, or is a member of a group which includes the U.S.
Borrowers and which is treated as a single employer under Sections 414(b) or (c)
of the Code.

     "ERISA Event" means (a) with respect to any Plan, the occurrence of a
Reportable Event or the substantial cessation of operations (within the meaning
of Section 4062(e) of ERISA); (b) the



                                       13
<PAGE>   20


withdrawal of the U.S. Borrowers or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiple Employer
Plan during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer (as such term is
defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA), or the termination of a Multiple
Employer Plan; (c) the distribution of a notice of intent to terminate or the
actual termination of a Single Employer Plan or Multi-Employer Plan pursuant to
Section 4041(a)(2) or 4041A of ERISA; (d) the institution of proceedings to
terminate or the actual termination of a Single Employer Plan or a Multiemployer
Plan by the PBGC under Section 4042 of ERISA; (e) the termination of, or the
appointment of a trustee to administer, any Single Employer Plan or
Multiemployer Plan pursuant to Section 4042 of ERISA; (f) the complete or
partial withdrawal of the U.S. Borrowers or any ERISA Affiliate from a
Multiemployer Plan; (g) the conditions for imposition of a Lien under Section
302(f) of ERISA exist with respect to any Single Employer Plan; or (h) the
adoption of an amendment to any Single Employer Plan requiring the application
of Section 307 of ERISA.

     "Eurodollar Loans" means Loans accruing interest at the Adjusted Eurodollar
Rate. All Eurodollar Loans shall be made in U.S. dollars.

     "Eurodollar Rate" means, for the Interest Period for each Eurodollar Loan
comprising part of the same borrowing (including continuations and conversions),
a per annum interest rate determined pursuant to the following formula:

           Eurodollar Rate = London Interbank Offered Rate
                             ---------------------------------
                             1 - Eurodollar Reserve Percentage

     "Eurodollar Reserve Percentage" means for any day, that percentage
(expressed as a decimal) which is in effect from time to time under Regulation D
of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor), as
such regulation may be amended from time to time or any successor regulation, as
the maximum reserve requirement (including, without limitation, any basic,
supplemental, emergency, special, or marginal reserves) applicable with respect
to Eurocurrency liabilities as that term is defined in Regulation D (or against
any other category of liabilities that includes deposits by reference to which
the interest rate of Eurodollar Loans is determined), whether or not a Lender
has any Eurocurrency liabilities subject to such reserve requirement at that
time. Eurodollar Loans shall be deemed to constitute Eurocurrency liabilities
and as such shall be deemed subject to reserve requirements without benefits of
credits for proration, exceptions or offsets that may be available from time to
time to a Lender. The Eurodollar Rate shall be adjusted automatically on and as
of the effective date of any change in the Eurodollar Reserve Percentage.

     "Event of Default" means such terms as defined in Section 11.1.

     "Face Amount" means, in respect of a Bankers' Acceptance, the amount
payable to the holder thereof at maturity.

     "Federal Funds Rate" means, for any day, the weighted average of the rates
on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve Bank
of New York, or if such rate is not released on any Business Day, the arithmetic
average (rounded upwards to the next 1/100th of 1%), as determined by the
Administrative Agent, of the quotations for the day of such


                                       14
<PAGE>   21


transactions, received by the Administrative Agent from three Federal funds
brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

     "Financial Statements" means such term as defined in Section 6.6.

     "First Union" means First Union National Bank, having its principal office
in North Carolina, and its successors and permitted assigns.

     "First Union Account" means the internal First Union concentration account
into which funds transferred from the First Union Cash Collateral Accounts will
be deposited and applied to the Obligations, established and maintained in the
name of the Administrative Agent at First Union.

     "First Union Cash Collateral Accounts" means each of Cash Collateral
Account No. 2000007396304 and Cash Collateral Account No. 2000007396317,
established and maintained in the name of the U.S. Borrowers at First Union,
with the Administrative Agent named as secured party thereon.

     "First Union Funding Account" means Fund Account No. 2080000070582,
established and maintained in the name of the U.S. Borrowers at First Union,
with the Administrative Agent named as secured party thereon.

     "Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio" means, as of the last day of any fiscal
quarter, the ratio of (i) EBITDA less Unfinanced Capital Expenditures to (ii)
total Fixed Charges. Except as otherwise provided herein, the applicable period
of computation shall be for the four (4) consecutive quarters ending as of the
date of determination.

     "Fixed Charges" means, for any applicable period of computation, without
duplication, the sum of (i) all cash Interest Expense for the applicable period
plus (ii) all Cash Taxes paid during the applicable period plus (iii) cash
dividends paid by the Company for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters
ending on such day plus (iv) all scheduled principal payments on long term
Funded Debt of the Consolidated Cott Group for the period of four consecutive
fiscal quarters beginning on such day (excluding optional prepayments on the
Senior Notes). The applicable period of computation shall be for the four (4)
consecutive quarters ending as of the date of determination, except that (a) for
the fiscal quarter ending July 3, 1999, the applicable period of computation
shall be for the two (2) consecutive fiscal quarters then ending and for the
fiscal quarter ending October 2, 1999, the applicable period of computation
shall be for the three (3) consecutive fiscal quarters then ending.

     "Funded Debt" means, without duplication, the sum of (a) all Indebtedness
of the Consolidated Cott Group for borrowed money (other than purchase money
Indebtedness (as distinguished from capital lease obligations) incurred in
accordance with the terms of Section 9.1), (b) the principal portion of all
obligations of the Consolidated Cott Group under capital leases (including
capital leases incurred in accordance with the terms of Section 9.1), (c) all
commercial letters of credit and the maximum or face amount of all performance
and standby letters of credit issued or bankers' acceptance facilities created
for the account of a member of the Consolidated


                                       15

<PAGE>   22


Cott Group, including, without duplication, all unreimbursed draws thereunder,
(d) all Guaranty Obligations of the Consolidated Cott Group with respect to
Funded Debt of another Person, (e) all Funded Debt of another entity secured by
a Lien on any property of the Consolidated Cott Group, to the extent of the book
value of the property secured thereby, whether or not such Funded Debt has been
assumed by a member of the Consolidated Cott Group, (f) all Funded Debt of any
partnership or unincorporated joint venture to the extent a member of the
Consolidated Cott Group is legally obligated or has a reasonable expectation of
being liable with respect thereto, net of any assets of such partnership or
joint venture and (g) the principal balance outstanding under any synthetic
lease, tax retention operating lease, off-balance sheet loan or similar
off-balance sheet financing product of a member of the Consolidated Cott Group
where such transaction is considered borrowed money indebtedness for tax
purposes but is classified as an operating lease in accordance with U.S. GAAP.
The $25,000,000 letter of credit issued in favor of First Union for the account
of Cott Beverages USA shall, to the extent terminated and/or reduced on or prior
to the Closing Date, be excluded from the calculation of Funded Debt

     "Government Acts" means such term as defined in Section 2.2(k)(i).

     "Governmental Authority" means any Federal, State, Provincial, local or
foreign court or governmental agency, authority, instrumentality or regulatory
body.

     "Guarantor" means any U.S. Credit Party.

     "Guaranty Agreements" means the Guaranty Agreement in the form attached
hereto as Exhibit B executed by the U.S. Borrowers with respect to the
obligations of the Canadian Borrowers and any future Guaranty Agreement executed
in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, as each such Guaranty Agreement
may be amended, modified or replaced from time to time.

     "Guaranty Obligations" of any Person means any obligations (other than (a)
endorsements in the ordinary course of business of negotiable instruments for
deposit or collection, (b) obligations arising under the Guaranty Agreements and
(c) obligations arising under guaranties by a Credit Party of another Credit
Party) guaranteeing or intended to guarantee any Indebtedness, leases, dividends
or other obligations of any other Person in any manner, whether direct or
indirect, and including, without limitation, any obligation, whether or not
contingent to, (i) purchase any such Indebtedness or other obligation or any
property constituting security therefor, (ii) advance or provide funds or other
support for the payment or purchase of such indebtedness or obligation or to
maintain working capital, solvency or other balance sheet condition of such
other Person (including, without limitation, keep well agreements, maintenance
agreements, comfort letters or similar agreements or arrangements), (iii) lease
or purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of
assuring the owner of such Indebtedness or obligation, or (iv) otherwise assure
or hold harmless the owner of such Indebtedness or obligation against loss in
respect thereof.

     "Hedging Agreements" means any Interest Rate Protection Agreement or other
interest rate protection agreement, foreign currency exchange agreement,
commodity purchase or option agreement or other interest or exchange rate or
commodity price hedging agreements


                                       16

<PAGE>   23


     "Highest Lawful Rate" means, at any given time during which any Obligations
shall be outstanding hereunder, the maximum nonusurious interest rate, if any,
that at any time or from time to time may be contracted for, taken, reserved,
charged or received on the indebtedness under this Credit Agreement, under the
laws of the State of North Carolina (or the law of any other jurisdiction whose
laws may be mandatorily applicable notwithstanding other provisions of this
Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents), or under applicable United
States or Canadian federal laws which may presently or hereafter be in effect
and which allow a higher maximum nonusurious interest rate than under North
Carolina or such other jurisdiction's law, in any case after taking into
account, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any and all relevant
payments or charges under this Credit Agreement and any other Credit Documents
executed in connection herewith, and any available exemptions, exceptions and
exclusions. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in relation to any
amount payable hereunder by any Canadian Borrower or to any Canadian Lender,
"Highest Lawful Rate" shall mean a rate of "interest" on the "credit advanced",
calculated in accordance with the definition of "criminal rate" (all such terms
being used herein as defined by section 347 of the Criminal Code of Canada or
any successor provision in force at the relevant time) equal to 59%.

     "Indebtedness" of any Person means, without duplication, (a) all
obligations of such Person with respect to Funded Debt, (b) all obligations of
such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, or
upon which interest payments are customarily made, (c) all obligations of such
Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to
property purchased by such Person to the extent of the value of such property
(other than customary reservations or retentions of title under agreements with
suppliers entered into in the ordinary course of business), (d) all obligations,
including without limitation intercompany items, of such Person issued or
assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services purchased by such
Person which would appear as liabilities on a balance sheet of such Person, (e)
all Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such
Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by)
any Lien on, or payable out of the proceeds of Property owned or acquired by
such Person, whether or not the obligations secured thereby have been assumed,
(f) all Guaranty Obligations of such Person, (g) the principal portion of all
obligations of such Person under (i) capital leases and (ii) any synthetic
lease, tax retention operating lease, off-balance sheet loan or similar
off-balance sheet financing product where such transaction is considered
borrowed money indebtedness for tax purposes but is classified as an operating
lease in accordance with U.S. GAAP, (h) all payment obligations of such Person
in respect of Hedging Agreements, (i) the maximum amount of all standby letters
of credit issued or bankers' acceptances facilities created for the account of
such Person and, without duplication, all drafts drawn thereunder (to the extent
unreimbursed), (j) all preferred stock issued by such Person and required by the
terms thereof to be redeemed, or for which mandatory sinking fund payments are
due, by a fixed date, in cash or other property (other than shares of common
stock or the same class of preferred stock), (k) all other obligations which
would be shown as a liability on the balance sheet of such Person and (l) the
aggregate purchase price paid by third parties for the purchase of the accounts
receivable of such Person subject at such time to a sale of receivables (or
similar transaction) regardless of whether such transaction is effected without
recourse to such Person or in a manner that would not be reflected on the
balance sheet of such Person in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The Indebtedness of
any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any partnership or unincorporated
joint venture but


                                       17
<PAGE>   24


only to the extent such Person is legally obligated or has a reasonable
expectation of being liable with respect thereto; provided, however,
Indebtedness shall not include (i) any accumulated provisions for deferred taxes
or deferred credits reflected as a liability on the balance sheet of such
Person, or (ii) any Indebtedness in respect of which moneys sufficient to pay
and discharge the same in full (either on the expressed date of maturity thereof
or on such earlier date as such indebtedness may be duly called for redemption
and payment) have been deposited with a depository, agency or trustee in trust
for the payment thereof.

     "Interest Expense" means, for any period, all interest expense of the
Consolidated Cott Group for such period, net of interest income for such period,
all as determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

     "Interest Payment Date" means (a) as to all Loans, other than Eurodollar
Loans, the last day of each month and (b) as to Eurodollar Loans, the last day
of each applicable Interest Period; provided, that if an Interest Payment Date
falls on a date which is not a Business Day, such Interest Payment Date shall be
deemed to be the next succeeding Business Day, except that in the case of an
Interest Period where the next succeeding Business Day falls in the next
succeeding calendar month, then on the next preceding Business Day.

     "Interest Period" means, with respect to Eurodollar Loans, a period of one,
two, three or six month's duration, as the Borrowers may elect from time to
time, commencing, in each case, on the date of the borrowing (or continuation or
conversions thereof); provided, however, (a) if any Interest Period would end on
a day which is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the
next succeeding Business Day (except that where the next succeeding Business Day
falls in the next succeeding calendar month, then on the next preceding Business
Day), (b) no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Maturity Date and (c) where
an Interest Period begins on a day for which there is no numerically
corresponding day in the calendar month in which the Interest Period is to end,
such Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day of such calendar month.

     "Interest Rate Protection Agreement" means any interest rate protection
agreement, foreign currency exchange agreement, commodity purchase or option
agreement or other interest or exchange rate or commodity price hedging
agreements or any other derivative product hedging arrangement between any
Borrower and any Lender, or any affiliate of a Lender.

     "Inventory" means all of each Credit Party's inventory, including without
limitation, (i) all raw materials, work in process, parts, components,
assemblies, supplies and materials used or consumed in the Credit Parties'
business; (ii) all goods, wares and merchandise, finished or unfinished, held
for sale; and (iii) all goods returned to or repossessed by the Credit Parties.

     "Investment" means, with respect to any Person, (a) the acquisition
(whether for cash, property, services, assumption of Indebtedness or securities
or otherwise) of assets comprising a business, shares of capital stock, bonds,
notes, debentures, partnership or other ownership interests or other securities
of another Person, (b) any deposit with, or advance, loan or other extension of
credit to, such other Person (other than deposits made in connection with the
purchase of equipment or other assets in the ordinary course of business) or (c)
any other investment in such other Person, including without limitation, any
Guaranty Obligation for the benefit of such other Person.


                                       18

<PAGE>   25


     "Irish Affiliate" means Cott International Financial.

     "Issuing Lender" means (i) as to the U.S. LOC Subfacility, First Union and
(ii) as to the Canadian LOC Subfacility, National Bank of Canada.

     "Issuing Lender Fee" means such term as defined in Section 4.5.

     "Joinder Agreement" means the form of Joinder Agreement to be executed by
each new Borrower under the Credit Agreement pursuant to Section 7.11 hereof,
substantially in the form of Exhibit N hereto.

     "Landlord Agreement" means a Landlord Lien Waiver Agreement, substantially
in the form of Exhibit C hereto, between a Credit Party's landlord and the
Administrative Agent acknowledging and agreeing, among other things, (i) that
such landlord waives any Liens on any of the property of such Credit Party and
(ii) to permit the Administrative Agent access to the property for the purposes
of exercising its remedies under the applicable Security Agreement.

     "Lenders" means U.S. Lenders and Canadian Lenders.

     "Leverage Ratio" means, as of the last day of any fiscal quarter, the ratio
of (a) total Funded Debt of the Consolidated Cott Group, as determined in
accordance with U.S. GAAP, to (b) EBITDA. Except as otherwise provided herein
(including, without limitation, in the definition of EBITDA), the applicable
period of computation shall be for the four (4) consecutive quarters ending as
of the date of determination.

     "Letter of Credit" means (a) a Letter of Credit issued for the account of a
U.S. Borrower or one of its U.S. Subsidiaries by the Issuing Lender pursuant to
Section 2.2, as such Letter of Credit may be amended, modified, extended,
renewed or replaced and (b) a Letter of Credit issued for the account of a
Canadian Borrower or one of its Canadian Subsidiaries by the Issuing Lender
pursuant to Section 2.4 as such Letter of Credit may be amended, modified,
extended, renewed or replaced.

     "Letter of Credit Fee" means such term as defined in Section 4.5.

     "Lien" means any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, collateral assignment,
deposit arrangement, security interest, encumbrance, lien (statutory or
otherwise), preference, priority, or charge of any kind (including any agreement
to give any of the foregoing, any conditional sale or other title retention
agreement, any financing or similar statement filed under the Uniform Commercial
Code as adopted and in effect in the relevant jurisdiction, the PPSA, or other
similar recording or notice statute, and any lease in the nature thereof).

     "Loans" means the Revolving Loans.

     "LOC Documents" means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, such Letter of
Credit, any amendments thereto, any documents delivered thereunder, and any
other agreements, instruments, guarantees or other documents (whether general in
application or applicable only to such Letter of


                                       19

<PAGE>   26


Credit) governing or providing for (a) the rights and obligations of the parties
concerned or at risk or (b) any collateral security for such obligations.

     "LOC Obligations" means, at any time, the sum of (a) the maximum amount
which is, or at any time thereafter may become, available to be drawn under all
Letters of Credit then outstanding, assuming compliance with all requirements
for drawings referred to in such Letters of Credit plus (b) the aggregate amount
of all drawings under Letters of Credit honored by the Issuing Lender but not
theretofore reimbursed.

     "Lockbox Agreement" means such term as defined in Section 3.1.

     "London Interbank Offered Rate" means, with respect to any Eurodollar Loan
for the Interest Period applicable thereto, the rate of interest per annum
(rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100 of 1%) appearing on
Telerate Page 3750 (or any successor page) as the London interbank offered rate
for deposits in U.S. dollars at approximately 11:00 A.M. (London time) two (2)
Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period for a term
comparable to such Interest Period; provided, however, if more than one rate is
specified on Telerate Page 3750, the applicable rate shall be the arithmetic
mean of all such rates. If, for any reason, such rate is not available, the term
"London Interbank Offered Rate" shall mean, with respect to any Eurodollar Loan
for the Interest Period applicable thereto, the rate of interest per annum
(rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100 of 1%) appearing on Reuters
Screen LIBO Page as the London interbank offered rate for deposits in U.S.
dollars at approximately 11:00 A.M. (London time) two (2) Business Days prior to
the first day of such Interest Period for a term comparable to such Interest
Period; provided, however, if more than one rate is specified on Reuters Screen
LIBO Page, the applicable rate shall be the arithmetic mean of all such rates.

     "Material Adverse Effect" means a material adverse effect, after taking
into account any applicable insurance (to the extent the provider of such
insurance has the financial ability to support its obligations with respect
thereto and is not disputing or refusing to acknowledge same), on (a) the
business, assets, operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of the
Consolidated Cott Group, taken as a whole, (b) the ability of (i) the U.S.
Borrowers to perform their material obligations under this Credit Agreement or
any of the other Credit Documents, (ii) the Canadian Borrowers to perform their
material obligations under this Credit Agreement or any of the other Credit
Documents, or (iii) the Credit Parties, taken as a whole, to perform their
material obligations under this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents,
(c) the Collateral or (d) the validity or enforceability of this Agreement, any
of the other Credit Documents, or the rights and remedies of the Lenders
hereunder or thereunder taken as a whole.

     "Material Contract" means any contract or other arrangement (other than any
of the Leases or the Credit Documents), whether written or oral, to which any
Credit Party is a party as to which the breach, nonperformance, cancellation or
failure to renew by any party thereto could reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect.

     "Maturity Date" means August 19, 2002.



                                       20

<PAGE>   27


     "Merchandise Returns" means any of the products manufactured and sold by
the Credit Parties that are returned.

     "Multiemployer Plan" means a Plan which is a multiemployer plan as defined
in Sections 3(37) or 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

     "Multiple Employer Plan" means a Plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan)
which the U.S. Borrowers or any ERISA Affiliate and at least one other employer
other than any U.S. Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate are contributing sponsors.

     "Net Income" means, for any period, the net income after taxes of the
Consolidated Cott Group for such period, as determined in accordance with U.S.
GAAP.

     "Net Proceeds" means all cash proceeds received in connection with an Asset
Disposition, net of (a) the actual cash costs incurred in connection with and
attributable to such Asset Disposition, (b) any tax liability attributable to
such transaction and (c) amounts applied to repayment of Indebtedness (other
than the Obligations) secured by a Permitted Lien on a disposed asset.

     "Non-Use Fees" means such term as defined in Section 4.5.

     "Notes" means the Revolving Credit Notes.

     "Notice of Borrowing" means the request by a Borrower for a Revolving Loan
in the form of Exhibit D.

     "Notice of Continuation/Conversion" means a request by (a) the U.S.
Borrowers to (i) continue an existing Eurodollar Loan, (ii) convert a U.S. Base
Rate Loan to a Eurodollar Loan, or (iii) convert a Eurodollar Loan to a U.S.
Base Rate Loan or (b) the Canadian Borrowers to (i) continue a maturing Bankers'
Acceptance to a new maturity date, (ii) convert a maturing Bankers' Acceptance
to a Canadian Prime Rate Loan, (iii) convert a Canadian Prime Rate Loan to a
Bankers' Acceptance, (iv) continue an existing Eurodollar Loan, (v) convert a CA
U.S. Base Rate Loan to a Eurodollar Loan or (vi) convert a Eurodollar Loan to a
CA U.S. Base Rate Loan, in the form of Exhibit D.

     "Obligations" means the Loans, any other loans and advances or extensions
of credit made or to be made by any Lender to any Borrower, or to others for any
Borrower's account in each case pursuant to the terms and provisions of this
Credit Agreement, together with interest thereon (including interest which would
be payable as post-petition interest in connection with any bankruptcy or
similar proceeding) and, including, without limitation, any reimbursement
obligation or indemnity of the Borrowers on account of Letters of Credit and all
other LOC Obligations, all BA Obligations, and all indebtedness, fees,
liabilities, guarantees and obligations which may at any time be owing by any
Borrower or any other Credit Party to any Lender in each case pursuant to this
Credit Agreement or any other Credit Document, whether now in existence or
incurred by a Borrower or any other Credit Party from time to time hereafter,
whether unsecured or secured by pledge, Lien upon or security interest in any of
a Borrower's or other



                                       21
<PAGE>   28


Credit Party's assets or property or the assets or property of any other Person,
whether such indebtedness is absolute or contingent, joint or several, matured
or unmatured, direct or indirect and whether such Borrower or other Credit Party
is liable to such Lender for such indebtedness as principal, surety, endorser,
guarantor or otherwise. Obligations shall also include any other indebtedness
owing to any Lender by any Borrower or other Credit Party under this Credit
Agreement and the other Credit Documents, any Borrower's liability to any Lender
pursuant to this Credit Agreement as maker or endorser of any promissory note or
other instrument for the payment of money, any Borrower's or other Credit
Party's liability to any Lender pursuant to this Credit Agreement or any other
Credit Document under any instrument of guaranty or indemnity, or arising under
any guaranty, endorsement or undertaking which any Lender may make or issue to
others for any such Borrower's account pursuant to this Credit Agreement,
including any accommodation extended with respect to applications for Letters of
Credit, and all liabilities and obligations owing from any Borrower to any
Lender, or any affiliate of a Lender, arising under Interest Rate Protection
Agreements entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk under this
Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents.

     "Participation Interest" means a participation in Letters of Credit or LOC
Obligations purchased pursuant to Section 2.2 or Section 2.4 or in Loans or BA
Obligations purchased pursuant to Section 4.6 or Section 11.3.

     "PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation established pursuant
to Subtitle A of Title IV of ERISA, and any successor thereof.

     "Permitted Acquisition" means an Acquisition by any Credit Party that
(a)(i) has been consented to by the Administrative Agent and (ii) is not
financed with all or any part of the proceeds of any Loan or Bankers' Acceptance
made under this Credit Agreement or (b) complies with the following
requirements:

          (i) the Acquired Company shall be (or shall own, directly or
     indirectly, all of the Capital Stock of) an operating company that engages
     in a line of business substantially similar to the line of business of the
     Credit Parties engaged in on the Closing Date;

          (ii) no Default or Event of Default shall exist immediately prior to
     or after the consummation of the Acquisition;

          (iii) immediately after giving effect to the Acquisition, at least
     $5,000,000 shall be available to be loaned to the Borrowers under the
     Commitments and the Total Borrowing Base;

          (iv) the purchase price for any Acquired Company acquired during any
     fiscal year, together with all other Acquisitions made pursuant to this
     clause (b) in such fiscal year, shall not exceed $10,000,000 in the
     aggregate; and

          (v) the aggregate purchase price of all Acquisitions made pursuant to
     this clause (b) in any fiscal year, together with all Capital Expenditures
     made in such fiscal year, shall not exceed the Capital Expenditures limit
     for such fiscal year set forth in Section 8.3


                                       22


<PAGE>   29


     "Permitted Investments" means:

          (a) cash and Cash Equivalents;

          (b) money market investment programs that invest exclusively in Cash
     Equivalents and that are classified as a current asset in accordance with
     U.S. GAAP and that are administered by broker-dealers reasonably acceptable
     to the Administrative Agent;

          (c) Investments of a Credit Party into another Credit Party;

          (d) loans or advances in the usual and ordinary course of business to
     officers, directors and employees for expenses incidental to carrying on
     the business of the Credit Parties, including, without, limitation,
     relocation and other reasonable expenses associated with employee
     compensation and perquisites;

          (e) accounts receivable arising from the sale of goods and services in
     the ordinary course of business of the Credit Parties;

          (f) stock or securities received in settlement of debts (created in
     the ordinary course of business) owing to a Credit Party;

          (g) Investments existing on the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule
     1.1C attached hereto;

          (h) (i) in addition to loans to Cott Beverages UK existing as of the
     Closing Date, on and after the Closing Date share capital investments and
     loans up to $20,000,000 in the aggregate to Cott Beverages UK and (ii) in
     addition to the share capital investments and loans described in the
     immediately preceding clause (i), share capital investments and loans up to
     $17,000,000 in the aggregate to the Cott Beverages UK made from the
     proceeds of the sale of the Company's stock in Menu Foods Limited so long
     as the proceeds of any such share capital investments and loans are applied
     to repay outstanding indebtedness of Cott Beverages UK;

          (i) loans to officers and employees of the Company to purchase the
     Capital Stock of the Company in an amount up to $2,000,000 in the aggregate
     at any time outstanding;

          (j) transactions permitted pursuant to Sections 9.6 and 9.10;

          (k) promissory notes issued as consideration in connection with asset
     sales permitted hereunder; and

          (l) such other Investments as the Administrative Agent may approve in
     its reasonable discretion.


                                       23

<PAGE>   30


     "Permitted Liens" means:

          (a) Liens in favor of the Lenders pursuant to any Credit Document or
     any Interest Rate Protection Agreement;

          (b) Liens for taxes not yet due or Liens for taxes being contested in
     good faith by appropriate proceedings for which adequate reserves
     determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP have been established;

          (c) Liens in respect of property imposed by law arising in the
     ordinary course of business such as materialmen's, mechanics',
     warehousemen's, supplier's or vendor's and other like Liens provided that
     such Liens secure only amounts not yet due and payable or if overdue are
     being contested in good faith by appropriate actions or proceedings and
     adequate reserves have been established;

          (d) pledges or deposits made to secure payment of worker's
     compensation insurance, unemployment insurance, pensions or social security
     programs;

          (e) Liens arising from good faith deposits in connection with or to
     secure performance of tenders, statutory obligations, surety and appeal
     bonds, bids, leases, government contracts, performance and return-of-money
     bonds and other similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of
     business (other than obligations in respect of the payment of borrowed
     money);

          (f) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions (including zoning
     restrictions), minor defects or irregularities in title and other similar
     charges or encumbrances not impairing, in any material respect, the use of
     such property for its intended purposes or interfering, in any material
     respect, with the ordinary conduct of business of the Credit Parties;

          (g) Liens securing purchase money indebtedness (it being understood
     for the purposes of this Agreement that conditional sales contracts shall
     constitute purchase money indebtedness) permitted by Section 9.1(d);

                  (h) Liens existing on property or assets of any Credit Party
         as of the date of this Agreement and disclosed on Schedule 1.1D;
         provided that the Liens set forth on Schedule 1.1D shall not extend to
         or secure any Indebtedness other than any such Indebtedness outstanding
         on the date hereof;

          (i) financing statements filed in connection with operating leases
     made in the ordinary course of business; and

          (j) judgments and other similar Liens arising in connection with court
     proceedings to the extent such judgments do not constitute Events of
     Default; provided the execution or other enforcement of such Lien is
     effectively stayed and the claims secured thereby are being actively
     contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings.

                                       24

<PAGE>   31



     "Person" means any individual, partnership, joint venture, firm,
corporation, limited liability company, association, trust or other enterprise
or any government or political subdivision or any agency, department or
instrumentality thereof.

     "Plan" means any employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of
ERISA) which is covered by ERISA and with respect to which the U.S. Borrowers or
any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such plan were terminated at such time, would
under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an "employer" within the meaning of
Section 3(5) of ERISA.

     "PPSA" means the Personal Property Security Act in effect from time to time
in Ontario, Canada (or such other analogous statute in effect from time to time
in any other province of Canada, as applicable).

     "Regulation U or X" means Regulation U or X, respectively, of the Board of
Governors of the Federal Reserve System as from time to time in effect and any
successor to all or a portion thereof establishing reserve requirements.

     "Reportable Event" means any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of
ERISA, other than those events as to which the notice requirement has been
waived by regulation.

     "Required Lenders" means Lenders whose aggregate Credit Exposure (as
hereinafter defined) constitute at least 51% of the aggregate Credit Exposure of
all Lenders at such time; provided, however, that Required Lenders shall be
comprised of at least two (2) Lenders and provided, further, that if any Lender
shall be a Defaulting Lender at such time then there shall be excluded from the
determination of Required Lenders at such time the aggregate principal amount of
Credit Exposure of such Lender at such time. For purposes of the preceding
sentence, the term "Credit Exposure" as applied to each Lender shall mean (a) at
any time prior to the termination of the Commitments, the sum of (i) the U.S.
Revolving Loan Commitment Percentage of such Lender multiplied times the U.S.
Revolving Loan Commitments, plus (ii) the Canadian Revolving Loan Commitment
Percentage of such Lender multiplied times the Canadian Revolving Loan
Commitments, and (b) at any time after the termination of the Commitments, the
sum of (i) the principal balance of outstanding Revolving Loans of such Lender,
plus (ii) the Face Amount of all Bankers' Acceptances created by such Lender
plus (iii) such Lender's Participation Interests in the face amount of
outstanding Letters of Credit. In determining each Lender's Credit Exposure as
set forth above, amounts denominated in Canadian Dollars shall be converted into
U.S. Dollars based on an exchange rate determined by the Administrative Agent in
accordance with its normal practices.

     "Requirement of Law" means, as to any Person, the articles or certificate
of incorporation and by-laws or other organizational or governing documents of
such Person, and any law, treaty, rule or regulation or final, non-appealable
determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in
each case applicable to our binding upon such Person or to which any of its
property is subject.

     "Restricted Payment" means (i) any cash dividend or other cash
distribution, direct or indirect, on account of any shares of any class of
Capital Stock of any member of the


                                       25

<PAGE>   32


Consolidated Cott Group, now or hereafter outstanding, (ii) any redemption,
retirement, sinking fund or similar payment, purchase or other acquisition for
value, direct or indirect, of any shares of any class of Capital Stock of any
member of the Consolidated Cott Group now or hereafter outstanding by such
member of the Consolidated Cott Group, except for any redemption, retirement,
sinking funds or similar payment payable solely in such shares of that class of
stock or in any class of stock junior to that class, (iii) any cash payment made
to redeem, purchase, repurchase or retire, or to obtain the surrender of, any
outstanding warrants, options or other rights to acquire any shares of any class
of Capital Stock of any member of the Consolidated Cott Group now or hereafter
outstanding or (iv) any payment to any Affiliate of any Credit Party except to
the extent otherwise expressly permitted in this Credit Agreement.

     "Revolving Credit Notes" means the promissory notes of the Borrowers in
favor of each Lender evidencing the Revolving Loans and substantially in the
form of Exhibit F, as such promissory notes may be amended, modified,
supplemented or replaced from time to time.

     "Revolving Loan Commitments" means the U.S. Revolving Loan Commitment and
the Canadian Revolving Loan Commitment.

     "Revolving Loans" means the loans made pursuant to Section 2.1 and 2.3,
which may be U.S. Revolving Loans and/or Canadian Revolving Loans.

     "Security Agreements" means the Canadian Security Agreement and the U.S.
Security Agreement.

     "Security Documents" means, collectively, the Security Agreements, any
Acknowledgment Agreements and any Lockbox Agreement.

     "Senior Financial Officers" means the Chief Executive Officer, Chief
Financial Officer, Controller and Treasurer of the Company or any other Credit
Party.

     "Senior Management Members" means such term as defined in Section 6.30.

     "Senior Officers" means each of the Senior Financial Officers and each
Senior Management Member of the Credit Parties.

     "Senior Notes" means each of (i) the Senior Unsecured Notes due July 1,
2005, issued by the Company in the aggregate principal amount of $160,000,000
and (ii) the Senior Unsecured Notes due May 1, 2007, issued by the Company in
the aggregate principal amount of $125,000,000.

     "Settlement Period" means such term as defined in Section 2.7(a) and (b).

     "Shareholders' Equity" means, at any time, the consolidated shareowners'
equity of the Consolidated Cott Group at such time as determined in accordance
with U.S. GAAP; provided, however, that in determining Shareholders' Equity for
any purpose hereunder, the deduction for the foreign currency translation
adjustment shall be fixed at $25,200,000.

                                       26

<PAGE>   33


     "Single Employer Plan" means any Plan which is covered by Title IV of
ERISA, but which is not a Multiemployer Plan or a Multiple Employer Plan.

     "Solvent" means, with respect to any Person as of a particular date, that
on such date (a) such Person is able to pay its debts and other liabilities,
contingent obligations and other commitments as they mature in the normal course
of business, (b) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it
will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person's ability to pay as such
debts and liabilities mature in their ordinary course, (c) such Person is not
engaged in a business or a transaction, and is not about to engage in a business
or a transaction, for which such Person's assets would constitute unreasonably
small capital after giving due consideration to the prevailing practice in the
industry in which such Person is engaged or is to engage, (d) the fair value of
the assets of such Person is greater than the total amount of liabilities,
including, without limitation, contingent liabilities, of such Person and (e)
the present fair saleable value of the assets of such Person is not less than
the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on
its debts as they become absolute and matured. In computing the amount of
contingent liabilities at any time, it is intended that such liabilities will be
computed at the amount which, in light of all the facts and circumstances
existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to
become an actual or matured liability.

     "Subordinated Affiliate Notes" means those certain subordinated promissory
notes, bearing various dates, in each case executed by Cott Beverages USA in
favor of the Irish Affiliate, in the aggregate outstanding principal amount of
$207,018,794 as of June 30, 1999, issued pursuant to that certain Loan
Agreement, dated as of August 19, 1997 between the Irish Affiliate and Cott
Beverages USA, as such promissory notes may be amended, modified, supplemented,
extended, renewed, refinanced or replaced from time to time.

     "Subordinated Debt" means (i) the unsecured Indebtedness evidenced by the
Subordinated Affiliate Notes which is expressly subordinated and made junior to
the payment and performance in full of the Obligations pursuant to the
Subordination Agreement and (ii) any other unsecured debt of the Company which
is expressly subordinated and made junior to the payment and performance in full
of the Obligations and contains terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to
the Required Lenders.

     "Subordination Agreement" means the Subordination Agreement dated as of the
Closing Date among Cott Beverages USA, the Irish Affiliate and the Agent, as
amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

     "Subsidiary" of any Person means (a) any corporation more than 50% of whose
stock of any class or classes having by the terms thereof ordinary voting power
to elect a majority of the directors of such corporation (irrespective of
whether or not at the time, any class or classes of the capital stock of such
corporation shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of
any contingency) is at the time owned by such Person directly or indirectly
through Subsidiaries of such Person, and (b) any partnership, association, joint
venture or other entity in which such Person directly or indirectly through
Subsidiaries of such Person has more than 50% of the equity interest at any
time.


                                       27

<PAGE>   34


     "Total Borrowing Base" means a U.S. dollar amount equal to the sum of the
U.S. Borrowing Base and the Canadian Borrowing Base.

     "UCC" means such term as defined in Section 1.3.

     "Unfinanced Capital Expenditures" means, for any period, all Capital
Expenditures not financed from proceeds of Funded Debt (other than Loans made
under this Agreement).

     "U.S. Base Rate" means the higher of (a) the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.5%
or (b) the U.S. Prime Rate; provided, however, that if in the reasonable
judgment of the Administrative Agent the Federal Funds Rate cannot be determined
then the U.S. Prime Rate.

     "U.S. Base Rate Loans" means any Loans accruing interest based on the U.S.
Base Rate.

     "U.S. Borrowers" means Cott USA, Cott Beverages USA and BCB and such other
Persons organized under the laws of, and resident in, the United States that
become parties hereto pursuant to a Joinder Agreement in accordance with Section
7.11.

     "U.S. Borrowing Base" means a U.S. dollar amount equal to the lesser of (i)
the sum of (a) 80% of the net book Accounts of the U.S. Credit Parties, plus (b)
50% of the net book Inventory of the U.S. Credit Parties and (ii) the sum of (a)
an amount equal to 85% of Eligible Accounts Receivable of the U.S. Credit
Parties, plus (b) an amount equal to the sum of (1) an amount equal to 50% of
Eligible Inventory of the U.S. Credit Parties consisting of raw materials (other
than packaging raw materials), plus (2) an amount equal to 70% of Eligible
Inventory of the U.S. Credit Parties consisting of finished goods (up to a
120-day supply thereof), minus (iii) reserves established by the Administrative
Agent from time to time in its reasonable discretion. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the amount of Eligible Inventory based on the calculations set forth
in clause (ii)(B) above shall not exceed 50% of the aggregate U.S. Borrowing
Base.

     "U.S. Collateral" means any and all assets and rights and interests in or
to property of the U.S. Credit Parties pledged from time to time as security for
the Obligations pursuant to the Security Documents whether now owned or
hereafter acquired, including, without limitation, all of the Accounts and
Inventory of the U.S. Credit Parties, any Chattel Paper, Documents or
Instruments evidencing or relating to such Accounts or Inventory, Deposit
Accounts and all Proceeds thereof, as defined in the U.S. Security Agreement.

     "U.S. Credit Parties" means the U.S. Borrowers and all of their U.S.
Subsidiaries whether direct or indirect and whether now owned or hereafter
acquired.

     "U.S. Dollar Equivalent" means such term as defined in Section 1.4.

     "U.S. GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles in the United
States applied on a consistent basis and subject to the terms of Section 1.2.


                                       28

<PAGE>   35


     "U.S. Lenders" means the Lenders identified as such on Schedule 1.1A and
such other Lenders as may be added in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement.

     "U.S. Letter of Credit" means a Letter of Credit issued under the U.S. LOC
Subfacility, as referenced in Section 2.2(a).

     "U.S. Lockbox" means such term as defined in Section 3.1.

     "U.S. Lockbox Account" means such term as defined in Section 3.1.

     "U.S. Lockbox Bank" means such term as defined in Section 3.1.

     "U.S. LOC Obligations" means LOC Obligations relating to U.S. Letters of
Credit.

     "U.S. LOC Subfacility" means the Letter of Credit subfacility established
pursuant to Section 2.2.

     "U.S. Obligations" means the Obligations of the U.S. Borrowers.

     "U.S. Prime Rate" means the per annum rate of interest established from
time to time by the Administrative Agent at its principal office in Charlotte,
North Carolina (or such other principal office of the Administrative Agent as
communicated in writing to the Borrowers and the Lenders) as its Prime Rate. Any
change in the interest rate resulting from a change in the U.S. Prime Rate shall
become effective as of 12:01 a.m. of the Business Day on which each change in
the U.S. Prime Rate is announced by the Administrative Agent. The U.S. Prime
Rate is a reference rate used by the Administrative Agent in determining
interest rates on certain loans and is not intended to be the lowest rate of
interest charged on any extension of credit to any debtor.

     "U.S. Revolving Loan Commitment" means $30,000,000 (U.S.), as such amount
may be reduced in accordance with Section 2.10, plus, to the extent that the
Canadian Revolving Loan Commitment in effect at the time a U.S. Revolving Loan
is requested hereunder exceeds the outstanding Canadian Revolving Loans and LOC
Obligations, an amount equal to such excess.

     "U.S. Revolving Loan Commitment Percentage" means, for each U.S. Lender,
the percentage identified as its U.S. Revolving Loan Commitment Percentage
opposite such U.S. Lender's name on Schedule 1.1A, as such percentage may be
modified by assignment in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

     "U.S. Revolving Loans" means the revolving loans made by the U.S. Lenders
to the U.S. Borrowers pursuant to Section 2.1.

     "U.S. Security Agreement" means the Security Agreement, of even date
herewith, between the Administrative Agent and the U.S. Credit Parties, in the
form attached hereto as Exhibit H-1.


                                       29


<PAGE>   36


     "U.S. Unutilized Revolving Commitment" means, for any period, the amount by
which (a) the then applicable U.S. Revolving Loan Commitment exceeds (b) the
daily average sum for such period of the outstanding aggregate principal amount
of all U.S. Revolving Loans plus the daily average balance of U.S. LOC
Obligations for such period.

     "Voting Stock" means, with respect to any Person, Capital Stock issued by
such Person, the holders of which are ordinarily, in the absence of
contingencies, entitled to vote for the election of directors (or persons
performing similar functions) of such Person, even if the right so to vote has
been suspended by the happening of such a contingency.

     1.2  ACCOUNTING TERMS.

     Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all accounting terms used
herein shall be interpreted, and all financial statements and certificates and
reports as to financial matters required to be delivered to the Lenders
hereunder shall be prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP applied on a consistent
basis. All calculations made for the purposes of determining compliance with
this Agreement shall (except as otherwise expressly provided herein) be made by
application of U.S. GAAP applied on a basis consistent with those used in the
preparation of the latest annual or quarterly financial statements under Section
7.1 (or prior to the delivery of the first financial statements under Section
7.1 used in the preparation of the financial statements described in Section
6.6). In determining "pro forma" compliance with the financial covenants herein,
as required pursuant to any provision hereof, any Indebtedness incurred or asset
sale made or Acquisition completed shall be deemed to have been incurred, made
or completed, as the case may be, on the first day of the four fiscal quarters
most recently ended prior to such occurrence.

     The Borrowers shall deliver to the Lenders at the same time as the delivery
of any annual or quarterly financial statement under Section 7.1, (a) a
description in reasonable detail of any material variation between the
application of accounting principles employed in the preparation of such
statement and the application of accounting principles employed in the
preparation of the most recent preceding annual or quarterly financial
statements as to which no objection has been made in accordance with the
paragraph above and (b) reasonable estimates of the difference between such
statements arising as a consequence thereof.

     1.3  OTHER DEFINITIONAL PROVISIONS.

     Terms not otherwise defined herein which are defined in the Uniform
Commercial Code as in effect in the State of North Carolina (the "UCC") shall
have the meanings given them in the UCC. The words "hereof", "herein" and
"hereunder" and words of similar import when used in this Credit Agreement shall
refer to the Credit Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of
this Credit Agreement, unless otherwise specifically provided. References in
this Agreement to "Articles", "Sections", "Schedules" or "Exhibits" shall be to
Articles, Sections, Schedules or Exhibits of or to this Agreement unless
otherwise specifically provided. Any of the terms defined in Section 1.1 may,
unless the context otherwise requires, be used in the singular or plural
depending on the reference. "Include", "includes" and "including" shall be
deemed to be followed by "without limitation" whether or not they are in fact
followed by such words or words of like import. "Writing", "written" and
comparable terms refer to printing, typing, computer



                                       30
<PAGE>   37


disk, e-mail and other means of reproducing words in a visible form. References
to any agreement or contract are to such agreement or contract as amended,
modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof
and thereof. References to any Person include the successors and permitted
assigns of such Person. References "from" or "through" any date mean, unless
otherwise specified, "from and including" or "through and including",
respectively. References to any times herein unless otherwise specified herein
shall refer to Eastern Standard or Daylight time, as from time to time in
effect.

     1.4  DOLLAR EQUIVALENT PROVISIONS.

     For the purpose of any provision of this Credit Agreement in which any
limitation, requirement, condition, event or circumstance is expressed by
reference to an amount in U.S. dollars: (a) any amount outstanding in Canadian
Dollars shall be converted to an amount in U.S. dollars (the "U.S. Dollar
Equivalent") based on an exchange rate as of the relevant date(s) determined by
the Canadian Agent in accordance with normal practices ; and (b) such U.S.
dollar amount shall be converted to an amount in Canadian Dollars (the "Canadian
Dollar Equivalent) based on an exchange rate as of the relevant date(s)
determined by the Canadian Agent in accordance with normal practices. The
Canadian Agent shall use the applicable noon or closing exchange rate of the
Bank of Canada as the basis for any such determinations.


                                   ARTICLE II

                               THE REVOLVING LOANS

     2.1  THE U.S. REVOLVING LOANS.

          (a) U.S. Revolving Loan Commitment. Subject to the terms and
     conditions set forth herein, each U.S. Lender agrees, severally and not
     jointly, at any time and from time to time from the Effective Date to the
     Maturity Date, to make revolving loans (each a "U.S. Revolving Loan" and
     collectively, the "U.S. Revolving Loans") in U.S. dollars to the U.S.
     Borrowers; provided, however, that (i) the aggregate amount of U.S.
     Revolving Loans outstanding plus U.S. LOC Obligations outstanding at any
     one time may not exceed the lesser of the U.S. Borrowing Base and the U.S.
     Revolving Loan Commitment; (ii) the aggregate amount of U.S. Revolving
     Loans outstanding plus Canadian Revolving Loans outstanding plus LOC
     Obligations outstanding plus the aggregate Face Amount of Bankers'
     Acceptances at any one time may not exceed the lesser of the Total
     Borrowing Base and $40,000,000 (U.S.); and (iii) with regard to each
     individual U.S. Lender, the U.S. Lender's pro rata share of outstanding
     U.S. Revolving Loans plus U.S. LOC Obligations outstanding shall not exceed
     such U.S. Lender's U.S. Revolving Loan Commitment Percentage of the U.S.
     Revolving Loan Commitment. U.S. Revolving Loans shall consist of U.S. Base
     Rate Loans or Eurodollar Loans (or a combination thereof) as the U.S.
     Borrowers may request, and the U.S. Borrowers may borrow, repay and
     reborrow in accordance with the terms hereof.

          (b) Method of Borrowing for U.S. Revolving Loans.


                                       31

<PAGE>   38


          (i) U.S. Base Rate Loans. By no later than 11:00 a.m., on the date of
     the request, the applicable U.S. Borrower shall submit a Notice of
     Borrowing to the Administrative Agent setting forth the amount requested,
     the desire to have such Revolving Loan made as a U.S. Base Rate Loan and
     complying in all respects with Section 5.2; provided, however, that certain
     U.S. Base Rate Loans may be made without a Notice of Borrowing in
     accordance with Section 2.7(a).

          (ii) Eurodollar Loans. By no later than 11:00 a.m., three (3) Business
     Days prior to the date of the requested Eurodollar Loan, the applicable
     U.S. Borrower shall submit a Notice of Borrowing to the Administrative
     Agent setting forth the amount thereof, the desire to have such Revolving
     Loan made as a Eurodollar Loan, the Interest Period applicable thereto and
     complying in all respects with Section 5.2.

2.2  U.S. LETTER OF CREDIT SUBFACILITY.

     (a) Issuance. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof and of the LOC
Documents, if any, and any other terms and conditions which the Issuing Lender
may reasonably require (so long as such terms and conditions do not impose any
financial obligation on or require any Lien not otherwise contemplated by this
Agreement to be given by any Credit Party or conflict with any obligation of, or
detract from any action which may be taken by, any Credit Party under this
Agreement), the Issuing Lender shall from time to time upon request issue, in
U.S. dollars, and the U.S. Lenders shall participate in, letters of credit (the
"U.S. Letters of Credit") for the account of the U.S. Borrowers or any of their
U.S. Subsidiaries, from the Effective Date until the Maturity Date, in a form
reasonably acceptable to the Issuing Lender; provided, however, that (i) the
aggregate amount of U.S. LOC Obligations shall not at any time exceed $3,000,000
(U.S.), (ii) the sum of the aggregate amount of U.S. LOC Obligations outstanding
plus U.S. Revolving Loans shall not exceed the lesser of the U.S. Borrowing Base
and the U.S. Revolving Loan Commitment, (iii) with respect to each individual
U.S. Lender, the U.S. Lender's pro rata share of outstanding U.S. Revolving
Loans plus its pro rata share of outstanding U.S. LOC Obligations shall not
exceed such U.S. Lender's Revolving Loan Commitment Percentage of the U.S.
Revolving Loan Commitment and (iv) the sum of U.S. Revolving Loans outstanding
plus Canadian Revolving Loans outstanding plus LOC Obligations outstanding plus
the aggregate Face Amount of Bankers' Acceptances at any one time shall not
exceed the lesser of the Total Borrowing Base and $40,000,000 (U.S.). The
issuance and expiry date of each U.S. Letter of Credit shall be a Business Day.
Except as otherwise expressly agreed upon by all the U.S. Lenders, no U.S.
Letter of Credit shall have an original expiry date more than one year from the
date of issuance, or as extended, shall have an expiry date extending beyond the
Maturity Date, except that prior to the Maturity Date a U.S. Letter of Credit
may be issued or extended with an expiry date extending beyond the Maturity
Date, if and to the extent that the U.S. Borrowers shall provide cash collateral
to the Issuing Lender on the Maturity Date in an amount equal to the maximum
amount available to be drawn under such U.S. Letter of Credit and the Required
Lenders or the Issuing Lender shall not otherwise object. Each U.S. Letter of
Credit shall be either (x) a standby letter of


                                       32

<PAGE>   39


credit issued to support the obligations (including pension or insurance
obligations), contingent or otherwise, of a U.S. Borrower or any of its U.S.
Subsidiaries, or (y) a commercial letter of credit in respect of the purchase of
goods or services by a U.S. Borrower or any of its U.S. Subsidiaries in the
ordinary course of business. Each U.S. Letter of Credit shall comply with the
related LOC Documents.

     (b) Notice and Reports. The request for the issuance of a U.S. Letter of
Credit shall be submitted to the Issuing Lender at least three (3) Business Days
prior to the requested date of issuance. The Issuing Lender will, at least
quarterly and more frequently upon request, provide to the Administrative Agent
for dissemination to the Lenders a detailed report specifying the U.S. Letters
of Credit which are then issued and outstanding and any activity with respect
thereto which may have occurred since the date of the prior report, and
including therein, among other things, the account party, the beneficiary, the
face amount, and the expiry date as well as any payments or expirations which
may have occurred. The Issuing Lender will further provide to the Administrative
Agent, promptly upon request, copies of the U.S. Letters of Credit.

     (c) Participations. Each U.S. Lender, upon issuance of a U.S. Letter of
Credit, shall be deemed to have purchased without recourse a risk participation
from the Issuing Lender in such U.S. Letter of Credit and the obligations
arising thereunder and any collateral relating thereto, in each case in an
amount equal to its U.S. Revolving Loan Commitment Percentage of the obligations
under such U.S. Letter of Credit, and shall absolutely, unconditionally and
irrevocably assume, as primary obligor and not as surety, and be obligated to
pay to the Issuing Lender therefor and discharge when due, its U.S. Revolving
Loan Commitment Percentage of the obligations arising under such U.S. Letter of
Credit. Without limiting the scope and nature of each U.S. Lender's
participation in any U.S. Letter of Credit, to the extent that the Issuing
Lender has not been reimbursed as required hereunder or under any such U.S.
Letter of Credit, each such U.S. Lender shall pay to the Issuing Lender its U.S.
Revolving Loan Commitment Percentage of such unreimbursed drawing in same day
funds on the day of notification by the Issuing Lender of an unreimbursed
drawing pursuant to the provisions of subsection (d) hereof. The obligation of
each U.S. Lender to so reimburse the Issuing Lender shall be absolute and
unconditional and shall not be affected by the occurrence of a Default, an Event
of Default or any other occurrence or event. Any such reimbursement shall not
relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the U.S. Borrowers or any other
U.S. Credit Party to reimburse the Issuing Lender under any U.S. Letter of
Credit, together with interest as hereinafter provided.

     (d) Reimbursement. In the event of any drawing under any U.S. Letter of
Credit, the Issuing Lender will promptly notify the U.S. Borrowers. Unless the
U.S. Borrowers shall immediately notify the Issuing Lender of its intent to
otherwise reimburse the Issuing Lender, the U.S. Borrowers shall be deemed to
have requested a U.S. Revolving Loan made as a U.S. Base Rate Loan, in the
amount of the drawing as provided in subsection (e) hereof, the proceeds of
which will be used to satisfy the reimbursement obligations. The U.S. Borrowers
shall reimburse the Issuing Lender on the day of drawing under any U.S. Letter
of Credit either with the proceeds of a U.S. Revolving Loan obtained



                                       33
<PAGE>   40


hereunderor otherwise in same day funds as provided herein or in the LOC
Documents. If the U.S. Borrowers shall fail to reimburse the Issuing Lender as
provided hereinabove, the unreimbursed amount of such drawing shall bear
interest at a per annum rate equal to the U.S. Base Rate, plus the sum of the
Applicable Percentage for Base Rate Loans and two percent (2%). Subject to
Section 2.2(k)(v), the U.S. Borrowers' reimbursement obligations hereunder shall
be absolute and unconditional under all circumstances irrespective of (but
without waiver of) any rights of set-off, counterclaim or defense to payment
that the applicable account party or the U.S. Borrowers may claim or have
against the Issuing Lender, the Administrative Agent, the U.S. Lenders, the
beneficiary of the Letter of Credit drawn upon or any other Person, including
without limitation, any defense based on any failure of the applicable account
party, the U.S. Borrowers or any other U.S. Credit Party to receive
consideration or the legality, validity, regularity or unenforceability of the
Letter of Credit. The Issuing Lender will promptly notify the U.S. Lenders of
the amount of any unreimbursed drawing and each U.S. Lender shall promptly pay
to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Lender, in Dollars
and in immediately available funds, the amount of such U.S. Lender's Revolving
Loan Commitment Percentage of such unreimbursed drawing. Such payment shall be
made on the day such notice is received by such U.S. Lender from the Issuing
Lender if such notice is received at or before 2:00 p.m., otherwise such payment
shall be made at or before 12:00 Noon on the Business Day next succeeding the
day such notice is received. If such U.S. Lender does not pay such amount to the
Issuing Lender in full upon such request, such U.S. Lender shall, on demand, pay
to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Lender interest on
the unpaid amount during the period from the date the U.S. Lender received the
notice regarding the unreimbursed drawing until such U.S. Lender pays such
amount to the Issuing Lender in full at a rate per annum equal to, if paid
within two (2) Business Days of the date of drawing, the Federal Funds Rate and
thereafter at a rate equal to the U.S. Base Rate. Each U.S. Lender's obligation
to make such payment to the Issuing Lender, and the right of the Issuing Lender
to receive the same, shall be absolute and unconditional, shall not be affected
by any circumstance whatsoever and without regard to the termination of this
Agreement or the Commitments hereunder, the existence of a Default or Event of
Default or the acceleration of the obligations hereunder and shall be made
without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever.
Simultaneously with the making of each such payment by a U.S. Lender to the
Issuing Lender, such U.S. Lender shall, automatically and without any further
action on the part of the Issuing Lender or such U.S. Lender, acquire a
participation in an amount equal to such payment (excluding the portion of such
payment constituting interest owing to the Issuing Lender) in the related
unreimbursed drawing portion of the LOC Obligation and in the interest thereon
and in the related LOC Documents, and shall have a claim against the U.S.
Borrowers and the other applicable U.S. Credit Parties with respect thereto.

     (e) Repayment with Revolving Loans. On any day on which the U.S. Borrowers
shall have requested, or been deemed to have requested, a U.S. Revolving Loan
borrowing to reimburse a drawing under a U.S. Letter of Credit, the
Administrative Agent shall give notice to the U.S. Lenders that a U.S. Revolving
Loan has been requested or deemed requested in connection with a drawing under a
U.S. Letter of Credit, in which case a U.S. Revolving Loan borrowing comprised
solely of U.S. Base Rate Loans (each such


                                       34

<PAGE>   41


borrowing, a "Mandatory Borrowing") shall be immediately made from all U.S.
Lenders (without giving effect to any termination of the Commitments pursuant to
Section 9.2) pro rata based on each U.S. Lender's respective U.S. Revolving Loan
Commitment Percentage and the proceeds thereof shall be paid directly to the
Issuing Lender for application to the respective LOC Obligations. Each such U.S.
Lender hereby irrevocably agrees to make such U.S. Revolving Loans immediately
upon any such request or deemed request on account of each such Mandatory
Borrowing in the amount and in the manner specified in the preceding sentence
and on the same such date notwithstanding (i) the amount of Mandatory Borrowing
may not comply with the minimum amount for borrowings of U.S. Revolving Loans
otherwise required hereunder, (ii) whether any conditions specified in Section
5.2 are then satisfied, (iii) whether a Default or Event of Default then exists,
(iv) the failure of any such request or deemed request for U.S. Revolving Loans
to be made by the time otherwise required hereunder, (v) the date of such
Mandatory Borrowing, or (vi) any reduction in the U.S. Revolving Loan Commitment
or any termination of the Commitments. In the event that any Mandatory Borrowing
cannot for any reason be made on the date otherwise required above (including,
without limitation, as a result of the commencement of a proceeding under the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code with respect to the U.S. Borrowers or any other U.S. Credit
Party), then each such U.S. Lender hereby agrees that it shall forthwith fund
(as of the date the Mandatory Borrowing would otherwise have occurred, but
adjusted for any payments received from the U.S. Borrowers on or after such date
and prior to such purchase) its Participation Interest in the outstanding U.S.
LOC Obligations; provided, further, that in the event any U.S. Lender shall fail
to fund its Participation Interest on the day the Mandatory Borrowing would
otherwise have occurred, then the amount of such U.S. Lender's unfunded
Participation Interest therein shall bear interest payable to the Issuing Lender
upon demand, at the rate equal to, if paid within two (2) Business Days of such
date, the Federal Funds Rate, and thereafter at a rate equal to the U.S. Base
Rate.

     (f) Designation of Subsidiaries as Account Parties. Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, a U.S. Letter of Credit
issued hereunder may contain a statement to the effect that such U.S. Letter of
Credit is issued for the account of a U.S. Subsidiary of a U.S. Borrower;
provided that notwithstanding such statement, such U.S. Borrower shall be the
actual account party for all purposes of this Agreement for such Letter of
Credit and such statement shall not affect the U.S. Borrowers' reimbursement
obligations hereunder with respect to such Letter of Credit.

     (g) Modification and Extension. The issuance of any supplement,
modification, amendment, renewal, or extensions to any U.S. Letter of Credit
shall, for purposes hereof, be treated in all respects the same as the issuance
of a new U.S. Letter of Credit hereunder.

     (h) Uniform Customs and Practices. The U.S. Letters of Credit shall be
subject to The Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, as
published as of the date of issue by the International Chamber of Commerce
(Publication No. 500 or the most recent publication, the "UCP").

     (i) Responsibility of Issuing Lender. It is expressly understood and agreed
that the obligations of the Issuing Lender hereunder to the U.S. Lenders are
only those expressly


                                       35

<PAGE>   42


set forth in this Agreement and that the Issuing Lender shall be entitled to
assume that the conditions precedent set forth in Section 5.2 have been
satisfied unless it shall have acquired actual knowledge that any such condition
precedent has not been satisfied; provided, however, that nothing set forth in
this Section 2.2 shall be deemed to prejudice the right of any U.S. Lender to
recover from the Issuing Lender any amounts made available by such U.S. Lender
to the Issuing Lender pursuant to this Section 2.2 in the event that it is
determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that the payment with respect to
a U.S. Letter of Credit constituted gross negligence or willful misconduct on
the part of the Issuing Lender.

     (j) Conflict with LOC Documents. In the event of any conflict between this
Agreement and any LOC Document, this Agreement shall govern.

     (k) Indemnification of Issuing Lender.

          (i) In addition to its other obligations under this Agreement, the
     U.S. Borrowers hereby agree to protect, indemnify, pay and save the Issuing
     Lender harmless from and against any and all claims, demands, liabilities,
     damages, losses, costs, charges and expenses (including reasonable
     attorneys' fees) that the Issuing Lender may incur or be subject to as a
     consequence, direct or indirect, of (A) the issuance of any U.S. Letter of
     Credit or (B) the failure of the Issuing Lender to honor a drawing under a
     U.S. Letter of Credit as a result of any act or omission, whether rightful
     or wrongful, of any present or future de jure or de facto government or
     governmental authority (all such acts or omissions, herein called
     "Government Acts").

          (ii) As between the U.S. Borrowers and the Issuing Lender, the U.S.
     Borrowers shall assume all risks of the acts, omissions or misuse of any
     U.S. Letter of Credit by the beneficiary thereof. The Issuing Lender shall
     not be responsible for: (A) the form, validity, sufficiency, accuracy,
     genuineness or legal effect of any document submitted by any party in
     connection with the application for and issuance of any U.S. Letter of
     Credit, even if it should in fact prove to be in any or all respects
     invalid, insufficient, inaccurate, fraudulent or forged; (B) the validity
     or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to
     transfer or assign any U.S. Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits
     thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, that may prove to be
     invalid or ineffective for any reason; (C) failure of the beneficiary of a
     U.S. Letter of Credit to comply fully with conditions required in order to
     draw upon a U.S. Letter of Credit; (D) errors, omissions, interruptions or
     delays in transmission or delivery of any messages, by mail, cable,
     telegraph, telex or otherwise, whether or not they be in cipher; (E) any
     loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in
     order to make a drawing under a U.S. Letter of Credit or of the proceeds
     thereof; and (F) any consequences arising from causes beyond the control of
     the Issuing Lender, including, without limitation, any Government Acts.
     None of the above shall affect, impair, or prevent the vesting of the
     Issuing Lender's rights or powers hereunder.


                                       36

<PAGE>   43


          (iii) In furtherance and extension and not in limitation of the
     specific provisions hereinabove set forth, any action taken or omitted by
     the Issuing Lender, under or in connection with any U.S. Letter of Credit
     or the related certificates, if taken or omitted in good faith, shall not
     put the Issuing Lender under any resulting liability to the U.S. Borrowers
     or any U.S. Credit Party. It is the intention of the parties that this
     Agreement shall be construed and applied to protect and indemnify the
     Issuing Lender against any and all risks involved in the issuance of the
     U.S. Letters of Credit, all of which risks are hereby assumed by the U.S.
     Borrowers, including, without limitation, any and all risks of the acts or
     omissions, whether rightful or wrongful, of any present or future
     Government Acts. The Issuing Lender shall not, in any way, be liable for
     any failure by the Issuing Lender or anyone else to pay any drawing under
     any U.S. Letter of Credit as a result of any Government Acts or any other
     cause beyond the control of the Issuing Lender.

          (iv) Nothing in this subsection (k) is intended to limit the
     reimbursement obligation of the U.S. Borrowers contained in this Section
     2.2. The obligations of the U.S. Borrowers under this subsection (k) shall
     survive the termination of this Agreement. No act or omission of any
     current or prior beneficiary of a U.S. Letter of Credit shall in any way
     affect or impair the rights of the Issuing Lender to enforce any right,
     power or benefit under this Agreement.

          (v) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this
     subsection (k), the U.S. Borrowers shall have no obligation to indemnify
     the Issuing Lender in respect of any liability incurred by the Issuing
     Lender arising out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the
     Issuing Lender, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction. Nothing
     in this Agreement shall relieve the Issuing Lender of any liability to the
     U.S. Borrowers in respect of any action taken by the Issuing Lender which
     action constitutes gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Issuing
     Lender or a violation of the UCP or Uniform Commercial Code (as
     applicable), as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction.

2.3  THE CANADIAN REVOLVING LOANS.

          (a) Canadian Revolving Loan Commitment. Subject to the terms and
     conditions set forth herein, each Canadian Lender agrees, severally and not
     jointly, at any time and from time to time from the Effective Date to the
     Maturity Date, to make revolving loans (each a "Canadian Revolving Loan"
     and collectively, the "Canadian Revolving Loans") to the Canadian Borrowers
     in Canadian Dollars or U.S. Dollars, as requested by the Canadian
     Borrowers; provided, however, that (i) the aggregate amount of Canadian
     Revolving Loans outstanding plus Canadian LOC Obligations outstanding plus
     the aggregate Face Amount of Bankers' Acceptances at any one time may not
     exceed the lesser of the Canadian Borrowing Base and the Canadian Revolving
     Loan Commitment; (ii) the aggregate amount of U.S. Revolving Loans
     outstanding plus Canadian Revolving Loans outstanding plus LOC Obligations
     outstanding plus the aggregate Face Amount of Bankers' Acceptances at any
     one time may not exceed the lesser of the Total Borrowing Base and
     $40,000,000 (U.S.); and (iii) with regard to each individual Canadian
     Lender, the Canadian


                                       37

<PAGE>   44


     Lender's pro rata share of Canadian Revolving Loans outstanding plus
     Canadian LOC Obligations outstanding plus such Canadian Lender's pro rata
     share of the aggregate Face Amount of Bankers' Acceptances at any one time
     shall not exceed such Canadian Lender's Canadian Revolving Loan Commitment
     Percentage of the Canadian Revolving Loan Commitment. Canadian Revolving
     Loans shall consist of Canadian Base Rate Loans, Eurodollar Loans or the
     creation of Bankers' Acceptances (or a combination thereof) as the Canadian
     Borrowers may request and the Canadian Borrowers may borrow, repay and
     reborrow in accordance with the terms hereof. All Canadian Revolving Loans
     advanced on the Effective Date shall be Canadian Base Rate Loans and may
     thereafter be converted to Eurodollar Loans in accordance with Section 4.1.

          (b) Method of Borrowing for Canadian Revolving Loans.

               (i) Canadian Base Rate Loans. By no later than 11:00 a.m.,
          Toronto, Ontario time, on the date of the request, the applicable
          Canadian Borrower shall submit a Notice of Borrowing to the Canadian
          Agent setting forth the amount requested, the desire to have such
          Revolving Loan made as a CA U.S. Base Rate Loan or a Canadian Prime
          Rate Loan and complying in all respects with Section 5.2; provided,
          however, that certain Canadian Base Rate Loans may be made without a
          Notice of Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.7(b). All or any
          portion of such CA U.S. Base Rate Loans may be converted into
          Eurodollar Loans and all or any portion of such Canadian Prime Rate
          Loans may be converted into Bankers' Acceptances, in each case, in
          accordance with the terms of Section 4.1.

               (ii) Eurodollar Loans. By no later than 11:00 a.m., Toronto,
          Ontario time, three (3) Business Days prior to the date of the
          requested Canadian Revolving Loan, the applicable Canadian Borrower
          shall submit a Notice of Borrowing to the Canadian Agent setting forth
          the amount thereof, the desire to have such Revolving Loan made as a
          Eurodollar Loan, the Interest Period applicable thereto, and complying
          in all respects with Section 5.2.

               (iii) Bankers' Acceptances. In addition to Canadian Base Rate
          Loans and Eurodollar Loans, the Canadian Revolving Loan Commitment may
          be utilized by the creation of Bankers' Acceptances pursuant to
          Section 2.5 hereof.

2.4  CANADIAN LETTER OF CREDIT SUBFACILITY.

     (a) Issuance. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof and of the LOC
Documents, if any, and any other terms and conditions which the Issuing Lender
may reasonably require (so long as such terms and conditions do not impose any
financial obligation on or require any Lien not otherwise contemplated by this
Agreement to be given by any Credit Party or conflict with any obligation of, or
detract from any action which may be taken by, any Credit Party under this
Agreement), the Issuing Lender shall from time to time upon request issue, in
U.S. Dollars or Canadian Dollars, and the Canadian Lenders shall participate in,
letters of credit (the "Canadian Letters of Credit") for the account of the
Canadian Borrowers or any of their Canadian Subsidiaries, from the Effective
Date until the



                                       38
<PAGE>   45


Maturity Date, in a form reasonably acceptable to the Issuing Lender; provided,
however, that (i) the aggregate amount of Canadian LOC Obligations shall not at
any time exceed $3,000,000 (U.S.), (ii) the sum of the aggregate amount of
Canadian Revolving Loans outstanding plus Canadian LOC Obligations outstanding
plus the aggregate Face Amount of Bankers' Acceptances at any one time shall not
exceed the lesser of the Canadian Borrowing Base and the Canadian Revolving Loan
Commitment, (iii) with respect to each individual Canadian Lender, the Canadian
Lender's pro rata share of outstanding Canadian Revolving Loans plus its pro
rata share of outstanding Canadian LOC Obligations plus its pro rata share of
the Face Amount of Bankers' Acceptances outstanding shall not exceed such
Canadian Lender's Revolving Loan Commitment Percentage of the Canadian Revolving
Loan Commitment and (iv) the sum of U.S. Revolving Loans outstanding plus
Canadian Revolving Loans outstanding plus LOC Obligations outstanding plus the
aggregate Face Amount of Bankers' Acceptances at any one time shall not exceed
the lesser of the Total Borrowing Base and $40,000,000 (U.S.). The issuance and
expiry date of each Canadian Letter of Credit shall be a Business Day. Except as
otherwise expressly agreed upon by all the Canadian Lenders, no Canadian Letter
of Credit shall have an original expiry date more than one year from the date of
issuance, or as extended, shall have an expiry date extending beyond the
Maturity Date, except that prior to the Maturity Date a Canadian Letter of
Credit may be issued or extended with an expiry date extending beyond the
Maturity Date, if and to the extent that the Canadian Borrowers shall provide
cash collateral to the Issuing Lender on the Maturity Date in an amount equal to
the maximum amount available to be drawn under such Canadian Letter of Credit
and the Required Lenders or the Issuing Lender shall not otherwise object. Each
Canadian Letter of Credit shall be either (x) a standby letter of credit issued
to support the obligations (including pension or insurance obligations),
contingent or otherwise, of the Canadian Borrowers or any of their Canadian
Subsidiaries, or (y) a commercial letter of credit in respect of the purchase of
goods or services by the Canadian Borrowers or any of their Canadian
Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business. Each Canadian Letter of Credit
shall comply with the related LOC Documents.

     (b) Notice and Reports. The request for the issuance of a Canadian Letter
of Credit shall be submitted to the Issuing Lender at least three (3) Business
Days prior to the requested date of issuance. The Issuing Lender will, at least
quarterly and more frequently upon request, provide to the Administrative Agent
for dissemination to the Lenders a detailed report specifying the Canadian
Letters of Credit which are then issued and outstanding and any activity with
respect thereto which may have occurred since the date of the prior report, and
including therein, among other things, the account party, the beneficiary, the
face amount, and the expiry date as well as any payments or expirations which
may have occurred. The Issuing Lender will further provide to the Administrative
Agent, promptly upon request, copies of the Canadian Letters of Credit.

     (c) Participations. Each Canadian Lender, upon issuance of a Canadian
Letter of Credit, shall be deemed to have purchased without recourse a risk
participation from the Issuing Lender in such Canadian Letter of Credit and the
obligations arising thereunder and any collateral relating thereto, in each case
in an amount equal to its Canadian Revolving Loan Commitment Percentage of the
obligations under such Canadian Letter of Credit, and


                                       39

<PAGE>   46


shall absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably assume, as primary obligor and
not as surety, and be obligated to pay to the Issuing Lender therefor and
discharge when due, its Canadian Revolving Loan Commitment Percentage of the
obligations arising under such Canadian Letter of Credit. Without limiting the
scope and nature of each Canadian Lender's participation in any Canadian Letter
of Credit, to the extent that the Issuing Lender has not been reimbursed as
required hereunder or under any such Canadian Letter of Credit, each such
Canadian Lender shall pay to the Issuing Lender its Canadian Revolving Loan
Commitment Percentage of such unreimbursed drawing in same day funds on the day
of notification by the Issuing Lender of an unreimbursed drawing pursuant to the
provisions of subsection (d) hereof. The obligation of each Canadian Lender to
so reimburse the Issuing Lender shall be absolute and unconditional and shall
not be affected by the occurrence of a Default, an Event of Default or any other
occurrence or event. Any such reimbursement shall not relieve or otherwise
impair the obligation of the Canadian Borrowers or any other Canadian Credit
Party to reimburse the Issuing Lender under any Canadian Letter of Credit,
together with interest as hereinafter provided.

     (d) Reimbursement. In the event of any drawing under any Canadian Letter of
Credit, the Issuing Lender will promptly notify the Canadian Borrowers. Unless
the Canadian Borrowers shall immediately notify the Issuing Lender of their
intent to otherwise reimburse the Issuing Lender, the Canadian Borrowers shall
be deemed to have requested a Canadian Revolving Loan made as a Canadian Base
Rate Loan at the Canadian Prime Rate or the CA U.S. Prime Rate, as appropriate,
in the amount of the drawing as provided in subsection (e) hereof, the proceeds
of which will be used to satisfy the reimbursement obligations. The Canadian
Borrowers shall reimburse the Issuing Lender on the day of drawing under any
Canadian Letter of Credit either with the proceeds of a Canadian Revolving Loan
obtained hereunder or otherwise in same day funds as provided herein or in the
LOC Documents. If the Canadian Borrowers shall fail to reimburse the Issuing
Lender as provided hereinabove, the unreimbursed amount of such drawing shall
bear interest at a per annum rate equal to the Canadian Prime Rate or the CA
U.S. Prime Rate, as appropriate, plus the sum of the Applicable Percentage for
Base Rate Loans and two percent (2%). Subject to Section 2.4(k)(v), the Canadian
Borrowers' reimbursement obligations hereunder shall be absolute and
unconditional under all circumstances irrespective of (but without waiver of)
any rights of set-off, counterclaim or defense to payment the applicable account
party or the Canadian Borrowers may claim or have against the Issuing Lender,
the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Agent, the Canadian Lenders, the
beneficiary of the Letter of Credit drawn upon or any other Person, including
without limitation, any defense based on any failure of the applicable account
party, the Canadian Borrowers or any other Canadian Credit Party to receive
consideration or the legality, validity, regularity or unenforceability of the
Letter of Credit. The Issuing Lender will promptly notify the Canadian Lenders
of the amount of any unreimbursed drawing and each Canadian Lender shall
promptly pay to the Canadian Agent for the account of the Issuing Lender, in
immediately available funds, the amount of such Canadian Lender's Revolving Loan
Commitment Percentage of such unreimbursed drawing. Such payment shall be made
on the day such notice is received by such Canadian Lender from the Issuing
Lender if such notice is received at or before 2:00 p.m., otherwise such payment
shall be made at or before 12:00 Noon on the Business Day next succeeding the
day such notice is received. If such



                                       40
<PAGE>   47


Canadian Lender does not pay such amount to the Issuing Lender in full upon such
request, such Canadian Lender shall, on demand, pay to the Canadian Agent for
the account of the Issuing Lender interest on the unpaid amount during the
period from the date the Canadian Lender received the notice regarding the
unreimbursed drawing until such Canadian Lender pays such amount to the Issuing
Lender in full at a rate per annum equal to, if paid within two (2) Business
Days of the date of drawing, the Federal Funds Rate and thereafter at a rate
equal to the Canadian Prime Rate for Loans made in Canadian Dollars or the CA
U.S. Prime Rate for Loans made in U.S. Dollars, as appropriate. Each Canadian
Lender's obligation to make such payment to the Issuing Lender, and the right of
the Issuing Lender to receive the same, shall be absolute and unconditional,
shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever and without regard to the
termination of this Agreement or the Commitments hereunder, the existence of a
Default or Event of Default or the acceleration of the obligations hereunder and
shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction
whatsoever. Simultaneously with the making of each such payment by a Canadian
Lender to the Issuing Lender, such Canadian Lender shall, automatically and
without any further action on the part of the Issuing Lender or such Canadian
Lender, acquire a participation in an amount equal to such payment (excluding
the portion of such payment constituting interest owing to the Issuing Lender)
in the related unreimbursed drawing portion of the Canadian LOC Obligation and
in the interest thereon and in the related LOC Documents, and shall have a claim
against the Canadian Borrowers and the other Canadian Credit Parties with
respect thereto.

     (e) Repayment with Revolving Loans. On any day on which the Canadian
Borrowers shall have requested, or been deemed to have requested, a Canadian
Revolving Loan borrowing to reimburse a drawing under a Canadian Letter of
Credit, the Canadian Agent shall give notice to the Canadian Lenders that a
Canadian Revolving Loan has been requested or deemed requested in connection
with a drawing under a Canadian Letter of Credit, in which case a Canadian
Revolving Loan borrowing comprised solely of Canadian Base Rate Loans (each such
borrowing, a "Mandatory Borrowing") shall be immediately made from all Canadian
Lenders (without giving effect to any termination of the Commitments pursuant to
Section 9.2) pro rata based on each Canadian Lender's respective Canadian
Revolving Loan Commitment Percentage and the proceeds thereof shall be paid
directly to the Issuing Lender for application to the respective Canadian LOC
Obligations. Each such Canadian Lender hereby irrevocably agrees to make such
Canadian Revolving Loans immediately upon any such request or deemed request on
account of each such Mandatory Borrowing in the amount and in the manner
specified in the preceding sentence and on the same such date notwithstanding
(i) the amount of Mandatory Borrowing may not comply with the minimum amount for
borrowings of Canadian Revolving Loans otherwise required hereunder, (ii)
whether any conditions specified in Section 5.2 are then satisfied, (iii)
whether a Default or Event of Default then exists, (iv) the failure of any such
request or deemed request for Canadian Revolving Loans to be made by the time
otherwise required hereunder, (v) the date of such Mandatory Borrowing, or (vi)
any reduction in the Canadian Revolving Loan Commitment or any termination of
the Commitments. In the event that any Mandatory Borrowing cannot for any reason
be made on the date otherwise required above (including, without limitation, as
a result of the commencement of a proceeding under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (or
applicable Canadian bankruptcy law) with respect to



                                       41
<PAGE>   48


the Canadian Borrowers or any other Canadian Credit Party), then each such
Canadian Lender hereby agrees that it shall forthwith fund (as of the date the
Mandatory Borrowing would otherwise have occurred, but adjusted for any payments
received from the Canadian Borrowers on or after such date and prior to such
purchase) its Participation Interest in the outstanding Canadian LOC
Obligations; provided, further, that in the event any Canadian Lender shall fail
to fund its Participation Interest on the day the Mandatory Borrowing would
otherwise have occurred, then the amount of such Canadian Lender's unfunded
Participation Interest therein shall bear interest payable to the Issuing Lender
upon demand, at the rate equal to, if paid within two (2) Business Days of such
date, the Federal Funds Rate, and thereafter at a rate equal to the Canadian
Prime Rate, plus two percent (2%).

     (f) Designation of Subsidiaries as Account Parties. Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, a Canadian Letter of
Credit issued hereunder may contain a statement to the effect that such Canadian
Letter of Credit is issued for the account of a Canadian Subsidiary of the
Canadian Borrowers; provided that notwithstanding such statement, the Canadian
Borrowers shall be the actual account parties for all purposes of this Agreement
for such Letter of Credit and such statement shall not affect the Canadian
Borrowers' reimbursement obligations hereunder with respect to such Letter of
Credit.

     (g) Modification and Extension. The issuance of any supplement,
modification, amendment, renewal, or extensions to any Canadian Letter of Credit
shall, for purposes hereof, be treated in all respects the same as the issuance
of a new Canadian Letter of Credit hereunder.

     (h) Uniform Customs and Practices. The Canadian Letters of Credit shall be
subject to The Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, as
published as of the date of issue by the International Chamber of Commerce
(Publication No. 500 or the most recent publication, the "UCP"). ---

     (i) Responsibility of Issuing Lender. It is expressly understood and agreed
that the obligations of the Issuing Lender hereunder to the Canadian Lenders are
only those expressly set forth in this Agreement and that the Issuing Lender
shall be entitled to assume that the conditions precedent set forth in Section
5.2 have been satisfied unless it shall have acquired actual knowledge that any
such condition precedent has not been satisfied; provided, however, that nothing
set forth in this Section 2.4 shall be deemed to prejudice the right of any
Canadian Lender to recover from the Issuing Lender any amounts made available by
such Canadian Lender to the Issuing Lender pursuant to this Section 2.4 in the
event that it is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that the
payment with respect to a Canadian Letter of Credit constituted gross negligence
or willful misconduct on the part of the Issuing Lender.

     (j) Conflict with LOC Documents. In the event of any conflict between this
Agreement and any LOC Document, this Agreement shall govern.


                                       42

<PAGE>   49


     (k) Indemnification of Issuing Lender.

          (i) In addition to its other obligations under this Agreement, the
     Canadian Borrowers hereby agree to protect, indemnify, pay and save the
     Issuing Lender harmless from and against any and all claims, demands,
     liabilities, damages, losses, costs, charges and expenses (including
     reasonable attorneys' fees) that the Issuing Lender may incur or be subject
     to as a consequence, direct or indirect, of (A) the issuance of any
     Canadian Letter of Credit or (B) the failure of the Issuing Lender to honor
     a drawing under a Canadian Letter of Credit as a result of any Government
     Act.

          (ii) As between the Canadian Borrowers and the Issuing Lender, the
     Canadian Borrowers shall assume all risks of the acts, omissions or misuse
     of any Canadian Letter of Credit by the beneficiary thereof. The Issuing
     Lender shall not be responsible for: (A) the form, validity, sufficiency,
     accuracy, genuineness or legal effect of any document submitted by any
     party in connection with the application for and issuance of any Canadian
     Letter of Credit, even if it should in fact prove to be in any or all
     respects invalid, insufficient, inaccurate, fraudulent or forged; (B) the
     validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or
     purporting to transfer or assign any Canadian Letter of Credit or the
     rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part,
     that may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason; (C) failure of
     the beneficiary of a Canadian Letter of Credit to comply fully with
     conditions required in order to draw upon a Canadian Letter of Credit; (D)
     errors, omissions, interruptions or delays in transmission or delivery of
     any messages, by mail, cable, telegraph, telex or otherwise, whether or not
     they be in cipher; (E) any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise
     of any document required in order to make a drawing under a Canadian Letter
     of Credit or of the proceeds thereof; and (F) any consequences arising from
     causes beyond the control of the Issuing Lender, including, without
     limitation, any Government Acts. None of the above shall affect, impair, or
     prevent the vesting of the Issuing Lender's rights or powers hereunder.

          (iii) In furtherance and extension and not in limitation of the
     specific provisions hereinabove set forth, any action taken or omitted by
     the Issuing Lender, under or in connection with any Canadian Letter of
     Credit or the related certificates, if taken or omitted in good faith,
     shall not put the Issuing Lender under any resulting liability to the
     Canadian Borrowers or any other Canadian Credit Party. It is the intention
     of the parties that this Agreement shall be construed and applied to
     protect and indemnify the Issuing Lender against any and all risks involved
     in the issuance of the Canadian Letters of Credit, all of which risks are
     hereby assumed by the Canadian Borrowers, including, without limitation,
     any and all risks of the acts or omissions, whether rightful or wrongful,
     as a result of any Government Act. The Issuing Lender shall not, in any
     way, be liable for any failure by the Issuing Lender or anyone else to pay
     any drawing under any Canadian Letter of Credit as a result of any
     Government Acts or any other cause beyond the control of the Issuing
     Lender.


                                       43

<PAGE>   50


          (iv) Nothing in this subsection (k) is intended to limit the
     reimbursement obligation of the Canadian Borrowers contained in this
     Section 2.4. The obligations of the Canadian Borrowers under this
     subsection (k) shall survive the termination of this Agreement. No act or
     omission of any current or prior beneficiary of a Canadian Letter of Credit
     shall in any way affect or impair the rights of the Issuing Lender to
     enforce any right, power or benefit under this Agreement.

          (v) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this
     subsection (k), the Canadian Borrowers shall have no obligation to
     indemnify the Issuing Lender in respect of any liability incurred by the
     Issuing Lender arising out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of
     the Issuing Lender, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction.
     Nothing in this Agreement shall relieve the Issuing Lender of any liability
     to the Canadian Borrowers in respect of any action taken by the Issuing
     Lender which action constitutes gross negligence or willful misconduct of
     the Issuing Lender or a violation of the UCP or Uniform Commercial Code (as
     applicable), as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction.

2.5  BANKERS' ACCEPTANCES.

     (a)  Form.

          (i) To facilitate the acceptance of Bankers' Acceptances hereunder,
     the Canadian Borrowers hereby appoint each Canadian Lender as its attorney
     to sign and endorse on its behalf, as and when considered necessary by such
     Canadian Lender, an appropriate number of orders in the form prescribed by
     such Canadian Lender.

          (ii) Each Canadian Lender may, at its option, execute any order in
     handwriting or by the facsimile or mechanical signature of any of its
     authorized officers, and the Canadian Lenders are hereby authorized to
     accept or pay, as the case may be, any order of the Canadian Borrowers
     which purports to bear such a signature notwithstanding that any such
     individual has ceased to be an authorized officer of such Canadian Lender.
     Any such order or Bankers' Acceptance shall be as valid as if he or she
     were an authorized officer at the date of issue of the order or Bankers'
     Acceptance.

          (iii) Any order signed by a Canadian Lender as attorney for the
     Canadian Borrowers, whether signed in handwriting or by the facsimile or
     mechanical signature of an authorized officer of a Canadian Lender, may be
     dealt with by the Canadian Agent or any Canadian Lender to all intents and
     purposes and shall bind the Canadian Borrowers as if duly signed and issued
     by the Canadian Borrowers.

          (iv) The receipt by the Canadian Agent of a notice under Section
     2.5(d) requesting Bankers' Acceptances shall be each Canadian Lender's
     sufficient authority to execute, and each Canadian Lender shall, subject to
     the terms and conditions of this Credit Agreement, execute orders in
     accordance with such



                                       44
<PAGE>   51


     request, and the orders so executed shall thereupon be deemed to have been
     presented for acceptance.

     (b) Issuance. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof and of the BA
Documents executed in connection with the creation of each Banker's Acceptance
and any other terms and conditions which the Canadian Lenders may reasonably
require (so long as such terms and conditions do not impose any financial
obligation on or require any Lien (not otherwise contemplated by this Credit
Agreement) to be given by the Canadian Borrowers or any other Credit Party or
conflict with any obligation of, or detract from any action which may be taken
by, any Credit Party under this Agreement), each Canadian Lender agrees,
severally and not jointly, at any time and from time to time (from the Effective
Date to the Maturity Date or such earlier date on which the Canadian Revolving
Loan Commitment has been terminated as provided herein), to create Bankers'
Acceptances by accepting orders of the Canadian Borrowers presented to it for
acceptance equal to such Canadian Lender's Canadian Revolving Loan Commitment
Percentage of such Bankers' Acceptances as the Canadian Borrowers may request on
such date; provided, however, that (i) the sum of the aggregate Face Amount of
Bankers' Acceptances outstanding plus the aggregate amount of Canadian Revolving
Loans outstanding plus Canadian LOC Obligations outstanding shall not exceed the
Canadian Revolving Loan Commitment, (ii) with respect to each individual
Canadian Lender, such Lender's pro rata share of outstanding Canadian Revolving
Loans plus its pro rata share of outstanding Canadian LOC Obligations plus its
pro rata share of the Face Amount of Bankers' Acceptances outstanding shall not
exceed such Lender's Canadian Revolving Loan Commitment Percentage of the
Canadian Revolving Loan Commitment, and (iii) if the Face Amount of a Bankers'
Acceptance, which would otherwise be accepted by a Canadian Lender, would not be
C$100,000 or a larger multiple thereof, such Face Amount shall be increased or
reduced by the Canadian Agent in its discretion to the nearest multiple of
C$100,000. Upon the acceptance of any order of the Canadian Borrowers pursuant
hereto, the Canadian Borrowers shall pay to each of the applicable Canadian
Lenders, in advance, the Acceptance Fee. Forthwith after each request for
drawdown of, continuation of or conversion into Bankers' Acceptances, the
Canadian Agent shall notify each Canadian Lender of the amount of Bankers'
Acceptances to be accepted by such Canadian Lender. The Canadian Borrowers shall
as soon as practical deliver to the Canadian Agent a notice confirming the
issuance of Bankers' Acceptances and specifying the BA Discount Proceeds derived
therefrom. For greater certainty, with respect to each extension of credit by
way of Bankers' Acceptances, each Bankers' Acceptance shall have the same term
and, upon sale, each Bankers' Acceptance shall be discounted at the Applicable
BA Discount Rate.

     (c) Requirements of Bankers' Acceptances. Each Bankers' Acceptance shall
comply with the related BA Documents and shall be executed by the Canadian
Borrowers and presented to the Canadian Lenders pursuant to such procedures as
are provided for in such BA Documents or as otherwise provided or required by a
Canadian Lender. The creation and maturity date of each Bankers' Acceptance
shall be a Business Day and no Bankers' Acceptance shall have a maturity date
later than the Maturity Date.


                                       45



<PAGE>   52


     (d) Method of Requesting a Bankers' Acceptance. By no later than 11:00
a.m., Toronto, Ontario time, two Business Days prior to the date of the
requested Bankers' Acceptance, the Canadian Borrowers shall submit an
irrevocable notice, substantially in the form of Exhibit G, to the Canadian
Agent setting forth the aggregate amount of Bankers' Acceptances requested and
the maturity date of the requested Bankers' Acceptances which shall be from 30
up to 180 days, at the election of the Canadian Borrowers, and complying in all
respects with subsection 5.2.

     (e) Safekeeping of Orders. Any executed orders to be used as Bankers'
Acceptances which are delivered to a Canadian Lender shall be held in
safekeeping with the same degree of care as if they were such Canadian Lender's
own property, and shall be kept at the place at which such orders are ordinarily
held by such Canadian Lender, provided that such Canadian Lender shall not be
deemed to be an insurer thereof.

     (f) Maturity/Continuations. The Canadian Borrowers shall pay to the
Canadian Agent, and there shall become due and payable, at 1:00 p.m., Toronto,
Ontario time, on the maturity date for each Bankers' Acceptance an amount in
Canadian Dollars in same day funds equal to the Face Amount of such Bankers'
Acceptance (notwithstanding that any Canadian Lender which accepted any such
Bankers' Acceptance may be the holder thereof at maturity); provided, however,
that subject to Section 4.10 and provided that the Canadian Borrowers have, by
giving notice in accordance with Section 2.5(c) or Section 4.1, requested the
Canadian Lenders to accept its orders to replace all or a portion of outstanding
Bankers' Acceptances as they mature, each Canadian Lender shall, on the maturity
of such Bankers' Acceptances, accept the Canadian Borrowers' order(s) having an
aggregate Face Amount equal to such Canadian Lender's pro rata share of such new
Face Amount as will result in the aggregate BA Discount Proceeds, net of the
Acceptance Fees, of the new order(s) being equal to (or, due to the operation of
2.5(h), exceeding to the least extent possible) the aggregate Face Amount of the
matured Bankers' Acceptances or the portion thereof to be replaced.

     (g) Repayments Prior to Maturity. Repayment of the Face Amount of a
Bankers' Acceptance may be made, prior to the maturity date thereof, by the
Canadian Borrowers to the Canadian Lender which has accepted such Bankers'
Acceptance, but the amount repaid shall be held on deposit by such Canadian
Lender until the maturity date of such Bankers' Acceptance. The Canadian
Borrowers shall be entitled to the benefit of any interest accruing on such
deposit, and on the maturity date of such Bankers' Acceptance, such Canadian
Lender shall apply such interest in payment of amounts owed by the Canadian
Borrowers hereunder. Any such repayment of the Face Amount of a Bankers'
Acceptance by the Canadian Borrowers to a Canadian Lender shall satisfy the
Canadian Borrowers' obligations under the Bankers' Acceptance so repaid, and
such Canadian Lender shall thereafter be solely responsible for the payment of
such Bankers' Acceptance.

     (h) Minimum Amounts. Each request for Bankers' Acceptances shall be in a
minimum aggregate amount of C$1,000,000 and in an integral multiple of C$100,000
above such amount. The Face Amount of each Bankers' Acceptance created hereunder
shall be C$100,000 or any multiple thereof.


                                       46

<PAGE>   53


          (i) Funding of Bankers' Acceptances.

               (i) Subject to subsections (ii) and (iii) below, each Canadian
          Lender shall, not later than 1:00 p.m., Toronto, Ontario time, on the
          date of creation of Bankers' Acceptances, accept orders of the
          Canadian Borrowers which are presented to it for acceptance in an
          amount equal to each Canadian Lender's Canadian Revolving Loan
          Commitment Percentage of the aggregate Face Amounts of Bankers'
          Acceptances created on such date; provided, however, that if the Face
          Amount of a Banker's Acceptance, which would otherwise be accepted by
          a Canadian Lender, would not be C$100,000 or a larger multiple
          thereof, such Face Amount shall be increased or reduced by the
          Canadian Agent in its discretion to the nearest multiple of C$100,000.
          Subject to the provisions hereof, the Canadian Agent shall be
          responsible for making all necessary arrangements with each of the
          Canadian Lenders with respect to the acceptance of Bankers'
          Acceptances.

               (ii) Each Canadian Lender shall transfer to the Canadian Agent
          for value on such creation date immediately available Canadian Dollars
          in an aggregate amount equal to the BA Discount Proceeds of all
          Bankers' Acceptances accepted and sold or purchased by such Canadian
          Lender on such date net of the applicable Acceptance Fee and net of
          the amount required to pay any of its previously accepted Bankers'
          Acceptances that are maturing on such date or its percentage of any
          Canadian Revolving Loan that is being converted to Bankers'
          Acceptances on such date.

               (iii) Subject to subsection 4.10, in the sole judgment of a
          Canadian Lender, if such Canadian Lender is unable to create a
          Bankers' Acceptance in accordance with this Agreement, such Canadian
          Lender shall give an irrevocable notice to such effect to the Canadian
          Agent and the Canadian Borrowers prior to 11:00 a.m., Toronto, Ontario
          time, on the date of the requested creation of the Bankers'
          Acceptances. Such Canadian Lender shall make available to the Canadian
          Borrowers prior to 1:00 p.m., Toronto, Ontario time, one Business Day
          prior to the date of such requested Bankers' Acceptance, a Canadian
          Dollar loan in a principal amount equal to the BA Discount Proceeds of
          such Canadian Lender's pro rata share of the aggregate of the Face
          Amounts of Bankers' Acceptances to be created on such date and all of
          such Canadian Dollar loans to be made pursuant to this Section
          2.5(i)(iii) on such date, such loan to be funded in the same manner as
          the Bankers' Acceptances provided by the other Canadian Lenders. Such
          loan shall have the same term as the Bankers' Acceptance for which it
          is a substitute and shall bear such interest per annum throughout the
          term thereof as shall permit such Canadian Lender to obtain the same
          effective rate as if such Canadian Lender had accepted and purchased a
          Bankers' Acceptance at the same Acceptance Fee and pricing at which
          the Canadian Agent would have accepted and purchased such Bankers'
          Acceptance on the bid side of the market at approximately 1:00 p.m.,
          Toronto, Ontario time, on the date such loan is made. The Canadian
          Borrowers hereby agree that if such loan is made by a Canadian Lender
          interest shall be

                                       47

<PAGE>   54


          payable in advance on the date of such loan by deducting the interest
          payable in respect thereof from the principal amount of such loan.

          The Canadian Agent shall promptly inform the Administrative Agent of
     the creation of Bankers' Acceptances and the terms thereof. No Canadian
     Lender shall be responsible for the failure or delay by any other Canadian
     Lender in its obligation to create Bankers' Acceptances hereunder;
     provided, however, that the failure of any Canadian Lender to fulfill its
     Commitment hereunder shall not relieve any other Canadian Lender of its
     Commitment hereunder.

     2.6  MINIMUM AMOUNTS OF LOANS.

     Revolving Loans consisting of less than $1,000,000 shall be made as Base
Rate Loans. Revolving Loans of $1,000,000 or more may be made as Base Rate Loans
or Eurodollar Loans, or a combination thereof, as the Borrowers may request;
provided that no more than five (5) Canadian Eurodollar Loans and five (5) U.S.
Eurodollar Loans shall be outstanding hereunder at any one time; and provided,
further, that Eurodollar Loans shall be in a minimum principal amount of at
least $1,000,000 and integral multiples of $500,000 in excess thereof. For the
purposes of this Section, (i) Eurodollar Loans with the same Interest Period
shall be considered as one Eurodollar Loan and (ii) Eurodollar Loans with
different Interest Periods shall be considered as separate Eurodollar Loans,
even if they begin on the same date, although borrowings, conversions and
continuations may, in accordance with the provisions hereof, be combined at the
end of existing Interest Periods to constitute a new Eurodollar Loan with a
single Interest Period.


     2.7  FUNDING OF LOANS TO BORROWERS.

          (a)  U.S. Revolving Loans.

          (i) Upon receipt of a Notice of Borrowing requesting U.S. Revolving
     Loans, the Administrative Agent shall promptly inform the U.S. Lenders as
     to the terms thereof. Each U.S. Lender will make its pro rata share of each
     U.S. Revolving Loan available to the Administrative Agent by 1:00 p.m.,
     Charlotte, North Carolina time, on the date specified in the Notice of
     Borrowing by deposit (in U.S. dollars) of immediately available funds at
     the offices of the Administrative Agent at the address provided in Section
     14.1, or at such other address as the Administrative Agent may designate in
     writing. All U.S. Revolving Loans shall be made by the U.S. Lenders pro
     rata on the basis of each U.S. Lender's U.S. Revolving Loan Commitment
     Percentage. The amount of the U.S. Revolving Loans will then be made
     available to the U.S. Borrowers by the Administrative Agent by crediting
     the account of the U.S. Borrowers on the books of such office of the
     Administrative Agent to the extent of the amount of such U.S. Revolving
     Loans are made available to the Administrative Agent.

          (ii) Because the U.S. Borrowers anticipate requesting borrowings of
     U.S. Revolving Loans on a daily basis and repaying U.S. Revolving Loans on
     a daily basis through the collection of Accounts and the proceeds of other
     Collateral, resulting in the


                                       48

<PAGE>   55


     amount of outstanding U.S. Revolving Loans fluctuating from day to day, in
     order to administer the U.S. Revolving Loans in an efficient manner and to
     minimize the transfer of funds between the Administrative Agent and the
     U.S. Lenders, the U.S. Lenders hereby instruct the Administrative Agent,
     and the Administrative Agent may (but is not obligated to) (A) make
     available, on behalf of the U.S. Lenders, the full amount of all U.S.
     Revolving Loans requested by the U.S. Borrowers (by telephone, followed by
     written confirmation) without requiring that the U.S. Borrowers give the
     Administrative Agent a written Notice of Borrowing with respect to such
     borrowing and without giving each U.S. Lender prior notice of the proposed
     borrowing, of such U.S. Lender's Revolving Loan Commitment Percentage
     thereof and the other matters covered by the Notice of Borrowing and (B) if
     the Administrative Agent has made any such amounts available as provided in
     clause (A), upon repayment of U.S. Revolving Loans by the U.S. Borrowers,
     apply such amounts repaid directly to the amounts made available by the
     Administrative Agent in accordance with clause (A) and not yet settled as
     described below; provided that the Administrative Agent shall not advance
     funds as described in clause (A) above if the Administrative Agent has
     actually received prior to such borrowing (1) an officer's certificate from
     the Company or any U.S. Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with Section
     7.1(f) that a Default or Event of Default is in existence, which Default or
     Event of Default has not been cured or waived in accordance with the terms
     hereof, or (2) a Notice of Borrowing with respect to such borrowing from
     any U.S. Borrower wherein the certification provided therein states that
     the conditions to the making of the requested U.S. Revolving Loans have not
     been satisfied or (3) a written notice from any U.S. Lender that the
     conditions to such borrowing have not been satisfied, which officer's
     certificate, Notice of Borrowing or notice, in each case, shall not have
     been rescinded.

          Notwithstanding any provision in the immediately preceding paragraph
     to the contrary, (x) each of the U.S. Borrowers hereby appoints the
     Administrative Agent as its attorney-in-fact, and requests that the
     Administrative Agent act for its benefit for the purpose of requesting U.S.
     Revolving Loans pursuant to this Section 2.7(a)(ii), (y) the Administrative
     Agent hereby agrees to act as attorney-in-fact and for the benefit of the
     U.S. Borrowers for the purpose of this Section 2.7(a)(ii) and (z)
     accordingly, unless the U.S. Borrowers shall withdraw such appointment or
     at any time less than $5,000,000 is available to be borrowed by the U.S.
     Borrowers under the U.S. Revolving Loan Commitment and the U.S. Borrowing
     Base, all borrowings permitted to be made by the U.S. Borrowers pursuant to
     this Section 2.7(a)(ii) shall be made by the Administrative Agent acting in
     its capacity as attorney-in-fact for the U.S. Borrowers. The Lenders hereby
     acknowledge and consent to the appointment of the Administrative Agent as
     attorney-in-fact for the purpose of requesting U.S. Revolving Loans
     pursuant to this Section 2.7(a)(ii). All other conditions to borrowings in
     this Section 2.7(a)(ii) shall be fully applicable. The Administrative Agent
     shall have the right (but not the obligation), prior to requesting any
     borrowing hereunder on behalf of the U.S. Borrowers, to require that the
     U.S. Borrowers certify in writing that no Event of Default exists at the
     time of such borrowing.


                                       49

<PAGE>   56


          Proceeds of U.S. Revolving Loans made pursuant to this Section
     2.7(a)(ii) shall be transferred directly to the First Union Funding Account
     and applied to the payment of control disbursement checks and other
     appropriate charges to such account designated from time to time by the
     U.S. Borrowers or as otherwise provided for herein and in the other Credit
     Documents. Wire transfers on any Business Day from the First Union Funding
     Account must be specifically requested by the U.S. Borrowers by telecopy by
     no later than 1:00 P.M. (Eastern time) on such Business Day.

          If the Administrative Agent advances U.S. Revolving Loans on behalf of
     the U.S. Lenders, as provided in the immediately preceding paragraphs, the
     amount of outstanding U.S. Revolving Loans and each U.S. Lender's U.S.
     Revolving Loan Commitment Percentage thereof shall be computed weekly
     rather than daily and shall be adjusted upward or downward on the basis of
     the amount of outstanding U.S. Revolving Loans as of 5:00 P.M. on the
     Business Day immediately preceding the date of each computation; provided,
     however, that the Administrative Agent retains the absolute right at any
     time or from time to time to make the aforedescribed adjustments at
     intervals more frequent than weekly. The Administrative Agent shall deliver
     to each of the U.S. Lenders after the end of each week, or such lesser
     period or periods as the Administrative Agent shall determine, a summary
     statement of the amount of outstanding U.S. Revolving Loans for such period
     (such week or lesser period or periods being hereafter referred to as a
     "Settlement Period"). If the summary statement is sent by the
     Administrative Agent and received by the U.S. Lenders prior to 12:00 Noon
     on any Business Day each U.S. Lender shall make the transfers described in
     the next succeeding sentence no later than 3:00 P.M. on the day such
     summary statement was sent; and if such summary statement is sent by the
     Administrative Agent and received by the U.S. Lenders after 12:00 Noon on
     any Business Day, each U.S. Lender shall make such transfers no later than
     3:00 P.M. on the next succeeding Business Day. If in any Settlement Period,
     the amount of a U.S. Lender's U.S. Revolving Loan Commitment Percentage of
     the U.S. Revolving Loans is in excess of the amount of U.S. Revolving Loans
     actually funded by such U.S. Lender, such U.S. Lender shall forthwith (but
     in no event later than the time set forth in the next preceding sentence)
     transfer to the Administrative Agent by wire transfer in immediately
     available funds the amount of such excess; and, on the other hand, if the
     amount of a U.S. Lender's U.S. Revolving Loan Commitment Percentage of the
     U.S. Revolving Loans in any Settlement Period is less than the amount of
     U.S. Revolving Loans actually funded by such U.S. Lender, the
     Administrative Agent shall forthwith transfer to such U.S. Lender by wire
     transfer in immediately available funds the amount of such difference. The
     obligation of each of the U.S. Lenders to transfer such funds shall be
     irrevocable and unconditional and without recourse to or warranty by the
     Administrative Agent.

          Each of the Administrative Agent and the U.S. Lenders agree to mark
     their respective books and records at the end of each Settlement Period to
     show at all times the dollar amount of their respective U.S. Revolving Loan
     Commitment Percentages of the outstanding U.S. Revolving Loans. Because the
     Administrative Agent on behalf of the U.S. Lenders may be advancing and/or
     may be repaid U.S. Revolving Loans prior to the time when the U.S. Lenders
     will actually advance and/or be repaid U.S. Revolving Loans, interest with
     respect to U.S. Revolving Loans shall be allocated by the Administrative

                                       50

<PAGE>   57


     Agent to each U.S. Lender (including the Administrative Agent) in
     accordance with the amount of U.S. Revolving Loans actually advanced by and
     repaid to each U.S. Lender (including the Administrative Agent) during each
     Settlement Period and shall accrue from and including the date such U.S.
     Revolving Loans are advanced by the Administrative Agent to but excluding
     the date such U.S. Revolving Loans are repaid by the U.S. Borrowers in
     accordance with Section 4.3 or actually settled by the applicable U.S.
     Lender as described in this Section 2.7(a)(ii). For purposes hereof, the
     U.S. Revolving Loans shall be deemed paid as and to the extent set forth in
     Section 3.1(b). All such U.S. Revolving Loans shall be made as U.S. Base
     Rate Loans.

          (b) Canadian Revolving Loans.

          (i) Upon receipt of a Notice of Borrowing requesting a Canadian
     Revolving Loan, the Canadian Agent shall promptly inform the Canadian
     Lenders of the receipt thereof. Each Canadian Lender will make its pro rata
     share of such Canadian Revolving Loan available to the Canadian Agent by
     1:00 p.m., Toronto, Ontario time, on the date specified in the Notice of
     Borrowing by deposit (in Canadian Dollars or U.S. dollars, as appropriate,
     as requested by the Canadian Borrowers) of immediately available funds at
     the office of the Canadian Agent at the address provided in Section 14.1.
     All Canadian Revolving Loans shall be made by the Canadian Lenders pro rata
     on the basis of each Canadian Lender's Canadian Revolving Loan Commitment
     Percentage. The amount of the Canadian Revolving Loans will then be made
     available to the applicable Canadian Borrower by the Canadian Agent by
     crediting the account of such Canadian Borrower on the books of such office
     of the Canadian Agent to the extent of the amount of such Canadian
     Revolving Loan made available to the Canadian Agent.

          (ii) Because the Canadian Borrowers anticipate requesting borrowings
     of Canadian Revolving Loans on a daily basis and repaying Canadian
     Revolving Loans on a daily basis through the collection of Accounts and the
     proceeds of other Collateral, resulting in the amount of outstanding
     Canadian Revolving Loans fluctuating from day to day, in order to
     administer the Canadian Revolving Loans in an efficient manner and to
     minimize the transfer of funds between the Canadian Agent and the Canadian
     Lenders, the Canadian Lenders hereby instruct the Canadian Agent, and the
     Canadian Agent may (but is not obligated to) (A) make available, on behalf
     of the Canadian Lenders, the full amount of all Canadian Revolving Loans
     requested by the Canadian Borrowers (by telephone, followed by written
     confirmation) without requiring that the Canadian Borrowers give the
     Canadian Agent a written Notice of Borrowing with respect to such borrowing
     and without giving each Canadian Lender prior notice of the proposed
     borrowing, of such Canadian Lender's Revolving Loan Commitment Percentage
     thereof and the other matters covered by the Notice of Borrowing and (B) if
     the Canadian Agent has made any such amounts available as provided in
     clause (A), upon repayment of Canadian Revolving Loans by the Canadian
     Borrowers, apply such amounts repaid directly to the amounts made available
     by the Canadian Agent in accordance with clause (A) and not yet settled as
     described below; provided that the Canadian Agent shall not advance funds
     as described in clause (A) above if the Canadian Agent has actually
     received prior to such borrowing (1) an officer's certificate from the
     Company pursuant


                                       51
<PAGE>   58


     to and in accordance with Section 7.1(f) that a Default or Event of Default
     is in existence, which Default or Event of Default has not been cured or
     waived in accordance with the terms hereof, or (2) a Notice of Borrowing
     with respect to such borrowing from the Canadian Borrowers wherein the
     certification provided therein states that the conditions to the making of
     the requested Canadian Revolving Loans have not been satisfied or (3) a
     written notice from any Canadian Lender that the conditions to such
     borrowing have not been satisfied, which officer's certificate, Notice of
     Borrowing or notice, in each case, shall not have been rescinded.

          Notwithstanding any provision in the immediately preceding paragraph
     to the contrary, (x) each of the Canadian Borrowers hereby appoints the
     Canadian Agent as its attorney-in-fact, and requests that the Canadian
     Agent act for its benefit for the purpose of requesting Canadian Revolving
     Loans pursuant to this Section 2.7(b)(ii), (y) the Canadian Agent hereby
     agrees to act as attorney-in-fact and for the benefit of the Canadian
     Borrowers for the purpose of this Section 2.7(b)(ii) and (z) accordingly,
     unless the Canadian Borrowers shall withdraw such appointment or at any
     time less than $1,500,000 is available to be borrowed by the Canadian
     Borrowers under the Canadian Revolving Loan Commitment and the Canadian
     Borrowing Base, all borrowings permitted to be made by the Canadian
     Borrowers pursuant to this Section 2.7(b)(ii) shall be made by the Canadian
     Agent acting in its capacity as attorney-in-fact for the Canadian
     Borrowers. The Lenders hereby acknowledge and consent to the appointment of
     the Canadian Agent as attorney-in-fact for the purpose of requesting loans
     pursuant to this Section 2.7(b)(ii). All other conditions to borrowings in
     this Section 2.7(b)(ii) shall be fully applicable. The Canadian Agent shall
     have the right (but not the obligation), prior to requesting any borrowing
     hereunder on behalf of the Canadian Borrowers, to require that the Canadian
     Borrowers certify in writing that no Event of Default exists at the time of
     such borrowing.

          Proceeds of Canadian Revolving Loans made pursuant to this Section
     2.7(b)(ii) shall be transferred directly to the applicable Canadian Central
     Account and applied to the payment of control disbursement checks and other
     appropriate charges to such account designated from time to time by the
     Canadian Borrowers or as otherwise provided for herein and in the other
     Credit Documents. Wire transfers on any Business Day from the Canadian
     Central Accounts must be specifically requested by the Canadian Borrowers
     by telecopy by no later than 1:00 P.M. (Toronto, Ontario time) on such
     Business Day.

          If the Canadian Agent advances Canadian Revolving Loans on behalf of
     the Canadian Lenders, as provided in the immediately preceding paragraphs,
     the amount of outstanding Canadian Revolving Loans and each Canadian
     Lender's Canadian Revolving Loan Commitment Percentage thereof shall be
     computed weekly rather than daily and shall be adjusted upward or downward
     on the basis of the amount of outstanding Canadian Revolving Loans as of
     5:00 P.M. on the Business Day immediately preceding the date of each
     computation; provided, however, that the Canadian Agent retains the
     absolute right at any time or from time to time to make the aforedescribed
     adjustments at intervals more frequent than weekly subject to the approval
     of the Administrative Agent. The Canadian Agent shall deliver to each of
     the Canadian Lenders after the end of each week, or such lesser period or
     periods as the Canadian Agent shall determine, a summary


                                       52
<PAGE>   59


     statement of the amount of outstanding Canadian Revolving Loans for such
     period (such week or lesser period or periods being hereafter referred to
     as a "Settlement Period"). If the summary statement is sent by the Canadian
     Agent and received by the Canadian Lenders prior to 12:00 Noon on any
     Business Day each Canadian Lender shall make the transfers described in the
     next succeeding sentence no later than 3:00 P.M. on the day such summary
     statement was sent; and if such summary statement is sent by the Canadian
     Agent and received by the Canadian Lenders after 12:00 Noon on any Business
     Day, each Canadian Lender shall make such transfers no later than 3:00 P.M.
     on the next succeeding Business Day. If in any Settlement Period, the
     amount of a Canadian Lender's Canadian Revolving Loan Commitment Percentage
     of the Canadian Revolving Loans is in excess of the amount of Canadian
     Revolving Loans actually funded by such Canadian Lender, such Canadian
     Lender shall forthwith (but in no event later than the time set forth in
     the next preceding sentence) transfer to the Canadian Agent by wire
     transfer in immediately available funds the amount of such excess; and, on
     the other hand, if the amount of a Canadian Lender's Canadian Revolving
     Loan Commitment Percentage of the Canadian Revolving Loans in any
     Settlement Period is less than the amount of Canadian Revolving Loans
     actually funded by such Canadian Lender, the Canadian Agent shall forthwith
     transfer to such Canadian Lender by wire transfer in immediately available
     funds the amount of such difference. The obligation of each of the Canadian
     Lenders to transfer such funds shall be irrevocable and unconditional and
     without recourse to or warranty by the Canadian Agent.

          Each of the Canadian Agent and the Canadian Lenders agree to mark
     their respective books and records at the end of each Settlement Period to
     show at all times the dollar amount of their respective Canadian Revolving
     Loan Commitment Percentages of the outstanding Canadian Revolving Loans.
     Because the Canadian Agent on behalf of the Canadian Lenders may be
     advancing and/or may be repaid Canadian Revolving Loans prior to the time
     when the Canadian Lenders will actually advance and/or be repaid Canadian
     Revolving Loans, interest with respect to Canadian Revolving Loans shall be
     allocated by the Canadian Agent to each Canadian Lender (including the
     Canadian Agent) in accordance with the amount of Canadian Revolving Loans
     actually advanced by and repaid to each Canadian Lender (including the
     Canadian Agent) during each Settlement Period and shall accrue from and
     including the date such Canadian Revolving Loans are advanced by the
     Canadian Agent to but excluding the date such Canadian Revolving Loans are
     repaid by the Canadian Borrowers in accordance with Section 4.3 or actually
     settled by the applicable Canadian Lender as described in this Section
     2.7(b)(ii). For purposes hereof, the Canadian Revolving Loans shall be
     deemed paid as and to the extent set forth in Section 3.2(b). All such
     Canadian Revolving Loans shall be made as Canadian Base Rate Loans.

          (c)  All Revolving Loans.

          The Canadian Agent shall promptly inform the Administrative Agent and
     the Administrative Agent shall promptly inform the Canadian Agent, by
     telecopy, of the funding of any Revolving Loan and the terms thereof. No
     Lender shall be responsible for the failure or delay by any other Lender in
     its obligation to make Revolving Loans

                                       53

<PAGE>   60


     hereunder; provided, however, that the failure of any Lender to fulfill its
     Commitment hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender of its Commitment
     hereunder. Unless the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Agent, as the
     case may be, shall have been notified by any Lender prior to the date of
     any Revolving Loan advance pursuant to a Notice of Borrowing that such
     Lender does not intend to make available to the Administrative Agent or the
     Canadian Agent, as the case may be, its portion of the Revolving Loan
     advance to be made on such date, the Administrative Agent or the Canadian
     Agent, as the case may be, may assume that such Lender has made such amount
     available to the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Agent, as the case
     may be, on the date of such Revolving Loan advance, and the Administrative
     Agent or the Canadian Agent, as the case may be, in reliance upon such
     assumption, may (in its sole discretion without any obligation to do so)
     make available to the applicable Borrower a corresponding amount. If such
     corresponding amount is not in fact made available to the Administrative
     Agent or the Canadian Agent, as the case may be, the Administrative Agent
     or the Canadian Agent, as the case may be, shall be entitled to recover
     such corresponding amount from such Lender. If such Lender does not pay
     such corresponding amount forthwith upon the Administrative Agent's or, as
     the case may be, the Canadian Agent's demand therefor, the Administrative
     Agent or the Canadian Agent, as the case may be, will promptly notify the
     applicable Borrower and such Borrower shall immediately pay such
     corresponding amount to the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Agent, as
     the case may be. The Administrative Agent or the Canadian Agent, as the
     case may be, shall also be entitled to recover from such Lender or such
     Borrower, as the case may be, interest on such corresponding amount in
     respect of each day from the date such corresponding amount was made
     available by the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Agent, as the case
     may be, to such Borrower to the date such corresponding amount is recovered
     by the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Agent, as the case may be, at a
     per annum rate equal to the Federal Funds Rate.

     2.8  TERM.

     The obligation of the Lenders to make Revolving Loans and to issue Banker's
Acceptances shall expire at the Administrative Agent's close of business in
Charlotte, North Carolina on the Maturity Date or such earlier date if the
Commitments are terminated pursuant to Section 11.2. On the Maturity Date, the
entire outstanding principal balance of all amounts outstanding under the U.S.
Revolving Loan Commitment and the Canadian Revolving Loan Commitment, together
with accrued but unpaid interest and all other sums owing under this Agreement,
shall be due and payable in full, unless accelerated sooner pursuant to Section
11.2.

     2.9  REVOLVING NOTES.

     The Revolving Loans made by each Lender shall be evidenced by a duly
executed promissory note of the applicable Borrower, dated as of the Closing
Date, in an original principal amount equal to such Lender's U.S. Revolving Loan
Commitment or Canadian Revolving Loan Commitment, as applicable, and
substantially in the form of Exhibit F.

     2.10 REDUCTION OF REVOLVING LOAN COMMITMENTS.


                                       54


<PAGE>   61


     Upon at least three (3) Business Days' notice, (a) the Borrowers may, from
time to time, permanently reduce the Canadian Revolving Loan Commitment in whole
or in part; provided that, (i) such reduction must be in a minimum amount of
$1,000,000 and in integral multiples of $1,000,000 above such amount and (ii) no
reduction shall be made which would reduce the Canadian Revolving Loan
Commitment to an amount less than the sum of Canadian Revolving Loans then
outstanding plus Canadian LOC Obligations outstanding plus the aggregate Face
Amount of Bankers' Acceptances; and (b) the U.S. Borrowers may from time to time
permanently reduce the U.S. Revolving Loan Commitment in whole or in part;
provided that, (i) such reduction must be in a minimum amount of $3,000,000 and
in integral multiples of $1,000,000 above such amount and (ii) no reduction
shall be made which would reduce the U.S. Revolving Loan Commitment to an amount
less than the sum of U.S. Revolving Loans then outstanding plus U.S. LOC
Obligations then outstanding. Notwithstanding anything above to the contrary,
once the Canadian Revolving Loan Commitment is reduced to $7,000,000 or the U.S.
Revolving Loan is reduced to $20,000,000, any subsequent permanent reduction of
the Revolving Loan Commitments must be done on a basis such that both the
Canadian Revolving Loan Commitment and the U.S. Revolving Loan Commitment reduce
simultaneously on a pro rata basis.


                                   ARTICLE III

                          CASH MANAGEMENT ARRANGEMENTS

     3.1  U.S. LOCKBOX ARRANGEMENTS.

          (a) The U.S. Borrowers shall have each established and shall maintain
     one or more lockboxes (each a "U.S. Lockbox") with financial institutions,
     including First Union, selected by them and reasonably acceptable to the
     Administrative Agent (each a "U.S. Lockbox Bank") and shall instruct all
     account debtors on the Accounts of each U.S. Credit Party to remit all
     payments to its respective U.S. Lockboxes. All amounts received by the U.S.
     Credit Parties from any account debtor, in addition to all other cash
     proceeds from the U.S. Collateral, shall be promptly deposited into the
     applicable U.S. Lockbox Account (as defined below).

          (b) Each U.S. Credit Party, the Administrative Agent and each U.S.
     Lockbox Bank shall enter into three party agreements in the form of Exhibit
     I-1 hereto (each a "Lockbox Agreement"), providing, among other things, for
     the following:

               (i) The U.S. Credit Parties will open and establish for the
          benefit of the Administrative Agent on behalf of the U.S. Lenders an
          account at each U.S. Lockbox Bank (each a "U.S. Lockbox Account").

               (ii) All receipts held in the U.S. Lockboxes shall be remitted
          daily to the appropriate U.S. Lockbox Account. All funds deposited
          into the U.S. Lockbox Accounts on any Business Day shall be
          transferred to the applicable First Union Cash Collateral Account. All
          funds deposited into the First Union Cash Collateral Accounts on any
          Business Day shall be transferred to the First


                                       55

<PAGE>   62


          Union Account on such Business Day. All funds deposited on any
          Business Day to the First Union Account shall be applied by the
          Administrative Agent on the following Business Day to reduce the then
          outstanding balance of the U.S. Revolving Loans and to pay accrued
          interest thereon and to pay any other outstanding Obligations of the
          U.S. Borrowers which are then due and payable hereunder; provided that
          for the purpose of determining the availability of U.S. Revolving
          Loans hereunder, such funds deposited into the First Union Account
          shall be deemed to have reduced the outstanding U.S. Revolving Loans
          on the Business Day such funds were deposited into such account. All
          amounts received directly by the U.S. Credit Parties from any account
          debtor, in addition to all other cash proceeds from the U.S.
          Collateral, shall be held in trust by the U.S. Credit Parties and
          promptly deposited into the applicable U.S. Lockbox Account or, if
          made by wire transfer, directly to the First Union Cash Collateral
          Account No. 2000007396317.

               (iii) All funds deposited into the First Union Account shall
          immediately become the property of the Administrative Agent, and the
          U.S. Credit Parties shall obtain the agreement by the U.S. Lockbox
          Banks to waive any offset rights against the funds so deposited. The
          Administrative Agent assumes no responsibility for the U.S. Lockbox
          arrangements, including without limitation, any claim of accord and
          satisfaction or release with respect to deposits accepted by the U.S.
          Lockbox Banks thereunder.

               (iv) The U.S. Credit Parties may close U.S. Lockboxes and/or open
          new U.S. Lockboxes with the prior written consent of the
          Administrative Agent and subject to prior execution and delivery to
          the Administrative Agent of Lockbox Agreements consistent with the
          provisions of this Section 3.1(b) and in form and substance
          satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

               (v) Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, with respect
          to U.S. Lockboxes and related Lockbox Accounts in existence prior to
          the Closing Date, the U.S. Borrowers may, in lieu of entering into a
          Lockbox Agreement, deliver a Lockbox Letter, countersigned by the
          applicable U.S. Lockbox Bank.

          (c) The U.S. Borrowers hereby authorize each U.S. Lender to charge
     from time to time against any or all of the U.S. Credit Parties' accounts
     with such U.S. Lender any of the Obligations which are then due and payable
     by such U.S. Borrowers. Each U.S. Lender receiving any payment as a result
     of charging any such account shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent
     thereof and make such arrangements as the Administrative Agent shall
     request to share the benefit thereof in accordance with Section 4.8.

3.2  CANADIAN COLLECTION AND PAYMENT ARRANGEMENTS.

          (a) The Canadian Credit Parties shall have established and shall
     maintain one or more accounts (each a "Canadian Local Account") with the
     Canadian Agent, naming

                                       56

<PAGE>   63


     the Administrative Agent as secured party. All amounts received by the
     Canadian Credit Parties from any account debtor, in addition to all other
     cash proceeds from the Canadian Collateral, shall be promptly deposited
     into the applicable Canadian Local Account.

          (b) All funds deposited into the Canadian Local Accounts on any
     Business Day shall be credited to the applicable Canadian Central Account
     (U.S. Dollars to be credited to the Canadian Central Account - US and
     Canadian Dollars to be credited to the Canadian Central Account - Cdn). All
     good funds credited on any Business Day to the Canadian Central Accounts
     shall be applied by the Canadian Agent on the same Business Day to reduce
     the then outstanding balance of the Canadian Revolving Loans and to pay
     accrued interest thereon and to pay any other outstanding Obligations which
     are then due and payable hereunder by the Canadian Borrowers; provided that
     for the purpose of determining the availability of Canadian Revolving Loans
     hereunder, such funds credited into the Canadian Central Accounts shall be
     deemed to have reduced the outstanding Canadian Revolving Loans on the
     Business Day such funds were credited to such account. All amounts received
     directly by the Canadian Credit Parties from any account debtor, in
     addition to all other cash proceeds from the Canadian Collateral, shall be
     held in trust by the Canadian Credit Parties and promptly deposited into
     the applicable Canadian Local Account.

          (c) All funds deposited into the Canadian Local Account or the
     Canadian Central Accounts shall immediately become the property of the
     Canadian Agent for the benefit of the Administrative Agent on behalf of the
     Lenders and the Canadian Agent, in its capacity as depository, hereby
     waives any offset rights against the funds so deposited. The Agents assume
     no responsibility for the Canadian collection and payment arrangements,
     including, without limitation, any claim of accord and satisfaction or
     release with respect to deposits accepted by the Canadian Agent, in its
     capacity as depository.

          (d) The Canadian Borrowers hereby authorize each Canadian Lender to
     charge from time to time against any or all of the Canadian Credit Parties'
     accounts with such Canadian Lender any of the Obligations which are then
     due and payable by such Canadian Borrowers. Each Canadian Lender receiving
     any payment as a result of charging any such account shall promptly notify
     the Canadian Agent thereof and make such arrangements as the Agents shall
     request to share the benefit thereof in accordance with Section 4.8.

     3.3  MAINTENANCE OF ACCOUNT.

     Each Agent shall maintain an account on its books in the name of the U.S.
Borrowers or the Canadian Borrowers, as applicable, in which such Borrowers will
be charged with all loans and advances made by the applicable Lenders to such
Borrowers or for such Borrowers' account, including the Revolving Loans, the LOC
Obligations, the BA Obligations and any other Obligations, including any and all
costs, expenses and attorney's fees which the Agents may incur, including,
without limitation, in connection with the exercise by or for the Lenders of any
of the rights or powers herein conferred upon the Agents (other than in
connection with any


                                       57

<PAGE>   64


assignments or participations by any Lender) or in the prosecution or defense of
any action or proceeding by or against any Borrower, any other Credit Party or
the Lenders concerning any matter arising out of, connected with, or relating to
this Credit Agreement or the Accounts, or any Obligations owing to the Lenders
by any Borrower. The Borrowers will be credited in accordance with Section 3.1
or 3.2 above, as applicable, with all amounts received by the Lenders from the
Borrowers or from others for the Borrowers' account, including, as above set
forth, all amounts received by the Agents in payment of Accounts. In no event
shall prior recourse to any Accounts or other Collateral be a prerequisite to an
Agent's right to demand payment of any Obligation upon its maturity. Further, it
is understood that the Agents shall have no obligation whatsoever to perform in
any respect any of the Credit Parties' contracts or obligations relating to the
Accounts.

     3.4  STATEMENT OF ACCOUNT

     After the end of each month the Agents shall send the applicable Borrowers
(directed to the Borrowers' Toronto, Ontario office in the case of the Canadian
Borrowers and to the Borrowers' San Antonio, Texas office in the case of the
U.S. Borrowers, with a copy to the Borrowers' Toronto, Ontario office) a
statement showing the accounting for the charges, loans, advances and other
transactions occurring between the Lenders and the applicable Borrowers during
that month. The monthly statements, absent manifest error, shall be deemed
correct and binding upon the applicable Borrowers and shall constitute an
account stated between the applicable Borrowers and the Lenders unless the
applicable Agent receives a written statement of the applicable Borrowers'
exceptions within thirty (30) days after same is mailed to the applicable
Borrowers.


                                       58


<PAGE>   65


                                   ARTICLE IV

           ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS REGARDING LOANS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT

     4.1  CONTINUATIONS AND CONVERSIONS.

          (a) U.S. Borrowers. The U.S. Borrowers shall have the option, on any
     Business Day, to continue an existing Eurodollar Loan into a subsequent
     Interest Period, to convert a Base Rate Loan into a Eurodollar Loan or to
     convert a Eurodollar Loan into a Base Rate Loan; provided, however, that
     (i) each such continuation must be requested by the U.S. Borrowers pursuant
     to a written Notice of Continuation/Conversion, in the form of Exhibit D,
     in compliance with the terms set forth below and (ii) except as provided in
     Section 4.11, Eurodollar Loans may be converted into Base Rate Loans only
     on the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto; (iii) Eurodollar
     Loans may be continued and Base Rate Loans may be converted into Eurodollar
     Loans only if no Default or Event of Default is in existence on the date of
     continuation or conversion; and (iv) failure by the U.S. Borrowers to
     properly continue a Eurodollar Loan at the end of an Interest Period shall
     be deemed a conversion to a Base Rate Loan. Each continuation or conversion
     must be requested by the U.S. Borrowers, directed to the Administrative
     Agent at the address set forth on Schedule 1.1A hereto, no later than
     11:00 a.m., (A) on the date of a requested conversion of a Eurodollar Loan
     to a Base Rate Loan or (B) three (3) Business Days prior to the date of a
     requested continuation of a Eurodollar Loan or conversion of a Base Rate
     Loan to a Eurodollar Loan, in each case pursuant to a written Notice of
     Continuation/Conversion submitted to the Administrative Agent which shall
     set forth (x) whether the applicable U.S. Borrower wishes to continue or
     convert such Loans and (y) if the request is to continue a Eurodollar Loan
     or convert a Base Rate Loan to a Eurodollar Loan, the Interest Period
     applicable thereto. The Administrative Agent shall give each U.S. Lender
     notice as promptly as practicable of any such proposed extension or
     conversion pursuant to this section.

          (b) Canadian Borrowers.

               (i) The Canadian Borrowers shall have the option, on any Business
          Day, to continue an existing Eurodollar Loan into a subsequent
          Interest Period, to convert a CA U.S. Base Rate Loan into a Eurodollar
          Loan or to convert a Eurodollar Loan into a CA U.S. Base Rate Loan;
          provided, however, that (A) each such continuation must be requested
          by the Canadian Borrowers, directed to the Canadian Agent at the
          address set forth on Schedule 1.1A hereto, pursuant to a written
          Notice of Continuation/Conversion, in the form of Exhibit D, in
          compliance with the terms set forth below and (B) except as provided
          in Section 4.11, Eurodollar Loans may be converted into CA U.S. Base
          Rate Loans only on the last day of an Interest Period applicable
          thereto; (C) Eurodollar Loans may be continued and CA U.S. Base Rate
          Loans may be converted into Eurodollar Loans only if no Default or
          Event of Default is in existence on the date of continuation or
          conversion; and (D) failure by the Canadian Borrowers to properly
          continue a Eurodollar Loan at the end of an Interest Period shall be
          deemed a conversion to a CA U.S. Base Rate Loan. Each


                                       59
<PAGE>   66


          continuation or conversion must be requested by the Canadian Borrowers
          no later than 11:00 a.m., Toronto, Ontario time, (x) on the date of a
          requested conversion of a Eurodollar Loan to a Base Rate Loan or (y)
          three (3) Business Days prior to the date of a requested continuation
          of a Eurodollar Loan or conversion of a CA U.S. Base Rate Loan to a
          Eurodollar Loan, in each case pursuant to a written Notice of
          Continuation/Conversion submitted to the Canadian Agent which shall
          set forth (1) whether the Canadian Borrowers wish to continue or
          convert such Loans and (2) if the request is to continue a Eurodollar
          Loan or convert a CA U.S. Base Rate Loan to a Eurodollar Loan, the
          Interest Period applicable thereto. The Canadian Agent shall give each
          Canadian Lender notice as promptly as practicable of any such proposed
          extension or conversion pursuant to this section.

               (ii) The Canadian Borrowers shall have the option, on any
          Business Day, to convert a Canadian Prime Rate Loan into a Bankers'
          Acceptance, to continue a maturing Bankers' Acceptance in accordance
          with Section 2.5 or to convert a maturing Bankers' Acceptance into a
          Canadian Prime Rate Loan; provided, however, (A) each such
          continuation or conversion must be requested by the Canadian Borrowers
          pursuant to an irrevocable notice to the Canadian Agent, substantially
          in the form of Exhibit D, in compliance with the terms set forth
          below, (B) the Canadian Borrowers must comply with all the
          requirements of Section 2.5, and (C) failure by the Canadian Borrowers
          to properly continue a Bankers' Acceptance shall be deemed a
          conversion to a Canadian Prime Rate Loan. Each continuation or
          conversion must be requested by the Canadian Borrowers no later than
          11:00 a.m., Toronto, Ontario time, (x) one Business Day prior to the
          date of a requested conversion of a Bankers' Acceptance to a Canadian
          Prime Rate Loan or (y) one Business Day prior to the date of a
          requested continuation of a Bankers' Acceptance or conversion of a
          Canadian Prime Rate Loan to a Bankers' Acceptance, in each case
          pursuant to an irrevocable notice submitted to the Canadian Agent
          which shall set forth (1) that the Loans to be continued or converted
          are Canadian Prime Rate Loans, (2) whether the Canadian Borrowers wish
          to continue or convert such Loans and (3) if the request is to
          continue a Bankers' Acceptance or convert a Canadian Prime Rate Loan
          to a Bankers' Acceptance, the maturity date applicable thereto. The
          Canadian Agent shall give each Canadian Lender notice as promptly as
          practicable of any such proposed continuation or conversion pursuant
          to this Section.

     4.2  INTEREST.

          (a) Interest Rate. All U.S. Base Rate Loans shall accrue interest at
     the U.S. Base Rate, plus the Applicable Percentage. All Canadian Prime Rate
     Loans shall accrue interest at the Canadian Prime Rate, plus the Applicable
     Percentage, payable in Canadian Dollars. All CA U.S. Base Rate Loans shall
     accrue interest at the CA U.S. Base Rate, plus the Applicable Percentage,
     payable in U.S. dollars. All Eurodollar Loans shall accrue interest at the
     Adjusted Eurodollar Rate for the applicable Interest Period.


                                       60

<PAGE>   67


          (b) Default Rate of Interest. Upon the occurrence, and during the
     continuance, of an Event of Default, the principal of and, to the extent
     permitted by law, interest on the Loans and any other amounts owing (but
     not timely paid) hereunder or under the other Credit Documents (including
     without limitation fees and expenses) shall bear interest, payable on
     demand, at a per annum rate equal to the U.S. Base Rate, plus the sum of
     the Tier Level 1 Applicable Percentage for Base Rate Loans and two percent
     (2%) per annum; provided, that the default rate of interest set forth
     herein shall apply in the case of an Event of Default other than an Event
     of Default occurring under Section 11.1(a), (c)(i), (f) and (j) only at the
     direction of the Required Lenders.

          (c) Interest Payments. Interest on Loans shall be due and payable in
     arrears on each Interest Payment Date. If an Interest Payment Date falls on
     a date which is not a Business Day, such Interest Payment Date shall be
     deemed to be the next succeeding Business Day, except that in the case of
     Eurodollar Loans where the next succeeding Business Day falls in the next
     succeeding calendar month, then on the next preceding day.

          (d) Computation of Interest. All computations of interest hereunder on
     Eurodollar Loans and U.S. Base Rate Loans shall be made on the basis of the
     actual number of days elapsed over a year of 360 days. All computations of
     interest hereunder on all other Loans shall be made on the basis of the
     actual number of days elapsed over a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case
     may be.

          (e) Interest Act (Canada). Each Borrower hereby acknowledges that the
     rate or rates of interest applicable to certain of the Loans and fees as
     specified hereunder may be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and
     paid for the actual number of days elapsed. For purposes of the Interest
     Act (Canada), if interest computed on the basis of a 360-day year is
     payable for any part of the calendar year, the equivalent yearly rate of
     interest may be determined by multiplying the specified rate of interest by
     the number of days (365 or 366) in such calendar year and dividing such
     product by 360.

     4.3  PLACE AND MANNER OF PAYMENTS.

     All payments of principal, interest and fees in connection with the
Canadian Revolving Loans, BA Obligations and Canadian LOC Obligations shall be
made by the Borrowers to the Canadian Agent at its offices located at the
address set forth on Schedule 1.1A hereto on the date due by 2:00 p.m., Toronto,
Ontario time, (in Canadian Dollars or U.S. Dollars, as applicable) in
immediately available funds or by direct charge against the Canadian Revolving
Loan Commitment, if available, pursuant to Section 3.2(b) hereof, in each case,
without setoff, deduction, counterclaim or withholding of any kind. All other
payments of principal, interest, fees, expenses and other amounts to be made by
the Borrowers under this Agreement (including, but not limited to, the U.S.
Revolving Loans) shall be received not later than 2:00 p.m., Charlotte, North
Carolina time, on the date when due in U.S. Dollars and in immediately available
funds or by direct charge against the U.S. Revolving Loan Commitment, if
available, pursuant to Section 3.1(b) hereof, in each case, without setoff,
deduction, counterclaim or withholding of any kind, by the Administrative Agent
at its offices located at the address set forth on Schedule 1.1A hereto. A
Borrower shall, at the time it makes any payment under this Agreement, specify
to the Administrative Agent, or the


                                       61
<PAGE>   68


Canadian Agent as applicable, the Loans, Letters of Credit, fees or other
amounts payable by the Borrowers hereunder to which such payment is to be
applied (and in the event that it fails to specify, or if such application would
be inconsistent with the terms hereof, the Administrative Agent, or the Canadian
Agent as applicable, shall distribute such payment to the Lenders in the manner
described in Section 4.6). The Canadian Agent shall inform the Administrative
Agent and the Administrative Agent shall inform the Canadian Agent, by telecopy
as of the first Business Day of each month, of all principal, interest or fees
received from the Borrowers during the prior month, except for fees received
pursuant to Section 4.5(c). The Administrative Agent or the Canadian Agent, as
applicable, will distribute such payments to the applicable Lenders on the date
of receipt if any such payment is received prior to 2:00 p.m. (Charlotte, North
Carolina time or Toronto, Ontario time, as applicable); otherwise the
Administrative Agent or the Canadian Agent, as applicable, will distribute such
payment to the applicable Lenders on the next succeeding Business Day. The
Borrowers' obligations to the Lenders with respect to such payments shall be
discharged by making such payments to the applicable agent pursuant to this
Section 4.3 or if not timely paid or an Event of Default then exists, may be
added to the principal amount of the Revolving Loans outstanding. Whenever any
payment hereunder shall be stated to be due on a day which is not a Business
Day, the due date thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day
(subject to accrual of interest and fees for the period of such extension),
except that in the case of Eurodollar Loans, if the extension would cause the
payment to be made in the next following calendar month, then such payment shall
instead be made on the next preceding Business Day.

     4.4  PREPAYMENTS.

          (a) Voluntary Prepayments. The Borrowers shall have the right to
     prepay Revolving Loans and Bankers' Acceptances in whole or in part from
     time to time without premium or penalty; provided, however, that (i)
     Eurodollar Loans may only be prepaid on three (3) Business Day's prior
     written notice to the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Agent, as the
     case may be, and any prepayment of Eurodollar Loans will be subject to
     Section 4.14, (ii) each such partial prepayment of Eurodollar Loans shall
     be in the minimum principal amount of $1,000,000, and (iii) that portion of
     the Canadian Revolving Loan Commitment subject to the creation of a
     Bankers' Acceptance may be prepaid prior to the maturity of such Bankers'
     Acceptance only in accordance with Section 2.5(g). Amounts prepaid
     hereunder shall be applied as the Borrowers may elect; provided, that (A)
     if the U.S. Borrowers shall fail to specify a voluntary prepayment as to
     the U.S. Revolving Loans then such prepayment shall be applied first to
     U.S. Base Rate Loans and then to Eurodollar Loans in direct order of
     Interest Period maturities and (B) if the Canadian Borrowers shall fail to
     specify a voluntary prepayment as to the Canadian Revolving Loans or
     Bankers' Acceptances, then such prepayments shall be applied (1) in the
     case of funds received in Canadian Dollars, to the Canadian Revolving Loans
     and Banker's Acceptances (first to Canadian Prime Rate Loans and then to
     Bankers' Acceptances in direct order of maturities) and (2) in the case of
     funds received in U.S. Dollars, to the Canadian Revolving Loans (first to
     CA U.S. Base Rate Loans and then to Eurodollar Loans, in direct order of
     Interest Period maturities).

          (b) Mandatory Prepayments.


                                       62

<PAGE>   69


               (i) Revolving Loan Overadvance. If, at any time (A) the sum of
          U.S. Revolving Loans outstanding plus Canadian Revolving Loans
          outstanding plus LOC Obligations plus BA Obligations exceeds the
          lesser of the Total Borrowing Base and $40,000,000; (B) the U.S.
          Revolving Loans outstanding plus the U.S. LOC Obligations outstanding
          exceed the lesser of the U.S. Borrowing Base and the U.S. Revolving
          Loan Commitment; or (C) the Canadian Revolving Loans outstanding plus
          Canadian LOC Obligations outstanding plus BA Obligations exceed the
          lesser of the Canadian Borrowing Base and the Canadian Revolving Loan
          Commitment, then the Borrowers (or the applicable Borrower) shall
          immediately make a payment in an amount equal to the net deficiency.
          Payments made under (A) shall be applied first pro rata to U.S. Base
          Rate Loans and Canadian Base Rate Loans and then to Eurodollar Loans
          (pro rata between those made under the Canadian Revolving Loan
          Commitment and the U.S. Revolving Loan Commitment) in direct order of
          Interest Period maturities and then to Bankers' Acceptances in direct
          order of Interest Period maturities. Payments made under (B) shall be
          applied first to U.S. Base Rate Loans and then to Eurodollar Loans in
          direct order of Interest Period maturities. Payments made under (C)
          shall be applied first to Canadian Base Rate Loans and then to
          Eurodollar Loans in direct order of Interest Period maturities and
          then to Bankers' Acceptances in direct order of Interest Period
          maturities. Prepayments made on Bankers' Acceptances shall be made in
          accordance with Section 2.5(g).

               (ii) Asset Sales. Immediately upon the receipt by any Credit
          Party of proceeds from any Asset Disposition, the Borrowers shall
          prepay the Loans in an amount equal to 100% of the Net Proceeds of
          such Asset Disposition (such prepayment to be applied as set forth in
          Section 4.4(c) below).

               (iii) Casualty Loss. To the extent of cash proceeds received in
          connection with a Casualty Loss by any Credit Party, the Borrowers
          shall prepay the Loans in an amount equal to one hundred percent
          (100%) of such cash proceeds if the Administrative Agent shall have
          elected to apply the proceeds realized from such Casualty Loss to the
          prepayment of the Loans (such prepayment to be applied as set forth in
          Section 4.4(c) below).

          (c) Application of Certain Prepayments. All amounts required to prepay
     Loans pursuant to Section 4.4(b)(ii) or (iii) above shall be applied (i)
     for an Asset Disposition or Casualty Loss in connection with U.S.
     Collateral, to the U.S. Revolving Loans (first to Base Rate Loans and then
     to Eurodollar Loans in direct order of maturities) and (ii) for an Asset
     Disposition or Casualty Loss in connection with the Canadian Collateral,
     (A) in the case of proceeds received in Canadian Dollars, to the Canadian
     Revolving Loans and Banker's Acceptances (first to Canadian Prime Rate
     Loans and then to Bankers' Acceptances in direct order of maturities) and
     (B) in the case of proceeds received in U.S. Dollars, to the Canadian
     Revolving Loans (first to CA U.S. Base Rate Loans and then to Eurodollar
     Loans, in direct order of maturities). All prepayments shall be subject to
     Section 4.14. Payments on Loans denominated in U.S. Dollars shall be made
     in U.S. Dollars and payments on Loans denominated in Canadian Dollars shall
     be made in Canadian Dollars.


                                       63

<PAGE>   70


     4.5  FEES.

          (a) Non-Use Fees. In consideration of the Revolving Loan Commitments
     being made available by the Lenders hereunder, (i) the U.S. Borrowers agree
     to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the U.S. Lenders, a
     per annum fee equal to the Applicable Percentage for the Non-Use Fees
     (calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in a 360 day
     year) on the U.S. Unutilized Revolving Commitment and (ii) the Canadian
     Borrowers agree to pay to the Canadian Agent, for the account of the
     Canadian Lenders, a per annum fee equal to the Applicable Percentage for
     the Non-Use Fees (calculated on the basis of the actual number of days
     elapsed in a 365 or 366 day year, as the case may be) on the Canadian
     Unutilized Revolving Commitment (collectively, the "Non-Use Fees"). The
     accrued Non-Use Fees shall be due and payable monthly in arrears on the
     last day of each calendar month (as well as on the Maturity Date and on any
     date that a Revolving Loan Commitment is reduced) for the month then ending
     (or portion thereof), beginning with the first of such dates to occur after
     the Closing Date.

          (b) Letter of Credit Fees.

               (i) Letter of Credit Fee. In consideration of the issuance of
          Letters of Credit hereunder, the U.S. Borrowers agree to pay to the
          applicable Issuing Lender in respect of outstanding U.S. Letters of
          Credit for the pro rata benefit of the U.S. Lenders (based on each
          U.S. Lender's U.S. Revolving Loan Commitment Percentage of the U.S.
          Revolving Loan Commitment (calculated on the basis of the actual
          number of days elapsed in a 360 day year)) and, the Canadian Borrowers
          agree to pay to the applicable Issuing Lender in respect of
          outstanding Canadian Letters of Credit for the pro rata benefit of the
          Canadian Lenders (based on each Canadian Lender's Canadian Revolving
          Loan Commitment Percentage of the Canadian Revolving Commitment
          (calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in a 365
          or 366 day year, as the case may be)), an annual fee (the "Letter of
          Credit Fee") equal to the Applicable Percentage for the Letter of
          Credit Fee on the average daily maximum amount available to be drawn
          under each such Letter of Credit from the date of issuance to the date
          of expiration. The Letter of Credit Fee will be payable monthly in
          arrears on the last day of each calendar month and on the Maturity
          Date.

               (ii) Issuing Lender Fee. In addition to the Letter of Credit Fees
          payable pursuant to subsection (i) above, each of the Borrowers shall
          pay to the applicable Issuing Lender for its own account, without
          sharing by the other Lenders, a fee equal to one-eighth of one percent
          (0.125%) per annum on the total sum of all Letters of Credit issued by
          the Issuing Lender, such fee to be paid monthly in arrears on the last
          day of each calendar month (as well as on the Maturity Date) (the
          "Issuing Lender Fee").


                                       64

<PAGE>   71


          (c) Administrative Fees. The U.S. Borrowers agree to pay to the
     Administrative Agent, for its own account, an annual fee as agreed to
     between the U.S. Borrowers and the Administrative Agent in the
     Administrative Agent Fee Letter.

          (d) Authorization to Charge Account. The Borrowers hereby authorize
     the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Agent, as the case may be, to
     charge the Borrowers' Revolving Loan accounts with the amount of all
     payments and fees due hereunder to the Lenders, the Administrative Agent,
     the Canadian Agent and the Issuing Lender as and when such payments become
     due. The Borrowers confirm that any charges which the applicable Agent may
     so make to the Borrowers' Revolving Loan accounts as herein provided will
     be made as an accommodation to the Borrowers and solely at the applicable
     Agent's discretion.

     4.6  PRO RATA TREATMENT.

     Except to the extent otherwise provided herein:

          (a) Loans. Each Revolving Loan borrowing (including, without
     limitation, each Mandatory Borrowing), each creation of Bankers'
     Acceptances, each payment or prepayment of principal of any Loan, each
     payment of fees (other than the Issuing Lender Fee retained by each of the
     Issuing Lenders for its own account and the administrative fees retained by
     the Administrative Agent and the Canadian Agent for its own account), each
     reduction of the U.S. Revolving Loan Commitment or the Canadian Revolving
     Loan Commitment, and each conversion or continuation of any Loan, shall be
     allocated pro rata among the relevant Lenders in accordance with the
     respective U.S. Revolving Loan Commitment Percentages or Canadian Revolving
     Loan Commitment Percentages, as applicable, of such Lenders; it being
     understood that payments under the U.S. Revolving Loans shall be allocated
     pro rata among the U.S. Lenders and payments under the Canadian Revolving
     Loans shall be allocated pro rata among the Canadian Lenders (or, if the
     Commitments of such Lenders have expired or been terminated, in accordance
     with the respective principal amounts of the outstanding Loans, Bankers'
     Acceptances and Participation Interests of such Lenders); provided that, if
     any Lender shall have failed to pay its applicable pro rata share of any
     Revolving Loan, then any amount to which such Lender would otherwise be
     entitled pursuant to this subsection (a) shall instead be payable to the
     Administrative Agent or the Canadian Agent, as applicable; provided
     further, that in the event any amount paid to any Lender pursuant to this
     subsection (a) is rescinded or must otherwise be returned by the
     Administrative Agent or the Canadian Agent, as applicable, each Lender
     shall, upon the request of the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Agent,
     as applicable, repay to the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Agent, as
     applicable the amount so paid to such Lender, with interest for the period
     commencing on the date such payment is returned by the Administrative Agent
     or the Canadian Agent, as applicable until the date the Administrative
     Agent or the Canadian Agent, as applicable receives such repayment at a
     rate per annum equal to, during the period to but excluding the date two
     (2) Business Days after such request, the Federal Funds Rate, and
     thereafter, the U.S. Base Rate plus two percent (2%) per annum; and



                                       65
<PAGE>   72


          (b) Letters of Credit. Each payment of unreimbursed drawings in
     respect of LOC Obligations shall be allocated to each U.S. Lender pro rata
     in accordance with its U.S. Lender Revolving Loan Commitment Percentage or
     to each Canadian Lender pro rata in accordance with its Canadian Lender
     Revolving Loan Commitment Percentage, as appropriate; provided that, if any
     Lender shall have failed to pay its applicable pro rata share of any
     drawing under any Letter of Credit, then any amount to which such Lender
     would otherwise be entitled pursuant to this subsection (b) shall instead
     be payable to the Issuing Lender; provided further, that in the event any
     amount paid to any Lender pursuant to this subsection (b) is rescinded or
     must otherwise be returned by the Issuing Lender, each Lender shall, upon
     the request of the Issuing Lender, repay to the Administrative Agent for
     the account of the Issuing Lender the amount so paid to such Lender, with
     interest for the period commencing on the date such payment is returned by
     the Issuing Lender until the date the Issuing Lender receives such
     repayment at a rate per annum equal to, during the period to but excluding
     the date two (2) Business Days after such request, the Federal Funds Rate,
     and thereafter, the U.S. Base Rate, plus two percent (2%) per annum.

     4.7  ALLOCATION OF PAYMENTS AFTER EVENT OF DEFAULT.

     Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, after the
occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, all amounts
collected or received by an Agent or any Lender on account of amounts
outstanding under any of the Credit Documents or in respect of the collateral
shall be paid over or delivered as follows:

          FIRST, to the payment of all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and
     expenses (including without limitation reasonable attorneys' fees) of the
     Agents in connection with enforcing the rights of the Lenders under the
     Credit Documents and any protective advances made by the Agents with
     respect to the Collateral under or pursuant to the terms of the Security
     Documents;

          SECOND, to payment of any fees owed to an Agent or an Issuing Lender
     hereunder or under any other Credit Document;

          THIRD, to the payment of all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and
     expenses, (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees) of
     each of the Lenders in connection with enforcing its rights under the
     Credit Documents;

          FOURTH, to the payment of all accrued fees and interest payable to the
     Lenders hereunder;

          FIFTH, to the payment of the outstanding principal amount of the Loans
     and to the payment or cash collateralization of the outstanding LOC
     Obligations and BA Obligations, pro rata, as set forth below;

          SIXTH, to all other Obligations which shall have become due and
     payable under the Credit Documents and not repaid pursuant to clauses
     "FIRST" through "FIFTH" above;


                                       66

<PAGE>   73


          SEVENTH, to all other Obligations which shall have become due and
     payable and not repaid pursuant to clauses "FIRST" through "SIXTH" above;
     and

          EIGHTH, to the payment of the surplus, if any, to whoever may be
     lawfully entitled to receive such surplus.

In carrying out the foregoing, (a) amounts received shall be applied in the
numerical order provided until exhausted prior to application to the next
succeeding category; (b) each of the Lenders shall receive an amount equal to
its pro rata share (based on the proportion that the then outstanding Loans, LOC
Obligations and BA Obligations held by such Lender bears to the aggregate then
outstanding Loans, LOC Obligations and BA Obligations) of amounts available to
be applied pursuant to clauses "THIRD", "FOURTH," "FIFTH," and "SIXTH" above;
and (c) to the extent that any amounts available for distribution pursuant to
clause "FIFTH" above are attributable to the issued but undrawn amount of
outstanding Letters of Credit, such amounts shall be held by the Administrative
Agent in a cash collateral account and applied (x) first, to reimburse the
Issuing Lender from time to time for any drawings under such Letters of Credit
and (y) then, following the expiration of all Letters of Credit, to all other
obligations of the types described in clauses "FIFTH", "SIXTH" and "SEVENTH"
above in the manner provided in this Section 4.7 and in the Security Documents.

     4.8  SHARING OF PAYMENTS.

     The Lenders agree among themselves that, except to the extent otherwise
provided herein, in the event that any Lender shall obtain payment in respect of
any Loan or Bankers' Acceptance, unreimbursed drawing with respect to any LOC
Obligations or any other obligation owing to such Lender under this Agreement
through the exercise of a right of setoff, banker's lien or counterclaim, or
pursuant to a secured claim under Section 506 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (or
similar provision of the Canadian bankruptcy laws) or other security or interest
arising from, or in lieu of, such secured claim, received by such Lender under
any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law or otherwise, or by
any other means, in excess of its pro rata share of such payment as provided for
in this Agreement, such Lender shall promptly pay in cash or purchase from the
other applicable Lenders a participation in such Loans, LOC Obligations, BA
Obligations and other obligations in such amounts, and make such other
adjustments from time to time, as shall be equitable to the end that all Lenders
share such payment in accordance with their respective ratable shares as
provided for in this Agreement. The Lenders further agree among themselves that
if payment to a Lender obtained by such Lender through the exercise of a right
of setoff, banker's lien, counterclaim or other event as aforesaid shall be
rescinded or must otherwise be restored, each applicable Lender which shall have
shared the benefit of such payment shall, by payment in cash or a repurchase of
a participation theretofore sold, return its share of that benefit (together
with its share of any accrued interest payable with respect thereto) to each
Lender whose payment shall have been rescinded or otherwise restored. The
Borrowers agree that any Lender so purchasing such a participation may, to the
fullest extent permitted by law, exercise all rights of payment, including
setoff, banker's lien or counterclaim, with respect to such participation as
fully as if such Lender were a holder of such Loan, LOC Obligation, BA
Obligation or other obligation in the amount of such participation. Except as
otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, if any Lender or an Agent shall
fail to remit to an Agent or any other Lender an amount payable by such



                                       67
<PAGE>   74


Lender or such Agent to such Agent or such other Lender pursuant to this
Agreement on the date when such amount is due, such payments shall be made
together with interest thereon for each date from the date such amount is due
until the date such amount is paid to such Agent or such other Lender at a rate
per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate. If under any applicable bankruptcy,
insolvency or other similar law, any Lender receives a secured claim in lieu of
a setoff to which this Section 4.8 applies, such Lender shall, to the extent
practicable, exercise its rights in respect of such secured claim in a manner
consistent with the rights of the Lenders under this Section 4.8 to share in the
benefits of any recovery on such secured claim.

     4.9  CAPITAL ADEQUACY.

     If, after the date hereof, any Lender has determined that the adoption or
the becoming effective of, or any change in, or any change by any Governmental
Authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or
administration thereof in the interpretation or administration of, any
applicable law, rule or regulation regarding capital adequacy, or compliance by
such Lender, or its parent corporation, with any request or directive regarding
capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) of any such authority,
central bank or comparable agency, has or would have the effect of reducing the
rate of return on such Lender's (or parent corporation's) capital or assets as a
consequence of its commitments or obligations hereunder to a level below that
which such Lender, or its parent corporation, could have achieved but for such
adoption, effectiveness, change or compliance (taking into consideration such
Lender's (or parent corporation's) policies with respect to capital adequacy),
then, upon notice from such Lender to the Borrowers, the Borrowers shall be
obligated to pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will
compensate such Lender on an after-tax basis (after taking into account
applicable deductions and credits in respect of the amount indemnified) for such
reduction. Each determination by any such Lender of amounts owing under this
Section shall, absent manifest error, be conclusive and binding on the parties
hereto. This covenant shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the
payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

     4.10 INABILITY TO DETERMINE INTEREST RATE OR CREATE BANKERS' ACCEPTANCES.

          (a) If prior to the first day of any Interest Period, (i) the
     Administrative Agent shall have determined in good faith (which
     determination shall be conclusive and binding upon the Borrowers) that, by
     reason of circumstances affecting the relevant market, adequate and
     reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Eurodollar Rate for such
     Interest Period, (ii) the Administrative Agent has received notice from the
     Required Lenders that the Eurodollar Rate determined or to be determined
     for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to
     such Lenders of making or maintaining their Eurodollar Loans during such
     Interest Period, or (iii) U.S. Dollar deposits in the principal amounts of
     the Eurodollar Loans to which such Interest Period is to be applicable are
     not generally available in the London interbank market, the Administrative
     Agent shall give telecopy or telephonic notice thereof to the Borrowers and
     the Lenders as soon as practicable thereafter, and will also give prompt
     written notice to the Borrowers when such conditions no longer exist. If
     such notice is given, (A) any Eurodollar Loans requested to be made on the
     first day of such Interest Period shall be made as Base Rate Loans, (B) any
     Revolving Loans that were to have been converted on

                                       68

<PAGE>   75


     the first day of such Interest Period to or continued as Eurodollar Loans
     shall be converted to or continued as Base Rate Loans and (C) each
     outstanding Eurodollar Loan shall be converted, on the last day of the
     then-current Interest Period thereof, to Base Rate Loans. Until such notice
     has been withdrawn by the Administrative Agent, no further Eurodollar Loans
     shall be made or continued as such, nor shall the Borrowers have the right
     to convert Base Rate Loans to Eurodollar Loans.

          (b) If the Canadian Agent determines in good faith, which
     determination shall be final, conclusive and binding upon the Canadian
     Borrowers absent manifest error, and notifies the Canadian Borrowers and
     each of the Canadian Lenders that, by reason of circumstances affecting the
     money market (i) there is no market for Bankers' Acceptances; or (ii) the
     demand for Bankers' Acceptances is insufficient to allow the sale or
     trading of the Bankers' Acceptances created and purchased hereunder, then,

               (A) the right of the Canadian Borrowers to request a borrowing by
          way of Bankers' Acceptances shall be suspended until the Canadian
          Agent determines in good faith that the circumstances causing such
          suspension no longer exist and the Canadian Agent so notifies the
          Canadian Borrowers;

               (B) any notice of requested Bankers' Acceptances which is
          outstanding shall be canceled and the Bankers' Acceptance requested
          therein shall not be made; and

               (C) the Canadian Agent shall promptly notify the Canadian
          Borrowers of the suspension of the Canadian Borrowers' right to
          request a Bankers' Acceptance and of the termination of any such
          suspension.

     4.11 ILLEGALITY.

     Notwithstanding any other provision herein, if the adoption of or any
change in any Requirement of Law or in the interpretation or application thereof
occurring after the Closing Date shall make it unlawful for any Lender to make
or maintain Eurodollar Loans as contemplated by this Agreement, (a) such Lender
shall promptly give written notice of such circumstances to the Borrowers and
the Administrative Agent (which notice shall be withdrawn whenever such
circumstances no longer exist), (b) the commitment of such Lender hereunder to
make Eurodollar Loans, continue Eurodollar Loans as such and convert a Base Rate
Loan to Eurodollar Loans shall forthwith be suspended and, until such time as it
shall no longer be unlawful for such Lender to make or maintain Eurodollar
Loans, such Lender shall then have a commitment only to make a Base Rate Loan
when a Eurodollar Loan is requested and (c) such Lender's Loans then outstanding
as Eurodollar Loans, if any, shall be converted automatically to Base Rate Loans
on the respective last days of the then current Interest Periods with respect to
such Loans or within such earlier period as required by law. If any such
conversion of a Eurodollar Loan occurs on a day which is not the last day of the
then current Interest Period with respect thereto, the Borrowers shall pay to
such Lender such amounts, if any, as may be required pursuant to Section 4.14.

     4.12 REQUIREMENTS OF LAW.


                                       69


<PAGE>   76


     If the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of Law or in the
interpretation or application thereof applicable to any Lender, or compliance by
any Lender with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of
law) from any central bank or other Governmental Authority, in each case made
subsequent to the Closing Date (or, if later, the date on which such Lender
becomes a Lender):

          (a) shall subject such Lender to any tax of any kind whatsoever with
     respect to any Letter of Credit or any Loans made or issued by it or its
     obligation to make or issue any of the foregoing, or change the basis of
     taxation of payments to such Lender in respect thereof (except for
     Non-Excluded Taxes covered by Section 4.13 and changes in taxes measured by
     or imposed upon the overall net income, or franchise tax imposed in lieu of
     such net income tax, of such Lender or its applicable lending office,
     branch, or any affiliate thereof);

          (b) shall impose, modify or hold applicable any reserve, special
     deposit, compulsory loan or similar requirement against assets held by,
     deposits or other liabilities in or for the account of, advances, loans or
     other extensions of credit by, or any other acquisition of funds by, any
     office of such Lender which is not otherwise included in the determination
     of the Eurodollar Rate or the Acceptance Fee in respect of Bankers'
     Acceptances hereunder; or

          (c) shall impose on such Lender any other condition (excluding any tax
     of any kind whatsoever);

and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Lender,
by an amount which such Lender, acting reasonably, deems to be material, of
making, converting into, continuing or maintaining Loans or issuing or
participating in Letters of Credit or creating or accepting Bankers' Acceptances
or to reduce any amount receivable hereunder in respect thereof, then, in any
such case, upon notice to the Borrowers from such Lender, through either of the
Agents, in accordance herewith, the Borrowers shall be obligated to promptly pay
such Lender, upon its demand, any additional amounts necessary to compensate
such Lender on an after-tax basis (after taking into account applicable
deductions and credits in respect of the amount indemnified) for such increased
cost or reduced amount receivable, provided that, in any such case, the
Borrowers may elect to convert the Eurodollar Loans made by such Lender
hereunder to Base Rate Loans by giving the Administrative Agent at least one (1)
Business Day's notice of such election, in which case the Borrowers shall
promptly pay to such Lender, upon demand, without duplication, such amounts, if
any, as may be required pursuant to Section 4.14. If any Lender becomes entitled
to claim any additional amounts pursuant to this Section 4.12, it shall provide
prompt notice thereof to the Borrowers, through the Administrative Agent,
certifying (x) that one of the events described in this Section 4.12 has
occurred and describing in reasonable detail the nature of such event, (y) as to
the increased cost or reduced amount resulting from such event and (z) as to the
additional amount demanded by such Lender and a reasonably detailed explanation
of the calculation thereof. Such a certificate as to any additional amounts
payable pursuant to this Section 4.12 submitted by such Lender, through the
Administrative Agent, to the Borrowers shall be conclusive and binding on the


                                       70
<PAGE>   77


parties hereto in the absence of manifest error. This covenant shall survive the
termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts
payable hereunder.

     4.13 TAXES.

          (a) Except as provided below in this Section 4.13, all payments made
     by the Borrowers under this Agreement, any Notes and any documents relating
     hereto shall be made free and clear of, and without deduction or
     withholding for or on account of, any present or future income, stamp or
     other taxes, levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees, deductions or
     withholdings, now or hereafter imposed, levied, collected, withheld or
     assessed by any court, or governmental body, agency or other official,
     including interest, penalties and liabilities with respect thereto
     ("Taxes"), excluding taxes measured by or imposed upon the overall net
     income of any Lender or its applicable lending office, or any branch or
     affiliate thereof, and all franchise taxes, branch taxes, taxes on doing
     business or taxes on the overall capital or net worth of any Lender or its
     applicable lending office, or any branch or affiliate thereof, in each case
     imposed in lieu of net income taxes, imposed: (i) by the jurisdiction under
     the laws of which such Lender, applicable lending office, branch or
     affiliate is organized or is located, or in which its principal executive
     office is located, or any nation within which such jurisdiction is located
     or any political subdivision thereof; or (ii) by reason of any connection
     between the jurisdiction imposing such tax and such Lender, applicable
     lending office, branch or affiliate other than a connection arising solely
     from such Lender having executed, delivered or performed its obligations,
     or received payment under or enforced, this Agreement or any Notes. If any
     such non-excluded Taxes, ("Non-Excluded Taxes") are required to be withheld
     from any amounts payable to an Agent or any Lender hereunder or under any
     Notes or other documents relating thereto, (A) the Borrowers shall withhold
     and remit such Taxes to the relevant authority when and as due, (B) the
     amounts so payable to an Agent or such Lender shall be increased to the
     extent necessary to yield to an Agent or such Lender (after payment of all
     Non-Excluded Taxes, including Non-Excluded Taxes in respect of additional
     amounts payable hereunder) interest or any such other amounts payable
     hereunder or under the Notes or any other document relating hereto at the
     rates or in the amounts specified in this Agreement and any Notes,
     provided, however, that the Borrowers shall be entitled to deduct and
     withhold any Non-Excluded Taxes and shall not be required to increase any
     such amounts payable to any Lender that is not organized under the laws of
     the United States of America or a state thereof if such Lender fails to
     comply with the requirements of paragraph (b) of this Section 4.13 whenever
     any Non-Excluded Taxes are payable by the Borrowers, and (C) as promptly as
     possible thereafter the Borrowers shall send to such Agent for its own
     account or for the account of such Lender, as the case may be, a certified
     copy of an original official receipt received by the Borrowers showing
     prompt payment thereof. If the Borrowers fail to pay any Non-Excluded Taxes
     when due to the appropriate taxing authority or fails to remit to the
     Administrative Agent the required receipts or other required documentary
     evidence, the Borrowers shall indemnify an Agent and any Lender for any
     incremental Taxes, interest or penalties that may become payable by an
     Agent or any Lender as a result of any such failure. If a Lender shall
     change its office that makes or maintains a Loan hereunder, the Borrowers
     shall not be required to pay any increased amounts to the Lender in respect
     of any Non-Excluded Taxes pursuant to this


                                       71
<PAGE>   78


     subsection 4.13 over and above any obligation to withhold or deduct any
     amount with respect to such Non-Excluded Taxes that existed on the date the
     Lender changed such office, unless the Lender changed the office at the
     request of the Borrowers in which case the Borrower shall indemnify the
     Lender in respect of such increased amounts. The agreements in this
     subsection shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment
     of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

          (b) Each Lender that is not incorporated under the laws of the United
     States of America or a state thereof shall:

               (i) (A) on or before the date of any payment by the U.S.
          Borrowers under this Agreement or Notes to such Lender, deliver to the
          U.S. Borrowers and the Administrative Agent (x) two duly completed
          copies of United States Internal Revenue Service Form 1001 or 4224, or
          successor applicable form, as the case may be, certifying that it is
          entitled to receive payments under this Agreement and any Notes
          without deduction or withholding of any United States federal income
          taxes and (y) an Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 or W-9, or
          successor applicable form, as the case may be, certifying that it is
          entitled to an exemption from United States backup withholding tax;

               (B) deliver to the U.S. Borrowers and the Administrative Agent
          two further copies of any such form or certification on or before the
          date that any such form or certification expires or becomes obsolete
          and after the occurrence of any event requiring a change in the most
          recent form previously delivered by it to the U.S. Borrowers; and

               (C) obtain such extensions of time for filing and complete such
          forms or certifications as may reasonably be requested by the U.S.
          Borrowers or the Administrative Agent; or

               (ii) in the case of any such Lender that is not a "bank" within
          the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code, (A)
          represent to the U.S. Borrowers (for the benefit of the U.S. Borrowers
          and the Administrative Agent) that it is not a bank within the meaning
          of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code, (B) agree to
          furnish to the U.S. Borrowers, on or before the date of any payment by
          the U.S. Borrowers, with a copy to the Administrative Agent, two
          accurate and complete original signed copies of Internal Revenue
          Service Form W-8, or successor applicable form certifying to such
          Lender's legal entitlement at the date of such certificate to an
          exemption from U.S. withholding tax under the provisions of Section
          881(c) of the Internal Revenue Code with respect to payments to be
          made under this Agreement and any Notes (and to deliver to the U.S.
          Borrowers and the Administrative Agent two further copies of such form
          on or before the date it expires or becomes obsolete and after the
          occurrence of any event requiring a change in the most recently
          provided form and, if necessary, obtain any extensions of time
          reasonably requested by the U.S. Borrowers or the Administrative Agent
          for filing and completing such forms), and (C) agree, to the

                                       72

<PAGE>   79


          extent legally entitled to do so, upon reasonable request by the U.S.
          Borrowers, to provide to the U.S. Borrowers (for the benefit of the
          U.S. Borrowers and the Administrative Agent) such other forms as may
          be reasonably required in order to establish the legal entitlement of
          such Lender to an exemption from withholding with respect to payments
          under this Agreement and any Notes.

     Notwithstanding the above, if any change in treaty, law or regulation has
     occurred after the date such Person becomes a Lender hereunder which
     renders all such forms inapplicable or which would prevent such Lender from
     duly completing and delivering any such form with respect to it and such
     Lender so advises the U.S. Borrowers and the Administrative Agent then such
     Lender shall be exempt from such requirements. Each Person that shall
     become a Lender or a participant of a Lender pursuant to Section 14.3
     shall, upon the effectiveness of the related transfer, be required to
     provide all of the forms, certifications and statements required pursuant
     to this subsection (b); provided that in the case of a participant of a
     Lender, the obligations of such participant of a Lender pursuant to this
     subsection (b) shall be determined as if the participant of a Lender were a
     Lender except that such participant of a Lender shall furnish all such
     required forms, certifications and statements to the Lender from which the
     related participation shall have been purchased.

          (c) If any such Taxes shall be or become applicable after the date of
     this Agreement to such payments by the Borrowers to a Lender, such Lender
     shall use reasonable efforts to make, fund or maintain the Loan or Loans,
     as the case may be, through another lending office located in another
     jurisdiction so as to reduce, to the fullest extent possible, the
     Borrowers' liability hereunder, if the making, funding or maintenance of
     such Loan or Loans through such other office does not, in the reasonable
     judgment of the Lender, materially affect the Lender of such Loan. If the
     Borrowers are required to make any additional payment to a Lender pursuant
     to this Section 4.13, and any such Lender receives, or is entitled to
     receive, a credit against, remission for, or repayment of, any tax paid or
     payable by it in respect of, or calculated with reference to, the taxes
     giving rise to such payment, such Lender shall, within a reasonable time
     after it receives such credit, relief, remission or repayment, reimburse
     the Borrowers the amount of any such credit, relief, remission or
     repayment.

     4.14 COMPENSATION.

     The Borrowers promise to indemnify each Lender and to hold each Lender
harmless from any loss or expense which such Lender may sustain or incur (other
than through such Lender's gross negligence or willful misconduct) as a
consequence of (a) default by a Borrower in making a borrowing of, conversion
into or continuation of Eurodollar Loans or in creating Bankers' Acceptances
after such Borrower has given a notice requesting the same in accordance with
the provisions of this Agreement, (b) default by a Borrower in making any
prepayment of a Eurodollar Loan after such Borrower has given a notice thereof
in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and (c) the making of a
prepayment of Eurodollar Loans on a day which is not the last day of an Interest
Period with respect thereto or the repayment of a Bankers' Acceptance prior to
its maturity date. Such indemnification may include an amount equal to (i) the
present value of the amount of interest which would have accrued on the amount
so prepaid, or not so borrowed,



                                       73
<PAGE>   80


converted or continued, for the period from the date of such prepayment or of
such failure to borrow, convert or continue to the last day of the applicable
Interest Period (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, convert or continue,
the Interest Period that would have commenced on the date of such failure) in
each case at the applicable rate of interest for such Eurodollar Loans provided
for herein (excluding, however, the Applicable Percentage included therein, if
any) minus (ii) the amount of interest (as reasonably determined by such Lender)
which would have accrued to such Lender on such amount by placing such amount on
deposit for a comparable period with leading banks in the interbank Eurodollar
market. Such a certificate as to any amounts payable pursuant to this Section
4.14 submitted by a Lender, through the Administrative Agent to the Lenders,
shall be conclusive and binding in the absence of manifest error. The agreements
in this Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment
of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

     4.15 REPLACEMENT LENDER.

     If (a) any Lender has demanded compensation or indemnification pursuant to
Section 4.9, 4.12 or 4.13, (b) the obligation of any Lender to make Eurodollar
Loans has been suspended pursuant to Section 4.11 or (c) any Lender is a
Defaulting Lender, the Borrowers shall have the right, if no Default or Event of
Default then exists, to replace such Lender (the "Retiring Lender") with one or
more Eligible Assignees (each a "Replacement Lender" and, collectively, the
"Replacement Lenders") acceptable to the Administrative Agent. The replacement
of a Retiring Lender pursuant to this Section 4.15 shall be effective on the
tenth Business Day (the "Replacement Date") following the date of notice of such
replacement to the Retiring Lender and each other Lender through the
Administrative Agent, subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:

          (i) the Retiring Lender and the Replacement Lender shall have
     satisfied the conditions to assignment and assumption set forth in Section
     14.3 (with all fees payable pursuant to Section 14.3 to be paid by the
     Borrowers) and, in connection therewith, the Replacement Lender(s) shall
     pay:

          (ii) to the Retiring Lender an amount equal in the aggregate to the
     sum of (w) the principal of, and all accrued but unpaid interest on, all
     outstanding Loans of the Retiring Lender, (x) all unpaid BA Obligations,
     (y) all unpaid LOC Obligations, together with all accrued but unpaid
     interest with respect thereto and (z) all accrued but unpaid fees owing to
     the Retiring Lender pursuant to Section 4.5, and

          (iii) to the Issuing Lenders an amount equal to the aggregate amount
     owing by the Retiring Lender to the Issuing Lenders as reimbursement for
     drawings under Letters of Credit, to the extent such amount was not
     theretofore funded by such Retiring Lender; and

          (iv) the Borrowers shall have paid to the Administrative Agent for the
     account of the Retiring Lender an amount equal to all obligations owing to
     the Retiring Lender by the Borrowers pursuant to this Agreement and the
     other Credit Documents.


                                       74

<PAGE>   81


     On the Replacement Date, each Replacement Lender shall become a Lender
hereunder, and the Retiring Lender shall cease to constitute a Lender hereunder;
provided that the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation,
the provisions of Sections 4.9, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14 and 14.5) shall continue to
govern the rights and obligations of a Retiring Lender with respect to any Loans
made, any Letters of Credit issued or participated in, any Bankers' Acceptances
issued or participated in or any other actions taken by such Retiring Lender
while it was a Lender.

     In lieu of the foregoing, upon the express written consent of the Required
Lenders, the Borrowers shall have the right to terminate the Commitment of a
Retiring Lender in full. Upon payment by the Borrowers to the Administrative
Agent for the account of the Retiring Lender of an amount equal to the sum of
(A) the aggregate principal amount of all Loans, LOC Obligations and BA
Obligations held by the Retiring Lender and (B) all accrued interest, fees and
other amounts owing to the Retiring Lender hereunder, including, without
limitation, all amounts payable by the Borrower to the Retiring Lender under
Sections 4.9, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14 or 14.5, such Retiring Lender shall cease to
constitute a Lender hereunder; provided that the provisions of this Agreement
(including, without limitation, the provisions of Sections 4.9, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14
and 14.5) shall continue to govern the rights and obligations of a Retiring
Lender with respect to any Loans made, any Letters of Credit issued or
participated in, any Bankers' Acceptances issued or participated in or any other
actions taken by such Retiring Lender while it was a Lender.


                                    ARTICLE V

                              CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

     5.1  CLOSING CONDITIONS.

     The obligation of the Lenders to enter into this Agreement is subject to
satisfaction of the following conditions (in form and substance acceptable to
the Administrative Agent):

          (a) Executed Credit Documents. Receipt by the Administrative Agent of
     duly executed copies of (i) this Agreement; (ii) the Revolving Credit
     Notes; (iii) the Guaranty Agreements; (iv) the Security Agreements; and (v)
     all other Credit Documents.

          (b) No Default; Representations and Warranties. As of the Closing Date
     (i) there shall exist no Default or Event of Default and (ii) all
     representations and warranties contained herein and in the other Credit
     Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects.

          (c) Opinion of Counsel. Receipt by the Administrative Agent of an
     opinion, or opinions, in form and substance satisfactory to the
     Administrative Agent and the Canadian Agent, addressed to the Agents on
     behalf of the Lenders and dated as of the Closing Date, from U.S. and
     Canadian legal counsel to the Credit Parties.

          (d) Corporate Documents. Receipt by the Administrative Agent of the
     following:

                                       75



<PAGE>   82


               (i)Charter Documents. Copies of the articles or certificates of
          incorporation or other charter documents of each Credit Party that is
          a party to a Credit Document, certified to be true and complete as of
          a recent date by the appropriate Governmental Authority of the state
          or other jurisdiction of its incorporation and certified by a
          secretary or assistant secretary as of the Closing Date to be true and
          correct.

               (ii) Resolutions. Copies of resolutions of the Board of Directors
          of each Credit Party that is party to a Credit Document, approving and
          adopting the Credit Documents to which it is a party, the transactions
          contemplated therein and authorizing execution and delivery thereof,
          certified by a secretary or assistant secretary as of the Closing Date
          to be true and correct and in force and effect as of such date.

               (iii) Bylaws. A copy of the bylaws of each Credit Party that is a
          party to a Credit Document, certified by a secretary or assistant
          secretary as of the Closing Date to be true and correct and in force
          and effect as of such date.

               (iv) Good Standing. Copies of (i) certificates of good standing,
          existence or its equivalent with respect to each Credit Party that is
          a party to a Credit Document, certified as of a recent date by the
          appropriate Governmental Authorities of the state or other
          jurisdiction of incorporation and each other jurisdiction in which
          such Credit Party carries on business and is required by the laws of
          such jurisdiction to be qualified therein to do so and (ii) where
          applicable, a certificate indicating payment of all corporate
          franchise taxes certified as of a recent date by the appropriate
          governmental taxing authorities.

          (e) Compliance with Financial Obligations. The Credit Parties shall be
     in compliance with all existing material financial obligations owed to
     third parties.

          (f) Personal Property Collateral. The Administrative Agent shall have
     received:

               (i) searches of filings under the UCC and PPSA (or corresponding
          local laws) in the jurisdiction of the chief executive office of each
          Credit Party and each jurisdiction where any Collateral is located or
          where a filing would need to be made in order to perfect the
          Administrative Agent's security interest in the Collateral, copies of
          the financing statements on file in such jurisdictions and evidence
          that no Liens exist other than Permitted Liens;

               (ii) duly completed financing statements under the UCC and PPSA
          (or corresponding local laws) for each appropriate jurisdiction as is
          necessary, in the Administrative Agent's reasonable discretion, to
          perfect the Administrative Agent's security interest in the
          Collateral;


                                       76

<PAGE>   83


               (iii) searches of ownership of intellectual property in the
          appropriate governmental offices and such patent/trademark/copyright
          filings as requested by the Administrative Agent in order to perfect
          the Administrative Agent's security interest in the Collateral;

               (iv) all instruments and chattel paper in the possession of any
          of the Credit Parties, together with allonges or assignments as may be
          necessary or appropriate to perfect the Administrative Agent's
          security interest in the Collateral to the extent required under the
          Security Agreements; and

               (v) duly executed consents as are necessary, in the
          Administrative Agent's reasonable discretion, to perfect the Lenders'
          security interest in the Collateral including, without limitation,
          such Acknowledgment Agreements from lessors of real property as the
          Administrative Agent may require.

          (g) No Material Adverse Effect. No event shall have occurred since
     January 2, 1999 that has had or could be reasonably expected to have a
     Material Adverse Effect.

          (h) Litigation. No litigation shall be pending or threatened which, in
     the reasonable determination of the Administrative Agent, would have or
     reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

          (i) Consents and Approvals. Receipt by the Administrative Agent of
     evidence that all material governmental, shareholder and third party
     consents and approvals necessary or desirable in connection with the
     execution and delivery of the Credit Documents and the consummation of the
     transactions set forth therein.

          (j) Officer's Certificate. The Administrative Agent shall have
     received a certificate or certificates executed by a Senior Financial
     Officer of the Company on behalf of the Credit Parties as of the Closing
     Date stating that (A) each Credit Party is in compliance with all existing
     material financial obligations, (B) all material governmental, shareholder
     and third party consents and approvals, if any, with respect to the Credit
     Documents and the other transactions contemplated thereby have been
     obtained, (C) no action, suit, investigation or proceeding is pending or
     threatened in any court or before any arbitrator or governmental
     instrumentality that purports to effect a member of the Consolidated Cott
     Group or any other transaction contemplated by the Credit Documents, if
     such action, suit, investigation or proceeding could have or could be
     reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (D) immediately
     after giving effect to this Agreement, the other Credit Documents and the
     other transactions contemplated therein to occur on such date, (1) each
     Credit Party is Solvent, (2) no Default or Event of Default exists, (3) all
     representations and warranties contained herein and in the other Credit
     Documents are true and correct in all material respects, and (4) the
     Consolidated Cott Group is in compliance with each of the financial
     covenants set forth in Article VIII.

          (k) Priority of Liens. The Administrative Agent shall have received
     satisfactory evidence that (i) subject to Permitted Liens, the
     Administrative Agent, on


                                       77
<PAGE>   84


     behalf of the applicable Lenders, holds a perfected, first priority Lien on
     all applicable Collateral (subject to clause (i) above) and (ii) none of
     the Collateral is subject to any other Liens other than Permitted Liens.

          (l) Opening Borrowing Base Certificate. Receipt by each of the Agents
     of a Borrowing Base Certificate as of the close of business on June 30,
     1999, substantially in the form of Exhibit J and certified by a Senior
     Financial Officer of the Company to be true and correct as of the Closing
     Date.

          (m) Evidence of Insurance. Receipt by the Administrative Agent of
     copies of insurance policies or certificates of insurance of the Credit
     Parties evidencing general comprehensive liability and property insurance
     meeting the requirements set forth in the Credit Documents, including,
     without limitation, naming the Administrative Agent as loss payee on behalf
     of the Lenders and each Lender as additional insured and copies of credit
     insurance policies insuring foreign Accounts to be included as Eligible
     Accounts Receivable.

          (n) Corporate Structure. The corporate capital and ownership structure
     of the Consolidated Cott Group shall be as described in Schedule 5.1(n).

          (o) Other Indebtedness. Receipt by the Administrative Agent of
     evidence that, after giving effect to the making of the Loans made on the
     Closing Date, the Credit Parties shall have no Funded Debt other than the
     Indebtedness under the Credit Documents and as disclosed on Schedule 6.9.

          (p) Solvency Certificate. Receipt by the Administrative Agent of an
     officer's certificate for each of the Credit Parties prepared by a Senior
     Financial Officer of such Credit Party as to the financial condition,
     solvency and related matters of such Credit Party, in each case after
     giving effect to the initial borrowings under the Credit Documents, in
     substantially the form of Exhibit K hereto.

          (q) Sources and Uses; Payment Instructions. Receipt by the
     Administrative Agent of (i) a statement of sources and uses of funds
     covering all payments reasonably expected to be made by the Company in
     connection with the transactions contemplated by the Credit Documents to be
     consummated on the Closing Date, including an itemized estimate of all
     fees, expenses and other closing costs and (ii) payment instructions with
     respect to each wire transfer to be made by the Agents on behalf of the
     Lenders or the Company or the Borrowers on the Closing Date setting forth
     the amount of such transfer, the purpose of such transfer, the name and
     number of the account to which such transfer is to be made, the name and
     ABA number of the bank or other financial institution where such account is
     located and the name and telephone number of an individual that can be
     contacted to confirm receipt of such transfer.

          (r) Subordinated Debt. Receipt by the Administrative Agent of duly
     executed copies of the loan documentation and form of promissory note
     evidencing the Subordinated Debt, in form and substance acceptable to the
     Lenders in their reasonable discretion.


                                       78


<PAGE>   85


          (s) Financial Statements. The Administrative Agent shall have received
     the Financial Statements described in Section 6.6.

          (t) Fees and Expenses. All fees and expenses required to be paid under
     this Agreement on or prior to the Closing Date shall have been paid in
     full.

          (u) Due Diligence. The Administrative Agent shall have completed its
     due diligence with respect to the Company and its Subsidiaries and their
     review of management information systems (including Year 2000 compliance).

          (v) Agent for Service of Process. The Administrative Agent shall have
     received satisfactory evidence that CT Corporation System shall have been
     appointed as agent for service of process in the State of North Carolina on
     behalf of the Company.

          (w) Other. The receipt by the Administrative Agent of such other
     documents, agreements or information as reasonably requested by any Lender.

     5.2  CONDITIONS TO ALL EXTENSIONS OF CREDIT.

     In addition to the conditions precedent stated elsewhere herein, the
Lenders shall not be obligated to make Loans or create Bankers' Acceptances, nor
shall the Issuing Lender be required to issue or extend a Letter of Credit,
unless:

          (a) Notice. The applicable Borrower shall have delivered (i) in the
     case of any Loan, a Notice of Borrowing, duly executed and completed, by
     the time specified in Sections 2.1 or 2.3, as appropriate and (ii) in the
     case of any Letter of Credit, the Issuing Lender shall have received an
     appropriate request for issuance in accordance with the provisions of
     Section 2.2 or 2.4, as applicable and (iii) in the case of a Bankers'
     Acceptance, to the Canadian Agent, an appropriate notice in accordance with
     Section 2.5;

          (b) Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties
     made by a Credit Party in any Credit Document are true and correct in all
     material respects at and as if made as of such date;

          (c) No Default. No Default or Event of Default shall exist or be
     continuing either prior to or after giving effect thereto;

          (d) No Material Adverse Effect. There shall not have occurred any
     Material Adverse Effect; and

          (e) Availability. Immediately after giving effect to the making of a
     Loan or the issuance of a Letter of Credit or the creation of a Bankers'
     Acceptance, as the case may be, the Borrowers shall be in compliance with
     Section 4.4(b)(i).


                                       79


<PAGE>   86


The delivery of each Notice of Borrowing and each request for a Letter of Credit
or Bankers' Acceptance shall constitute a representation and warranty by the
applicable Borrower of the correctness of the matters specified in subsections
(b), (c), (d) and (e) above.


                                   ARTICLE VI

                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     The Borrowers hereby represent and warrant to each Lender that:

     6.1  ORGANIZATION AND GOOD STANDING.

     Except as set forth on Schedule 6.1, each Credit Party resident in the
United States (i) is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in
good standing under the laws of the State of its incorporation, (ii) is duly
qualified and in good standing as a foreign corporation authorized to do
business in every jurisdiction where the failure to so qualify would have or
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (iii) has the
requisite corporate power and authority to own its properties and to carry on
its business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted. Each Credit Party
resident in Canada (A) is a corporation duly incorporated or amalgamated and
validly subsisting under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation, (B) is
duly qualified and in good standing as a foreign corporation authorized to do
business in every jurisdiction where the failure to so qualify would have or
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (C) has the
corporate power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted and as
proposed to be conducted.

     6.2  DUE AUTHORIZATION.

     Except as set forth on Schedule 6.2, each Credit Party (a) has the
requisite corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and perform such of
the Credit Documents to which it is a party and to incur the obligations herein
and therein provided for, and (b) is duly authorized to, and has been authorized
by all necessary corporate action, to execute, deliver and perform such of the
Credit Documents to which it is a party.

     6.3  NO CONFLICTS.

     With respect to each Credit Party, neither the execution and delivery of
the Credit Documents, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated
therein, nor performance of and compliance with the terms and provisions thereof
will (a) violate or conflict in any material respect with any material provision
of its articles or certificate of incorporation or bylaws, (b) violate,
contravene or conflict in any material respect with any material law, regulation
(including without limitation Regulation U or Regulation X), order, writ,
judgment, injunction, decree or permit applicable to it, (c) violate, contravene
or conflict in any material respect with contractual provisions of, or cause an
event of default under, any indenture, loan agreement, mortgage, deed of trust,
contract or other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it
may be bound,



                                       80
<PAGE>   87


or (d) result in or require the creation of any material Lien upon or with
respect to its properties except in favor of the Lenders.

     6.4  CONSENTS.

     No consent, approval, authorization or order of, or filing, registration or
qualification with, any court or Governmental Authority or third party in
respect of any Credit Party is required in connection with the execution,
delivery or performance of this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents
other than those consents which have been obtained and copies of which have been
delivered to the Administrative Agent.

     6.5  ENFORCEABLE OBLIGATIONS.

     This Agreement and the other Credit Documents have been duly executed and
delivered and constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of each Credit
Party (with regard to each agreement or instrument to which it is a party)
enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except as may be limited
by bankruptcy or insolvency laws or similar laws affecting creditors' rights
generally.

     6.6  FINANCIAL CONDITION.

          (a) The financial statements provided to the Lenders, consisting of
     (i) an audited consolidated balance sheet of the Consolidated Cott Group,
     together with related consolidated statements of income, stockholders'
     equity and changes in financial position or cash flow for the fiscal years
     1997 and 1998 and (ii) unaudited consolidated balance sheets of the
     Consolidated Cott Group, together with related consolidated statements of
     income, and consolidated statements of stockholders' equity and changes in
     financial position or cash flow for the most recently ended fiscal quarter,
     fairly present the financial condition and business operations of the
     Consolidated Cott Group as of such respective dates (together, the
     "Financial Statements"); such financial statements were prepared in
     accordance with U.S. GAAP; and since January 2, 1999, there have occurred
     no changes or circumstances which have had or are reasonably expected to
     have a Material Adverse Effect.

          (b) The financial statements delivered to the Lenders pursuant to
     Sections 7.1(a) and (b) have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and
     will present fairly the consolidated and consolidating (as applicable)
     financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the
     Consolidated Cott Group as of such date and for such periods.

     6.7  NO DEFAULT.

     None of the Credit Parties is in default under any term of any indenture,
contract, lease, agreement, instrument or other commitment to which any of them
is a party or by which any of them is bound which default has had or could be
reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. None of the Credit
Parties knows of any dispute regarding any indenture, contract, lease,


                                       81
<PAGE>   88


agreement, instrument or other commitment which could reasonably be expected to
have a Material Adverse Effect. No Default or Event of Default presently exists.

     6.8  LIENS.

     There are no Liens in favor of third parties with respect to any of the
Collateral, including, without limitation, with respect to the Inventory,
wherever located, other than Permitted Liens. To the best knowledge of the
applicable Credit Party, no lessor, warehouseman, filler, processor or packer of
any such Credit Party has granted any Lien with respect to the Inventory
maintained by such Credit Party at the property of any such lessor,
warehousemen, filler, processor or packer. Upon the proper filing of financing
statements and the proper recordation of other applicable documents with the
appropriate filing or recordation offices in each of the necessary
jurisdictions, the security interests granted pursuant to the Credit Documents
constitute and shall at all times constitute valid and enforceable first, prior
and perfected Liens on the Collateral (other than Permitted Liens). The Credit
Parties are or will be at the time additional Collateral is acquired by them,
the absolute owners of the Collateral with full right to pledge, sell, consign,
transfer and create a Lien therein, free and clear of any and all Liens in favor
of third parties, except Permitted Liens. The Credit Parties will at their
expense warrant, until payment in full of the Obligations and termination of the
Commitments, and, at the Administrative Agent's request, defend the Collateral
from any and all Liens (other than Permitted Liens) of any third party. The
Credit Parties will not grant, create or permit to exist, any Lien upon the
Collateral, or any proceeds thereof, in favor of any third party (other than
Permitted Liens).

     6.9  INDEBTEDNESS.

     The Consolidated Cott Group has no Indebtedness (including without
limitation guaranty, reimbursement or other contingent obligations) except (a)
as disclosed in the Financial Statements referenced in Section 6.6, (b) as set
forth in Schedule 6.9, and (c) as otherwise permitted under the terms of this
Agreement.

     6.10 LITIGATION.

     Except as disclosed in Schedule 6.10, there are no actions, suits or legal,
equitable, arbitration or administrative proceedings, pending or, to the
knowledge of the Borrowers threatened, against any Credit Party which, if
adversely determined, would have or reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect.

     6.11 MATERIAL CONTRACTS.

     No Credit Party is in default under any Material Contract which default
could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

     6.12 TAXES.


                                       82

<PAGE>   89


     Each Credit Party has filed, or caused to be filed, all material tax
returns (federal, state, local and foreign) required to be filed and paid all
amounts of taxes shown thereon to be due (including interest and penalties) and
has paid all other material taxes, fees, assessments and other governmental
charges (including mortgage recording taxes, documentary stamp taxes and
intangibles taxes) owing by it, except for such taxes (a) that are not yet
delinquent or (b) that are being contested in good faith and by proper
proceedings, and against which adequate reserves are being maintained in
accordance with U.S. GAAP. None of the Credit Parties is aware of any proposed
material tax assessments against it or any other Credit Party.

     6.13 COMPLIANCE WITH LAW.

     None of the Credit Parties has violated or failed to comply with any
statute, law, ordinance, regulation, rule or order of any foreign, federal,
state or local government, or any other Governmental Authority or any self
regulatory organization, or any judgment, decree or order of any court,
applicable to its business or operations except where the aggregate of all such
violations or failures to comply would not have or reasonably be expected to
have a Material Adverse Effect. The conduct of the business of each of the
Credit Parties is in conformity with all securities, commodities, energy, public
utility, zoning, building code, health, OSHA and environmental requirements and
all other foreign, federal, state and local governmental and regulatory
requirements and requirements of any self regulatory organizations, except where
such non-conformities could not reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect. None of the Credit Parties has received any notice to the effect
that, or otherwise been advised that, it is not in compliance with, and none of
such Credit Parties has any reason to anticipate that any currently existing
circumstances are likely to result in the violation of any such statute, law,
ordinance, regulation, rule, judgment, decree or order which failure or
violation could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

     6.14 ERISA.

          (a) Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material
     Adverse Effect, during the five-year period prior to the date on which this
     representation is made or deemed made: (i) no ERISA Event has occurred,
     and, to the best of the Borrowers' or any ERISA Affiliate's knowledge, no
     event or condition has occurred or exists as a result of which any ERISA
     Event could reasonably be expected to occur, with respect to any Plan; (ii)
     no "accumulated funding deficiency," as such term is defined in Section 302
     of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, whether or not waived, has occurred
     with respect to any Single Employer Plan; (iii) each Plan, Single Employer
     Plan and, to the best of the Borrowers' or any ERISA Affiliate's knowledge,
     each Multiemployer Plan has been maintained, operated, and funded in
     compliance in all material respects with its own terms and in material
     compliance with the provisions of ERISA, the Code, and any other applicable
     federal or state laws; and (iv) no Lien in favor of the PBGC or a Single
     Employer Plan has arisen or is reasonably likely to arise on account of any
     Single Employer Plan.

          (b) Except as set forth in the Financial Statements, the actuarial
     present value of all "benefit liabilities" on a going concern basis,
     whether or not vested, under each Single Employer Plan, as of the last
     annual valuation date prior to the date on which this

                                       83

<PAGE>   90


     representation is made or deemed made (determined, in each case, utilizing
     the actuarial assumptions used in such Plan's most recent actuarial
     valuation report), did not exceed as of such valuation date the fair market
     value of the assets of such Plan.

          (c) Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material
     Adverse Effect, neither the Borrowers nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred,
     or, to the best of the Borrowers' or any ERISA Affiliate's knowledge, is
     reasonably expected to incur, any withdrawal liability under ERISA with
     respect to any Multiemployer Plan or Multiple Employer Plan. Except as
     would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, neither
     Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate would become subject to any withdrawal
     liability under ERISA if such Borrower or any such ERISA Affiliate were to
     withdraw completely from all Multiemployer Plans and Multiple Employer
     Plans as of the valuation date most closely preceding the date on which
     this representation is made or deemed made. Neither Borrower nor any ERISA
     Affiliate has received any notification that any Multiemployer Plan is in
     reorganization (within the meaning of Section 4241 of ERISA), is insolvent
     (within the meaning of Section 4245 of ERISA), or has been terminated
     (within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA), and no Multiemployer Plan is, to
     the best of the Borrowers' or any ERISA Affiliate's knowledge, reasonably
     expected to be in reorganization, insolvent, or terminated.

          (d) No prohibited transaction (within the meaning of Section 406 of
     ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) or breach of fiduciary responsibility
     has occurred with respect to a Plan which has subjected or may subject the
     Borrowers or any ERISA Affiliate to any liability under Sections 406, 409,
     502(i), or 502(l) of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, or under any
     agreement or other instrument pursuant to which the Borrowers or any ERISA
     Affiliate has agreed or is required to indemnify any person against any
     such liability, except for any such prohibited transaction or breach which
     would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

          (e) Except as set forth in the Financial Statements, the Borrowers and
     their ERISA Affiliates have no material liability with respect to "expected
     post-retirement benefit obligations" within the meaning of the Financial
     Accounting Standards Board Statement 106. Each Plan which is a welfare plan
     (as defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA) to which Sections 601-609 of ERISA
     and Section 4980B of the Code apply has been administered in compliance in
     all material respects with such sections.

          (f) All Canadian benefit plans and Canadian pension plans and any
     similar plans of the Canadian Borrowers and their Subsidiaries are duly
     registered under the provisions of the Income Tax Act (Canada), have been
     administered in accordance with such statute and no event has occurred
     which would cause a loss of such registered status. All material
     obligations of the Canadian Borrowers and their Subsidiaries (including
     fiduciary and funding obligations) under such plans required to be
     performed have been performed. There are no outstanding disputes concerning
     the assets held in the funding media for such plans. All contributions or
     premiums required to be made by the Canadian Borrowers or their
     Subsidiaries to such plans have been made in a timely fashion in accordance
     with the terms of such plans and applicable laws. Each of such plans is
     fully


                                       84

<PAGE>   91


     funded and there exists no going concern unfunded actuarial liabilities or
     solvency deficiencies in respect of such plans.

     6.15 SUBSIDIARIES.

     Set forth in Schedule 6.15 is a complete and accurate list of all
Subsidiaries of each member of the Consolidated Cott Group. Information on the
attached Schedule 6.15 includes a complete and accurate list of the jurisdiction
of incorporation of each member of the Consolidated Cott Group and the
percentage ownership interest of voting stock owned by the direct parent company
in each such member.

     6.16 OWNERSHIP OF STOCK.

     The outstanding capital stock and other equity interests of all Credit
Parties is validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and is owned by the
Borrowers, directly or indirectly, free and clear of all Liens (other than those
arising under or contemplated in connection with the Credit Documents).

     6.17 USE OF PROCEEDS; MARGIN STOCK.

     The proceeds of the Loans hereunder will be used solely for the purposes
specified in Section 7.10. None of such proceeds will be used for the purpose of
purchasing or carrying any "margin stock" as defined in Regulation U or
Regulation X, or for the purpose of reducing or retiring any Indebtedness which
was originally incurred to purchase or carry "margin stock" or for any other
purpose which might constitute this transaction a "purpose credit" within the
meaning of Regulation U or Regulation X.

     6.18 GOVERNMENT REGULATION.

     No Credit Party is subject to regulation under the Public Utility Holding
Company Act of 1935, the Federal Power Act, the Investment Company Act of 1940
or the Interstate Commerce Act, each as amended. In addition, none of the Credit
Parties is (a) an "investment company" registered or required to be registered
under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and is not controlled by
such a company, or (b) a "holding company," or a "subsidiary company" of a
"holding company," or an "affiliate" of a "holding company" or of a "subsidiary"
or a "holding company," within the meaning of the Public Utility Holding Company
Act of 1935, as amended. No director, executive officer or principal shareholder
of any Credit Party is a director, executive officer or principal shareholder of
any Lender. For purposes hereof, the terms "director", "executive officer" and
"principal shareholder" (when used with reference to any Lender) shall have the
meanings ascribed to them in Regulation O issued by the Board of Governors of
the Federal Reserve System.

     6.19 HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES.

     Except as disclosed on Schedule 6.19 or except as would not reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, to the Borrowers' knowledge without
having undertaken any


                                       85

<PAGE>   92


environmental audit, all real property owned or leased by any Credit Party or on
which any Credit Party operates (the "Subject Property") is free from "hazardous
substances" "contaminants" or "pollutants" or similar substances as defined in
the applicable Environmental Laws in concentrations or amounts that require
cleanup under any Environmental Laws; no portion of the Subject Property is
subject to federal, provincial, state or local, complaint, investigation or, to
the Borrowers' knowledge without having undertaken any environmental audit,
liability under applicable Environmental Laws because of the presence of leaked
or spilled petroleum products, waste materials or debris, "PCB's" or PCB items
(as defined in 40 C.F.R. ss.763.3), underground storage tanks, "asbestos" (as
defined in 40 C.F.R. ss.763.63) or the past or present accumulation, spillage or
leakage of any such substance subject to regulation under the Environmental
Laws; and each Credit Party is in substantial compliance with all material
Environmental Laws applicable in connection with the operation of its
businesses, except to the extent that the failure to be in compliance would not
have or reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and no
Borrower knows of any complaint or investigation under Environmental Laws
regarding real property which it or any other Credit Party owns or leases or on
which it or any other Credit Party operates.

     6.20 PATENTS, FRANCHISES, ETC.

     Each Credit Party possesses or has the right to use all material patents,
trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, licenses and other rights,
free of adverse claims, that are necessary for the operation of its respective
business as presently conducted and as proposed to be conducted. Each Credit
Party has obtained all material licenses, permits, franchises or other
governmental authorizations necessary to the ownership of its respective
property and to the conduct of its business, except to the extent that the
failure to have obtained any such licenses, permits, franchises or other
governmental authorizations would not have or reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect.

     6.21 SOLVENCY.

     Each Credit Party individually, and the Credit Parties as a whole, are and,
after consummation of this Agreement and after giving effect to all Indebtedness
incurred hereunder will be Solvent.

     6.22 LOCATION OF ASSETS.

     The Credit Parties' chief executive offices are set forth on Schedule 6.22
hereto, and the books and records of the Credit Parties and all chattel paper
and all records of accounts are located at the chief executive offices of the
Credit Parties or as otherwise noted on Schedule 6.22. All other locations where
the company keeps, stores or maintains any Collateral are set forth on Schedule
6.22 hereto. There is no jurisdiction in which any Credit Party has any
Collateral (except for Inventory held for shipment by third Persons, Inventory
in transit, Inventory held for processing by third Persons, or immaterial
quantities of Inventory) other than those jurisdictions listed on Schedule 6.22.
Schedule 6.22 is a true, correct and complete list of (i) the names and
addresses of each warehouseman, filler, processor and packer at which Inventory
is stored, (ii) the address of the chief executive offices of the Credit Parties
and (iii) the



                                       86
<PAGE>   93


address of all offices where records and books of account of the Credit Parties
are kept or where Collateral is kept, stored or maintained. None of the receipts
received by any of the Credit Parties from any warehouseman, filler, processor
or packer states that the goods covered thereby are to be delivered to bearer or
to the order of a named person or to a named person and such named person's
assigns. Each of the Credit Parties agrees to provide the Administrative Agent
with a revised Schedule 6.22 setting forth current principal places of business,
chief executive offices, and information concerning Inventory locations on a
quarterly basis at the time the financial statements described in Section 7.1(b)
are required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders.

     6.23 D/B/A OR TRADE NAMES.

     None of the Credit Parties has used any corporate, d/b/a or trade name
during the five (5) years preceding the date hereof, other than the corporate
name shown on its or such Subsidiary's Articles or Certificate of Incorporation
and as set forth on Schedule 6.23.

     6.24 YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE.

     The Company has (a) initiated a review and assessment of all areas within
its and each of its Subsidiaries' businesses and operations (including those
affected by suppliers, vendors and customers) that could be adversely affected
by the "Year 2000 Problem" (that is, the risk that computer applications may not
be able to recognize and properly perform date-sensitive functions after
December 31, 1999), (b) developed a plan and timeline for addressing the Year
2000 Problem on a timely basis, and (c) to date, implemented that plan in
accordance with that timetable. To date, the Borrowers have not become aware of
any reason to believe that the Year 2000 Problem could reasonably be expected to
have a Material Adverse Effect.

     6.25 NO EMPLOYEE DISPUTES.

     There are no controversies pending or, to the best knowledge of the
Borrowers after diligent inquiry, threatened between any Credit Parties and any
of their respective employees, other than employee grievances arising in the
ordinary course of business which could not, in the aggregate, have a Material
Adverse Effect.

     6.26 CERTAIN SUBSIDIARIES.

          (a) Each of the Subsidiaries of the Borrowers listed on Schedule
     6.26(a) hereto has no Accounts or Inventory and no ongoing business other
     than as set forth in Schedule 6.26(a) hereto.

          (b) Schedule 6.26(b) hereto sets forth the ownership structure above
     Cott Beverages UK, and in the event that funds are transferred to Cott
     Beverages UK in the form of share capital, such transfer of funds shall
     occur through the chain of ownership as set forth on Schedule 6.26(b).
     Other than the Indebtedness owed by Cott Beverages UK, there is no other
     Funded Debt owed by Cott Corporation's subsidiaries residing in or formed
     under the laws of the United Kingdom.


                                       87

<PAGE>   94


     6.27 LABOR MATTERS.

     None of the Credit Parties is engaged in any unfair labor practice. There
is (a) no material unfair labor practice complaint pending against any Credit
Party or, to the best knowledge of the Borrowers, threatened against any of
them, before the National Labor Relations Board, and no grievance or arbitration
proceeding arising out of or under collective bargaining agreements that has or
would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect is so pending
against any Credit Party or, to the best knowledge of the Borrowers, threatened
against any of them, (b) no strike, labor dispute, slowdown or stoppage pending
against any Credit Party or, to the best knowledge of the Borrowers, threatened
against any of them, which would have or reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect and (c) to the best of the knowledge of the Borrowers,
no union representation questions with respect to the employees of any of the
Credit Parties and no union organizing activities which would have or reasonably
be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

     6.28 STATUS OF ACCOUNTS.

     Each of the Accounts (other than Accounts owing from one Credit Party to
another Credit Party) is based on an actual and bona fide sale and delivery of
goods or rendering of services to customers, made by the Credit Parties in the
ordinary course of business; the goods and inventory being sold and the Accounts
created are exclusive property of the Credit Parties and are not and shall not
be subject to any Lien, consignment arrangement, encumbrance, security interest
or financing statement whatsoever, other than the Permitted Liens; and each of
the Credit Parties' customers have accepted the goods or services, owe and are
obligated to pay in cash the full amounts stated in the invoices according to
their terms, without any dispute, offset, defense or counterclaim that could
reasonably be expected to have, when aggregated with any such other disputes,
offsets, defenses or counterclaims, a Material Adverse Effect. Each of the
Credit Parties confirms to the Lenders that any and all taxes or fees relating
to its business, its sales, the Accounts or the goods relating thereto, are its
sole responsibility and that same will be paid by such Credit Party when due
(unless duly contested and adequately reserved for) and that none of said taxes
or fees is or will become a lien on or claim against the Accounts.

     6.29 TRADE SUPPLIERS.

     Attached hereto as Schedule 6.29 is a true, correct and complete list of
all of the suppliers who have sold goods to the Credit Parties during the fiscal
year ended January 2, 1999, for an amount representing five (5) percent or more
of the accounts of the Credit Parties payable for such year.

     6.30 KEY MEMBERS OF MANAGEMENT.

     Attached hereto as Schedule 6.30 is a true, correct and complete list of
the members of management of the Credit Parties who report to the Chief
Executive Officer of the Company as of the date hereof (collectively, the
"Senior Management Members").


                                       88

<PAGE>   95


     6.31 ACCURACY AND COMPLETENESS OF INFORMATION.

     All factual information heretofore, contemporaneously or hereafter
furnished by or on behalf of the Credit Parties in writing to the Administrative
Agent, the Canadian Agent, or any Lender for purposes of or in connection with
this Credit Agreement or any Credit Documents, or any transaction contemplated
hereby or thereby is or will be true and accurate in all material respects on
the date as of which such information is dated or certified and not incomplete
by omitting to state any material fact necessary to make such information not
misleading at such time. There is no fact now known to any Senior Officer of any
Credit Party which has, or would reasonably be expected to have, a Material
Adverse Effect which fact has not been set forth herein, in the Financial
Statements, or any certificate, opinion or other written statement made or
furnished by any Credit Party to the Administrative Agent.


                                   ARTICLE VII

                              AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

     Each Borrower hereby covenants and agrees that so long as this Agreement is
in effect and until the Loans, LOC Obligations and BA Obligations, together with
interest, fees and other Obligations hereunder, have been paid in full and the
Commitments and Letters of Credit hereunder shall have terminated that they will
do or cause to be done the following:

     7.1  INFORMATION COVENANTS.

     The Borrowers will furnish, or cause to be furnished, to the Administrative
Agent and each Lender:

          (a) Annual Financial Statements. As soon as available and in any event
     within one hundred forty (140) days after the close of each fiscal year of
     the Consolidated Cott Group, a consolidated and consolidating balance sheet
     of the Consolidated Cott Group as at the end of such fiscal year together
     with related consolidated and consolidating statements of income,
     shareholder's equity and of cash flows for such fiscal year, setting forth
     in comparative form consolidated and consolidating figures for the
     preceding fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and, in the case of the
     consolidated financial statements, audited by independent certified public
     accountants of recognized national standing and whose opinion shall be to
     the effect that such consolidated financial statements have been prepared
     in accordance with U.S. GAAP and shall not be limited as to the scope of
     the audit or qualified as to the status of the Consolidated Cott Group as a
     going concern. It is specifically understood and agreed that failure of the
     annual financial statements to be accompanied by an opinion of such
     accountants in form and substance as provided herein shall constitute an
     Event of Default hereunder. The financial statements delivered pursuant to
     this Section 7.1(a) will have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP
     and will present fairly the consolidated and consolidating financial
     condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Consolidated Cott
     Group as of the date thereof.


                                       89

<PAGE>   96


          (b) Quarterly Financial Statements. As soon as available and in any
     event within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal quarter (other
     than the fourth fiscal quarter, in which case one hundred forty (140) days
     after the end thereof) of each fiscal year of the Consolidated Cott Group,
     a consolidated and consolidating balance sheet and statements of income and
     of cash flows of the Consolidated Cott Group as at the end of such
     quarterly period together with related consolidated statements of retained
     earnings, shareholder's equity and of cash flows for such quarterly period
     and for the portion of the fiscal year ending with such period, in each
     case setting forth in comparative form figures for the corresponding period
     of the preceding fiscal year, all in reasonable form and detail acceptable
     to the Administrative Agent, and accompanied by a certificate of a Senior
     Financial Officer of the Company as being true and correct and as having
     been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, subject to changes resulting
     from audit and normal year-end audit adjustments. The financial statements
     delivered pursuant to this Section 7.1(b) will have been prepared in
     accordance with U.S. GAAP and will present fairly the consolidated and
     consolidating financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of
     the Consolidated Cott Group as of the date thereof.

          (c) Officer's Certificate. At the time of delivery of the financial
     statements provided for in Sections 7.1(a) and (b), a certificate of a
     Senior Financial Officer of the Company substantially in the form of
     Exhibit L to the effect that no Default or Event of Default exists, or if
     any Default or Event of Default does exist specifying the nature and extent
     thereof and what action the Borrowers propose to take with respect thereto.
     In addition, such certificate shall (i) demonstrate compliance with the
     financial covenants contained in Article VIII by calculation thereof as of
     the end of each such fiscal period (including, without limitation,
     calculation of the Leverage Ratio for purposes of calculating the
     Applicable Percentage), (ii) contain information regarding expenditures
     made by the Credit Parties as to Permitted Investments and Capital
     Expenditures during the prior fiscal quarter, (iii) contain information
     regarding the amount of loans made to Cott Beverages UK, the amount of
     repurchases of the Capital Stock of the Company, the amount of repurchases
     of the Senior Notes, and any payments to Subsidiaries other than Credit
     Parties pursuant to Section 9.11 hereof, in each case during the prior
     fiscal quarter and (iv) contain a representation that the Borrowers have
     not become aware of any reason to believe that the Year 2000 Problem could
     reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

          (d) Auditor's Reports. Promptly upon receipt thereof, a copy of any
     other report or "management letter" submitted by independent accountants to
     a member of the Consolidated Cott Group in connection with any annual,
     interim or special audit of the books of the Consolidated Cott Group.

          (e) SEC and Other Reports. Promptly upon transmission or receipt
     thereof, (i) copies of any filings and registrations with, and material
     reports to or from, the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any
     successor agency, and copies of all financial statements, proxy statements,
     notices and reports as the Consolidated Cott Group shall send to its
     shareholders or to the holders of any other Indebtedness in their capacity
     as such holders and (ii) upon the request of the Administrative Agent, all
     material reports and written information to and from the United States
     Environmental Protection Agency, or any state or



                                       90
<PAGE>   97


     local agency responsible for environmental matters, the United States
     Occupational Health and Safety Administration, or any state or local agency
     responsible for health and safety matters, or any successor agencies or
     authorities concerning environmental, health or safety matters relating to
     a member of the Consolidated Cott Group.

          (f) Notices. Each Borrower will give written notice to the
     Administrative Agent (i) immediately of the occurrence of an event or
     condition consisting of a Default or Event of Default, specifying the
     nature and existence thereof and what action the Borrowers propose to take
     with respect thereto, and (ii) promptly, but in any event within five (5)
     Business Days, following the occurrence of any of the following with
     respect to a Credit Party (A) the pendency or commencement of any
     litigation, arbitral or governmental proceeding against such Credit Party
     which, if adversely determined, would have or reasonably be expected to
     have, a Material Adverse Effect, (B) any levy of an attachment, execution
     or other process against the assets of a Credit Party having a value of
     $500,000 or more, (C) the occurrence of an event or condition which shall
     constitute a default or event of default under any Indebtedness of a member
     of the Consolidated Cott Group in excess of $500,000, (D) any development
     in the business or affairs of any member of the Consolidated Cott Group
     which has resulted in, or which the Company reasonably believes may result
     in, a Material Adverse Effect, (E) the institution of any proceedings
     against a Credit Party with respect to, or the receipt of notice by such
     Person of potential liability or responsibility for violation, or alleged
     violation of any federal, state, provincial or local law, rule or
     regulation, including but not limited to, Environmental Laws, the violation
     of which would have or be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse
     Effect or (F) promptly, of any change in the name of any Credit Party.

          (g) Annual Budget. Within thirty (30) days following the end of each
     fiscal year, beginning with the fiscal year ending January 1, 2000, an
     annual budget of the Consolidated Cott Group containing, among other
     things, pro forma financial statements and projected loan usage and excess
     availability under the Credit Agreement for the next fiscal year.

          (h) Borrowing Base Certificate, etc. Not later than 12:00 Noon on the
     30th day of each month (or if such day is not a Business Day, then on the
     next succeeding Business Day) and within three (3) Business Days following
     the date of any Asset Disposition or Casualty Loss in excess of $5,000,000,
     the Borrowers shall deliver a borrowing base certificate (the "Borrowing
     Base Certificate") in substantially the form of Exhibit J hereto, duly
     completed and certified by a Senior Financial Officer of the Company
     detailing the Eligible Accounts Receivable and Eligible Inventory of the
     Credit Parties as of the last day of the immediately preceding calendar
     month. In addition, on the 30th day of each month (or if such day is not a
     Business Day, then on the next succeeding Business Day), the Company shall
     furnish a written report to the Lenders setting forth (i) the accounts
     receivable aged trial balance at the immediately preceding month end for
     each account debtor, (ii) the accounts payable aging summary for the
     immediately preceding month, (iii) an inventory summary as of the
     immediately preceding month end and (iv) if for any such immediately
     preceding month less than $5,000,000 shall be available to be loaned to the
     Borrowers under the Commitments and


                                       91

<PAGE>   98


     the Total Borrowing Base, a sales and cash receipt summary for such
     immediately preceding month. Such aging reports shall indicate which
     Accounts are current, up to 30, 30 to 60 and over sixty (60) days past due
     and shall list the names of all applicable account debtors. The
     Administrative Agent may, but shall not be required to, rely on each
     Borrowing Base Certificate delivered hereunder as accurately setting forth
     the available U.S. Borrowing Base and Canadian Borrowing Base for all
     purposes of this Credit Agreement until such time as a new Borrowing Base
     Certificate is delivered to the Administrative Agent in accordance
     herewith; Borrowing Base Certificates may be prepared and submitted to the
     Lenders, and upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of
     Default, the Administrative Agent may request delivery of Borrowing Base
     Certificates, on a more frequent basis than monthly, provided that such
     certificate shall comply with the requirements set forth elsewhere herein.

          (i) Other Indebtedness. Promptly upon receipt thereof, the Credit
     Parties shall deliver copies of all material notices delivered to the
     Company or Cott Beverages USA or sent by the Company or Cott Beverages USA
     with respect to Subordinated Debt or the Senior Notes, including, without
     limitation, any notice of default (the Company and Cott Beverages USA
     expressly agreeing to furnish all such notices by telecopy).

          (j) Other Information. With reasonable promptness upon any such
     request, such other information regarding the business, properties or
     financial condition of the Consolidated Cott Group as the Administrative
     Agent or the Lenders may reasonably request.

     7.2  PRESERVATION OF EXISTENCE AND FRANCHISES.

     Each Credit Party will do all things necessary to preserve and keep (and
will cause each of its Subsidiaries to keep) in full force and effect its
existence, franchises and authority, except for corporate reorganizations and
other similar transactions which would not have or reasonably be expected to
have a Material Adverse Effect.

     7.3  BOOKS AND RECORDS.

     The Credit Parties will keep complete and accurate books and records of its
transactions in accordance with good accounting practices on the basis of U.S.
GAAP. In addition, each Credit Party will maintain books and records pertaining
to the Collateral in such detail, form and scope as is consistent with good
business practice.

     7.4  COMPLIANCE WITH LAW.

     Each of the Credit Parties will comply with all material laws, rules,
regulations and orders of, and all applicable restrictions imposed by all
applicable Governmental Authorities applicable to it, including applicable
Environmental Laws if noncompliance would have or be reasonably likely to have a
Material Adverse Effect.

     7.5  PAYMENT OF TAXES AND OTHER INDEBTEDNESS.


                                       92


<PAGE>   99


     Each of the Credit Parties will pay and discharge (a) all material taxes,
assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon it or them, or upon
its or their capital, income or profits, or upon any of its or their properties,
before they shall become delinquent, (b) all lawful claims (including claims for
labor, materials and supplies) which, if unpaid, would give rise to a Lien or
charge upon any of its or their properties, and (c) except as prohibited
hereunder, all of its other Indebtedness as it shall become due; provided,
however, that there is no requirement to pay any such tax, assessment, charge,
levy, claim or Indebtedness which is being contested in good faith by
appropriate proceedings and as to which adequate reserves therefor have been
established in accordance with U.S. GAAP, unless the failure to make any such
payment (i) shall give rise to an immediate right to foreclosure on a Lien
securing such amounts or (ii) otherwise would have or reasonably be expected to
have a Material Adverse Effect.

     7.6  INSURANCE; CASUALTY LOSS.

     (a) Each of the Credit Parties will maintain comprehensive general
liability insurance covering third party property damage and insurance covering
the Collateral up to the replacement value thereof, with such insurance
companies, in such amounts and covering such risks as are at all times
satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in its commercially reasonable
judgment. The present coverage of the Credit Parties is outlined as to carrier,
policy number, expiration date, type and amount on Schedule 7.6 hereto. All
policies covering the Collateral are to name the applicable Credit Parties and
the Administrative Agent as loss payees in case of loss, as their interests may
appear, and are to contain such other provisions as the Administrative Agent may
reasonably require to fully protect such Agent's interest in the Collateral and
to any payments to be made under such policies. All comprehensive general
liability policies of the Credit Parties are to name the Administrative Agent
and each Lender as an additional insured. True copies of all original insurance
policies or certificates of insurance evidencing such insurance covering the
Collateral are to be delivered to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the
Closing Date, premium prepaid, with the loss payable endorsement in the
Administrative Agent's favor, and shall provide for not less than ten (10) days
prior written notice to the Administrative Agent, of the exercise of any right
of cancellation. In the event any Credit Party fails to respond in a timely and
appropriate manner (as determined by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable
discretion) with respect to collecting under any insurance policies required to
be maintained under this Section 7.6, the Administrative Agent shall have the
right, in the name of itself or any Credit Party, to file claims under such
insurance policies, to receive and give acquittance for any payments that may be
payable thereunder, and to execute any and all endorsements, receipts, releases,
assignments, reassignments or other documents that may be necessary to effect
the collection, compromise or settlement of any claims under any such insurance
policies.

     (b) Each of the Credit Parties will provide written notice to the Lenders
of the occurrence of any of the following events within five (5) Business Days
after the occurrence of such event: any of the Collateral is (i) damaged or
destroyed, or suffers any other loss or (ii) is condemned, confiscated or
otherwise taken, in whole or in part, or the use thereof is otherwise diminished
so as to render impracticable or unreasonable the use of such Collateral for the
purpose to which such Collateral was used immediately prior to such
condemnation, confiscation or taking, by exercise of the powers of condemnation
or eminent domain or otherwise, and in


                                       93
<PAGE>   100


either case the amount of the damage, destruction, loss or diminution in value
of such Collateral is in excess of $500,000 (collectively, a "Casualty Loss").
Each Credit Party will diligently file and prosecute its claim or claims for any
award or payment in connection with a Casualty Loss. In connection with any
Casualty Loss, so long as no Event of Default then exists and at least
$5,000,000 shall be available to be loaned to the Borrowers under the
Commitments and the Total Borrowing Base, the Borrowers may, at their election
and in their sole discretion, either (A) apply the proceeds realized from such
Casualty Loss to payment of accrued and unpaid interest or outstanding principal
of the Revolving Loans in accordance with Section 4.4 hereof or (B) pay such
proceeds to the Credit Parties to be used to repair, replace or rebuild the
Collateral or portion thereof that was the subject of the Casualty Loss. In
connection with any loss on the Collateral after the occurrence and during the
continuation of an Event of Default, or in connection with any Casualty Loss if
less than $5,000,000 shall be available to be loaned to the Borrowers under the
Commitments and the Total Borrowing Base, the Credit Parties will pay to the
Administrative Agent, promptly upon receipt thereof, any and all insurance
proceeds and payments received by any of the Credit Parties on account of
damage, destruction or loss of all or any portion of the Collateral and the
Administrative Agent shall, at its election and in its sole discretion, either
(A) apply the proceeds realized from such loss to payment of accrued and unpaid
interest or outstanding principal of the Revolving Loans in accordance with
Section 4.4 hereof or (B) pay such proceeds to the Credit Parties to be used to
repair, replace or rebuild the Collateral or portion thereof that was the
subject of the loss. After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event
of Default, (1) no settlement on account of any loss on the Collateral shall be
made without the consent of the Lenders and (2) the Administrative Agent may
participate in any such proceedings and the Credit Parties will deliver to the
Administrative Agent such documents as may be requested by the Administrative
Agent to permit such participation and will consult with the Administrative
Agent, its attorneys and agents in the making and prosecution of such claim or
claims. Each of the Credit Parties hereby irrevocably authorizes and appoints
the Administrative Agent its attorney-in-fact, after the occurrence and
continuance of an Event of Default, to collect and receive for any such award or
payment and to file and prosecute such claim or claims, which power of attorney
shall be irrevocable and shall be deemed to be coupled with an interest, and
each of the Credit Parties shall, upon demand of the Administrative Agent, make,
execute and deliver any and all assignments and other instruments sufficient for
the purpose of assigning any such award or payment to the Administrative Agent
for the benefit of the Lenders, free and clear of any encumbrances of any kind
or nature whatsoever.

     7.7  MAINTENANCE OF PROPERTY.

     Each of the Credit Parties will maintain and preserve its properties and
equipment used or necessary in its business (in whomever's possession as they
may be) in good repair, working order and condition, normal wear and tear
excepted (and having regard to their respective ages), and will make, or cause
to be made, in such properties and equipment from time to time all repairs,
renewals, replacements, extensions, additions, betterments and improvements
thereto as may be needed or proper, to the extent and in the manner customary
for companies in similar businesses.

     7.8  PERFORMANCE OF OBLIGATIONS.


                                       94

<PAGE>   101


     Each of the Credit Parties will perform in all material respects all of its
obligations under the terms of all material agreements, indentures, mortgages,
security agreements or other debt instruments to which it is a party or by which
it is bound.

     7.9  ERISA.

     Upon the Company or any ERISA Affiliate obtaining knowledge thereof, the
Company will give written notice to the Administrative Agent promptly (and in
any event within five (5) Business Days) of: (a) any event or condition,
including, but not limited to, any Reportable Event, that constitutes, or might
reasonably lead to, a ERISA Event; (b) with respect to any Multiemployer Plan,
the receipt of notice as prescribed in ERISA or otherwise of any withdrawal
liability assessed against the Company or any ERISA Affiliate, or of a
determination that any Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization or insolvent
(both within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA); (c) the failure to make full
payment on or before the due date (including extensions) thereof of all amounts
which the Company or any ERISA Affiliate is required to contribute to each
Single Employer Plan or Multiemployer Plan pursuant to its terms and as required
to meet the minimum funding standard set forth in ERISA and the Code with
respect thereto; or (d) any change in the funding status of any Single Employer
Plan that could have or be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect; together, with a description of any such event or condition or a copy of
any such notice and a statement by a Senior Financial Officer of the Company
briefly setting forth the details regarding such event, condition, or notice,
and the action, if any, which has been or is being taken or is proposed to be
taken by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate with respect thereto. Promptly upon
request, the Company shall furnish the Administrative Agent and the Lenders with
such additional information concerning any Plan as may be reasonably requested,
including, but not limited to, copies of each annual report/return (Form 5500
series), as well as all schedules and attachments thereto required to filed with
the DOL and/or the Internal Revenue Service pursuant to ERISA and the Code,
respectively, for each "plan year" (within the meaning of Section 3(39) of
ERISA).

All Canadian benefit plans and Canadian pension plans and any similar plans
applicable to the Canadian Borrowers and their Subsidiaries will, if required by
applicable law, be duly registered under the provisions of the Income Tax Act
(Canada), will be administered in accordance with such statute and no event will
be allowed to occur which would cause a loss of such registered status. All
material obligations of the Canadian Borrowers and their Subsidiaries (including
fiduciary and funding obligations) required to be performed in connection with
such plans and the funding media therefor will be performed, except where the
failure to perform such obligations would not have or reasonably be expected to
have a Material Adverse Effect. There will be no outstanding disputes concerning
the assets held in the funding media for such plans. All contributions or
premiums required to be made by the Canadian Borrowers or their Subsidiaries to
such plans will be made in a timely fashion in accordance with the terms of such
plans and applicable laws. Each of such plans will be fully funded and no going
concern unfunded actuarial liabilities or solvency deficiencies in respect of
such plans will be allowed to exist.

     7.10 USE OF PROCEEDS.

     The proceeds of the Loans hereunder will be used solely (a) for repayment
of certain amounts of existing Funded Debt of the Consolidated Cott Group to the
extent permitted under this


                                       95
<PAGE>   102


Agreement, (b) for general corporate and working capital purposes of each
Borrower in the ordinary course of business and (c) as otherwise permitted under
this Agreement.

     7.11 ADDITIONAL SUBSIDIARIES.

     Promptly, or in any event within thirty (30) days, upon any Person becoming
a direct or indirect Subsidiary of a Borrower, the Borrowers shall so notify the
Administrative Agent and the Canadian Agent and shall, (a) in the case of a
Person organized and resident in the United States cause (i) such Person to
become a U.S. Borrower hereunder pursuant to a Joinder Agreement, (ii) such
Person to execute a Guaranty Agreement in substantially the same form as the
Guaranty Agreements executed by the other Guarantors organized and resident in
the United States , (iii) the U.S. Collateral of such Person to be pledged to
the Lenders pursuant to a Security Agreement similar to those executed by the
U.S. Borrowers, (iv) such Person to execute Revolving Notes in favor of the U.S.
Lenders and (v) such Person to deliver such other documentation as the
Administrative Agent may reasonably request in connection with the foregoing,
including, without limitation, appropriate UCC-1 Financing Statements,
Acknowledgment Agreements, certified resolutions and other organizational and
authorizing documents of such Person and favorable opinions of counsel to such
Person (which shall cover, among other things, the legality, validity, binding
effect and enforceability of the documentation referred to above), all in form,
content and scope reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and (b) in
the case of a Person organized and domiciled in Canada cause (i) such Person to
become a Canadian Borrower hereunder pursuant to a Joinder Agreement, (ii) the
Canadian Collateral of such Person to be pledged to the Lenders pursuant to a
Security Agreement similar to those executed by the Canadian Borrowers, (iii)
such Person to execute Revolving Notes in favor of the Canadian Lenders and (iv)
such Person to deliver such other documentation as the Administrative Agent or
the Canadian Agent may reasonably request in connection with the foregoing,
including, without limitation, appropriate UCC-1 Financing Statements (or their
equivalent under the laws of Canada), Acknowledgment Agreements, certified
resolutions and other organizational and authorizing documents of such Person
and favorable opinions of counsel to such Person (which shall cover, among other
things, the legality, validity, binding effect and enforceability of the
documentation referred to above), all in form, content and scope reasonably
satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

     7.12 AUDITS/INSPECTIONS.

     Each of the Credit Parties agrees that the Administrative Agent or its
agents may enter upon the premises of any of the Credit Parties at any time and
from time to time, during normal business hours, upon reasonable notice and, on
and after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default
which continues and is continuing beyond the expiration of any grace or cure
period applicable thereto and which has not otherwise been waived by the
Administrative Agent, at any time at all, for the purpose of (a) enabling the
Administrative Agent's internal auditors or other designees to conduct field
examinations at such of the Credit Party `s expense, (b) inspecting the
Collateral, (c) inspecting and/or copying (at the Credit Parties' expense) any
and all records pertaining thereto, (d) discussing the affairs, finances and
business of any Credit Party or with any officers, employees and directors of
any Credit Party with its certified independent accountant and (e) verifying
Eligible Accounts Receivable and/or Eligible Inventory. The Lenders, in the
reasonable discretion of the Administrative Agent, may

                                       96

<PAGE>   103


accompany the Administrative Agent at their sole expense in connection with the
foregoing inspections. Notwithstanding the foregoing, ongoing field examinations
shall be conducted by the Administrative Agent's exam staff at the Credit
Parties' expense (which shall include out-of-pocket expenses) (i) prior to the
occurrence of an Event of Default and so long as there is at least $10,000,000
of excess availability under the Total Borrowing Base, no more than two times
per year and (ii) on and after the occurrence and during the continuation of an
Event of Default, at any time.

     7.13 INVENTORY.

     Within thirty (30) days after the end of each month, upon the request of
the Administrative Agent from time to time, the Credit Parties will provide to
the Administrative Agent written statements listing categories of Inventory in
reasonable detail as requested by the Administrative Agent. The Credit Parties
will conduct annually a physical count of their Inventory and will provide the
Administrative Agent with prior written notice indicating when the physical
count is to be performed, and a copy of such count will be promptly supplied to
the Administrative Agent accompanied by a report of the value (valued at FIFO)
of such Inventory; provided that the Credit Parties will conduct such a physical
count at such other times and as of such dates as the Administrative Agent shall
reasonably request during any period in which there is less than $10,000,000 of
excess availability under the Total Borrowing Base.

     7.14 COLLATERAL RECORDS.

     Each Credit Party agrees to maintain such books and records regarding
Accounts and the other Collateral as the Administrative Agent may reasonably
require, and agrees that such books and records will reflect the Lenders'
interest in the Accounts and such other Collateral. Each of the Credit Parties
agrees to afford the Administrative Agent thirty (30) days prior written notice
of any change in the location at which any Collateral valued in excess of
$450,000 is stored or maintained (other than Inventory held for shipment by
third Persons, Inventory in transit, Inventory held for processing by third
Persons or immaterial quantities of assets, equipment or Inventory) or in the
location of its chief executive office or place of business from the locations
specified in Schedule 6.22, and to execute in advance of such change, cause to
be filed and/or delivered to the Administrative Agent any financing statements
or other documents required by the Administrative Agent, all in form and
substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. Each of the Credit Parties
agrees to advise the Administrative Agent promptly, in sufficient detail, of any
material change relating to the type, quantity or quality of the Collateral or
any event which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
Each of the Credit Parties agrees to furnish any Lender with such other
information regarding its business affairs and financial condition as such
Lender may reasonably request from time to time.

     7.15 SECURITY INTERESTS.

     Each Credit Party will defend all or any portion of the Collateral against
all claims and demands of all Persons at any time claiming the same or any
interest therein, except where the amount of such Collateral is immaterial and
the failure to so defend such Collateral would not reasonably be expected to
have a Material Adverse Effect. Each Credit Party agrees to comply

                                       97

<PAGE>   104


with the requirements of all state, provincial and federal laws in order to
grant to the Lenders a valid and perfected first security interest in the
Collateral. The Administrative Agent is hereby authorized by each of the Credit
Parties, to the extent permitted by applicable law, to file any financing
statements covering the Collateral whether or not any Credit Party's signature
appears thereon. Each Credit Party agrees to do whatever the Administrative
Agent may reasonably request, from time to time, by way of: filing notices of
liens, financing statements, fixture filings and amendments, renewals and
continuations thereof; cooperating with the Administrative Agent's custodians;
keeping stock records; obtaining waivers from landlords and mortgagees and from
warehousemen, fillers, processors and packers and their respective landlords and
mortgagees; paying claims, which might if unpaid, become a Lien (other than a
Permitted Lien) on the Collateral; and performing such further acts as the
Administrative Agent may reasonably require in order to effect the purposes of
this Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents. Any and all fees, costs
and expenses of whatever kind and nature (including any Taxes, reasonable
attorneys' fees or costs for insurance of any kind), which the Administrative
Agent may reasonably incur with respect to the Collateral or the Obligations: in
filing public notices; in preparing or filing documents; making title
examinations or rendering opinions; in protecting, maintaining, or preserving
the Collateral or its interest therein; in enforcing or foreclosing the Liens
hereunder, whether through judicial procedures or otherwise; or in defending or
prosecuting any actions or proceedings arising out of or relating to its
transactions with any of the Credit Parties under this Credit Agreement or any
other Credit Document, will be borne and paid by the Credit Parties. If same are
not promptly paid by the Credit Parties, the Administrative Agent may pay same
on the Credit Parties' behalf, and the amount thereof shall be an Obligation
secured hereby and due to the Administrative Agent on demand.

     7.16 SCHEDULES OF ACCOUNTS AND PURCHASE ORDERS.

     Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, in
furtherance of the continuing assignment and security interest in the Accounts
of each of the Credit Parties granted pursuant to the Security Agreements, upon
the creation of Accounts, each of the Credit Parties will execute and deliver to
the Administrative Agent in such form and manner as the Administrative Agent may
reasonably require, solely for its convenience in maintaining records of
collateral, such confirmatory schedules of Accounts, and other appropriate
reports designating, identifying and describing the Accounts as the
Administrative Agent may require. In addition, upon the Administrative Agent's
request, upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default,
each Credit Party will provide the Administrative Agent with copies of
agreements with, or purchase orders from, the customers of each of the Credit
Parties, and copies of invoices to customers, proof of shipment or delivery and
such other documentation and information relating to said Accounts and other
collateral as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require. Failure to
provide the Administrative Agent with any of the foregoing shall in no way
affect, diminish, modify or otherwise limit the security interests granted
herein. Each Credit Party hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to regard
such Credit Party's printed name or rubber stamp signature on assignment
schedules or invoices as the equivalent of a manual signature by such Credit
Party's authorized officers or agents.

                                       98

<PAGE>   105


     7.17 COLLECTION OF ACCOUNTS.

     Unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing beyond the
expiration of the applicable grace or cure period, or has not otherwise been
waived by the Administrative Agent, each Credit Party may and will enforce,
collect and receive all amounts owing on the Accounts (subject to any amounts
that such Credit Party is required to rebate to the applicable account debtor
pursuant to any agreement between such Credit Party and such account debtor),
for the Lenders' benefit and on the Lenders' behalf but at the Credit Parties'
expense in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.1 or 3.2, as applicable;
such privilege shall terminate automatically, however, without notice to the
Credit Parties which is hereby expressly waived by the Credit Parties, upon the
occurrence of any Event of Default which occurs and continues beyond the
expiration of any applicable grace or cure period, or which has not otherwise
been waived by the Required Lenders. Any checks, cash, notes or other
instruments or property received by any Credit Party with respect to any
Accounts shall be held by such Credit Party in trust for the benefit of the
Lenders, separate from such Credit Party's own property and funds, and
immediately turned over to the Administrative Agent or the Canadian Agent, as
applicable, with proper assignments or endorsements. No checks, drafts or other
instruments received by an Agent shall constitute final payment unless and until
such instruments have actually been collected.

     7.18 NOTICE; CREDIT MEMORANDA; AND RETURNED GOODS.

     Each Credit Party will notify the Administrative Agent promptly of any
matters materially affecting the value, enforceability or collectibility of any
Account, and of all material customer disputes, offsets, defenses,
counterclaims, returns and rejections, and all reclaimed or repossessed
merchandise or goods, provided, however, that such notice shall only be required
as to any such matter that affects Accounts outstanding at any one time from any
account debtor, which affected Accounts have a value greater than $1,000,000, or
to the extent that the outcome of such matter could reasonably be expected to
have a Material Adverse Effect. Each Credit Party will issue credit memoranda
promptly (with duplicates to the Administrative Agent upon its request for same)
upon accepting returns or granting allowances, and may continue to do so until
the occurrence of an Event of Default which continues beyond the expiration of
the applicable grace or cure period, or which has not otherwise been waived by
the Required Lenders. After the occurrence and during the continuance of an
Event of Default, each Credit Party agrees that all returned, reclaimed or
repossessed merchandise or goods shall be set aside by such Credit Party, marked
with the Lenders' name and held by such Credit Party for the Lenders' account as
owner and assignee.

     7.19 ACKNOWLEDGMENT AGREEMENTS.

     Each Credit Party will use commercially reasonable efforts (which shall not
require any Credit Party to expend any material sums) to assist the
Administrative Agent in obtaining executed Acknowledgment Agreements from each
of the warehousemen, processors, packers, fillers, landlords and mortgagees with
whom such Credit Party conducts business from time to time or who have an
interest in any real property on which any of the Collateral is located (a) for
the Inventory locations noted as such on Schedule 1.1B hereto, on or prior to
the Closing Date,



                                       99
<PAGE>   106


(b) for the Inventory locations noted as such on Schedule 1.1B hereto, within
ninety (90) days from the Closing Date and (c) for Inventory locations acquired
or established after the Closing Date, within sixty (60) days from the date of
such acquisition or establishment.

     7.20 TRADEMARKS.

     Each Credit Party will do and cause to be done all things necessary to
preserve and keep in full force and effect all registrations of trademarks,
service marks and other marks, trade names or other trade rights owned or
licensed by such Credit Party, except where the failure to do so would not
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

     7.21 YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE.

     The Credit Parties shall take all action necessary to assure that the
Credit Parties' computer based systems are able to operate and effectively
process data including dates on and after January 1, 2000. At the request of the
Administrative Agent, the Credit Parties shall provide the Lenders with
assurance acceptable to the Administrative Agent, acting reasonably, of the
Credit Parties' Year 2000 compatibility.


                                  ARTICLE VIII

                               FINANCIAL COVENANTS

     Each Borrower hereby covenants and agrees that so long as this Agreement is
in effect and until the Loans, LOC Obligations and BA Obligations, together with
interest, fees and other Obligations hereunder, have been paid in full and the
Commitments and Letters of Credit hereunder shall have terminated that they will
do or cause to be done the following:

     8.1  LEVERAGE RATIO.

     The Consolidated Cott Group shall maintain a Leverage Ratio of no greater
than 6.0 to 1.0 as of the last day of each fiscal quarter.

     8.2  FIXED CHARGE COVERAGE RATIO.

     The Consolidated Cott Group shall maintain a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of
not less than (a) 0.7 to 1.0 as of the last day of each fiscal quarter occurring
on or prior to January 1, 2000, (b) 0.8 to 1.0 as of the last day of each fiscal
quarter occurring on or prior to December 30, 2000, (c) 0.9 to 1.0 as of the
last day of each fiscal quarter occurring on or prior to December 29, 2001 and
(d) 1.0 to 1.0 as of the last day of each fiscal quarter occurring thereafter.

     8.3  CAPITAL EXPENDITURES.

     The Consolidated Cott Group shall not make Consolidated Capital
Expenditures in excess of $35,000,000 during the fiscal year ending January 1,
2000 and $50,000,000 in any


                                      100

<PAGE>   107


fiscal year thereafter; provided, however, that (a) the amount expended in any
fiscal year for any Permitted Acquisition shall not reduce the Capital
Expenditure limit for such fiscal year and (b) the proceeds of any asset sale
permitted hereunder or of any casualty loss under any insurance policy, the
proceeds of which are permitted to be applied by the Credit Parties under
Section 7.6 hereof, to the extent such proceeds are applied to replace or
rebuild any such assets or affected property, shall not be included in the
calculation of Consolidated Capital Expenditures for the purpose of determining
compliance with this Section 8.3. The Borrowers may seek an increase to the
limitations on Consolidated Capital Expenditures set forth herein by requesting
the consent of the Required Lenders to any such increase.

     8.4  MINIMUM SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY.

     The consolidated Shareholders' Equity of the Consolidated Cott Group shall
be greater than or equal to (a) $115,000,000, plus (b) a cumulative amount,
determined at the end of each fiscal year, commencing with the fiscal year
ending January 1, 2000, equal to 75% of Net Income earned by the Consolidated
Cott Group during each such fiscal year (with no reductions for any losses
incurred during any fiscal year).


                                   ARTICLE IX

                               NEGATIVE COVENANTS

     Each Borrower hereby covenants and agrees that so long as this Agreement is
in effect and until the Loans, LOC Obligations and BA Obligations, together with
interest, fees and other Obligations hereunder, have been paid in full and the
Commitments, Letters of Credit and Bankers' Acceptances hereunder shall have
terminated that it will do or cause to be done the following:

     9.1  INDEBTEDNESS.

     The Credit Parties will not contract, create, incur, assume or permit to
exist any Indebtedness, except:

          (a) Indebtedness arising under this Agreement and the other Credit
     Documents or any Interest Rate Protection Agreement;

          (b) Indebtedness existing as of the Closing Date as referenced in
     Section 6.9 (and renewals, refinancings or extensions thereof, in whole or
     in part, on terms and conditions substantially the same as such existing
     Indebtedness and in a principal amount not in excess of that outstanding as
     of the date of such renewal, refinancing or extension);

          (c) Indebtedness in respect of current accounts payable and accrued
     expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business including, to the
     extent not current, accounts payable and accrued expenses that are subject
     to bona fide dispute;


                                      101

<PAGE>   108


          (d) purchase money Indebtedness (including capital leases) incurred by
     the Credit Parties to finance the purchase of fixed assets; provided that
     (i) the total of all such Indebtedness for all of the Credit Parties taken
     together shall not exceed an aggregate principal amount of $10,000,000 at
     any one time outstanding (including any such Indebtedness referred to in
     subsection (b) above); (ii) such Indebtedness when incurred shall not
     exceed the purchase price of the asset(s) financed; and (iii) no such
     Indebtedness shall be refinanced for a principal amount in excess of the
     principal balance outstanding thereon at the time of such refinancing;

          (e) unsecured Indebtedness owing from one Credit Party to another
     Credit Party;

          (f) the guaranty by one Credit Party of another Credit Party's
     Indebtedness, to the extent such Indebtedness is permitted hereunder;

          (g) Subordinated Debt; and

          (h) other Indebtedness, so long as (i) such Indebtedness is not
     secured by any of the Collateral; (ii) no Default or Event of Default shall
     exist immediately prior to or after the incurrence of such Indebtedness;
     (iii) the Borrowers shall be in pro forma compliance with all financial
     covenants contained in Article VIII hereof; (iv) the documentation
     evidencing such Indebtedness shall not contain covenants which are more
     restrictive than the covenants contained herein; and (v) immediately after
     the incurrence of such Indebtedness, at least $5,000,000 shall be available
     to be loaned to the Borrowers under the Commitments and the Total Borrowing
     Base.

     9.2  LIENS.

     No Credit Party shall contract, create, incur, assume or permit to exist
any Lien with respect to any of the Collateral, whether now owned or after
acquired, except for Permitted Liens.

     9.3  NATURE OF BUSINESS.

     No Credit Party shall substantively alter the character of its business
from that conducted as of the Closing Date.

     9.4  CONSOLIDATION OR MERGER.

     No Credit Party shall enter into any transaction of merger or consolidation
or dissolve, liquidate, or wind up its affairs other than the merger or
consolidation of a Subsidiary of a Borrower into such Borrower or into another
Subsidiary of such Borrower; provided that a merger or consolidation to effect a
Permitted Acquisition shall be permitted; and provided, further, that if any
such merger involves a Borrower such Borrower shall be the surviving entity.


                                      102


<PAGE>   109


     9.5  SALE OR LEASE OF ASSETS.

     The Credit Parties will not convey, sell, lease, transfer or otherwise
dispose of, in one transaction or a series of transactions, all or any part of
its business or assets whether now owned or hereafter acquired, including,
without limitation, inventory, receivables, equipment, real property interests
(whether owned or leasehold), and securities, other than (a) any inventory sold
or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business; (b) the sale,
lease, transfer or other disposal by a Credit Party of any or all of its assets
to another Credit Party; (c) the sale of the Company's stock in Menu Foods
Limited (or the direct holding company thereof); and (d) any other sale, lease,
transfer or other disposal of the assets of a Credit Party so long as such sale,
lease, transfer or other disposal would not have or reasonably be expected to
have a Material Adverse Effect (for purposes hereof, a sale, lease, transfer or
other disposal of all or substantially all of the assets of a Credit Party would
be deemed to have Material Adverse Effect).

     9.6  ACQUISITIONS.

     The Credit Parties will not make any Acquisitions other than Permitted
Acquisitions.

     9.7  TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES.

     The Credit Parties will not enter into any transaction or series of
transactions (other than transactions between the Credit Parties), whether or
not in the ordinary course of business, with any officer, director, shareholder,
Subsidiary or Affiliate except (i) upon terms and conditions that would be
obtainable in a comparable arm's-length transaction with a Person other than an
Affiliate, (ii) employment arrangements, payment of directors' fees, and
transactions pursuant to employees' and directors' stock option plans, each in
the ordinary course of business and (iii) transactions permitted pursuant to
Sections 9.4, 9.5, or 9.11.

     9.8  OWNERSHIP OF SUBSIDIARIES.

     The Credit Parties will not sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of, any
shares of capital stock of any of their Subsidiaries who are Credit Parties, or
permit any of their Subsidiaries who are Credit Parties to issue, sell or
otherwise dispose of, any shares of capital stock of any of their Subsidiaries,
except to other Credit Parties.

     9.9  FISCAL YEAR.

     The Credit Parties will not change any of their respective fiscal years
without the prior written consent of the Required Lenders, which consent shall
not be unreasonably denied or delayed, with appropriate modification of the
financial covenants to give effect to the partial year resulting therefrom.

     9.10 INVESTMENTS.

     The Credit Parties will not make any Investments except for Permitted
Investments.


                                      103

<PAGE>   110


     9.11 RESTRICTED PAYMENTS.

     The Credit Parties will not make a Restricted Payment, other than (a)
dividends, distributions or other payments from any Subsidiary to any Borrower
or from any Credit Party to another Credit Party, (b) dividends payable solely
in the same class of Capital Stock of the Company, (c) dividends, distributions
or other payments applied to the payment of the Subordinated Affiliate Note to
the extent any such payments are permitted to be made pursuant to Section 9.15
hereof, (d) with the consent of the Required Lenders, which consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld, payments to repurchase the Company's Capital Stock, (e)
loans to officers and employees of the Company to purchase the Capital Stock of
the Company and such other purposes as permitted by Section 9.10, (f) redemption
payments on account of the Convertible Participating Voting Second Preferred
Shares, Series 1, with the consent of the Required Lenders, which consent shall
not be unreasonably withheld, and (g) any dividend, distribution or other
payment to any Subsidiary (other than a Credit Party) so long as a matching
payment, net of applicable dividend and/or withholding taxes, is simultaneously
made by one or more Subsidiaries (other than a Credit Party) to a Credit Party
(for purposes hereof, "simultaneously" shall mean the period from the time such
initial payment is made to any such Subsidiary and including up to one week
thereafter), and the Administrative Agent shall have received prior written
notice of such payment describing in reasonable detail such payment, including,
without limitation, the Credit Party payor, the Subsidiary payee, the Subsidiary
payor and the Credit Party payee and the purpose of such payment; provided,
however, that in each case described under clauses (c), (d), (e), (f) and (g)
hereof, immediately before and after giving effect to such dividend,
distribution or other payment, no Event of Default shall exist and the Company
shall be in compliance with the terms and provisions of the indenture for the
Senior Notes.

     9.12 NO ADDITIONAL BANK ACCOUNTS.

     The Credit Parties will not open, maintain or otherwise have any checking,
savings or other accounts at any bank or other financial institution, or any
other account where money is or may be deposited or maintained with any Person,
other than the accounts set forth on Schedule 9.12 hereto and, after the Closing
Date, such other accounts so long as each such account is subject to a tri-party
lockbox or other blocked account agreement satisfactory to the Administrative
Agent. All such checking, savings or other accounts of the Credit Parties shall
be under the sole dominion and control of the Administrative Agent in accordance
with Section 3.1 or 3.2, as the case may be.

     9.13 AMENDMENTS OF MATERIAL CONTRACTS; ORGANIZATIONAL DOCUMENTS.

     The Credit Parties will not, without the prior written consent of the
Administrative Agent, amend, modify, cancel or terminate or permit the
amendment, modification, cancellation or termination of any of the Material
Contracts or the Articles or Certificate of Incorporation or other equivalent
organizational document of any of the Credit Parties, except where such
amendment, modification, cancellation or termination would not reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

                                      104

<PAGE>   111


     9.14 ADDITIONAL NEGATIVE PLEDGES.

     The Credit Parties will not create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or
become effective, directly or indirectly, (i) any prohibition or restriction
(including any agreement to provide equal and ratable security to any other
Person in the event a Lien is granted to or for the benefit of the
Administrative Agent and the Lenders) on the creation or existence of any Lien
upon the assets of any Credit Party, other than Permitted Liens or (ii) any
contractual obligation which may restrict or inhibit the Administrative Agent's
rights or ability to sell or otherwise dispose of the Collateral or any part
thereof after the occurrence of an Event of Default.

     9.15 OTHER INDEBTEDNESS.

     The Credit Parties will not effect or permit any change in or amendment to
any document or instrument pertaining to the subordination, if any, terms of
payment or required prepayments of any Subordinated Debt or the Senior Notes,
effect or permit any change in or amendment to any document or instrument
pertaining to the covenants or events of default of any Subordinated Debt or the
Senior Notes if the effect of any such change or amendment is to make such
covenants or events of default more restrictive, give any notice of optional
redemption or optional prepayment or offer to repurchase under any such document
or instrument, or, directly or indirectly, make any payment of principal of or
interest on or in redemption, retirement or repurchase of any Subordinated Debt
or the Senior Notes, except for (a) payments of principal of and interest on the
Subordinated Debt to the extent not prohibited by the Subordination Agreement
and so long as any such payments are promptly transferred from the Irish
Affiliate to the Company and (b) (i) the scheduled payments required by the
terms of the documents and instruments evidencing Senior Notes and permitted by
the provisions of the documents and instruments evidencing the Senior Notes and
(ii) the redemption of any or all of the principal amount of the Senior Notes so
long as no Default or Event of Default exists or would exist as a result of such
redemption and immediately after giving affect thereto, at least $5,000,000 is
available to be loaned to the Borrowers under the Commitments and the Total
Borrowing Base.

     9.16 LICENSES, ETC.

     The Credit Parties will not enter into licenses of, or otherwise restrict
the use of, any patents, trademarks or copyrights which would prevent any Credit
Party from selling, transferring, encumbering or otherwise disposing of any such
patent, trademark or copyright, except where such license or restriction would
not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

     9.17 LIMITATIONS.

     Except as set forth on Schedule 9.17 hereto, the Credit Parties will not,
directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause, incur, assume, suffer or
permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction of
any kind on the ability of any Credit Party to (a) pay dividends or make any
other distribution on any of its Capital Stock, (b) pay any Indebtedness owed to
another Credit Party, (c) make loans or advances to another Credit Party or (d)
transfer any of its property to any other Credit Party, except for encumbrances
or restrictions


                                      105

<PAGE>   112


existing under or by reason of (i) customary non-assignment provisions in any
lease governing a leasehold interest, (ii) any agreement or other instrument of
a Person existing at the time it becomes a Subsidiary of a Borrower; provided
that such encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any other Person, or
any property of any other Person, other than such Person becoming a Subsidiary
of a Borrower and was not entered into in contemplation of such Person becoming
a Subsidiary of a Borrower and (iii) this Credit Agreement and the other Credit
Documents.


                                    ARTICLE X

                                     POWERS

     10.1 APPOINTMENT OF ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AS ATTORNEY-IN-FACT.

     Each Borrower hereby irrevocably authorizes and appoints the Administrative
Agent, or any Person or agent the Administrative Agent may designate, as such
Borrower's attorney-in-fact, at the Borrowers' cost and expense, to exercise,
subject to the limitations set forth in Section 10.2, all of the following
powers, which being coupled with an interest, shall be irrevocable until all of
the Obligations to the Lenders have been paid and satisfied in full and all of
the Commitments have been terminated:

          (a) To receive, take, endorse, sign, assign and deliver, all in the
     name of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders or such Borrower, as the case
     may be, any and all checks, notes, drafts, and other documents or
     instruments relating to the Collateral;

          (b) To receive, open and dispose of all mail addressed to such
     Borrower and to notify postal authorities to change the address for
     delivery thereof to such address as the Administrative Agent may designate;

          (c) To request at any time from customers indebted on Accounts, in the
     name of such Borrower or a third party designee of the Administrative
     Agent, information concerning the Accounts and the amounts owing thereon;

          (d) To give customers indebted on Accounts notice of the Lenders'
     interest therein, and/or to instruct such customers to make payment
     directly to the Administrative Agent for such Borrower's account; and

          (e) To take or bring, in the name of the Administrative Agent, the
     Lenders or such Borrower, all steps, actions, suits or proceedings deemed
     by the Administrative Agent necessary or desirable to enforce or effect
     collection of the Accounts.

     10.2 LIMITATION ON EXERCISE OF POWER.

     Notwithstanding anything hereinabove to the contrary, the powers set forth
in subparagraphs (b), (d) and (e) above may only be exercised by the
Administrative Agent on and


                                      106

<PAGE>   113


after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default which
has not otherwise been waived by the Administrative Agent. The powers set forth
in subparagraphs (a) and (c) above may be exercised by the Administrative Agent
at any time.


                                   ARTICLE XI

                         EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

     11.1 EVENTS OF DEFAULT.

     An Event of Default shall exist upon the occurrence of any of the following
specified events (each an "Event of Default"):

          (a) Payment. Any Borrower shall default in the payment when due of
     (i) any principal owing hereunder, under any of the Credit Documents or in
     connection herewith or (ii) any interest, fees or other amounts owing
     hereunder, under any of the other Credit Documents or in connection
     herewith and the failure to pay any such interest, fees or other amounts
     shall continue for a period of three (3) or more days following receipt by
     such Borrower of a notice of default from the Administrative Agent, or any
     Lender, or if cured, any subsequent failure to pay such interest, fees or
     other amounts shall occur and continue for a period of three (3) or more
     days;

          (b) Representations. Any representation, warranty or statement made or
     deemed to be made by any Credit Party herein, in any of the Credit
     Documents, or in any written statement or certificate delivered pursuant
     hereto or thereto shall prove untrue in any material respect on the date as
     of which it was made or deemed to have been made;

          (c) Covenants. Any Credit Party shall

              (i) default in the due performance or observance of any term
          condition or agreement contained in Section 7.1(f)(i), Article VIII or
          Article IX, or

              (ii) default in the due performance or observance of any term or
          condition in Section 7.1(a), (b) or (c) and such default shall remain
          unremedied for a period of ten (10) Business Days after the earlier of
          a Credit Party becoming aware of such default or notice thereof given
          by the Administrative Agent.

              (iii) default in the due performance or observance of any term,
          covenant or agreement (other than those referred to in subsections
          (a), (b), (c)(i) or (c)(ii) of this Section 11.1) contained in this
          Agreement and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of
          thirty (30) days after the earlier of a Credit Party becoming aware of
          such default or notice thereof given by the Administrative Agent;


                                      107

<PAGE>   114


          (d) Other Credit Documents. (i) Any Credit Party shall default in the
     due performance or observance of any term, covenant or agreement in any of
     the other Credit Documents (subject to applicable grace or cure periods, if
     any), or (ii) any Credit Document shall fail to be in full force and effect
     or to give an Agent and/or the Lenders the rights, powers and privileges
     purported to be created thereby;

          (e) Guaranties. Any Guarantor or any Person acting by or on behalf of
     such Guarantor shall deny or disaffirm such Guarantor's obligations under a
     Guaranty Agreement;

          (f) Bankruptcy, etc. The occurrence of any Bankruptcy Event with
     respect to a Credit Party;

          (g) Defaults under Other Agreements. With respect to any Funded Debt
     in excess of $1,000,000 (other than Funded Debt outstanding under this
     Agreement) or the Subordinated Debt or the Senior Notes, (i) a Credit Party
     shall (A) default in any payment (beyond the applicable grace period with
     respect thereto, if any) with respect to any such Indebtedness, or
     (B) default in the observance or performance relating to such Indebtedness
     or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or
     relating thereto, or any other event or condition shall occur or condition
     exist, the effect of which default or other event or condition is to cause,
     or permit, the holder or holders of such Indebtedness (or trustee or agent
     on behalf of such holders) to cause (determined without regard to whether
     any notice or lapse of time is required), any such Indebtedness to become
     due prior to its stated maturity; or (ii) any such Indebtedness shall be
     declared due and payable, or required to be prepaid other than by a
     regularly scheduled required prepayment, prior to the stated maturity
     thereof;

          (h) Judgments. One or more judgments or decrees shall be entered
     against a Credit Party involving a liability of $1,000,000 or more in the
     aggregate (to the extent not paid or fully covered by insurance (subject to
     payment of the applicable deductible) provided by a carrier who, upon
     request, has not denied coverage) and any such judgments or decrees shall
     not have been vacated, discharged, stayed or bonded pending appeal within
     thirty (30) days from the entry thereof;

          (i) ERISA. The occurrence of any of the following events or
     conditions, if the result could have or be reasonably expected to have a
     Material Adverse Effect: (A) any "accumulated funding deficiency," as such
     term is defined in Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code,
     whether or not waived, shall exist with respect to any Single Employer
     Plan, or any lien shall arise on the assets of a Borrower or any ERISA
     Affiliate in favor of the PBGC or a Single Employer Plan; (B) a ERISA Event
     shall occur with respect to a Single Employer Plan, which is, in the
     reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent, likely to result in the
     termination of such Plan for purposes of Title IV of ERISA; (C) a ERISA
     Event shall occur with respect to a Multiemployer Plan or Multiple Employer
     Plan, which is, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent,
     likely to result in (1) the termination of such Plan for purposes of Title
     IV of ERISA, or (2) any Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate incurring any
     liability in connection with a withdrawal from,


                                      108

<PAGE>   115


     reorganization of (within the meaning of Section 4241 of ERISA), or
     insolvency or (within the meaning of Section 4245 of ERISA) such Plan; or
     (D) any prohibited transaction (within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA
     or Section 4975 of the Code) or breach of fiduciary responsibility shall
     occur which may subject any Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate to any
     liability under Sections 406, 409, 502(i), or 502(l) of ERISA or Section
     4975 of the Code, or under any agreement or other instrument pursuant to
     which any Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate has agreed or is required to
     indemnify any person against any such liability;

          (j) Ownership. There shall occur a Change of Control; or

          (k) Subordinated Debt. The subordination provisions in any agreement
     relating to Subordinated Debt shall, in whole or in part, terminate, cease
     to be effective or cease to be legally valid, binding and enforceable as to
     any holder of the Subordinated Debt.

     11.2 ACCELERATION; REMEDIES.

     Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, and at any time thereafter, the
Administrative Agent shall, upon the request and direction of the Required
Lenders, by written notice to the Borrowers, take any of the following actions
without prejudice to the rights of the Administrative Agent or any Lender to
enforce its claims against any Credit Party, except as otherwise specifically
provided for herein:

          (a) Termination of Commitments. Declare the Commitments terminated
     whereupon the Commitments shall be immediately terminated.

          (b) Acceleration of Loans. Declare the unpaid principal of and any
     accrued interest in respect of all Loans and any and all other indebtedness
     or obligations of any and every kind owing by the Borrowers to any of the
     Lenders hereunder to be due whereupon the same shall be immediately due and
     payable without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind,
     all of which are hereby waived by the Borrowers.

          (c) Cash Collateral. Direct the Borrowers to pay (and the Borrowers
     agree that upon receipt of such notice, or upon the occurrence of an Event
     of Default under Section 11.1(f), they will immediately pay) to the
     Administrative Agent additional cash, to be held by the Administrative
     Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, in a cash collateral account as
     security for the LOC Obligations in respect of subsequent drawings under
     all then outstanding Letters of Credit in an amount equal to the maximum
     aggregate amount which may be drawn under all Letters of Credits then
     outstanding. Accrued interest on the cash collateral account shall be for
     the account of the Borrowers, subject to the prior payment in full in cash
     of all of the Obligations.

          (d) Enforcement of Rights. Enforce any and all rights and interests
     created and existing under the Credit Documents or at law, including,
     without limitation, the Guaranty Agreements and the Security Agreements,
     and all rights of set-off.



                                      109

<PAGE>   116


     Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default specified in Section
     11.1(f) shall occur, then the Commitments shall automatically terminate and
     all Loans, all reimbursement obligations under Letters of Credit, all
     accrued interest in respect thereof, all accrued and unpaid fees and other
     indebtedness or obligations owing to the Lenders hereunder shall
     immediately become due and payable without the giving of any notice or
     other action by the Agents or the Lenders which notice or other action is
     expressly waived by the Borrowers.

     11.3. CONVERSION AND REDENOMINATION CERTAIN LOANS; PURCHASE OF RISK
           PARTICIPATIONS.

           (a) Conversion and Redenomination of Loans. Notwithstanding anything
     herein to the contrary, upon a termination of the Commitments following the
     occurrence of an Event of Default (a "Commitment Termination Event"), (i)
     all outstanding Loans denominated in Canadian Dollars or bearing interest
     at a rate other than the U.S. Base Rate shall be redenominated and/or
     converted into U.S. Base Rate Loans denominated in Dollars and (ii) all BA
     Obligations and LOC Obligations owed to a Lender in Canadian Dollars shall
     be redenominated into BA Obligations and LOC Obligations owed in Dollars,
     in each case on and with effect from the soonest practicable date following
     the Commitment Termination Event as determined by the Administrative Agent
     (the "Conversion Date") and at the Bank of Canada published noon exchange
     rate or closing exchange rate (whichever is closer to the time of payment)
     in effect as of such Conversion Date. The Borrowers hereby agree to pay to
     the Administrative Agent, for the pro rata benefit of the Lenders, on the
     Conversion Date any amounts owing pursuant to Section 4.14 as a result of
     any such conversion occurring prior to the end of an Interest Period. The
     Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Borrowers and the Lenders of
     any such redenomination and conversion following a Commitment Termination
     Event.

           (b) Purchase of Risk Participations. Each Lender hereby agrees that
     it shall forthwith purchase, as of the Conversion Date (but adjusted for
     any payments received from a Borrower on or after such date and prior to
     such purchase), from the other Lenders such Participation Interests in the
     outstanding Loans, LOC Obligations and BA Obligations (whether or not such
     Loans, LOC Obligations and BA Obligations have been redenominated or
     converted pursuant to Section 11.3(a)) as shall be necessary to cause each
     such Lender to share in all Loans, LOC Obligations and BA Obligations
     ratably based upon its Commitment Percentage with respect to Participation
     Interests in all Loans, LOC Obligations and BA Obligations (determined
     before giving effect to any termination of the Commitments), provided that
     (1) all interest and fees payable on a Loan, LOC Obligation or BA
     Obligation shall be for the account of the Lender that originally extended
     such Loan or issued or participated in the related Letters of Credit or
     Bankers' Acceptances, as the case may be, until the date as of which the
     respective Participation Interest is purchased and (2) if any purchase of a
     Participation Interest required to be made pursuant to this sentence is not
     made on the Conversion Date, then at the time such purchase is actually
     made the purchasing Lender shall be required to pay to the selling Lender,
     to the extent not paid to such selling Lender by the applicable Borrower in
     accordance with the terms of this Credit Agreement, interest on the
     principal amount of the Participation Interest purchased for each day from
     and including the day



                                      110
<PAGE>   117


     upon which such purchase of the Participation Interest would otherwise have
     occurred to but excluding the date of actual payment for the purchase of
     such Participation Interest, at the rate equal to the Federal Funds Rate.


                                   ARTICLE XII

                                   TERMINATION

     Except as otherwise provided in Article XI of this Credit Agreement, the
Commitments made hereunder shall terminate on the Maturity Date and all then
outstanding Loans shall be immediately due and payable in full and all
outstanding Letters of Credit shall immediately terminate. Unless sooner
demanded in accordance with this Agreement, all Obligations shall become due and
payable as of any termination hereunder or under Article XI and, pending a final
accounting, the Administrative Agent may withhold, or cause to be withheld, any
balances in the Borrowers' Loan accounts, in an amount sufficient, in the
Administrative Agent's reasonable discretion, to cover all of the Obligations,
whether absolute or contingent, unless supplied with a satisfactory indemnity to
cover all of such Obligations. All of the Agents' and the Lenders' rights, liens
and security interests shall continue after any termination until all
Obligations have been paid and satisfied in full.


                                  ARTICLE XIII

                                   THE AGENTS

     13.1 APPOINTMENT.

     Each Lender hereby designates and appoints First Union as Administrative
Agent and National Bank of Canada, as Canadian Agent to act as specified herein
and the other Credit Documents, and each such Lender hereby authorizes the
Agents as the agent for such Lender, to take such action on its behalf under the
provisions of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents and to exercise such
powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated by the terms hereof
and of the other Credit Documents, together with such other powers as are
reasonably incidental thereto, including, without limitation, holding all
Collateral and all payments of principal, interest, fees, charges and expenses
received pursuant to this Credit Agreement or any other Credit Document for the
benefit of the Lenders. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere
herein and in the other Credit Documents, the Agents shall not have any duties
or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein and therein, or any
fiduciary relationship with any Lender, and no implied covenants, functions,
responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this
Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents, or shall otherwise exist against
the Agents. The provisions of this Article are solely for the benefit of the
Agents and the Lenders and none of the members of the Consolidated Cott Group
shall have any rights as a third party beneficiary of the provisions hereof. In
performing its functions and duties under this Agreement and the other Credit
Documents, the Agents shall act solely as agent of the Lenders and do not assume
and shall not be deemed to have assumed any obligation or relationship of agency
or



                                      111
<PAGE>   118


trust with or for the Borrowers or any other member of the Consolidated Cott
Group. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Agreement or any of
the other Credit Documents, the Canadian Agent shall not take or omit to take
any discretionary action under this Agreement or any of the other Credit
Documents without the prior authorization of the Administrative Agent.

     13.2 DELEGATION OF DUTIES.

     The Agents may execute any of their respective duties hereunder or under
the other Credit Documents by or through agents or attorneys-in-fact and shall
be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such
duties. The Agents shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of
any agents or attorneys-in-fact selected with reasonable care.

     13.3 EXCULPATORY PROVISIONS.

     Each of the Agents or any of its officers, directors, employees, agents,
attorneys-in-fact or affiliates shall not be (a) liable for any action lawfully
taken or omitted to be taken by it or such Person under or in connection
herewith or in connection with any of the other Credit Documents (except for its
or such Person's own gross negligence or willful misconduct), or (b) responsible
in any manner to any of the Lenders for any recitals, statements,
representations or warranties made by any member of the Consolidated Cott Group
contained herein or in any of the other Credit Documents or in any certificate,
report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received
by an Agent under or in connection herewith or in connection with the other
Credit Documents, or enforceability or sufficiency therefor of any of the other
Credit Documents, or for any failure of any of the Borrowers to perform its
obligations hereunder or thereunder. An Agent shall not be responsible to any
Lender for the effectiveness, genuineness, validity, enforceability,
collectibility or sufficiency of this Agreement, or any of the other Credit
Documents or for any representations, warranties, recitals or statements made
herein or therein or made by the Borrowers or any member of the Consolidated
Cott Group in any written or oral statement or in any financial or other
statements, instruments, reports, certificates or any other documents in
connection herewith or therewith furnished or made by an Agent to the Lenders or
by or on behalf of the Consolidated Cott Group to an Agent or any Lender or be
required to ascertain or inquire as to the performance or observance of any of
the terms, conditions, provisions, covenants or agreements contained herein or
therein or as to the use of the proceeds of the Loans or of the existence or
possible existence of any Default or Event of Default or to inspect the
properties, books or records of the Consolidated Cott Group. The Agents are not
trustees for the Lenders and owe no fiduciary duty to any of the Lenders.

     13.4 RELIANCE ON COMMUNICATIONS.

     The Agents shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in
relying, upon any note, writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate,
affidavit, letter, cablegram, telegram, telecopy, telex or teletype message,
statement, order or other document or conversation believed by it to be genuine
and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or
Persons and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including, without
limitation, counsel to the Borrowers or any of the other members of the
Consolidated Cott Group, independent accountants


                                      112

<PAGE>   119


and other experts selected by the Administrative Agent with reasonable care).
Each of the Agents may deem and treat the Lenders as the owner of its respective
interests hereunder for all purposes unless a written notice of assignment,
negotiation or transfer thereof shall have been filed with the appropriate Agent
in accordance with Section 14.3(b). Each of the Agents shall be fully justified
in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement or under any of
the other Credit Documents unless it shall first receive such advice or
concurrence of the Required Lenders as it deems appropriate or it shall first be
indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and
expense which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take
any such action. Each Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or
in refraining from acting, hereunder or under any of the other Credit Documents
in accordance with a request of the Required Lenders (or to the extent
specifically provided in Section 14.6, all the Lenders) and such request and any
action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all the
Lenders (including their successors and assigns).

     13.5 NOTICE OF DEFAULT.

     An Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence
of any Default or Event of Default hereunder unless such Agent has received
notice from a Lender or a member of the Consolidated Cott Group referring to the
Credit Document, describing such Default or Event of Default and stating that
such notice is a "notice of default." In the event that an Agent receives such a
notice, such Agent shall give prompt notice thereof to the Lenders. The
Administrative Agent shall take such action with respect to such Default or
Event of Default as shall be directed by the Required Lenders.

     13.6 NON-RELIANCE ON AGENTS AND OTHER LENDERS.

     Each Lender expressly acknowledges that neither of the Agents nor any of
their officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates
(including, without limitation, First Union Capital Markets Corp. ("FUCMC"); it
being understood that each reference to affiliate in this Section 13.6 shall
include FUCMC) has made any representations or warranties to it and that no act
by an Agent or any affiliate thereof hereinafter taken, including any review of
the affairs of the Consolidated Cott Group, shall be deemed to constitute any
representation or warranty by an Agent to any Lender. Each Lender represents to
the Agents that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Agents or
any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed
appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business,
assets, operations, property, financial and other conditions, prospects and
creditworthiness of the Consolidated Cott Group and made its own decision to
make its Loans hereunder and enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also
represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Agents or
any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem
appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals
and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement, and to make
such investigation as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business,
assets, operations, property, financial and other conditions, prospects and
creditworthiness of the Consolidated Cott Group. Except for notices, reports and
other documents expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders by the Agents
hereunder, the Agents shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any
Lender with any credit or other information concerning the business, operations,
assets, property, financial or other conditions,


                                      113
<PAGE>   120


prospects or creditworthiness of the Consolidated Cott Group which may come into
the possession of an Agent or any of its respective officers, directors,
employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates.

     13.7 INDEMNIFICATION.

     The Lenders agree to indemnify each Agent in its capacity as such (to the
extent not reimbursed by the Borrowers and without limiting the obligation of
the Borrowers to do so), ratably according to their respective Commitments, from
and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties,
actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind
whatsoever which may at any time (including without limitation at any time
following the payment of the Obligations) be imposed on, incurred by or asserted
against an Agent in its respective capacity as such in any way relating to or
arising out of this Agreement or the other Credit Documents or any documents
contemplated by or referred to herein or therein or the transactions
contemplated hereby or thereby or any action taken or omitted by an Agent under
or in connection with any of the foregoing; provided that no Lender shall be
liable for the payment of any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses,
damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements
resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of an Agent. If any
indemnity furnished to an Agent for any purpose shall, in the opinion of such
Agent, acting reasonably, be insufficient or become impaired, such Agent may
call for additional indemnity and cease, or not commence, to do the acts
indemnified against until such additional indemnity is furnished. The agreements
in this Section shall survive the payment of the Obligations and all other
amounts payable hereunder and under the other Credit Documents.

     13.8 AGENT IN ITS INDIVIDUAL CAPACITY.

     The Agents and their respective affiliates may make loans to, accept
deposits from and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrowers or
any other member of the Consolidated Cott Group as though such Agents were not
agents hereunder. With respect to the Loans made, the Agents shall have the same
rights and powers under this Agreement as any Lender and may exercise the same
as though they were not agents hereunder, and the terms "Lender" and "Lenders"
shall include the Administrative Agent and the Canadian Agent in their
individual capacities.

     13.9 SUCCESSOR AGENT.

     An Agent may, at any time, resign upon twenty (20) days' written notice to
the Lenders. Upon any such resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the
right to appoint a successor Administrative Agent or Canadian Agent, as the case
may be. If no successor Agent shall have been so appointed by the Required
Lenders, and shall have accepted such appointment, within thirty (30) days after
the notice of resignation, then the retiring Agent shall select a successor
Agent provided that such successor is a Lender hereunder or a commercial bank
organized or licensed under the laws of the United States of America or any
State thereof or of Canada, as applicable, and has a combined capital and
surplus of at least $500,000,000. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as
Administrative Agent or Canadian Agent, as the case may be, hereunder by a
successor, such successor Administrative Agent or Canadian Agent, as the case
may be, shall



                                      114
<PAGE>   121


thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges
and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent or Canadian Agent, as the case
may be, and the retiring Administrative Agent or Canadian Agent, as the case may
be, shall be discharged from its duties and obligations as Administrative Agent
or Canadian Agent, as the case may be, as appropriate, under this Agreement and
the other Credit Documents and the provisions of this Section 13.9 shall inure
to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was
an Agent under this Agreement.

     13.10 COLLATERAL MATTERS.

          (a) Each Lender authorizes and directs each of the Agents to enter
     into the Security Documents for the benefit of the Lenders. Each Lender
     authorizes and directs the Administrative Agent to make such changes to the
     form of Acknowledgment Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A as it deems
     necessary from time to time in order to obtain any Acknowledgment Agreement
     from any landlord, warehouseman, filler, packer, processor, mortgagee or
     any other party who has an interest in any real property where Collateral
     is located with respect to any Credit Party. Each Lender also authorizes
     and directs each of the Agents to review and approve all agreements
     regarding the lockboxes and the lockbox accounts (including the Lockbox
     Agreements) on such terms as the Agents deem necessary. Each Lender hereby
     agrees, and each holder of any Note by the acceptance thereof will be
     deemed to agree, that, except as otherwise set forth herein, any action
     taken by the Required Lenders or each of the Lenders, as applicable, in
     accordance with the provisions of this Credit Agreement or the Security
     Documents, and the exercise by the Required Lenders or each of the Lenders,
     as applicable, of the powers set forth herein or therein, together with
     such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto, shall be authorized
     and binding upon all of the Lenders. The Administrative Agent and, with the
     prior approval of the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Agent, is hereby
     authorized on behalf of all of the Lenders, without the necessity of any
     notice to or further consent from any Lender, from time to time prior to an
     Event of Default, to take any action with respect to any Collateral or
     Security Document which may be necessary or appropriate to perfect and
     maintain perfected the security interest in and liens upon the Collateral
     granted pursuant to the Security Documents.

          (b) The Lenders hereby authorize the Administrative Agent and, with
     the prior approval of the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Agent, at its
     option and in its discretion, to release any Lien granted to or held by
     either such Agent upon any Collateral (i) upon termination of the
     Commitments and payment in cash and satisfaction of all of the Obligations
     (including the LOC Obligations) at any time arising under or in respect of
     this Credit Agreement or the Credit Documents or the transactions
     contemplated hereby or thereby, (ii) constituting property being sold or
     disposed of upon receipt of the proceeds of such sale by an Agent if the
     applicable Credit Party certifies to such Agent that the sale or
     disposition is made in compliance with Section 9.5 (and such Agent may rely
     conclusively on any such certificate, without further inquiry) or (iii) if
     approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders, unless
     such release is required to be approved by all of the Lenders hereunder.
     Upon request by an Agent at any time,


                                      115

<PAGE>   122


     the Lenders will confirm in writing such Agent's authority to release
     particular types or items of Collateral pursuant to this Section 13.10(b).

          (c) Upon any sale and transfer of Collateral which is expressly
     permitted pursuant to the terms of this Credit Agreement, or consented to
     in writing by the Required Lenders or all of the Lenders, as applicable,
     and upon at least five (5) Business Days' prior written request by the
     applicable Credit Party, the Administrative Agent and, with the prior
     approval of the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Agent, shall (and is
     hereby irrevocably authorized by the Lenders to) execute such documents as
     may be necessary to evidence the release of the Liens granted to the
     Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders herein or pursuant
     hereto upon the Collateral that was sold or transferred; provided that (i)
     such Agent shall not be required to execute any such document on terms
     which, in such Agent's opinion, acting reasonably, would expose such Agent
     to liability or create any obligation or entail any consequence other than
     the release of such Liens without recourse or warranty and (ii) such
     release shall not in any manner discharge, affect or impair the Obligations
     or any Liens upon (or obligations of such Credit Party in respect of) all
     interests retained by such Credit Party, including, without limitation, the
     proceeds of the sale, all of which shall continue to constitute part of the
     Collateral. In the event of any sale or transfer of Collateral, or any
     foreclosure with respect to any of the Collateral, the Administrative Agent
     and, with the prior approval of the Administrative Agent, the Canadian
     Agent, shall be authorized to deduct all of the expenses reasonably
     incurred by such Agent from the proceeds of any such sale, transfer or
     foreclosure.

          (d) Neither Agent shall have any obligation whatsoever to the Lenders
     or to any other Person to assure that the Collateral exists or is owned by
     the Credit Parties or is cared for, protected or insured or that the liens
     granted to either such Agent herein or pursuant hereto have been properly
     or sufficiently or lawfully created, perfected, protected or enforced or
     are entitled to any particular priority, or to exercise or to continue
     exercising at all or in any manner or under any duty of care, disclosure or
     fidelity any of the rights, authorities and powers granted or available to
     either such Agent in this Section 13.10 or in any of the Security
     Documents, it being understood and agreed that in respect of the
     Collateral, or any act, omission or event related thereto, the
     Administrative Agent and, with the prior approval of the Administrative
     Agent, the Canadian Agent, may act in any manner it may deem appropriate,
     in its reasonable discretion, given either such Agent's own interest in the
     Collateral as one of the Lenders and that either such Agent shall have no
     duty or liability whatsoever to the Lenders, except for its gross
     negligence or willful misconduct.

          (e) The Administrative Agent hereby authorizes and appoints the
     Canadian Agent as the Administrative Agent's attorney-in-fact, to exercise
     all of the powers granted to the Canadian Agent in subsections (b) and (c)
     of this Section 13.10 on behalf of the Administrative Agent in its capacity
     as collateral agent under the Canadian Security Agreement.


                                      116


<PAGE>   123


                                   ARTICLE XIV

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

     14.1 NOTICES.

     Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all notices, requests and
other communications shall have been duly given and shall be effective (a) when
delivered by hand, (b) when transmitted via telecopy (or other facsimile
device), (c) the Business Day following the day on which the same has been
delivered prepaid to a reputable national overnight air courier service, or (d)
the third Business Day following the day on which the same is sent by certified
or registered mail, postage prepaid, in each case to the respective parties at
the address or telecopy numbers set forth on Schedule 14.1 attached hereto, or
at such other address as such party may specify by written notice to the other
parties hereto; provided, however, that if any notice is delivered on a day
other than a Business Day, or after 5:00 P.M. (Eastern time) on any Business
Day, then such notice shall not be effective until the next Business Day; and
provided further, that notices of default shall be effective only upon delivery
by hand or by a reputable national overnight air courier service (unless a
telecopy notice of default is sent and receipt is confirmed by telephone or
telecopy by a Senior Management Member or Senior Financial Officer of the
Company, in which case such notice of default shall be effective upon receipt).

     14.2 RIGHT OF SET-OFF.

     In addition to any rights now or hereafter granted under applicable law or
otherwise, and not by way of limitation of any such rights, upon the occurrence
and during the continuation of an Event of Default, each Lender is authorized at
any time and from time to time, without presentment, demand, protest or other
notice of any kind (all of which rights being hereby expressly waived), to
set-off and to appropriate and apply any and all deposits (general or special)
and any other indebtedness at any time held or owing by such Lender (including,
without limitation branches, agencies or Affiliates of such Lender wherever
located) to or for the credit or the account of a Credit Party against
obligations and liabilities of a Credit Party to such Lender hereunder, under
the Notes, the other Credit Documents or otherwise, irrespective of whether such
Lender shall have made any demand hereunder and although such obligations,
liabilities or claims, or any of them, may be contingent or unmatured, and any
such set-off shall be deemed to have been made immediately upon the occurrence
of an Event of Default even though such charge is made or entered on the books
of such Lender subsequent thereto. Each Credit Party hereby agrees that any
Person purchasing a participation in the Loans and Commitments hereunder
pursuant to Section 14.3(c) may exercise all rights of set-off with respect to
its participation interest as fully as if such Person were a Lender hereunder.

     14.3 BENEFIT OF AGREEMENT.

          (a) Generally. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the
     benefit of and be enforceable by the respective successors and assigns of
     the parties hereto; provided that a Borrower may not assign and transfer
     any of its interests without prior written consent of the Lenders; and
     provided further that the rights of each Lender to transfer, assign or


                                      117

<PAGE>   124


     grant participations in its rights and/or obligations hereunder shall be
     limited as set forth in this Section 14.3.

          (b) Assignments. Subject to the consent of the Borrowers (provided,
     however, that no consent shall be required during the existence and
     continuation of an Event of Default) and of the Administrative Agent, which
     consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, each Lender may assign all or a
     portion of its rights and obligations hereunder pursuant to an assignment
     agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit M to one or more Eligible
     Assignees; provided that any such assignment shall be in a minimum
     aggregate amount of $5,000,000 of the Commitments and in integral multiples
     of $1,000,000 above such amount and that each such assignment shall be of a
     constant, not varying, percentage of all of the assigning Lender's rights
     and obligations under this Agreement. Any assignment hereunder shall be
     effective upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in the preceding
     sentence and delivery to the Administrative Agent of written notice of the
     assignment together with a transfer fee of $3,500 (or with respect to an
     assignment of the Canadian Revolving Loan Commitment, a transfer fee of
     $1,750) payable to the Administrative Agent for its own account; provided
     that any assignment of the Canadian Revolving Loan Commitment shall require
     delivery of written notice of the assignment to the Canadian Agent together
     with a transfer fee of $1,750 payable to the Canadian Agent for its own
     account. Upon the effectiveness of any such assignment, the assignee shall
     become a "Lender" for all purposes of this Agreement and the other Credit
     Documents and, to the extent of such assignment, the assigning Lender shall
     be relieved of its obligations hereunder to the extent of the Loans and
     Commitment components being assigned. Along such lines, the Borrowers agree
     that upon effectiveness of any such assignment and surrender of the
     appropriate Note or Notes, it will promptly provide to the assigning Lender
     and to the assignee separate promissory notes in the amount of their
     respective interests substantially in the form of the original Note (but
     with notation thereon that it is given in substitution for and replacement
     of the original Note or any replacement notes thereof). In addition to the
     assignments permitted under this Section 14.3(b), any Lender may (without
     notice to the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and
     without payment of any fee) (i) assign and pledge all or any portion of its
     Loans and its Notes to any Federal Reserve Bank as collateral security
     pursuant to Regulation A and any Operating Circular issued by such Federal
     Reserve Bank and (ii) assign all or any portion of its rights under this
     Agreement and its Loans and its Notes to an Affiliate. No such assignment,
     as set forth in the preceding sentence, shall release the assigning Lender
     from its obligations hereunder.

     By executing and delivering an assignment agreement in accordance with this
     Section 14.3(b), the assigning Lender thereunder and the assignee
     thereunder shall be deemed to confirm to and agree with each other and the
     other parties hereto as follows: (i) such assigning Lender warrants that it
     is the legal and beneficial owner of the interest being assigned thereby
     free and clear of any adverse claim and the assignee warrants that it is an
     Eligible Assignee; (ii) except as set forth in clause (i) above, such
     assigning Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no
     responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or
     representations made in or in connection with this Agreement, any of the
     other Credit Documents or any other instrument or document furnished
     pursuant hereto or thereto, or the execution, legality, validity,
     enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value


                                      118

<PAGE>   125


     of this Agreement, any of the other Credit Documents or any other
     instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto or thereto or the
     financial condition of any member of the Consolidated Cott Group or the
     performance or observance by any member of the Consolidated Cott Group of
     any of its obligations under this Agreement, any of the other Credit
     Documents or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto or
     thereto; (iii) such assignee represents and warrants that it is legally
     authorized to enter into such assignment agreement; (iv) such assignee
     confirms that it has received a copy of this Agreement, the other Credit
     Documents and such other documents and information as it has deemed
     appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into such
     assignment agreement; (v) such assignee will independently and without
     reliance upon the Agents, such assigning Lender or any other Lender, and
     based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the
     time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking
     action under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents; (vi) such
     assignee appoints and authorizes the Agents to take such action on its
     behalf and to exercise such powers under this Agreement or any other Credit
     Document as are delegated to the Agents by the terms hereof or thereof,
     together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto; and (vii)
     such assignee agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms
     all the obligations which by the terms of this Agreement and the other
     Credit Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

          (c) Participations. Each Lender may sell, transfer, grant or assign
     participations in all or any part of such Lender's rights, obligations or
     rights and obligations hereunder; provided that (i) such selling Lender
     shall remain a "Lender" for all purposes under this Agreement (such selling
     Lender's obligations under the Credit Documents remaining unchanged) and
     the participant shall not constitute a Lender hereunder, (ii) no such
     participant shall have, or be granted, rights to approve any amendment or
     waiver relating to this Agreement or the other Credit Documents except to
     the extent any such amendment or waiver would (A) reduce the principal of
     or rate of interest on or fees in respect of any Loans in which the
     participant is participating, (B) postpone the date fixed for any payment
     of principal (including extension of the Maturity Date but excluding any
     mandatory prepayment), interest or fees in which the participant is
     participating, or (C) release all or substantially all of the guaranties or
     the collateral (except as expressly provided in the Credit Documents)
     supporting any of the Loans or Commitments in which the participant is
     participating, and (iii) sub-participations by the participant (except to
     an affiliate, parent company or affiliate of a parent company of the
     participant) shall be prohibited. In the case of any such participation,
     the participant shall not have any rights under this Agreement or the other
     Credit Documents (the participant's rights against the selling Lender in
     respect of such participation to be those set forth in the participation
     agreement with such Lender creating such participation) and all amounts
     payable by the Borrowers hereunder shall be determined as if such Lender
     had not sold such participation, provided, however, that such participant
     shall be entitled to receive additional amounts under Sections 4.9 through
     4.14; provided that such participant shall not be entitled to receive any
     amount greater than such selling Lender would have received had such Lender
     not sold such participation.


                                      119

<PAGE>   126


     14.4 NO WAIVER; REMEDIES CUMULATIVE.

     The Borrowers hereby waive due diligence, demand, presentment and protest
and any notices thereof as well as notice of nonpayment. No failure or delay on
the part of an Agent or any Lender in exercising any right, power or privilege
hereunder or under any other Credit Document and no course of dealing between
the Borrowers or any other Credit Party and an Agent or any Lender shall operate
as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right,
power or privilege hereunder or under any other Credit Document preclude any
other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or
privilege hereunder or thereunder. The rights and remedies provided herein are
cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies which the Agents or any
Lender would otherwise have. No notice to or demand on the Borrowers in any case
shall entitle the Borrowers or any other Credit Party to any other or further
notice or demand in similar or other circumstances or constitute a waiver of the
rights of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders to any other or further action
in any circumstances without notice or demand.

     14.5 PAYMENT OF EXPENSES; INDEMNIFICATION.

     The Borrowers agree to: (a) pay all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and
expenses of the Administrative Agent and FUCMC in connection with the
negotiation, preparation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other
Credit Documents and the documents and instruments referred to therein
(including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and expenses of Moore & Van
Allen, PLLC, special counsel to the Agents as well as Canadian counsel to the
Agents) and any amendment, waiver or consent relating hereto and thereto
including, but not limited to, any such amendments, waivers or consents
resulting from or related to any work-out, renegotiation or restructure relating
to the performance by the Borrowers under this Agreement or any other Credit
Party under the other Credit Documents and of the Administrative Agent and the
Lenders in connection with enforcement of the Credit Documents and the documents
and instruments referred to therein (including, without limitation, in
connection with any such enforcement, the reasonable fees and disbursements of
counsel for the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders); (ii) pay and hold
each of the Lenders harmless from and against any and all claims for
Non-Excluded Taxes as set forth in Section 4.13 and hold each of the Lenders
harmless from and against any and all liabilities with respect to or resulting
from any delay or omission (other than to the extent attributable to such
Lender) to pay such Non-Excluded Taxes; and (iii) indemnify each Agent, FUCMC
and each Lender, its officers, directors, employees, representatives and agents
from and hold each of them harmless against any and all losses, liabilities,
claims, damages or expenses incurred by any of them as a result of, or arising
out of, or in any way related to, or by reason of, any investigation, litigation
or other proceeding (whether or not any Agent, FUCMC or Lender is a party
thereto) related to the entering into and/or performance of any Credit Document
or the use of proceeds of any Loans (including other extensions of credit)
hereunder or the consummation of any other transactions contemplated in any
Credit Document, including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and
disbursements of counsel incurred in connection with any such investigation,
litigation or other proceeding (but excluding any such losses, liabilities,
claims, damages or expenses to the extent they relate to disputes solely between
or among the Lenders (excluding First Union acting in its capacity as
Administrative Agent or National Bank of Canada acting in its capacity as
Canadian Agent) or they are incurred by reason of gross negligence or willful
misconduct on the part of the Person to be indemnified).

                                      120

<PAGE>   127


     14.6 AMENDMENTS, WAIVERS AND CONSENTS.

     Neither the amendment or waiver of any provision of this Credit Agreement
or any other Credit Document, nor the consent to any departure by any Borrower
or other Credit Party therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same
shall be in writing and signed by the Required Lenders, or if the Lenders shall
not be parties thereto, by the parties thereto and consented to by the Required
Lenders, and each such amendment, waiver or consent shall be effective only in
the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided
that no amendment, waiver or consent shall unless in writing and signed by all
the Lenders, do any of the following: (a) increase the Commitments of the
Lenders or subject the Lenders to any additional obligations, (b) except as
otherwise expressly provided in this Credit Agreement, reduce the principal of,
or interest on, any Note or any Letter of Credit reimbursement obligations or
any fees hereunder, (c) postpone any date fixed for any payment in respect of
principal of, or interest on, any Note or any Letter of Credit reimbursement
obligations or any fees hereunder, (d) change the percentage of the Commitments,
or any minimum requirement necessary for the Lenders or the Required Lenders to
take any action hereunder, (e) amend or waive this Section 14.6, or change the
definition of Required Lenders, (f) release any Borrower or any Guarantor, (g)
except as otherwise expressly provided in this Credit Agreement, and other than
in connection with the financing, refinancing, sale or other disposition of any
asset of the Credit Parties permitted under this Credit Agreement, release any
Liens in favor of the Lenders on any material portion of the Collateral or (h)
increase the advance rates used to calculate the Borrowing Base and, provided,
further, that no amendment, waiver or consent affecting the rights or duties of
the Agents or the Issuing Lender under any Credit Document shall in any event be
effective, unless in writing and signed by the Agents and/or the Issuing Lender,
as applicable, in addition to the Lenders required hereinabove to take such
action. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing to the contrary, the consent of the
Borrowers shall not be required for any amendment, modification or waiver of the
provisions of Article XIII (other than the provisions of Section 13.9). In
addition, the Borrowers and the Lenders hereby authorize the Administrative
Agent to modify this Credit Agreement by unilaterally amending or supplementing
Schedule 1.1A from time to time in the manner requested by the Borrowers, the
Agents or any Lender in order to reflect any assignments or transfers of the
Loans as provided for hereunder; provided, however, that the Administrative
Agent shall promptly deliver a copy of any such modification to the Borrowers
and each Lender.

     14.7 DEFAULTING LENDER.

     Each Lender understands and agrees that if such Lender is a Defaulting
Lender then it shall not be entitled to vote on any matter requiring the consent
of the Required Lenders or to object to any matter requiring the consent of all
the Lenders; provided, however, that all other benefits and obligations under
the Credit Documents shall apply to such Defaulting Lender.

     14.8 COUNTERPARTS.

     This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which
where so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of which shall
constitute one and the same


                                      121

<PAGE>   128


instrument. It shall not be necessary in making proof of this Agreement to
produce or account for more than one such counterpart. Delivery of an executed
counterpart by telecopy shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed
counterpart hereto and shall constitute a representation that an original
executed counterpart will be provided.

     14.9 HEADINGS.

     The headings of the sections and subsections hereof are provided for
convenience only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or construction of
any provision of this Agreement.

     14.10 SURVIVAL OF INDEMNIFICATION AND REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

     All indemnities set forth herein and all representations and warranties
made herein shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the
making of the Loans, the issuance of the Letters of Credit, and the repayment of
the Loans, LOC Obligations and other obligations and the termination of the
Commitments hereunder.

     14.11 CURRENCY.

     The use of term "dollars" or "Dollars" or the symbol "$" or "U.S. $" in the
Credit Documents shall mean a reference to lawful money of the United States of
America unless specifically indicated otherwise.

     14.12 GOVERNING LAW; SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; VENUE.

          (a) THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENTS AND THE
     RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER AND THEREUNDER SHALL BE
     GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF
     THE STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA. Any legal action or proceeding with respect to
     this Credit Agreement or any other Credit Document shall be brought in the
     courts of the State of North Carolina in Mecklenburg County or of the
     United States for the Western District of North Carolina, and, by execution
     and delivery of this Credit Agreement, each of the Borrowers hereby
     irrevocably accepts for itself and in respect of its property, generally
     and unconditionally, the nonexclusive jurisdiction of such courts. Each of
     the Borrowers further irrevocably consents to the service of process out of
     any of the aforementioned courts in any such action or proceeding by the
     mailing of copies thereof by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid,
     to it at the address set out for notices pursuant to Section 14.1, such
     service to become effective three (3) days after such mailing. Nothing
     herein shall affect the right of the Administrative Agent or any Lender to
     serve process in any other manner permitted by law or to commence legal
     proceedings or to otherwise proceed against any Borrower in any other
     jurisdiction.

          (b) Each of the Borrowers hereby irrevocably waives any objection
     which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any of the
     aforesaid actions or proceedings arising out of or in connection with this
     Credit Agreement or any other Credit


                                      122
<PAGE>   129


     Document brought in the courts referred to in subsection (a) above and
     hereby further irrevocably waives and agrees not to plead or claim in any
     such court that any such action or proceeding brought in any such court has
     been brought in an inconvenient forum.

          (c) The Company hereby irrevocably appoints CT Corporation System,
     which currently maintains a North Carolina office situated at 225
     Hillsborough Street, Raleigh, North Carolina 27603, as its agent to receive
     service of process or other legal summons for purposes of any legal action
     or proceeding. So long as the Company has any obligation under this Credit
     Agreement or any of the Credit Documents, it will maintain a duly appointed
     agent in North Carolina for the service of such process or summons, and if
     it fails to maintain such an agent, any such process or summons may be
     served by mailing a copy thereof by registered mail, or a form of mail
     substantially equivalent thereto, addressed to it at its address as
     provided for notices hereunder.

     14.13 ARBITRATION.

          (a) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 14.12 to the contrary,
     upon demand of any party hereto, whether made before or after institution
     of any judicial proceeding, any dispute, claim or controversy arising out
     of, connected with or relating to this Credit Agreement and other Credit
     Documents ("Disputes") between or among parties to this Credit Agreement
     shall be resolved by binding arbitration as provided herein. Institution of
     a judicial proceeding by a party does not waive the right of that party to
     demand arbitration hereunder. Disputes may include, without limitation,
     tort claims, counterclaims, disputes as to whether a matter is subject to
     arbitration, claims brought as class actions, claims arising from Credit
     Documents executed in the future, or claims arising out of or connected
     with the transaction reflected by this Credit Agreement.

          Arbitration shall be conducted under and governed by the Commercial
     Financial Disputes Arbitration Rules (the "Arbitration Rules") of the
     American Arbitration Association (the "AAA") and Title 9 of the U.S. Code.
     All arbitration hearings shall be conducted in Charlotte, North Carolina. A
     hearing shall begin within ninety (90) days of demand for arbitration and
     all hearings shall be concluded within one hundred twenty (120) days of
     demand for arbitration. These time limitations may not be extended unless a
     party shows cause for extension and then no more than a total extension of
     sixty (60) days. The expedited procedures set forth in Rule 51 et seq. of
     the Arbitration Rules shall be applicable to claims of less than
     $1,000,000. All applicable statutes of limitation shall apply to any
     Dispute. The panel from which all arbitrators are selected shall be
     comprised of licensed attorneys selected from the Commercial Financial
     Dispute Arbitration Panel of the AAA. The single arbitrator selected for
     expedited procedure shall be a retired judge from the highest court of
     general jurisdiction, state or federal, of the state where the hearing will
     be conducted or if such person is not available to serve, the single
     arbitrator may be a licensed attorney. The parties hereto do not waive
     applicable Federal or state substantive law except as provided herein. A
     judgment upon the award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, this arbitration provision does not apply to
     disputes under or related to Hedging Agreements.

                                      123

<PAGE>   130


          (b) Notwithstanding the preceding binding arbitration provisions, the
     Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Borrowers agree to preserve,
     without diminution, certain remedies that the Administrative Agent on
     behalf of the Lenders may employ or exercise freely, independently or in
     connection with an arbitration proceeding or after an arbitration action is
     brought. The Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders shall have the
     right to proceed in any court of proper jurisdiction or by self-help to
     exercise or prosecute the following remedies, as applicable (i) all rights
     to foreclose against any real or personal property or other security by
     exercising a power of sale granted under Credit Documents or under
     applicable law or by judicial foreclosure and sale, including a proceeding
     to confirm the sale; (ii) all rights of self-help including peaceful
     occupation of real property and collection of rents, setoff, and peaceful
     possession of personal property; (iii) obtaining provisional or ancillary
     remedies including injunctive relief, sequestration, garnishment,
     attachment, appointment of receiver and filing an involuntary bankruptcy
     proceeding; and (iv) when applicable, a judgment by confession of judgment.
     Any claim or controversy with regard to the Administrative Agent's
     entitlement on behalf of the Lenders to exercise such remedies is a
     Dispute. Preservation of these remedies does not limit the power of an
     arbitrator to grant similar remedies that may be requested by a party in a
     Dispute.

          (c) The parties hereto agree that they shall not have a remedy of
     punitive or exemplary damages against the other in any Dispute and hereby
     waive any right or claim to punitive or exemplary damages they have now or
     which may arise in the future in connection with any Dispute whether the
     Dispute is resolved by arbitration or judicially.

          (d) By execution and delivery of this Credit Agreement, each of the
     parties hereto accepts, for itself and in connection with its properties,
     generally and unconditionally, the non-exclusive jurisdiction relating to
     any arbitration proceedings conducted under the Arbitration Rules in
     Charlotte, North Carolina and irrevocably agrees to be bound by any final
     judgment rendered thereby in connection with this Credit Agreement from
     which no appeal has been taken or is available.

     14.14 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.

     TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, EACH OF THE PARTIES TO THIS
AGREEMENT HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION,
PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OF
THE OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENTS OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY.

     14.15 SEVERABILITY.

     If any provision of any of the Credit Documents is determined to be
illegal, invalid or unenforceable, such provision shall be fully severable and
the remaining provisions shall remain in full force and effect and shall be
construed without giving effect to the illegal, invalid or unenforceable
provisions.

                                      124

<PAGE>   131


     14.16 LOAN ENTIRETY.

     This Agreement together with the other Credit Documents represent the
entire agreement of the parties hereto and thereto, and supersede all prior
agreements and understandings, oral or written, if any, including any commitment
letters or correspondence relating to the Credit Documents or the transactions
contemplated herein and therein; provided, however, that the Administrative
Agent Fee Letter shall remain in effect subsequent to the execution and delivery
of this Agreement.

     14.17 BINDING EFFECT; AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT OF EXISTING CREDIT
AGREEMENT; FURTHER ASSURANCES.

         This Agreement shall become effective at such time, on or after the
Closing Date, that the conditions precedent set forth in Section 5.1 have been
satisfied and when it shall have been executed by each Borrower and the Agents,
and the Agents shall receive copies hereof (telecopied or otherwise) which, when
taken together, bear the signatures of each Lender (including the Issuing
Lenders), and thereafter this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the
benefit of each Borrower, each Lender (including the Issuing Lenders) and the
Agents, together with their respective successors and assigns. The Borrowers
agree, upon the request of the Administrative Agent and/or the Required Lenders,
to promptly take such actions, as reasonably requested, as are appropriate to
carry out the intent of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents,
including, but not limited to, such actions as are reasonably necessary to
ensure that the Lenders have a perfected security interest in all collateral
securing the Obligations, subject to no Liens other than Permitted Liens.

         14.18    CONFIDENTIALITY.

         The Agents and the Lenders agree to keep confidential (and to cause
their respective affiliates, officers, directors, employees, agents and
representatives to keep confidential) all information, materials and documents
furnished to the Agents or any such Lender by or on behalf of the Credit Parties
(whether before or after the Closing Date) which relates to the Credit Parties
(the "Information"). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Agents and Lenders shall
be permitted to disclose Information (i) to its affiliates, officers, directors,
employees, agents and representatives in connection with their participation in
any of the transactions evidenced by this Agreement or any other Credit
Documents or the administration of this Agreement or any other Credit Documents
(so long as such Persons are notified of the confidential nature of the
information); (ii) to the extent required by applicable laws and regulations or
by any subpoena or similar legal process, or requested by any Governmental
Authority; (iii) to the extent such Information (A) becomes publicly available
other than as a result of a breach of this Credit Agreement or any agreement
entered into pursuant to clause (iv) below, (B) becomes available to the Agents
or any Lender on a non-confidential basis or (C) was available to the Agents or
Lenders on a non-confidential basis prior to its disclosure to the Agents or any
Lender by the Credit Parties; (iv) to any assignee or participant (or
prospective assignee or participant) so long as such assignee or participant (or
prospective assignee or participant) first specifically agrees in a writing
furnished to and for the benefit of the parties hereto to be bound by the terms
of this Section; (v) to Gold Sheets and other similar bank


                                      125
<PAGE>   132


trade publications; such information to consist of deal terms and other
information customarily found in such publications or (vi) to the extent that
the Credit Parties shall have consented in writing to such disclosure. Nothing
set forth in this Section shall obligate the Agents or any Lender to return any
materials furnished by the Credit Parties.

     14.19 JUDGMENT CURRENCY.

          (a) If for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court it is
     necessary to convert all or any part of the Indebtedness or any other
     amount due to the Lenders hereunder or under any security in respect of the
     Borrowers' obligations hereunder in any currency (the "Original Currency")
     into another currency (the "Other Currency") each Borrower to the fullest
     extent that it may effectively do so, agrees that the rate of exchange used
     shall be that at which, in accordance with normal banking procedures, the
     Administrative Agent could purchase the Original Currency with the Other
     Currency at its principal offices in Charlotte, North Carolina on the day
     (a "Business Day") on which the Administrative Agent is open for the
     transaction of its banking business at such offices immediately preceding
     the day on which any such judgment, or any relevant part thereof, is paid
     or otherwise satisfied.

          (b) The obligation of each Borrower in respect of any sum due in the
     Original Currency from it to the Lenders hereunder or under any security in
     respect of the Borrowers' obligation hereunder shall, notwithstanding any
     judgment in any Other Currency, be discharged only to the extent that on
     the Business Day following receipt by the Agents of any sum adjudged to be
     so due in such Other Currency or of any other sum in any Other Currency the
     Agents may, in accordance with their normal banking procedures, purchase
     the Original Currency with such Other Currency. If the amount of the
     Original Currency so purchased is less than the sum originally due to the
     Lenders in the Original Currency, the Borrowers shall, as a separate
     obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, indemnify the Agents
     against such loss, and if the amount of the Original Currency so purchased
     exceeds the sum originally due to the Lenders, the Agents shall remit such
     excess to the Borrowers.

     14.20 MAXIMUM RATE.

     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained elsewhere in this Credit
Agreement or in any other Credit Document, the Borrowers, the Administrative
Agent, the Canadian Agent and the Lenders hereby agree that all agreements among
them under this Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents, whether now
existing or hereafter arising and whether written or oral, are expressly limited
so that in no contingency or event whatsoever shall the amount paid, or agreed
to be paid, to the Administrative Agent or any Lender for the use, forbearance,
or detention of the money loaned to any Borrower and evidenced hereby or thereby
or for the performance or payment of any covenant or obligation contained herein
or therein (including, in relation to any amount payable hereunder by any
Canadian Borrower or to any Canadian Lender, any amount constituting "interest"
for purposes of section 347 of the Criminal Code (Canada) or any successor
provision in force at the relevant time, and references in this Section 14.20
shall be read accordingly), exceed the Highest Lawful Rate. If due to any
circumstance whatsoever,


                                      126

<PAGE>   133


fulfillment of any provisions of this Credit Agreement or any of the other
Credit Documents at the time performance of such provision shall be due shall
exceed the Highest Lawful Rate, then, automatically, the obligation to be
fulfilled shall be modified or reduced to the extent necessary to limit such
interest to the Highest Lawful Rate, and if from any such circumstance any
Lender should ever receive anything of value deemed interest by applicable law
which would exceed the Highest Lawful Rate, such excessive interest shall be
applied to the reduction of the principal amount then outstanding hereunder or
on account of any other then outstanding Obligations and not to the payment of
interest, or if such excessive interest exceeds the principal unpaid balance
then outstanding hereunder and such other then outstanding Obligations, such
excess shall be refunded to the applicable Borrower. All sums paid or agreed to
be paid to the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Agent or any Lender for the
use, forbearance, or detention of the Obligations and other indebtedness of the
Borrowers to the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Agent or any Lender shall,
to the extent permitted by applicable law, be amortized, prorated, allocated and
spread throughout the full term of such indebtedness until payment in full so
that the actual rate of interest on account of all such indebtedness does not
exceed the Highest Lawful Rate throughout the entire term of such indebtedness.
The terms and provisions of this Section shall control every other provision of
this Credit Agreement and all agreements among the Borrowers, the Administrative
Agent, the Canadian Agent and the Lenders.

     14.21 CONCERNING JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY OF THE U.S. BORROWERS.

          (a) Each of the U.S. Borrowers is accepting joint and several
     liability hereunder in consideration of the financial accommodation to be
     provided by the Lenders under this Credit Agreement, for the mutual
     benefit, directly and indirectly, of each of the U.S. Borrowers and in
     consideration of the undertakings of each of the U.S. Borrowers to accept
     joint and several liability for the obligations of each of them.

          (b) Each of the U.S. Borrowers jointly and severally hereby
     irrevocably and unconditionally accepts, not merely as a surety but also as
     a co-debtor, joint and several liability with the other U.S. Borrowers with
     respect to the payment and performance of all of the Obligations, it being
     the intention of the parties hereto that all the Obligations shall be the
     joint and several obligations of each of the U.S. Borrowers without
     preferences or distinction among them.

          (c) If and to the extent that any of the U.S. Borrowers shall fail to
     make any payment with respect to any of the Obligations as and when due or
     to perform any of the Obligations in accordance with the terms thereof,
     then in each such event, the other U.S. Borrowers will make such payment
     with respect to, or perform, such Obligation.

          (d) The obligations of each U.S. Borrower under the provisions of this
     Section 14.21 constitute full recourse obligations of such U.S. Borrower,
     enforceable against it to the full extent of its properties and assets,
     irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of this Credit
     Agreement or any other circumstances whatsoever.

          (e) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or in the other
     Credit Documents, each U.S. Borrower hereby waives notice of acceptance of
     its joint and


                                      127

<PAGE>   134


     several liability, notice of any Loan made under this Credit Agreement,
     notice of occurrence of any Event of Default, or of any demand for any
     payment under this Credit Agreement, notice of any action at any time taken
     or omitted by any Lender under or in respect of any of the Obligations, any
     requirement of diligence and, generally, all demands, notices and other
     formalities of every kind in connection with this Credit Agreement. Each
     U.S. Borrower hereby assents to, and waives notice of, any extension or
     postponement of the time for the payment of any of the Obligations, the
     acceptance of any partial payment thereon, any waiver, consent or other
     action or acquiescence by any Lender at any time or times in respect of any
     default by any U.S. Borrower in the performance or satisfaction of any
     term, covenant, condition or provision of this Credit Agreement, any and
     all other indulgences whatsoever by any Lender in respect of any of the
     Obligations, and the taking, addition, substitution or release, in whole or
     in part, at any time or times, of any security for any of the Obligations
     or in part, at any time or times, of any security for any of the
     Obligations or the addition, substitution or release, in whole or in part,
     of any U.S. Borrower. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,
     each U.S. Borrower assents to any other action or delay in acting or
     failure to act on the part of any Lender, including, without limitation,
     any failure strictly or diligently to assert any right or to pursue any
     remedy or to comply fully with the applicable laws or regulations
     thereunder which might, but for the provisions of this Section 14.21,
     afford grounds for terminating, discharging or relieving such U.S.
     Borrower, in whole or in part, from any of its obligations under this
     Section 14.21, it being the intention of each U.S. Borrower that, so long
     as any of the Obligations remain unsatisfied, the obligations of such U.S.
     Borrower under this Section 14.21 shall not be discharged except by
     performance and then only to the extent of such performance. The
     Obligations of each U.S. Borrower under this Section 14.21 shall not be
     diminished or rendered unenforceable by any winding up, reorganization,
     arrangement, liquidation, reconstruction or similar proceeding with respect
     to any U.S. Borrower or any Lender. The joint and several liability of the
     U.S. Borrowers hereunder shall continue in full force and effect
     notwithstanding any absorption, merger, amalgamation or any other change
     whatsoever in the name, membership, constitution or place of formation of
     any Borrower or any Lender.

          (f) The provisions of this Section 14.21 are made for the benefit of
     the Lenders and their respective successors and assigns, and may be
     enforced by any such Person from time to time against any of the U.S.
     Borrowers as often as occasion therefor may arise and without requirement
     on the part of any Lender first to marshal any of its claims or to exercise
     any of its rights against any of the other U.S. Borrowers or to exhaust any
     remedies available to it against any of the other U.S. Borrowers or to
     resort to any other source or means of obtaining payment of any of the
     Obligations or to elect any other remedy. The provisions of this Section
     14.21 shall remain in effect until all the Obligations shall have been paid
     in full or otherwise fully satisfied. If at any time, any payment, or any
     part thereof, made in respect of any of the Obligations, is rescinded or
     must otherwise be restored or returned by any Lender upon the insolvency,
     bankruptcy or reorganization of any of the U.S. Borrowers, or otherwise,
     the provisions of this Section 14.21 will forthwith be reinstated in
     effect, as though such payment had not been made.


                                      128

<PAGE>   135


          (g) Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained herein or
     in any other of the Credit Documents, to the extent the joint obligations
     of a U.S. Borrower shall be adjudicated to be invalid or unenforceable for
     any reason (including, without limitation, because of any applicable state
     or federal law relating to fraudulent conveyances or transfers) then the
     obligations of each U.S. Borrower hereunder shall be limited to the maximum
     amount that is permissible under applicable law (whether federal or state
     and including, without limitation, the U.S. federal Bankruptcy Code).

          (h) The U.S. Borrowers hereby agree, as among themselves, that if any
     U.S. Borrower shall become an Excess Funding Borrower (as defined below),
     each other U.S. Borrower shall, on demand of such Excess Funding Borrower
     (but subject to the next sentence hereof and to subsection (B) below), pay
     to such Excess Funding Borrower an amount equal to such U.S. Borrower's Pro
     Rata Share (as defined below and determined, for this purpose, without
     reference to the properties, assets, liabilities and debts of such Excess
     Funding Borrower) of such Excess Payment (as defined below). The payment
     obligation of any U.S. Borrower to any Excess Funding Borrower under this
     Section 14.21(h) shall be subordinate and subject in right of payment to
     the prior payment in full of the Obligations of such U.S. Borrower under
     the other provisions of this Credit Agreement, and such Excess Funding
     Borrower shall not exercise any right or remedy with respect to such excess
     until payment and satisfaction in full of all of such Obligations. For
     purposes hereof, (i) "Excess Funding Borrower" shall mean, in respect of
     any Obligations arising under the other provisions of this Credit Agreement
     (hereafter, the "Joint Obligations"), a U.S. Borrower that has paid an
     amount in excess of its Pro Rata Share of the Joint Obligations; (ii)
     "Excess Payment" shall mean, in respect of any Joint Obligations, the
     amount paid by an Excess Funding Borrower in excess of its Pro Rata Share
     of such Joint Obligations; and (iii) "Pro Rata Share", for the purposes of
     this Section 14.21(h), shall mean, for any U.S. Borrower, the ratio
     (expressed as a percentage) of (A) the amount by which the aggregate
     present fair salable value of all of its assets and properties exceeds the
     amount of all debts and liabilities of such U.S. Borrower (including
     contingent, subordinated, unmatured, and unliquidated liabilities, but
     excluding the obligations of such U.S. Borrower hereunder) to (B) the
     amount by which the aggregate present fair salable value of all assets and
     other properties of such U.S. Borrower and all of the other U.S. Borrowers
     exceeds the amount of all of the debts and liabilities (including
     contingent, subordinated, unmatured, and unliquidated liabilities, but
     excluding the obligations of such U.S. Borrower and the other U.S.
     Borrowers hereunder) of such U.S. Borrower and all of the other U.S.
     Borrowers, all as of the Closing Date (if any U.S. Borrower becomes a party
     hereto subsequent to the Closing Date, then for the purposes of this
     Section 14.21(h) such subsequent U.S. Borrower shall be deemed to have been
     a U.S. Borrower as of the Closing Date and the information pertaining to,
     and only pertaining to, such U.S. Borrower as of the date such U.S.
     Borrower became a U.S. Borrower shall be deemed true as of the Closing
     Date).

     14.22 CONCERNING JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY OF THE CANADIAN BORROWERS.

          (a) Each of the Canadian Borrowers is accepting joint and several
     liability hereunder in consideration of the financial accommodation to be
     provided by the Lenders

                                      129

<PAGE>   136


     under this Credit Agreement, for the mutual benefit, directly and
     indirectly, of each of the Canadian Borrowers and in consideration of the
     undertakings of each of the Canadian Borrowers to accept joint and several
     liability for the obligations of each of them.

          (b) Each of the Canadian Borrowers jointly and severally hereby
     irrevocably and unconditionally accepts, not merely as a surety but also as
     a co-debtor, joint and several liability with the other Canadian Borrowers
     with respect to the payment and performance of all of the Canadian
     Obligations, it being the intention of the parties hereto that all the
     Canadian Obligations shall be the joint and several obligations of each of
     the Canadian Borrowers without preferences or distinction among them.

          (c) If and to the extent that any of the Canadian Borrowers shall fail
     to make any payment with respect to any of the Canadian Obligations as and
     when due or to perform any of the Canadian Obligations in accordance with
     the terms thereof, then in each such event, the other Canadian Borrowers
     will make such payment with respect to, or perform, such Canadian
     Obligation.

          (d) The obligations of each Canadian Borrower under the provisions of
     this Section 14.22 constitute full recourse obligations of such Canadian
     Borrower, enforceable against it to the full extent of its properties and
     assets, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of this
     Credit Agreement or any other circumstances whatsoever.

          (e) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or in the other
     Credit Documents, each Canadian Borrower hereby waives notice of acceptance
     of its joint and several liability, notice of any Loan made under this
     Credit Agreement, notice of occurrence of any Event of Default, or of any
     demand for any payment under this Credit Agreement, notice of any action at
     any time taken or omitted by any Lender under or in respect of any of the
     Canadian Obligations, any requirement of diligence and, generally, all
     demands, notices and other formalities of every kind in connection with
     this Credit Agreement. Each Canadian Borrower hereby assents to, and waives
     notice of, any extension or postponement of the time for the payment of any
     of the Canadian Obligations, the acceptance of any partial payment thereon,
     any waiver, consent or other action or acquiescence by any Lender at any
     time or times in respect of any default by any Canadian Borrower in the
     performance or satisfaction of any term, covenant, condition or provision
     of this Credit Agreement, any and all other indulgences whatsoever by any
     Lender in respect of any of the Canadian Obligations, and the taking,
     addition, substitution or release, in whole or in part, at any time or
     times, of any security for any of the Canadian Obligations or in part, at
     any time or times, of any security for any of the Canadian Obligations or
     the addition, substitution or release, in whole or in part, of any Canadian
     Borrower. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Canadian
     Borrower assents to any other action or delay in acting or failure to act
     on the part of any Lender, including, without limitation, any failure
     strictly or diligently to assert any right or to pursue any remedy or to
     comply fully with the applicable laws or regulations thereunder which
     might, but for the provisions of this Section 14.22, afford grounds for
     terminating, discharging or relieving such Canadian Borrower, in whole or
     in part, from


                                      130
<PAGE>   137


     any of its obligations under this Section 14.22, it being the intention of
     each Canadian Borrower that, so long as any of the Canadian Obligations
     remain unsatisfied, the obligations of such Canadian Borrower under this
     Section 14.22 shall not be discharged except by performance and then only
     to the extent of such performance. The Canadian Obligations of each
     Canadian Borrower under this Section 14.22 shall not be diminished or
     rendered unenforceable by any winding up, reorganization, arrangement,
     liquidation, reconstruction or similar proceeding with respect to any
     Canadian Borrower or any Lender. The joint and several liability of the
     Canadian Borrowers hereunder shall continue in full force and effect
     notwithstanding any absorption, merger, amalgamation or any other change
     whatsoever in the name, membership, constitution or place of formation of
     any Borrower or any Lender.

          (f) The provisions of this Section 14.22 are made for the benefit of
     the Lenders and their respective successors and assigns, and may be
     enforced by any such Person from time to time against any of the Canadian
     Borrowers as often as occasion therefor may arise and without requirement
     on the part of any Lender first to marshal any of its claims or to exercise
     any of its rights against any of the other Canadian Borrowers or to exhaust
     any remedies available to it against any of the other Canadian Borrowers or
     to resort to any other source or means of obtaining payment of any of the
     Canadian Obligations or to elect any other remedy. The provisions of this
     Section 14.22 shall remain in effect until all the Canadian Obligations
     shall have been paid in full or otherwise fully satisfied. If at any time,
     any payment, or any part thereof, made in respect of any of the Canadian
     Obligations, is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned by any
     Lender upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of any of the
     Canadian Borrowers, or otherwise, the provisions of this Section 14.22 will
     forthwith be reinstated in effect, as though such payment had not been
     made.

          (g) Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained herein or
     in any other of the Credit Documents, to the extent the joint obligations
     of a Canadian Borrower shall be adjudicated to be invalid or unenforceable
     for any reason (including, without limitation, because of any applicable
     federal, state or provincial law relating to fraudulent conveyances or
     transfers) then the obligations of each Canadian Borrower hereunder shall
     be limited to the maximum amount that is permissible under applicable law
     (whether federal, state or provincial and including, without limitation,
     the U.S. federal Bankruptcy Code, or Canadian or provincial).

          (h) The Canadian Borrowers hereby agree, as among themselves, that if
     any Canadian Borrower shall become an Excess Funding Borrower (as defined
     below), each other Canadian Borrower shall, on demand of such Excess
     Funding Borrower (but subject to the next sentence hereof and to subsection
     (B) below), pay to such Excess Funding Borrower an amount equal to such
     Canadian Borrower's Pro Rata Share (as defined below and determined, for
     this purpose, without reference to the properties, assets, liabilities and
     debts of such Excess Funding Borrower) of such Excess Payment (as defined
     below). The payment obligation of any Canadian Borrower to any Excess
     Funding Borrower under this Section 14.22(h) shall be subordinate and
     subject in right of payment to the prior payment in full of the Canadian
     Obligations of such Canadian


                                      131

<PAGE>   138


     Borrower under the other provisions of this Credit Agreement, and such
     Excess Funding Borrower shall not exercise any right or remedy with respect
     to such excess until payment and satisfaction in full of all of such
     Canadian Obligations. For purposes hereof, (i) "Excess Funding Borrower"
     shall mean, in respect of any Canadian Obligations arising under the other
     provisions of this Credit Agreement (hereafter, the "Joint Canadian
     Obligations"), a Canadian Borrower that has paid an amount in excess of its
     Pro Rata Share of the Joint Canadian Obligations; (ii) "Excess Payment"
     shall mean, in respect of any Joint Canadian Obligations, the amount paid
     by an Excess Funding Borrower in excess of its Pro Rata Share of such Joint
     Canadian Obligations; and (iii) "Pro Rata Share", for the purposes of this
     Section 14.22(h), shall mean, for any Canadian Borrower, the ratio
     (expressed as a percentage) of (A) the amount by which the aggregate
     present fair salable value of all of its assets and properties exceeds the
     amount of all debts and liabilities of such Canadian Borrower (including
     contingent, subordinated, unmatured, and unliquidated liabilities, but
     excluding the obligations of such Canadian Borrower hereunder) to (B) the
     amount by which the aggregate present fair salable value of all assets and
     other properties of such Canadian Borrower and all of the other Canadian
     Borrowers exceeds the amount of all of the debts and liabilities (including
     contingent, subordinated, unmatured, and unliquidated liabilities, but
     excluding the obligations of such Canadian Borrower and the other Canadian
     Borrowers hereunder) of such Canadian Borrower and all of the other
     Canadian Borrowers, all as of the Closing Date (if any Canadian Borrower
     becomes a party hereto subsequent to the Closing Date, then for the
     purposes of this Section 14.22(h) such subsequent Canadian Borrower shall
     be deemed to have been a Canadian Borrower as of the Closing Date and the
     information pertaining to, and only pertaining to, such Canadian Borrower
     as of the date such Canadian Borrower became a Canadian Borrower shall be
     deemed true as of the Closing Date).

     14.23 NONLIABILITY OF AGENTS AND LENDERS.

     The relationship between any Borrower on the one hand and the Lenders and
the Agents on the other hand shall be solely that of borrower and lender.
Neither the Agents nor any Lender shall have any fiduciary responsibilities to
any Borrower. Neither the Agents nor any Lender undertakes any responsibility to
any Borrower to review or inform such Borrower of any matter in connection with
any phase of such Borrower's business or operations.

     14.24 INDEPENDENT NATURE OF LENDERS' RIGHTS.

     The amounts payable at any time hereunder to each Lender under such
Lender's Note or Notes shall be a separate and independent debt.

     14.25 POWER OF ATTORNEY.

     Each Subsidiary Borrower hereby agrees that by its execution of this
Agreement, such Subsidiary Borrower appoints each of Frank E. Weise, III,
President & Chief Executive Officer, Raymond Silcock, Chief Financial Officer,
Tina Dell'Aquila, Controller and Catherine Brennan, Treasurer, of the Company,
to be its attorneys ("its Attorneys") and in its name and on its behalf and as
its act and deed or otherwise to sign all documents and carry out all such acts
as


                                      132
<PAGE>   139


are necessary or appropriate in connection with executing any Notice of
Borrowing, Notice of Extension/Conversion or any Borrowing Base Certificate or
any security documents (the "Documents") in connection with this Agreement or
any other Credit Document. This Power of Attorney shall be valid for the
duration of the term of this Agreement. Each Subsidiary Borrower hereby
undertakes to ratify everything which either of its Attorneys shall do in order
to execute the Documents mentioned herein.



                  [Remainder of page intentionally left blank]


                                      133

<PAGE>   140


     Each of the parties hereto has caused a counterpart of this Credit
Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

                              CANADIAN BORROWER:

                              COTT CORPORATION


                              By:    /s/ Colin Walker    /s/ Tina Dell'Aquila
                                 -----------------------------------------------
                              Name:
                              Title: Sr. VP              VP & Controller


                              U.S. SUBSIDIARY BORROWERS:

                              COTT USA CORP.


                              By:    /s/ Colin Walker    /s/ Tina Dell'Aquila
                                 -----------------------------------------------
                              Name:
                              Title: Sr. VP              VP & Controller


                              COTT BEVERAGES USA, INC.


                              By:    /s/ Colin Walker    /s/ Tina Dell'Aquila
                                 -----------------------------------------------
                              Name:
                              Title: Sr. VP              VP & Controller


                              BCB USA CORP.


                              By:    /s/ Colin Walker    /s/ Tina Dell'Aquila
                                 -----------------------------------------------
                              Name:
                              Title: Sr. VP              VP & Controller



<PAGE>   141


                              LENDERS:

                              FIRST UNION NATIONAL  BANK, in its capacity as
                              Administrative Agent and as a Lender


                              By:      /s/ John T. Tizainor
                                 -----------------------------------------------
                              Name:        John T. Tizainor
                              Title:       Vice President


                                       ii


<PAGE>   142


                              National Bank of Canada, in its
                              capacity as Canadian Agent and as a Lender


                              By:      /s/ Timothy Lohn
                                 -----------------------------------------------
                              Name:    Timothy Lohn
                              Title:   Regional Manager


                              By:      /s/ Ellis Gaston
                                 -----------------------------------------------
                              Name:    Ellis Gaston
                              Title:   Senior Manager



                                      iii

<PAGE>   143


                              National City Commercial Finance, Inc.,
                              as a Lender


                              By:      /s/ Carrie C. Tate
                                 -----------------------------------------------
                              Name:    Carrie C. Tate
                              Title: VP


                                       iv

<PAGE>   1
                                                                     Exhibit 4.2

                             SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT


                                       FOR

       CONVERTIBLE PARTICIPATING VOTING SECOND PREFERRED SHARES, SERIES I


                                       OF


                           COTT CORPORATION, AS ISSUER


                            DATED AS OF JUNE 12, 1998





                             SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT


     THIS AGREEMENT made the as of the 12TH day of June, 1998.

BETWEEN:

                    THE  "PURCHASERS" SET FORTH ON SCHEDULE 1.1(aa) HERETO

                    (individually, each a Purchaser and collectively, the
                    "Purchasers")

                    - and -

                    COTT CORPORATION, a corporation continued under the laws of
                    Canada

                    (the "Corporation")



RECITALS:

1. The Purchasers wish to subscribe for and the Corporation wishes to issue to
the Purchasers, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, an aggregate of
4,000,000

<PAGE>   2


Convertible Participating Voting Second Preferred Shares, Series I, of the
Corporation having the terms set forth in the Share Provisions (as hereinafter
defined).

2. The Purchasers are simultaneously entering into the Share Purchase Agreement
pursuant to which they shall acquire Common Shares in the capital of the
Corporation.

     In consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants and agreements
herein contained, the parties hereto hereby covenant and agree as follows:


                                    ARTICLE 1

                                   DEFINITIONS

1.1       DEFINITIONS. In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires:

     (a)  "ACTUAL KNOWLEDGE" means the actual knowledge existing prior to the
          date hereof of the directors, officers or employees of the Thomas H.
          Lee Company and the partners or associates of KPMG, Hutchins Wheeler &
          Dittmar and Aird & Berlis who assisted the Thomas H. Lee Company in
          evaluating the transactions contemplated herein;

     (b)  "AFFILIATE" has the meaning set out in the Securities Act (Ontario);

     (c)  "AGREEMENT" means this subscription agreement between the Corporation
          and the Purchasers, as amended from time to time;

     (d)  "APPLICABLE LAWS" means, collectively, the CBCA, the Competition Act
          (Canada), the Investment Canada Act, the Securities Laws, the state
          securities or "blue-sky" laws of states of the United States and the
          H-S-R Act;

     (e)  "BOARD OF DIRECTORS" means the board of directors of the Corporation;

     (f)  "BUSINESS DAY" means every day except a Saturday, Sunday or a day
          which is a statutory holiday under the laws of Canada or the Province
          of Ontario;

     (g)  "CANADIAN SECURITIES LAWS" means (i) the securities laws of the
          provinces of Canada and the regulations, rules and policies
          promulgated thereunder, and (ii) the rules, regulations and policies
          of The Toronto Stock Exchange and the Montreal Exchange;

     (h)  "CBCA" means the Canada Business Corporations Act, as may be amended
          from time to time;

     (i)  "CLOSING" means the closing of the purchase and issuance of the
          Preferred Shares contemplated hereby;


<PAGE>   3



     (j)  "CLOSING DATE" means 15 Business Days from the date hereof in the
          event early termination is granted under the H-S-R Act, or such other
          date as the Purchaser and the Corporation may agree in writing but in
          no event later than three business days following the date upon which
          all of the conditions set out in Article 6 hereof are satisfied;

     (k)  "COMMON SHARES" means the common shares in the capital of the
          Corporation;

     (l)  "CONSENT" means any consent or approval under Applicable Laws required
          to be obtained in connection with the (i) completion of the
          transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (ii) the execution of
          this Agreement, and/or (iii) the Closing or the performance of any
          terms of this Agreement;

     (m)  "CORPORATION" means Cott Corporation, a corporation continued under
          the laws of Canada;

     (n)  "COTT CORPORATION OPTION PLAN" means the Corporation's 1986 Option
          Plan, as amended through September 4, 1997;

     (o)  "FAMILY MEMBERS" means the individuals and entities listed on SCHEDULE
          1.1(o);

     (p)  "H-S-R ACT" means the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of
          1976, as amended;

     (q)  "LIABILITIES" means liabilities or obligations (direct or indirect,
          contingent or absolute, known or unknown, matured or unmatured) of any
          nature whatsoever, whether arising out of contract, tort, statute, or
          otherwise;

     (r)  "MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT" means a material adverse effect on the
          business, assets, properties, financial condition or results of
          operations of the Corporation and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated
          basis;

     (s)  "MATERIAL SUBSIDIARIES" means those Subsidiaries set out in SCHEDULE
          1.1(s);

     (t)  "MAXIMUM AMOUNT" has the meaning ascribed to it in paragraph 8.1(A)
          hereof;

     (u)  "NUMBER OF NOMINEES" means, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by
          the Corporation and the Purchasers with the consent of a majority of
          the members of the Board of Directors who are not nominees of the
          Purchasers and the Family Members on the Board of Directors, such
          number of nominees on the Board of Directors which is based on a
          minimum number of outstanding Common Shares or other voting shares in
          the capital of the Corporation (with the calculation to include
          Preferred

<PAGE>   4


          Shares being treated as if such Preferred Shares had been converted to
          Common Shares in accordance with provisions of the Preferred Shares)
          being owned collectively by the Purchasers and the Family Members, as
          follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          NUMBER OF                     MINIMUM NUMBER OF COMMON SHARES
          NOMINEES                           OR OTHER VOTING SHARES
          ---------                     -------------------------------
<S>                                     <C>
          4                                  12,800,000
          3                                   9,600,000
          2                                   6,400,000
          1                                   3,200,000
</TABLE>


          such minimum number of Common Shares or other voting shares to be
          adjusted accordingly if the number of outstanding Common Shares is
          changed as the result of any stock dividend, stock split, stock
          consolidation, recapitalization, merger or other similar change in the
          capital structure of the Corporation;

     (v)  "OSC" means Ontario Securities Commission;

     (w)  "PERSON" means an individual, corporation, incorporated or
          unincorporated association, syndicate or organization, partnership,
          trust, trustee, executor, administrator or other legal representative;

     (x)  "PREFERRED SHARES" means the Convertible Participating Voting Second
          Preferred Shares, Series I of the Corporation;

     (y)  "PUBLIC DOCUMENTS" has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 4.2
          hereof;

     (z)  "PURCHASE PRICE" has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.3 hereof;

     (aa)"PURCHASER" means individually, each person or entity designated as
          Purchasers on SCHEDULE 1.1(AA) hereto and "PURCHASERS" means
          collectively, the persons and entities designated as Purchasers on
          SCHEDULE 1.1(AA) hereto;

     (ab) "PURCHASERS' DIRECTORS" has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 7.5;

     (ac) "PURCHASERS' REPRESENTATIVE" means, initially, Thomas H. Lee Company;

     (ad) "REGISTERED HOLDERS" means registered holders of Common Shares;

     (ae)"REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT" means the registration rights agreement
          between the Corporation and the Purchasers dated the Closing Date, as
          amended from time to time;

     (af) "REQUIRED ACTION" has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 4.5;


<PAGE>   5



     (ag) "SECURITIES ACT" means the Securities Act (Ontario);

     (ah) "SECURITIES LAWS" means the Canadian Securities Laws and the U.S.
          Securities Laws;

     (ai) "SHARE PROVISIONS" means the share provisions applicable to the
          Preferred Shares as set out in SCHEDULE 1.1(AI);

     (aj)"SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT" means the agreement dated as of June 12,
          1998 between the Purchasers and the Family Members, as amended from
          time to time;

     (ak)"SUBSIDIARIES" in relation to the Corporation means companies and other
          entities of which the voting securities sufficient to elect a majority
          of the Board of Directors are owned by the Corporation;

     (al) "TIME OF CLOSING" means 11:00 a.m. on the Closing Date;

     (am) "TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS" has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 4.5
          hereof; and

     (an)"U.S. SECURITIES LAWS" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
          and the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the
          regulations and rules promulgated under such acts.

1.2       CONSTRUCTION.  In this Agreement:

     (a)  words denoting the singular include the plural and vice versa and
          words denoting any gender include all genders;

     (b)  the words "including", "include", and "includes" shall mean "including
          without limitation", "include, without limitation" and "includes,
          without limitation", respectively;

     (c)  any reference to a statute shall mean the statute in force as at the
          date hereof and any regulation in force thereunder, unless otherwise
          expressly provided;

     (d)  the use of headings is for convenience of reference only and shall not
          affect the construction of this Agreement;

     (e)  when calculating the period of time within which or following which
          any act is to be done or step taken, the date which is the reference
          day in calculating such period shall be excluded. If the last day of
          such period is not a Business Day, the period shall end on the next
          Business Day;


<PAGE>   6



     (f)  all dollar amounts are expressed in lawful currency of the United
          States of America, unless otherwise expressly provided; and

     (g)  where a notice, waiver, permit, consent, direction, authorization or
          instruction is to be delivered or given by or to the Purchasers
          herein, such notice, waiver, permit, consent, direction, authorization
          or instruction may be provided by or to the Purchasers' Representative
          on behalf of and in the name of each of the Purchasers, and the
          Purchasers shall be deemed to have authorized and consented to, or to
          have received, as the case may be, such delivery. The Purchasers'
          Representative may resign at any time upon notice to the Corporation
          and the other Purchasers, in which case all actions must be taken by
          and all notices must be given to, the Purchasers directly unless and
          until Purchasers holding a majority in interest of the Preferred
          Shares then held by all Purchasers shall give notice to the
          Corporation of a successor Purchaser Representative, which notice
          shall be countersigned by the person so named for such authorization
          to be effective.

1.3       ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES. Wherever in this Agreement reference is made to
generally accepted accounting principles, such reference shall be deemed to be
Canadian generally accepted accounting principles which include the principles
approved from time to time by the Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants,
or any successor institute, applicable as at the date on which such calculation
is made or required to be made in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles.

1.4       SCHEDULES. The following are the schedules annexed hereto and
incorporated by reference herein and deemed to be part of this Agreement:

<TABLE>
<S>                       <C>       <C>
     Schedule 1.1(aa)      -        Purchasers and Nominees
     Schedule 1.1(o)       -        Family Members
     Schedule 1.1(s)       -        Material Subsidiaries
     Schedule 1.1(ai)      -        Share Provisions
     Schedule 4.4          -        Absence of Certain Changes
     Schedule 4.6          -        Breaches, Defaults, Required Consents and Filings
     Schedule 4.7          -        Options, Warrants, Etc.
     Schedule 4.8          -        Litigation
     Schedule 4.10         -        Liabilities
     Schedule 4.19         -        Intellectual Property
     Schedule 12.5(a)      -        Notices to Purchasers
</TABLE>



                                    ARTICLE 2

                   AUTHORIZATION AND SALE OF PREFERRED SHARES


<PAGE>   7



2.1       AUTHORIZATION. Subject to obtaining the Consents, the Corporation has
heretofore authorized the issuance and sale to the Purchasers pursuant to this
Agreement of an aggregate of 4,000,000 Preferred Shares.

2.2       ISSUANCE AND SALE OF PREFERRED SHARES. Subject to the terms and
conditions of this Agreement, at the time of Closing, the Corporation will issue
to the Purchasers and the Purchasers will subscribe for and purchase from the
Corporation the Preferred Shares in the amounts set forth opposite each
Purchaser's name on SCHEDULE 1.1(AA) hereto.

2.3       PURCHASE PRICE. The aggregate consideration to be paid by the
Purchasers for the Preferred Shares shall be $40,000,0000 (the "Purchase
Price"), representing consideration of $10.00 per Preferred Share.


                                    ARTICLE 3

                                     CLOSING

3.1       CLOSING DATE. The Closing shall take place on the Closing Date. The
Closing shall be held at the Time of Closing at the offices of Goodman Phillips
& Vineberg, Suite 2400, 250 Yonge Street, Toronto, Ontario, or at such other
place and time as may be agreed upon by the Corporation and the Purchasers'
Representative in writing.

3.2       DELIVERY OF CERTIFICATES. Delivery of the share certificates
representing the Preferred Shares shall be made at the Closing by the
Corporation delivering to the Purchasers' Representative, against payment of the
purchase price therefor, certificates representing the Preferred Shares
registered in the name of the Purchasers in the amounts set forth opposite each
Purchaser's name on SCHEDULE 1.1(AA) hereto or such other person disclosed in
SCHEDULE 1.1(AA) hereto which shall be an affiliate of a Purchaser or a nominee
of a Purchaser or such affiliate as a Purchaser may have designated in writing
to the Corporation at least one Business Day prior to the Closing Date; provided
that any such nominee or affiliate shall agree in writing to assume the
obligations of the Purchasers hereunder as if an original signatory hereto and
further provided that the Purchasers shall continue to be responsible for all of
the obligations of the Purchasers hereunder.

3.3       PAYMENT OF PURCHASE PRICE. The Purchase Price shall be paid and
satisfied by each Purchaser at the Time of Closing by delivery to the
Corporation by wire transfer made payable to the Corporation in an aggregate
amount equal to that portion of the Purchase Price set forth opposite each
Purchaser's name on SCHEDULE 1.1(AA) hereto.

3.4       FURTHER ASSURANCES. From time to time following the Closing, upon the
request of the Purchasers' Representative, the Corporation shall execute and

<PAGE>   8


deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, to the Purchasers such other
instruments and take such other action as may be reasonably necessary to more
effectively vest in the Purchasers and put the Purchasers in possession of the
Preferred Shares and the Common Shares issuable upon conversion of the Preferred
Shares purchased by the Purchasers hereunder. The Corporation and the Purchasers
shall each use their reasonable commercial efforts to obtain as soon as
practicable all Consents.


                                    ARTICLE 4

                REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE CORPORATION

     As an inducement to the Purchasers to enter into this Agreement and to
consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, the Corporation represents and
warrants to the Purchasers as follows:

4.1       ORGANIZATION AND QUALIFICATION. Each of the Corporation and its
Material Subsidiaries has been incorporated and organized, and is validly
existing as a corporation, and has full corporate power and authority to own its
assets and conduct its businesses as now owned and conducted. Each of the
Corporation and its Material Subsidiaries is duly qualified to carry on
business, and is in good standing, in each jurisdiction in which the character
of its properties, owned or leased, or the nature of its activities makes such
qualification necessary, except where the failure to be so qualified or in good
standing could not or would not reasonably be expected to, have a Material
Adverse Effect. Other than as disclosed in the Public Documents or in SCHEDULE
1.1(s), the Corporation owns all of the outstanding capital stock of each of its
Material Subsidiaries free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and claims.

4.2       FILINGS. Documents or information filed by the Corporation under
Applicable Laws, including, without limitation, the Corporation's:

     (a)  1997 Annual Report to Shareholders;

     (b)  proxy circular (the "Proxy Circular") relating to the Corporation's
          1997 Annual Meeting of Shareholders;

     (c)  1997 Annual Information Form; and

(all such filings and documents are hereinafter referred to as the "Public
Filings"). The Public Filings, together with (i) the quarterly unaudited
consolidated balance sheet and related consolidated statement of earnings and
consolidated statement of changes in financial position of the Corporation for
the three months ended May 2, 1998 attached to a press release dated June 12,
1998; (ii) the Corporation's draft financial statements for the fiscal year
ended 1998; (iii) the draft dated June 10, 1998 of the Corporation's 1998 Annual
Information Form; and (iv) the draft dated

<PAGE>   9


June 10, 1998 of the Corporation's Management Proxy Circular (collectively, the
"Public Documents") are, as of their respective dates, other than financial
statements, in compliance in all material respects with such Applicable Laws and
did not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a
material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not
misleading. The Corporation has timely filed all documents required to be filed
under the Applicable Laws, except where the failure to do so would not have a
Material Adverse Effect.

4.3       FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. (a) The audited consolidated balance sheet and
related consolidated statements of earnings, retained earnings and changes in
financial position of the Corporation, together with the Notes to the
Consolidated Financial Statements for the fiscal year ended January 31, 1998,
were prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
consistently applied (except where otherwise indicated) and present fairly in
all material respects the consolidated financial position of the Corporation at
the respective dates indicated and the results of operations and changes in
financial position of the Corporation for the periods covered thereby in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; and (b) the unaudited
interim financial statements of the Corporation contained in the Public
Documents present fairly in all material respects the financial position of the
Corporation for the periods covered thereby in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles (except for normal year-end adjustments and the
omission of footnotes).

4.4       ABSENCE OF CERTAIN CHANGES. Except as otherwise disclosed on SCHEDULE
4.4 hereto, (a) since the date of the latest balance sheet presented in the
audited financial statements as at and for the year ended January 31, 1998 there
has been no change in the business, properties, operations or financial
condition of the Corporation and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis,
which would or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect,
provided that a decline in the trading price of the Common Shares shall not be
deemed to be a Material Adverse Effect if such decline is not directly
attributable to a material adverse change in the business, properties,
operations or financial condition of the Corporation and its Subsidiaries, on a
consolidated basis, and (b) neither the Corporation nor any of its Subsidiaries
has incurred or undertaken any Liabilities or obligations, direct or contingent,
except for (i) the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or (ii)
contractual liabilities, including trade liabilities, incurred in the ordinary
course of business and (iii) Liabilities (other than borrowed money) that would
not have a Material Adverse Effect.

4.5       AUTHORITY. Subject to the filing of articles of amendment to designate
the terms of the Preferred Shares contained in SCHEDULE 1.1(ai) (the "Required
Action"), the Corporation has all necessary corporate power and authority to
enter into this Agreement and the other agreements, documents and instruments to
be executed by the Corporation and the Purchasers in furtherance of the
transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including without limitation, the
Registration

<PAGE>   10


Rights Agreement (collectively, the "Transaction Documents"), and to consummate
the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.

4.6       NON-CONTRAVENTION. The execution, delivery, and performance of the
Transaction Documents to which the Corporation is a party by the Corporation and
the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby by the
Corporation do not and will not, after completion of all Required Action:

     (a)  result in a breach of any of the terms and provisions of, or
          constitute a default (or an event which with notice or lapse of time,
          or both, would constitute a default) under, or result in the creation
          or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or
          assets of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to any
          material agreement, instrument, franchise, license or permit to which
          the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which any
          of such corporations or their respective properties or assets may be
          bound, or

     (b)  violate any judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or regulation of
          any court or any public, governmental or regulatory agency or body
          applicable to the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries or any of
          their respective properties or assets,

other than (i) such breaches, defaults or violations that would not or could not
reasonably be expected to (A) impair the ability of the Corporation to
consummate and perform the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or
deprive the Purchaser of the benefits under this Agreement, or (B) have a
Material Adverse Effect; or (ii) as set out in SCHEDULE 4.6. The execution,
delivery and performance of the Transaction Documents by the Corporation and the
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby do not and will
not violate or conflict with any provision of the articles of incorporation or
by-laws of the Corporation or any of its Material Subsidiaries, as currently in
effect. Except for the Required Action or as set out in SCHEDULE 4.6, no
consent, approval, authorization, order, registration, filing, qualification,
license or permit of or with any court or any government agency or body
applicable to the Corporation or any of its Material Subsidiaries or any of
their respective properties or assets is required for the execution, delivery
and performance of the Transaction Documents or the consummation of the
transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including the issuance, sale and
delivery of the Preferred Shares to be issued, sold and delivered by the
Corporation hereunder.

4.7       CAPITALIZATION. The authorized equity capital of the Corporation
consists of an unlimited number of Common Shares and an unlimited number of
First Preferred Shares and Second Preferred Shares. As of June 10, 1998,
64,203,428 Common Shares have been validly issued and are outstanding as fully
paid and non-assessable and were issued in compliance with all applicable
Securities Laws. No First Preferred or Second Preferred Shares are issued or
outstanding. As of the date hereof, up to a maximum of 6,200,000 Common Shares

<PAGE>   11


(vested and unvested) may be issued pursuant to outstanding stock options under
the Cott Corporation Option Plan, and, other than pursuant to the Cott
Corporation Option Plan, no Common Shares may be issued pursuant to incentive,
service awards and profitability bonus plans of the Corporation. Except as
described in the immediately preceding sentence, as disclosed in the Public
Documents or as set out in SCHEDULE 4.7, there are no options, warrants,
conversion privileges, calls or other rights, agreements, arrangements,
commitments or obligations of the Corporation or its Subsidiaries to issue or
sell any shares of any capital stock of the Corporation or of any of its
Subsidiaries or securities or obligations of any kind convertible into or
exchangeable for any shares of capital stock of the Corporation, any of its
Subsidiaries or any other person, nor are there outstanding any stock
appreciation rights or phantom equity agreements, arrangements or commitments
based upon the book value, income or any other attribute of the Corporation or
any of its Subsidiaries other than bonus agreements, bonus arrangements or bonus
commitments with the Corporation's or its Subsidiaries' officers, employees or
Consultants. The holders of outstanding Common Shares are not entitled to any
preemptive or other similar rights.

4.8       ACTIONS. Except as disclosed in the Public Documents or described in
SCHEDULE 4.8, there is no litigation or governmental proceeding to which the
Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or to which any property of
the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries is subject or which is pending or, to
the knowledge of the Corporation, threatened against the Corporation or any of
its Subsidiaries which based upon information currently available to the
Corporation acting reasonably and in good faith could be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect.

4.9       REGISTRATION AND QUALIFICATION. Assuming the accuracy of the
representations and warranties made by the Purchaser and set forth in Article 5
hereof, it is not necessary in connection with the offer, sale and delivery of
the Preferred Shares to the Purchaser in the manner contemplated by this
Agreement to register or qualify the Preferred Shares or the Common Shares
issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Shares, under the Securities Laws.

4.10      NO LIABILITIES. Neither the Corporation nor its Material Subsidiaries
has any Liabilities, except (i) as reflected or reserved against in the balance
sheet of the Corporation presented in the financial statements as at and for the
year ended January 31, 1998 and not heretofore discharged, (ii) as recorded
and/or disclosed in the Public Documents, (iii) as disclosed in SCHEDULE 4.10,
(iv) Liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business since January 31,
1998, (v) contractual (including trade) liabilities incurred in the ordinary
course of business, (vi) Liabilities (other than for borrowed money) that would
not or could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

4.11      NO DEFAULTS.  Except as disclosed on SCHEDULE 4.6 or in the Public
Documents:



<PAGE>   12


     (i)  neither the Corporation nor any of its Subsidiaries is in violation or
          default under any provision of its certificate of incorporation,
          by-laws or other organization documents, or is in breach of or default
          with respect to any provision of any agreement, judgment, decree,
          order, mortgage, deed of trust, lease, franchise, license, indenture,
          permit or other instrument to which it is a party or by which it or
          any of its properties are bound; and

     (ii) there does not exist an event of default on the part of the
          Corporation or any such Subsidiary,

as defined in such documents which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would
constitute a default, where such violation or default would or could reasonably
be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

4.12      COMPLIANCE WITH LAW. The Corporation and each of its Subsidiaries is
in compliance with all laws and regulations applicable to the operation of its
respective businesses, including the Applicable Laws, except where failure so to
comply would not or could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect and each of them has all licences, permits, orders or approvals of, and
has made all required registrations with, any governmental or regulatory body
that is material to the conduct of its business, except where failure so to
comply would not or could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect, and except as disclosed in the Public Documents.

4.13      ENFORCEABILITY OF AGREEMENT. This Agreement has been, and the
Transaction Documents to be executed and delivered by the Corporation pursuant
hereto have been or will be, duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered
by the Corporation and this Agreement is, and such Transaction Documents when so
executed and delivered will be valid and binding obligations of the Corporation,
enforceable against the Corporation in accordance with their terms subject to
applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, winding-up, reorganization, arrangement,
moratorium or other laws affecting creditors' rights generally.

4.14      THE PREFERRED SHARES. Subject to the Required Action, the Preferred
Shares have been duly and validly authorized by the Corporation and the
Preferred Shares, when issued, sold and delivered in accordance with this
Agreement, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.
Subject to the Required Action, the Common Shares issuable upon conversion of
the Preferred Shares have been reserved for issuance and, when issued in
accordance with the terms of the Preferred Shares, will be duly and validly
issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and no further approval or authority of
the shareholders or the Board of Directors under the Applicable Laws will be
required for such issuance of Common Shares following the Closing.

     Other than pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, no security
holder of the Corporation has any right which has not been satisfied or waived
to require the

<PAGE>   13


Corporation to register (or take similar action under Canadian Securities Laws)
the sale of any securities owned by such security holder under the Securities
Laws.

4.15      NO GENERAL SOLICITATION. None of the Corporation, its affiliates or
any person acting on their behalf has solicited any offer to buy or offer to
sell the Preferred Shares by means of any form or general solicitation or
general advertising or in any manner involving a public offering within the
meaning of the Securities Laws that would require the registration or
qualification of the Preferred Shares under the Securities Laws.

4.16      PROPERTIES. The Corporation or the applicable Material Subsidiary
holds its leased properties under valid and binding leases, with such exceptions
as would not have a Material Adverse Effect. The Corporation owns or leases all
such properties as are necessary to its operations as now conducted, other than
with respect to such properties which are both (i) owned or leased by third
parties and (ii) used by the Corporation for warehousing purposes.

4.17      TAXES. The Corporation and its Subsidiaries have on a timely basis
filed all tax returns, information returns or designations covering any taxes in
respect of the income, business or property of the Corporation and its
Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis (including, without limitation, all
federal, state, provincial or foreign taxes) and has paid all taxes shown as due
on such tax returns, information returns or designations except where the
failure to do so would result in a loss to the Corporation of not more than
$2,000,000 after giving effect to all applicable reserves provided for in the
Corporation's financial statements.

4.18      INSURANCE. The Corporation and its Material Subsidiaries maintain
insurance of the types and in the amounts reasonably deemed by the Corporation
to be adequate and reasonable for its business and that of its Material
Subsidiaries against theft, damage, destruction, acts of vandalism and all other
risks customarily insured against (other than product recalls), all of which
insurance is in full force and effect.

4.19      INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY. Except as disclosed in SCHEDULE 4.19, the
Corporation and its Subsidiaries, or to the best of the Corporation's knowledge,
the Corporation's customers have sufficient, or have applied for registration of
such, trademarks, trade names, patent rights, copyrights, licenses, approvals
and governmental authorizations to enable the Corporation and its Subsidiaries
conduct their business substantially as now conducted; and the Corporation has
no knowledge of any infringement by it or its Subsidiaries of any trademark,
trade name, patent, copyright, licenses, trade secret or other similar rights of
others, and there is no claim being made against the Corporation or its
Subsidiaries regarding trademark, trade name, patent, copyright, license, trade
secret or other infringement, in any such case which could reasonably be
expected to result in a loss to the Corporation of more than $2,000,000.


<PAGE>   14




                                    ARTICLE 5

                 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PURCHASER

     As an inducement to the Corporation to enter into this Agreement and to
consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, the Purchasers hereby severally
represent and warrant to the Corporation as follows:

5.1       INVESTMENT. The Purchasers are acquiring the Preferred Shares and the
Common Shares issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Shares for investment
for their own respective account, and not with a view to any distribution
thereof in violation of any applicable Securities Laws. The Purchasers
understand that the Preferred Shares and such Common Shares have not been
registered under the Securities Laws by reason of specific exemptions therefrom
which depend upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment
intent and the accuracy of the Purchaser's representations as expressed herein.
The Purchasers acknowledge that they are not residents in or of the Province of
Ontario.

5.2       FINANCIAL POSITION. Each of the Purchasers' financial condition and
investments are such that it is in a position to hold the Preferred Shares and
the Common Shares issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Shares for an
indefinite period, bear the economic risk of the investment and to withstand the
complete loss of the investment. Each of the Purchasers has extensive knowledge
and experience in financial and business matters and has the capability to
evaluate the merits and risks of the Preferred Shares and the Common Shares
issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Shares. Each of the Purchasers is an
"accredited investor" within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended. Except as to a breach of a representation and/or
warranty of which there was Actual Knowledge, nothing contained in this Section
5.2 or due diligence or investigation that has been made by or on behalf of
Purchasers shall diminish or modify any of the representations and warranties if
made by the Corporation herein.

5.3       HOLD. The Purchasers acknowledge that the Preferred Shares and the
Common Shares issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Shares must be held as
required by the Securities Laws unless subsequently registered or otherwise
qualified for sale under any applicable Securities Laws or unless exemptions
from such registrations or qualification are available.

5.4       ORGANIZATION OF THE PURCHASERS. Each Purchaser which is not an
individual is duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the
jurisdiction of its organization. Each Purchaser is purchasing the Preferred
Shares as principal at an aggregate acquisition cost to each Purchaser of not
less than Cdn. $150,000. Each Purchaser that is not a corporation or an
individual but is a syndicate, partnership, trust or other unincorporated
organization, is purchasing as principal for its own account. None of the
Purchasers is a corporation or syndicate, partnership or other form of
unincorporated organization incorporated or created solely to permit the
purchase of the Preferred Shares by groups of individuals whose

<PAGE>   15


individual share of the aggregate acquisition cost for the Preferred Shares to
be purchased is less than $150,000.

5.5       AUTHORITY OF THE PURCHASERS. Each of the Purchasers has all necessary
power and authority (corporate and otherwise) to execute and deliver this
Agreement and the Transaction Documents to which it is a party, to consummate
the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby and to comply with the terms,
conditions and provisions hereof and thereof. The execution, delivery and
performance of this Agreement and the Transaction Documents by each of the
Purchasers has been duly authorized and approved by each of the Purchasers and
does not require any further authorization or consent of the Purchasers or their
respective beneficial owners. This Agreement is the legal, valid and binding
agreement of each of the Purchasers, enforceable against each of the Purchasers
in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
winding-up, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors' rights
generally.

5.6       NON-CONTRAVENTION. The execution, delivery, and performance of the
Transaction Documents by the Purchasers and the consummation of the transactions
contemplated hereby and thereby by the Purchasers do not and will not:

     (a)  result in a breach of any of the terms and provisions of, or
          constitute a default (or an event which with notice or lapse of time,
          or both, would constitute a default) under, or result in the creation
          or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or
          assets of the Purchasers pursuant to any material agreement,
          instrument, franchise, license or permit to which the Purchasers or
          any of them is a party or by which such Purchaser may be bound, or

     (b)  violate any judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or regulation of
          any court or any public, governmental or regulatory agency or body
          applicable to any of the Purchasers or any of their respective
          properties or assets,

other than such breaches, defaults or violations that are not reasonably
expected to impair the ability of the Purchasers to consummate and perform the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement or deprive the Corporation of the
benefits under this Agreement. With respect to those Purchasers who are not
individuals, the execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction
Documents by the Purchaser and the consummation of the transactions contemplated
hereby or thereby do not and will not violate or conflict with any provision of
the certificate of limited partnership agreement, partnership agreement or other
similar governing agreements of such Purchaser, as currently in effect. Except
for the filing under Rule 13-d of the Securities Act of 1933, no consent,
approval, authorization, order, registration, filing, qualification, license or
permit of or with any court or any government agency or body applicable to the
Purchasers or any of their properties or assets is required for the execution,
delivery and performance of the Transaction

<PAGE>   16


Documents or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or
thereby, including the purchase of the Preferred Shares hereunder.


                                    ARTICLE 6

                  CONDITIONS TO THE OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES

A.   OBLIGATIONS OF THE PURCHASER

6.1       CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF THE PURCHASER. The obligation
of the Purchasers to consummate the transactions contemplated herein shall be
subject to and conditional upon the satisfaction of, or compliance with, as at
the Time of Closing, each of the following conditions (which are inserted for
the exclusive benefit of the Purchaser):

     (a)  the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Corporation
          herein contained, as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date,
          except where the consequence of any inaccuracy in such representations
          and warranties would not have a Material Adverse Effect (provided,
          however, that with respect to any representation or warranty of the
          Corporation contained in Article 4 which is already qualified with
          respect to a Material Adverse Effect, no further qualification, except
          as expressly stated below, is imposed hereby) and the Purchasers shall
          have received a certificate of an officer of the Corporation to such
          effect dated the Closing Date;

     (b)  the performance in all material respects by the Corporation of its
          obligations herein (including the covenants contained in Article 7 of
          this Agreement) and the Purchasers shall have received a certificate
          of an officer of the Corporation to such effect dated the Closing
          Date;

     (c)  the execution and delivery of the Registration Rights Agreement;

     (d)  receipt by the Purchasers of an opinion of counsel to the Corporation,
          in form and substance satisfactory to the Purchasers, acting
          reasonably;

     (e)  the filing of articles of amendment with respect to the creation of
          the Preferred Shares with the attributes contained in SCHEDULE
          1.1(ag); and

     (f)  there being since the date hereof no fact or condition which would or
          could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect,
          provided that a decline in the trading price of the Common Shares
          shall not be deemed to be such a Material Adverse Effect if such
          decline is not directly attributable to a Material Adverse Effect;


<PAGE>   17



and provided further that for purposes of this Section 6.1, including, without
limitation, subsection 6.1(a) hereof, Material Adverse Effect shall exclude the
effect of any general economic, commodity pricing, capital markets or financial
conditions.

B.   OBLIGATIONS OF THE CORPORATION

6.2       CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE OBLIGATIONS OF THE CORPORATION. The
obligation of the Corporation to issue and sell the Preferred Shares to the
Purchasers in accordance herewith shall be subject to and conditional upon the
satisfaction of, or compliance with, as at the Time of Closing, each of the
following conditions (which are for the exclusive benefit of the Corporation):

     (a)  the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Purchasers
          herein contained, as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date,
          except to the extent any inaccuracies do not materially impair the
          ability of the Purchaser to consummate the transactions contemplated
          by this Agreement, and the Corporation shall have received a
          certificate of: (i) the Purchasers' Representative; or (ii) each
          Purchaser who is an individual or an officer of each of the Purchasers
          which are not individuals, to such effect dated the Closing Date;

     (b)  the performance in all material respects by the Purchasers of their
          obligations herein and the Corporation shall have received a
          certificate of: (i) the Purchasers' Representative; or (ii) each
          Purchaser who is an individual or an officer of each of the Purchasers
          which are not individuals, to such effect dated the Closing Date;

     (c)  receipt by the Corporation of an opinion of counsel to each of
          Purchasers in form and substance satisfactory to the Corporation,
          acting reasonably; and

     (d)  the absence of any event, actual or threatened, resulting from the
          announcement or contemplated completion of the transactions described
          herein which would or could reasonably be expected to have a Material
          Adverse Effect.

C.   OBLIGATIONS OF EACH OF THE CORPORATION AND THE PURCHASER

6.3       CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE OBLIGATIONS OF THE CORPORATION AND THE
PURCHASER. The obligation of each of the Corporation and the Purchaser to
consummate the transactions contemplated herein is subject to the satisfaction
of, or compliance with, as at the Time of Closing, each of the following
conditions (which are inserted for the benefit of each of the Purchaser and the
Corporation):

     (a)  the transactions contemplated by the Share Purchase Agreement having
          been consummated;


<PAGE>   18



     (b)  no action or proceeding, temporary restraining order, preliminary or
          permanent injunction or other order by any court of competent
          jurisdiction, governmental authority or agency or other person to
          prohibit or prevent consummation of the transactions contemplated
          herein shall be pending or threatened;

     (c)  the expiration, termination of the applicable waiting periods and the
          receipt of all Consents, approvals and waivers under the Applicable
          Laws; and

     (d)  the completion of all Required Action.

6.4       WAIVER BY PURCHASERS. If any of the conditions set forth in Sections
6.1 or 6.3 have not been fulfilled, performed or satisfied as at the Closing,
the Purchasers may, by written notice to the Corporation terminate all of their
obligations relating to the Closing and the Purchasers shall be released from
such obligations under this Agreement. Any of such conditions may be waived in
whole or in part by the Purchasers' Representative by instrument in writing
given to the Corporation without prejudice to any of the Purchasers' rights of
termination in the event of non-performance of any other condition, obligation
or covenant in whole or in part, and without prejudice to its right to complete
the transactions of purchase and sale contemplated by this Agreement and to
claim for damages for breach of representation or warranty; provided that
notwithstanding anything else contained herein, the Purchasers shall not be
entitled to claim damages for any breach of representation or warranty where
there was Actual Knowledge of such breach of representation or warranty on or
prior to the date hereof.

6.5       WAIVER BY CORPORATION. If any of the conditions set forth in Sections
6.2 or 6.3 have not been fulfilled, performed or satisfied as at the Closing,
the Corporation may, by written notice to the Purchaser, terminate all of its
obligations relating to the Closing and the Corporation shall be released from
all such obligations under this Agreement. Any of such conditions may be waived
in whole or in part by the Corporation by instrument in writing to the
Purchaser, without prejudice to any of the Corporations's rights of termination
in the event of n on-performance of any other condition, obligation or covenant
in whole or in part, and without prejudice to their right to complete the
transactions of purchase and sale contemplated by this Agreement and claim
damages for breach of representation, warranty or covenant.


                                    ARTICLE 7

                          COVENANTS OF THE CORPORATION

     As an inducement to the Purchaser to enter into this Agreement and to
consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, the Corporation hereby
covenants with the Purchaser as follows:


<PAGE>   19



7.1       PAYMENT OF EXPENSES. Whether or not the transactions contemplated
hereby are completed, the Corporation shall pay all costs and expenses incident
to the performance of the obligations of the Corporation hereunder, including
those in connection with (i) the issuance, transfer and delivery of the
Preferred Shares or the Common Shares issuable upon conversion thereof to the
Purchaser, including any transfer or similar taxes payable thereon, (ii) the
cost of printing the certificates representing the Preferred Shares or the
Common Shares issuable upon conversion thereof and (iii) the cost and charges of
any transfer agent, registrar, trustee or fiscal paying agent. Upon closing of
the transactions contemplated herein, the Corporation shall also promptly pay,
(x) all fees and expenses of PaineWebber Incorporated incurred in connection
with the issuance of the Preferred Shares hereunder up to $1,000,000, and (y)
all reasonable documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses, including
attorneys', accountants' and consultants' fees incurred by the Purchasers in
connection with the negotiation and consummation of this Agreement and the
transactions contemplated hereby up to $400,000 in the aggregate for the
Purchasers under this Section 7.1. The provisions of this Section 7.1 shall also
apply to payment of the Purchasers expenses in the event that the Shareholder
approval contemplated by Section 6.3 hereof is not obtained provided that the
Purchasers are otherwise in compliance and not in breach of the terms hereof.

7.2       AVAILABILITY OF COMMON SHARES. The Corporation shall at all times
reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued Common Shares, for
the purpose of effecting the conversion of the Preferred Shares, the full number
of Common Shares then issuable upon the conversion of the Preferred Shares.

7.3       TRANSACTION FEE. On the Closing Date, upon Closing, the Corporation
shall pay to the Purchasers an aggregate fee equal to $900,000.

7.4       PROXY STATEMENTS; SHAREHOLDER APPROVALS. The Corporation, shall, in
accordance with Applicable Laws:

     (a)  duly call, give notice of, convene and hold on or about July 21, 1998
          a meeting of its Registered Holders for the purpose of, among other
          things, voting to approve the issuance of the Preferred Shares and the
          Common Shares issuable upon conversion thereof and shall use
          reasonable commercial efforts, except to the extent the Board of
          Directors determines in good faith, after consultation with outside
          counsel, that contrary action is required by the Board of Directors'
          fiduciary duties under Applicable Laws, to obtain shareholder
          approval; and

     (b)  except to the extent the Board of Directors determines in good faith,
          after consultation with outside counsel, that contrary action is
          required by the Board of Directors' fiduciary duties under Applicable
          Laws, recommend approval of the issuance of the Preferred Shares and
          the Common Shares issuable upon conversion thereof, and include in the
          proxy statement in respect of the meeting, such recommendation, and
          take all lawful action to solicit such approvals.


<PAGE>   20



7.5       ELECTION TO BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE CORPORATION. The Corporation
shall take all actions necessary to ensure that four representatives of the
Purchasers are appointed to the Board of Directors (the "Purchasers' Directors")
promptly after the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein;
provided that such representatives are eligible to act on the Board of Directors
pursuant to the requirements of the CBCA and are acceptable to the Board of
Directors, acting reasonably (it being acknowledged and agreed that any officer
or director of The Thomas H. Lee Company shall be acceptable to the
Corporation). The Corporation shall not take any action to increase the size of
the Board of Directors above eleven members without the written consent of the
Purchasers and shall not solicit any proxies for the election of more than
eleven members to the Board of Directors.

     The Corporation shall also use its reasonable commercial efforts to cause
the appropriate Number of Nominees to be renominated and reelected when the
initial and any successive term of the Purchasers' Directors expires (subject to
the Number of Nominees the Purchasers are entitled to nominate under the terms
hereof, to the requirements of the CBCA and to such nominees continuing to be
acceptable to the Board of Directors, acting reasonably). The Corporation shall
also use its reasonable commercial efforts to cause the election to each
committee of the Board of Directors that number of nominees from the Purchasers'
Representatives that will result in the Purchasers having representation on each
committee equivalent to the Purchasers pro rata percentage representation on the
Board of Directors.

7.6       REPORTING. The Corporation will, so long as the Preferred Shares or
the Common Shares issuable upon conversion thereof are outstanding and are
"restricted securities" within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the
Securities Act, file reports and other information with the Securities and
Exchange Commission under Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Exchange Act.

7.7       PUBLIC DOCUMENTS. Not later than June 30, 1998, the Corporation shall
deliver to the Purchasers true and complete copies of the Corporation's:

     (a)  1998 Annual Report to Shareholders;

     (b)  management proxy circular relating to the Corporation's 1998 Annual
          and Special Meeting of Shareholders; and

     (c)  1998 Annual Information Form.

     The Corporation represents and warrants that such documents shall be, as of
their respective dates, in compliance in all material respects with such
Applicable Laws and will not, as of their respective dates, contain any untrue
statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be
stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the
circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.


<PAGE>   21



7.8       BUY-BACK. Subject to the CBCA, the provisions of any applicable debt
covenants and obtaining approval of the stock exchanges on which the Common
Shares are listed, the Corporation will use the Purchase Price, as expressed in
Canadian dollars as at the Closing Date, net of any and all expenses
attributable to the transaction herein contemplated, to effect "normal-course"
purchases of its Common Shares on the floor of the stock exchanges where such
shares may be available, as soon as practicable, having regard to the volume and
price limitations applicable to such purchases as imposed by such stock
exchanges. In particular, the parties acknowledge and agree that the Corporation
shall not be required to make the purchases which aggregate (i) more than 2% of
the Common Shares outstanding in any 30 day period and (ii) more than the
greater of (A) 10% of the public float and (B) 5% of the Common Shares
outstanding during any 12 month period. The parties further acknowledge and
agree that the Corporation shall not be required to make such purchases where
the Board of Directors of the Corporation, acting reasonably, determines that to
so purchase such shares at such prices would result in a breach of its fiduciary
duties to the Corporation.

7.9       APPLICATION TO EXCHANGES. To the extent that the Share Provisions
contain any requirement or restriction relating to the obtaining of a regulatory
consent, the Corporation agrees that it will make all necessary applications to
the stock exchanges on which the Common Shares are listed to obtain such
regulatory consent and will make all commercially reasonable efforts, including,
without limitation, the payment of any required listing fees, to obtain such
consent.


                                    ARTICLE 8

                           COVENANTS OF THE PURCHASER

8.1       CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS. The Purchasers covenant with the Corporation
that, without the prior written consent of the Corporation (as evidenced by the
approval of a majority of the members of the Board of Directors who are
independent of the Purchasers and the Family Members), for a period commencing
on the Closing Date and continuing through the earlier of (i) the fifth
anniversary of the Closing Date (except as expressly set forth in clause
8.1(I)), or (ii) the date upon which the Corporation shall be in default of any
monetary payment obligations under any instrument of indebtedness to which the
Corporation or any Subsidiary is a party involving a principal obligation of at
least $50,000,000 after the expiry of any periods to remedy or cure such
default, the Purchasers, and their affiliates (including, without limitation,
Thomas Lee and the Thomas H. Lee Company) over which they exercise management
control, singly, or jointly or in concert with any other party or as part of a
group, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediates or otherwise,
will not:

     (A)  for a period of twelve months following the Closing Date, sell any
          Common Shares received upon conversion of the Preferred Shares over
          any stock exchange pursuant to which the Corporation is effecting a

<PAGE>   22


          normal course issuer bid pursuant to the requirements of Section 7.8
          hereof;

     (B)  purchase or acquire, or offer, propose or agree to purchase or
          acquire, directly or indirectly, any of the Common Shares (other than
          by conversion of any of the Preferred Shares or receipt of Common
          Shares as a result of any stock dividend, stock split,
          recapitalization, merger or other change in the corporate or capital
          structure of the Corporation or any other action taken solely by the
          Corporation), any option (other than the option to purchase 5,000,000
          (as may be adjusted) Common Shares granted to the Purchasers pursuant
          to the Share Purchase Agreement), warrant or other right to acquire,
          directly or indirectly, any Common Shares or any securities which are
          convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Common Shares
          (other than the exercise of options under the Share Purchase Agreement
          or the receipt of dividends in kind); and provided that at any time
          when the percentage of the outstanding Common Shares owned by the
          Purchaser on a fully diluted basis is less than the percentage of the
          outstanding Common Shares owned by such Purchaser on a fully diluted
          basis on the Closing Date (the "Maximum Amount") the Purchaser may
          purchase additional Common Shares up to the Maximum Amount;

     (C)  solicit, or encourage any other person to solicit, proxies or become a
          participant or otherwise engage in any solicitation in opposition to a
          recommendation of a majority of the directors of the Corporation with
          respect to any matter; seek to advise or influence any person with
          respect to the voting of any securities of the Corporation (other than
          pursuant to the Voting Agreement between the Purchasers and the Family
          Members of even date entered into in connection with the Share
          Purchase Agreement); or execute any written consent in lieu of a
          meeting of holders of securities of the Corporation or any class
          thereof unless requested to do so by the Corporation;

     (D)  initiate, propose, vote in favour of, support or otherwise solicit
          shareholders for the approval of one or more shareholder proposals
          with respect to the Corporation;

     (E)  knowingly transfer or agree to transfer any securities to any group or
          party owning in excess of 5% of the outstanding Common Shares;

     (F)  propose or seek to effect any form of business combination transaction
          with the Corporation or any affiliate thereof or any restructuring,
          recapitalization or other similar transaction with respect to the
          Corporation;


<PAGE>   23



     (G)  seek any additional representation on the Board of Directors of the
          Corporation;

     (H)  encourage any person, firm, corporation, group or other entity to
          engage in any of the actions covered by clauses (B) through (G) of
          this Section 8.1 or make any public announcement (or make other
          communication with or to the Corporation or otherwise which, in the
          opinion of counsel to the Corporation, would require public
          announcement) with respect to any matter set forth in clause (B)
          through (G) of this Section 8.1; provided, however, that actions taken
          by any Purchasers' Directors, acting in his or her capacity as such a
          director, shall not violate any provision of this Section 8.1; and

     (I)  transfer, effect a short sale of, grant any option for the purchase
          of, or loan any Preferred Shares or Common Shares for a period of 12
          months from the date of issuance of the Preferred Shares except (a) to
          an affiliate, (b) to a trust, family partnership or other estate
          planning vehicle, (c) to a financial institution pursuant to a bona
          fide pledge (each a "Permitted Transferee"), or (d) in a transaction
          approved in advance by the Board of Directors where any Person (or
          Persons acting jointly or in concert) acquire, directly or indirectly,
          beneficial ownership or control or direction over more than 50% of the
          outstanding voting securities (on a fully-diluted basis) of the
          Corporation.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations of the Purchasers under this
Section 8.1 shall terminate if the number of Purchasers' nominees on the Board
of Directors is less than the Number of Nominees, unless the failure to have the
required Number of Nominees elected to or on the Board of Directors is due to
the Purchasers' failure to nominate a nominee or nominees to the Board, vote the
Preferred Shares or Common Shares owned by them in favour of such nominees or
fill a vacancy created by one of its Directors with a person, who (i) meets the
requirements of the CBCA, and (ii) who is acceptable to the Board of Directors,
acting reasonably. The Purchasers acknowledge that they shall vote all Preferred
Shares or Common Shares over which they have control for and in favour of the
nominees proposed by them to the Board of Directors. The parties acknowledge and
agree that the provisions of this Section 8.1 shall not bind or apply to any
purchaser of Preferred Shares or Common Shares other than a purchaser under
Section 8.1(I)(a) or (b).

8.2       PAYMENT OF TAXES. The Purchasers shall be responsible for and shall
pay any and all Canadian withholding taxes, as and when due and payable, and
shall provide evidence satisfactory to the Corporation, acting reasonably, that
such payment has been made within the prescribed time, resulting from or in
respect of the Preferred Shares, including, without limitation, in respect of
the issuance by the Corporation of Common Shares upon conversion of Preferred
Shares, the payment by the Corporation of dividends in respect of the Preferred
Shares and the

<PAGE>   24


redemption by the Corporation of the Preferred Shares, it being acknowledged and
agreed that withholding taxes payable in respect of, among other things, cash
dividends on the Preferred Shares and any proceeds from the redemption of the
Preferred Shares in accordance with their terms shall be withheld at source by
the Corporation or its agent and remitted to the taxation authorities having
jurisdiction, and the amount of such cash dividends or proceeds of redemption
received by the Purchasers shall be net of such withheld amount, in each of the
foregoing cases, only to the extent subject to withholding under applicable law
or the interpretation or administration thereof. The Corporation acknowledges
and agrees that it shall not withhold for withholding taxes unless, in the
opinion of the management of the Corporation, acting reasonably, the Corporation
is required to do so by law or by the interpretation or administration thereof.
The Corporation agrees that in the absence of a law or the interpretation or
administration thereof, which requires it to withhold tax in connection with the
reduction of the Conversion Factor (as defined in the Share Provisions) it will
not so withhold.


                                    ARTICLE 9

                  RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY OF SECURITIES

9.1       RESTRICTIVE LEGEND. Each certificate representing the Preferred Shares
and any other securities issued in respect of the Preferred Shares (other than
the Common Shares issued upon conversion of any Preferred Shares) upon any stock
split, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or similar event
(each of the foregoing securities being referred to herein as "Restricted
Securities"), shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of Section 9.2
below) be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend substantially in the
following form (in addition to the legend required under any applicable state
securities law):

"THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED
STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "U.S. SECURITIES ACT"). THE
HOLDER HEREOF, BY PURCHASING SUCH SECURITIES, AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF COTT
CORPORATION ("THE CORPORATION"), THAT SUCH SECURITIES MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD OR
OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY (A) TO THE CORPORATION, (B) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION
FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144, IF
APPLICABLE, SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS, (C) OUTSIDE
THE UNITED STATES IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S.
SECURITIES ACT, AS APPLICABLE OR (D) IN A TRANSACTION THAT DOES NOT OTHERWISE
REQUIRE REGISTRATION UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE
SECURITIES LAWS, IN EACH CASE, PROVIDED AN OPINION OF COUNSEL OF RECOGNIZED
STANDING REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE CORPORATION HAS BEEN PROVIDED TO THE
CORPORATION TO THAT EFFECT."


<PAGE>   25



The Corporation will promptly, upon request, remove any such legend when no
longer required by the terms of this Agreement or by applicable law.

9.2       NOTICE OF PROPOSED TRANSFERS. Prior to any proposed transfer of any
Restricted Securities, unless a prospectus has been filed under the Securities
Laws covering the proposed transfer, the Purchaser proposing such a transfer
shall give written notice to the Corporation of its intention to effect such
transfer. Each such notice shall describe the manner and circumstances of the
proposed transfer in sufficient detail, and shall be accompanied by either (a) a
written opinion of legal counsel (who shall be reasonably satisfactory to the
Corporation) addressed to the Corporation to the effect that the proposed
transfer of the Restricted Securities may be effected without registration under
the Securities Act or (b) a "no action" letter from the United States Securities
and Exchange Commission to the effect that the transfer of such securities
without registration will not result in a recommendation by the staff of the
United States Securities and Exchange Commission that action be taken with
respect thereto, whereupon, in each case, such Purchaser shall be entitled to
transfer such Restricted Securities in accordance with the terms of the notice
delivered by such Purchaser to the Corporation. Unless a registration statement
has been filed under the U.S. Securities Laws covering the proposed transfer,
each certificate evidencing the Restricted Securities transferred as herein
provided shall bear the appropriate restrictive legend set forth in Section 9.1
above except that such certificate shall not bear such restrictive legend if,
(i) in the opinion of counsel for such Purchaser, such legend is not required in
order to establish compliance with any provisions of the Securities Act of 1933,
or (ii) a period of at least two years has elapsed since the later of the date
the Restricted Securities were acquired from the Corporation or from an
affiliate of the Corporation, and such purchaser represents to the Corporation
that it is not an affiliate of the Corporation and has not been an affiliate
during the preceding three months and shall not become an affiliate of the
Corporation without resubmitting the Restricted Securities for reimposition of
the legend.


                                   ARTICLE 10

                                   TERMINATION

     Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, this Agreement
may be terminated at any time prior to the Closing Date:

     (a)  by the mutual written consent of the Purchasers and the Corporation;
          or

     (b)  by the Purchasers if the conditions contained in subsections 6.1 or
          6.3 have not been complied with or waived as at the Closing or by the
          Corporation if the conditions contained in subsections 6.2 or 6.3 have
          not been complied with a waiver as at the Closing; provided, however,
          that the right to terminate this Agreement under this Section 10(b)
          shall not be available to any party whose

<PAGE>   26


          failure to fulfil any obligation under this Agreement has been the
          cause of, or resulted in, the failure of the Closing to occur on or
          before such date; or

     (c)  by the Purchasers or the Corporation if the Share Purchase Agreement
          is terminated in accordance with is terms; or

     (d)  by the Purchasers or the Corporation at any time after July 31, 1998
          if the Closing has not occurred on or prior to such time.

     In the event that this Agreement shall be terminated pursuant to this
Article 10, all further obligations of the parties under this Agreement other
than the obligations set forth in Article 11 and Sections 7.1 and 12.10 shall be
terminated without further liability of any party to any other party, provided
that nothing herein shall relieve any party from liability for its wilful breach
of this Agreement.


                                   ARTICLE 11

                                 INDEMNIFICATION

11.1      INDEMNIFICATION BY THE CORPORATION. The Corporation hereby agrees, to
the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, to indemnify, defend and hold harmless
the Purchasers and, in the case of the Purchasers who are not individuals, their
partners, directors and its officers, from and against all demands, claims,
actions or causes of action, assessments, losses, damages, liabilities, costs
and expenses, including without limitation, interest, penalties and attorneys'
fees and expenses (collectively, "Claims"), asserted against, resulting to, or
imposed upon or incurred by the Purchaser, directly or indirectly, in connection
with breach of a representation or warranty contained herein by the Corporation
(other than any such breach of which there was Actual Knowledge) or any failure
or omission to comply with its obligations or covenants hereunder, other than
Claims arising from the misconduct of the Purchasers or their representatives,
including the Purchasers' Representative.

11.2      INDEMNIFICATION BY THE PURCHASER. Each Purchaser, acting severally
and not jointly, hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the
Corporation, its directors and its officers from and against all Claims asserted
against, resulting to or imposed upon or incurred by the Corporation, directly
or indirectly, in connection with any breach of a representation or warranty
contained herein by the Purchasers or any failure or omission to comply with its
obligations or covenants hereunder including, without limitation, its
obligations and covenants pursuant to Article 8, other than Claims arising from
the misconduct of the Corporation or its representatives.

11.3      TERMS OF  INDEMNIFICATION.  The obligations and liabilities of the
indemnifying party (the "Indemnifying Party") hereunder with respect to Claims
by

<PAGE>   27


third parties against the party to be indemnified (the "Indemnified Party") will
be subject to the following terms and conditions:

     (a)  the indemnified party will give the indemnifying party prompt notice
          of any Claims asserted against, resulting to, imposed upon or incurred
          by the indemnified party, directly or indirectly, and the indemnifying
          party will undertake the defense thereof by representatives of their
          own choosing which are reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified
          party; provided that the failure of the indemnified party to give
          notice as provided in this Section 11.3 shall not relieve the
          indemnifying party of its obligations under this Article 11, except to
          the extent that such failure has materially and adversely affected the
          rights of the indemnifying party;

     (b)  if within a reasonable time after notice of any Claim, the
          indemnifying party fails to defend, the indemnified party will have
          the right to undertake the defense, compromise or settlement of such
          Claims on behalf of and for the account and at the risk of the
          indemnifying party, subject to the right of the indemnifying party to
          assume the defense of such Claim at any time prior to settlement,
          compromise or final determination thereof;

     (c)  if there is a reasonable probability that a Claim may materially and
          adversely affect the indemnified party other than as a result of money
          damages or other money payments, the indemnified party will have the
          right at its own expense to defend (provided that the indemnifying
          party shall continue to control the defense and the indemnified party
          shall have the right to participate in such defense), or co-defend,
          such Claim;

     (d)  the indemnifying party on one hand and the indemnified party on the
          other will not, without the prior written consent of the other, such
          consent not to be unreasonably withheld, settle or compromise any
          Claim or consent to entry of any judgment relating to any such Claim;

     (e)  with respect to any Claims asserted against the indemnified party, the
          indemnified party will have the right to employ one counsel of its
          choice in each applicable jurisdiction (if more than one jurisdiction
          is involved) to represent the indemnified party if, in the indemnified
          party's reasonable judgment, a conflict of interest between the
          indemnified party and the indemnifying party exists in respect of such
          Claims, and in that event the fees and expenses of such separate
          counsel shall be paid by such indemnifying party;

     (f)  the indemnifying party will provide the indemnified party reasonable
          access to all records and documents of the indemnifying party relating
          to any Claim, other than a Claim made by the indemnified party and/or
          its affiliates; and

     (g)  any Claim, in so far as it is related to any of the representations
          and warranties of the Corporation contained in this Agreement, must be
          made within the applicable survival period set forth in Section 12.2
          below.


<PAGE>   28




                                   ARTICLE 12

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

12.1      GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the Province of Ontario and the laws of Canada
applicable therein without reference to conflict of law provisions therein. All
of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably attorn to the non-exclusive
jurisdiction of the Courts of the Province of Ontario.

12.2      SURVIVAL. The representations and warranties contained in this
Agreement shall survive for a period of two years from the Closing Date hereof;
provided that the representations set forth in Sections 4.5 and 4.7 shall
survive without limitation. The covenants of the parties contained in this
Agreement which by their terms are intended to survive the Closing shall survive
and continue in full force and effect, notwithstanding Closing, in accordance
with their terms.

12.3      SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. Except as otherwise provided herein, the
provisions hereof shall enure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the
successors and permitted assigns of the parties hereto. No assignment of this
Agreement may be made by either party at any time, whether or not by operation
of law, without the other party's prior written consent; except that the
Purchasers may assign any of their rights hereunder to an affiliate of the
Purchaser or any party indicated on SCHEDULE 1.1(AA) without the Corporation's
consent provided that such affiliate or other party expressly assumes in writing
all of the Purchaser's obligations hereunder as if an original signatory
thereto, and provided that such assignment shall not relieve the Purchaser of
its obligations hereunder.

12.4      ENTIRE AGREEMENT; AMENDMENT. This Agreement and the Transaction
Documents constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the
parties with regard to the subject hereof and thereof and supersede all prior
agreements, understandings and arrangements between the parties with respect to
the subject matter hereof; provided that, other than with respect to the
standstill provisions contained therein, the provisions of the confidentiality
agreement between the Purchaser and the Corporation dated November 13, 1997
shall remain in full force and effect. Except as expressly provided herein,
neither this Agreement nor any term hereof may be amended waived, discharged or
terminated other than by a written instrument signed by the party against whom
enforcement of any such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

12.5      NOTICES, ETC. All notices, requests, demands and other communications
hereunder shall be deemed to have been duly given and made, if in writing and if
served by personal delivery upon the party for whom it is intended or delivered,
by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, or if sent by
telecopier, upon receipt of confirmation that such transmission has been
received, or if sent by telecopier after 4 p.m. on a Business Day or on a day
which is not a Business Day, on the following Business Day, or

<PAGE>   29


if sent by overnight courier on the following Business Day to the person at the
address set forth below, or such other address as may be designated in writing
hereafter, in the same manner, by such person:

     (a)  if to the Purchasers:

               As set out in SCHEDULE 12.5(a) hereto

     with a copy to:

               Hutchins Wheeler & Dittmar,
               a Professional Corporation
               101 Federal Street
                  Boston, MA 02110
                  U.S.A.

               Telecopier:       (619) 951-1295
               Attention:        James Westra

     (b)  if to the Corporation:

               207 Queens Quay
               Suite 800
               Toronto, Ontario
               M5J 1A7

               Telecopier:       (416) 203-6207
               Attention:        Vice-Chairman

     with a copy to:

               Goodman Phillips & Vineberg
               250 Yonge Street, Suite 2400
               Toronto, Ontario  M5B 2M6

               Telecopier:  416-979-1234
               Attention:  Stephen H. Halperin

12.6      DELAYS OR OMISSIONS. Except as expressly provided herein, no delay or
omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to the Corporation or
the Purchasers upon any breach or default of any party under this Agreement,
shall impair any such right, power or remedy of the Corporation or the
Purchasers nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or
default, or an acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach or default
thereafter occurring; nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be
deemed a waiver of any other breach or

<PAGE>   30


default theretofore or thereafter occurring. Any waiver, permit, consent or
approval of any kind or character on the part of the Corporation or the
Purchasers of any breach or default under this Agreement, or any waiver on the
part of any such party of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement, must
be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth
in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement or by law or
otherwise afforded to the Corporation or the Purchasers, shall be cumulative and
not alternative.

12.7      COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in any number of
counterparts, each of which may be executed by only one of the parties hereto,
each of which shall be enforceable against the party actually executing such
counterpart, and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

12.8      SEVERABILITY. In the event that any provision of this Agreement
becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal,
unenforceable or void, this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect
without said provisions; provided that no such severability shall be effective
if it materially changes the economic benefit of this Agreement to any party.

12.9      NO PUBLIC ANNOUNCEMENT. Neither the Corporation nor any of the
Purchasers shall make any press release or other public announcement concerning
the transactions contemplated by this Agreement except as and to the extent that
any such party shall be obligated to make any such disclosure by law and then
only after consultation with the other regarding the basis of such obligation
and the content of such press release or other public announcement or as the
parties shall mutually agree.

12.10     REASONABLE EFFORTS. The Corporation and the Purchasers shall use all
commercially reasonable efforts to consummate the transactions contemplated by
this Agreement.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused the foregoing
Agreement to be executed under seal by one of its duly authorized officers as of
the date first above written.


COTT CORPORATION

Per: /s/  Fraser Latta
Name: Fraser Latta
Title:


THOMAS H. LEE EQUITY FUND IV, L.P.


By:  THL EQUITY ADVISORS IV, LLC, ITS


<PAGE>   31


     GENERAL PARTNER

     By: /s/ C. Hunter Boll
     Name: C. Hunter Boll
     Title:

THOMAS H. LEE FOREIGN FUND IV, L.P.

By: THL EQUITY ADVISORS IV, LLC, ITS GENERAL PARTNER


     By: /s/ C. Hunter Boll
     Name: C. Hunter Boll
     Title:

<PAGE>   1
                                                                     EXHIBIT 4.3
                        [LETTERHEAD OF COTT CORPORATION]



                                                                November 3, 1999



Thomas H. Lee Company
75 State Street
Boston, MA 02109

Dear Sirs:

         RE:  LIMITED WAIVER OF STANDSTILL PROVISIONS

         Pursuant to an agreement made June 12, 1998 between Cott Corporation
("Cott") and various investors ("Purchasers") represented by Thomas H. Lee
Company (collectively "THL"), THL agreed to certain limitations (the "Standstill
Provisions") on its ability to purchase additional shares in the capital stock
of Cott without the prior consent of the Cott board of directors.

         THL has sought the consent of the Cott board of directors to purchase
up to an additional 3,272,092 shares of Cott (the "Additional Shares") in open
market ordinary course purchases.

         This letter confirms that the Cott board of directors has consented to
the acquisition of the Additional Shares by THL, upon and subject to the
following terms and conditions and in consideration of THL's agreements
hereinafter set forth:

1.       THL will give to Cott advance written notice of any acquisition of
         Additional Shares pursuant to the consent herein contained.

2.       If and to the extent that THL acquires Additional Shares, THL will
         relinquish and forego any and all voting rights attaching to an equal
         number of shares owned by entities controlled by members of the Pencer
         Family (the "Pencers") in respect of which THL currently holds voting
         rights, but not an option to purchase the shares to which such voting
         rights attach, pursuant to a "Voting Agreement" and "Option to Purchase
         Common Shares of Cott Corporation" both made as of July 7, 1998 between
         THL and the Pencers.



<PAGE>   2

3.       THL agrees to release Cott from any of its unsatisfied obligations
         under the Subscription Agreement to use the proceeds of THL's
         subscription for preferred shares in the capital of Cott to repurchase
         common shares in the capital of Cott.


4.       THL will grant to the Chairman of the Board of Cott (or such other
         person as may from time to time be designated by the directors of Cott
         who are unaffiliated with THL) a proxy to vote that number of voting
         shares of Cott which ensure that THL will not at any time have voting
         rights in respect of more than 35% of the outstanding voting shares of
         Cott, calculated on a fully diluted basis. The proxy herein
         contemplated will be revocable upon 90 days advance notice to the
         proxyholder and to Cott, provided that THL covenants that it will not
         revoke the proxy if, after giving effect to such revocation, THL would
         beneficially own voting rights in respect of more than 35% of the
         outstanding Voting Stock of Cott, calculated on a fully diluted basis.
         THL will instruct the proxyholder (which instruction shall be
         irrevocable unless and until the proxy shall have been revoked) to vote
         the shares covered by the proxy in the same manner and percentage as
         those shares held by all shareholders of Cott other than THL and its
         affiliates. For purposes of this agreement, "fully diluted basis" at
         any time shall be calculated assuming that all convertible preferred
         shares of Cott shall have been converted into, and all vested,
         "in-the-money" options shall have been exercised for, the underlying
         common shares of Cott, and that no other potentially dilutive
         conversions or exercises shall have occurred. Notwithstanding the
         foregoing, such proxy may be revoked in connection with a change of
         control transaction which has been approved by the board of directors
         of Cott.

5.       THL covenants with and in favour of Cott that it will not exercise its
         option (the "Pencer Options") to acquire additional common shares of
         Cott from the Pencers if and to the extent that after giving effect to
         such exercise, THL would have the power to vote or dispose of more than
         35% of the outstanding voting shares of Cott calculated on a fully
         diluted basis. The covenant contemplated in this paragraph would not
         (a) affect THL's right to exercise the Pencer Option to acquire cash
         rather than shares of Cott; or (b) prohibit the exercise of the Pencer
         Option in the context of a change of control transaction approved by
         Cott's board of directors.
<PAGE>   3

6.       THL agrees that Cott shall be entitled to the benefit of, and to
         enforce against THL, the provisions of the Voting Agreement between THL
         and the Pencers which provide for a reduction of THL's voting rights if
         and to the extent that THL's right to vote exceeds 35% of the
         outstanding Cott voting shares.

         We and (by your acceptance hereof) you agree to settle and execute all
documentation necessary or desirable to give effect to the intention of the
parties set forth herein.

         Except as expressly contemplated herein, the Standstill Provisions will
remain in full force and effect.

         If the foregoing is acceptable to you, kindly so signify by executing
and returning to the undersigned the duplicate original of this letter,
whereupon this letter will constitute a legal and binding agreement between us.

                                            Yours very truly,

                                            COTT CORPORATION



                                            Per: /s/ M. Halperin
                                               -----------------------



ACCEPTED THIS 3rd day of November, 2000.

THOMAS H. LEE COMPANY

(on behalf of the Purchasers under the Subscription Agreement)



Per: /s/ C. Hunter Boll
     ---------------------------

<PAGE>   1

                                                                     EXHIBIT 4.6


                            DATED 20TH NOVEMBER 1997






                             COTT BEVERAGES LIMITED
                           (FORMERLY COTT UK LIMITED)


                                       and


                               LLOYDS TSB BANK PLC









- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                CREDIT AGREEMENT
               (AS AMENDED ON 14TH JULY 1998 AND ON 5TH JULY 1999
                 AND AS AMENDED AND RESTATED ON 27TH MARCH 2000)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------














                               DENTON WILDE SAPTE
                                  1 Fleet Place
                                 London EC4M 7WS

                               Tel. 020 7246 7000
                               Fax. 020 7246 7777


<PAGE>   2


                         REF. VAE/IMR/116004/BF409150.07


<PAGE>   3


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CLAUSE        HEADING                                                                               PAGE NUMBER
- ------        -------                                                                               -----------
<S>           <C>                                                                                           <C>
1.            DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION..................................................................1
1.1           Definitions.....................................................................................1
1.2           Headings.......................................................................................19
1.3           Interpretation.................................................................................19
2.            FACILITIES.....................................................................................21
3.            PURPOSE........................................................................................21
3.1           Purpose of the Term Loan Facility..............................................................21
3.2           Purpose of the Revolving Credit Facility.......................................................21
3.3           Purpose of Ancillary Facility..................................................................22
3.4           Undertaking by the Borrower....................................................................22
3.5           No liability...................................................................................22
4.            CONDITIONS PRECEDENT...........................................................................22
4.1           Conditions precedent...........................................................................22
4.2           Confirmation of satisfaction...................................................................22
5.            TERM LOAN FACILITY AND REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY...............................................22
5.1           Drawdown of Term Loan Facility.................................................................22
5.2           Utilisation of Revolving Credit Facility.......................................................22
5.3           Conditions to each Advance.....................................................................23
5.4           Drawdown Notice................................................................................24
6.            THE OPTIONAL OVERDRAFT FACILITY AND THE ANCILLARY FACILITY.....................................24
6.1           Nature of Facilities...........................................................................24
6.2           Utilisation of Optional Overdraft Facility.....................................................24
6.3           Utilisation of Ancillary Facility..............................................................25
6.4           FFE Contracts..................................................................................25
6.5           Guarantees.....................................................................................26
6.6           Counter indemnity from the Borrower............................................................26
6.7           Interest on payments...........................................................................26
7.            INTEREST.......................................................................................27
7.1           Interest rate..................................................................................27
7.2           Margin ratchet.................................................................................27
7.3           Interest Periods...............................................................................28
7.4           Default interest...............................................................................29
7.5           Interest, commission and fees under the Optional Overdraft Facility and Ancillary Facility.....29
7.6           Calculation and payment of interest............................................................30
8.            REPAYMENT AND PREPAYMENT.......................................................................30
8.1           Repayment of Term Loan.........................................................................30
8.2           Repayment of Revolving Advances................................................................31
8.3           Mandatory prepayment of Disposal Proceeds......................................................31
8.4           Mandatory Prepayment of Extraordinary Proceeds.................................................32
8.5           Mandatory prepayment on Change of Control, Sale or Listing.....................................32
8.6           Voluntary prepayment of Term Loan..............................................................33
8.7           No re-borrowing of Term Loan...................................................................33
8.8           Application of Prepayments.....................................................................33
9.            CANCELLATION OF REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY AND ANCILLARY FACILITY...............................33
9.1           Cancellation of Revolving Credit Facility......................................................33
9.2           Cancellation of Ancillary Facility.............................................................34
9.3           Notice.........................................................................................34
9.4           Limitation.....................................................................................34
</TABLE>


<PAGE>   4


<TABLE>
<S>           <C>                                                                                           <C>
10.           CHANGES IN CIRCUMSTANCES.......................................................................34
10.1          Illegality.....................................................................................34
10.2          Increased Costs................................................................................35
10.3          Market disruption..............................................................................36
10.4          Mitigation.....................................................................................37
10.5          Certificates...................................................................................37
11.           PAYMENTS.......................................................................................37
11.1          Place and time.................................................................................37
11.2          Funds..........................................................................................38
11.3          Business Days..................................................................................38
11.4          Currency.......................................................................................38
11.5          Accounts as evidence...........................................................................38
11.6          Partial payments...............................................................................38
11.7          Set-off and counterclaim.......................................................................38
11.8          Grossing-up....................................................................................38
12.           SECURITY.......................................................................................40
12.1          Security Documents.............................................................................40
12.2          Interest Rate Protection Agreements............................................................40
12.3          Release of security on Disposals...............................................................40
12.4          Vendor Collateral Account......................................................................40
13.           REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.................................................................41
13.1          Representations and warranties.................................................................41
13.2          Repetition.....................................................................................45
14.           UNDERTAKINGS...................................................................................45
14.1          Information undertakings.......................................................................45
14.2          Positive undertakings..........................................................................48
14.3          Negative undertakings..........................................................................51
14.4          Financial undertakings.........................................................................55
15.           DEFAULT........................................................................................59
15.1          Default........................................................................................59
15.2          Acceleration, etc..............................................................................62
16.           SET-OFF........................................................................................63
17.           FEES AND EXPENSES..............................................................................63
17.1          Expenses.......................................................................................63
17.2          Arrangement....................................................................................64
17.3          Commitment fees................................................................................64
17.4          Documentary Taxes indemnity....................................................................64
17.5          VAT............................................................................................65
17.6          Indemnity payments.............................................................................65
17.7          Debiting Authority.............................................................................65
18.           AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS.........................................................................65
18.1          Writing........................................................................................65
18.2          No implied waivers; remedies cumulative........................................................65
19.           MISCELLANEOUS..................................................................................66
19.1          Severance......................................................................................66
19.2          Counterparts...................................................................................66
19.3          Publicity......................................................................................66
19.4          Euro...........................................................................................66
20.           NOTICES........................................................................................66
20.1          Method.........................................................................................66
20.2          Delivery.......................................................................................66
20.3          Addresses......................................................................................67
20.4          Deemed receipt.................................................................................67
21.           ASSIGNMENTS AND TRANSFERS......................................................................68
</TABLE>


<PAGE>   5


<TABLE>
<S>           <C>                                                                                           <C>
21.1          Benefit of Agreement...........................................................................68
21.2          Assignments and transfers by the Borrower......................................................68
21.3          Assignments by the Bank........................................................................68
21.4          Transfers by the Bank..........................................................................68
21.5          Grant of Participations........................................................................68
21.6          Disclosure.....................................................................................68
22.           INDEMNITIES....................................................................................69
22.1          Breakage costs indemnity.......................................................................69
22.2          Currency indemnity.............................................................................69
22.3          Transaction Indemnity..........................................................................69
22.4          General........................................................................................70
23.           LAW............................................................................................70

SCHEDULE 1    CONDITIONS PRECEDENT...........................................................................
SCHEDULE 2    DRAWDOWN NOTICE................................................................................
SCHEDULE 3    GROUP COMPANIES................................................................................
SCHEDULE 4    MANDATORY COST RATE............................................................................
SCHEDULE 5    PART I -- REPAYMENT OF TERM LOAN...............................................................
              PART II -- PERFORMANCE CRITERIA................................................................
SCHEDULE 6    FORM OF NET ASSETS LETTER......................................................................
SCHEDULE 7    THE PROPERTIES.................................................................................
</TABLE>




<PAGE>   6


THIS AGREEMENT is made on 20th November 1997

BY:

(1)  COTT BEVERAGES LIMITED (formerly COTT UK LIMITED), a company incorporated
     in England and Wales with registered number 2836071 of Citrus Grove, Side
     Ley, Kegworth, Derbyshire DE74 2FJ (the "BORROWER");

(2)  LLOYDS TSB BANK PLC of St. George's House, 6-8 Eastcheap, London EC3M 1AE
     (the "BANK").


WHEREAS

(A)  This Agreement sets out the terms on which the Bank has agreed to make
     available to the Borrower a sterling term loan facility of
     (pound)49,000,000, a sterling revolving loan facility of (pound)13,000,000
     (incorporating an optional overdraft facility) and certain ancillary
     facilities of (pound)7,500,000.

(B)  The facilities to be made available under this Agreement are for the
     respective purposes specified in Clauses 3.1, 3.2 and 3.3.


IT IS AGREED as follows:

1.   DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

1.1  DEFINITIONS

     In this Agreement (including the Recitals):

     "ACCOUNTANTS' REPORT" means the report dated on or about 19th November 1997
     (which for the avoidance of doubt includes the covering letter and
     documents referred to therein) prepared by Messrs. Coopers & Lybrand
     relating to the Borrower and the report dated on or about 15th September
     1997 relating to the Target and its Subsidiaries, each addressed to the
     Bank Parties.

     "ACCOUNTING PERIOD" has the meaning specified in Clause 14.1(b).

     "ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES" means the GAAP used in the Accounts of the Borrower
     for its Financial Year ended 31st January 1997;

     "ACCOUNTS" means in relation to a Group Company, its audited accounts
     (which shall be consolidated in the case of the Borrower) (including all
     additional information and notes to the accounts) together with the
     relevant directors' report and auditors' report.

     "ACQUISITION COSTS" means those fees, commissions, costs and expenses
     properly incurred by the Borrower in relation to its acquisition of the
     Target Shares and the Target Assets.

     "ACQUISITION DOCUMENTS" means:

     (a)  the Share Purchase Agreement together with all other documents entered
          into by the Borrower in connection with the acquisition of the Target
          Shares;


                                       1

<PAGE>   7


     (b)  the Hive-Up Agreement together with all other documents entered into
          by the Borrower in connection with the acquisition of the Target
          Assets;

     (c)  the Crystal Asset Sale Agreement together with all other documents
          entered into by the Borrower in connection with the acquisition of
          certain of the Crystal Assets;

     (d)  the Crystal Lease Agreements together with all other documents entered
          into by the Borrower in connection with the lease to it of certain of
          the Crystal Assets;

     but, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include the Vendors' Disclosure
     Letter.

     "ACQUISITION GOODWILL" means the net goodwill arising on the acquisition of
     the Target Shares, the Target Assets (but not the Crystal Assets).

     "ACT" means the Companies Act 1985.

     "ADVANCE" means a Term Advance or a Revolving Advance.

     "AFFILIATE" means, in relation to a company, a Subsidiary or a Holding
     Company (as defined in section 736 of the Act) of such company and any
     other subsidiary of such a Holding Company.

     "ANCILLARY FACILITY" means the ancillary facility referred to in Clause 6
     under which Guarantees, FFE Contracts and other accommodation may be made
     available to the Borrower by the Bank.

     "ANCILLARY LIMIT" means (pound)7,500,000 or such lower figure as the Bank
     may specify.

     "ANCILLARY OUTSTANDINGS" means the aggregate of:

     (a)  the Guaranteed Amount of each Guarantee issued by the Bank;

     (b)  such amount calculated on a mark to market basis as the Bank may, in
          accordance with its then current credit policy, accord as a risk
          weighting to all outstanding FFE Contracts; and

     (c)  in relation to any other facilities or financial accommodation
          provided under the Ancillary Facility, such other amounts as the Bank
          determines fairly represents the aggregate exposure at that time of
          the Bank in respect of that facility or accommodation.

     "AUDITORS" means, in relation to each Group Company, Coopers & Lybrand or
     any other firm of chartered accountants of internationally recognised
     standing that has been appointed as auditors of such Group Company.

     "AVAILABLE ANCILLARY FACILITY" means, at any time, the Ancillary Limit less
     the aggregate of the Ancillary Outstandings.

     "AVAILABLE REVOLVING CREDIT COMMITMENT" means, in relation to the Bank, its
     Revolving Credit Commitment less its Revolving Advances and the amount of
     the Optional Overdraft Limit.


                                       2

<PAGE>   8


     "BANK PARTICIPANTS" means the financial institutions to whom the Bank
     grants sub-participation in any of the facilities provided by this
     Agreement.

     "BANK PARTIES" means the Bank, RBS and any Bank Participant and any person
     to whom they transfer their interest whether by assignment, novation,
     sub-participation or in any other way.

     "BCB" means BCB Beverages Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of
     the Republic of Ireland with registered number 220550.

     "BCB DEBT" has the meaning given to it in Clause 14.3(n).

     "BORROWING BASE" means in respect of the Borrower an amount equal to the
     aggregate of:

     (a)  an amount equal to 70 per cent. of the consolidated book value of its
          accounts receivable (as determined in accordance with Canadian GAAP);
          and

     (b)  an amount equal to 40 per cent. of the consolidated book value of its
          inventory (as determined in accordance with Canadian GAAP).

     "BUSINESS DAY" means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks
     and foreign exchange markets are open for business in London.

     "BUSINESS PLAN" means the business plan for the Group prepared by the
     Management in the agreed form.

     "CANADIAN GAAP" means the accounting principles, concepts, bases and
     policies generally adopted and accepted in Canada.

     "CAPITAL EXPENDITURE" has the meaning given to that term by GAAP but shall
     exclude those fixed asset additions qualifying as Finance Lease
     Expenditure.

     "CASHFLOW" means, in respect of the Group in relation to any period, the
     aggregate of PBIT and Depreciation charged to the profit and loss account
     for that period:

     (a)  plus the net proceeds of all fixed assets disposed of during that
          period including those proceeds applied in prepayment of the Term Loan
          in accordance with Clause 8.1.4, 8.3.1 or 8.4 (but provided that no
          account shall be taken for the purposes of determining Cashflow of
          receipts attributable to transactions in respect of which the proceeds
          have been paid to the credit of a Disposal Proceeds Bridging Account
          in accordance with Clause 14.3(b)(ii));

     (b)  plus any decrease, or minus any increase, in Net Working Capital
          during that period;

     (c)  plus any receipts by way of Extraordinary Items and minus any payments
          by way of Extraordinary Items, in each case, received or made during
          that period;

     (d)  minus any dividends paid in respect of minority interests for that
          period;

     (e)  plus any dividends received from other fixed assets investments during
          that period;


                                       3

<PAGE>   9


     (f)  plus income from participating interests in associated undertakings
          and joint ventures to the extent received in cash and minus any
          payment made to associated undertakings and joint ventures during that
          period;

     (g)  plus any increase or minus any decrease in provisions for liabilities
          and charges (including in respect of pensions) made in respect of that
          period to the extent included within PBIT;

     (h)  minus Capital Expenditure and Finance Lease Expenditure in respect of
          that period paid or contractually required to be paid during that
          period;

     (i)  plus realised exchange gains and minus realised exchange losses
          received or paid during that period to the extent not already taken
          account of in PBIT for that period;

     (j)  minus the aggregate of all corporation or other similar Taxes paid
          during that period;

     (k)  minus any amount paid or contractually required to be paid under any
          hire agreement, credit sale agreement, hire purchase agreement,
          conditional sale agreement or instalment sale and purchase agreement
          which is not a Finance Lease;

     (l)  plus any amount amortised in respect of Acquisition Costs in
          accordance with FRS4 and any amount written off the value attributed
          to Acquisition Goodwill, in each case during that period and to the
          extent included within PBIT;

     (m)  plus in respect of any period ending on or before 31st January 1999,
          any amounts not exceeding (pound)2,000,000 received in cash by the
          Borrower as the proceeds of subscription for equity share capital in
          the Borrower;

     (n)  minus (to the extent not otherwise taken into account) any
          restructuring costs paid by the Borrower during that period;

     (o)  plus any amounts received by the Borrower during that period from Cott
          (or any other member of the Cott Group other than a Group Company) as
          the proceeds of subscription by them for equity share capital in the
          Borrower or by way of Subordinated Loan; and

     (p)  minus any management charges (other than under the Retail Brands
          Management Agreement) paid by the Borrower or any Group Company to
          Cott or any other Cott Group Company (not being a Group Company).

     For the purposes of paragraph (o) of this definition the (pound)10,000,000
     paid by Cott to the Borrower on 30th December 1999 shall be deemed to have
     been received by the Borrower on 10 January 2000 or, if later, on the date
     the payment is applied by way of subscription for fully paid up ordinary
     share capital of the Borrower and for the purposes of this definition:

     (i)  "NET WORKING CAPITAL" means the aggregate of Current Assets (excluding
          all of cash at bank and cash in hand, all assets in relation to Tax
          and accrued interest receivable) less the aggregate of Current
          Liabilities (excluding moneys


                                       4

<PAGE>   10


          due in relation to the Facilities and the Deferred Consideration and
          liabilities in relation to Tax, Extraordinary Items and dividends
          payable); and

     (ii) "CURRENT ASSETS" means, in relation to the Group, the aggregate value
          of its assets which are treated as current assets in accordance with
          GAAP; and

    (iii) "CURRENT LIABILITIES" means, in relation to the Group, the aggregate
          value of its liabilities which are treated as current liabilities in
          accordance with GAAP excluding any such liabilities relating to
          management charges (other than under the Retail Brands Management
          Agreement) payable by the Borrower and any other Group Company to Cott
          or another Cott Group Company (not being a Group Company) and
          excluding in respect of the Financial Year ended 31 December 2000 only
          any liabilities relating to any restructuring of the Borrower and its
          business up to the Restructuring Costs Limit relating to the
          Borrower's management and organisational restructuring but including
          any such liabilities to the extent relating to the outsourcing and/or
          restructuring of the Borrower's distribution facilities.

     "CERTIFIED COPY" means, in relation to a document, a copy of that document
     bearing the endorsement "Certified a true, complete and accurate copy of
     the original, which has not been amended otherwise than by a document, a
     Certified Copy of which is attached hereto", which has been signed and
     dated by a duly authorised officer of the relevant company and which
     complies with that endorsement.

     "CHANGE" means, in relation to the Bank (or any company of which the Bank
     is a Subsidiary), the introduction, implementation, repeal, withdrawal or
     change in, or in the interpretation or application of, (a) any law,
     regulation, practice or concession, or (b) any directive, requirement,
     request or guidance (whether or not having the force of law but if not
     having the force of law, one which applies generally to a class or category
     of financial institutions of which the Bank (or that company) forms part
     and compliance with which is in accordance with the general practice of
     those financial institutions) of the European Community, any central bank
     or any other fiscal, monetary, regulatory or other authority.

     "CHANGE OF CONTROL" means the Borrower ceasing to be a wholly owned direct
     or indirect Subsidiary of Cott provided that, for the purpose of
     considering whether the Borrower is so wholly owned, no account shall be
     taken of any options held by any member of Management to acquire not more
     than 5 per cent. of the shares of any company of which the Borrower is a
     Subsidiary.

     "COMMITMENT" means, in relation to the Bank, the aggregate of its Term Loan
     Commitment and its Revolving Credit Commitment.

     "COMPLETION" means the completion of all of (i) the sale and purchase of
     the Target Shares pursuant to the Share Purchase Agreement, (ii) the sale
     and purchase of the Target Assets pursuant to the Hive-Up Agreement (iii)
     completion of the Crystal Lease Agreement and (iv) completion of the
     Crystal Asset Sale Agreements.

     "COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE" has the meaning given to that term in Clause
     14.1(e).

     "COTT" means Cott Corporation, a company incorporated under the laws of
     Canada.

     "COTT GROUP" means Cott and each of its direct and indirect Subsidiaries;
     and COTT GROUP COMPANY means any one of them.


                                       5

<PAGE>   11


     "COTT NOTES DOCUMENTS" means each indenture and prospectus in respect of
     the 9 3/8% $160,000,000 senior notes due 2005 and the 8 1/2% $125,000,000
     senior notes due 2007 of Cott and "COTT NOTES DOCUMENT" means any of them.

     "COTT SUPPLY AGREEMENT" means the agreement dated on or about 2nd January
     2000 between Cott and the Borrower providing for the long term supply of
     concentrates.

     "CRYSTAL" means Crystal Drinks Limited, a company incorporated under the
     laws of England and Wales with registered number 2186825.

     "CRYSTAL ASSETS" means the assets sold under the terms of the Crystal Asset
     Sale Agreement and leased by the Crystal Lease Agreements.

     "CRYSTAL ASSET SALE AGREEMENT" means the agreement dated on or about the
     date of this Agreement made between Crystal and the Borrower providing for
     the sale of the stock and work in progress of Crystal to the Borrower.

     "CRYSTAL LEASE AGREEMENTS" means the master lease agreement dated on or
     about the date of this Agreement ("Master Lease Agreement") relating to the
     leasing by Crystal to the Borrower of certain of the Crystal assets and
     made between Crystal and the Borrower together with the Premises Lease, the
     Plant & Machinery Lease and the Business Assets Lease (as defined in the
     Master Lease Agreement).

     "CRYSTAL SUBORDINATED LOAN NOTES" means the notes issued by the Borrower to
     Crystal and subordinated to the Bank.

     "DANGEROUS MATERIALS" means any element or substance, whether consisting of
     gas, liquid, solid or vapour, identified by any Environmental Law to be, to
     have been, or to be capable of being or becoming, harmful to mankind or any
     living organism or damaging to the Environment.

     "DEBENTURE" means the debenture dated 31st January 1994 given by the
     Borrower (then called Benjamin Shaw (Pontefract) Limited) to the Bank.

     "DEBT" means all Indebtedness of the Borrower and the other Group Companies
     excluding:

     (a)  Indebtedness to the Vendors in respect of Deferred Consideration;

     (b)  Indebtedness of a Group Company to another Group Company; and

     (c)  Indebtedness of the Borrower to Cott or any other member of the Cott
          Group other than a Group Company in respect of any Subordinated Loans.

     "DEFAULT" means any event specified as such in Clause 15.1.

     "DEFAULT NOTICE" has the meaning given to that term in Clause 15.2.1.

     "DEFERRED CONSIDERATION" means the deferred consideration paid or to be
     paid by the Borrower to the Vendors pursuant to clause 4 and schedule 3 of
     the Share Purchase Agreement.

     "DEPRECIATION" has the meaning given to that term by GAAP.


                                       6

<PAGE>   12


     "DISPOSAL" means a sale, transfer or other disposal (including by way of
     lease or loan) by a person of all or part of its assets, whether by one
     transaction or a series of transactions and whether at the same time or
     over a period of time.

     "DISPOSAL PROCEEDS" means, in respect of a Disposal by a Group Company, the
     gross consideration receivable by that Group Company for that Disposal less
     all Taxes, costs and expenses directly incurred in respect of that
     Disposal.

     "DISPOSAL PROCEEDS BRIDGING ACCOUNT" has the meaning given to that term in
     Clause 14.3(b)(ii)(y).

     "DISTRIBUTION RESTRUCTURING COSTS" means any costs incurred in relation to
     the outsourcing and/or restructuring of the Borrower's distribution
     facilities.

     "DORMANT SUBSIDIARY" means, on any given date, a Group Company (a) which
     has been dormant within the meaning of section 250(3) of the Act for the
     period of 12 months ending on that date and (b) in respect of which neither
     its assets nor its liabilities exceed in aggregate (pound)5,000 (or, in the
     case of Target only, whose assets do exceed (pound)5,000 where those assets
     consist solely of its paid up share capital and a right to repayment from
     the Borrower of the balance of the consideration for the Target Assets
     under the Hive-Up Agreement).

     "DRAWDOWN DATE" means the date on which an Advance is made, or is proposed
     to be made.

     "DRAWDOWN NOTICE" means a notice substantially in the form set out in
     Schedule 2.

     "ENCUMBRANCE" means any mortgage, charge, assignment by way of security,
     pledge, hypothecation, lien, right of set-off, retention of title
     provision, trust or flawed asset arrangement (for the purpose of, or which
     has the effect of, granting security) or any other security interest of any
     kind whatsoever, or any agreement, whether conditional or otherwise, to
     create any of the same, or any agreement to sell or otherwise dispose of
     any asset on terms whereby such asset is or may be leased to or re-acquired
     or acquired by any Group Company.

     "ENVIRONMENT" means all or any of the following media: air (including air
     within buildings or other structures and whether above or below ground);
     land (including buildings and any other structures or erections in, on or
     under it and any soil and anything below the surface of land); land covered
     with water; and water (including sea, ground and surface water).

     "ENVIRONMENTAL LAW" means any statutory or common law, treaty, convention,
     directive or regulation having legal or judicial effect whether of a
     criminal or civil nature, concerning:

     (a)  pollution or contamination of the Environment;

     (b)  harm by pollution or contamination, whether actual or potential, to
          mankind and human senses, living organisms and ecological systems;

     (c)  the generation, manufacture, processing, distribution, use (including
          abuse), treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of
          Dangerous Materials; or



                                       7
<PAGE>   13


     (d)  the emission, leak, release or discharge into the Environment of
          noise, vibration, dust, fumes, gas, odours, smoke, steam, effluvia,
          heat, light, radiation (of any kind), infection, electricity or any
          Dangerous Material and any matter or thing capable of constituting a
          nuisance or an actionable tort of any kind in respect of such matters.

     "ENVIRONMENTAL REPORT" means the report dated on or about 27th October 1997
     prepared by Willis Corroon Group plc relating to the Borrower, Crystal and
     Target and addressed to the Bank Parties.

     "EXCEPTIONAL ITEMS" has the meaning given to that term in FRS3, but
     excluding those items listed in paragraph 20 of FRS3.

     "EXTRAORDINARY ITEMS" has the meaning given to that term in FRS3, but
     including those items listed in paragraph 20 of FRS3.

     "EXTRAORDINARY PROCEEDS" means any proceeds (other than Disposal Proceeds)
     received in cash of any transaction otherwise than in the ordinary course
     of trading of a Group Company (including the proceeds of any claim for
     breach of warranty or contract in respect of the Acquisition Documents and
     any insurance proceeds not applied to reinstate property in accordance with
     the Security Documents).

     "EXTRAORDINARY PROCEEDS ACCOUNT" has the meaning given to that term in
     Clause 8.4(b).

     "FACILITIES" means the Term Loan Facility, the Revolving Credit Facility
     and the Ancillary Facility; and "FACILITY" shall be construed accordingly.

     "FEES LETTER" means the letter dated the same date as this Agreement from
     the Bank to the Borrower relating to certain fees payable to the Bank by
     the Borrower in relation to this Agreement, being described on its face as
     the "Fees Letter".

     "FFE CONTRACT" means a forward foreign exchange contract made or to be made
     between the Bank and the Borrower.

     "FFE CONTRACT AMOUNT" means, in relation to an FFE Contract:

     (a)  if under that FFE Contract the Borrower is obliged to pay an amount in
          Sterling, that amount; and

     (b)  if under that FFE Contract the Borrower is obliged to pay an amount in
          a currency other than Sterling, the equivalent in Sterling of that
          amount (where the equivalent is calculated by reference to the Bank's
          spot rate at or about 11.00 a.m. on the day the calculation falls to
          be made for the purchase of Sterling with that currency).

     "FINAL MATURITY DATE" means in relation to both the Term Loan Facility and
     the Revolving Credit Facility, 31st January 2005 (or if not a Business Day
     the next preceding Business Day).

     "FINANCE LEASE" means any lease, hire agreement, credit sale agreement,
     hire purchase agreement, conditional sale agreement or instalment sale and
     purchase agreement which


                                       8
<PAGE>   14


     should be treated in accordance with SSAP 21 (or any successor to SSAP 21)
     as a finance lease or in the same way as a finance lease.

     "FINANCE LEASE EXPENDITURE" means the capital value of any asset the
     subject of a Finance Lease to which a Group Company is a party.

     "FINANCIAL GUARANTEE" means a Guarantee being a direct credit substitute to
     which the Bank of England attributes a credit conversion factor of 100 per
     cent. for the purpose of risk asset weighting calculations in accordance
     with its notice "Implementation in the United Kingdom of the Solvency Ratio
     Directive" (BSD/1990/3) as amended, supplemented or replaced from time to
     time.

     "FINANCIAL YEAR", in relation to a company, has the meaning given to that
     expression in section 223 of the Act.

     "FINANCING DOCUMENTS" means this Agreement, the Fees Letter, the Interest
     Rate Protection Agreements, the Security Documents and the Amendment and
     Restatement Agreement dated 27th March 2000 between the parties hereto.

     "FRS" together with a number means the financial reporting standard issued
     by the Accounting Standards Board for application in England and Wales and
     identified by reference to that number.

     "GAAP" means, in relation to a company, accounting principles, concepts,
     bases and policies generally adopted and accepted in England and Wales.

     "GROSS OPTIONAL OVERDRAFT LIMIT" means (pound)18,000,000 or such lower
     figure as the Bank may specify.

     "GROSS OVERDRAFT OUTSTANDINGS" means all amounts outstanding by way of
     overdraft under the Optional Overdraft Facility.

     "GROUP" means the Borrower, the Target and each of their respective
     Subsidiaries; and "GROUP COMPANY" means any one of them.

     "GROUP TRADING AGREEMENTS" means the Cott Supply Agreement, the Retail
     Brands Management Agreement and the Crystal Lease Agreements.

     "GUARANTEE" means any guarantee, bond, indemnity, letter of credit,
     documentary or other credit, or any other instrument of suretyship or
     payment, issued, undertaken or made or, as the case may be, proposed to be
     issued, undertaken or made by the Bank under the Optional Overdraft
     Facility.

     "GUARANTEED AMOUNT" means, in relation to a Guarantee, the maximum
     aggregate amount of the actual and contingent liabilities of the Bank under
     that Guarantee.

     "HALF YEAR" means each period from and including 1st February to and
     including 31st July and each period from and including 1st August to and
     including 31st January.

     "HERO IP LICENCE" means the trade mark Licence dated on or about the date
     of this Agreement between Hero AG and the Borrower relating to certain
     trade marks of Hero AG.


                                       9

<PAGE>   15


     "HERO LICENCE" means the licence dated on or about the date of this
     Agreement between Target and the Borrower in respect of the use by the
     Borrower of the property at Unit 16, Trent Lane, Castle Donington.

     "HIVE-UP AGREEMENT" means the sale and purchase agreement dated on or about
     the date of this Agreement the date of this Agreement relating to the sale
     by Target and the purchase by the Borrower of the Target Assets and made
     between Target and the Borrower.

     "INDEBTEDNESS" means, in relation to a person, its obligation (whether
     present or future, actual or contingent, as principal or surety) for the
     payment or repayment of money (whether in respect of interest, principal or
     otherwise) incurred in respect of:

     (a)  moneys borrowed or raised;

     (b)  any bond, note, loan stock, debenture or similar instrument;

     (c)  any acceptance credit, bill discounting, note purchase, factoring or
          documentary credit facility;

     (d)  the supply of any goods or services which is more than 45 days past
          the expiry of the period customarily allowed by the relative supplier
          after the due date;

     (e)  any Finance Lease;

     (f)  any guarantee, bond, stand-by letter of credit or other similar
          instrument issued in connection with the performance of contracts;

     (g)  any interest rate or currency swap agreement or any other hedging or
          derivatives instrument or agreement (calculated, in the case of a swap
          agreement, on a net basis);

     (h)  any arrangement pursuant to which any asset sold or otherwise disposed
          of by that person is or may be leased to or re-acquired by a Group
          Company (whether following the exercise of an option or otherwise); or

     (i)  any guarantee, indemnity or similar insurance against financial loss
          given in respect of the obligation of any person.

     "INFORMATION PACKAGE" means:

     (a)  the Accountants' Report;

     (b)  the Legal Due Diligence Report;

     (c)  the Market Report;

     (d)  the Business Plan;

     (e)  the Valuation;

     (f)  the Environmental Report; and


                                       10

<PAGE>   16


     (g)  the Original Accounts.

     "INSTALMENT" has the meaning given to that term in Clause 8.1.

     "INSTALMENT REPAYMENT DATE" has the meaning given to that term in Clause
     8.1.

     "INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS" means all patents, trade marks, service
     marks, trade names, design rights, copyright (including rights in computer
     software and moral rights and in published and unpublished work), titles,
     rights to know-how and other intellectual property rights, in each case
     whether registered or unregistered and including applications for the grant
     of any of the foregoing and all rights or forms of protection having
     equivalent or similar effect to any of the foregoing which may subsist
     anywhere in the world.

     "INTEREST DATE" means the last day of an Interest Period.

     "INTEREST PERIOD" means each period determined in accordance with Clause 7
     for the purpose of calculating interest on Advances or overdue amounts.

     "INTEREST RATE PROTECTION AGREEMENTS" means each agreement entered into or
     to be entered into by the Borrower with the Bank for the purpose of hedging
     the Borrower's interest rate liabilities in relation to all or any part of
     the Term Loan.

     "LEGAL DUE DILIGENCE REPORT" means the report entitled "Legal Due Diligence
     Report" dated on or about the date of this Agreement prepared by Messrs.
     Hammond Suddards and addressed to the Bank Parties.

     "LENDING OFFICE" means, in relation to the Bank, its office at 6-8
     Eastcheap, London EC3M 1AE or such other office in the United Kingdom
     through which the Bank's Commitment is maintained.

     "LIBOR" means, in respect of an Advance or other sum and in respect of a
     particular Interest Period:

     (a)  the rate of the offered quotation for Sterling deposits for a period
          comparable to that Interest Period which appears on the display
          designated as "Page 3750" on the Telerate Service (or such other page
          or service as may replace it for the purpose of displaying London
          interbank offered rates of prime banks for Sterling) at or about 11.00
          a.m. on the first day of that Interest Period);

     (b)  if no such offered quotation appears on "Page 3750" on the Telerate
          Service, the arithmetic mean (rounded upwards to 4 decimal places) of
          the rates per annum (as quoted to the Bank at its request) at which
          each Reference Bank was offering deposits in Sterling in an amount
          comparable with that Advance or other sum, as the case may be, to
          leading banks in the London interbank market for a period equal to
          that Interest Period at or about 11.00 a.m. on the first day of that
          Interest Period.

     "LISTING" means the admission of any of the Borrower's shares to the
     Official List of the London Stock Exchange Limited or any other recognised
     investment exchange (as defined in section 207 of the Financial Services
     Act 1986) and their respective share dealing markets.

                                       11


<PAGE>   17


     "LOANS" means the Term Loan and the Revolving Loan; and "LOAN" shall be
     construed accordingly.

     "MANAGEMENT" means Neil Thompson, Gary Saunders, Brian Mackie and Chris
     Birrell.

     "MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTS" has the meaning given to that term in Clause 14.1(b).

     "MANDATORY COST RATE" means the rate determined in accordance with Schedule
     4.

     "MARGIN" means, subject to Clause 7.2, 2.00 per cent. per annum.

     "MARKET REPORT" means the market due diligence reports prepared by OC&C
     Strategy Consultants:

     (a)  dated 27th October 1997 and 13th November 1997 addressed to the Bank
          Parties; and

     (b)  dated 15th September 1997 addressed to the Borrower,

     each in respect of the Target.

     "MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT" means a material adverse effect on (a) the
     ability of any Group Company to comply with its obligations under any
     Financing Document or (b) the business, financial condition or assets of
     the Group taken as a whole.

     "NET PROFIT" means, in relation to any period, the consolidated profit of
     the Group for that period (including, for the avoidance of doubt,
     Exceptional Items and Extraordinary Items) after Taxation and Total Debt
     Costs and not taking into account any management charges (other than under
     the Retail Brands Management Agreement) up to (pound)1,000,000 per annum
     (pro rata for any other period) payable by the Borrower or any other Group
     Company to Cott or any other member of the Cott Group (not being a Group
     Company).

     "OPERATING BUDGET" means, in relation to the Group and the period starting
     not later than the date of this Agreement and ending on 31st January 1998,
     the Business Plan, and in relation to each successive 12 month period
     thereafter during the Security Period:

     (a)  a projected balance sheet;

     (b)  a projected profit and loss account;

     (c)  a projected cash flow statement; and

     (d)  projected covenant calculations relating to each financial undertaking
          contained in Clause 14.4,

     relative to each such period and on a month by month basis and with the
     Management's commentary drawing on the performance in the previous period.

     "OPTIONAL OVERDRAFT FACILITY" means the optional overdraft facility
     referred to in Clause 6 under which overdrafts may be made available by the
     Bank to the Borrower.

     "OPTIONAL OVERDRAFT LIMIT" means (pound)13,000,000 or such lower figure as
     the Bank may specify.


                                       12


<PAGE>   18


     "ORIGINAL ACCOUNTS" means:

     (a)  the Accounts of the Borrower for its Financial Year ended 31st January
          1997; and

     (b)  the Accounts of the Target for its Financial Year ended 31st December
          1996.

     "OVERDRAFT OUTSTANDINGS" means all amounts outstanding by way of overdraft
     under the Optional Overdraft Facility (net of any credit balance on any
     account of the Borrower with the Bank to the extent that such credit
     balance is freely available to be set off by the Bank against liabilities
     owed to the Bank by the Borrower).

     "PARENT LOAN" means a loan of (pound)4,000,000 from the Borrower to Cott
     Retail Brands Limited.

     "PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT" means an agreement which the Bank may enter into
     granting participation in the facilities provided by this Agreement to
     other banks.

     "PARTY" means a party to this Agreement.

     "PBIT" means, in relation to any period, the consolidated profit of the
     Group for that period (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Exceptional
     Items) before Taxation and Total Debt Costs, but taking into account, for
     the avoidance of doubt, all restructuring costs and credits including any
     Distribution Restructuring Costs but excluding:

     (a)  all restructuring costs and credits charged in the Financial Year
          ended 31 December 1999 and all restructuring costs (other than any
          Distribution Restructuring Costs) up to the Restructuring Costs Limit
          incurred in the Financial Year ended 31 December 2000 only;

     (b)  profit attributable to minority interests;

     (c)  Extraordinary Items;

     (d)  any profit or loss arising on the disposal of fixed assets;

     (e)  any amount amortised in respect of Acquisition Costs in accordance
          with FRS4;

     (f)  amounts written off the value of investments;

     (g)  amounts written off the value attributed to Acquisition Goodwill;

     (h)  income from participating interests in associated undertakings and
          income from any other fixed asset investment;

     (i)  realised and unrealised exchange gains and losses; and

     (j)  all management charges (other than under the Retail Brands Management
          Agreement) up to (pound)1,647,000 in respect of the year ending 31
          December 1999 and up to (pound)1,000,000 per annum (pro rata for any
          other period) thereafter

                                       13

<PAGE>   19


          payable by the Borrower and any other Group Company to Cott or any
          other members of the Cott Group (not being a Group Company).

     "PBITDA" means, in relation to any period, the aggregate of:

     (a)  PBIT;

     (b)  Depreciation charged to the consolidated profit and loss account of
          the Group; and

     (c)  amounts written off the value of Acquisition Goodwill and any amount
          amortised in respect of Acquisition Costs to the extent charged to the
          consolidated profit and loss account of the Group in accordance with
          FRS 4.

     "PERMITTED ENCUMBRANCE" means:

     (a)  any Encumbrance created under the Financing Documents;

     (b)  any right of set-off or lien, in each case arising by operation of
          law;

     (c)  any retention of title to goods supplied to the Borrower in the
          ordinary course of its trading activities;

     (d)  any right of set-off over credit balances on bank accounts of Group
          Companies arising in the ordinary course of the banking arrangements
          of the Group;

     (e)  any agreement entered into by the Borrower in the ordinary course of
          its trading activities to sell or otherwise dispose of any asset on
          terms whereby that asset is or may be leased to or re-acquired or
          acquired by a Group Company;

     (f)  any Encumbrance over an asset of a company which becomes a Subsidiary
          of the Borrower (other than by reason of its incorporation) after the
          date of this Agreement, being an Encumbrance which is in existence at
          the time at which that company becomes such a Subsidiary but only if
          (i) that Encumbrance was not created in contemplation of that company
          becoming such a Subsidiary, (ii) the principal amount secured by that
          Encumbrance has not been and shall not be increased and (iii) that
          Encumbrance is discharged within 6 months of the date on which that
          company became such a Subsidiary;

     (g)  any Encumbrance over an asset acquired by the Borrower after the date
          of this Agreement and subject to which that asset is acquired but only
          if (i) that Encumbrance was not created in contemplation of its
          acquisition by that company, (ii) the amount secured by that
          Encumbrance has not been increased in contemplation of, or since the
          date of, its acquisition by that company and (iii) that Encumbrance is
          discharged within 6 months of the date of its acquisition by that
          company.

     "PERMITTED INDEBTEDNESS" means:

     (a)  Indebtedness under any Financing Document;

     (b)  Indebtedness existing at the date of this Agreement between Group
          Companies;

                                       14

<PAGE>   20


     (c)  Indebtedness under any Finance Lease permitted under Clause 14.4.1(f);

     (d)  Indebtedness (subject to Clause 14.3(f)) of any Group Company to a
          Cott Group Company;

     (e)  Indebtedness of any Group Company to the extent it is the subject of a
          Guarantee;

     (f)  Indebtedness in respect of Deferred Consideration; and

     (g)  three forward contracts entered into by Target and in existence on the
          date of this Agreement for values of $850,000, DM459,177 and
          DM300,000.

     "POST RESTRUCTURING PBIT" means, in relation to any period, PBIT but
     calculated on the basis that all restructuring costs are taken into account
     and included in calculating such PBIT and including in the calculation of
     PBIT any amounts amortised in respect of Acquisition Costs in accordance
     with FRS4 and amounts written off the value attributed to Acquisition
     Goodwill.

     "POTENTIAL DEFAULT" means an event or omission which, with the giving of
     any notice, the lapse of time, the determination of materiality or the
     satisfaction of any other condition under Clause 15.1, would be a Default.

     "PROPERTIES" means all freehold and leasehold properties listed in
     Schedule 7.

     "QUALIFYING BANK" means an institution which is a bank for the purposes of
     section 349 of the Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988.

     "QUARTER" means each period of 3 months ending on a Quarter Date.

     "QUARTER DATE" means each 31st March, 30th June, 30th September and 31st
     December.

     "QUARTERLY ACCOUNTING PERIOD" means the three Accounting Periods ending on
     or about a Quarter Date.

     "RBS" means The Royal Bank of Scotland PLC.

     "REFERENCE BANKS" means the Bank and RBS and/or such other bank or banks
     which represent the Bank Participants as may be agreed between the Bank and
     the Borrower from time to time.

     "RESERVATIONS" means the principle that equitable remedies are remedies
     which may be granted or refused at the discretion of the court, the
     limitation of enforcement by laws relating to bankruptcy, insolvency,
     liquidation, reorganisation, court schemes, moratoria, administration and
     other laws generally affecting the rights of creditors, the time barring of
     claims under the Limitation Act 1980, the possibility that an undertaking
     to assume liability for or to indemnify against non-payment of United
     Kingdom stamp duty may be void, defences of set-off or counterclaim and
     similar principles.

     "RESTRUCTURING COSTS LIMIT" means (pound)1,300,000 less any amount by which
     actual restructuring costs and credits for the Financial Year ended 31
     December 1999 on a net basis are less than (pound)534,000 in credit.


                                       15

<PAGE>   21


     "RETAIL BRANDS MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT" means the management agreement dated
     on or about the date of this Agreement between the Borrower, Cott Europe
     Trading Limited and Cott Retail Brands Limited.

     "RETENTION" has the meaning given to that term in the Share Purchase
     Agreement.

     "REVOLVING ADVANCE" means an advance made or to be made to the Borrower
     under the Revolving Credit Facility or, as the case may be, the outstanding
     principal amount of any such advance.

     "REVOLVING CREDIT COMMITMENT" means, in relation to the Bank,
     (pound)13,000,000.

     "REVOLVING CREDIT COMMITMENT PERIOD" means the period from and including
     the date of this Agreement to but excluding the Final Maturity Date.

     "REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY" means the Sterling revolving loan facility
     referred to in Clause 2.1.1(b).

     "REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY LIMIT" means, subject to Clause
     9,(pound)13,000,000.

     "REVOLVING LOAN" means, at any time, all Revolving Advances at that time.

     "ROYAL CROWN" means Royal Crown Cola Corporation.

     "ROYAL CROWN CONTRACT" means the agreement whose terms are set out in a
     letter dated 28th January 1994 from Royal Crown to Cott and BCB
     International Limited.

     "SALE" means the sale of the whole of the issued share capital of the
     Borrower to a single purchaser or to one or more purchasers as part of a
     single transaction.

     "SECURITY DOCUMENTS" means:

     (a)  the Debenture; and

     (b)  any guarantee and any document creating security executed and
          delivered after the date of this Agreement as security for any of the
          obligations and liabilities of the Borrower and the other Group
          Companies under any Financing Document.

     "SECURITY PERIOD" means the period starting on the date of this Agreement
     and ending on the date on which all of the obligations and liabilities of
     the Group Companies under each Financing Document are discharged in full,
     and the Bank has no continuing obligation in relation to the Facilities.

     "SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT" means the sale and purchase agreement dated on
     or before the date of this Agreement relating to the sale and purchase of
     the Target Shares and the Target Debt and made between the Vendors and the
     Borrower.

     "SSAP" together with a number means the statement of standard accounting
     practice issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants for application
     in England and Wales and identified by reference to that number.

                                       16

<PAGE>   22


     "SUBORDINATED LOANS" means any non-interest bearing subordinated loans to
     the extent permitted by the Cott Notes Documents and made by Cott (or any
     other member of the Cott Group other than a Group Company) to the Borrower
     on terms approved by the Bank in writing.

     "SUBSIDIARY" means a subsidiary within the meaning of Section 736 of the
     Act.

     "TANGIBLE NET WORTH" means, on any date, the aggregate amount of the paid
     up share capital of the Borrower as at that date including amounts standing
     to the credit of the share premium account and any capital redemption
     reserves plus or minus, as the case may be, the aggregate amount standing
     in the Borrower's capital and revenue reserves (on a consolidated basis) as
     at that date:

     (a)  adjusted as may be appropriate to take account of any variation in
          that share capital account and share premium account since the date to
          which such accounts shall have been made up;

     (b)  deducting any amounts attributable to any intangible asset included as
          an asset in the Borrower's latest consolidated balance sheet excluding
          amounts attributable to Acquisition Goodwill;

     (c)  excluding any capital accounts or reserves derived from any writing up
          of book value of any assets of any Group Company above historic cost
          less accumulated Depreciation at any time after Completion;

     (d)  adding back any diminution due to the writing off of Acquisition
          Goodwill;

     (e)  excluding any minority interest arising on consolidation;

     (f)  including exchange gains and losses arising on consolidation accounted
          for through reserves in accordance with SSAP 20;

     (g)  adding back any finance or issue costs arising from the transactions
          contemplated by the Transaction Documents to which any Group Company
          is a party, in accordance with FRS4, to the extent that they have been
          written off against either the capital or revenue reserves; and

     (h)  adding or deducting, as the case may be, any credit or any debit
          balance on the Borrower's consolidated profit and loss account (but
          not to the extent that the same arises as a result of any
          Extraordinary Items) attributable to the period in relation to which
          the calculation falls to be made;

     (i)  deducting any amount set aside for Tax or deferred Tax;

     (j)  adding an amount equal to the cumulative interest charged from
          completion to the Borrower's consolidated profit and loss account in
          respect of the Deferred Consideration as at that date (before and
          after payment of the Deferred Consideration); and

     (k)  including any amount equal to the principal amount of any Subordinated
          Loans;

     in each case, without double counting.


                                       17

<PAGE>   23


     "TARGET" means Hero Drinks Group (UK) Limited, a company incorporated under
     the laws of England and Wales with registered number 340485.

     "TARGET ASSETS" means the Assets (as defined in the Hive-Up Agreement).

     "TARGET DEBT" means the Existing Group Loan Stock as defined in the Share
     Purchase Agreement.

     "TARGET SHARES" means all of the issued share capital of the Target.

     "TARGET SUBORDINATED LOAN NOTES" means the notes issued by the Borrower to
     Target and subordinated to the Bank.

     "TAXES" includes all present and future taxes, charges, imposts, duties,
     levies, deductions, withholdings or fees of any kind whatsoever, or any
     amount payable on account of or as security for any of the foregoing, by
     whomsoever on whomsoever and wherever imposed, levied, collected, withheld
     or assessed, together with any penalties, additions, fines, surcharges or
     interest relating thereto; and "TAX" and "TAXATION" shall be construed
     accordingly.

     "TERM ADVANCE" means the advance made or to be made to the Borrower under
     the Term Loan Facility or, as the case may be, the outstanding principal
     amount of that advance, and each advance into which a Term Advance is split
     pursuant to Clause 7.3.4.

     "TERM LOAN" means, at any time, the aggregate of all Term Advances
     outstanding at that time.

     "TERM LOAN COMMITMENT" means, in relation to the Bank, (pound)49,000,000.

     "TERM LOAN FACILITY" means the term loan facility referred to in Clause
     2.1.1(a).

     "TOTAL DEBT COSTS" means, in relation to any period, all interest,
     commissions, periodic fees and other financing charges payable (including
     any premium payable in respect of interest rate protection agreements) by
     the Group Companies during that period (including the interest element
     payable under any Finance Lease) less any interest receivable in respect of
     cash balances, less any sums receivable or plus any sums payable by the
     Borrower under any interest rate protection agreement of whatever
     description during that period and for the avoidance of doubt excluding (i)
     any fees and commission paid in relation to the acquisition of the Target
     Shares, the Target Debt and/or the Target Assets and (ii) any amounts
     amortised on finance costs arising from the acquisition of the Target
     Shares and/or the Target Assets in accordance with FRS4 and (iii) any
     interest charged to the profit and loss account (but not paid in cash) in
     respect of the Deferred Consideration.

     "TOTAL FUNDING COSTS" means, in relation to any period, the aggregate of:

     (a)  Total Debt Costs for that period;

     (b)  all scheduled payments of Deferred Consideration falling due during
          that period;

     (c)  all scheduled repayments of the Term Loan and all repayments and/or
          prepayments of the Term Loan required to be made under Clause 8
          falling due

                                       18

<PAGE>   24


          during that period (including in respect of the relevant period the
          amount paid on 30th April 1999);

     (d)  in respect of the Financial Year ended 31st December 2000 only, the
          (pound)10,000,000 prepayment made on 30th December 1999 which for this
          purpose shall be treated as having been made on 10th January 2000; and

     (e)  the capital element of all rentals or, as the case may be, other
          payments payable in that period under any Finance Lease entered into
          by any Group Company.

     "TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS" means, in relation to a Group Company, each of the
     following documents to which it is a party: the Financing Documents, the
     Group Trading Agreements and the Acquisition Documents.

     "2005 INDENTURE" means the indenture dated as of 27 June 1995 executed by
     Cott in respect of certain 9-3/8% senior notes due 2005.

     "VALUATION" means the valuation report prepared by King Sturge & Co. dated
     29th October 1997 in respect of the Properties numbered 1, 2, 3 and 4 in
     Schedule 7 below and addressed to the Bank Parties.

     "VAT" means value added tax as provided for in the Value Added Tax Act 1994
     and legislation (or purported legislation and whether delegated or
     otherwise) supplemental to that Act or in any primary or secondary
     legislation promulgated by the European Community or any official body or
     agency of the European Community, and any tax similar or equivalent to
     value added tax imposed by any country other than the United Kingdom and
     any similar or turnover Tax replacing or introduced in addition to any of
     the same.

     "VAT GROUP" means, in respect of a person, its "group" within the meaning
     of section 43 of the Value Added Tax Act 1994.

     "VENDOR COLLATERAL ACCOUNT" means the Borrower's account with the Bank
     entitled "LTSB plc re Cott Beverages Ltd".

     "VENDORS" means Renshaw Scott Limited and Hero AG.

     "VENDORS' DISCLOSURE LETTER" has the meaning given to the term "Disclosure
     Letter" in the Share Purchase Agreement.

     "VIRGIN SUPPLY AGREEMENT" means the sourcing agreement made between Cott
     and the Virgin Cola Company Limited dated 28th October 1994 under which the
     Borrower is classified as a "Cott Related Party".

1.2  HEADINGS

     The headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall be
     ignored in construing this Agreement.

1.3  INTERPRETATION

1.3.1 In this Agreement (unless otherwise provided):


                                       19
<PAGE>   25



     (a)  words importing the singular shall include the plural and vice versa;

     (b)  references to Clauses and Schedules are to be construed as references
          to the clauses of, and schedules to, this Agreement;

     (c)  references to any Financing Document or any other document shall be
          construed as references to that Financing Document or that other
          document, as amended, varied, novated or supplemented, as the case may
          be;

     (d)  references to any statute or statutory provision include any statute
          or statutory provision which amends, extends, consolidates or replaces
          the same, or which has been amended, extended, consolidated or
          replaced by the same, and shall include any orders, regulations,
          instruments or other subordinate legislation made under the relevant
          statute;

     (e)  references to a document being "IN THE AGREED FORM" means that
          document the form and content of which has been approved by the Bank;

     (f)  references to "ASSETS" shall include revenues and the right to
          revenues and property and rights of every kind, present, future and
          contingent and whether tangible or intangible (including uncalled
          share capital);

     (g)  the words "INCLUDING" and "IN PARTICULAR" shall be construed as being
          by way of illustration or emphasis only and shall not be construed as,
          nor shall they take effect as, limiting the generality of any
          foregoing words;

     (h)  the words "OTHER" and "OTHERWISE" shall not be construed ejusdem
          generis with any foregoing words where a wider construction is
          possible;

     (i)  references to a "PERSON" shall be construed so as to include that
          person's assigns, transferees or successors in title and shall be
          construed as including references to an individual, firm, partnership,
          joint venture, company, corporation, unincorporated body of persons or
          any state or any agency of a state;

     (j)  where there is a reference in this Agreement to any amount, limit or
          threshold specified in Sterling, in ascertaining whether or not that
          amount, limit or threshold has been attained, broken or achieved, as
          the case may be, a non-Sterling amount shall be counted on the basis
          of the equivalent in Sterling of that amount using the Bank's relevant
          spot rate of exchange;

     (k)  accounting terms shall be construed so as to be consistent with GAAP;
          and

     (l)  references to time are to London time.

1.3.2  For the purposes of Clause 7.2 (Margin Ratchet) and Clause 14.4
       (financial undertakings) and the related definitions, the
       (pound)10,000,000 paid by Cott to the Borrower on 30th December 1999
       shall be deemed to have been received by the Borrower on 10th January
       2000 or, if later, on the date the payment is applied by way of
       subscription for fully paid up ordinary share capital of the Borrower
       (but without prejudice to any Default which shall occur by virtue of
       Clause 15.1(u) (New Capital Injection)).

                                       20


<PAGE>   26


2.     FACILITIES

2.1.1  Subject to the terms of this Agreement the Bank agrees to make the
       following facilities available to the Borrower:

     (a)  a Sterling term loan facility in the maximum principal amount
          of(pound)49,000,000;

     (b)  a Sterling revolving loan facility in the maximum principal amount
          of(pound)13,000,000 incorporating an optional overdraft facility; and

     (c)  the Ancillary Facility in the maximum principal amount
          of(pound)7,500,000.

2.1.2  Notwithstanding any other term of this Agreement:

     (a)  the Term Loan shall not, at any time, exceed the Term Loan Commitment;
          and

     (b)  the aggregate of (i) all Revolving Advances and (ii) the Overdraft
          Outstandings shall not, at any time, exceed the Revolving Credit
          Commitment.

     (c)  the aggregate of all Ancillary Outstandings shall not, at any time,
          exceed the Ancillary Limit.


3.   PURPOSE

3.1  PURPOSE OF THE TERM LOAN FACILITY

     The proceeds of the Term Loan Facility shall only be used to pay amounts
     required to be paid by the Borrower in connection with the acquisition of
     the Target namely:

     (a)  the consideration payable to the Vendors by the Borrower for the
          Target Shares and the Target Debt purchased by it pursuant to the
          Share Purchase Agreement; and

     (b)  the Acquisition Costs.

3.2  PURPOSE OF THE REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY

3.2.1 The proceeds of Revolving Advances shall only be used:

     (a)  to fund the working capital requirements of the Borrower from time to
          time (and, for the avoidance of doubt, not (i) to make prepayments of
          the Term Loan, (ii) to finance the making of any loan to any Cott
          Group Company or (iii) to finance the payment of any dividend or other
          distribution in respect of the Borrower's share capital);

     (b)  to repay maturing Revolving Advances; and

     (c)  to enable the Borrower to comply with its obligations under any of
          Clauses 15.2.2, 15.2.3 and 15.2.4 following demand by the Bank.

3.2.2 The Optional Overdraft Facility shall only be used for the purposes
      specified in Clause 3.2.1(a).

                                       21

<PAGE>   27



3.3  PURPOSE OF ANCILLARY FACILITY

     The Ancillary Facility shall only be used for the purposes specified in
     Clause 3.2.1(a) and, in the case of FFE Contracts, for the purpose of
     hedging against foreign exchange rate exposure arising in the ordinary
     course of trading by the Borrower.

3.4  UNDERTAKING BY THE BORROWER

     The Borrower undertakes that it will only utilise the Facilities as
     permitted by this Clause 3.

3.5  NO LIABILITY

     The Bank shall not be concerned as to the use or application of the
     proceeds of the Advances or the use or applications of amounts made
     available under any Facility.

4.   CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

4.1  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

     Notwithstanding any other term of this Agreement, the Bank shall not be
     under any obligation to make the Facilities available to the Borrower
     unless it has notified the Borrower that all the conditions set out in
     Schedule 1 have been satisfied on or prior to 21st November 1997.

4.2  CONFIRMATION OF SATISFACTION

     The Bank shall, at the request of the Borrower, certify whether or not any
     one or more of the conditions set out in Schedule 1 have been satisfied or,
     as the case may be, waived.


5.   TERM LOAN FACILITY AND REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY

5.1  DRAWDOWN OF TERM LOAN FACILITY

     Subject to the other terms of this Agreement, the Term Loan Facility shall
     be drawn down in one Term Advance of (pound)49,000,000 at Completion when
     requested by the Borrower by means of a Drawdown Notice in accordance with
     Clause 5.4.

5.2  UTILISATION OF REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY

5.2.1 Subject to the other terms of this Agreement, Revolving Advances shall be
      made to the Borrower at any time during the Revolving Credit Commitment
      Period when requested by the Borrower by means of a Drawdown Notice in
      accordance with Clause 5.4. At close of business on the last day of the
      Revolving Credit Commitment Period the Revolving Credit Facility shall
      cease to be available for utilisation.

5.2.2 No utilisation of the Revolving Credit Facility may be made unless the
      Term Advance has been made.


                                       22

<PAGE>   28


5.2.3 The following limitations apply to Revolving Advances:

     (a)  the Drawdown Date of a Revolving Advance shall be a Business Day
          during the Revolving Credit Commitment Period;

     (b)  the principal amount of a Revolving Advance shall be:

          (i)  a minimum amount of(pound)250,000 and an integral multiple
               of(pound)50,000; or

          (ii) the amount of the Available Revolving Credit Facility;

     (c)  no Revolving Advance shall be made if the making of that Revolving
          Advance would result in the aggregate of all Revolving Advances
          exceeding the Revolving Credit Facility Limit; and

     (d)  no more than 5 Revolving Advances may be outstanding at any one time.

5.2.4  The Borrower shall ensure that for a period of at least 10 successive
       days in each of its Financial Years there are no Revolving Advances and
       no Overdraft Outstandings outstanding (on a net basis in relation to any
       net facilities).

5.2.5  Without prejudice to Clause 15, if the Bank gives notice to the Borrower
       at any time to cancel the Revolving Credit Facility pursuant to this
       Clause 5.2.5, the Revolving Credit Facility Limit shall (except to the
       extent the Bank specifies any smaller reductions and/or later dates in
       writing (in which case such smaller reductions and/or later dates shall
       apply)) be automatically reduced by the amount set out in Column 1 below
       at 11.00 a.m. on the date set out opposite such amount in Column 2
       below:-

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                Column 1                                                Column 2
                --------                                                --------
         (Amount of Reduction)                                            (Date)
         ---------------------                                            ------
<S>                                                        <C>
      (pound)5,000,000                                      45th day after notice given to Borrower

      (pound)5,000,000                                      90th day after notice given to Borrower

       Amount of the Revolving Credit Facility Limit        120th day after notice given to Borrower
</TABLE>

       For the avoidance of doubt, Clause 9.1.2 shall apply in respect of any
       such cancellation.

5.3    CONDITIONS TO EACH ADVANCE

5.3.1  Subject to Clause 5.3.2, the obligation of the Bank to make an Advance is
       subject to the conditions that on the date on which the relevant Drawdown
       Notice is given and on the relevant Drawdown Date:

       (a)    the representations and warranties in Clause 13 to be repeated on
              those dates are correct and will be correct immediately after the
              Advance is made; and

       (b)    no Default or Potential Default has occurred and is continuing or
              would occur on the making of the Advance.

                                       23


<PAGE>   29


5.3.2  In respect of a Revolving Advance to be made for the sole purpose of
       repaying an outstanding Revolving Advance (or an amount of Overdraft
       Outstanding) in a matching amount, the Revolving Advance shall be made,
       notwithstanding the occurrence and continuation of a Default or a
       Potential Default or any of the representations and warranties to be
       repeated not being correct, unless the Bank shall have served a Default
       Notice.

5.4    DRAWDOWN NOTICE

5.4.1  Whenever the Borrower wishes to draw down an Advance, it shall give a
       duly completed Drawdown Notice to the Bank to be received not later than
       11.00 a.m. on the first Business Day before that Drawdown Date.

5.4.2  A Drawdown Notice shall be irrevocable and the Borrower shall be obliged
       to borrow in accordance with its terms.


6.     THE OPTIONAL OVERDRAFT FACILITY AND THE ANCILLARY FACILITY

6.1    NATURE OF FACILITIES

6.1.1  The Optional Overdraft Facility forms part of the Revolving Credit
       Facility and, subject to the terms of this Agreement, shall be available
       for utilisation by the Borrower, provided that, without prejudice to the
       continued operation of the Revolving Credit Facility, the Optional
       Overdraft Facility may be terminated and cancelled by the Bank at any
       time.

6.1.2  The Optional Overdraft Facility shall be made available by the Bank in a
       maximum amount equal to the Optional Overdraft Limit. Prior to the
       Optional Overdraft Facility being terminated, the Bank shall not transfer
       or assign any of its Revolving Credit Commitment if the relevant transfer
       or assignment would result in it ceasing to have a Revolving Credit
       Commitment at least equal to the Optional Overdraft Limit.

6.1.3  The Ancillary Facility shall be subject to the terms of this Agreement
       and a separate facility letter agreed between the Borrower and the Bank
       which may be varied and amended from time to time.

6.1.4  The Ancillary Facility shall be made available by the Bank in a maximum
       amount equal to the Ancillary Limit.

6.1.5  Each of the Optional Overdraft Facility and the Ancillary Facility shall
       cease to be available on the Final Maturity Date for the Revolving Credit
       Facility or such earlier date on which it is cancelled in accordance with
       the terms of this Agreement.

6.1.6  The Borrower shall complete such mandate and other like documents in
       respect of the Optional Overdraft Facility and the Ancillary Facility as
       the Bank may reasonably require.

6.1.7  The Bank may specify sub-limits from time to time at its discretion on
       the different types of accommodation available under the Ancillary
       Facility.

6.2    UTILISATION OF OPTIONAL OVERDRAFT FACILITY

6.2.1  Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Bank agrees to make the
       Optional Overdraft Facility available on a revolving basis to the
       Borrower to be utilised on any Business Day

                                       24

<PAGE>   30


       by way of overdraft on usual banking terms including a term that amounts
       outstanding by way of overdraft are repayable on demand.

6.2.2  No utilisation of the Optional Overdraft Facility under Clause 6.2.1
       shall be made if it would result in:

       (a)    the aggregate of (i) all Revolving Advances and (ii) the Overdraft
              Outstandings exceeding the Revolving Credit Facility Limit;

       (b)    the Overdraft Outstandings exceeding the Optional Overdraft Limit;
              or

       (c)    the Gross Overdraft Outstandings exceeding the Gross Optional
              Overdraft Limit.

6.2.3  For the avoidance of doubt, the Bank may, without liability, return
       cheques unpaid if the payment of those cheques would result in a breach
       of Clause 6.2.2.

6.3    UTILISATION OF ANCILLARY FACILITY

6.3.1  Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Bank agrees to make available
       the Ancillary Facility on a revolving basis to the Borrower to be
       utilised on any Business Day:

       (a)    by way of issue of Guarantees up to an aggregate maximum face
              amount of(pound)1,000,000;

       (b)    by way of FFE Contracts;

       (c)    by way of such other facilities or financial accommodation as the
              Bank and the Borrower may agree.

6.3.2  No utilisation of the Ancillary Facility under Clause 6.3.1 shall be made
       if it would result in the Ancillary Outstandings exceeding the Ancillary
       Limit.

6.3.3  For the avoidance of doubt, Interest Rate Protection Agreements shall not
       be and shall not be deemed to be part of the Ancillary Facilities.

6.4    FFE CONTRACTS

6.4.1  An FFE Contract shall:

       (a)    be on the usual terms of the Bank;

       (b)    be of a duration of not more than 12 months;

       (c)    be on terms that the Bank shall have no obligation to make
              payments under it at any time after the Final Maturity Date unless
              the Bank (in its sole discretion and upon such terms as it
              requires) agrees otherwise; and

       (d)    only be entered into on a Business Day.

6.4.2  All obligations and liabilities owing to the Bank under or in respect of
       an FFE Contract shall be deemed to be obligations and liabilities owing
       to the Bank under this Agreement.


                                       25
<PAGE>   31



6.5    GUARANTEES

6.5.1  The Bank shall not be obliged to issue any Guarantee unless it has
       approved the form of the proposed Guarantee.

6.5.2  No Guarantee shall be issued under which a claim could be made at a time
       after the Final Maturity Date unless the Bank (in its sole discretion and
       upon such terms as it requires) agrees otherwise.

6.5.3  Each Guarantee shall be denominated in Sterling and shall state on its
       face the maximum amount payable under it and its expiry date.

6.5.4  A Guarantee shall only be issued by the Bank on a Business Day.

6.6    COUNTER INDEMNITY FROM THE BORROWER

6.6.1  The Borrower shall:

       (a)    indemnify the Bank and keep the Bank indemnified from and against
              all actions, suits, proceedings, claims, demands, liabilities,
              damages, costs, expenses, losses and charges in relation to or
              arising out of any Guarantee issued on its behalf; and

       (b)    pay to the Bank on demand the amount of all payments made (whether
              directly or by way of set-off, counterclaim or otherwise) and all
              losses, costs and expenses suffered or incurred by the Bank under
              or by reason of each such Guarantee.

6.6.2  The Bank is irrevocably authorised by the Borrower to comply with the
       terms of any demand served or purporting to be served on the Bank
       pursuant to any Guarantee without any reference to, or further authority
       from, the Borrower and without any enquiry into the justification for
       that demand or its validity. Any payment which the Bank shall make in
       accordance or purporting to be in accordance with such a demand shall be
       binding on the Borrower and be accepted by the Borrower as conclusive and
       binding evidence that the Bank was liable to comply with the terms of
       such demand and was liable to do so in the manner and for the amount in
       which the Bank effected such compliance.

6.6.3  The liability of the Borrower under this Clause 6.6 shall not be
       discharged, lessened or impaired by any time being given or by anything
       being done or other circumstance whatsoever which, but for this
       provision, would or might operate to exonerate or discharge the Borrower.

6.6.4  The indemnity contained in this Clause 6.6 shall constitute and be a
       continuing security to the Bank and shall extend to each Guarantee as it
       may be varied, modified, amended or extended.

6.7    INTEREST ON PAYMENTS

       The Borrower shall pay interest on the amount of each payment, loss, cost
       and expense made, suffered or incurred by the Bank under or by reason of
       any Guarantee issued on its behalf from and including the date upon which
       such payment, loss, cost or expense is made, suffered or incurred up to
       and including the date upon which payment or reimbursement of such amount
       is demanded from the Borrower. The amount of such

                                       26

<PAGE>   32


       interest shall be calculated in accordance with Clause 7.4. For the
       avoidance of doubt, interest on sums demanded under Clause 6.6 shall also
       accrue in accordance with Clause 7.4.


7.     INTEREST

7.1    INTEREST RATE

       Interest shall accrue on each Advance from and including the relevant
       Drawdown Date to but excluding the date the Advance is repaid at the rate
       determined by the Bank to be the aggregate of:

       (a)    the Margin;

       (b)    LIBOR; and

       (c)    the Mandatory Cost Rate.

7.2    MARGIN RATCHET

7.2.1  In respect of each Quarter beginning after 31st December 1999, the Margin
       shall reduce or increase in accordance with the other provisions of this
       Clause 7.2, provided that the Margin shall at no time be greater than
       2.00 per cent. per annum or less than 1.25 per cent. per annum.

7.2.2  In this Clause 7.2, "RELEVANT FINANCIAL PERIOD" means, in relation to a
       Quarter, the 12 month period ending on the Quarter Date falling
       immediately before the beginning of that Quarter.

7.2.3  Subject to the other provisions of this Clause 7.2, in respect of a
       Quarter, the Margin shall be 1.75 per cent. per annum if the ratio of
       Debt: Post Restructuring PBIT for the Relevant Financial Period is less
       than 3.25:1.

7.2.4  Subject to the other provisions of this Clause 7.2, in respect of a
       Quarter, the Margin shall be 1.5 per cent. per annum if the ratio of
       Debt: Post Restructuring PBIT for the Relevant Financial Period is less
       than 2.75:1.

7.2.5  Subject to the other provisions of this Clause 7.2, in respect of a
       Quarter, the Margin shall be 1.25 per cent. per annum if the ratio of
       Debt: Post Restructuring PBIT for the Relevant Financial Period is less
       than 2.50:1.

7.2.6  In relation to a Quarter, for the purpose of this Clause 7.2, any
       reduction or increase in the Margin shall be determined on the day
       immediately following receipt by the Bank of the Management Accounts for
       the Accounting Period ending on or about the Quarter Date occurring at
       the end of that Quarter. Any reduction or increase shall, subject to
       Clause 7.2.8, take effect on the fifth Business Day following receipt by
       the Bank of those Management Accounts. If the Borrower does not deliver
       the relevant Management Accounts to the Bank in accordance with the terms
       of Clause 14.1(b), the Margin shall, as from the date immediately
       following the last date on which such Management Accounts should have
       been delivered to the Bank pursuant to Clause 14.1(b) (other than where
       such non-delivery is beyond the control of the Borrower) until the date
       once such Management Accounts have been so delivered, be reinstated to
       2.00 per cent. per annum.


                                       27

<PAGE>   33


7.2.7  Where in respect of any Quarter, the Margin has been adjusted on the
       basis of Management Accounts and the next Accounts delivered to the Bank
       show that such adjustment should not have been made, the said adjustment
       shall be cancelled on the next Interest Date to occur after delivery of
       those Accounts to the Bank and the Borrower and the Bank shall promptly
       make such payments as may be necessary to put themselves in the position
       they would have been in if the correct adjustment had originally been
       made as shown by reference to the Accounts.

7.2.8  Notwithstanding any other term of this Clause 7.2, if a Default has
       occurred and is continuing, the Margin shall be 2.00 per cent. per annum
       and any decrease which would otherwise have applied shall not take effect
       unless and until such Default ceases to be continuing or is waived in
       writing by the Bank.

7.2.9  Notwithstanding any other term of this Clause 7.2, the maximum reduction
       in the Margin from one Quarter to the next Quarter shall be 0.25 per
       cent. per annum.

7.2.10 For the avoidance of doubt, if in respect of any Quarter of the Borrower,
       none of the conditions set out in Clause 7.2.3 to 7.2.6 (inclusive) are
       satisfied in relation to the Relevant Financial Period, the Margin for
       that Quarter shall be 2.00 per cent. per annum.

7.3    INTEREST PERIODS

7.3.1  Interest payable on each Advance shall be calculated by reference to
       Interest Periods of 1, 3 or 6 months duration (or such other Interest
       Period as the Bank, may allow) as selected by the Borrower in accordance
       with this Clause 7.3 provided that each Interest Period ending on or
       before 30th April 1998 shall be of one month's duration.

7.3.2  The Borrower shall select an Interest Period for a Revolving Advance in
       the relevant Drawdown Notice. The Borrower may select an Interest Period
       for a Term Advance in either the Drawdown Notice (in the case of the
       first Interest Period for that Advance) or (in the case of any subsequent
       Interest Period for that Advance) by notice received by the Bank no later
       than 3 Business Days before the commencement of that Interest Period.

7.3.3  In respect of Term Advances, interest shall be calculated by reference to
       successive Interest Periods. The first Interest Period for a Term Advance
       shall begin on the Drawdown Date of that Advance. Each succeeding
       Interest Period for that Advance shall begin on the Interest Date of the
       previous Interest Period.

7.3.4  The Borrower may, by notice to the Bank at least 3 Business Days before
       an Interest Date relating to a Term Advance, elect that that Term Advance
       be split into two or more Term Advances of at least (pound)1,000,000 each
       (and being multiples of (pound)500,000) or such lesser amount equal to
       the amount of the Instalment falling due on the next Instalment Repayment
       Date. Any such notice shall specify the Interest Periods applicable to
       those Term Advances and shall take effect in accordance with its terms
       from that Interest Date, provided that there shall not be more than 5
       Term Advances outstanding at any one time.

7.3.5  Subject to the other terms of this Agreement, if the Interest Periods for
       two or more Term Advances end on the same day those Term Advances shall
       be deemed to be a single Term Advance from that day.

7.3.6  If the Borrower fails to select an Interest Period for an Advance in
       accordance with Clause 7.3.2, that Interest Period shall, subject to the
       other provisions of this Clause 7, be 3 months.

                                       28


<PAGE>   34


7.3.7  If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a
       Business Day, that Interest Period shall instead end on the next Business
       Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding
       Business Day (if there is not).

7.3.8  If an Interest Period begins on the last Business Day in a calendar month
       or on a Business Day for which there is no numerically corresponding day
       in the calendar month in which that Interest Period is to end, it shall
       end on the last Business Day in that later calendar month.

7.3.9  In respect of Term Advances, the Borrower shall select such Interest
       Periods to ensure that, on each Instalment Repayment Date, there are Term
       Advances with an Interest Period ending on that Instalment Repayment Date
       which are, in aggregate, at least equal to the Instalment due on that
       Instalment Repayment Date.

7.3.10 If an Interest Period for an Advance would otherwise extend beyond the
       Final Maturity Date, it shall be shortened so that it ends on the Final
       Maturity Date.

7.4    DEFAULT INTEREST

7.4.1  If the Borrower fails to pay any amount payable under any Financing
       Document on the due date, it shall pay default interest on the overdue
       amount from the due date to the date of actual payment calculated by
       reference to successive Interest Periods (each of such duration as the
       Bank may select and the first beginning on the relevant due date) at the
       rate per annum being the aggregate of (a) 2 per cent. per annum, (b) the
       Margin, (c) LIBOR and (d) the Mandatory Cost Rate.

7.4.2  So long as the overdue amount remains unpaid, the default interest rate
       shall be recalculated in accordance with the provisions of this Clause
       7.4 on the last day of each such Interest Period and any unpaid interest
       shall be compounded at the end of each Interest Period.

7.5    INTEREST, COMMISSION AND FEES UNDER THE OPTIONAL OVERDRAFT FACILITY AND
       ANCILLARY FACILITY

7.5.1  Interest on all amounts outstanding by way of overdraft under the
       Optional Overdraft Facility shall accrue at the rate per annum which is
       the aggregate of:

       (a)    the Margin; and

       (b)    the most recently published base rate of the Bank.

7.5.2  Interest under Clause 7.5.1 on amounts outstanding by way of overdraft
       shall be paid by the Borrower to the Bank on the Bank's usual quarterly
       charging days and the Final Maturity Date.

7.5.3  In respect of each Guarantee, the Borrower shall pay a commission to the
       Bank on the Guaranteed Amount of that Guarantee at a rate per annum equal
       to the Margin. Such commission shall be paid in advance in accordance
       with the Bank's usual practice.

7.5.4  In respect of each FFE Contract, the Borrower shall pay fees and
       commissions to the Bank in accordance with the Bank's usual charging
       scales as notified to the Borrower from time to time for entering into
       forward foreign exchange contracts.

                                       29

<PAGE>   35


7.5.5  The Bank may debit all interest, fees and commissions payable by the
       Borrower under this Clause 7.5 to any account held by the Borrower with
       the Bank.

7.6    CALCULATION AND PAYMENT OF INTEREST

7.6.1  At the beginning of each Interest Period, the Bank shall notify the
       Borrower of the duration of the Interest Period and the rate and amount
       of interest payable for the Interest Period (but in the case of any
       default interest calculated under Clause 7.4, any such notification need
       not be made more frequently than weekly).

7.6.2  Interest due from the Borrower under this Agreement shall:

       (a)    accrue from day to day at the rate calculated under this Clause 7;

       (b)    except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, be paid by the
              Borrower to the Bank in arrear on the last day of each Interest
              Period, provided that for any Interest Period which is for longer
              than 3 months, the Borrower shall pay interest 3 monthly in arrear
              during that Interest Period;

       (c)    be calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed
              and a 365 day year; and

       (d)    be payable both before and after judgment.


8.     REPAYMENT AND PREPAYMENT

8.1    REPAYMENT OF TERM LOAN

8.1.1  The Borrower shall repay the Term Loan by payment to the Bank on or up to
       45 days before each date set out in Column 1 of Part I of Schedule 5
       (each date being an "INSTALMENT REPAYMENT DATE") of the amount (each an
       "INSTALMENT") set out in Column 2 of Part I of Schedule 5 opposite the
       relevant Instalment Repayment Date (so that the Term Loan is repaid in
       full on or before the Final Maturity Date).

8.1.2  The Borrower shall make additional repayments ("PERFORMANCE REPAYMENTS")
       of the Term Loan on the dates and subject to the conditions specified in
       Part II of Schedule 5 provided that if the relevant date is not an
       Interest Date of the Term Loan the Borrower shall procure that:-

       (a)    the relevant Performance Repayment is made on the next Interest
              Date relating to the Term Loan and to the extent that the
              Performance Repayment exceeds (after repayment of any Instalment
              which is repayable on such Interest Date) the amount of the Term
              Advance(s) whose Interest Date(s) expire on that date, the next
              succeeding Interest Date(s)); and

       (b)    pending any such Performance Repayment, an amount equal to the
              required Performance Repayment is credited to a bank account
              ("Proceeds Account") held with the Bank.

8.1.3  Each Performance Repayment shall be applied against unpaid Instalments in
       inverse order to maturity and the Borrower authorises the Bank to apply
       relevant amounts standing to the


                                       30
<PAGE>   36


       credit of the Proceeds Account in fulfilment of the Borrower's
       obligations under Clause 8.1.2.

8.1.4  The Borrower shall on or before 31st May 1999 prepay all or part of one
       or more Term Advances, equal in aggregate to:

       (a)    in the event that the Required Disposal takes place on or before
              31st May 1999, the sum of (pound)3,500,000 minus the amount (if a
              lesser figure) of Disposal Proceeds in respect of the Required
              Disposal applied in prepayment (or credited to a Proceeds Account
              in accordance with Clause 8.3.1(b)) of the Term Loan pursuant to
              Clause 8.3.1 on or before 31st May 1999; or

       (b)    in the event that the Required Disposal does not take place on or
              before 31st May 1999, (pound)2,500,000,

       where "REQUIRED DISPOSAL" means a sale of the Property numbered 1 in
       Schedule 7.

8.1.5  The Borrower shall immediately on receipt pay 50% of the net proceeds of
       its legal claim relating to the benzene contamination which occurred in
       1998 to the Bank in prepayment of the Term Loan and the balance shall be
       paid into the Borrower's current account with the Bank.

8.1.6  Each prepayment pursuant to Clause 8.1.4 shall be applied against unpaid
       Instalments in inverse order to maturity and each prepayment pursuant to
       Clause 8.1.5 shall be applied against unpaid Instalments pro rata.

8.2    REPAYMENT OF REVOLVING ADVANCES

8.2.1  Subject to Clause 8.2.3, each Revolving Advance shall be repaid in full
       on the Interest Date of the Interest Period relating to that Revolving
       Advance.

8.2.2  Subject to the terms of this Agreement, any amounts repaid under Clause
       8.2.1 may be re-borrowed.

8.2.3  If all or part of an existing Revolving Advance made to the Borrower is
       to be repaid from the proceeds of all or part of a new Revolving Advance
       to be made to the Borrower, then, as between the Bank and the Borrower,
       the amount to be repaid by the Borrower shall be set off against the
       amount to be advanced by the Bank in relation to the new Revolving
       Advance and the party to whom the smaller amount is to be paid shall pay
       to the other party a sum equal to the difference between the two amounts.

8.2.4  Subject to Clauses 8, 10 and 11 the Borrower may not prepay any Revolving
       Advance before the end of its Interest Period.

8.3    MANDATORY PREPAYMENT OF DISPOSAL PROCEEDS

8.3.1  The Borrower shall procure that:

       (a)    the Disposal Proceeds of any Disposal (other than those set out in
              Clause 14.3(b)) made by a Group Company are applied in prepayment
              of the Term Loan on the next Interest Date relating to the Term
              Loan (and to the extent that the Disposal Proceeds exceed (after
              repayment of any Instalment which is

                                       31

<PAGE>   37


              repayable on such Interest Date) the amount of the Term Advance(s)
              whose Interest Date(s) expire on that date, the next succeeding
              Interest Date(s)); and

       (b)    pending any such prepayment, the relevant Disposal Proceeds are
              credited to the Proceeds Account.

8.3.2  The Borrower authorises the Bank to apply relevant amounts standing to
       the credit of the Proceeds Account in fulfilment of the Borrower's
       obligations under Clause 8.3.1(a).

8.4    MANDATORY PREPAYMENT OF EXTRAORDINARY PROCEEDS

       The Borrower shall procure that:

       (a)    all Extraordinary Proceeds of Group Companies are applied in
              repayment of the Term Loan on each Interest Date for a Term
              Advance immediately following each date on which the relevant
              Extraordinary Proceeds are received by a Group Company (and to the
              extent that the Extraordinary Proceeds exceed (after repayment of
              any Instalment which is repayable on such Interest Date) the
              amount of the Term Advance(s) whose Interest Date(s) expire on
              that date, the next succeeding Interest Date(s)) provided that,
              for the purposes of this Clause 8.4 no account shall be taken,
              during any Financial Year of the Borrower, of Extraordinary
              Proceeds received by the Borrower in that Financial Year which do
              not exceed(pound)50,000; and

       (b)    pending any such prepayment, the relevant Extraordinary Proceeds
              are credited to a bank account (an "EXTRAORDINARY PROCEEDS
              ACCOUNT") held with the Bank.

8.5    MANDATORY PREPAYMENT ON CHANGE OF CONTROL, SALE OR LISTING

8.5.1  Notwithstanding Clauses 8.1 and 8.2, if so required by the Bank, on any
       date a Sale or a Listing occurs or the date falling 30 days after any
       Change of Control occurs (each a "PREPAYMENT DATE"):

       (a)    the Term Loan shall be repaid in full;

       (b)    all Revolving Advances shall be repaid in full; and

       (c)    any amount outstanding by way of overdraft under the Optional
              Overdraft Facility shall be repaid in full; and

       (d)    the Bank's obligations under this Agreement shall be terminated
              and its Commitments shall be cancelled.

8.5.2  On a Prepayment Date, the Borrower shall in respect of each Guarantee
       issued on its behalf:

       (a)    use its reasonable endeavours to procure the release of the Bank
              from each such Guarantee; and

       (b)    without prejudice to paragraph (a) above, pay to the credit of
              such account as the Bank shall stipulate an amount equal to the
              Guaranteed Amount of that

                                       32

<PAGE>   38


              Guarantee and charge such account in favour of the Bank in such
              manner and on such terms as the Bank may stipulate.

8.5.3  On a Prepayment Date, each outstanding FFE Contract shall, if the Bank so
       specifies, be terminated and closed out. Upon such termination and
       close-out, the Bank shall determine in good faith the applicable closing
       gain or loss payable by or to it for the outstanding FFE Contracts,
       calculated by reference to the netting of the respective amounts in each
       currency which the Bank is contracted to deliver and receive under all
       such FFE Contracts. Any amount payable to the Bank or to the Borrower in
       respect of the FFE Contracts pursuant to this Clause 8.5.3 shall, subject
       to all rights of set-off, be immediately due and payable upon such
       termination and close-out.

8.5.4  The Borrower shall give the Bank at least 30 days' prior notice of the
       date upon which a Sale or Listing is proposed to occur and shall notify
       the Bank as soon as the Borrower becomes aware that a Change of Control
       is proposed to occur.

8.5.5  Any prepayment shall be made together with accrued interest on the amount
       prepaid and any amounts payable under Clause 22.1.

8.6    VOLUNTARY PREPAYMENT OF TERM LOAN

8.6.1  The Borrower may, by giving the Bank not less than 5 Business Days' prior
       written notice, prepay the whole or part (but if in part, in a minimum
       amount of (pound)1,000,000 and an integral multiple of (pound)500,000) of
       any Term Advance at any time, but subject always to Clause 22.

8.6.2  Any notice of prepayment shall be irrevocable, shall specify the date on
       which the prepayment is to be made and the amount of the prepayment, and
       shall oblige the Borrower to make that prepayment.

8.6.3  Any prepayment shall be made together with accrued interest on the amount
       prepaid and any amounts payable under Clause 22.1.

8.7    NO RE-BORROWING OF TERM LOAN

       Any amount repaid or prepaid in relation to the Term Loan may not be
       re-borrowed and shall reduce rateably the Bank's Term Loan Commitment.

8.8    APPLICATION OF PREPAYMENTS

       Each prepayment of the Term Loan under this Clause 8 shall be applied
       against the unpaid Instalments pro rata (other than repayment of an
       Instalment made up to 45 days before the relevant Instalment Repayment
       Date).


9.     CANCELLATION OF REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY AND ANCILLARY FACILITY

9.1    CANCELLATION OF REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY

9.1.1  The Borrower may, by giving the Bank not less than 5 Business Days' prior
       written notice, cancel all or part of the Available Revolving Credit
       Facility, including any unutilised part


                                       33
<PAGE>   39


       of the Optional Overdraft Facility (but if in part, in a minimum amount
       of (pound)1,000,000 and an integral multiple of (pound)500,000).

9.1.2  The Borrower may not utilise any part of the Revolving Credit Facility
       which has been cancelled. Any cancellation of the Revolving Credit
       Facility shall reduce the Bank's Revolving Credit Commitment rateably and
       shall reduce the Revolving Credit Facility Limit by the aggregate amount
       so cancelled. Any cancellation of the Optional Overdraft Facility shall
       reduce the Optional Overdraft Limit by the aggregate amount so cancelled.
       Any amount cancelled may not be reinstated.

9.2    CANCELLATION OF ANCILLARY FACILITY

       The Borrower may, by giving the Bank not less than 5 Business Days' prior
       written notice, cancel all or part of the Available Ancillary Facility
       and the Ancillary Limit shall be reduced accordingly. Any amount
       cancelled may not be reinstated.

9.3    NOTICE

       Any notice of cancellation shall be irrevocable and shall specify the
       date on which the cancellation shall take effect and the amount of the
       cancellation.

9.4    LIMITATION

       The Borrower may not cancel all or part of the Revolving Credit Facility
       or the Ancillary Facility except as expressly provided in this Agreement.


10.    CHANGES IN CIRCUMSTANCES

10.1   ILLEGALITY

10.1.1 If it is or becomes illegal for the Bank to maintain all or part of its
       Commitment in all or any part of the Facilities, then:

       (a)    the Bank shall notify the Borrower; and

       (b)    (i)    the Commitment of the Bank shall be cancelled immediately;
                     and

              (ii)   the Borrower shall prepay to the Bank all Advances
                     (together with accrued interest on the amount prepaid and
                     all other amounts owing to that Bank under this Agreement)
                     within 5 Business Days of demand by the Bank (or, if
                     permitted by the relevant law, on the last day of the
                     Interest Period of the relevant Advances).

       Any such prepayment under paragraph (ii) above shall be subject to
       Clause 22.

10.1.2 If it is or becomes illegal for the Bank to issue or leave outstanding
       any Guarantee, the Ancillary Facility shall cease to be available for the
       issue of Guarantees and the Borrower shall use their best endeavours to
       procure the release of each Guarantee outstanding at such time.


                                       34

<PAGE>   40


10.2   INCREASED COSTS

10.2.1 If, after the date of this Agreement, a Change occurs which causes an
       Increased Cost (as defined in Clause 10.2.3) to the Bank (or any company
       of which the Bank is a Subsidiary) then the Borrower shall pay (as
       additional interest) to the Bank within 5 Business Days of demand all
       amounts which the Bank certifies to be necessary to compensate it (or any
       company of which that Bank is a Subsidiary) for the Increased Cost.

10.2.2 Any demand made under Clause 10.2.1 shall set out in reasonable detail so
       far as is practicable the basis of computation of the Increased Cost.

10.2.3 In this Clause 10.2:

       "INCREASED COST" means any cost to, or reduction in the amount payable
       to, or reduction in the return on capital or regulatory capital achieved
       by, the Bank (or any company of which the Bank is a Subsidiary) to the
       extent that it arises, directly or indirectly, as a result of the Change
       and is attributable to the Commitment of the Bank or the funding of any
       Advance including:

       (a)    any Tax Liability (other than Tax on Overall Net Income) incurred
              by the Bank;

       (b)    any changes in the basis or timing of Taxation of the Bank in
              relation to its Commitment or Participation in the Facilities or
              to the funding of any Advance;

       (c)    the cost to the Bank (or any company of which the Bank is a
              Subsidiary) of complying with, or the reduction in the amount
              payable to or reduction in the return on capital or regulatory
              capital achieved by the Bank (or any company of which the Bank is
              a Subsidiary) as a result of complying with, any capital adequacy
              or similar requirements howsoever arising, including as a result
              of an increase in the amount of capital to be allocated to any
              Facility or of a change to the weighting of the Bank's Commitment;
              and

       (d)    the cost to the Bank of complying with any reserve, cash ratio,
              special deposit or liquidity requirements (or any other similar
              requirements).

       "TAX LIABILITY" means, in respect of any person:

       (a)    any liability or any increase in the liability of that person to
              make any payment of or in respect of Tax;

       (b)    the loss of any relief, allowance, deduction or credit in respect
              of Tax which would otherwise have been available to that person;

       (c)    the setting off against income, profits or gains or against any
              Tax liability of any relief, allowance, deduction or credit in
              respect of Tax which would otherwise have been available to that
              person; and

       (d)    the loss or setting off against any Tax liability of a right to
              repayment of Tax which would otherwise have been available to that
              person.

       For the purposes of this definition of "Tax Liability", any question of
       whether or not any relief, allowance, deduction, credit or right to
       repayment of Tax has been lost or set off,

                                       35

<PAGE>   41


       and if so, the date on which that loss or set-off took place, shall be
       conclusively determined by the relevant person's auditors.

       "TAX ON OVERALL NET INCOME" means, in relation to the Bank, Tax (other
       than Tax deducted or withheld from any payment) imposed on the net
       profits of the Bank by the jurisdiction in which its Lending Office or
       its head office is situated.

10.2.4 The Borrower shall not be obliged to make a payment in respect of an
       Increased Cost under this Clause 10.2 if and to the extent that the
       Increased Cost has been compensated for by the payment of Mandatory Cost
       Rate or the operation of Clause 11.8 or would have been so compensated
       but for the operation of Clause 11.8.3.

10.2.5 If the Borrower is required to pay any amount to the Bank under this
       Clause 10.2, then, without prejudice to that obligation and so long as
       the circumstances giving rise to the relevant Increased Cost are
       continuing and subject to the Borrower giving the Bank not less than 5
       Business Days' prior written notice (which shall be irrevocable), the
       Borrower may prepay all, but not part, of the Bank's Commitment together
       with accrued interest on the amount prepaid. Any such prepayment shall be
       subject to Clause 22.1. On any such prepayment the Commitment of the Bank
       shall be automatically cancelled.

10.3   MARKET DISRUPTION

10.3.1 If, in relation to an Advance and a particular Interest Period the Bank
       determines that, because of circumstances affecting the London interbank
       market generally, reasonable and adequate means do not exist for
       ascertaining LIBOR for that Advance for that Interest Period the Bank
       shall promptly notify the Borrower of that event (such notice being a
       "MARKET DISRUPTION NOTICE").

10.3.2 If a market disruption notice applies to a proposed Advance, that Advance
       shall not be made. Instead, the Bank and the Borrower shall immediately
       enter into negotiations for a period of not more than 30 days with a view
       to agreeing a substitute basis for calculating the interest rate for the
       Advance or for funding the Advance. Any substitute basis agreed by the
       Bank and the Borrower shall take effect in accordance with its terms and
       be binding on all the Parties.

10.3.3 If a market disruption notice applies to an outstanding Term Advance,
       then:

       (a)    the Bank and the Borrower shall immediately enter into
              negotiations for a period of not more that 30 days with a view to
              agreeing a substitute basis for calculating the rate of interest
              for the Advance or for funding the Advance;

       (b)    any substitute basis agreed under Clause 10.3.3(a) by the Bank and
              the Borrower shall take effect in accordance with its terms and be
              binding on all the Parties;

       (c)    if no substitute basis is agreed under Clause 10.3.3(a), then,
              subject to Clause 10.3.4, the Bank shall certify before the last
              day of the Interest Period to which the market disruption notice
              relates a substitute basis for maintaining the Advance which shall
              reflect the cost to the Bank of funding the Advance from whatever
              sources it selects plus the Margin and Mandatory Cost Rate; and

       (d)    each substitute basis so certified shall be binding on the
              Borrower and the Bank and treated as part of this Agreement.


                                       36
<PAGE>   42



10.3.4 If no substitute basis is agreed under Clause 10.3.3(a), then, so long as
       the circumstances giving rise to the market disruption notice continue
       and subject to the Borrower giving the Bank not less than 5 Business
       Days' prior written notice (which shall be irrevocable), the Borrower may
       prepay the Advance to which the market disruption notice applies together
       with accrued interest on the amount prepaid. Any such prepayment shall be
       subject to Clause 22.

10.4   MITIGATION

10.4.1 If any circumstances arise in respect of the Bank which would, or upon
       the giving of notice would, result in the operation of Clause 10.1, 10.2,
       10.3 or 11.8 to the detriment of the Borrower, then the Bank shall:

       (a)    promptly upon becoming aware of those circumstances and their
              results, notify the Borrower; and

       (b)    in consultation with the Borrower, take all such steps as it
              determines are reasonably open to it to mitigate the effects of
              those circumstances (including consulting with the Borrower with a
              view to transferring some or all of its rights and obligations
              under this Agreement to another bank or other financial
              institution acceptable to the Borrower) in a manner which will
              avoid the circumstances in question and on terms acceptable to the
              Borrower and the Bank,

       provided that the Bank shall not be obliged to take any steps which in
       its opinion would or might have an adverse effect on its business or
       financial condition or the management of its Tax affairs or cause it to
       incur any material costs or expenses.

10.4.2 Nothing in this Clause 10.4 shall limit, reduce, affect or otherwise
       qualify the rights of the Bank or the obligations of the Borrower under
       Clauses 10.1, 10.2, 10.3 and 11.8.

10.5   CERTIFICATES

       The certificate or notification of the Bank as to any of the matters
       referred to in this Clause 10 shall be in reasonable detail and shall be
       conclusive and binding on the Borrower except for any manifest error.


11.    PAYMENTS

11.1   PLACE AND TIME

       All payments to be made by the Borrower in relation to this Agreement
       shall be made to the Bank's account (number 0002727) at Treasury
       Division, Faryners House, PO Box 545, 25 Monument Street, London EC3R 3BP
       (sort code 30-15-57) quoting reference "Loans Admin re: Cott Beverages
       Ltd" or such other account at such office or bank in London as the Bank
       may notify the Borrower for this purpose, provided that all payments to
       be made by the Borrower to the Bank in relation to the Optional Overdraft
       Facility or the Ancillary Facility shall be made in accordance with usual
       procedures for the operation of the Optional Overdraft Facility or, as
       the case may be, the Ancillary Facility.


                                       37

<PAGE>   43


11.2   FUNDS

       All payments to the Bank under this Agreement shall be made for value on
       the due date in freely transferable and readily available funds.

11.3   BUSINESS DAYS

       If a payment under this Agreement is due on a day which is not a Business
       Day, the due date for that payment shall instead be the next Business Day
       in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business
       Day (if there is not).

11.4   CURRENCY

       All payments relating to costs, losses, expenses or Taxes shall be made
       in the currency in which the relative costs, losses, expenses or Taxes
       were incurred. Any other amount payable under this Agreement shall,
       except as otherwise provided, be made in Sterling.

11.5   ACCOUNTS AS EVIDENCE

       The Bank shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account
       which shall, as between the Borrower and the Bank, be prima facie
       evidence of the amounts from time to time advanced by, owing to, paid and
       repaid to the Bank under this Agreement.

11.6   PARTIAL PAYMENTS

11.6.1 If the Bank receives a payment insufficient to discharge all the amounts
       then due and payable by the Borrower under this Agreement, the Bank shall
       apply that payment towards the obligations of the Borrower in the
       following order:

       (a)    first, in or towards payment pro rata of any accrued interest due
              by the Borrower but unpaid under this Agreement;

       (b)    second, in or towards payment pro rata of any principal due by the
              Borrower but unpaid under this Agreement; and

       (c)    third, in or towards payment pro rata of any other sum due by the
              Borrower but unpaid under the Financing Documents.

11.6.2 Clauses 11.6.1 shall override any appropriation made by the Borrower.

11.7   SET-OFF AND COUNTERCLAIM

       All payments by the Borrower under this Agreement shall be made without
       set-off or counterclaim.

11.8   GROSSING-UP

11.8.1 Subject to Clause 11.8.2, all sums payable to the Bank pursuant to or in
       connection with any Financing Document shall be paid in full free and
       clear of all deductions or withholdings whatsoever except only as may be
       required by law.


                                       38

<PAGE>   44


11.8.2 If any deduction or withholding is required by law in respect of any
       payment due from the Borrower to the Bank pursuant to or in connection
       with any Financing Document, the Borrower shall:

       (a)    ensure or procure that the deduction or withholding is made and
              that it does not exceed the minimum legal requirement therefor;

       (b)    pay, or procure the payment of, the full amount deducted or
              withheld to the relevant Taxation or other authority in accordance
              with the applicable law;

       (c)    increase the payment in respect of which the deduction or
              withholding is required so that the net amount received by the
              payee (which expression when used in this Clause 11.8.2 shall mean
              the Bank) after the deduction or withholding (and after taking
              account of any further deduction or withholding which is required
              to be made as a consequence of the increase) shall be equal to the
              amount which the payee would have been entitled to receive in the
              absence of any requirement to make any deduction or withholding;
              and

       (d)    promptly deliver or procure the delivery to the relative payee of
              receipts evidencing each deduction or withholding which has been
              made.

11.8.3 The Borrower shall not be required to pay an additional amount under this
       Clause 11.8 if the payment in respect of which the deduction or
       withholding is required is a payment of interest on an Advance and:

       (a)    at the time that Advance was made, the Bank was not a Qualifying
              Bank otherwise than as a consequence of a Change occurring after
              the date of this Agreement (and the obligation to deduct or
              withhold would not have arisen if that Advance had been made by a
              Qualifying Bank); or

       (b)    at the time when the interest is paid, the Bank is not
              beneficially entitled to it or, being beneficially entitled to it,
              the Bank is not within the charge to United Kingdom corporation
              tax as respects it otherwise than as a consequence of a Change
              occurring after the date of this Agreement (and the obligation to
              deduct or withhold would not have arisen if the Bank had been
              beneficially entitled to the interest and had been within the
              charge to United Kingdom corporation tax as respects it).

11.8.4 If the Bank determines, in its absolute discretion, that it has received,
       realised, utilised and retained a Tax benefit by reason of any deduction
       or withholding in respect of which the Borrower has made an increased
       payment under this Clause 11.8, the Bank shall pay to the Borrower (to
       the extent that that Bank can do so without prejudicing the amount of the
       benefit or repayment and the right of the Bank to obtain any other
       benefit, relief or allowance which may be available to it) such amount,
       if any, as the Bank, in its absolute discretion shall determine, will
       leave the Bank in no worse position than it would have been in if the
       deduction or withholding had not been required, provided that:

       (a)    the Bank shall have an absolute discretion as to the time at which
              and the order and manner in which it realises or utilises any Tax
              benefit and shall not be obliged to arrange its business or its
              Tax affairs in any particular way in order to be eligible for any
              credit or refund or similar benefit;

       (b)    the Bank shall not be obliged to disclose any information
              regarding its business, Tax affairs or Tax computations;


                                       39

<PAGE>   45


       (c)    if the Bank has made a payment to the Borrower pursuant to this
              Clause 11.8.4 on account of any Tax benefit and it subsequently
              transpires that the Bank did not receive that Tax benefit, or
              received a lesser Tax benefit, the Borrower shall, on demand, pay
              to the Bank such sum as the Bank may determine as being necessary
              to restore its after-tax position to that which it would have been
              had no adjustment under this Clause 11.8.4 been made. Any sums
              payable by the Borrower to the Bank under this Clause 11.8.4 shall
              be subject to Clause 17.6.

11.8.5 The Bank shall not be obliged to make any payment under Clause 11.8.4 if,
       by doing so, it would contravene the terms of any applicable law or any
       notice, direction or requirement of any governmental or regulatory
       authority (whether or not having the force of law).

11.8.6 If the Borrower is required to make an increased payment for the account
       of the Bank under Clause 11.8.3, then, without prejudice to that
       obligation and so long as such requirement exists and subject to the
       Borrower giving the Bank not less than 5 Business Days' prior written
       notice (which shall be irrevocable), the Borrower may prepay all, but not
       part, of the Advances together with accrued interest on the amount
       prepaid. Any such prepayment shall be subject to Clause 22 (Indemnities).
       On any such prepayment the Commitment of the Bank shall be automatically
       cancelled.


12.    SECURITY

12.1   SECURITY DOCUMENTS

       The obligations and liabilities of the Borrower to the Bank under the
       Financing Documents shall be secured by the interests and rights granted
       in favour of the Bank under the Security Documents.

12.2   INTEREST RATE PROTECTION AGREEMENTS

       All obligations and liabilities of the Borrower to the Bank under or in
       connection with any Interest Rate Protection Agreement shall be treated,
       for all purposes (other than Clause 11.7), as obligations and liabilities
       incurred under this Agreement and, for the avoidance of doubt, the
       Borrower's obligations and liabilities under any Interest Rate Protection
       Agreement shall be secured obligations and liabilities under the
       Debenture ranking pari passu with the obligations of the Borrower under
       this Agreement.

12.3   RELEASE OF SECURITY ON DISPOSALS

       In respect of any Disposal made by a Group Company which falls within
       paragraphs (i) to (v) of Clause 14.3(b) the Bank shall on the completion
       of that Disposal release, at the cost and expense of the Borrower, from
       the Security Documents, the assets which are the subject of that
       Disposal.

12.4   VENDOR COLLATERAL ACCOUNT

       The Bank shall on or before 31 January 2000 and provided that no Default
       or Potential Default has then occurred and is continuing release from the
       Vendor Collateral Account to the Borrower's current account with the Bank
       any amounts standing to the credit of the Vendor Collateral Account and
       such account shall thereupon be closed.


                                       40

<PAGE>   46



13.    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

13.1   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

       The Borrower represents and warrants to the Bank that:

       (a)    STATUS: each Group Company is a limited company duly incorporated
              under the laws of England and Wales, and it possesses the capacity
              to sue and be sued in its own name and has the power to carry on
              its business and to own its property and other assets;

       (b)    POWERS AND AUTHORITY: each Group Company has power to execute,
              deliver and perform its obligations under the Transaction
              Documents to which it is party and to carry out the transactions
              contemplated by those documents and all necessary corporate,
              shareholder and other action has been or will be taken to
              authorise the execution, delivery and performance of the same;

       (c)    BINDING OBLIGATIONS: subject to the Reservations, the obligations
              of each Group Company under the Transaction Documents to which it
              is party constitute its legal, valid, binding and enforceable
              obligations;

       (d)    CONTRAVENTIONS: the execution, delivery and performance by each
              Group Company of the Transaction Documents to which it is party
              does not:

              (i)    contravene any applicable law or regulation or any order of
                     any governmental or other official authority, body or
                     agency or any judgment, order or decree of any court having
                     jurisdiction over it;

              (ii)   conflict with, or result in any breach of any of the terms
                     of, or constitute a default under, (x) any agreement or
                     other instrument to which it is a party or any licence or
                     other authorisation to which it is subject or by which it
                     or any of its property is bound or (y) any Cott Notes
                     Document; or

              (iii)  contravene or conflict with the provisions of its
                     memorandum and articles of association;

       (e)    INSOLVENCY: no Group Company has taken any action nor have any
              steps been taken or legal proceedings been started or threatened
              against it for winding-up, dissolution or re-organisation, the
              enforcement of any Encumbrance over its assets or for the
              appointment of a receiver, administrative receiver, or
              administrator, trustee or similar officer of it or of any of its
              assets;

       (f)    NO DEFAULT: no Group Company is (nor would be with any of the
              giving of notice, the lapse of time, the determination of
              materiality, or the satisfaction of any other condition) in breach
              of or in default under any agreement to which it is a party or
              which is binding on it or any of its assets;

       (g)    LITIGATION: no action, litigation, arbitration or administrative
              proceeding has been commenced, or, to the best of the Borrower's
              information, knowledge and belief, is pending or threatened,
              against any Group Company which, if decided

                                       41

<PAGE>   47


              adversely, would result in an award or judgment being made against
              the relevant Group Company for an amount in excess of
              (pound)250,000 nor is there subsisting any unsatisfied judgment or
              award given against any of them by any court, arbitrator or other
              body;

       (h)    ACCOUNTS:

              (i)    the Original Accounts and each of the latest Accounts of
                     the Group Companies required to be delivered under Clause
                     14.1(a) is prepared in accordance with GAAP and gives a
                     true and fair view of the financial position of the
                     relevant company as at the date to which they were prepared
                     and for the Financial Year of that company then ended; and

              (ii)   each of the latest set of Management Accounts required to
                     be delivered under Clause 14.1(b) shows with reasonable
                     accuracy the financial position of each of the Group
                     Companies during the period to which it relates;

       (i)    ENCUMBRANCES: no Encumbrance other than a Permitted Encumbrance
              exists over all or any part of the assets of any Group Company;

       (j)    NO ENCUMBRANCES CREATED: the execution of the Transaction
              Documents by the Borrower and the exercise of each of its rights
              and the performance of each of its obligations under the
              Transaction Documents will not result in the creation of, or any
              obligation to create, any Encumbrance over or in respect of any of
              its assets;

       (k)    AUTHORISATIONS: other than registrations at the Land Registry, the
              giving of notice in respect of any contracts being assigned, the
              stamping of the Acquisition Documents and the filing of the
              statutory declarations referred to in paragraph 1(d) in Schedule
              1, all authorisations, approvals, licences, consents, filings,
              registrations, payment of duties or taxes and notarisations
              required:

              (i)    for the conduct of the business, trade and ordinary
                     activities of each Group Company;

              (ii)   for the performance and discharge of the obligations of the
                     Group Companies under the Transaction Documents; and

              (iii)  in connection with the execution, delivery, validity,
                     enforceability or admissibility in evidence of the
                     Transaction Documents,

                         are in full force and effect;

       (l)    TAXES: each Group Company has complied in all material respects
              with all Taxation laws in all jurisdictions in which it is subject
              to Taxation and has paid all Taxes due and payable by it and no
              claims are being asserted against it in respect of Taxes except
              for assessments in relation to the ordinary course of its business
              or claims contested in good faith and in respect of which adequate
              provision has been made and disclosed in the latest Accounts or
              other information delivered to the Bank under this Agreement;


                                       42

<PAGE>   48



       (m)    INFORMATION PACKAGE: to the best of the Borrower's information,
              knowledge and belief:

              (i)    the factual information contained in the Information
                     Package was, at the date of the relevant report or
                     document, true and accurate in all material respects and
                     not misleading in any material respect, there are no other
                     facts the omission of which would make any fact or
                     statement in the Information Package misleading in any
                     material respect and nothing has occurred which would
                     render any fact or statement in the Information Package
                     untrue or misleading in any material respect; and

              (ii)   all estimates, forecasts and projections contained or
                     referred to in the Information Package, and all assumptions
                     and presumptions upon the basis of which the same were
                     made, were fair and reasonable at the time they were made,
                     and nothing has occurred since the date the same were made
                     which would necessitate a material revision to any of those
                     estimates, forecasts or projections in order for them to be
                     fair and reasonable;

       (n)    ACCOUNTING REFERENCE DATE: the accounting reference date of each
              Group Company is 31st December (or, if not a Saturday, the nearest
              Saturday thereto);

       (o)    CERTIFICATES OF TITLE: the factual information contained in the
              certificates of title referred to in paragraph 2(d) in Schedule 1
              is at the respective dates of those certificates of title, true
              and accurate in all material respects;

       (p)    CORPORATE STRUCTURE: immediately prior to Completion the Borrower
              has and has had no Subsidiaries (other than Cott Beverages Limited
              (now called Cott UK Limited) a Dormant Subsidiary) and:

              (i)    the details of the Target and its Subsidiaries set out in
                     Schedule 3 are accurate and complete in all respects;

              (ii)   the Target has no Subsidiaries other than those companies,
                     relevant details of which are set out in Part II of
                     Schedule 3; and

              (iii)  each company listed in Part II of Schedule 3 is a Dormant
                     Subsidiary;

       (q)    DISCLOSURES: there is no disclosure made in the Vendors'
              Disclosure Letter or any other disclosure to the Acquisition
              Documents which has or may have a material adverse effect on any
              of the information, prospects, estimates, forecasts and
              projections contained or referred to in the Information Package;

       (r)    STATUTORY DECLARATIONS: each of the directors of Target has
              properly made the statutory declarations required to be made by
              him under section 155 of the Act and has otherwise procured
              compliance with all the relevant provisions of the Act in relation
              to the lawful giving of financial assistance directly or
              indirectly for the purpose of reducing or discharging the
              Borrower's liability incurred in connection with its acquisition
              of the Target Shares;


                                       43

<PAGE>   49


       (s)    ENVIRONMENTAL: save as disclosed in the Environmental Report, each
              Group Company has and has at all times complied with all
              applicable laws including all Environmental Law, every consent,
              authorisation, licence or approval required under or pursuant to
              any Environmental Law by each Group Company in connection with the
              conduct of its business and the ownership, use, exploitation or
              occupation of its assets has been obtained and is in full force
              and effect, there has been no default in the observance of the
              conditions and restrictions (if any) imposed in, or in connection
              with, any of the same, and no circumstances have arisen (i) which
              would entitle any person to revoke, suspend, amend, vary, withdraw
              or refuse to amend any of the same or (ii) which might give rise
              to a claim against any Group Company the cost of meeting which
              could reasonably be expected to exceed (pound)250,000;

       (t)    INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY:

              (i)    each Group Company owns or has the legal right to use all
                     of the Intellectual Property Rights which are material to
                     the conduct of its business or are required by it in order
                     for it to carry on its business in all material respects;

              (ii)   the operations of each Group Company do not infringe, or
                     are not likely to infringe, any Intellectual Property
                     rights held by any third party which infringement has or
                     might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
                     Effect;

              (iii)  no claim has been made in writing by any third party which
                     alleges any infringing act or process which would fall
                     within paragraph (ii) above or which otherwise disputes the
                     right of any Group Company to use any Intellectual Property
                     Rights relating to that company's business the unfavourable
                     outcome of which dispute has or might reasonably be
                     expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and no Group
                     Company is aware of any circumstances (including any act or
                     omission to act) reasonably likely to give rise to such a
                     claim;

              (iv)   there exists no actual or threatened infringement by any
                     third party of any Intellectual Property Rights relating to
                     the business of any Group Company or any event likely to
                     constitute such an infringement where such an infringement
                     or threatened infringement has or might reasonably be
                     expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

              (v)    all Intellectual Property Rights owned by it and which are
                     material to the conduct of the business of the Group are
                     subsisting and no act has been done or omitted to be done
                     and no event has occurred or is likely to occur which may
                     render any registered Intellectual Property Rights subject
                     to revocation, compulsory licence, cancellation or
                     amendment the absence of which Intellectual Property Rights
                     has or might reasonably be expected to have a Material
                     Adverse Effect;

       (u)    TITLE TO ASSETS: each Group Company had on the respective dates of
              the Original Accounts good and marketable title to or valid leases
              of substantially all its assets which are reflected in the
              Original Accounts;


                                       44

<PAGE>   50


       (v)    NO MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGE: since 15th September 1997 no event has
              occurred which has had or could be reasonably expected to have a
              Material Adverse Effect;

       (w)    MANAGEMENT FEES: the only management fees payable by the Borrower
              are payable under the Retail Brands Management Agreement and to
              Cott at a reasonable commercial rate for goods and services
              supplied; and

       (x)    GROUP TRADING AGREEMENTS: the Group Trading Agreements are the
              only agreements between the Borrower and other members of the Cott
              Group which are necessary or desirable to allow the Borrower to
              carry on its business as presently carried on and as envisaged by
              the Business Plan; and

       (y)    INTER-COMPANY DEBT: the inter-company debt due from Cott to the
              Borrower of the (pound)4,000,000 was paid in full by Cott to the
              Borrower on or before 30th April 1999.

13.2   REPETITION

       The representations and warranties set out in Clause 13.1 shall survive
       the execution of this Agreement and shall be deemed to be repeated as
       follows:

       (a)    each of the said representations and warranties shall be deemed to
              be repeated on the first Drawdown Date; and

       (b)    each of the said representations and warranties (other than those
              made under Clauses 13.1(e), (f), (g), (j), (m), (q), (r), (s), and
              (v) inclusive) shall be repeated on each Drawdown Date (other than
              the first Drawdown Date) and each Interest Date,

       in each case, as if made with reference to the facts existing at the time
       of repetition.

14.    UNDERTAKINGS

14.1   INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS

       The Borrower undertakes that during the Security Period it shall, unless
       the Bank otherwise agrees:

       (a)    ANNUAL ACCOUNTS: as soon as the same become available (and in any
              event within 120 days after the end of each of its Financial
              Years), deliver to the Bank the Accounts for each such Financial
              Year of each Group Company together with:

              (i)    the unconsolidated profit and loss account, balance sheet
                     and cashflow for the Borrower for each such Financial Year;
                     and

              (ii)   a copy of the management letter (if any) addressed by the
                     auditors to the directors of each such company in
                     connection with its auditing of the relevant Accounts as
                     soon as reasonably practicable after receipt of the letter
                     by such company;


                                       45

<PAGE>   51


       (b)    MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTS: as soon as the same become available (and in
              any event within 30 days or, prior to 31st March 1998, 45 days
              after the end of each successive accounting period (none of which
              shall be more than 5 weeks in duration) (each an "ACCOUNTING
              PERIOD") during each of its Financial Years, deliver to the Bank
              the management accounts (the "MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTS") of each Group
              Company (and together with, in the case of the Borrower, its
              consolidated management accounts) for (x) each such Accounting
              Period and (y) the period ("AGGREGATE ACCOUNTING PERIOD") from and
              including 1st January in that Financial Year to and including the
              last day of that Accounting Period and in such a form as is
              acceptable to the Bank (acting reasonably) so as to disclose with
              reasonable accuracy the financial position of the Group or, as the
              case may be, of the Borrower and which shall include the following
              information in respect of each such Accounting Period and
              Aggregate Accounting Period:

              (i)    a statement of profit and loss;

              (ii)   a balance sheet; and

              (iii)  a cashflow statement,

              together with a comparison, where appropriate, of all such
              information with the estimates, forecasts and projections in the
              relevant Operating Budget (or any replacement or substitution made
              therefor) in relation to each such Accounting Period and Aggregate
              Accounting Period including an analysis justifying any variations
              therefrom and, if necessary, revised estimates, forecasts and
              projections. The Management Accounts shall when delivered to the
              Bank be certified by 2 directors of the Borrower as providing a
              true and fair view of the financial position of the Borrower and
              the Group as at the end of the relevant Accounting Period and
              Aggregate Accounting Period.

       (c)    OPERATING BUDGETS:

              (i)    provide to the Bank (in a format acceptable to the Bank
                     (acting reasonably)) an Operating Budget for each Financial
                     Year of the Borrower during the Security Period, prior to
                     (or, in the case of each Financial Year of the Borrower
                     other than that ending 31st January 1999, 3 days prior to)
                     the start of each such Financial Year, together with a
                     comparison of the information, estimates, forecasts and
                     projections contained therein with any relevant
                     information, estimates, forecasts and projections contained
                     in the Accountants' Report and the Business Plan including
                     an analysis justifying any variations therefrom; and

              (ii)   if the Borrower shall determine that any of the estimates,
                     forecasts or projections made in relation to any of its
                     Financial Years should be different from those set out in
                     the then current Operating Budget (or any substitution
                     therefor subsequently made and agreed by the Bank), provide
                     to the Bank revised estimates, forecasts or projections in
                     respect of any part of each such Financial Year and such
                     revised estimates, forecasts or projections shall apply
                     immediately following their approval by the boards of
                     directors of the relevant company and the Borrower;


                                       46

<PAGE>   52


       (d)    OTHER INFORMATION: notify the Bank at least 30 days prior to
              making any loan permitted under Clause 14.3(f)(ii) and, promptly
              following the Bank's request, provide to the Bank such other
              information, estimates, forecasts or projections in relation to
              any Group Company and any of their respective businesses, assets,
              financial condition, ownership or prospects as the Bank may
              reasonably require;

       (e)    COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATES: provide to the Bank within 30 days or,
              prior to 31st March 1998, 45 days of each Quarterly Accounting
              Period a certificate (a "COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE") executed by
              2 Directors of the Borrower under the authority of its board of
              directors, certifying that in relation to the twelve month period
              ending on the last day of that Quarterly Accounting Period (or if
              shorter, the period starting on the date of this Agreement and
              ending on the last day of that Quarterly Accounting period) all
              the undertakings on the part of the Borrower under this Agreement
              are for the time being complied with and including calculations
              relating to the financial undertakings set out in Clause 14.4.1:
              (For the purpose of this Clause 14.1(e), the calculations shall
              (other than in respect of the financial undertaking set out in
              Clause 14.4.1(g)) be made by reference to the Management Accounts
              prepared for the period in relation to which the relevant
              Compliance Certificate is to be given and, in relation to a
              Compliance Certificate given in relation to each Financial Year,
              the Borrower shall use reasonable endeavours to procure that the
              Auditors shall, if they are so satisfied, confirm when delivering
              the relevant Accounts, in a confirmation addressed to the Bank
              that the calculations contained in the relevant certificate are in
              their opinion, based on the Accounts, fair and reasonable,
              provided that if there have been any breaches of those
              undertakings at any time during the period to which that
              certificate relates then the Borrower shall include in that
              certificate relevant details of all those breaches);

       (f)    GAAP: ensure that all Accounts and other financial information
              submitted to the Bank have been prepared in accordance with GAAP;
              and

       (g)    DEFAULT, LITIGATION, ETC: promptly, upon becoming aware of the
              same, notify the Bank of:

              (i)    any Default or Potential Default;

              (ii)   any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceeding
                     commenced against any Group Company involving a potential
                     liability of any Group Company exceeding (pound)250,000;

              (iii)  any Encumbrance (other than a Permitted Encumbrance)
                     attaching to any of the assets of any Group Company;

              (iv)   any notice, order, direction, requisition, permission or
                     other like matter whatsoever issued by any landlord or any
                     competent local or government authority or department to
                     any Group Company relating to any Property the effect of
                     which could reasonably be expected adversely to affect the
                     use of that Property by a Group Company;

                                       47

<PAGE>   53


              (v)    any occurrence relating to a Group Company (including any
                     third party claim or liability) which could reasonably be
                     expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

              (vi)   any breach by a Cott Group Company of, or event of default
                     howsoever described arising under, any Cott Notes Document.

14.2   POSITIVE UNDERTAKINGS

       The Borrower undertakes that during the Security Period it shall, and it
       shall procure that each Group Company shall, unless the Bank otherwise
       agrees:

       (a)    PAY TAXES: pay and discharge all Taxes and governmental charges
              payable by or assessed upon it prior to the date on which the same
              become overdue unless, and only to the extent that, such Taxes and
              charges shall be contested in good faith by appropriate
              proceedings, pending determination of which payment may lawfully
              be withheld, and there shall (if the Auditors so advise) be set
              aside adequate reserves with respect to any such Taxes or charges
              so contested in accordance with GAAP;

       (b)    INSURANCE: comply with all its obligations relating to insurances
              contained in the Security Documents;

       (c)    AUTHORISATIONS: obtain, maintain and comply with the terms of any
              authorisation, approval, licence, consent, exemption, clearance,
              filing or registration:

              (i)    which are material and are required for the conduct of its
                     business, trade and ordinary activities; and

              (ii)   required to enable it to perform its obligations under, or
                     for the validity, enforceability or admissibility in
                     evidence of, any Financing Document;

       (d)    ACCESS: upon reasonable notice being given to the Borrower by the
              Bank, permit the Bank and any person (being an accountant,
              auditor, solicitor, valuer or other professional adviser of the
              Bank) authorised by the Bank to have, at all reasonable times
              during normal business hours, access to the property, premises and
              accounting books and records of any Group Company and to the
              officers of any Group Company and the Management;

       (e)    FURTHER DOCUMENTS: at the request of the Bank, do or procure the
              doing of all such things and execute or procure the execution of
              all such documents as are, in the opinion of the Bank, necessary
              or desirable to ensure that the Bank (i) obtains all its rights
              and benefits under the Financing Documents and (ii) to ensure that
              the Borrower's obligations to the Bank under this Agreement are
              secured on all the Borrower's assets (including executing legal
              mortgages) and (iii) obtains a legal mortgage over the land and
              property numbered 3 and 4 in Schedule 7 to secure the Borrower's
              obligations in respect of the Term Loan Facility provided, for the
              avoidance of doubt, that the Borrower shall not be required to do
              anything which would constitute a breach of the Cott Notes
              Documents;

                                       48

<PAGE>   54


       (f)    DELIVERY OF DECLARATIONS, ETC: within any relevant period laid
              down in any applicable statute, law or regulation make all
              necessary declarations and deliver all necessary forms and
              documents required to be delivered to, filed with or registered
              with any United Kingdom governmental, statutory or other body or
              agency by it in connection with the Transaction Documents and any
              of the transactions contemplated under the Transaction Documents;

       (g)    HEDGING: within 30 days of the date of this Agreement enter into
              such interest rate protection agreements with the Bank as may be
              stipulated by the Bank and comply with and discharge its
              obligations and liabilities under those agreements (save that, the
              Borrower may close out the (pound)10,000,000 interest rate cap
              (strike price 8%) due to mature 31st January 2001);

       (h)    COMPLIANCE WITH ENVIRONMENTAL LAW: comply in all material respects
              with Environmental Law and implement the recommendations and
              proposals contained in the Environmental Report substantially
              within the time periods specified in that report, or if no such
              time periods are specified, as soon as reasonably practicable and
              address the category A/B and B issues as recommended in the Report
              within 6 months from Completion (unless the Bank agrees to the
              Borrower doing something other than take the recommended action);

       (i)    DANGEROUS MATERIALS: ensure that all Dangerous Materials treated,
              kept and stored, produced, manufactured, generated, refined or
              used from, in, upon, or under any of the real property owned by
              any Group Company are held and kept upon such real property in
              such a manner and up to such standards as they would be kept by a
              prudent company carrying on the same trade as that Group Company;

       (j)    COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 151 OF THE ACT: comply in all respects
              with sections 151 to 158 inclusive of the Act, including in
              relation to the execution of the Security Documents and the
              payment of amounts due under this Agreement;

       (k)    AUDITORS' CONFIRMATION: use all reasonable endeavours to procure
              that, within 10 Business Days of the date of appointment as
              auditors of the Borrower, the relevant accountants deliver to the
              Bank a letter from such newly appointed auditors confirming that
              they are aware of the provisions of Clauses 1, 7.2 and 14.4.1 of
              this Agreement;

       (l)    DORMANT COMPANIES: procure that none of the companies set out in
              Part II of Schedule 3 cease being a Dormant Subsidiary, other than
              as a result of a liquidation of any such company which would not
              be a Default, and do not acquire any assets and do not assume any
              liabilities and use its reasonable endeavours to procure that
              neither Target's assets nor its liabilities exceed in aggregate
              (pound)5,000 as soon as reasonably practicable after the date of
              this Agreement;

       (m)    TRANSMISSION BANKING BUSINESS: ensure that all transmission
              banking business of the Group in the United Kingdom shall be
              transferred to the Bank within 90 days of Completion and be
              maintained with the Bank throughout the Security Period;

                                       49

<PAGE>   55


       (n)    PROTECTION OF RIGHTS UNDER THE ACQUISITION DOCUMENTS: take all
              reasonable and practical steps to preserve and enforce its rights
              arising under any Acquisition Document and notify the Bank of any
              breach by any party, or any claim by any party under, any
              Acquisition Document;

       (o)    INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS: take all necessary action to
              protect, maintain and keep in full force and effect all the rights
              and benefits of each Group Company in relation to Intellectual
              Property Rights and notify the Bank of any infringement by any
              third party of the Intellectual Property Rights of any Group
              Company and any claim by any third party against any Group Company
              in relation to any infringement or alleged infringement of
              Intellectual Property Rights;

       (p)    SUB-PARTICIPATION: provide at its own cost such information and
              assistance (including presentations and site visits) as the Bank
              Parties reasonably require in connection with the grant of
              participation in the Facilities (or some of them) pursuant to the
              Participation Agreement and enter into direct contractual
              arrangements with Bank Participants to put them in the same
              position as they would have been in had the Facilities been
              syndicated and the Bank Participants been members of the syndicate
              PROVIDED THAT nothing in this Clause shall require a Group Company
              to enter into any arrangement which would represent a breach of
              the Cott Notes Documents;

       (q)    EMPLOYMENT CONTRACTS: in the case of the Borrower only, maintain
              in place a deed of restrictive covenants with each of the
              Management on terms approved by the Bank and on or before 31 March
              2000 enter into a deed of restrictive covenants with Neil Thompson
              and Gary Saunders on terms approved by the Bank, in each case such
              approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed;

       (r)    CHANGE OF MANAGEMENT: notify the Bank if any of the Management
              ceases to be employed by the Borrower and appoint a replacement
              approved by the Bank (such approval not to be unreasonably
              withheld or delayed) within 180 days of such cessation unless the
              Bank is satisfied that a replacement is unnecessary;

       (s)    HIVE-UP AGREEMENT: at or immediately after Completion enter into
              the Hive-Up Agreement and, as soon as possible afterwards, do what
              is necessary to vest title to the Target Assets in the Borrower;

       (t)    PROPERTY ASSIGNMENT: use its reasonable endeavours to procure the
              consent of the landlord of the leasehold property at Unit 16,
              Trent Lane, Castle Donington to the assignment of the property to
              the Borrower within 60 days of Completion and shall (within ten
              working days of the issue of such consent) complete the assignment
              to the Borrower;

       (u)    SYSTEMS: as soon as reasonably possible (and in a time scale to
              assist sub-participation by the Bank it being recognised that
              item (i) is likely to take 6 months) (i) put in place a business
              and system disaster recovery plan for its information technology
              and systems, (ii) agree an action plan to deal with year 2000
              issues and nominate a board member to be responsible for that, and
              (iii) appoint a team to look into the EMU issue and nominate a
              board member to be responsible for that;


                                       50

<PAGE>   56


       (v)    FURTHER DUE DILIGENCE: the Borrower will employ at its own cost
              Coopers & Lybrand to carry out further financial due diligence
              (on terms agreed between the Bank and Coopers & Lybrand following
              consultation with the Borrower) in relation to forecasts and
              sensitivities to assist in sub-participation of the Facilities;

       (w)    MARKET REPORT: use its reasonable endeavours to procure that OC&C
              Strategy Consultants address the report referred to in paragraph
              (ii) of the definition of "Market Report" to the Bank Parties;

       (x)    FEATHERSTONE DISPOSAL: in the case of the Borrower only, use its
              utmost endeavours to procure a Disposal of the Property numbered 1
              in Schedule 7 on or before 31st May 1999 and comply with its
              obligation under 14.1(c)(ii) to produce a revised Operating Budget
              within 30 days of that Disposal; and

       (y)    YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE: procure that on or before 30th September
              1999 the computer systems and production equipment of each Group
              Company are compliant with Year 2000 Conformity (within the
              meaning of British Standards Institute document PD 2000-1:1998)
              save to the extent any failure to be so compliant could not
              reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

14.3   NEGATIVE UNDERTAKINGS

       The Borrower undertakes that during the Security Period it shall not, and
       it shall procure that no Group Company shall, unless the Bank otherwise
       agrees:

       (a)    NEGATIVE PLEDGE: create or permit to subsist any Encumbrance over
              any of its assets other than Permitted Encumbrances;

       (b)    DISPOSAL OF ASSETS: dispose of any of the Target Shares or make
              any other Disposal other than a disposal of an asset:

              (i)    in the ordinary course of its trading activities on arms'
                     length terms; or

              (ii)   where the proceeds of the Disposal are used within:

                     (x)    3 months; or

                     (y)    where the relevant Disposal Proceeds are paid to the
                            credit of a bank account (a "DISPOSAL PROCEEDS
                            BRIDGING ACCOUNT") held with the Bank pending their
                            application as specified in this Clause 14.3(b)(ii),
                            6 months,

                     of that Disposal for the purchase of an asset to replace
                     directly the asset the subject of that Disposal; or

              (iii)  a Disposal of an asset which is obsolete for the purpose
                     for which such an asset is normally utilised where the
                     aggregate value of the assets so disposed in any Financial
                     Year of the Borrower does not exceed (pound)250,000; or


                                       51

<PAGE>   57


              (iv)   a Disposal of cash on terms not otherwise prohibited by
                     this Agreement; or

              (v)    a Disposal on arm's length terms where the aggregate value
                     of the assets the subject of a Disposal by Group Companies
                     other than in accordance with paragraphs (i) to (iv) above
                     in any Financial Year of the Borrower does not exceed
                     (pound)250,000,

              (for the purposes of this Clause 14.3(b), the value of any asset
              shall be the greater of its book value and the consideration
              received for it);

       (c)    CHANGE OF BUSINESS: make any substantial change to the general
              nature or scope of the business of the Group as a whole from that
              carried on at the date of this Agreement;

       (d)    MERGERS: enter into any amalgamation, demerger, merger or
              reconstruction or any joint venture or partnership agreement;

       (e)    FEES: pay any fees or commissions to any person other than (i) on
              open market terms and for the purpose of and in the ordinary
              course of its trade or (ii) fees incurred under any Transaction
              Document;

       (f)    LOANS: make any loans or grant any credit to or for the benefit of
              any person, other than:

              (i)    amounts of credit allowed by the relevant company in the
                     normal course of its trading activities; or

              (ii)   loans made on arms length terms by a Group Company to a
                     Cott Group Company (all the terms of which are set out in
                     writing and signed by both parties); or

              (iii)  loans made by a Group Company to its employees where such
                     loans do not, when aggregated with all such loans made by
                     all Group Companies, exceed (pound)25,000 at any time;

       (g)    INDEBTEDNESS: incur or permit to subsist any Indebtedness other
              than Permitted Indebtedness;

       (h)    ACQUISITIONS: acquire any business of, or shares or securities of,
              any company;

       (i)    INCORPORATION OF SUBSIDIARIES: incorporate any company as its
              Subsidiary;

       (j)    PAYMENTS OF DEFERRED CONSIDERATION: in respect of the Borrower
              only, pay, prepay or purchase all or any part of the Deferred
              Consideration provided that the Borrower may (i) make scheduled
              payments of the Deferred Consideration and (ii) pay interest, if
              any, on the Deferred Consideration in accordance with the terms of
              the Share Purchase Agreement (as in force at the date of this
              Agreement), so long as:

              (A)    no sum is due and unpaid under this Agreement;

              (B)    no Default or Potential Default has occurred and is
                     continuing;


                                       52

<PAGE>   58


              (C)    the making of such scheduled payment or repayment or the
                     payment of such interest will not in the period of 6 months
                     immediately following the making of such payment or
                     repayment (as the case may be) result in a breach of any of
                     the financial undertakings contained in Clause 14.4.1 and 2
                     directors of the Borrower have issued a certificate to the
                     Bank to that effect; and

              (D)    the Borrower shall have delivered to the Bank one or more
                     Compliance Certificates required under this Agreement in
                     relation to the period in respect of which such payment or
                     repayment (as the case may be) is to be paid (including the
                     provision of any applicable Auditor's confirmation);

       (k)    VAT GROUP: permit:

              (i)    any person (other than a Group Company) to become a part of
                     the Borrower's VAT Group; or

              (ii)   any Group Company to have any VAT liability in respect of
                     any person who is not a Group Company (other than where the
                     liability of that person relates to a VAT liability of a
                     Group Company);

       (l)    VARIATION OF TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS: permit or effect any
              variations, novations or amendments to: (i) the Acquisition
              Documents, (ii) the Cott Notes Documents, or (iii) the Group
              Trading Agreements (and the Bank must give consent unless, in its
              reasonable opinion, such variation, novation or amendment would
              (or would be likely) to be adverse to the interests of any Group
              Company or Bank Party);

       (m)    OPERATING LEASE PAYMENTS: other than under leases of real
              property, make a payment under any hire agreement, credit sale
              agreement, hire purchase agreement, conditional sale agreement or
              instalment sale and purchase agreement which is not a Finance
              Lease if the aggregate of all such payments made by the Group
              Companies, in any Financial Year of the Borrower, will exceed
              (pound)1,300,000;

     (n)      COTT SUPPLY AGREEMENT: do or omit to do anything which would cause
              or might give rise to a breach by the Borrower or Cott of the Cott
              Supply Agreement or by Cott or BCB International Limited or BCB of
              the Royal Crown Contract or make any payment to BCB or any other
              Cott Group Company in respect of the amount of (pound)2,000,000
              owed by the Borrower and outstanding as at 1st April 1999 in
              respect of the supply of cola or non-cola concentrate (the "BCB
              DEBT") provided that the Borrower may, so long as there is no sum
              due and unpaid under this Agreement and no Default or Potential
              Default has occurred and is continuing make payment of:

     (i)      up to (pound)1,000,000 of the BCB Debt at any time 15
              days or more after the Borrower has delivered to the Bank the
              Management Accounts for the Period starting on 1st January 2000
              and ending on 30 June 2000 provided that such Management Accounts
              show that PBIT for that period is equal to or greater than
              (pound)3,556,000; and


                                       53

<PAGE>   59


              (ii)   the balance of the BCB Debt at any time 15 days or more
                     after the Borrower has delivered to the Bank the Management
                     Accounts for the period starting on 1st January 2000 and
                     ending on 30th September 2000 provided that such Management
                     Accounts show PBIT for that period is equal to or greater
                     than (pound)6,380,000

       (o)    ROYAL CROWN EXCLUSIVITY: do or omit to do anything which would
              entitle Royal Crown Cola Corporation to supply any cola or
              non-cola concentrates to a person who is not a Cott Group Company;

       (p)    COTT NOTES DOCUMENTS: not do or suffer anything to be done or
              omitted to be done which would give rise to any breach of the
              terms of any Cott Notes Documents;

       (q)    GROUP TRADING AGREEMENTS: not do anything which might cause the
              Group Trading Agreements to be terminated and not pay any
              management or similar fees to a company in the Cott Group other
              than:

              (i)    under the Retail Brands Management Agreement; and

              (ii)   to Cott at a reasonable commercial rate for goods or
                     services supplied but not exceeding (pound)
                     1,647,000 in the Financial Year ending on or about
                     31 December 1999 and (pound)1,000,000 in any
                     Financial Year thereafter

              provided always that no Group Company may pay any management,
              consultancy or similar fees to any Cott Group Company in any
              Financial Year except to the extent (but subject always to a
              maximum payment in respect of such fees of (pound)572,000 in the
              Financial Year ending 31st December 1999; (pound)1,075,000 in the
              Financial Year ending 31st December 2000 and (pound)1,000,000 in
              any subsequent Financial Year) that Cott or another Cott Group
              Company (not being a Group Company) has, in the case of the
              Financial Year ending 31st December 2000, during that Financial
              Year first paid at least (pound)1,647,000 (in addition to the
              (pound)10,000,000 referred to in Clause 15.1(u)) to the Borrower
              (which sum of at least (pound)1,647,000 shall be paid to the
              Borrower on or before 29th March 2000) and, in the case of any
              subsequent Financial Year, has during that Financial Year first
              paid an amount at least equal to the aggregate of such management,
              consultancy and similar fees to the Borrower in any case by way of
              either:

              (iii)  subscription for fully paid up ordinary share capital of
                     the Borrower; or

              (iv)   to the extent permitted to do so under the Cott Notes
                     Documents, Subordinated Loan (on terms approved by the Bank
                     in writing); and

       (r)    VIRGIN SUPPLY AGREEMENT: permit or effect any variations,
              novations or amendments to the Virgin Supply Agreement which might
              adversely affect the interests of the Group.


                                       54

<PAGE>   60


14.4   FINANCIAL UNDERTAKINGS

14.4.1 The Borrower undertakes to ensure that during the Security Period, unless
       the Bank otherwise agrees:

       (a)    PBIT TO TOTAL DEBT COSTS

              the ratio of PBIT to Total Debt Costs for each period referred to
              in Column A below shall not be less than the ratio set out in
              Column B below opposite that period:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
             COLUMN A                                                                       COLUMN B
              PERIOD                                                                         RATIO
             --------                                                                       --------
<S>                                                                                        <C>
              The four Quarterly Accounting Periods ending on or about 31.12.99              0.80:1

              The four Quarterly Accounting Periods ending on or about 31.3.00               0.825:1
              The four Quarterly Accounting Periods ending on or about 30.6.00               1.375:1
              The four Quarterly Accounting Periods ending on or about 30.9.00                1.85:1
              The four Quarterly Accounting Periods ending on or about 31.12.00               2.00:1

              The four Quarterly Accounting Periods ending on or about 31.3.01                2.25:1
              The four Quarterly Accounting Periods ending on or about 30.6.01                2.50:1
              The four Quarterly Accounting Periods ending on or about 30.9.01                2.75:1
              The four Quarterly Accounting Periods ending on or about 31.12.01               3.00:1

              The four Quarterly Accounting Periods ending on or about 31.3.02                3.00:1
              The four Quarterly Accounting Periods ending on or about 30.6.02                3.00:1
              The four Quarterly Accounting Periods ending on or about 30.9.02                3.00:1
              The four Quarterly Accounting Periods ending on or about 31.12.02               3.00:1

              The four Quarterly Accounting Periods ending on or about 31.3.03                3.00:1
              The four Quarterly Accounting Periods ending on or about 30.6.03                3.00:1
              The four Quarterly Accounting Periods ending on or about 30.9.03                3.00:1
              The four Quarterly Accounting Periods ending on or about 31.12.03               3.00:1

              The four Quarterly Accounting Periods ending on or about 31.3.04                3.00:1
              The four Quarterly Accounting Periods ending on or about 30.6.04                3.00:1
              The four Quarterly Accounting Periods ending on or about 30.9.04                3.00:1
              The four Quarterly Accounting Periods ending on or about 31.12.04               3.00:1
</TABLE>

                                       55

<PAGE>   61


       (b)    CASHFLOW TO TOTAL FUNDING COSTS

              the ratio of Cashflow to Total Funding Costs for each period
              referred to in Column A below shall not be less than the ratio set
              out in Column B below opposite that period:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
             COLUMN A                                                                       COLUMN B
              PERIOD                                                                         RATIO
             --------                                                                       --------
<S>                                                                                        <C>
              The four Quarterly Accounting Periods ending on or about 31.12.99              0.70:1

              The four Quarterly Accounting Periods ending on or about 31.3.00               0.93:1
              The four Quarterly Accounting Periods ending on or about 30.6.00               0.83:1
              The four Quarterly Accounting Periods ending on or about 30.9.00               1.00:1
              The four Quarterly Accounting Periods ending on or about 31.12.00              1.00:1

              The four Quarterly Accounting Periods ending on or about 31.3.01               1.00:1
              The four Quarterly Accounting Periods ending on or about 30.6.01               1.00:1
              The four Quarterly Accounting Periods ending on or about 30.9.01               1.00:1
              The four Quarterly Accounting Periods ending on or about 31.12.01              1.00:1

              The four Quarterly Accounting Periods ending on or about 31.3.02               1.00:1
              The four Quarterly Accounting Periods ending on or about 30.6.02               1.00:1
              The four Quarterly Accounting Periods ending on or about 30.9.02               1.00:1
              The four Quarterly Accounting Periods ending on or about 31.12.02              1.00:1

              The four Quarterly Accounting Periods ending on or about 31.3.03               1.00:1
              The four Quarterly Accounting Periods ending on or about 30.6.03               1.00:1
              The four Quarterly Accounting Periods ending on or about 30.9.03               1.00:1
              The four Quarterly Accounting Periods ending on or about 31.12.03              1.00:1

              The four Quarterly Accounting Periods ending on or about 31.3.04               1.00:1
              The four Quarterly Accounting Periods ending on or about 30.6.04               1.00:1
              The four Quarterly Accounting Periods ending on or about 30.9.04               1.00:1
              The four Quarterly Accounting Periods ending on or about 31.12.04              1.00:1
</TABLE>

       (c)    MINIMUM TANGIBLE NET WORTH

              (i)    Tangible Net Worth shall not at any time during each period
                     referred to in Column A below be less than the amount set
                     out opposite that period in Column B below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
             COLUMN A                                                                       COLUMN B
              PERIOD                                                                         AMOUNT
             --------                                                                       --------
                                                                                          ((POUND)000)
<S>                                                                                        <C>
              The Quarterly Accounting Period ending on or about 31.12.99                    27,000

              The Quarterly Accounting Period ending on or about 31.3.00                     36,500
              The Quarterly Accounting Period ending on or about 30.6.00                     38,500
              The Quarterly Accounting Period ending on or about 30.9.00                     39,250
              The Quarterly Accounting Period ending on or about 31.12.00                    39,750
</TABLE>



                                       56
<PAGE>   62



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
             COLUMN A                                                                       COLUMN B
              PERIOD                                                                         AMOUNT
             --------                                                                       --------
                                                                                          ((POUND)000)
<S>                                                                                        <C>
              The Quarterly Accounting Period ending on or about 31.3.01                     39,750 + Y
              The Quarterly Accounting Period ending on or about 30.6.01                     39,750 + Y
              The Quarterly Accounting Period ending on or about 30.9.01                     39,750 + Y
              The Quarterly Accounting Period ending on or about 31.12.01                    39,750 + Y

              The Quarterly Accounting Period ending on or about 31.3.02                     39,750 + Y
              The Quarterly Accounting Period ending on or about 30.6.02                     39,750 + Y
              The Quarterly Accounting Period ending on or about 30.9.02                     39,750 + Y
              The Quarterly Accounting Period ending on or about 31.12.02                    39,750 + Y

              The Quarterly Accounting Period ending on or about 31.3.03                     39,750 + Y
              The Quarterly Accounting Period ending on or about 30.6.03                     39,750 + Y
              The Quarterly Accounting Period ending on or about 30.9.03                     39,750 + Y
              The Quarterly Accounting Period ending on or about 31.12.03                    39,750 + Y

              The Quarterly Accounting Period ending on or about 31.3.04                     39,750 + Y
              The Quarterly Accounting Period ending on or about 30.6.04                     39,750 + Y
              The Quarterly Accounting Period ending on or about 30.9.04                     39,750 + Y
              The Quarterly Accounting Period ending on or about 31.12.04                    39,750 + Y
</TABLE>


              where Y equals 75% of the Net Profit of the Group for the whole of
              the period from 31st December 2000 to the relevant testing date
              within the relevant Quarterly Accounting Period provided always
              that in respect of any Quarterly Account Period if Y would have a
              value less than zero then Y shall and shall be deemed to be zero
              and if Y would have a value less than the value (if any)
              attributed to Y in the previous Quarterly Accounting Period Y
              shall and shall be deemed to have the same value.

       (d)    PBIT

              PBIT for the Quarterly Accounting Period ending on or about 31st
              March 1999 shall be not less than (pound)539,000

       (e)    NET CASH OUTFLOW

              Net Cash Outflow for the Quarterly Accounting Period ending on or
              about 31st March 1999 and the two Quarterly Accounting Periods
              ending on or about 30th June 1999 shall be not greater than,
              respectively, (pound)13,000,000 and (pound)9,500,000 (where "NET
              CASH OUTFLOW" IS The amount by which Total Funding Costs
              (expressed as a positive amount) exceeds Cashflow (whether a
              positive or negative amount)).

       (f)    CAPITAL EXPENDITURE AND FINANCE LEASE EXPENDITURE

              no Group Company shall incur any Capital Expenditure or Finance
              Lease Expenditure if it would result in the aggregate Capital
              Expenditure and Finance Lease Expenditure incurred by the Group
              Companies in any period set out in Column A below exceeding the
              amount set out opposite such period in Column B below:

                                       57


<PAGE>   63


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
              COLUMN A                                          COLUMN B
               PERIOD                                       AMOUNT ((POUND)000)
               ------                                       -------------------
              <S>                                             <C>
              Closing to 31.1.99                                6,000

              12 months to 31.1.00                              6,000

              12 months to 31.1.01                              6,000

              12 months to 31.1.02                              6,000

              12 months to 31.1.03                              6,000

              12 months to 31.1.04                              6,000

              12 months to 31.1.05                              6,000
</TABLE>

              provided that, if in respect of a period referred to in Column A
              above, the Group incurs Capital Expenditure and Finance Lease
              Expenditure in aggregate less than the amount set opposite such
              period in Column B above, the difference being "ADDITIONAL
              AVAILABLE EXPENDITURE", the amount set out in Column B above
              opposite the next succeeding period shall be deemed to be
              increased by the amount of the Additional Available Expenditure up
              to a maximum of 25 per cent. of the amount set opposite the
              preceding period.

       (g)    BORROWING BASE

              the aggregate of (i) all Revolving Advances, (ii) the Overdraft
              Outstandings and (iii) the Ancillary Outstandings shall not at any
              time exceed the Borrowing Base at that time.

       (h)    COTT BORROWING BASE

              the Indebtedness of Cott and its Restricted Subsidiaries of the
              type referred to in section 4.03(i) of the 2005 Indenture does not
              exceed the limits specified in that section (for the purposes of
              this Clause 14.4.1(h) the terms "INDEBTEDNESS" and "RESTRICTED
              SUBSIDIARIES" have the meanings specified in the 2005 Indenture).

       (i)    ADJUSTMENTS

              (a)    if the Parent Loan is written off (in whole or in part)
                     then the amount written off shall:

                     (i)    be added to Tangible Net Worth for the purpose of
                            testing the minimum Tangible Net Worth covenant; and

                     (ii)   (if it is written off through the profit and loss
                            account) be added to PBIT for the period in which
                            that happens.

              (b)    for the purpose of testing the Tangible Net Worth Covenant,
                     the outstanding nominal amount of the Crystal Subordinated
                     Loan


                                       58

<PAGE>   64


                     Notes shall be added to Tangible Net Worth during the
                     period of 60 days from Completion.

14.4.2 (a)    If the directors of any Group Company determine at any time during
              the Security Period that the accounting reference date of that
              Group Company has or should be changed or any of the accounting
              principles applied in the preparation of any of the Accounts and
              the Management Accounts shall be different from the Accounting
              Principles, or if as a result of the introduction or
              implementation of any SSAP or FRS or any change in any of them or
              in any applicable law such accounting principles are required to
              be changed, the Borrower shall promptly give notice to the Bank of
              that change, determination or requirement.

       (b)    If the Bank believes that the financial undertakings set out in
              this Clause 14.4 need to be amended as a result of any such
              change, determination or requirement or as a result of the
              Required Disposal (as defined in Clause 8.1.4), the Borrower shall
              negotiate with the Bank in good faith to amend the existing
              financial undertakings so as to provide the Bank with
              substantially the same protections as the financial undertakings
              set out in this Clause 14.4 (but which are not materially more
              onerous).

       (c)    If the Borrower and the Bank cannot agree such amended financial
              undertakings within 30 days of that notice, the Borrower and the
              Bank shall jointly nominate a firm of chartered accountants to
              settle the amended financial undertakings, or in default of such
              nomination the Bank shall request the President for the time being
              of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales to
              nominate a firm of chartered accountants for that purpose. Such
              accountants shall act as experts and not arbitrators and their
              decision shall be final and binding on the Parties. The costs of
              such accountants shall be paid by the Borrower.

14.4.3 The calculation of ratios and other amounts under this Clause 14.4 shall
       be made by the Bank by reference to the latest Accounts, Management
       Accounts and other financial information of the Group Companies (or, in
       relation to Clause 14.4.1(h), Cott Group Companies) for the Financial
       Year of the Borrower, or other period in relation to which the
       calculation falls to be made. Each determination of the Bank under this
       Clause 14.4 shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower except for
       any manifest error.


15.    DEFAULT

15.1   DEFAULT

       Each of the following shall be a Default:

       (a)    NON-PAYMENT: subject to Clause 15.2.5, the Borrower does not pay
              on the due date any amount payable by it under this Agreement at
              the place at and in the currency and funds in which it is
              expressed to be payable unless the failure to pay such amount is
              due solely to administrative or technical delays in the
              transmission of funds which are not the fault of that the Borrower
              and such amount is paid within 2 Business Days after its due date
              for payment; or

                                       59

<PAGE>   65



       (b)    OTHER DEFAULTS: a Group Company breaches any of its obligations
              under any Financing Document (other than the obligations referred
              to in Clause 15.1(a)) and, if that breach is capable of remedy, it
              is not remedied within 5 Business Days after notice of that breach
              has been given by the Bank to the Borrower; or

       (c)    BREACH OF REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY: any representation, warranty
              or statement made or deemed to be repeated by a Group Company
              under any Financing Document or in any document delivered by or on
              behalf of a Group Company under or in connection with any
              Financing Document is incorrect when made or deemed to have been
              repeated; or

       (d)    UNLAWFULNESS, INVALIDITY OR REPUDIATION: it is unlawful for a
              Group Company to perform or comply with, or a Group Company
              repudiates, any of its obligations under any Financing Document or
              the Debenture is invalid or any Cott Group Company contests the
              validity of the Debenture; or

       (e)    CROSS-DEFAULT: any Indebtedness of all or any Cott Group Companies
              in excess of, in aggregate,(pound)3,000,000:

              (i)    is not paid when due or within any originally applicable
                     grace period; or

              (ii)   is declared to be or otherwise becomes due and payable
                     prior to its specified maturity,

              or any creditor of all or any of Cott Group Companies becomes
              entitled to declare any such Indebtedness due and payable prior to
              its specified maturity; or

       (f)    DEFAULT TO BANK PARTICIPANT: the Borrower fails to fully observe
              and perform its obligations under any agreement between it and a
              Bank Participant (which relates to this Facility); or

       (g)    ATTACHMENT OR DISTRESS: a creditor or encumbrancer attaches or
              takes possession of, or a distress, execution, sequestration or
              other process is levied or enforced upon or sued out against, any
              of the assets of any Group Company (having a value of at least
              (pound)5,000) and such process is not discharged within 14 days;
              or

       (h)    ENFORCEMENT OF SECURITY: any Encumbrance over any of the assets of
              any Group Company becomes enforceable; or

       (i)    INABILITY TO PAY DEBTS: any Group Company (other than a Dormant
              Subsidiary):

              (i)    suspends payment of its debts or is unable or admits its
                     inability to pay its debts as they fall due; or

              (ii)   begins negotiations with any creditor with a view to the
                     readjustment or rescheduling of any of its Indebtedness; or

              (iii)  proposes or enters into any composition or other
                     arrangement for the benefit of its creditors generally or
                     any class of creditors; or


                                       60

<PAGE>   66


       (j)    INSOLVENCY PROCEEDINGS: any person takes any action or any legal
              proceedings are started or other steps taken (including the
              presentation of a petition) for:

              (i)    any Group Company (other than a Dormant Subsidiary) to be
                     adjudicated or found insolvent; or

              (ii)   the winding-up or dissolution of any Group Company other
                     than (A) in respect of a Dormant Subsidiary, (B) in
                     connection with a solvent reconstruction, the terms of
                     which have been previously approved in writing by the Bank,
                     or (C) a winding-up petition which is proved to the
                     satisfaction of the Bank to be frivolous or vexatious and
                     which is, in any event, discharged within 14 days of its
                     presentation and before it is advertised provided always
                     that no Advances shall be made at any time after any
                     winding up petition has been presented and remains
                     undischarged; or

              (iii)  the appointment of a trustee, receiver, administrative
                     receiver or similar officer in respect of any Group Company
                     or any of its assets; or

       (k)    ADJUDICATION OR APPOINTMENT: any adjudication, order or
              appointment is made under or in relation to any of the proceedings
              referred to in Clause 15.1(j); or

       (l)    ADMINISTRATION ORDER: an application is made to the court for an
              administration order under the Insolvency Act 1986 with respect to
              any Group Company (other than a Dormant Subsidiary); or

       (m)    ANALOGOUS PROCEEDINGS: any event occurs or proceeding is taken
              with respect to any Group Company (other than a Dormant
              Subsidiary) in any jurisdiction to which it is subject which has
              an effect equivalent or similar to any of the events mentioned in
              Clause 15.1(g), (i), (j), (k) or (l); or

       (n)    CESSATION OF BUSINESS: any Group Company (other than a Dormant
              Subsidiary) suspends, ceases or threatens to suspend or cease to
              carry on all or a substantial part of its business; or

       (o)    COTT SUPPLY AGREEMENT: The Royal Crown Contract or the Cott Supply
              Agreement is terminated or notice of termination of the Royal
              Crown Contract or the Cott Supply Agreement is given by either
              party thereto or any material variation or alteration is made to
              the terms of the Royal Crown Contract or the Cott Supply Agreement
              other than where (in the case of a termination or notice of
              termination) the Bank has previously approved alternative
              arrangements for the supply to the Group of cola and non-cola
              concentrates or (in the case of a material variation or
              alteration) the variation or alteration has been previously
              approved by the Bank; or

       (p)    MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGE: any event or series of events occur
              which, in the opinion of the Bank, has or could reasonably be
              expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or

                                       61


<PAGE>   67


       (q)    AMENDMENT OF ARTICLES OF THE BORROWER: the Borrower, without the
              prior written consent of the Bank, amends any of its articles of
              association;

       (r)    REDEMPTION OF SHARES BY THE BORROWER: the Borrower, without the
              prior written consent of the Bank, makes any redemption of any of
              its shares, purchases any of its shares or otherwise reduces its
              issued share capital; or

       (s)    ADDITIONAL CAPITAL: within 60 days of Completion the ordinary
              share capital of the Borrower is not increased by an amount equal
              to the nominal amount of the Crystal Subordinated Loan Notes and
              the Crystal Subordinated Loan Notes are not redeemed;

       (t)    FURTHER ADDITIONAL CAPITAL: the paid up ordinary issued share
              capital of the Borrower is not increased by each of:

              (i)    (pound)1,000,000 on or before 31st May 1999; and

              (ii)   an amount equal to (x) the amount which the Borrower is
                     required to apply in repayment of the Term Loan pursuant to
                     Clause 8.1.4 less (y) the amount (if any) of Disposal
                     Proceeds in respect of the Required Disposal (as defined in
                     Clause 8.1.4) applied in repayment of the Term Loan
                     pursuant to Clause 8.1.4; and

       (u)    NEW CAPITAL INJECTION: the (pound)10,000,000 paid by Cott to the
              Borrower on 30th DecembeR 1999 has not on or prior to 29th
              February 2000 been applied by way of either:

              (a)    subscription for fully paid up ordinary share capital of
                     the Borrower; or

              (b)    to the extent permitted to do so under the Cott Notes
                     Documents, Subordinated Loan (on terms approved by the Bank
                     in writing).

15.2   ACCELERATION, ETC.

15.2.1 If a Default occurs and remains unremedied the Bank may by notice (a
       "DEFAULT NOTICE") to the Borrower cancel the Facilities and require the
       Borrower immediately to repay each Loan together with accrued interest
       and all other sums payable under this Agreement, whereupon they shall
       become immediately due and payable. Upon the service of any Default
       Notice the Bank's obligations under this Agreement shall be terminated
       and its Commitment shall be cancelled.

15.2.2 Immediately upon the Bank either serving a Default Notice or making
       demand, the Borrower shall in respect of each Guarantee issued on its
       behalf:

       (a)    use its reasonable endeavours to procure the release of the Bank
              from that Guarantee; and

       (b)    without prejudice to paragraph (a) above, pay to the credit of
              such account as the Bank shall stipulate an amount equal to the
              Guaranteed Amount of that Guarantee and charge such account in
              favour of the Bank, in such manner and on such terms as the Bank
              may stipulate.

                                       62

<PAGE>   68


15.2.3 Immediately upon the Bank either serving a Default Notice or making
       demand, each outstanding FFE Contract shall be, if so specified by the
       Bank, terminated and closed out. Upon such termination and close-out, the
       Bank shall determine in good faith the applicable closing gain or loss
       payable by or to it for the outstanding FFE Contracts, calculated by
       reference to the netting of the respective amounts in each currency which
       the Bank is contracted to deliver and receive under all such FFE
       Contracts. Any amount payable to the Bank or to the Borrower in respect
       of the FFE Contracts pursuant to this Clause 15.2.3 shall, subject to all
       rights of set-off, be immediately due and payable.

15.2.4 Immediately upon the Bank either serving a Default Notice or making
       demand, the Bank shall:

       (a)    make demand on each overdraft made available under the Optional
              Overdraft Facility; and

       (b)    terminate all facilities or financial accommodation made available
              by it under the Ancillary Facility (and which are not referred to
              in Clauses 15.2.2 and 15.2.3),

       whereupon any moneys owing to the Bank shall be immediately due and
       payable and the Bank may apply any credit balance on any account of the
       Borrower with the Bank against any liability owed to the Bank by the
       Borrower (to the extent that any such credit balance is freely available
       to be set off in this manner).

15.2.5 If the Bank makes a demand under any overdraft provided under the
       Optional Overdraft Facility or any facility or financial accommodation
       provided under the Ancillary Facility, that demand shall not be a Default
       for the purposes of Clause 15.1(a), and the Bank shall not take any steps
       to enforce the Security Documents in respect of that demand if (a) that
       demand is satisfied in full within 5 Business Days of the date of that
       demand and (b) no other Default has occurred and is continuing during
       that period. For the avoidance of doubt, if any other Default has
       occurred, the Bank may exercise all its rights under this Clause 15 and
       may enforce the Security Documents, in respect of the amount so demanded
       by the Bank.


16.    SET-OFF

       The Bank may set off any matured obligation owed by the Borrower under
       any Financing Document against any obligation (whether or not matured)
       owed by the Bank to the Borrower, regardless of the place of payment,
       booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are
       in different currencies, the Bank may convert either obligation at the
       relevant spot rate of exchange of the Bank for the purpose of the
       set-off.


17.    FEES AND EXPENSES

17.1   EXPENSES

       The Borrower shall on demand (x) reimburse the Bank for its own account
       at such reasonable daily and/or hourly rates as the Bank shall from time
       to time reasonably determine for the cost of utilising its management
       time and/or other resources and (y) pay all expenses incurred by the Bank
       (including legal, valuation and accounting fees but, in

                                       63

<PAGE>   69


       relation to paragraphs (a) and (c) below, only to the extent the same are
       reasonable in amount), and any VAT on those expenses in each case in
       connection with:

       (a)    the negotiation, preparation and execution of the Financing
              Documents and the other documents contemplated by the Financing
              Documents;

       (b)    the sub-participation of the Facilities;

       (c)    the granting of any release, waiver or consent or in connection
              with any amendment or variation of any Financing Document; and

       (d)    enforcing, perfecting, protecting or preserving (or attempting so
              to do) any of their rights, or in suing for or recovering any sum
              due from the Borrower or any other person under any Financing
              Document, or in investigating any possible Default.

17.2   ARRANGEMENT

       The Borrower shall pay to the Bank arrangement and agency fees in
       accordance with the terms of the Fees Letter. For the avoidance of doubt,
       all liabilities and obligations of the Borrower under the Fees Letter
       shall be deemed to be incurred under this Agreement and shall be secured
       by the Security Documents.

17.3   COMMITMENT FEES

17.3.1 The Borrower shall pay a commitment fee in Sterling to the Bank at the
       rate of 0.75 per cent. per annum on the Term Loan Commitment less the
       aggregate of all Term Advances. This commitment fee shall be calculated
       on a day-to-day basis and a 365 day year in respect of the period from
       the date of this Agreement to full drawdown of the Term Advance and shall
       be paid on the last day of that period or on any earlier date on which
       the Term Loan Commitment equals zero.

17.3.2 The Borrower shall pay a commitment fee in Sterling to the Bank at the
       rate of 0.75 per cent. per annum (or, if lower at a rate equal to half
       the Margin from time to time) on the Revolving Credit Commitment less the
       aggregate of all Revolving Advances and the Overdraft Outstandings. The
       commitment fee shall be calculated on a day-to-day basis and a 365 day
       year in respect of the Revolving Credit Commitment Period and shall be
       payable in arrear on each Quarter Date and also on the last day of the
       Revolving Credit Commitment Period or on any earlier date on which the
       Revolving Credit Commitment equals zero.

17.4   DOCUMENTARY TAXES INDEMNITY

       All stamp, documentary, registration or other like duties or Taxes,
       including any penalties, additions, fines, surcharges or interest
       relating to those duties and Taxes, which are imposed or chargeable on or
       in connection with any Financing Document shall be paid by the Borrower.
       The Bank shall be entitled but not obliged to pay any such duties or
       Taxes (whether or not they are its primary responsibility). If the Bank
       does so the Borrower shall on demand indemnify the Bank against those
       duties and Taxes and against any costs and expenses incurred by the Bank
       in discharging them.


                                       64

<PAGE>   70


17.5   VAT

17.5.1 All payments made by the Borrower under the Financing Documents are
       calculated without regard to VAT. If any such payment constitutes the
       whole or any part of the consideration for a taxable or deemed taxable
       supply (whether that supply is taxable pursuant to the exercise of an
       option or otherwise) by the Bank, the amount of that payment shall be
       increased by an amount equal to the amount of VAT which is chargeable in
       respect of the taxable supply in question.

17.5.2 No payment or other consideration to be made or furnished to the Borrower
       by the Bank pursuant to or in connection with any Financing Document or
       any transaction or document contemplated in any Financing Document may be
       increased or added to by reference to (or as a result of any increase in
       the rate of) any VAT which shall be or may become chargeable in respect
       of any taxable supply.

17.6   INDEMNITY PAYMENTS

       Where in any Financing Document the Borrower has an obligation to
       indemnify or reimburse the Bank in respect of any loss or payment, the
       calculation of the amount payable by way of indemnity or reimbursement
       shall take account of the likely Tax treatment in the hands of the Bank
       (as determined by the relevant party's auditors) of the amount payable by
       way of indemnity or reimbursement and of the loss or payment in respect
       of which that amount is payable.

17.7   DEBITING AUTHORITY

       The Borrower authorises the Bank to debit from the Borrower's current
       account all fees and expenses arising from time to time under this
       Agreement.


18.    AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS

18.1   WRITING

18.1.1 Any term of any Financing Document may be amended or waived with the
       written agreement of the Borrower and the Bank.

18.2   NO IMPLIED WAIVERS; REMEDIES CUMULATIVE

       The rights of the Bank under the Financing Documents:

       (a)    may be exercised as often as necessary;

       (b)    are cumulative and not exclusive of its rights under the general
              law; and

       (c)    may be waived only in writing and specifically.

       Delay in exercising or non-exercise of any such right is not a waiver of
       that right.


                                       65

<PAGE>   71



19.    MISCELLANEOUS

19.1   SEVERANCE

       If any provision of this Agreement is or becomes illegal, invalid or
       unenforceable in any jurisdiction, that shall not effect:

       (a)    the legality, validity or enforceability in that jurisdiction of
              any other provision of this Agreement; or

       (b)    the legality, validity or enforceability in any other jurisdiction
              of that or any other provision of this Agreement.

19.2   COUNTERPARTS

       This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and this
       shall have the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were
       on a single copy of this Agreement.

19.3   PUBLICITY

       The Borrower shall not commission or authorise any press or media
       publicity in relation to this transaction and its financing without first
       consulting the Bank and if using the name of a Bank Party, such name
       shall only be used in such manner as the relevant Party may reasonably
       require. All costs of any agreed publicity shall be for the account of
       the Borrower.

19.4   EURO

       If Sterling is, or is to be replaced by the Euro, the Bank may notify the
       Borrower of any amendments to this Agreement, the other Financing
       Documents or any other document entered into pursuant to this Agreement
       it reasonably considers necessary in order to ensure (i) that the terms
       of this Agreement or any other such document reflect market practice at
       such time with regard to the introduction of monetary union within the
       European Community and/or to reflect market practice applicable to the
       Euro (including any rate applicable as LIBOR); and (ii) insofar as
       reasonably possible and without prejudice to market practice at such
       time, that the Parties shall be left in no worse position than they might
       otherwise have been in had the event mentioned in this Clause not
       occurred. Any such amendments shall take effect as and when specified by
       the Bank in such notice and shall thereupon be and become binding on all
       Parties.


20.    NOTICES

20.1   METHOD

       Each notice or other communication to be given under this Agreement shall
       be given in writing in English and, unless otherwise provided, shall be
       made by telex, fax or letter.

20.2   DELIVERY

       Any notice or other communication to be given by one Party to another
       under this Agreement shall (unless one Party has by 10 Business Days'
       notice to the other Party


                                       66

<PAGE>   72


       specified another address) be given to that other Party, at the
       respective addresses given in Clause 20.3.

20.3   ADDRESSES

       The address, telex number, answerback and fax number of the Borrower and
       the Bank are:

       (A)    the Borrower:

              Citrus Grove
              Side Ley
              Kegworth  DE74 2FJ

              Attention:       Finance Director
              Fax:             01509 674683

       (B)    the Bank:

              Lloyds TSB Bank Plc
              Bank House
              Wine Street
              Bristol
              BS1 2AN

              Attention:       Loans Administration
              Fax:             0117 923 3367

              with a copy to:

              Lloyds TSB Bank Plc
              St. George's House
              PO Box 787
              6-8 Eastcheap
              London
              EC3M 1AE

              Attention:       Capital Markets
              Fax:             0171 661 4677

20.4   DEEMED RECEIPT

20.4.1 Any notice or other communication given by the Bank shall be deemed to
       have been received:

       (a)    if sent by telex with the relevant answerback appearing at the
              beginning and end of the telex, on the day on which transmitted;

       (b)    if sent by fax, with a confirmed receipt of transmission from the
              receiving machine, on the day on which transmitted;

       (c)    in the case of a written notice given by hand, on the day of
              actual delivery; and


                                       67

<PAGE>   73


       (d)    if posted, on the second Business Day following the day on which
              it was despatched by first class mail postage prepaid,

       provided that a notice given in accordance with the above but received on
       a day which is not a Business Day or after normal business hours in the
       place of receipt shall only be deemed to have been received on the next
       Business Day.

20.4.2 Any notice or other communication given to the Bank shall be deemed to
       have been given only on actual receipt.


21.    ASSIGNMENTS AND TRANSFERS

21.1   BENEFIT OF AGREEMENT

       This Agreement shall be binding upon and enure to the benefit of each
       Party and its successors and assigns.

21.2   ASSIGNMENTS AND TRANSFERS BY THE BORROWER

       The Borrower shall not be entitled to assign or transfer any of its
       rights or obligations under this Agreement.

21.3   ASSIGNMENTS BY THE BANK

       The Bank may assign any of its rights and benefits under the Financing
       Documents to a Qualifying Bank.

21.4   TRANSFERS BY THE BANK

       The Bank may transfer, in accordance with this Clause 21.4, any of its
       rights and obligations under the Financing Documents subject (unless the
       transfer is to an Affiliate of a Bank) to the prior consent of the
       Borrower, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

21.5   GRANT OF PARTICIPATIONS

       It is intended that the Bank will grant participations in all or some of
       the Facilities to a number of banks and financial institutions. The
       Borrower agrees to co-operate with the Bank in granting those
       participations and to enter into the Participation Agreement (or such
       other documents as the Bank reasonably requires) to put the Borrower, the
       Bank and any Bank Participants in the same position they would have been
       in (as near as possible) had this Agreement been a syndicated facility,
       the Bank been the facility agent and the Bank Participants been banks or
       bank transferees under such a syndicated facility. It is intended to
       enable Bank Participants to transfer their participations in a manner
       similar to the transfer of commitments and participations under a
       syndicated facility.

21.6   DISCLOSURE

       The Bank (and any Bank Participant) may disclose information about the
       Borrower and this Facility to anyone to whom it intends to transfer or
       sub-participate its rights under this Facility.

                                       68

<PAGE>   74




22.    INDEMNITIES

22.1   BREAKAGE COSTS INDEMNITY

       The Borrower shall indemnify the Bank on demand against any loss or
       expense (including any loss of Margin or any other loss or expense on
       account of funds borrowed, contracted for or utilised to fund any amount
       payable under this Agreement, any amount repaid or prepaid under this
       Agreement or any Advance) which the Bank has sustained or incurred as a
       consequence of:

       (a)    an Advance not being made following the service of a Drawdown
              Notice (except as a result of the failure of the Bank to comply
              with its obligations under this Agreement);

       (b)    the failure of the Borrower to make payment on the due date of any
              sum due under this Agreement;

       (c)    the occurrence of any Default or the operation of Clause 15.2; or

       (d)    any prepayment or repayment of (i) a Revolving Advance otherwise
              than on the last day of the Interest Period in relation to that
              Advance or (ii) a Term Advance otherwise than on an Interest Date
              relative to that Advance.

22.2   CURRENCY INDEMNITY

22.2.1 Any payment made to or for the account of or received by the Bank in
       respect of any moneys or liabilities due, arising or incurred by the
       Borrower to the Bank in a currency (the "CURRENCY OF PAYMENT") other than
       the currency in which the payment should have been made under this
       Agreement (the "CURRENCY OF OBLIGATION") in whatever circumstances
       (including as a result of a judgment against the Borrower) and for
       whatever reason shall constitute a discharge to the Borrower only to the
       extent of the Currency of Obligation amount which the Bank is able on the
       date of receipt of such payment (or if such date of receipt is not a
       Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day) to purchase with the
       Currency of Payment amount at its spot rate of exchange (as conclusively
       determined by the Bank) in the London foreign exchange market.

22.2.2 If the amount of the Currency of Obligation which the Bank is so able to
       purchase falls short of the amount originally due to the Bank under this
       Agreement, then the relevant Borrower shall immediately on demand
       indemnify the Bank against any loss or damage arising as a result of that
       shortfall by paying to the Bank that amount in the Currency of Obligation
       certified by the Bank as necessary so to indemnify it.

22.3   TRANSACTION INDEMNITY

22.3.1 The Borrower agrees to indemnify and hold the Bank and its directors,
       officers and agents (the "INDEMNIFIED PARTIES") harmless from and against
       any and all claims, damages, liabilities, taxes, costs and expenses
       (including reasonable and proper legal fees, travel and other expenses
       and disbursements) which may be incurred by or asserted against any
       Indemnified Party in connection with or arising out of any investigation,
       litigation or proceedings relating to this Agreement or the financing of
       the acquisition of the Target Shares and/or the Target Assets (except for
       any arising out of such Indemnified Party's gross negligence or wilful
       default) whether or not the Indemnified Parties are parties thereto, and
       will pay all costs and expenses of the Indemnified Parties (including all


                                       69
<PAGE>   75


       reasonable and proper legal fees, expenses and disbursements) incurred or
       sustained by the Indemnified Parties in connection with the same whether
       or not the Facilities are utilised or the acquisition of the Target
       Shares and/or the Target Assets is completed.

22.3.2 Any Indemnified Party that proposes to assert the right to be indemnified
       under this Clause 22.3 will, promptly after receipt of notice of
       commencement of any action, suit or proceeding against such party in
       respect of which a claim is to be made against the Borrower under this
       Clause 22.3 notify the Borrower of the commencement of such action, suit
       or proceeding, enclosing a copy of all papers served, but the omission so
       to notify the Borrower of any such action, suit or proceeding shall not
       relieve the Borrower from any liability that it may have to any
       Indemnified Party unless the Borrower is effectively precluded from
       exercising any of its material rights to contest such claim as a result
       of such omission to notify.

22.3.3 In case any such action, suit or proceeding shall be brought against any
       Indemnified Party and notification has been made to the Borrower of the
       commencement thereof, the Borrower shall be entitled to participate in
       such action, suit or proceeding.

22.4   GENERAL

22.4.1 The indemnities in this Clause 22 shall constitute separate and
       independent obligations from the other obligations contained in this
       Agreement, shall give rise to separate and independent causes of action,
       shall apply irrespective of any indulgence granted from time to time and
       shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any judgment or
       order for a liquidated sum or sums in respect of amounts due under this
       Agreement or under any such judgment or order.

22.4.2 The certificate of the Bank as to the amount of any loss or damage
       sustained or incurred by it shall be conclusive and binding on the
       Borrower except for any manifest error.


23.    LAW

       This Agreement is governed by and shall be construed in accordance with
       English law.

IN WITNESS the Parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed on the
date set out above.


                                       70

<PAGE>   76




THE BORROWER

SIGNED by                                 )
BRIAN R MACKIE                            )            /s/ B R MACKIE
for and on behalf of                      )
COTT UK LIMITED                           )
(now called COTT BEVERAGES LIMITED)       )
                                          )






THE BANK

SIGNED by                                 )
PETER J CANNON                            )            /s/ P J CANNON
for and on behalf of                      )
LLOYDS BANK PLC                           )
(now called LLOYDS TSB BANK PLC)






                                       71




<PAGE>   1


                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.1




                              TERMINATION AGREEMENT


     TERMINATION AGREEMENT ("Agreement") made the first day of November, 1999 by
and among PREMIUM BEVERAGE PACKERS, INC., a Pennsylvania corporation having an
address of 1090 Spring Street, Reading, Pennsylvania 19610 ("Premium"), JEFFREY
D. HETTINGER, an adult individual having an address of 1090 Spring Street,
Reading, Pennsylvania 19610 ("Hettinger"), COTT BEVERAGES USA, INC., a Georgia
corporation having an address of 5405 Cypress Center Drive, Suite 100, Tampa,
Florida 33609 ("Cott USA"), and COTT CORPORATION, a Canadian corporation having
an address of 207 Queen's Quay Way, Suite 340, Toronto, Ontario M5J 1A7 (Cott
Canada").

     WHEREAS, Premium, Cott USA and Cott Canada executed an Asset Purchase
Agreement dated February 11, 1997 (the "Purchase Agreement"), wherein, among
other things, Premium agreed to sell to Cott USA various assets used by Premium
in the business of manufacturing, bottling, distributing and selling Private
Label Beverage products;

     WHEREAS, closing under the Purchase Agreement occurred on February 11,
1997, effective January 27, 1997;

     WHEREAS, in conjunction with the Purchase Agreement (i) Premium and Cott
USA executed a Contract Packing Agreement dated February 11, 1997 (the "Contract
Packing Agreement"), (ii) Hettinger, Cott USA and Cott Canada executed a
Non-Competition and Confidentiality Agreement dated February 11, 1997 (the
"Hettinger Non-Competition Agreement"), (iii) Premium, Cott USA and Cott Canada
executed a Non-Competition and Confidentiality Agreement dated February 11, 1997
(the "Premium Non-Competition Agreement"), and (iv) Hettinger, Premium and Cott
USA executed a Stock and Asset Purchase Option dated February 11, 1997 (the
"Option Agreement");

     WHEREAS, various transactions under the Purchase Agreement were to be
performed after its execution, including, without limitation, Cott USA's payment
of the portion of the purchase price known as the Additional Amount;



<PAGE>   2


     WHEREAS, the parties desire to (i) provide for a fixed, lump sum payment by
Cott USA to Premium in lieu of future payments of the Additional Amount, (ii)
reconcile various amounts owed among them, (iii) terminate the Purchase
Agreement, (iv) amend and restate the Option Agreement, (v) amend and restate
the Contract Packing Agreement, (vi) amend the Hettinger Non-Competition
Agreement and the Premium Non-Competition Agreement, and (vii) grant releases to
each other; and

     WHEREAS, the parties have reached an agreement concerning the foregoing
matters and desire to set forth their agreement in writing.

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants set forth in this
Agreement, and intending to be legally bound, the parties agree as follows:

     1. Defined Terms. All defined terms used in this Agreement and not defined
in this Agreement shall have the meanings given to those terms in the Purchase
Agreement.

     2. Lump Sum Payment by Cott USA to Premium; Provision of Equipment,
Improvements and Services. In lieu of further payments of the Additional Amount,
Cott USA agrees as follows:

     (a) upon the execution of this Agreement, Cott USA shall pay Premium the
amount of $25,000,000 in immediately available United States Dollars
("Immediately Available Funds") by wire transfer to a bank account or accounts
designated by Premium in accordance with wiring instructions furnished by
Premium to Cott USA.;

     (b) pursuant to and in accordance with the Amended and Restated Contract
Packing Agreement referenced in Section 5 below, Cott USA shall pay Premium the
amount of $ * [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED] in equipment,
improvements and services.

     3. Reconciliation of Amounts Owed . Upon the execution of this Agreement,
Premium shall pay Cott USA the amount of $ * [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN

                                       2

<PAGE>   3


REQUESTED] in Immediately Available Funds by wire transfer to a bank account or
accounts designated by Cott USA in accordance with wiring instructions furnished
by Cott USA to Premium. This payment constitutes a reconciliation of amounts
payable under the Purchase Agreement and the Contract Packing Agreement, which
amounts are particularly described in the attached Exhibit "A".

     4. Termination of Duties, Liabilities and Obligations Under Purchase
Agreement. Effective the date of this Agreement, Premium and Cott USA agree that
each of them shall have no further duties, liabilities or obligations to the
other under the Purchase Agreement, except for and excluding the following
duties, liabilities and obligations, which shall survive in full force and
effect (collectively, the "Surviving Obligations"):

     (a) the duties, liabilities and obligations set forth in Sections 2.2, 4.2,
5.10 and Articles 10 and 12 of the Purchase Agreement;

     (b) the obligation of Premium under Subsection 8.1(a) of the Purchase
Agreement to indemnify Cott USA for a breach of Sections 2.2, 4.2 and 5.10 of
the Purchase Agreement (no other duties, liabilities or obligations arising
under Subsection 8.1(a) of the Purchase Agreement shall survive);

     (c) the duties, liabilities and obligations set forth in Subsections
8.1(b), 8.1(d), 8.1(e), 8.1(f), 8.1(g) and Section 8.3 of the Purchase
Agreement.; and

     (d) the duties, liabilities and obligations set forth in Subsection 8.1(c),
provided that Premium shall have no indemnification obligation with respect to
breaches under the contracts referenced in such Subsection which occurred (i)
after February 11, 1997 in the case of oral contracts and written contracts for
which consents to assignment were not obtained prior to the date hereof, (ii)
after the third party to such contract gave its written consent to the
assignment of the contract to Cott USA, in the case of written contracts for
which consents were obtained after closing and prior to the date hereof.


                                       3

<PAGE>   4


     5. Amendment and Restatement of Contract Packing Agreement. Upon the
execution of this Agreement, Premium and Cott USA shall execute and deliver an
Amended and Restated Contract Packing Agreement in the form of Exhibit "B"
attached hereto.

     6. Amendment of Hettinger Non-Competition Agreement and Premium
Non-Competition Agreement. Upon the execution of this Agreement (i) Hettinger,
Cott USA and Cott Canada shall execute and deliver a First Amendment to
Non-Competition and Confidentiality Agreement in the form of Exhibit "C"
attached hereto which amends the Hettinger Non-Competition Agreement, and (ii)
Premium, Cott USA and Cott Canada shall execute and deliver a First Amendment to
Non-Competition and Confidentiality Agreement in the form of Exhibit "D"
attached hereto which amends the Premium Non-Competition Agreement.

     7. Amendment and Restatement of Option Agreement. Upon the execution of
this Agreement, Hettinger, Premium and Cott USA shall execute and deliver an
Amended and Restated Stock and Asset Purchase Option in the form of Exhibit "E"
attached hereto.

     8. Intellectual Property. Cott USA agrees that Premium and its affiliates,
successors and assigns shall have the perpetual and irrevocable right to use all
Intellectual Property sold to Cott USA under the Purchase Agreement to the
extent that the Premium Non-Competition Agreement does not prohibit Premium from
manufacturing, distributing or marketing the products and services relating to
such Intellectual Property.

     9. Releases.

     (a) Premium and Hettinger (collectively, the "Premium Releasing Parties")
hereby, except as provided below, remise, release and forever discharge Cott USA
and Cott Canada and their respective officers, directors, employees, agents,
contractors, affiliates, successors and assigns (collectively, the "Cott
Released Parties") of and from all, and all manner of, actions, causes of
action, suits, debts, dues, accounts, covenants, promises, contracts,
agreements, duties, obligations, liabilities, judgments, claims and demands
whatsoever, known and unknown, at law or in equity, which against the Cott
Released Parties (or any of them) the


                                       4

<PAGE>   5


Premium Releasing Parties (or any of them) ever had, now have, or hereafter can,
shall or may have, for or by reason of any cause, matter, thing, fact or
circumstance existing as of the date of this Agreement, including without
limitation, any obligations relating to the Additional Amount, provided that the
foregoing release shall not apply to (i) actions, causes of action, suits,
debts, dues, accounts, covenants, promises, contracts, agreements, duties,
obligations, liabilities, judgments, claims and demands set forth in or arising
under (A) this Agreement, and (B) the Amended and Restated Contract Packing
Agreement, (C) the Hettinger Non-Competition Agreement, as amended on the date
hereof, (D) the Premium Non-Competition Agreement, as amended on the date
hereof, and (E) the Amended and Restated Stock and Asset Purchase Option, but
only if based upon an act, omission, event, cause, matter, thing, fact or
circumstance which arises after, and does not exist on, the date of this
Agreement, (ii) Cott USA's obligations to Premium under the Contract Packing
Agreement or otherwise with respect to trade mark infringement claims by third
parties against Premium for products manufactured and packaged by Premium
pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Packing
Agreement, (iii) the obligations of the parties under the Contract Packing
Agreement to reconcile Premium's inventory of raw materials supplied by Cott
USA, and (iv) the Surviving Obligations.

     (b) Cott USA and Cott Canada (collectively, the "Cott Releasing Parties")
hereby, except as provided below, remise, release and forever discharge Premium
and Hettinger and their respective officers, directors, employees, agents,
contractors, affiliates, heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns
(collectively, the "Premium Released Parties") of and from all, and all manner
of, actions, causes of action, suits, debts, dues, accounts, covenants,
promises, contracts, agreements, duties, obligations, liabilities, judgments,
claims and demands whatsoever, known and unknown, at law or in equity, which
against the Premium Released Parties (or any of them) the Cott Releasing Parties
(or any of them) ever had, now have, or hereafter can, shall or may have, for or
by reason of any cause, matter, thing, fact or circumstance existing as of the
date of this Agreement, provided that the foregoing release shall not apply to
(i) actions, causes of action, suits, debts, dues, accounts, covenants,
promises, contracts, agreements, duties, obligations, liabilities, judgments,
claims and demands set forth in or arising under (A) this Agreement, and (B) the
Amended and Restated Contract Packing Agreement, (C) the Hettinger
Non-Competition Agreement, as amended on the date hereof, (D) the Premium
Non-Competition Agreement, as amended on the date hereof, and (E) the Amended



                                       5
<PAGE>   6


and Restated Stock and Asset Purchase Option, but only if based upon an act,
omission, event, cause, matter, thing, fact or circumstance which arises after,
and does not exist on, the date of this Agreement, (ii) Premium's obligations to
Cott USA under the Contract Packing Agreement or otherwise with respect to
claims against Cott USA and/or its Affiliates and all customers of Cott USA
and/or its Affiliates and their respective employees, officers, directors,
agents, shareholders, successors and assigns relating to the manufacture,
warehousing, handling or distribution of any products by or on behalf of Premium
which involve products manufactured and packaged by Premium under the Contract
Packing Agreement, (iii) the obligations of the parties under the Contract
Packing Agreement to reconcile Premium's inventory of raw materials supplied by
Cott USA, and (iv) the Surviving Obligations.

     10. General Contract Provisions. This Agreement shall be construed under
and governed by the internal, domestic laws (but not the law of conflict of
laws) of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. Each party submits itself to the
non-exclusive jurisdiction of the Court of Common Pleas of Berks County,
Pennsylvania and the United States District Court for the Eastern District of
Pennsylvania, in any suit filed therein which relates in any way to this
Agreement or any of the agreements referenced herein. This Agreement shall inure
to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties and their respective heirs,
personal representatives, successors and assigns. This Agreement sets forth the
entire understanding and agreement among the parties with respect to the matters
addressed herein and supersedes all prior understandings and agreements, both
oral and written, among the parties with respect to such matters. This Agreement
may be modified only by means of a written agreement executed by the party
alleged to be bound by the modification, and this Agreement may not be modified
by any oral agreement or course of dealings among any of the parties. The
foregoing WHEREAS clauses and the Exhibits attached to this Agreement are
integral and substantive parts of this Agreement and are incorporated into this
Agreement by reference.


                                       6

<PAGE>   7



     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed and delivered this
Termination Agreement on the day and year first above written.

Attest:                                 PREMIUM BEVERAGE PACKERS, INC.

/S/ Michele K. Hettinger                By: /S/ Jeffrey D. Hettinger
- ------------------------                    ------------------------
Title: Asst. Secretary                      Title: President

Witness:

/S/ Ernest Choquette                    /S/ Jeffrey D. Hettinger
- --------------------                    ------------------------
                                        JEFFREY D. HETTINGER

Attest:                                 COTT BEVERAGES USA, INC.

/S/ Stephen Bloom                       By: /S/ P. Richardson  /S/ Mark Halperin
                                            ------------------------------------
Title:                                      Title: Exec VP.   SVP & Secy

Attest:                                 COTT CORPORATION

/S/ Mark Halperin                       By: /S/ P. Richardson
- -----------------                           -----------------
Title:                                      Title: Exec VP




                                       7
<PAGE>   8


EXHIBIT A
- - [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED]




                                        8

<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.2

                           SALE AND PURCHASE AGREEMENT


THIS AGREEMENT is made on 20th November 1997.


BETWEEN:

(1)  THE PERSONS whose names and addresses are set out in column 1 of Schedule 1
     ("the Vendors").

(2)  COTT UK LIMITED (Company No:2836071) whose registered office is at 5
     Princes Gate, London, SW7 1QJ ("the Purchaser").

(3)  COTT CORPORATION a corporation incorporated under the laws of Canada under
     company number 010776-0 having its principal place of business at 207
     Queen's Quay West, Suite 800, Toronto, Ontario, Canada M5J 1A7 ("the
     Parent").

IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:

1.   INTERPRETATION

1.1  In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires, the following
     words and expressions shall bear the following meanings:


     "`A' SHARES"                       means the twenty five thousand (25,000)
                                        issued "A" Ordinary Shares of 10 pence
                                        each in the capital of the Company fully
                                        paid or credited as fully paid.

     "ADJUSTED NET ASSETS"              means the amount at the Completion Date
                                        by which the fixed and current assets of
                                        the Group Companies as shown in the
                                        Completion Balance Sheet exceeds the
                                        aggregate of the liabilities (being the
                                        actual, contingent and prospective
                                        liabilities so far as they can be
                                        quantified whether current or not, as
                                        shown therein but excluding the Existing
                                        Group Loan Stock) as agreed or
                                        determined pursuant to Clause 5 of this
                                        Agreement.

     "APPROPRIATE MANNER"               means as agreed by the parties,
                                        negotiating in good faith either in
                                        person or through their nominated
                                        advisors or, in default of such
                                        agreement within 20 Business Days of
                                        commencement of such negotiations, as
                                        determined by an Expert nominated at any
                                        time thereafter on the request of the
                                        Vendors or the Purchaser (as the case
                                        may be) and in accordance with Clause
                                        16.


<PAGE>   2




     "ASSOCIATE"                        means in respect of any person ("the
                                        first person") any person which is a
                                        connected person (as defined in Section
                                        839 ICTA) of the first person, or which
                                        is an associated company of the first
                                        person within the meaning of Section 416
                                        ICTA but as if in sub-section (2) of
                                        that Section there was substituted for
                                        the words "the greater part" wherever
                                        they appear the words "twenty five per
                                        cent or more".

     "`B' SHARES"                       means the two hundred and twenty one
                                        thousand, four hundred and sixty nine
                                        (221,469) issued "B" Ordinary Shares of
                                        10 pence each in the capital of the
                                        Company, fully paid or credited as fully
                                        paid.

     "BUSINESS DAY"                     means any day other than Saturdays,
                                        Sundays and bank holidays during which
                                        clearing banks are open for business in
                                        the City of London.

     "CA  1985"                         means the Companies Act 1985.

     "CA  1989"                         means the Companies Act 1989.

     "COMPANIES ACTS"                   means CA 1985 and CA 1989 and the former
                                        Companies Acts (within the meaning of
                                        Section 735(1) CA 1985).

     "COMPANY"                          means Hero Drinks Group (UK) Limited
                                        brief details of which are set out in
                                        Part 1 of Schedule 2.

     "COMPANY INTELLECTUAL
     PROPERTY RIGHTS"                   means all Intellectual Property Rights
                                        (whether or not registered or
                                        registerable), which are used in the
                                        carrying on of the business of the
                                        Company in the manner in which it is
                                        carried on as at the date of this
                                        Agreement, other than the Registered
                                        Company Intellectual Property Rights and
                                        any intellectual property rights
                                        licensed to the Company by Hero or
                                        otherwise owned by Hero.

     "COMPLETION"                       means completion of the sale and
                                        purchase of the Shares in accordance
                                        with Clause 7.

     "COMPLETION BALANCE SHEET"         means the balance sheet of the Company
                                        as at the close of business on the
                                        Completion Date to be prepared in
                                        accordance with Clause 5.

     "COMPLETION DATE"                  means the date hereof.

     "`C' SHARES"                       means the seven hundred and fifty-three
                                        thousand, five hundred and thirty-one
                                        (753,531) issued "C" Ordinary Shares of
                                        10 pence each in the capital of the
                                        Company fully paid or credited as fully
                                        paid.


<PAGE>   3




     "CONSIDERATION"                    means the consideration payable by the
                                        Purchaser for the Shares representing
                                        the aggregate of the Initial
                                        Consideration and the Further
                                        Consideration (subject to any adjustment
                                        provided for in this Agreement).


     "CRYSTAL DRINKS"                   means Crystal Drinks Limited (Company No
                                        2186825).

     "DISCLOSURE LETTER"                means the letter of even date herewith
                                        in the Agreed Form from the Vendors to
                                        the Purchaser disclosing exceptions to
                                        the Warranties.

     "DISCLOSED DOCUMENTS"              means the documents referred to in the
                                        list of documents in the Agreed Form
                                        annexed to the Disclosure Letter.

     "EBIT"                             has the meaning provided in paragraph 5
                                        of Schedule 3.



     "ENVIRONMENT" and "POLLUTION
     OF THE ENVIRONMENT"                have the meanings attributed to them by
                                        s.1 of the Environmental Protection Act
                                        1990.


     "ENVIRONMENTAL LAW"                means all laws, regulations, codes of
                                        practice, circulars, guidance notes
                                        (statutory or otherwise) and the like
                                        from time to time (whether in the United
                                        Kingdom or elsewhere) concerning the
                                        protection of human health or the
                                        environment or the conditions of the
                                        work place or the generation,
                                        transportation, storage, treatment or
                                        disposal of any hazardous material,
                                        including, for the avoidance of doubt,
                                        the Contaminated Land Regime under Part
                                        IIA Environmental Protection Act 1990
                                        and guidance pursuant thereto.


     "EXISTING GROUP LOAN STOCK"        the Loan Stock in the nominal amount of
                                        (pound)29,600,000 owing from the Company
                                        to Renshaw Scott Limited, constituted by
                                        a loan stock instrument dated 19
                                        November 1997.


     "EXPERT"                           means an independent firm of chartered
                                        accountants agreed upon by the Vendors
                                        and the Purchaser or, failing such
                                        agreement within 14 days of request by
                                        any party to this Agreement nominated by
                                        the Institute of Chartered Accountants
                                        in England and Wales.


     "FA"                               means Finance Act.


     "THE FINAL SALARY SCHEME"          means the Hero Drinks Group Retirement
                                        and Death Benefits Scheme established by
                                        a preliminary trust deed dated 24 March
                                        1972.


     "FURTHER CONSIDERATION"            means the further consideration payable
                                        for the Shares as defined in paragraph 1
                                        of Schedule 3.


<PAGE>   4




     "GROUP COMPANIES"                  means the Company and the companies,
                                        brief details of which are set out in
                                        Schedule 2 and "Group Company" means any
                                        one of such companies.


     "GROUP PERSONAL PENSION PLAN"      means each of the personal pension
                                        policies effected with National
                                        Provident to which the Company
                                        contributes in relation to employees of
                                        the Company collectively known as the
                                        Hero Drinks Group (UK) Limited Group
                                        Personal Pension Plan.


     "HAZARDOUS MATERIAL"               means any natural or artificial
                                        substance (whether in solid or liquid
                                        form or in the form of a gas or vapour
                                        and whether alone or in combination with
                                        any other substance) capable of causing
                                        harm to man or any other living organism
                                        supported by the environment, or
                                        damaging the environment or public
                                        health or welfare including but not
                                        limited to any controlled, special,
                                        hazardous, toxic or dangerous waste.


     "HERO"                             means Hero brief details of which are
                                        set out in Schedule 1.

     "HOLDING COMPANY"                  means a holding company as defined in
                                        Section 736 CA 1985 (as supplemented by
                                        Section 736A CA 1985).


     "ICTA"                             means the Income and Corporation Taxes
                                        Act 1988.


     "INITIAL CONSIDERATION"            means the initial consideration amount
                                        to be paid to the Vendors or into the
                                        Retention Account on Completion by or on
                                        behalf of the Purchaser in respect of
                                        the purchase of the Shares (being a
                                        payment on account of the Consideration
                                        in the sum of (pound)17,400,000
                                        (seventeen million, four hundred
                                        thousand pounds)), such payment to be
                                        satisfied in the manner specified in
                                        Clause 4.2.

     "3I LOAN"                          means loans totalling in aggregate
                                        (pound)1,494,000 formerly owed to 3i plc
                                        by the Company which loans have been
                                        repaid by the Company prior to the date
                                        of this Agreement.

     "3I PENALTY"                       means the amount of any penalty imposed
                                        on the Company by 3i plc on account of
                                        the early repayment of the 3i loan.


<PAGE>   5




     "INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS"     means all patents, trade marks, service
                                        marks, registered designs, utility
                                        models, design rights, copyright
                                        (including copyright in computer
                                        software), semi-conductor topography
                                        rights, inventions, trade secrets and
                                        other confidential information,
                                        know-how, business or trade names and
                                        all other intellectual and industrial
                                        property and rights of a similar or
                                        corresponding nature in any part of the
                                        world, whether registered or not or
                                        capable of registration or not and
                                        including the right to apply for and all
                                        applications for any of the foregoing
                                        rights and the right to sue for past
                                        infringements of any of the foregoing
                                        rights.


     "INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY LICENCE"    means the licence to be entered into at
                                        Completion between Hero (1) and the
                                        Purchaser (2) relating to the use of
                                        certain trade marks owned by Hero in the
                                        Agreed Form.


     "LAST ACCOUNTS"                    means the audited balance sheet of the
                                        Company as at the Last Accounts Date and
                                        the audited profit and loss account of
                                        the Company made up to the Last Accounts
                                        Date and (in each case) the auditor's
                                        and the directors' reports and notes
                                        thereon.

     "LAST ACCOUNTS DATE"               means 31 December 1996.


     "MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTS"              means the unaudited balance sheet and
                                        profit and loss account of the Company
                                        for the 10 month period ended 31 October
                                        1997.


     "NET ASSET THRESHOLD"              means the sum of (pound)37,896,000
                                        (thirty seven million eight hundred and
                                        ninety six thousand pounds) less the
                                        amount of the 3i Penalty.

     "NEW COTT"                         the combined group of companies
                                        comprising (i) the Purchaser (ii)
                                        Crystal Drinks and (iii) the Group
                                        Companies together representing all the
                                        trading activities of the Purchaser's
                                        Group in the United Kingdom following
                                        Completion.

     "PENSION SCHEMES"                  means the Final Salary Scheme and the
                                        Group Personal Pension Plan.


     "PHI SCHEME"                       means the permanent health insurance
                                        scheme insured with Sun Life of Canada
                                        under policy number 74297-GPH.


     "PLANNING ACTS"                    means the Town and Country Planning Act
                                        1990, the Planning (Listed Buildings and
                                        Conservation Areas) Act 1990, the
                                        Planning (Consequential Provisions) Act
                                        1990, the Planning (Hazardous
                                        Substances) Act 1990 and the Planning
                                        (Compensation) Act 1991, and any other
                                        statute or subordinate legislation
                                        relating to town and country planning.


<PAGE>   6




     "PRE-COMPLETION DIVIDEND"          means the dividend of (pound)4,800,000
                                        (four million eight hundred thousand
                                        pounds) paid by the Company prior to the
                                        date of this Agreement.


     "PROPERTIES"                       means the Properties of the Group
                                        Companies briefly described in Part 1 of
                                        Schedule 6 (and for the purpose of the
                                        Warranties relating to environmental
                                        matters includes all plant, equipment,
                                        machinery, storage vessels, pipes,
                                        cables and associated apparatus present
                                        at, upon, in or underneath the
                                        Properties).


     "PURCHASER'S ACCOUNTANTS"          means Coopers & Lybrand of 1 Embankment
                                        Place, London, WC2N 6NN.

     "PURCHASER'S GROUP"                means the Purchaser, its holding
                                        companies and the subsidiaries and the
                                        subsidiary undertakings from time to
                                        time of such holding companies, all of
                                        them, and each of them as the context
                                        admits.


     "PURCHASER'S SOLICITORS"           means Hammond Suddards, of 2 Park Lane,
                                        Leeds, West Yorkshire, LS3 1ES.

     "REGISTERED COMPANY
     INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
     RIGHTS"                            means those registered Intellectual
                                        Property Rights and applications for
                                        registered Intellectual Property Rights
                                        listed in Schedule 10.


     "REORGANISATION"                   means the reorganisation of New Cott
                                        involving (a) the transfer of the export
                                        business of the Purchaser to Cott Europe
                                        Trading Limited (b) the transfer of the
                                        business, assets and liabilities of the
                                        Company to the Purchaser (c) the grant
                                        of a long lease of the fixed assets of
                                        Crystal Drinks to the Purchaser
                                        comprising its premises, plant and
                                        machinery and industrial property
                                        rights, together with an option in
                                        favour of the Purchaser to purchase
                                        certain of such assets, and (d) the
                                        transfer of the stock and work in
                                        progress of Crystal Drinks to the
                                        Purchaser.


     "THE RETENTION"                    means the sum of (pound)1,900,000 (one
                                        million nine hundred thousand pounds) to
                                        be retained by the Purchaser out of the
                                        Initial Consideration and to be dealt
                                        with in accordance with Clause 4.4.


     "THE RETENTION ACCOUNT"            means an interest bearing account in the
                                        joint names of the Purchaser's
                                        Solicitors and the Vendors' Solicitors
                                        with Lloyds Bank PLC of 6 Park Row,
                                        Leeds, West Yorkshire.


     "THE RETENTION DATE"               means the date which is seven (7) days
                                        after the date of agreement or
                                        determination of the Adjusted Net Assets
                                        pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.


<PAGE>   7




     "SECURITY INTEREST"                means any mortgage, charge, assignment
                                        or assignation by way of security,
                                        guarantee, indemnity, debenture,
                                        hypothecation, pledge, declaration of
                                        trust, lien, right of set off or
                                        combination of accounts, or other
                                        interest in the nature of security
                                        whatsoever, howsoever created or
                                        arising.


     "SPECIFIC DISCLOSED DOCUMENTS"     means the Disclosed Documents which are
                                        referred to in the text of the
                                        Disclosure Letter other than solely by
                                        operation of paragraphs 3.2, 3.3 or 3.5
                                        of the Disclosure Letter.

     "THE SHARES"                       means the "A" Shares, the "B" Shares and
                                        the "C" Shares to be sold by the Vendors
                                        in the numbers set out opposite their
                                        respective names in column 2 of Schedule
                                        1.

     "SUBSIDIARY"                       means a subsidiary as defined in Section
                                        736 CA 1985 (as supplemented by Section
                                        736A CA 1985).

     "TARGET EARNINGS"                  has the meaning provided in paragraph 4
                                        of Schedule 3.

     "TAXATION"                         has the meaning provided the Tax Deed
                                        and "Tax" shall be construed
                                        accordingly.

     "TAXATION AUTHORITY"               has the meaning provided in the Tax
                                        Deed.

     "TAX DEED"                         means the Deed in the form set out in
                                        Schedule 5.

     "TAXATION STATUTES"                includes statutes (and all regulations
                                        and arrangements whatsoever made
                                        thereunder) whether of the United
                                        Kingdom or elsewhere, enacted before the
                                        date of this Agreement, providing for or
                                        imposing any Taxation.


     "TAXATION WARRANTIES"              means the Warranties contained in
                                        paragraph 3 of Schedule 4.

     "TCGA"                             means the Taxation of Chargeable Gains
                                        Act 1992.


     "THE VENDORS' ACCOUNTANTS"         means Coopers & Lybrand of Cumberland
                                        House, 35 Park Row, Nottingham, NG1 6FY.


     "VENDORS' GROUP"                   means the Vendors, any holding company
                                        of either of the Vendors and the
                                        subsidiaries and subsidiary undertakings
                                        (from time to time of such holding
                                        companies, all of them and each of them
                                        as the context admits), other than the
                                        Group Companies.


     "THE VENDORS' SOLICITORS"          means Ashurst Morris Crisp of Broadwalk
                                        House, 5 Solicitors Appold Street,
                                        London, EC2A 2HA.


     "THE WARRANTIES"                   means the warranties set out in Schedule
                                        4.




<PAGE>   8




1.2      "UNDERTAKING", "SUBSIDIARY UNDERTAKING", "PARENT UNDERTAKING" and
         "PARTICIPATING INTEREST" each bear the meanings ascribed to them in CA
         1989.

1.3      References to any statute, or to any statutory provision, statutory
         instrument, order or regulation made thereunder, includes that statute,
         provision, instrument, order or regulation as amended, modified,
         consolidated, re-enacted, or replaced from time to time, whether before
         or after the date of this Agreement and also includes any previous
         statute, statutory provision, instrument, order or regulation, amended,
         modified, consolidated, or re-enacted by such statute, provision,
         instrument, order or regulation.

1.4      All references to a statutory provision shall be construed as including
         references to all statutory instruments or orders, regulations or other
         subordinate legislation made pursuant to that statutory provision.

1.5      Unless the context otherwise requires, references to the singular
         include the plural, references to any gender include all other genders,
         and references to "persons" shall include individuals, bodies
         corporate, unincorporated associations, professions, businesses and
         partnerships.

1.6      Clause headings are for information only and shall not affect the
         construction of this Agreement.

1.7      The Schedules to this Agreement shall for all purposes form part of
         this Agreement.

1.8      Each agreement, undertaking, covenant, and warranty by the Vendors
         shall be deemed for all purposes to be made or given jointly and
         severally.

1.9      References to the "Agreed Form" mean in the form agreed in writing
         between the Vendors' Solicitors and the Purchaser's Solicitors prior to
         signature of this Agreement.

2.       SALE AND PURCHASE

2.1      Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Vendors
         shall sell and the Purchaser shall purchase the Shares, together with
         all accrued benefits and rights attaching or accruing to the Shares
         (including all dividends declared) on or after the date of this
         Agreement.

2.2      The Vendors jointly and severally covenant with the Purchaser as
         follows:

         2.2.1    that each of the Vendors has the right to sell and transfer
                  those Shares set out opposite its name in column 2 of Schedule
                  1 in accordance with the terms of this Agreement;

         2.2.2    that the Shares are sold free from any liens, charges and
                  encumbrances (whether monetary or not and including any lien
                  which the Vendors might otherwise have, whenever arising, for
                  unpaid amounts of Consideration payable under this



<PAGE>   9


                  Agreement in respect of the Shares) and from all other rights
                  exercisable by third parties.

3.       PRE-EMPTION RIGHTS WAIVER

         The Vendors waive all rights of pre-emption (if any) over the Shares to
which they may be entitled under the Articles of Association of the Company, or
otherwise, in relation to the sale and purchase of the Shares pursuant to this
Agreement.

4.       CONSIDERATION AND EXISTING GROUP LOAN STOCK

4.1      The Consideration for the Shares shall be determined and satisfied in
         accordance with the provisions of Clause 4 and Schedule 3 of this
         Agreement and shall be subject to adjustment in accordance with the
         provisions of Clause 5 and Schedule 3 of this Agreement.

4.2      On Completion the Purchaser will pay, on account of the Consideration,
         an amount equal to the Initial Consideration which will be satisfied:

         4.2.1    as to the sum of (pound)17,400,000 (seventeen million, four
                  hundred thousand pounds), less the amount of the Retention, by
                  payment in cash by the Purchaser at Completion; and

         4.2.2    as to the amount of the Retention, by payment in cash by the
                  Purchaser at Completion into the Retention Account.

4.3      The Vendors shall be entitled to the Initial Consideration in the
         amounts set opposite their names in column 4 of Schedule 1, such
         Initial Consideration to be apportioned pro rata between that part of
         the Consideration payable pursuant to Clause 4.2.1 and the Retention,
         and to the Further Consideration in the proportions set out in column 3
         of Schedule 1.

4.4      The provisions of this Clause 4.4 shall apply to the Retention:

         4.4.1    Subject to the provisions of Clause 4.4.2, in the event that
                  on the Retention Date the Adjusted Net Assets of the Group
                  Companies as agreed or determined pursuant to Clause 5 of this
                  Agreement shall be:

                  (a)      equal to or greater than the Net Asset Threshold,
                           there shall be paid on the Retention Date to the
                           Vendors' Solicitors the Retention;

                  (b)      less than the Net Asset Threshold, but the shortfall
                           is less than the Retention, the Purchaser shall be
                           entitled to be paid for its own use and benefit from
                           the Retention an amount equivalent to any such
                           shortfall below the Net Asset Threshold, and there
                           shall be paid on the Retention Date to the Vendors'
                           Solicitors any balance of the Retention; and



<PAGE>   10




                  (c)      less than the Net Asset Threshold, but the shortfall
                           is more than the amount of the Retention, the
                           Purchaser shall be entitled to be paid for its own
                           use the entire amount of the Retention in part
                           satisfaction of the obligations of the Vendors under
                           Clause 6.2, but without prejudice to the obligations
                           of the Vendors to indemnify the Purchaser for any
                           further shortfall in the amount of the Net Asset
                           Threshold pursuant to Clause 6.2.

         4.4.2    All payments of capital to be made pursuant to Clause 4.4.1
                  shall be made on the basis that a pro rata portion of all
                  interest earned on such amount in the Retention Account shall
                  also be made to the relevant payee. The Vendors and the
                  Purchaser shall instruct the Vendors' Solicitors and the
                  Purchaser's Solicitors to sign any withdrawal form or other
                  document to give effect to the terms of this Clause 4.4

4.5      On Completion the Vendors shall procure the transfer to the Purchaser
         or a company nominated by the Purchaser, of the benefit of the Existing
         Group Loan Stock in consideration for the payment of cash to Renshaw
         Scott Limited in the sum of (pound)29,600,000 (twenty nine million six
         hundred thousand pounds).

5.       COMPLETION BALANCE SHEET

5.1      The Purchaser shall procure that within thirty (30) days after the date
         of Completion, the Company and the Vendors' Accountants will prepare a
         draft Completion Balance Sheet and a draft statement of the Adjusted
         Net Assets of the Company and submit the same for approval to the
         Vendors, the Purchaser and the Purchaser's Accountants.

5.2      The Completion Balance Sheet shall be prepared:

         5.2.1    on the basis of the historical cost convention as modified by
                  the revaluation of certain fixed assets;

         5.2.2    using the specific accounting policies specified in Schedule
                  10 and (subject to the provisions of Schedule 10) generally
                  accepted United Kingdom accounting principles (including all
                  relevant Statements of Standard Accounting Practice issued by
                  the Accounting Standards Committee, Financial Reporting
                  Standards issued by the Accounting Standards Board, and any
                  applicable pronouncements of the Urgent Issues Task Force of
                  the Accounting Standard Board); and

         5.2.3    subject to the preceding provisions of this Clause 5.2, in a
                  manner consistent with the procedures and policies, bases and
                  methods of valuation adopted in the preparation of the Last
                  Accounts.

5.3      Within thirty (30) days of receipt by the Vendors, the Purchaser and
         the Purchaser's Accountants of the draft Completion Balance Sheet, the
         Purchaser and the Vendors will inform each other in writing whether or
         not in their opinion the draft Completion Balance Sheet complies with
         the requirements of this Clause 5 and whether they agree with the draft
         statement of Adjusted Net Assets and, if not, shall specify in writing,
         so far as they are then reasonably able so to do, the amount and nature
         of any item which they do not



<PAGE>   11


         accept. If both parties confirm in writing that they accept the draft
         Completion Balance Sheet and the draft statement of Adjusted Net
         Assets, or if both parties fail to inform the other party within thirty
         (30) days of receipt of the draft Completion Balance Sheet whether or
         not they accept that the draft Completion Balance Sheet complies with
         the requirements of this Clause 5, such draft shall be the Completion
         Balance Sheet, and the Adjusted Net Assets shall be determined by
         reference to it.

5.4      If either the Purchaser or the Vendors informs the other party, in
         accordance with Clause 5.3, that it does not accept that the draft
         Completion Balance Sheet and the draft statement of Adjusted Net Assets
         complies with the requirements of this Clause 5, the Purchaser and the
         Vendors will hold discussions in good faith with a view to agreeing the
         Completion Balance Sheet and the draft statement of Adjusted Net Assets
         and the amount of the draft Adjusted Net Assets. If such agreement is
         reached, and is confirmed in writing by the parties, it shall be final
         and binding on the parties but without prejudice to the Purchaser's
         right to claim under the Warranties, the Tax Deed, or otherwise in
         respect of any matter under this Agreement.

5.5      Any dispute about the Completion Balance Sheet or the draft statement
         of Adjusted Net Assets which remains unresolved sixty (60) days after
         receipt by the Vendors, the Purchaser and the Purchaser's Accountants
         of the draft Completion Balance Sheet shall (unless otherwise agreed in
         writing by the parties prior to the expiry of such period) be
         determined by an Expert.

5.6      In the event that no referral to an Expert is made, all costs incurred
         by the Vendors in reviewing and agreeing the Completion Balance Sheet,
         or the draft statement of Adjusted Net Assets, shall be borne by the
         Vendors and all such costs incurred by the Purchaser shall be borne by
         the Purchaser.

5.7      Each party will co-operate fully with the other and, if applicable,
         with the Expert appointed under Clause 5.5 (including giving all
         reasonable access to records, information, and to personnel) with a
         view to enabling the draft Completion Balance Sheet and the draft
         statement of Adjusted Net Assets to be prepared and subsequently
         discussed and, if applicable, with a view to enabling any Expert to
         make any determination required by Clause 5.5, and in particular the
         Purchaser shall procure that the Group Companies shall permit the
         Vendors and their advisers (and, if applicable, the Expert) to have
         access to, and (where reasonable) to take copies of any records or
         information belonging to the Company. The parties have procured a
         physical stock take of the stock of the Company prior to Completion
         which was attended by representatives of the Vendors and the Purchaser
         and the Vendors' Accountants and the Purchaser's Accountants.

5.8      The Vendors shall keep confidential any such records or information
         belonging to the Company and shall not make use of the same save for
         the purposes of this Clause 5, and shall not disclose the same to any
         other person firm or company (other than any Expert or any Taxation
         Authority to the extent required) except to the extent that such person
         firm or company needs to know such information for the purposes of this
         Clause 5 and then



<PAGE>   12


         only upon terms that such person firm or company is bound by the terms
         of this Clause 5.8.

6.       ADJUSTED NET ASSETS

6.1      It is hereby agreed between the Vendors and the Purchaser that if the
         Adjusted Net Assets as shown by the Completion Balance Sheet as agreed
         or determined pursuant to Clause 5 are less than the Net Asset
         Threshold, then the Vendors shall be jointly and severally liable to
         pay to the Purchaser (pound)1 (one pound) for every (pound)1 (one
         pound) of such shortfall, together with, where such amount exceeds the
         amount of the Retention, interest on the amount of such excess at the
         rate of 2 per cent above the Base Rate of Lloyd's Bank plc from time to
         time and, where such amount is equal to or less than the amount of the
         Retention, interest at the rate payable in respect of the sum in the
         Retention Account from time to time in each case from the Completion
         Date to the date the amount of any such shortfall falls due for payment
         under Clause 6.2, and any such payment shall be treated as a pro rata
         reduction of the Initial Consideration.

6.2      The Vendors jointly and severally undertake to the Purchaser that if,
         and to the extent that, their obligations under Clause 6.1 are not
         satisfied by the release to the Purchaser of all or part of the
         Retention pursuant to Clause 4.4, then the Vendors shall pay the amount
         of the shortfall in Adjusted Net Assets referred to in Clause 6.1 (less
         the amount of the Retention) to the Purchaser in cash within seven (7)
         days after the Retention Date, and failing payment in full within such
         period of seven (7) days the amount of such shortfall shall be
         capitalised and aggregated with the interest accrued under Clause 6.1
         (if any) and such total amount shall bear interest from the Retention
         Date until the date of actual payment at the rate of four (4) per cent
         per annum above the base rate of Lloyds Bank plc from time to time
         calculated on a daily basis.

7.       COMPLETION

7.1      Completion shall take place at the London offices of the Purchaser's
         Solicitors immediately after the signing of this Agreement when the
         events set out in Clauses 7.2 to 7.7 shall occur.

7.2      At Completion the Vendors shall deliver to the Purchaser's Solicitors:

         7.2.1    duly completed and executed transfers of the Shares in favour
                  of the Purchaser or as it directs together with a power of
                  attorney from each Vendor in the agreed form enabling the
                  Purchaser to vote the Shares pending its registration as
                  shareholder;

         7.2.2    the certificates for the Shares;

         7.2.3    duly completed and signed transfers in favour of the Purchaser
                  (or as it may direct) of all shares of the Group Companies
                  (other than the Company) not registered in the name of the
                  Company and/or any other Group Company together with the
                  relative share certificates;



<PAGE>   13




         7.2.4    the Tax Deed duly executed by the Vendors;

         7.2.5    the resignations of each of the directors and the secretary of
                  each Group Company from their respective offices in each Group
                  Company, with a written acknowledgement under seal expressed
                  to be subject to English Law from each of them in such form as
                  the Purchaser requires that he has no claim against any Group
                  Company on any grounds whatsoever in respect of their
                  positions as directors and secretary;

         7.2.6    a letter in the Agreed Form from the existing auditors of the
                  Company confirming that had they resigned at Completion they
                  would have had no outstanding claims of any kind against the
                  Company and confirming that had they so resigned there would
                  have been no circumstances connected with their ceasing to
                  hold office which they consider should be brought to the
                  attention of the members or creditors of the Company;

         7.2.7    evidence satisfactory to the Purchaser that all charges,
                  debentures and other Security Interests and all guarantees
                  affecting each Group Company (including without limitation
                  Security Interests in favour of 3i plc) have been discharged
                  in full; and

         7.2.8    a letter of release in Agreed Form duly executed by Hero and
                  Renshaw Scott Limited for itself and as duly authorised agent
                  for each of its Associates confirming that with effect from
                  Completion no sums are owed by any Group Company to Hero or
                  any of its Associates on any account whatsoever except in
                  relation to monies owing to the Vendors or any of their
                  Associates in relation to inter company trading in the
                  ordinary course of business.

7.3      At Completion the following items in Clauses 7.3.1 to 7.3.8 and 7.3.10
         shall be delivered or made available to the Purchaser by the Vendors,
         and the Purchaser shall procure the delivery of the items in 7.3.9 and
         7.3.11:

         7.3.1    the Certificate of Incorporation (and, where relevant, on
                  Change of Name) of each Group Company (other than copies of
                  the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company in respect of
                  which constructive delivery shall be given);

         7.3.2    the minute books of each Group Company duly made up to
                  Completion;

         7.3.3    the register of members and other statutory registers of each
                  Group Company duly made up to Completion;

         7.3.4    the common seal of the Company and constructive delivery shall
                  be given of the common seals of all other Group Companies;

         7.3.5    all unissued share certificates of each Group Company;

         7.3.6    the title deeds relating to each of the Properties together
                  with the statutory declaration in relation to the property at
                  Sawley;



<PAGE>   14




         7.3.7    constructive delivery of all books, accounts and documents of
                  record and all other documents in the possession or control of
                  any of the Vendors in connection with each Group Company all
                  complete and up to date;

         7.3.8    all bank statements of all bank accounts of each Group Company
                  as at a date not more than three Business Days prior to
                  Completion;

         7.3.9    new bank mandates to be given by each Group Company;

         7.3.10   constructive delivery of all the current cheque books, paying
                  in books and unused cheques of each Group Company; and

         7.3.11   a written special resolution of the Company in the Agreed Form
                  (i) effecting changes to its memorandum of association so as
                  to confer, inter alia, an express power to give financial
                  assistance (ii) approving certain transactions for the purpose
                  of Chapter VI CA 1985 and (iii) changing the name of the
                  Company to exclude reference to the word "Hero".

7.4      At Completion the Vendors shall and shall procure that their respective
         Associates shall pay all monies then owing by them to each Group
         Company, including, for the avoidance of doubt, all management charges
         (save for monies owing in relation to inter company trading in the
         ordinary course of business) whether due for payment or not and that
         all guarantees, indemnities or other obligation given by each Group
         Company for or on behalf of the Vendors or their Associates are
         cancelled without liability on the part of each Group Company.

7.5      On Completion the Vendors and the Purchaser shall procure that the
         Intellectual Property Licence is entered into.

7.6      At Completion the Vendors shall deliver to the Purchaser a duly
         executed instrument of transfer of the Existing Group Loan Stock
         together with the relevant stock certificate.

7.7      At Completion a Board Meeting of each Group Company shall be duly
         convened and held at which, with effect from Completion:

         7.7.1    the transfers referred to in Clauses 7.2.1 and 7.2.3 (as the
                  case may be) shall (subject to stamping) be registered;

         7.7.2    such persons as the Purchaser may nominate shall be appointed
                  as additional directors and as the secretary of each Group
                  Company and the resignations referred to in Clause 7.2.5 shall
                  be submitted and accepted;

         7.7.3    all authorities to the bankers of each Group Company relating
                  to bank accounts shall be revoked and new authorities to such
                  persons as the Purchaser may nominate shall be given to
                  operate the same; and

         7.7.4    the registered offices of each Group Company shall be changed
                  to such address as the Purchaser shall stipulate.



<PAGE>   15




7.8      Upon completion of the matters specified in Clauses 7.2 to 7.7:

         7.8.1    the Purchaser will by telegraphic transfer (1) pay the sum
                  referred to in Clause 4.5 to Renshaw Scott Limited and (ii)
                  pay the sum referred to in Clause 4.2.1 and the sum of
                  (pound)9013.70 to the Vendors' Solicitors (whose receipt shall
                  be an absolute discharge to the Purchaser); and

         7.8.2    the Purchaser will pay the amount of the Retention by
                  telegraphic transfer into the Retention Account.

7.9      The Purchaser may in its absolute discretion waive any requirement
         contained in Clauses 7.2 to 7.7 inclusive but shall not be obliged to
         complete the purchase of any of the Shares unless the purchase of all
         the Shares is completed in accordance with such Clauses and this
         Agreement.

8.       WARRANTIES

8.1      The Vendors to the extent and subject as set out in this Clause 8,
         warrant to the Purchaser that the Warranties are, and at Completion
         will be, true and accurate in all respects.

8.2      Each of the Warranties (other than those referred to in paragraph 1 of
         Schedule 7 in respect of which no qualification is accepted except as
         expressly set out therein) is given subject to the matters fairly
         disclosed in the Disclosure Letter or the Disclosed Documents but none
         of the Warranties is otherwise subject to any qualification whatever
         other than as expressly set out in Schedule 7. No letter, document or
         other communication shall be deemed to constitute a disclosure for the
         purposes of the Warranties unless the contents of the same are fairly
         disclosed in the Disclosure Letter or the Disclosed Documents.

8.3      Each Warranty in respect of "the Company" shall be deemed to be a
         Warranty of the Vendors given in respect of the Company and each other
         Group Company and (unless the context or subject matter otherwise
         requires) the expression "the Company" in Schedule 4 shall be construed
         accordingly.

8.4      Save in respect of matters related to the Environment or Environmental
         Law, in relation to which only Warranty 8.3 shall apply, each of the
         Warranties is without prejudice to any other Warranty and, except where
         expressly stated, no Clause contained in this Agreement governs or
         limits the extent or application of any other Clause and the Warranties
         shall not in any respect be extinguished or affected by Completion.

8.5      Save as expressly provided in Schedule 7, the rights and remedies of
         the Purchaser in respect of any breach of the Warranties shall not be
         affected by completion of the purchase of the Shares, by any
         investigation made by or on behalf of the Purchaser into the affairs of
         any Group Company, by any failure to exercise or delay in exercising
         any right or remedy, or by any other event or matter whatsoever, except
         in circumstances where a specific written waiver has been duly signed
         by the Purchaser relating to such breach.



<PAGE>   16




8.6      None of the information supplied by or on behalf of any Group Company
         or of its professional advisers prior to the date of this Agreement to
         any of the Vendors or their directors, employees, agents,
         representatives or advisers in connection with the Warranties or the
         contents of the Disclosure Letter, or otherwise in relation to the
         business or affairs of any Group Company, shall be deemed a
         representation, warranty or guarantee of its accuracy by the relevant
         Group Company to the Vendors and shall not constitute a defence to any
         claim by the Purchaser under the Warranties or under the Tax Deed, and
         the Vendors waive any and all claims which they might otherwise have
         against any Group Company and their respective officers employees and
         advisers.

8.7      Notwithstanding any rule of law or equity to the contrary, any release,
         waiver or compromise or any other arrangement of any kind whatsoever to
         which the Purchaser may agree or effect in relation to one of the
         Vendors in connection with this Agreement or the Tax Deed, and in
         particular, but without limitation, in connection with any of the
         Warranties, shall not affect the rights and remedies of the Purchaser
         as regards any other of the Vendors.

8.8      Each of the Vendors undertakes, in relation to any Warranty which
         refers to the knowledge, information, belief or awareness of a Vendor
         or any similar expression, that such Vendor has made, due and careful
         enquiry into the subject matter of that Warranty (including where
         applicable, of David Monk, Robert Winterflood, Robert Lamb, William
         Taylor, John Wood or Paul Pallant but not otherwise of any officers or
         employees of the Company) and each of them acknowledges that the
         knowledge, information, belief or awareness of one of the Vendors shall
         be attributable to the others of them.

8.9      The provisions of Schedule 7 shall have effect to limit the liability
         of the Vendors under the Warranties.

8.10     The Purchaser acknowledges that the Vendors have entered into this
         Agreement in reliance upon the warranties contained in Schedule 12 Part
         1 to the extent that the Further Consideration is in part dependent
         upon the financial performance of New Cott and accordingly, warrants to
         each of the Vendors individually in the terms of Schedule 12 Part 1
         ("the Purchaser's Warranties").

8.11     Each of the Purchaser's Warranties is without prejudice to any of the
         other warranties in such Schedule and the Purchaser's Warranties shall
         not in any respect be extinguished or affected by Completion.

8.12     Subject to the provisions of Schedule 12 Part II, the rights and
         remedies of the Vendors in respect of any breach of the Purchaser's
         Warranties shall not be affected by any failure to exercise or delay in
         exercising any right or remedy.

9.       RESTRICTIONS ON THE VENDORS

9.1      In this Clause:



<PAGE>   17




         "BUSINESS"                 means all and any trades or other commercial
                                    activities of the Company which as at the
                                    Completion Date the Company shall carry on
                                    with a view to profit or which the Company
                                    shall as at the Completion Date have
                                    determined to carry on with a view to profit
                                    in the immediate or foreseeable future;


         "CONFIDENTIAL BUSINESS
         INFORMATION"               means all or any information relating to:


                                    (i)      the business methods, corporate
                                             plans, management systems,
                                             finances, new business
                                             opportunities or development
                                             projects of the Company;

                                    (ii)     the marketing or sales of any past
                                             or present or future product or
                                             service of the Company; or

                                    any trade secrets or other information
                                    relating to the provision of any product or
                                    service of the Company to which the Company
                                    attaches confidentiality or in respect of
                                    which it holds an obligation of
                                    confidentiality to any third party;


         "CUSTOMER"                 means any person who or which shall at the
                                    date of Completion be in negotiation with
                                    the Company for the provision of Restricted
                                    Services or to whom the Company has provided
                                    Restricted Services during the period of two
                                    (2) years prior to the date of Completion;

         "MATERIAL INTEREST"        means:

                                    (i)      the holding of any position as
                                             director, officer, employee,
                                             consultant, partner, principal or
                                             agent;

                                    (ii)     the direct or indirect control or
                                             ownership (whether jointly or
                                             alone) of any shares or debentures
                                             or any voting rights attached to
                                             them; or

                                    the direct or indirect provision of any
                                    financial assistance or support.

         "PURCHASER'S GROUP"        means the Purchaser and each of its
                                    Subsidiaries;

         "RESTRICTED AREA"          means England, Wales, Scotland, Northern
                                    Ireland, the Republic of Ireland, the
                                    Channel Isles and the Isle of


<PAGE>   18

                                    Man;

         "RESTRICTED SERVICES"      means the manufacture and/or distribution of
                                    carbonated soft drinks; alcoholic soft
                                    drinks and bottled or packaged flavoured
                                    water; the operation of vending machines and
                                    products for injection and blow moulding
                                    equipment, and the manufacture and/or sale
                                    of plastic moulded parts and containers;

         and covenants given in respect of "the Company" shall be deemed to be
         given separately in respect of the Company and each other Group Company
         and (unless the context or subject matter otherwise requires) the
         expression "the Company" in this Clause 9 shall be construed
         accordingly.

9.2      Each of the Vendors hereby covenants with the Purchaser that without
         the prior written consent of the Purchaser:

         9.2.1    it will not for a period of five (5) years after the date of
                  Completion hold any Material Interest in any business (other
                  than the Purchaser or the Company or any company which may
                  acquire the Purchaser or the Company) which provides
                  Restricted Services in competition with the Business in the
                  Restricted Area;

         9.2.2    it will not for a period of five (5) years after the date of
                  Completion hold any Material Interest in any person, firm or
                  company carrying on business in the Restricted Area which
                  requires or might reasonably be expected by the Company or,
                  following the Reorganisation, the Purchaser; to require it to
                  disclose or make use of any Confidential Business Information
                  in order properly to discharge its duties or to further the
                  interest of such person, firm or company;

         9.2.3    it will not at any time after the date of Completion disclose
                  or permit there to be disclosed (save as authorised by the
                  Purchaser or required by law), any Confidential Business
                  Information, nor will it at any time after Completion
                  otherwise make use of any Confidential Business Information
                  for its own benefit, or for the benefit of others, or in any
                  way to the detriment of the Company or, following the
                  Reorganisation, the Purchaser;

         9.2.4    it will not for a period of two (2) years after Completion
                  solicit or entice away or seek to entice away any person who
                  is, and was immediately prior to the date of Completion,
                  employed by the Company in a senior capacity provided that
                  this Clause 9.2.4 shall not apply to persons who leave the
                  employment of the Company of their own volition, no such
                  solicitation or enticement having taken place;

         9.2.5    it will not for a period of five (5) years after the date of
                  Completion within the Restricted Area and in respect of
                  Restricted Services directly or indirectly:

                  (a)      solicit the custom of, or orders from; or



<PAGE>   19




                  (b)      accept orders from;

                  any person who at any time during the two (2) years
                  immediately preceding Completion was a client or customer of
                  the Company in respect of Restricted Services;

         9.2.6    it will not for a period of five (5) years after the date of
                  Completion interfere with or seek to interfere with the
                  continuance of supplies to the Company (or the terms relating
                  to such supplies) from any suppliers who have been supplying
                  components, materials or services to the Company at any time
                  during the two (2) years immediately preceding Completion; or

         9.2.7    if it shall have obtained trade secrets or other confidential
                  information belonging to any third party under an agreement
                  which contained restrictions on disclosure, it will not at any
                  time infringe such restrictions.

9.3      Nothing in Clause 9.2 shall prevent the Vendors or any of their
         Subsidiaries from carrying on anywhere in the world any business (other
         than any business which provides Restricted Services in competition
         with the Business in the Restricted Area) carried on by them (i) at the
         date of Completion or (ii) or at any time during the period of one year
         prior to Completion.

9.4      Subject to the terms of Clause 9.5, there shall not be a breach of
         Clause 9.2, if either of the Vendors or their Subsidiaries acquires the
         whole or any part of the share capital or business of a company or
         group of companies (the "Acquired Business") which carries on the
         Restricted Services in the Restricted Area if the Restricted Services
         in the Restricted Area comprise less than ten (10) per cent of the
         turnover of the Acquired Business at the date of completion of such
         acquisition but in such event the Vendors shall:

         9.4.1    use all reasonable endeavours to dispose of that part of the
                  Acquired Business which so competes within six months of the
                  date of completion of such acquisition to an unconnected third
                  party; and

         9.4.2    shall in any event complete any such disposal within twelve
                  months of the date of such acquisition to an unconnected third
                  party.

9.5      Notwithstanding the terms of Clause 9.4, the Vendors or their
         Subsidiaries shall be at liberty to acquire an Acquired Business on or
         after the fourth anniversary of Completion which carries on the
         Restricted Services in the Restricted Area where the Restricted
         Services in the Restricted Area comprise less than ten (10) per cent of
         the turnover of the Acquired Business at the date of completion of such
         acquisition in which event the provisions of Clause 9.4 shall not
         apply.

9.6      The parties agree that the restrictions contained in Clause 9.2.3 shall
         not apply if and to the extent that the Confidential Business
         Information concerned has ceased to be confidential or come into the
         public domain (other than as a result of breach of any obligation of
         confidence under this Agreement by the Vendors), nor if the Vendors are



<PAGE>   20


         required to disclose the Confidential Business Information by any
         applicable law, government order, regulation or court.

9.7      Each Vendor shall procure that all companies and businesses directly or
         indirectly owned or controlled by such Vendor shall be bound by and
         observe the provisions of this Clause as if they were parties
         covenanting with the Purchaser.

9.8      Each Vendor acknowledges that the Purchaser is accepting the benefit of
         the covenants contained in this Clause both on its own behalf and on
         behalf of its Subsidiaries with the intention that the Purchaser may
         claim against any or all of the Vendors on behalf of any such
         Subsidiary for loss sustained by that Subsidiary as a result of any
         breach of the covenants contained in this Clause.

9.9      Nothing in this Clause 9 shall preclude any Vendor from being the owner
         for investment purposes only of not more than three (3) per cent of the
         equity share capital of any company listed on the Official Lists of the
         London Stock Exchange or the Irish Stock Exchange or the Alternative
         Investment Market of the London Stock Exchange or the Developing
         Companies Market of the Irish Stock Exchange.

9.10     The restrictions contained in this Clause 9 are considered reasonable
         by the Vendors in all respects but if any of those restrictions shall
         be held to be void in the circumstances where it would be valid if some
         part were deleted the parties agree that such restrictions shall apply
         with such deletion as may be necessary to make it valid and effective.

9.11     The provisions of Clauses 9.2.1 to 9.2.7 (inclusive) are separate and
         severable and shall be enforceable accordingly.

9.12     The parties acknowledge that pursuant to the Reorganisation the
         business, assets and liabilities of the Company will be transferred to
         the Purchaser immediately after Completion and the Vendors acknowledge
         that such transfer shall not operate to, nor shall be construed so as
         to prejudice the enforceability of the provisions of this Clause 9.

10.      POST COMPLETION PROVISIONS

         With effect from Completion, and save as otherwise agreed or provided
in this Agreement, all arrangements made by the Vendors or any of their
Associates relating to the provision of management, administration, computer
services, insurance, personnel, purchasing, accounting, legal or similar
services in relation to each Group Company (in so far as they have been provided
to date) shall cease without further liability on the part of any party (save to
the extent that any accrued liabilities are provided for in the Completion
Balance Sheet) but without prejudice to any rights of the Purchaser under the
Warranties or the Tax Deed.

11.      POST COMPLETION UNDERTAKINGS

11.1     For the purposes of this Clause 11, the expression the "RESTRICTED
         PERIOD" shall mean (i) the period commencing on the Completion Date and
         ending on 31 January 2003 or (ii)



<PAGE>   21


         the date upon which the obligations of the Purchaser in relation to
         payment of the Further Consideration are satisfied in full (whichever
         is the earlier).

11.2     The Parent acknowledges the interest of the Vendors in New Cott earning
         the profits which it is fairly able to do, calculated in accordance
         with the terms of Schedule 3 during the Restricted Period; and
         undertakes by exercise of its rights by virtue of its shareholding in,
         and by means of any representation on the board of directors of, the
         Purchaser and any other member of the Purchaser's Group to procure (so
         far as it is properly able to procure) that during the Restricted
         Period:

         11.2.1   each member of New Cott will act in the best interests of
                  their respective shareholders and will take all reasonable and
                  appropriate steps (consistent with the proper and prudent
                  management and operation of the business affairs of each
                  member of New Cott) to maintain and develop their respective
                  businesses and to further the reputation and commercial
                  interests of each member of New Cott;

         11.2.2   None of the members of New Cott shall, during the Restricted
                  Period, enter into any scheme, transaction, agreement or
                  arrangement (i) which has no proper commercial purpose and
                  which might reasonably be regarded as designed to prejudice,
                  manipulate or otherwise adversely affect the Vendors'
                  entitlement to any Further Consideration or (ii) which might
                  reasonably be regarded as (aa) calculated materially to damage
                  the reputation or best commercial interests of New Cott taken
                  as a whole and (bb) likely to adversely affect the payment of
                  the Further Consideration.

         11.2.3   There shall be no disposal by any direct or indirect holding
                  company of the Purchaser of all or a controlling interest in
                  (i) the share capital of any member of New Cott (a "Share
                  Sale") (but excluding for these purposes any disposal of any
                  share capital or any interest in any share capital in the
                  Parent) or (ii) the business or all or substantially all of
                  the assets of any member of New Cott (whether by a single
                  transaction or a series of connected transactions) (an "Asset
                  Sale") unless:

                  (a)      any such disposal is to another member of the
                           Purchaser's Group in which event the Parent shall
                           remain liable for the performance of its obligations
                           under this Clause 11; or

                  (b)      in the case of any proposed disposal to any person,
                           firm or company other than a member of the
                           Purchaser's Group (a "Third Party Disposal") the
                           Parent has satisfied itself (after due and careful
                           enquiry and mindful of the Vendors' interest in the
                           Further Consideration) that the ultimate holding
                           company (if any) of such acquirer, or the acquirer
                           (as the case may be) might reasonably be considered
                           to be capable of meeting the obligations to be
                           assumed by it pursuant to Clause 11.2.3(c) or
                           11.2.3(d) (as the case may require):

                  (c)      in the case of a Third Party Disposal, if such
                           disposal is a Share Sale, on completion of such Share
                           Sale the parties hereto and thereto shall enter



<PAGE>   22


                           into a deed of novation pursuant to which (aa) the
                           ultimate holding company of such acquirer or the
                           acquirer, as the case may be, shall covenant to
                           perform the obligations on the part of the Parent
                           contained in Clauses 11.1 to 11.2.4 inclusive,
                           mutatis mutandis, (but not otherwise) and (bb) the
                           Parent shall with effect from the date of such deed
                           of novation be released from any obligation under
                           this Agreement (but not in respect of any antecedent
                           breach which may have arisen prior to the date of
                           such deed of novation); or

                  (d)      in the case of a Third Party Disposal, if such
                           disposal is an Asset Sale, upon Completion of such
                           Asset Sale involving the assumption by the acquiring
                           party under the relevant Asset Sale agreement of the
                           obligations of the Purchaser in respect of the
                           Further Consideration, the parties hereto and thereto
                           shall enter into a deed of novation pursuant to which
                           (aa) the ultimate holding company of such acquirer or
                           the acquirer, as the case may be, shall covenant (i)
                           to perform the obligations on the part of the Parent
                           contained in Clauses 11.1 to 11.2.4 inclusive,
                           mutatis mutandis, (but not otherwise) and (ii) to
                           perform all the obligations on the part of the
                           Purchaser in relation to the Further Consideration
                           and in particular the terms of Schedule 3 and (bb)
                           the Parent shall with effect from the date of such
                           deed of novation be released from any obligation
                           under this Agreement (but not in respect of any
                           antecedent breach which may have arisen prior to the
                           date of such deed of novation).

         11.2.4   Save where advice is received from a licensed insolvency
                  practitioner that the directors of a member of New Cott are
                  under a duty to cease trading, no petition for the winding up
                  of any member of New Cott shall be presented by any such
                  member, nor shall any resolution for the voluntary winding up
                  of any member of New Cott be proposed, nor shall any member of
                  New Cott request or procure the appointment of any receiver or
                  administrative receiver over the whole or any part of the
                  assets or undertaking of any member of New Cott Provided that
                  no such consent shall be required for any such winding up as
                  part of a solvent amalgamation or reconstruction of any member
                  of New Cott involving the transfer of all or substantially all
                  the assets of New Cott to another member of the Purchaser's
                  Group together with the assumption of the obligations of the
                  Purchaser in relation to the Further Consideration.

         11.2.5   For as long as the relevant member of New Cott remains a
                  member of the Purchaser's Group, all transactions between that
                  member of New Cott and any other member of the Purchaser's
                  Group shall be carried out on an arms length basis and on
                  usual commercial terms and in particular (but without
                  limitation) no management charge or other similar charge or
                  expense shall be charged to that member of New Cott by any
                  other member of the Purchaser's Group save for arm's length
                  charges representing fair and proper value for goods or
                  services actually provided or supplied by a member of the
                  Purchaser's Group to the member of New Cott provided that
                  nothing in this Clause 11.2.5 shall require any member of New
                  Cott to purchase concentrates from BCB Beverages Limited or



<PAGE>   23


                  any other member of the Purchaser's Group on terms which are
                  substantially different from the terms which from time to time
                  exist in relation to such purchase arrangements between
                  members of the Purchaser's Group, the parties hereto
                  acknowledging that concentrate is an unusual product for which
                  market comparisons are difficult to obtain.

11.3     In the event that a member of New Cott shall, in the course of carrying
         on its business, require goods or services of a type or kind which any
         member of the Purchaser's Group is able to supply or provide, then the
         Parent shall at the request of such member of New Cott and for so long
         as the relevant member of New Cott remains a member of the Purchaser's
         Group, use its reasonable endeavours to procure that such goods or
         services are supplied to such member of New Cott on terms and
         conditions which are not materially different from those offered by the
         relevant member of the Purchaser's Group to any of its customers who
         may contract for the same on a comparable basis provided that nothing
         in this Clause 11.3 shall require the Parent to procure that such
         member of New Cott purchases concentrates from BCB Beverages Limited or
         any other member of the Purchaser's Group on terms which are
         substantially different from the terms which exist from time to time in
         relation to such arrangements, the parties hereto acknowledging that
         concentrate is an unusual product for which market comparisons are
         difficult to obtain.

11.4     In the event that any member of New Cott shall, in the course of
         carrying on its business, require goods or services of a type or kind
         which is the same as or similar to goods or services which are at the
         relevant time supplied or provided to any member of the Purchaser's
         Group by any third party (other than a member of the Purchaser's
         Group), then the Parent for so long as the relevant member of New Cott
         remains a member of the Purchaser's Group, shall at the request of such
         member of New Cott use its reasonable endeavours to procure that such
         goods or services are supplied or provided to such member of New Cott
         on terms which are not materially different taken as whole from those
         on which such goods or services are supplied or provided to the
         relevant member of the Purchaser's Group.

11.5     In the event that any member of the Purchaser's Group shall, in the
         course of carrying on its business, require goods or services of a type
         or kind which any member of New Cott is able to supply or provide, then
         the Parent for so long as the relevant member of New Cott remains a
         member of the Purchaser's Group, shall use reasonable endeavours to
         procure that such member shall obtain such goods or services from such
         member of New Cott provided always that such member of New Cott is able
         to supply or provide such goods or services on terms which, taken as a
         whole, are not materially different from those on which such goods or
         services can be obtained by such member from a third party.

11.6     The Purchaser shall use its reasonable endeavours to procure that:

         11.6.1   there is prepared and delivered to each of the Vendors within
                  45 days of the end of each quarter, management accounts for
                  that quarter;



<PAGE>   24




         11.6.2   there is delivered to each of the Vendors within three months
                  after the end of each financial period of New Cott, audited
                  financial statements of New Cott for the financial period then
                  ended;

         11.6.3   the Vendors are given such financial and other information and
                  documentation as they may reasonably and properly request in
                  order to enable the Vendors to monitor the performance of New
                  Cott.

11.7     Save as required by law or by the requirement of any recognised Stock
         Exchange or to the extent that the same comes into the public domain
         (other than through any act or omission of the Vendors or either of
         them) each of the Vendors shall keep confidential all such information
         as is supplied to it pursuant to Clause 11.6 and Schedule 3, shall not
         make use of the same save for the purpose of monitoring the performance
         of New Cott and in relation to the agreement or determination of the
         Further Consideration pursuant to Schedule 3, and shall not disclose
         the same to any other person, firm or company (including any
         professional adviser) except to the extent that such person, firm or
         company requires such information for the purposes set out in this
         Clause 11.7 and in such case only upon terms that such person, firm or
         company is bound by the terms of this Clause 11.7.

11.8     The parties agree that:

         11.8.1   the provisions of this Clause 11 shall not apply to the
                  Reorganisation;

         11.8.2   nothing in this Clause 11 shall prevent the Purchaser from
                  disposing of such of the business, assets and undertaking of
                  the Company as relate to the operation of the Company's
                  business from the premises at Sawley free from any obligation
                  under this Clause 11, but without prejudice to the provisions
                  of paragraph 4(c) of Schedule 3.

11.9     For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Agreement shall impose upon
         the Parent or any person to whom any obligations of the Parent are
         novated pursuant to this Clause 11, any obligation to provide any
         financial support (whether by way of guarantee, financial accommodation
         or investment) to any member of New Cott or otherwise.

11.10    Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Purchaser
         shall be at liberty at any time during the Restricted Period to
         terminate any obligation in relation to the Further Consideration by
         payment to the Vendors of a sum representing the maximum amount of the
         Further Consideration which may become payable pursuant to Schedule 3
         namely (pound)20,500,000 (twenty million five hundred thousand pounds)
         together with any additional sums due under paragraph 10 of Schedule 3
         (less all payments of Further Consideration made up to the date of such
         payment) appropriately discounted for accelerated receipt and the
         amount of such discount shall be agreed or determined in the
         Appropriate Manner. Any such payment shall be made in full and final
         satisfaction of any obligation of the Purchaser under this Agreement in
         relation to the Further Consideration, and the Purchaser's Warranties
         and the provisions of Clause 11 (other than this Clause 11.10) shall
         cease to have effect.



<PAGE>   25




11.11    Any breach of the terms of Clauses 11.2 to 11.5 of this Clause 11 shall
         be compensated for by means of an appropriate adjustment under
         paragraph 5.2(e) of Schedule 3.

12.      SPECIFIC INDEMNITIES

12.1     The Vendors jointly and severally undertake to indemnify and keep
         indemnified the Purchaser and each Group Company from and against all
         losses, liabilities, reasonable costs, claims and expenses suffered or
         incurred by the Purchaser and/or any Group Company and arising directly
         from any of the matters described in Schedule 8 less any amount
         relating thereto which is provided for in the Completion Balance Sheet
         ("Claims").

12.2     In the event that a Claim is made, the Purchaser shall:

                  (a)      as soon as reasonably possible and in any event
                           within 60 days of facts coming to the knowledge of
                           the Purchaser or the relevant Group Company which
                           might reasonably be regarded as confirming that
                           liability will arise in relation to the relevant
                           Group Company or the Purchaser give written notice
                           thereof to the Vendors together with such details of
                           the subject matter of the Claim as is then in the
                           possession of the Purchaser or the relevant Group
                           Company and shall thereafter as soon as reasonably
                           possible provide to the Vendors such further
                           information relating to the Claim as from time to
                           time comes to its attention;

                  (b)      not make any admission of liability to, or agreement
                           or compromise with a person or persons in relation to
                           such Claim without the prior written consent of the
                           Vendors such consent not to be unreasonably withheld
                           or delayed; and

                  (c)      if the Vendors shall indemnify and secure the
                           Purchaser's Group to its reasonable satisfaction
                           against all Claims, take such action as the Vendors
                           may reasonably request to avoid, dispute, defend,
                           appeal, compromise or settle such Claims.

12.3     For the avoidance of doubt:

         12.3.1   save as provided in Clause 12.3.2 below, none of the
                  provisions of this Agreement which limit the liability of the
                  Vendors (other than paragraph 2.6 of Schedule 7) shall operate
                  to limit the liability of the Vendors under the terms of
                  Clause 12.1;

         12.3.2   any failure by the Purchaser to comply with the provisions of
                  Clause 12.2 shall only release the Vendors from any
                  obligations under Clause 12.1 if and to the extent that such
                  failure has given rise to a liability to make a payment or has
                  increased the amount of any payment under Clause 12.1 which,
                  but for such failure, would otherwise have been avoided or
                  mitigated; and



<PAGE>   26




         12.3.3   nothing in this Clause 12 shall oblige the Purchaser or the
                  Company to provide to the Vendors any paper, letter, record
                  note or document which is subject to legal privilege;

12.4     Any sum due to be paid under Clause 12 shall be paid within 7 (seven)
         days of settlement of a claim or its final determination by a court of
         competent jurisdiction and failing payment within such period the sum
         outstanding shall bear interest at the rate which represents 4 (four)
         per cent above the Base Rate of Lloyds Bank plc from the date of such
         settlement or final determination.

13.      GENERAL

13.1     Subject to Clause 13.2, this Agreement shall be binding upon and enure
         for the benefit of the successors in title of the parties but shall not
         be assignable by any party or its successors without the written
         consent of the other save that the Purchaser may without such consent
         assign all or any part of the benefit of this Agreement and of the Tax
         Deed to any other member of the Purchaser's Group provided that in the
         event that any such assignee ceases to be a member of the Purchaser's
         Group the Purchaser shall procure that any benefits so assigned shall
         be re-assigned back to the Purchaser forthwith.

13.2     Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Agreement or any of the
         other agreements entered into by the Vendors and the Purchaser under or
         in connection with this Agreement (all together the "Acquisition
         Agreements") the Purchaser:

                  (a)      may grant security over or assign by way of security
                           all or any of its rights under any of the Acquisition
                           Agreements (the "Rights") for the purposes of or in
                           connection with the financing (whether in whole or in
                           part) by the Purchaser of:

                           (i)      the acquisition contemplated by this
                                    Agreement; or

                           (ii)     any of its, or its Subsidiaries' working
                                    capital or other requirements; and

                  (b)      its liquidator or administrator, or any receiver or
                           other person or entity appointed to enforce of such
                           security may enter into any other assignments or
                           transfers of any of the Rights.

13.3     The Vendors shall execute and perform all such further acts, deeds or
         assurances as may be required for effectively vesting the Shares in the
         Purchaser. Each of the Vendors shall following Completion provide such
         information as to each Group Company, its business and its affairs as
         the Purchaser shall reasonably and by prior notice specify save that
         nothing in this Clause shall operate to enable the Purchaser to obtain
         access to any documents or information to which the Purchaser or the
         relevant Group Company would not otherwise be entitled to at law that
         would prejudice the defence by the Vendors of any



<PAGE>   27


         claims made by the Purchaser under the Warranties, the Tax Deed or the
         indemnities set out in Clause 12.

13.4     Any sums due to the Vendors pursuant to this Agreement may be paid to
         the Vendors' Solicitors, by way of transfer into the client account of
         the Vendors' Solicitors, whose receipt shall constitute a full
         discharge of the Purchaser's obligations to make such payment and the
         Purchaser shall not be concerned with the application of any such
         amount between the Vendors.

13.5     The provisions of this Agreement insofar as the same shall not have
         been performed at Completion shall remain in full force and effect
         notwithstanding Completion.

13.6     No delay or omission by the Purchaser in exercising any right, power or
         remedy shall operate as a waiver thereof, and any single or partial
         exercise thereof shall not preclude any other or further exercise
         thereof or the exercise of any right, power or other remedy. The rights
         and remedies of the Purchaser hereunder are cumulative and not
         exclusive of any right or remedy provided by law.

13.7     No party shall disclose the making of this Agreement nor its terms nor
         any other agreement referred to in this Agreement (except those matters
         set out in the press release in the Agreed Form) and each of the
         Vendors and the Purchaser shall procure that no member of the Vendor's
         Group or the Purchaser's Group respectively shall make any such
         disclosure without the prior consent of the other party unless
         disclosure is:

                  (a)      to any Taxation Authority;

                  (b)      to its professional advisors, financiers or bankers;

                  (c)      to any director, officer or other employee of any
                           member of the Vendor's Group or the Purchaser's Group
                           to the extent that it is necessary to make such
                           disclosure for the proper performance of their
                           duties;

                  (d)      required by law or by the rules of the Toronto Stock
                           Exchange, the Montreal Exchange, NASDAQ, the Basle
                           Stock Exchange, the Zurich Stock Exchange, the
                           Securities Commission of Canada or any other
                           regulatory body;

                  Provided that this Clause 13.7 does not apply to
                  announcements, communications or circulars made or sent by the
                  Purchaser or by any Group Company after Completion to
                  customers, clients or suppliers of any Group Company to the
                  extent that it informs them of the Purchaser's acquisition of
                  the Group Companies or to any announcements containing only
                  information which has become generally available.

13.8     No provision of this Agreement or of any agreement or arrangement of
         which this Agreement forms part, by virtue of which this Agreement or
         the agreement or arrangement of which it forms part is subject to
         registration under the Restrictive Trade Practices Act 1976 shall take
         effect until the day after the day on which particulars of this



<PAGE>   28


         Agreement, or the agreement or arrangement of which it forms part, (as
         the case may be) have been furnished to the Director General of Fair
         Trading pursuant to Section 24 of the said Act.

13.9     All expenses incurred by or on behalf of the parties, including all
         fees of agents, representatives, solicitors, accountants and actuaries
         employed by any of them in connection with the negotiation, preparation
         or execution of this Agreement shall be borne solely by the party who
         incurred the liability and there shall be no liability in respect of
         them upon any Group Company.

14.      RIGHTS OF SET-OFF

14.1     In the event that prior to the expiry of (i) the sixth anniversary of
         Completion in the case of the Tax Deed or the Tax Warranties or (ii)
         the second anniversary of Completion in the case of the Warranties
         (other than the Tax Warranties) ("the Set-Off Expiry Date") the
         Purchaser shall have given notice to the Vendors of a Claim or Claims
         under the Warranties, and/or the Tax Deed then the following provisions
         shall at the sole option of the Purchaser apply:

                  (a)      to the extent that any such Claim or Claims shall
                           have been settled (in accordance with Clause 14.2)
                           but shall not have been paid by or on behalf of the
                           Vendors prior to the Set-Off Expiry Date, the
                           Purchaser shall be entitled (but not obliged) to
                           treat its obligations hereunder to satisfy the
                           Further Consideration (if and to the extent not then
                           already satisfied) as being reduced pro tanto by the
                           amount to the extent settled of such Claim or Claims;

                  (b)      to the extent that any such Claim or Claims shall not
                           have been settled then on receipt by the Purchaser
                           prior to the Set-Off Expiry Date of an opinion of a
                           Queen's Counsel (instructed in accordance with Clause
                           14.4) to the effect that, on the balance of
                           probabilities, the Purchaser will recover in respect
                           of such Claim or Claims, and that the amount of any
                           such Claim or Claims is a reasonable estimate of the
                           amount which will be payable by the Vendors, the
                           Purchaser shall be entitled to set-off the amount
                           claimed by the Purchaser thereto against the Further
                           Consideration, provided that such amount is placed on
                           deposit in the joint names of the Purchaser and the
                           Vendors on the date on which, but for the exercise of
                           such right of set off, such amount would otherwise
                           have fallen due for payment to the Vendors, pending
                           settlement of the Claim. Following settlement of the
                           Claim if the amount upon deposit exceeds the amount
                           of the settlement, the excess together with the
                           interest accrued in the joint deposit account which
                           relates to such excess in respect of the period from
                           the Set-off Expiry Date down to the date of payment,
                           shall be released from the joint deposit account and
                           paid to the Vendors within seven days of such
                           settlement and the balance of any such interest shall
                           be released to the Purchaser.



<PAGE>   29




14.2     A Claim shall be regarded as settled for the purposes of Clause 14.1 if
         either:

                  (a)      the Vendors and the Purchaser (or their respective
                           solicitors) shall so agree in writing; or

                  (b)      a Court has awarded judgment in respect of the Claim
                           and no right of appeal lies in respect of such
                           judgment or the parties are debarred whether by
                           passage of time or otherwise from exercising any such
                           right of appeal.

14.3     For the avoidance of doubt nothing contained in Clause 14.2 shall
         prejudice the right of the Purchaser to make any Claim against the
         Vendors under the Warranties or the Tax Deed, nor shall any amount
         placed on deposit in accordance with Clause 14.1(b) be taken as
         limiting the amount of any lawful claim under the Warranties or the Tax
         Deed.

14.4     The selection of the Queen's Counsel for the purposes of Clause 14.1(b)
         shall be made by the Purchaser after agreement with the Vendors and
         failing agreement within fourteen days of notification by the Purchaser
         of its selection on the application of either the Purchaser or the
         Vendors by the Chairman of the Bar Council. The Queen's Counsel shall
         be instructed by the Purchaser's Solicitors. The Purchaser shall supply
         to the Vendors a copy of such instructions to Counsel and the Vendor
         shall have the right to make written representations to Counsel.

14.5     If the opinion of the Queen's Counsel is required by the Purchaser and
         such Queen's Counsel decides that on the balance of probabilities the
         Purchaser will recover in respect of the Claim or Claims, the costs of
         such Queen's Counsel shall be borne equally by the Purchaser and the
         Vendors. If the Queen's Counsel decides that on the balance of
         probabilities the Purchaser will not so recover, the costs of such
         Queen's Counsel shall be borne by the Purchaser.

14.6     The Purchaser shall in addition be entitled to set off against the
         Further Consideration the amount of any sum agreed or determined to be
         payable pursuant to (i) Clause 6.2 of this Agreement or (ii) Clause 12
         of this Agreement to the extent that any such sum still remains unpaid.

14.7     Other than as provided in Clauses 14.1 to 14.6 inclusive, all amounts
         paid by the Purchaser to the Vendors under this Agreement shall be paid
         by the Purchaser on the due date without regard to any right of set-off
         to which it would, but for this Clause 14, be entitled and except as
         set out in this Clause 14, the Purchaser hereby irrevocably waives any
         such right of set-off. For the avoidance of doubt nothing in this
         Clause 14 shall be taken to prohibit the Purchaser from exercising any
         right of counterclaim.

15.      PENSION ARRANGEMENTS

         Upon transfer of the employment of the employees of the Company to the
Purchaser pursuant to the Reorganisation, Hero agrees and declares that it will
render such assistance as it is able to provide in connection with the execution
by the trustees for the time being of the Final



<PAGE>   30


Salary Scheme of all such deeds and documents as the Purchaser may reasonably
require to substitute it as principal employer of such pension scheme in place
of the Company.

16.      EXPERTS

         Any Expert appointed pursuant to this Agreement shall act as expert not
as arbitrator and in the absence of manifest error his decisions (both as to the
manner in which his determination is to be made arid as to the subject matter of
its determination) shall be final and binding on the parties but without
prejudice to the Purchaser's right to claim under the Warranties, the Tax Deed
or otherwise in respect of any matter. The parties to this Agreement shall
provide any Expert with such documents in their possession and such information
as he may require. Any Expert shall be entitled to such costs and expenses as
are determined by him, acting in good faith, to be fair and appropriate which
shall be borne between the parties hereto in such proportions as he may
determine or, in default of such determination, equally between the Vendors and
the Purchaser.

17.      NOTICES

17.1     Any notice to be given hereunder shall be in writing and delivered by
         hand or by first class recorded delivery post or by facsimile letter
         addressed and sent to the party to be served (in the case of the
         Vendors) at the address given herein and (in the case of the Purchaser)
         at its registered office for the time being. Any notice to be given to
         the Parent shall be addressed to the Corporate Secretary.

17.2     Notice delivered by hand shall be deemed to have been served at the
         time of actual delivery.

17.3     Notice sent by post shall be deemed to have been served at the expiry
         of 5 Business Days after posting.

17.4     Notices sent by facsimile shall be deemed to have been served on
         production of a transmission report from the machine which sent the
         facsimile indicating that the facsimile was sent in its entirety to the
         facsimile number of the recipient. Provided that in the event that such
         facsimile is received after 4pm (local time) on any Business Day it
         shall be deemed served on the Business Day following such date of
         transmission.

18.      PROPER LAW

18.1     This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with,
         English Law.

18.2     All of the parties irrevocably agree for the benefit of the other
         parties that the Courts of England are to have jurisdiction to hear and
         determine any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or in
         connection with this Agreement and, for that purpose, irrevocably
         submit to the jurisdiction of such Courts.

18.3     All of the parties irrevocably waive any objection which they may at
         any time have to the nomination of the Courts of England as the forum
         to hear and determine any suit, action



<PAGE>   31


         or proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Agreement and
         agrees that they shall not claim that any such Court is an inconvenient
         or inappropriate forum.

18.4     Each Vendor hereby irrevocably authorises and appoints the Vendors'
         Solicitors at their London office (or such other firm of solicitors at
         an office in England as it may by written notice to the Purchaser
         select) to accept service of all legal process arising out of or in
         connection with this Agreement and service on such person shall be
         deemed to be service on the relevant Vendor.

19.      ENTIRE AGREEMENT

19.1     The parties acknowledge and agree:

                  (a)      this Agreement together with any other documents
                           referred to in this Agreement (together the
                           "Transaction Documents") constitute the entire and
                           only agreement between the parties relating to the
                           subject matter of the Transaction Documents;

                  (b)      none of the parties have been induced to enter into
                           any Transaction Document in reliance upon, nor have
                           they been given, any warranty, representation,
                           statement, assurance, covenant, agreement,
                           undertaking, indemnity or commitment of any nature
                           whatsoever other than as are expressly set out in the
                           Transaction Documents and, to the extent that any
                           such party has been so induced such party
                           unconditionally and irrevocably waives any claims,
                           rights or remedies which any of them might otherwise
                           have had in relation thereto;

                  (c)      no party has any right to rescind or terminate any
                           Transaction Documents either for breach of contract
                           or for negligent or innocent misrepresentation or
                           otherwise;

                  (d)      (same as expressly provided herein) the rights and
                           remedies of each party shall be restricted to a claim
                           for damages or equitable remedies (other than
                           rescission).

         PROVIDED THAT the provisions of this Clause 19 shall not exclude any
         liability which any of the parties would otherwise have to any other
         party or any right which any of them may have to rescind this Agreement
         in respect of any statements made fraudulently by any of them prior to
         the execution of this Agreement or any rights which any of them may
         have in respect of fraudulent concealment or deliberate non disclosure.

19.2     This Agreement may be varied only by a document signed by each of the
         parties and expressly referring to this Agreement.

AS WITNESS the hands of the parties hereto or their duly authorised
representatives on the date shown on the first page.



<PAGE>   32


SIGNED by David Monk                        )          /s/  David Monk
AS ATTORNEY                                 )
AND ON BEHALF OF HERO                       )
in the presence of: )
Robert Ogilvy Watson
Solicitor                                              /s/  Robert Ogilvy Watson
5 Appard Street
London    EC2A 2HA


SIGNED by David Monk                        )          /s/  David Monk
AS ATTORNEY                                 )
AND ON BEHALF OF                            )
RENSHAW SCOTT                               )
LIMITED in the presence of:                 )
Robert Ogilvy Watson                        )
Solicitor                                   )          /s/  Robert Ogilvy Watson
5 Appard Street
London    EC2A 2HA

SIGNED by Brian Mackie for                  )          /s/  Brian Mackie
and on behalf of COTT UK                    )
LIMITED in presence of:                     )
Ian Greenfield
2 Park Lane                                            /s/  Ian Greenfield
Leeds, LS3 1ES


SIGNED by Simon Lester for                  )          /s/  Simon Lester
and on behalf of COTT UK                    )
LIMITED in presence of:                     )
Ian Greenfield
2 Park Lane                                            /s/  Ian Greenfield
Leeds, LS3 1ES




<PAGE>   1



                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.3





December 21, 1998



Mr. Robert Anderson

Vice President, Proprietary Products

Wal-Mart Stores, Inc.

702 SW 8th Street

Bentonville, Arkansas

72716 - 0139



Dear Bob:



SUBJECT:          SUPPLY CONTRACT



This is our agreement (the "Agreement") concerning the supply of Products by
Cott to Wal-Mart.



1. TERM - THE TERM OF THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE * [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS
BEEN REQUESTED] OR UNTIL TERMINATED BY MUTUAL AGREEMENT OF THE PARTIES OR
OTHERWISE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT ("TERM").



2. SCOPE -


(A) Cott will, throughout the Term, be the supplier of Products to Wal-Mart, but
Wal-Mart shall, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, have the
right to source Products from other suppliers (provided that Wal-Mart shall not
produce any of the Products for itself). Subject to what is otherwise agreed by
the parties from time to time regarding forecasting and purchase order lead
times, Cott will supply Products as and when ordered by Wal-Mart. Some of the
Soft Drinks are produced from Wal-Mart Controlled Concentrates, and the balance
of the Soft Drinks are produced from concentrates supplied by Cott. However, if
Wal-Mart issues a termination notice pursuant to clause 6(d) below its new
supplier shall (to the extent that Wal-Mart is entitled to transfer portions of
its requirements for production of Products during the Notice Period, as
hereinafter defined) not be entitled to utilize Cott supplied concentrates.



(B) Except to the extent that any stores when acquired by Wal-Mart are
contractually obligated to purchase Soft Drinks from other suppliers, if
Wal-Mart wishes to introduce a new Soft Drink flavor or to change a Soft Drink
flavor being produced by Cott, Wal-Mart may do so and have such Soft Drink
produced by another manufacturer for the Program, so long as Wal-Mart shall have
first given Cott 30 days from receipt of written notice from Wal-Mart to
formulate a flavor, together with service, pricing and product quality,
acceptable to Wal-Mart, acting reasonably and in good faith (it being
acknowledged and agreed by Wal-Mart that service, pricing and product quality
which is consistent with that of the other equivalent Products then being
supplied by Cott under this Agreement shall be deemed to be acceptable to
Wal-Mart). If Cott is able to do so, Cott shall provide such Soft Drinks to
Wal-Mart in accordance with this Agreement. If Cott is unable to do so, Wal-Mart
shall be free to engage a third party to provide such Soft Drinks for the
Program.





<PAGE>   2

(c) Cott may supply Soft Drinks or other products to competitors of Wal-Mart,
including under other retailer brands. * [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN
REQUESTED] Cott will not supply any colas or clear sparkling flavored waters
with the same specifications and flavors as the Products to any other customers
in the USA ("Cott's Exclusivity Obligation"). All intellectual property rights
in all concentrates and formulations used by Cott in the production of the
Products are and shall remain the sole property of Cott.



(d) Cott will provide Wal-Mart with a letter from *  [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT
HAS BEEN REQUESTED] by which *  [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED]
will agree to provide * [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED]



3. PRICING; TERMS; FORMATS -



(a) Pricing throughout the Term will be as agreed by Cott and Wal-Mart from time
to time.



(b) Prices are exclusive of Levies and Wal-Mart shall continue to be responsible
for, and shall pay, those Levies for which it is currently responsible as well
as any future Levies which are imposed on it by any applicable authority or
which are ultimately recoverable from consumers.


4. *  [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED]   Manufacturing Option -

(a) If Wal-Mart does not accept (i) a * [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN
REQUESTED] proposed by Cott at any time during the Term, or (ii) * [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED] at any time during the Term, Wal-Mart will notify
Cott that it wishes [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED]. Wal-Mart shall
be deemed to have accepted any * [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED] to
which it does not object in writing within 30 days of being notified of the *
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED] and, in the absence of a *
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED] being proposed by Cott, Wal-Mart may
not notify Cott pursuant to clause 4(a)(ii) above more frequently than once in
any 12 month period.


(b) If Wal-Mart notifies Cott in accordance with either of clauses 4(a)(i) or
4(a)(ii), * [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED] will be asked to provide
Wal-Mart with * [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED] to cover the *
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED] and * [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS
BEEN REQUESTED] (other than * [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED]), plus
the * [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED]. If (i) the overall *
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED] proposed by the * [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED] selected by Wal-Mart to * [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT
HAS BEEN REQUESTED], after taking into account all relevant terms (and excluding
the * [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED]), is * [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT
HAS BEEN REQUESTED], and (ii) the * [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED]
is able to * [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED], then Cott will (unless
it * [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED] 90 days after



<PAGE>   3


Wal-Mart notifies Cott of * [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED]) use
such * [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED] as its * [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED] on terms and conditions for forecasting, ordering,
supply and payment which are reasonably acceptable to all parties.


(c) If pursuant to clause 4(b) Cott engages a * [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN
REQUESTED] as its * [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED], Cott will
continue to use its * [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED] for the *
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED] of the * [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS
BEEN REQUESTED], and will adjust its * [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN
REQUESTED] accordingly to reflect the * [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN
REQUESTED] of * [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED] and * [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED] and * [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED]
charged by * [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED]. The price payable to
Cott for * [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED] will be $* [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED] / 12 oz. equivalent case (subject to changes in -
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED] from time to time).



5. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY - Wal-Mart will indemnify, defend and hold harmless
Cott from and against all claims, damages and costs (including reasonable
attorneys' fees), to the extent they result from any action alleging that
Wal-Mart's trademarks or trade dress used in connection with the Program
infringe such party's rights.



6. DEFAULT; TERMINATION -


(A) If either party commits a Material Breach of this Agreement which is not
rectified within 30 days after receipt of notice of the Material Breach, or if
the Material Breach is not capable of being rectified within such 30 day period,
if steps to rectify the Material Breach are not commenced within the 30 day
period and thereafter pursued to completion within an additional 30 day period:
(i) the other party may terminate this Agreement (without prejudice to its other
rights and remedies that may be available under this Agreement and under
applicable law), or (ii) in the case of a Material Breach by Cott, Wal-Mart may
by notice to Cott trigger the Third Party Manufacturing Option.



(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, Cott
is not obligated to provide any * [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED] to
Wal-Mart (or to any * [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED] for the *
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED] of * [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS
BEEN REQUESTED]), other than pursuant to the * [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN
REQUESTED] Manufacturing Option, and Wal-Mart shall not use any concentrates
supplied by Cott (nor allow them to be used) for * [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS
BEEN REQUESTED] exept pursuant to the * [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN
REQUESTED] Manufacturing Option.


(C) If this Agreement is terminated by Cott pursuant to clause 6(a), Wal-Mart
shall reimburse Cott, for the Termination Costs.





<PAGE>   4


(d) In addition to its rights under Section 6(a) above, Wal-Mart may terminate
this Agreement at any time so long as it gives Cott * [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT
HAS BEEN REQUESTED] years prior written notice (the "Notice Period") of its
intention to terminate. * [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED] At the end
of the Notice Period Wal-Mart shall reimburse Cott for the Termination Costs. It
is understood and agreed that Cott's obligations with respect to the *
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED] Manufacturing Option shall be of no
further force or effect upon the issuance by Wal-Mart of the termination notice
pursuant to this clause 6(d). Finally, Wal-Mart agrees that if it exercises its
termination right pursuant to this clause 6(d) Cott will (i) not be required to
produce any Products for Wal-Mart during the Notice Period using concentrates
other than those used by Cott prior to the issuance by Wal-Mart of the
termination notice and (ii) be relieved of Cott's Exclusivity Obligation 1.5
years after the issuance by Wal-Mart of the termination notice pursuant to this
clause 6(d).

7. FORCE MAJEURE -

(A) The performance by each party of its obligations shall be excused for so
long as and to the extent that such performance is prevented, hindered or
delayed by Force Majeure.

(B) If Cott is unable to supply Products either directly or through others due
to Force Majeure, Wal-Mart may trigger the Third Party Manufacturing Option for
the period of the Force Majeure (and Cott agrees to reimburse Wal-Mart for any
reasonable additional costs incurred by Wal-Mart to obtain such supplies of
Products during such period of Force Majeure).

8. GENERAL -


(A) This Agreement inures to the benefit of and is binding upon the parties
hereto and their respective successors and assigns. Wal-Mart acknowledges and
agrees that Cott may have any of the Soft Drinks produced by third party
co-packers.

(B) This Agreement, together with the Wal-Mart Vendor Agreement in effect from
time to time as agreed by the parties (which covers payment terms, insurance and
indemnification provisions), constitutes the entire agreement between the
parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. In the event of any conflict
or inconsistency between the terms of this Agreement and the Wal-Mart Vendor
Agreement or any Wal-Mart purchase order, the terms of this Agreement shall take
precedence. This Agreement may only be amended by a writing signed by both
parties.



(C) This Agreement is governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of
the State of Arkansas, without regard to the internal law of the State of
Arkansas regarding conflicts of laws. The parties mutually (i) consent and
submit to the jurisdiction of the federal and state courts for Benton County,
Arkansas, and agree that any action, suit or proceeding concerning this
Agreement shall be brought only in federal or state courts for Benton County,
Arkansas and (ii) acknowledge and agree that they will not raise, in connection
with any such suits, actions or proceedings brought in any federal or state
court for Benton County, Arkansas, any defense or objection based upon lack of
personal jurisdiction, improper venue, inconvenience of forum. Each party shall
bear its own costs in connection with any litigation, including without
limitation, its attorneys fees, without regard to the party that is the
prevailing party. The parties acknowledge that they have read and understand the
provisions of this paragraph and agree willingly with its terms.





<PAGE>   5


9. NOTICES - Any notices pursuant to this Agreement shall be given in writing
and sent by recognized national overnight courier for next business day delivery
or by pre-paid registered or certified mail, return receipt requested to the
addresses specified below (or to such other address of which notice is given).
Notices shall be deemed to have been received on the third business day after
the date of mailing or the next business day if sent by courier:





 If to Wal-Mart, at:                       If to Cott, at:
 -------------------                       ---------------


 Wal-Mart Stores, Inc.                     Cott Beverages USA, Inc.
 702 SW 8th Street                         1011 NW J Street, Suite D
 Bentonville, Arkansas 72716-0139          Bentonville, Arkansas 72712



 Attention: VP, Private Brands (Food)      Attention: VP/GM, Wal-Mart Team



                                           With a copy to:
                                           Cott - Legal Department
                                           800 - 207 Queen's Quay West
                                           Toronto, Ontario, Canada M5J 1A7


If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please sign and date
the enclosed copy of this letter and return it to the undersigned within 2
weeks, whereupon this letter agreement shall constitute a binding agreement
between us in accordance with its terms.



Sincerely,



COTT BEVERAGES USA, INC.





BY:  /s/ Frank E. Weise III
   -----------------------------
NAME:    Frank E. Weise, III
TITLE:   Chief Executive Officer
Authorized Signing Officer

Acknowledged and agreed to by:



WAL-MART STORES, INC.





BY: /s/ Robert A. Anderson          Date: 12/22/98
   -----------------------                --------
NAME: ROBERT A. ANDERSON
TITLE:VP Private Brands
Authorized Signing Officer



<PAGE>   6


                                    GLOSSARY



"Cott" means Cott Beverages USA, Inc.

"Force Majeure" means any cause(s) beyond a party's reasonable control, which
cannot be overcome by reasonable diligence, including without limitation, war,
labor disputes, civil disorders, governmental acts, epidemics, quarantines,
embargoes, fires, earthquakes, storms, or acts of God. Force Majeure shall not
operate so as to enable Wal-Mart to delay making any payments which it is
otherwise obligated to make under this Agreement.

"Levies" means any and all present and future taxes, deposits and environmental
and recycling levies and charges (including without limitation the California
CRV and PRCC) which are imposed or charged in connection with the production,
sale and/or recycling of soft drinks or soft drink packaging.

"Material Breach" means (a) Cott's failure to procure the concentrates for the
Products in accordance with the agreed Product specifications; (b) Cott's
failure to maintain in stock service levels of at least 95% on average over any
three (3) calendar month period (i.e. February through April; May through July;
August through October; or November through January) of any year; (c) valid
damage claims caused by Cott which average more than 1% of total gross sales
over any three (3) calendar month period (i.e. February through April; May
through July; August through October; or November through January) of any year;
(d) valid product quality issues of a material nature caused by Cott in
contents, containers, packaging or otherwise, average more than 1% of shipments
over any three (3) calendar month period (i.e. February through April; May
through July; August through October; or November through January) of any year,
as identified by Wal-Mart quality assurance labs acting reasonably and in good
faith; and/or (e) a failure of either party to perform a material provision of
this Agreement, other than those provisions which are addressed in paragraphs
(a) through (d) of this definition.

"Products" means Soft Drinks which are intended for the Program.

"Program" means any retailer brand soft drink program operated by Wal-Mart in
its present and future USA stores, other than Sam's Clubs stores.

"Soft Drinks" means all non-alcoholic carbonated beverages and includes, without
limitation, clear sparkling flavored water beverages.

"Termination Costs" means the costs incurred by Cott for any unused raw and
packaging materials and full goods inventories intended to be used by or for
Wal-Mart, whether in the possession of Cott, its suppliers, co-packers or
otherwise, existing at the effective date of termination, up to a maximum of
three (3) months worth, in the case of raw and packaging materials, and three
(3) months worth, in the case of finished goods. The three (3) month ceiling
will be calculated on the basis of the average monthly case sales by Cott to
Wal-Mart over the immediately preceding twelve (12) month period for each of the
Products.

"* [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED] Manufacturing Option" means
the procedure described in clause 4 of the Agreement.

"Wal-Mart" means Wal-Mart Stores, Inc.

"Wal-Mart Controlled Concentrates" means concentrates used to produce those
Products which are identified with an asterisk on Exhibit "A".





<PAGE>   7


                                   EXHIBIT "A"



Product * [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED] supplied by Cott to
Wal-Mart



Carbonated Soft Drinks                   New Age Beverages
- ----------------------                   -----------------

Cola *                                   Black Cherry *
Diet Cola *                              White Grape *
CF Diet Cola *                           Kiwi Strawberry *
Dr Thunder *                             Peach *
Diet Dr Thunder *                        Raspberry *
Twist Up *                               Strawberry *
Diet Twist Up *                          Tropical *
Root Beer *                              Cranberry *
Mountain Lightning *                     Key Lime *
Grape *                                  Strawberry Banana *
Raspberry *                              Mango Peach *
Grapefruit *                             Blackberry Apple *
Orange *



*Indicates Wal-Mart Controlled Concentrates



* [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED]



<PAGE>   1


                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.4
                              ROYAL CROWN COLA CO.
                              1000 CORPORATE DRIVE
                            FT. LAUDERDALE, FL 33334

                                January 28, 1994

Mr. Fraser Latta
Vice Chairman & Chief Operating Officer
Cott Corporation
6526 Viscount Road
Mississauga, Ontario

Mr. Ed Szczepanowski
Vice President
BCB International Limited
Chancery House
High Street
Bridgetown, Barbados
West Indies

     RE: RCC/Cott Supply Agreement

     Gentlemen:

     Reference is made to the Concentrate Sales Agreement between Royal Crown
Cola Co. ('RCC') and Cott Corporation ('Cott') which commenced June 1, 1991 (the
'Supply Agreement'). This letter outlines the terms and conditions upon which
(i) RCC will assign its rights under the Supply Agreement to BCB International
Limited ('BCB'), a wholly owned subsidiary of Cott, and (ii) RCC will enter into
a new concentrate supply agreement (the 'New Supply Agreement') with BCB. Cott
and all of its present and future subsidiaries and affiliates are hereinafter
collectively referred to as the 'Cott Group.'

     1. ASSIGNMENT OF EXISTING RCC RIGHTS. RCC will assign to BCB all of RCC's
rights and obligations under the Supply Agreement, in exchange for BCB agreeing
to enter into this New Supply Agreement and for the payment to RCC of $ *
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED] upon execution of the New Supply
Agreement. This assignment is to be effective as of the effective date of the
New Supply Agreement and Cott hereby consents to this assignment.

     2. PRODUCTS AND SCOPE. RCC will manufacture and sell to BCB, and BCB will
purchase, from RCC, all of the Cott Group's worldwide requirements for cola
concentrates, or cola emulsions used in the production of concentrates, which
concentrates and emulsions are used in the production of private label and Cott
Group proprietary label carbonated soft drinks ('CSDs'), which CSDs will be sold
to consumers in bottles, cans or other containers (collectively 'PL Cola
Concentrates') and will be produced, bottled or sold by or on behalf of the Cott
Group. Wherever possible, BCB will use commercially reasonable efforts to
purchase all of the Cott Group's worldwide requirements for non-cola
concentrates, or non-cola emulsions used in the production of concentrates,
which concentrates and emulsions are used in the production of private label and
Cott Group proprietary label CSDs, which CSDs will be sold to consumers in
bottles, cans or other containers (collectively 'PL Non-Cola Concentrates' and,
together with PL Cola Concentrates, 'PL Concentrates') and will be produced,
bottled or sold by or on behalf of the Cott Group. BCB agrees that during
calendar 1995 and each year thereafter, at least 75% of the Cott Group's


<PAGE>   2


aggregate worldwide requirements for PL Concentrates will be purchased from RCC.
On or prior to March 31, 1996 and on or prior to March 31 of each year
thereafter, the Cott Group will deliver a statement based on internal case sales
data of the Cott Group, certified as having been derived from such internal
sales data by the independent auditors of the Cott Group, as to whether such 75%
requirement was met during the immediately preceding year. RCC may, at its
request and at its costs, conduct an audit of such case sales data. If the Cott
Group fails to satisfy the foregoing 75% requirement in any year, RCC will be
permitted to sell PL Concentrates to other customers, but BCB will continue to
be obligated to buy all of the Cott Group's requirements for PL Cola
Concentrates exclusively from RCC and to use commercially reasonable efforts to
purchase, wherever possible, all of the Cott Group's requirements for PL
Non-Cola Concentrates exclusively from RCC. Subject to paragraph 6 hereof, in
the event that the Cott Group purchases any PL Cola Concentrates from anyone
other than RCC and the Cott Group fails to cure such breach within 15 days after
notice from RCC, RCC, in addition to all of its other rights and remedies under
the New Supply Agreement and applicable law, shall have the right to terminate
the New Supply Agreement upon thirty (30) days written notice and to pursue all
of its rights and remedies under applicable law against the Cott Group for
breach of contract.

     3. USE OF NAME. The Cott Group may advise its customers and other
interested parties that its PL Concentrates are made by RCC. However, the Cott
Group may not state or imply that any particular formula is RC Cola, Diet-Rite,
or any other branded product of RCC. The Cott Group shall not, and the Cott
Group shall cause its customers not to, use any of RCC's trademarks or RCC's
name in any way in connection with the production, labeling, advertising,
display or marketing of the private label and proprietary label CSDs produced or
sold by or on behalf of the Cott Group.

     4. OWNERSHIP OF FORMULAE. RCC will be the developer, formulator and
supplier of all PL Concentrates for CSDs which will be produced, bottled or sold
by or on behalf of the Cott Group and which are subject to the terms of the New
Supply Agreement. All rights and title to all formulae developed after the date
of the New Supply Agreement, whether developed by RCC, the Cott Group or jointly
by RCC and the Cott Group, shall belong exclusively to RCC. Formulae designed by
the Cott Group prior to the effective date of the New Supply Agreement shall
continue to belong to the Cott Group. Formulae designed by RCC prior to the
effective date of the New Supply Agreement shall continue to belong to RCC.
Formulae designed by RCC and Cott jointly prior to the effective date of the New
Supply Agreement shall continue to be jointly owned. Exhibits B and C hereto
identify the '800' and '900' Series products, the formulae for which are owned
by the Cott Group, and the '200,' '300,' '400,' and '500' Series products, the
formulae for which are owned by RCC. During the term of the New Supply Agreement
and any renewals thereof RCC agrees not to utilize any of the formulae supplied
to BCB for any other purpose without the written consent of BCB. Upon
termination of the New Supply Agreement because one party has elected not to
renew under Paragraph 10 hereof, formulae developed by the non-electing party,
formulae developed by the electing party which are in use at the time and
formulae developed by both parties jointly shall belong to the non-electing
party. Upon termination of the New Supply Agreement as a result of a breach or
failure to perform by one party, formulae developed by the non-breaching party,
formulae developed by the breaching party which are in use at the time and
formulae developed by both parties jointly shall belong to the non-breaching
party.

     5. PERFORMANCE MINIMUMS. Except as provided in the immediately succeeding


                                                                               2

<PAGE>   3


sentence, RCC will agree not to sell PL Concentrates to anyone in the world
other than BCB. In the event that BCB fails in any calendar year to purchase PL
Concentrates from RCC which equal or exceed 100 million 12 ounce case
equivalents ('Cases') RCC may by written notice to BCB by April 30 of the
following year elect to sell PL Cola Concentrates and/or PL Non-Cola
Concentrates to other customers. If the volume purchased by BCB from RCC during
any calendar year declines by 20% or more in comparison to the immediately
preceding year for two consecutive years, RCC may by written notice to BCB by
April 30 of the year immediately following the second year in which BCB failed
to purchase the minimum volumes required, elect to sell PL Cola Concentrates
and/or PL Non-Cola Concentrates to other customers. If RCC elects to sell PL
Cola Concentrates to other customers, BCB may, by written notice to RCC within
90 days after receipt of RCC's election, elect to purchase PL Cola Concentrates
from suppliers other than RCC, in which case RCC shall continue to be obligated
to supply PL Cola Concentrates to BCB under the terms and conditions of the New
Supply Agreement. If RCC elects to sell PL Non-Cola Concentrates to other
customers, BCB may, by written notice to RCC within 90 days after receipt of
RCC's election, elect to purchase PL Non-Cola Concentrates from suppliers other
than RCC, in which case RCC shall continue to be obligated to supply PL Non-Cola
Concentrates to BCB under the terms and conditions of the New Supply Agreement.

6.   ACQUISITIONS.

     6.1 In the event that the Cott Group acquires a business, whether through
an acquisition of stock or assets or some other form of transaction, that
purchases concentrates from a source other than RCC as a result of contractual
obligations and/or commercial relationships not evidenced by contractual
obligations, then notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph 2, (i) the
acquired business shall be permitted to continue to purchase concentrates from
the same non-RCC sources to the extent that it is contractually obligated to do
so or for a period of twelve (12) months after the date of acquisition of such
business by the Cott Group and (ii) in the case of a commercial relationship not
evidenced by a contractual obligation, the acquired business shall be permitted
to continue to purchase concentrates a from the same non-RCC source for a period
not exceeding twelve (12) months after the date of acquisition of such business
by the Cott Group. Concentrates purchased by the acquired business from non-RCC
sources pursuant to the preceding sentence shall not be included in the
calculations of the 75% test under Paragraph 2 for a period of twelve (12)
months after the date of acquisition of such business by the Cott Group.

     6.2 Anything in paragraph 6.1 notwithstanding, (a), wherever possible, the
Cott Group shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the acquired
business to cease purchasing cola and non-cola concentrates from sources other
than RCC as soon as possible, (b) the acquired business shall not be permitted
to sell cola concentrates manufactured by sources other than RCC or CSDs made
from cola concentrates manufactured by sources other than RCC to any customers
other than the customers it served at the time of its acquisition by the Cott
Group, (c) the Cott Group shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the
acquired business to cease selling non-cola concentrates manufactured by sources
other than RCC or CSDs made from non-cola concentrates manufactured by sources
other than RCC to any customers other than the customers it served at the time
of its acquisition by the Cott Group and (d) the Cott Group shall not renew or
extend or permit the renewal or extension of any contractual obligation of an
acquired business to purchase cola concentrates from a source other than RCC.

     6.3 RCC will work with BCB to supply to the acquired business concentrates
or emulsions of a quality and taste similar to those which the acquired business


                                                                               3
<PAGE>   4


purchased from sources other than RCC (hereinafter 'Replacement Concentrates').
The prices for Replacement Concentrates will be equal to the cost of
ingredients, packaging and freight of $ * [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN
REQUESTED] per Case plus $ * [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED] per
Case. On the third anniversary of the effective date of the New Supply Agreement
and on every third anniversary thereafter, the $ * [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS
BEEN REQUESTED] per Case rate shall be adjusted proportionately in accordance
with the adjustments to the prices set forth in Exhibit A. Thus, if the prices
in Exhibit A are increased 10%, then the $ * [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN
REQUESTED] per Case rate for Replacement Concentrates shall increase to $ *
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED]. Replacement Concentrates shall be
omitted from the calculations of the 75% test under Paragraph 2.

     6.4 Except as provided by the terms of the New Supply Agreement, in no
event will the Cott Group engage in the business of manufacturing or selling
concentrates or branded CSDs without RCC's prior written consent. For purposes
of this paragraph, branded CSDs refers to CSDs which are marketed, distributed
and priced in substantially the same manner as the products produced by the two
major cola companies. In the event that the Cott Group wishes to acquire a
company or business that is engaged in the business of manufacturing or selling
concentrates or branded CSDs in competition with RCC (a 'Cott Restricted
Business'), then the Cott Group shall discontinue the Cott Restricted Business
or sell the Cott Restricted Business to a third party not affiliated with the
Cott Group within 12 months after the Cott Group acquires the Cott Restricted
Business. RCC shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Cott
Restricted Business.

     6.5 In the event that RCC acquires a company or business that sells PL
Concentrates to customers other than the Cott Group, then notwithstanding the
provisions of paragraph 5, (i) the acquired entity shall be permitted to
continue to sell PL Concentrates to customers other than the Cott Group to the
extent that it is contractually obligated to do so and (ii) in the case of
commercial relationships not evidenced by a contractual obligation, the acquired
entity shall be permitted to sell PL Concentrates to customers other than the
Cott Group for a period not exceeding twelve (12) months from the date of the
acquisition of such entity by RCC. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) wherever
possible RCC will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the acquired
entity to cease selling PL Concentrates to customers other than the Cott Group
as soon as possible (b) the acquired entity shall not be permitted to sell PL
Concentrates to any customers other than the customers it served at the time of
its acquisition by RCC (c) RCC shall not extend or permit the renewal of any
contractual obligation pursuant to which the acquired entity sells PL
Concentrates to customers other than the Cott Group, and (d) RCC will not
undertake any improvement or changes to the PL Concentrates being manufactured
by the acquired entity for sale to customers other than the Cott Group. For
greater certainty, RCC will not supply its concentrates or emulsions to the
acquired entity except for sale to the Cott Group.

     6.6 The Cott Group will, wherever possible, use commercially reasonable
efforts to purchase PL Concentrates from the acquired entity in a quantity such
that the acquired entity's sales do not decline as a result of curtailing its
sales of PL Concentrates to customers other than the Cott Group. This paragraph
will not obligate the Cott Group to increase the minimum purchase requirements
contained in paragraph 5 hereof.


                                                                               4

<PAGE>   5


     6.7 In no event will RCC engage in the business of marketing private label
CSDs to retailers without the Cott Group's prior written consent. In the event
that RCC wishes to acquire a company or business that is engaged in the business
of marketing private label CSDs to retailers (an 'RCC Restricted Business'),
then RCC shall discontinue the RCC Restricted Business or sell the RCC
Restricted Business to a third party not affiliated with RCC within 12 months
after RCC acquires the RCC Restricted Business. The Cott Group shall have a
right of first refusal to purchase the RCC Restricted Business.

     7. FIGHTER BRANDS. RCC agrees to work with BCB to supply PL Concentrates to
BCB to meet the demands of BCB's customers for 'fighter brands.' The prices for
such fighter brands shall be negotiated in good faith. RCC agrees that it will
not develop a new brand with a full line of low-priced flavors which is
specifically designed for the warehouse retail distribution system.

     8. RCC PERFORMANCE OBLIGATIONS.

     (a) The PL Concentrates sold by RCC shall comply in all material respects
with all applicable laws, rules and regulations, including the Federal Food,
Drug and Cosmetic Act, at the time of shipment. All PL Concentrates sold by RCC
shall be merchantable and fit for the intended purpose at the time of shipment
and shall be designed to meet the specifications of the customers of the Cott
Group. In the event that RCC's quality control personnel and BCB's
representatives agree that any PL Concentrates sold by RCC do not meet the
foregoing standards, RCC's liability shall be limited to the replacement of the
PL Concentrates and the finished goods made from such defective PL Concentrates
and the reimbursement of costs throughout the supply chain caused by a recall of
products made from such defective PL Concentrates in a fashion consistent with
the policy followed by RCC with respect to a recall of product made from
defective branded concentrate. RCC shall also be responsible for claims by third
parties resulting solely from PL Concentrates proven to be defective. RCC shall
not be responsible for defective PL Concentrates produced by the Barbados
Facility unless RCC's quality control personnel and BCB's representatives
mutually determine in good faith that the emulsions from which such PL
Concentrates were produced were defective.

     (b) BCB agrees to furnish RCC with its projected requirements for PL
Concentrates for each calendar year by not later than December 1 of the
preceding calendar year. BCB shall deliver updated projections of its
requirements for PL Concentrates for the next 12 months on or before March 1,
June 1, and September 1 of each year. All such projections shall specify, on a
month by month basis, BCB's requirements for each flavor or product. BCB shall
also (a) deliver monthly reports to RCC on BCB's actual sales for the preceding
month and (b) notify RCC as soon as possible of any significant business
developments which would be likely to cause changes in its projected
requirements. RCC will agree to deliver PL Concentrates as ordered by BCB,
provided that the volumes actually ordered by BCB do not exceed the amounts
specified in BCB's most recent projections, and RCC will use commercially
reasonable efforts to fill orders by BCB for amounts in excess of such
projections. RCC shall accord the same priority to BCB's orders that it accords
to the orders of RCC's franchises for RCC's branded concentrates. In the event
that RCC repeatedly fails to deliver the volumes ordered by BCB in timely
fashion, provided that such volumes do not exceed the amounts specified in BCB's
most recent projections, and such repeated failures are reasonably determined by
the Cott Group to have had, or may reasonably be expected to have in the future
a material adverse effect on the Cott Group's financial condition or results of
operations, then BCB may notify RCC in writing of such failures.



                                                                               5
<PAGE>   6


RCC shall have the right to demonstrate that the Cott Group's expectations of a
future material adverse effect are unreasonable. If, during the first 365 days
after RCC receives such written notice, deliveries by RCC continue to be
untimely or in amounts substantially less than the amounts ordered by BCB,
provided that the volumes ordered by BCB do not exceed the amounts specified in
BCB's most recent projections, and the Cott Group reasonably determines that
such failures by RCC continue to have had, or may reasonably be expected to have
in the future, a material adverse effect on the Cott Group's financial condition
or results of operation, then the Cott Group may, by written notice, elect to
terminate the New Supply Agreement without prejudice to the Cott Group's other
legal rights and remedies arising out of such breach. RCC shall not be
responsible for failing to fill orders (i) for amounts in excess of the amounts
specified in the projections or (ii) to the extent that such failure resulted
from RCC's inability to obtain raw materials because BCB did not give RCC
sufficient advance notice of a change in BCB's requirements.

     9. PRICING AND PAYMENT. The price structure shall be as set forth in
Exhibit A. BCB shall make all payments to RCC within 30 days of shipment from
RCC's production center.

     10. TERM. The effective date of the New Supply Agreement shall be January
1, 1994 and the initial term of the New Supply Agreement shall be twenty-one
years. The parties agree to negotiate in good faith the terms of an extension to
the New Supply Agreement during the nineteenth year of the effective date of the
New Supply Agreement. If the parties have not agreed to the terms of an
extension by the twentieth anniversary of the effective date of the New Supply
Agreement, then the term of the New Supply Agreement shall be extended for six
years, and the terms and conditions of the extended agreement shall be the same
as the terms and conditions of the New Supply Agreement. The New Supply
Agreement will be subject to similar six-year extensions as follows: at the end
of the fifth year of each extended term, the parties agree to negotiate in good
faith the terms of another extension to the New Supply Agreement. If the parties
have not agreed to the terms of an extension within six months after the fifth
anniversary of the current extension, then the New Supply Agreement will
automatically be extended for an additional six years on the same terms and
conditions. Such six-year extensions shall continue successively notwithstanding
the failure of the parties during any such extension to agree upon the terms and
conditions of another extension. Notwithstanding the foregoing, either party
may, at its election, refuse to agree to any extension of the New Supply
Agreement, in which case Paragraph 4 hereof shall apply to determine ownership
of formulae.

     11. HIRING. The Cott Group and RCC agree not to solicit for hire key
employees from each other's organizations.

     12. NEW INTERNATIONAL ACTIVITIES. RCC acknowledges that it presently
supplies the Cott Group with PL Concentrates in Canada and the United States.
RCC further acknowledges that Cott, through BCB, is actively pursuing the sale
of private label beverages in countries outside of Canada and the United States.
In order to enhance this activity, and to satisfy its obligation under paragraph
one (1) of this letter BCB is contemplating the use of an emulsifying finishing
facility (the 'International Facility') in a location outside the United States
or Canada. BCB expects to acquire or construct the International Facility or to
obtain the use of the International Facility through a lease, license, tolling
or other arrangement through a third party. RCC will cooperate with BCB with
respect to the International Facility, on the understanding that RCC, on behalf



                                                                               6
<PAGE>   7


of BCB, controls and directs 100% of the supply of all concentrate emulsions
manufactured by RCC and sent to the International Facility. The prices for the
emulsions sold by RCC to BCB shall result in the operating profit per Case,
determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, earned
by RCC being equal to the operating profit per Case earned by RCC on PL
Concentrates manufactured at RCC's Columbus, Georgia facility as of December 31,
1993. The Cott Group will indemnify RCC against any duties, fees or taxes
(including withholding, gross receipts, value added, income or other type of
taxes) imposed by the government of the country in which the International
Facility is located that are attributable to the activities contemplated by the
New Supply Agreement. RCC will not bear any development and construction costs
relating to the International Facility. BCB agrees to retain the services of an
employee or employees of RCC or its subsidiaries to occupy the positions of
plant manager and other key positions (as required) of the International
Facility.

     13. QUALITY CONTROL SERVICES. RCC will provide quality control services at
the same level as provided with respect to RCC's own branded products, including
the provision of technical support to the Cott Group's bottling and canning
locations, including the International Facility, provided, however, that RCC
will not be responsible for the selection, testing or approval of container
closures and other packaging materials for the finished CSDs. In consideration
of such services, during each year of the first ten years of the operation of
the International Facility, BCB will pay to RCC a fee of $ * [CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED]. Such fee will be payable upon the commencement of
operations of the International Facility and on each of the first *
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED] anniversaries thereof.

     14. GUARANTY. Cott will guarantee all of BCB's obligations under the New
Supply Agreement.

     15. USE OF RCC BOTTLERS. Cott agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts
to cause the private label and proprietary label CSDs produced in North America
in bottles, cans or other containers by the Cott Group to be bottled by RCC's
franchisees wherever possible, provided, however, that the Cott Group shall be
relieved of such obligation to the extent that a franchisee does not have the
physical or technical capability to meet Cott's requirements on the most
cost-effective basis, as determined by Cott in its sole discretion.

     16. FOUNTAIN SYRUP. During the period January 1, 1994 through December 31,
1995, RCC will manufacture and sell to BCB, and BCB will purchase, all of the
Cott Group's worldwide requirements for cola concentrates or cola emulsions used
in the production of cola concentrates used in the production of private label
and Cott Group proprietary label fountain syrup (collectively 'PL Cola Fountain
Syrup') produced or sold by or on behalf of the Cott Group. Wherever possible,
BCB will during such two-year period use commercially reasonable efforts to
purchase all of the Cott Group's worldwide requirements for non-cola
concentrates or non-cola emulsions used in the production of concentrate used in
the production of private label and Cott Group proprietary label fountain syrup
(collectively 'PL Non-Cola Fountain Syrup' and, together with PL Cola Fountain
Syrup, 'PL Fountain Syrup') produced or sold by or on behalf of the Cott Group.
BCB agrees that during 1995, at least 75% of the Cott Group's aggregate
worldwide requirements for PL Fountain Syrup will be purchased from RCC. During
this two-year period, RCC will not sell PL Fountain Syrup to customers other
than the Cott Group. The pricing for the PL Fountain Syrup will be $ *
[CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED] per Case for regular


                                                                               7
<PAGE>   8


colas and diet colas, with diet colas adjusted for any differences in costs of
ingredients and direct packaging. Such costs and prices will be reviewed
quarterly and adjusted by the same mechanisms as are set forth in Exhibit A.
Additionally, RCC will provide PL Fountain Syrup packing to Cott at a rate
competitive with the rate charged by other national fountain syrup packers.

     If Cott commits to developing the sales in the fountain syrup segment
during this two-year period, then Cott and RCC will negotiate appropriate
performance minimums for PL Fountain Syrup and PL Fountain Syrup will be made
subject to the New Supply Agreement. If the parties are unable to agree on
appropriate performance minimums for PL Fountain Syrup, then PL Fountain Syrup
will not be subject to the New Supply Agreement and the parties will have no
obligations to each other with respect to PL Fountain Syrup. If the Cott Group
decides during the two-year period not to pursue the development of sales in the
PL Fountain Syrup segment, then BCB will so advise RCC on behalf of itself and
the Cott Group. RCC will be free to sell PL Fountain Syrup to other customers if
the Cott Group decides not to pursue sales in the fountain syrup segment.

     17. MISCELLANEOUS. All references herein to '$' or 'dollars' are references
to United States dollars. All references herein to the Cott Group shall be
deemed to be references to each member of the Cott Group and to all members of
the Cott Group collectively. RCC shall have the right to utilize the foreign
sales corporation provisions of the Internal Revenue Code and to assign its
rights and obligations under the New Supply Agreement, provided that RCC fully
guarantees the assignee's obligations thereunder.


     The foregoing is a binding contractual obligation of each of RCC and
Cottand BCB. The parties intent to execute and deliver a definitive New Supply
Agreement, but until a definitive New Supply Agreement is executed, this letter
agreement shall be deemed a binding agreement.

                                       Very truly yours,

                                       ROYAL CROWN COLA CO.

                                       By: /s/ John C. Carson
                                          -------------------------------------
                                           John C. Carson, President

Accepted and agreed:
COTT CORPORATION

BY: /s/ Fraser Latta
   -----------------------------
    Fraser Latta
    Vice Chairman & COO

BCB INTERNATIONAL LIMITED

BY: /s/ Ed Szczepanowski
   -----------------------------
    Ed Szczepanowski
    Vice President




                     RCC/COTT SUPPLY AGREEMENT -- EXHIBIT A



                                                                               8
<PAGE>   9


                   [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED]

                     RCC/COTT SUPPLY AGREEMENT -- SCHEDULE B

                   [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED]

                     RCC/COTT SUPPLY AGREEMENT -- SCHEDULE C

                   [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED]



<PAGE>   1



                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.5

                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT made this 11th day of June, 1998.

B E T W E E N:

COTT CORPORATION,
a corporation incorporated under the laws of Canada

(hereinafter referred to as the "Corporation")


OF THE FIRST PART

 - and -

FRANK E. WEISE III,
of the Town of Haverford, in the State of Pennsylvania

 (hereinafter referred to as the "Executive")

OF THE SECOND PART


     WHEREAS the Corporation and the Executive have agreed to enter into this
Employment Agreement to formalize in writing the terms and conditions reached
between them governing the Executive's employment;

     NOW THEREFORE in consideration of the covenants and agreements herein
contained and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and
sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged by the parties, the parties hereto
agree as follows:


ARTICLE 1 - COMMENCEMENT AND TERM

1.1 TERM. Subject to earlier termination in accordance with Article 5 hereof,
the term of this Agreement shall commence on June 1, 1998 and shall continue for
a maximum term ending on January 31, 2002 (the "Term"). The Term shall renew
automatically for consecutive periods of one (1) year each, unless one party
gives notice to the other that it does not wish to renew the then current Term
(a "Notice of Non-Renewal"). To be effective, such Notice of Non-Renewal must be
received by the receiving party not later than one hundred and eighty (180) days
prior to the end of the relevant Term. In the event that a Notice of Non-Renewal
is delivered, this Agreement and the employment of the Executive shall
automatically end at the expiry of the then relevant Term without further
obligation by the Corporation (except for the provisions of Articles 4 and 5
which shall continue in accordance with their terms).



<PAGE>   2


ARTICLE 2 - EMPLOYMENT

2.1 POSITION. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Executive shall be
employed by the Corporation in the office of President and Chief Executive
Officer of the Corporation and shall perform such duties and exercise such
powers and responsibilities of such office as are set forth in the Statement of
Responsibilities - Chief Executive Officer attached hereto which has been
approved by the board of directors, as are contained in the by-laws of the
Corporation and as are otherwise prescribed or specified from time to time by
the board of directors of the Corporation. The Executive shall also be appointed
as a director of the Corporation as soon as practicable following execution
hereof.

2.2 RESPONSIBILITIES. The Executive agrees to devote substantially all of his
business time and attention to the business and affairs of the Corporation, to
discharge the responsibilities assigned to the Executive, and to use the
Executive's best efforts to perform faithfully and efficiently such
responsibilities. Other than for the Corporation and any of its subsidiary or
related entities, or for directorships held by the Executive at the time of
execution of this Agreement, the Executive shall not serve as a director or in a
similar function with any other entities for the first 18 months of the Term
but, thereafter, the Executive shall be entitled to serve as a director on
external boards of directors, subject to the prior written approval of the
Corporation. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, nothing shall
preclude the Executive from (i) serving on the boards of directors of a
reasonable number of trade associations and/or charitable organizations, (ii)
engaging in charitable activities and community affairs, and (iii) managing his
personal investments and affairs, provided that any or all of the foregoing
activities do not materially interfere with the proper performance of his duties
and responsibilities as the Corporation's President and Chief Executive Officer.

ARTICLE 3 - REMUNERATION

3.1 SALARY. During the Term, the Corporation shall pay the Executive a base
salary (the "Base Salary") to be fixed by the board of directors of the
Corporation from time to time, payable monthly in arrears. The Base Salary shall
be not less than $425,000 per annum and shall be reviewed no less frequently
than annually for increase in the discretion of the board of directors, it being
understood that there is no mutual expectation of the parties that Base Salary
will be increased during the period ending January 31, 2002.

3.2 BONUSES. The Executive shall be entitled to an annual performance-based
bonus (the "Bonus") with a target of one hundred percent (100%) of his Base
Salary as determined by the board of directors or a committee thereof, such
Bonus to be based on the achievement of specific objectives to be established
and mutually agreed upon on an annual basis. For the fiscal year ending January
31, 1999, the Corporation shall pay the Executive a bonus in the amount of
$175,000. Bonuses shall be earned and payable only upon completion of the
relevant fiscal year and provided the Executive shall continue to be actively
and continuously employed for the full duration thereof, unless otherwise
provided in Article 5.


<PAGE>   3



3.3      BENEFITS AND PERQUISITES.

         (a) The Executive shall be entitled to participate in all of the
Corporation's group insurance benefit plans, currently including basic medical,
extended health, dental, long term disability, travel and accident insurance.
All plans are governed by their terms.

         (b) The Corporation shall provide the Executive with supplemental
disability benefits which would pay the Executive, in the event of his
termination for Disability (as defined in Section 5.1(c)), an amount equal to
the sum of 60% of his Base Salary less the amount of any disability benefits
provided under the Corporation's long-term disability plans. In the event that
the Executive is totally or partially disabled and is not terminated for
Disability, the Corporation shall ensure that he continue to receive all
remuneration provided for under this Article 3.

         (c) The Executive shall have the use of a leased automobile or an
automobile allowance, provided the cost to the Corporation shall not exceed a
monthly amount of $1,000.

         (d) The Executive is not entitled to any other benefit or perquisite
other than as specifically set out in this Agreement or agreed to in writing by
the Corporation.

         The Executive understands and acknowledges that the perquisites
contemplated by this Section 3.3 shall be recorded as taxable benefits within
the meaning of the Income Tax Act (Canada) and will have comparable treatment
under the United States Internal Revenue Code.

3.4 VACATION. The Executive shall be entitled to five weeks' vacation with pay
annually. Such vacation shall be taken at a time or times acceptable to the
Corporation having regard to its operations. Accumulated vacation may not be
carried except with the written approval of the Corporation.

3.5      EXPENSES.

         (a) Consistent with its corporate policies as established from
time-to-time, the Corporation agrees to reimburse the Executive for all expenses
reasonably incurred in connection with the performance of his duties upon being
provided with proper vouchers or receipts.

         (b) The Corporation agrees to reimburse to the Executive for legal and
accounting expenses incurred in the negotiation and documentation of his
employment arrangements with the Corporation to a maximum amount of $15,000
(such legal fees to be paid within 90 days).

         (c) Although the Corporation's principal executive offices are located
in the Toronto, Ontario area, the Executive shall be under no obligation to
relocate his personal residence to the Toronto area. The Corporation shall
provide and maintain for the Executive suitable rental accommodations in the
Toronto area mutually acceptable


<PAGE>   4


to the Corporation and the Executive acting reasonably, and pay any costs
associated with the Executive's weekly commuting from Toronto to the Executive's
residences in Vero Beach and/or Philadelphia. The Executive's spouse shall be
entitled to make 12 round trips per year from her residence to Toronto at
Corporation's expense.



<PAGE>   5


3.6      SHARE OPTION.

         (a) Effective on the date of this Agreement but conditional on the
Executive complying with the provisions of subparagraph 3.6(b) below, the
Corporation will grant and the Executive will accept an irrevocable option (the
"Option") to purchase 1,300,000 common shares in the capital of the Corporation
(the "Optioned Shares") at a price to be fixed by the Corporation's board of
directors but equal to the closing share price on The Toronto Stock Exchange on
the date prior to the public announcement of this Agreement. The Option may be
exercised on a cumulative basis in respect of one-sixth (1/6) of the total
Optioned Shares commencing on the sixth monthly anniversary of the date of
grant, and thereafter in respect of one-thirtieth (1/30) the total unvested
Optioned Shares on each of the next 30 monthly anniversaries of this Agreement.
The Option shall expire in respect of Optioned Shares not theretofore acquired
thereunder or in respect of which rights shall not otherwise have terminated on
the seventh annual anniversary of the date of grant.

         (b) As a condition precedent of the exercise of the Option (or any
portion thereof), Subject to regulatory approval (which the Corporation
undertakes to seek), the Corporation agrees to issue and sell to the Executive
100,000 previously unissued common shares in its capital stock (the "Issued
Shares"), which will be issued as fully paid and non-assessable at an issue
price (the "Issue Price") equal to the closing market price on The Toronto Stock
Exchange on the date prior to the first public announcement of the Executive's
employment hereunder against cash payment by the Executive of an amount equal to
100,000 times the Issue Price. If such regulatory approval is not received the
Executive agrees to purchase on the open market 200,000 previously issued common
shares in the Corporation within 30 days of this Agreement (less the number of
such shares held by the Executive on the date of this Agreement) and to hold at
least that number of shares (as adjusted to reflect subdivisions, consolidations
or other share capital reorganizations) at the time of each exercise of the
Option, if the Executive is still an employee of the Corporation at the time of
such exercise, failing which the Option shall not be exercisable in respect of
the then unexercised portion thereof. If the Executive is required to purchase
common shares in the open market at a price in excess of the Issue Price, the
Corporation will reimburse the excess amount to the Executive (grossed up to
provide the Executive with an effective after-tax cost on the purchased shares
equal to the Issue Price). The Executive shall maintain no less than 200,000
common shares in the Corporation (adjusted as aforesaid) for the duration of his
employment with the Corporation and shall provide evidence of the shares held by
him as may be required by the Corporation from time-to-time.

         (c) The Executive covenants that he will comply with all applicable
securities laws and the Corporation's Insider Trading Policy and Insider
Reporting Procedures (copies of which have been provided to the Executive) in
respect of the Optioned Shares issued to the Executive and other shares of the
Corporation acquired by the Executive.

         (d) All of the Executive's rights in respect of the Option in the
Optioned Shares shall be governed by the terms and conditions set out in the
Restated 1986 Common Share Option Plan of the Corporation as amended through
September 4, 1997, as it may be amended from time to time, a copy of which has
been provided to the Executive, the provisions of which are incorporated into
this Agreement by reference.



<PAGE>   6


         (e) The Executive understands that the Issued Shares have not been and
will not be registered under the United States Securities Act of 1933 (the
"Securities Act") or any applicable state securities laws and that the
contemplated sale is being made in reliance on a private placement exemption
under the 1933 Act.

         (f) The Executive has had access to such information concerning the
Corporation as he has considered necessary in connection with its investment
decision to acquire the Issued Shares and has such knowledge and experience in
financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and
risks of its investment in the Issued Shares and is able to bear the economic
risks of such investment.

         (g) The Executive is an Accredited Investor as confirmed in the
Accredited Investor Questionnaire attached hereto as Exhibit A and is acquiring
the Issued Shares for his own account, and not with a view to any resale,
distribution or other disposition of the Issued Shares in violation of the
United States securities laws or applicable state securities laws.

         (h) The Executive understands that if he decides to offer, sell or
other-wise transfer any of the Issued Shares, such Shares may be offered, sold
or otherwise transferred only, (i) to the Corporation, (ii) outside the United
States in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the 1933 Act, or (iii)
inside the United States in accordance with the exemption from registration
under the 1933 Act provided by Rule 144 thereunder, if available, or (iv)
pursuant to an effective registration statement, and that the certificate
representing the Issued Shares will bear a legend to the foregoing effect.

ARTICLE 4 - COVENANTS OF THE PARTIES

4.1      CONFIDENTIALITY.

         (a) The Executive acknowledges that in the course of carrying out,
performing and fulfilling his obligations to the Corporation hereunder, the
Executive will have access to and will be entrusted with information that would
reasonably be considered confidential to the Corporation or its Affiliates, the
disclosure of which to competitors of the Corporation or its Affiliates or to
the general public, will be highly detrimental to the best interests of the
Corporation or its Affiliates. Such information includes, without limitation,
trade secrets, know-how, marketing plans and techniques, cost figures, client
lists, software, and information relating to employees, suppliers, customers and
persons in contractual relationship with the Corporation. Except as may be
required in the course of carrying out his duties hereunder, the Executive
covenants and agrees that he will not disclose, for the duration of this
Agreement or at any time thereafter, any of such information to any person,
other than to the directors, officers, employees or agents of the Corporation
that have a need to know such information, nor shall the Executive use or
exploit, directly or indirectly, such information for any purpose other than for
the purposes of the Corporation (subject to his rights and obligations under
Section 3.6), nor will he disclose nor use for any purpose, other than for those
of the Corporation or its Affiliates or any other information which he may
acquire during his employment with respect to the business


<PAGE>   7


and affairs of the Corporation or its Affiliates. Notwithstanding all of the
foregoing, the Executive shall be entitled to disclose such information if
required pursuant to a subpoena or order issued by a court, arbitrator or
governmental body, agency or official, provided that the Executive shall first
have:

          (i)  notified the Corporation;

          (ii) consulted with the Corporation on the advisability of taking
               steps to resist such requirements;

         (iii) if the disclosure is required or deemed advisable, cooperate
               with the Corporation in an attempt to obtain an order or other
               assurance that such information will be accorded confidential
               treatment.

         (b) For the purposes of this Agreement, "Affiliate" shall mean, with
respect to any person or entity (herein the "first party"), any other person or
entity that directs or indirectly controls, or is controlled by, or is under
common control with, such first party. The term "control" as used herein
(including the terms "controlled by" and "under common control with") means the
possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to: (i) vote 50% or more of the
outstanding voting securities of such person or entity, or (ii) otherwise direct
or significantly influence the management or policies of such person or entity
by contract or otherwise.

4.2 INVENTIONS. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that all right, title and
interest in and to any information, trade secrets, advances, discoveries,
improvements, research materials and data bases made or conceived by the
Executive prior to or during his employment relating to the business or affairs
of the Corporation, shall belong to the Corporation. In connection with the
foregoing, the Executive agrees to execute any assignments and/or
acknowledgements as may be requested by the board of directors from time to
time.

4.3 CORPORATE OPPORTUNITIES. Any business opportunities related to the business
of the Corporation which become known to the Executive during his employment
hereunder must be fully disclosed and made available to the Corporation by the
Executive, and the Executive agrees not to take or attempt to take any action if
the result would be to divert from the Corporation any opportunity which is
within the scope of its business.

4.4      RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS

         (a) The Executive will not at any time, without the prior written
consent of the Corporation, during the Term of this Agreement or for a period of
24 months after the termination of this Agreement or the Executive's employment
(regardless of the reason for such termination), either individually or in
partnership, jointly or in conjunction with any other person or persons, firm,
association, syndicate, company or corporation, whether as agent, shareholder,
employee, consultant, or in any manner whatsoever, directly or indirectly:


<PAGE>   8



               (i)  anywhere in the Territory, engage in, carry on or otherwise
                    have any interest in, advise, lend money to, guarantee the
                    debts or obligations of, permit the Executive's name to be
                    used in connection with any business which is competitive to
                    the Business or which provides the same or substantially
                    similar services as the Business;

               (ii) for the purpose of competing with any business of the
                    Corporation, solicit, interfere with, accept any business
                    from or render any services to anyone who is a client or a
                    prospective client of the Corporation or any Affiliate at
                    the time Executive ceased to be employed by the Corporation
                    or who was a client during the 12 months immediately
                    preceding such time;

              (iii) solicit or offer employment to any person employed or
                    engaged by the Corporation or any Affiliate at the time the
                    Executive ceased to be employed by the Corporation or who
                    was an employee or during the 12 month period immediately
                    preceding such time.

     (b)  For the purposes of this Agreement:

               (i)  "Territory" shall mean Canada, the United States and the
                    United Kingdom;

               (ii) "Business" shall mean the business of manufacturing, selling
                    and distributing non-alcoholic beverages.

         (c) Nothing in this Agreement, shall prohibit or restrict the Executive
from holding or becoming beneficially interested in up to one (1%) percent of
any class of securities in any corporation provided that such class of
securities are listed on a recognized stock exchange in Canada or the United
States.


4.5      GENERAL PROVISIONS

         (a) The Executive acknowledges and agrees that in the event of a breach
of the covenants, provisions and restrictions in this Article 4, the
Corporation's remedy in the form of monetary damages will be inadequate and that
the Corporation shall be and is hereby authorized and entitled, in addition to
all other rights and remedies available to it, to apply for and obtain from a
court of competent jurisdiction interim and permanent injunctive relief and an
accounting of all profits and benefits arising out of such breach.

         (b) The parties acknowledge that the restrictions in this Article 4 are
reasonable in all of the circumstances and the Executive acknowledges that the
operation of restrictions contained in this Article 4 may seriously constrain
his freedom to seek other remunerative employment. If any of the restrictions
are determined to be unenforceable as going beyond what is reasonable in the
circumstances for the protection of the interests of the Corporation but would
be valid, for example, if the scope of their time periods or geographic areas
were limited, the parties consent to the


<PAGE>   9


court making such modifications as may be required and such restrictions shall
apply with such modifications as may be necessary to make them valid and
effective.

         (c) Each and every provision of these Sections 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4 and
4.5 shall survive the termination of this Agreement or the Executive's
employment hereunder (regardless of the reason or such termination).

ARTICLE 5 - TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

5.1  TERMINATION BY THE CORPORATION FOR JUST CAUSE, DISABILITY OR DEATH OR
     NON-RENEWAL OF TERM

         (a) The Corporation may terminate this Agreement and the Executive's
employment hereunder without payment of any compensation either by way of
anticipated earnings or damages of any kind at any time for Just Cause,
Disability or death of the Executive, or at the expiry of the term subsequent to
the delivery of a Notice of Non-Renewal.

         (b)      "Just Cause" shall mean:

               (i)  misconduct or dishonesty in the discharge of his duties
                    hereunder;

               (ii) theft or misappropriation of the Corporation's property;

              (iii) alcoholism or addiction to a substance which materially
                    impairs the Executive's ability to perform his duties
                    hereunder;

               (iv) breach of fiduciary duties;

               (v)  incompetence or gross negligence in the performance of the
                    Executive's duties; or

               (vi) the Executive commits a material breach of this Agreement
                    and fails to remedy same, after notice from the Corporation,
                    within a period which is reasonable in the circumstances.

         (c) For the purposes of this Agreement, "Disability" shall have
occurred if the Executive has been unable due to illness, disease, or mental or
physical disability (in the opinion of a qualified medical practitioner who is
satisfactory to the Executive and the Corporation acting reasonably), to fulfil
his obligations hereunder either for any consecutive six (6) month period or for
any period of 9 months (whether or not consecutive) in any consecutive 12 month
period, or the Executive has been declared by a court of competent jurisdiction
to be mentally incompetent or incapable of managing his affairs.

         If the Executive and the Corporation cannot agree on a qualified
medical practitioner, each party shall select a medical practitioner, and the
two practitioners shall select a third who shall be the approved medical
practitioner for this purpose.



<PAGE>   10


5.2 TERMINATION BY THE EMPLOYER WITHOUT CAUSE. If the Executive's employment is
terminated by the Corporation for any reason other than for Just Cause,
Disability or death of the Executive, or expiry of the Term subsequent to the
delivery of a Notice of Non-Renewal, then the following provisions shall apply:

     (a) The Corporation shall pay forthwith to the Executive or as he may
direct, a lump sum amount equal to the greater of:

                    (i)  the Base Salary and the Bonus, calculated as the
                         average of the Bonuses paid or payable to the Executive
                         in respect of the most recent two completed fiscal
                         years (except, in the event that two fiscal years have
                         not been completed as of the date of termination, in
                         which case the most recent Bonus shall be utilized, and
                         that the Bonus payable in respect of the fiscal year
                         ending January 31, 1999 shall be pro-rated) for the
                         balance of the Term; or

                    (ii) 24 months' Base Salary and Bonus (based on the average
                         of the Bonuses paid or payable to the Executive in
                         respect of the most recent two completed fiscal years
                         except, in the event that two fiscal years have not
                         been completed as of the date of termination, in which
                         case the most recent Bonus shall be utilized, and the
                         Bonus payable in respect of the fiscal year ending
                         January 31, 1999 shall be pro-rated); and

                   (iii) apro rated Bonus for the year in which Executive's
                         termination occurs (calculated on the same basis as
                         indicated in Section 5.2(a)(i) above).

         (b) The Corporation shall, to the extent it may do so legally and in
compliance with the Corporation's benefit plans in existence from time to time,
continue all group insurance benefits at a level equivalent to those provided to
the Executive immediately prior to the termination for a period until the date
which is the latest of:

                    (i)  the expiry of the Term; or

                    (ii) 24 months following the date of termination.

provided that, (a) the benefits contemplated by this sub-paragraph shall
terminate on the date the Executive obtains alternate employment providing
comparable benefits; and (b) if the Corporation cannot continue any particular
group insurance benefit, the Corporation shall reimburse the Executive for any
expenses incurred by the Executive to replace such group insurance benefit.

5.3      TERMINATION BY THE EXECUTIVE FOR GOOD REASON.

         (a) The Executive may terminate this Agreement at any time for Good
Reason upon the occurrence, without the express written consent of the
Executive, of any of the following:



<PAGE>   11


                    (i)  a reduction in the Executive's then current Base Salary
                         or target award opportunity under the Corporation's
                         annual bonus plan or long-term performance incentive or
                         the termination or material reduction of any employee
                         benefit or perquisite enjoyed by him (other than as
                         part of an across-the-board reduction applicable to all
                         executive officers of the Corporation);

                    (ii) the failure to elect or reelect the Executive to any of
                         the positions described in Section 2.1 above (other
                         than the position of director of the Corporation) or
                         removal of him from any such position;

                   (iii) a material diminution in the Executive's duties or the
                         assignment to the Executive of duties which are
                         materially inconsistent with his duties or which
                         materially impair the Executive's ability to function
                         as the President and Chief Executive Officer of the
                         Corporation;

                    (iv) the failure to continue the Executive's participation
                         in any incentive compensation plan unless a plan
                         providing a substantially similar opportunity is
                         substituted;

                    (v)  the failure of the Corporation to obtain the assumption
                         in writing of its obligation to perform this Agreement
                         by any successor to all or substantially all of the
                         assets of the Corporation within 15 days after a
                         written request to that effect by the Executive
                         following a merger, consolidation, sale or similar
                         transaction, unless the Executive shall have received
                         the opinion of counsel to the Corporation that such
                         transaction does not have an adverse legal affect on
                         the rights of the Executive hereunder;

          which, in any of the foregoing events, has not been remedied or cured
          by the Corporation within a reasonable period after notice from the
          Executive.

         (b) In the event Executive terminates this Agreement for Good Reason,
he shall be entitled to the same payments and benefits as provided in Section
5.2 above.

5.4      TERMINATION UPON A CHANGE OF CONTROL.

         (a) If, following a Change in Control, the Executive's employment is
terminated without Just Cause or the Executive terminates his employment for
Good Reason, the Executive shall be entitled to the payments and benefits
provided in this Section 5.4. Also, immediately following a Change in Control,
all amounts, entitlements or benefits in which Executive is not vested shall
become fully vested. The Executive may terminate his employment at any time for
Good Reason upon the occurrence of a Change of Control by providing written
notice to the Corporation within six months of the occurrence of such Change of
Control and the effective date of such termination and the termination of the
Executive's employment shall be 30 days from the date of such written notice.



<PAGE>   12


         (b) For the purposes of this Agreement, a "Change of Control" shall
mean: (i) the occurrence, at any time during the Term of any person or group of
persons acting jointly or in concert acquiring more than 50% of the outstanding
voting shares in the Corporation, whether by way of takeover bid, merger,
amalgamation or otherwise; (ii) a sale by the Corporation of all or
substantially all of the Corporation's undertaking and assets; or (iii) the
voluntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation, in
connection with which a distribution is made to the holders of the Corporation's
common shares.

         (c) In the event of termination of the Executive's employment pursuant
to this Section 5.3, then the following provisions shall apply:

                    (i)  The Corporation shall pay forthwith to the Executive or
                         as he may direct, a lump sum amount equal to 36 months
                         Basic Salary plus the average of the Bonuses paid or
                         payable to the Executive in respect of the most recent
                         two completed fiscal years (except in the event that
                         two fiscal years have not been completed as of the date
                         of termination, in which case the most recent Bonus
                         shall be utilized, and further, it is recognized that
                         the Bonus payable in respect of the fiscal year ending
                         January 31, 1999 shall be pro-rated); and

                    (ii) The Corporation shall continue, to the extent it may do
                         so legally and in compliance with the Corporation's
                         benefit plans in existence from time to time, all group
                         and insurance benefits at a level equivalent to those
                         provided to those provided to the Executive immediately
                         prior to the termination for a period of 36 months
                         following the date of termination, provided that, if
                         the Corporation cannot continue any particular group
                         insurance benefit, the Corporation shall reimburse the
                         Executive for any expenses incurred by the Executive to
                         replace such group insurance benefit.

                    (iii)In the event that the termination of the Executive's
                         employment is for one of the reasons set forth in this
                         Section 5.4 and the aggregate of all payments or
                         benefits made or provided to the Executive under this
                         Section 5.4 and under all other plans and programs of
                         the Corporation (the "Aggregate Payment") is determined
                         to constitute a Parachute Payment, as such term is
                         defined in Section 280G(b)(2) of the United States
                         Internal Revenue Code, the Corporation shall pay to the
                         Executive, prior to the time any excise tax imposed by
                         Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code ("Excise
                         Tax") is payable with respect to such Aggregate
                         Payment, an additional amount which, after the
                         imposition of all income and excise taxes thereon, is
                         equal to the Excise Tax on the Aggregate Payment. The
                         determination of whether the Aggregate Payment
                         constitutes a Parachute Payment and, if so, the amount
                         to be paid to the Executive and the time of payment
                         pursuant to this 5.4(c)(iii) shall be made by an
                         independent auditor (the "Auditor") jointly selected by
                         the Corporation and the Executive and paid by the
                         Corporation. The Auditor shall be a


<PAGE>   13





                              nationally recognized United States public
                              accounting firm which has not, during the two
                              years preceding the date of its selection, acted
                              in any way on behalf of the Corporation or any
                              Affiliate thereof. If the Executive and the
                              Corporation cannot agree on the firm to serve as
                              the Auditor, then the Executive and the
                              Corporation shall each select one accounting firm
                              and those two firms shall jointly select the
                              accounting firm to serve as the Auditor.

                    (iv)      In the event of any termination of employment
                              under this Article 5, the Executive shall be under
                              no obligation to seek other employment and there
                              shall be no offset against amounts due to the
                              Executive under this Agreement on account of any
                              remuneration attributable to any subsequent
                              employment that he may obtain except as
                              specifically provided in this Article 5.

                    (v)       Nature of Payments. Any amounts due under this
                              Article 5 are in the nature of severance payments
                              considered to be reasonable by the Corporation and
                              are not in the nature of a penalty.

5.5 VOLUNTARY RESIGNATION. In the event the Executive wishes to resign his
employment voluntarily, he shall provide six months' notice in writing to the
Corporation. The Corporation may waive such notice in whole or in part by paying
the Executive's Base Salary and continuing his group benefits and perquisites to
the effective date of resignation.

5.6 PAYMENT TO DATE OF TERMINATION. Regardless of the reasons for the
termination, the Corporation shall make payment to the Executive to the
effective date of termination for all Base Salary, any accrued but unpaid
vacation entitlements, any earned but unpaid Bonus and any other amounts earned,
accrued or owing to the Executive but not yet paid as well as other or
additional benefits in accordance with applicable plans or programs of the
Corporation.

5.7 RETURN OF PROPERTY. Upon any termination of this Agreement, the Executive
shall forthwith deliver or caused to be delivered to the Corporation all books,
documents, computer disks and diskettes and other electronic data, effects,
money, securities or other property belonging to the Corporation or for which
the Corporation is liable to others, which are in the possession, charge,
control or custody of the Executive.

5.8 RELEASE. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that the payments pursuant to
this Article shall be in full satisfaction of all terms of termination of his
employment, including termination pay and severance pay pursuant to the
Employment Standards Act (Ontario) as amended from time to time. Except as
otherwise provided in this Article, the Executive shall not be entitled to any
further termination payments, damages or compensation whatsoever. As a condition
precedent to any payment pursuant to this Article, the Executive agrees to
deliver to the Corporation prior to any such payment, a full and final release
from all actions or claims in connection therewith in favour of the Corporation,
its affiliates, subsidiaries, directors, officers, employees and agents, in a
form reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation.



<PAGE>   14


5.9 SET-OFF. Upon termination, howsoever caused, the Executive authorizes the
Corporation to deduct from any payment due to him pursuant to this Agreement,
any amounts owed to the Corporation howsoever caused, including by reason of
purchases, advances, loans, or in recompense for damages to or lawful property
and equipment. This provision shall be applied so as not to conflict with any
applicable legislation.

5.10 PROVINCIAL LEGISLATION. All payments made and notice given pursuant to this
Article 5 shall include notice of termination and severance pay as defined in
the Employment Standards Act (Ontario) as it may from time to time be amended,
the provisions of which are deemed to be incorporated into this Agreement and
shall prevail to the extent greater.

ARTICLE 6 - DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

6.1 RESIGNATION. If the Executive is a director or officer at the relevant time,
the Executive agrees that after termination of his employment with the
Corporation he will tender his resignation from any position he may hold as an
officer or director of the Corporation or any of its affiliated or related
companies.

6.2 INSURANCE. The Corporation shall maintain such directors' and officers'
liability insurance for the benefit of the Executive in accordance with
corporate policies and as generally provided to the directors of the
Corporation.

6.3 INDEMNIFICATION. The Corporation agrees that, if the Executive is made a
party, or is threatened to be made a party, to any action, suit or proceeding,
whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a "Proceeding"), by
reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer or employee of the
Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a
director, officer, member, employee or agent of another corporation,
partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with
respect to employee benefit plans, whether or not the basis of such Proceeding
is the Executive's alleged action in an official capacity while serving as a
director, officer, member, employee or agent, the Executive shall be indemnified
and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent legally permitted or
authorized by the Corporation's certificate of incorporation or bylaws or
resolutions of the Corporation's Board of Directors or, if greater, by the laws
of the Province of Ontario, and the Federal Laws of Canada applicable to the
Corporation, against all cost, expense, liability, and loss (including, without
limitation, attorney's fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties
and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by
the Executive in connection therewith, and such indemnification shall continue
as to the Executive even if he has ceased to be a director, member, employee or
agent of the Corporation or other entity and shall inure to the benefit of the
Executive's heirs, executors and administrators. The Corporation shall advance
to the Executive all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by him in connection
with a Proceeding within 20 days after receipt by the Corporation of a written
request for such advance. Such request shall include an undertaking by the
Executive to repay the amount of such advance if it shall ultimately be
determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified against such costs and
expenses.

ARTICLE 7 - ARBITRATION



<PAGE>   15


7.1 All matters in difference between the parties in relation to this Agreement,
shall be referred to the arbitration of a single arbitrator, if the parties
agree upon one, otherwise to three arbitrators, one to be appointed by the
Corporation and one to be appointed by the Executive and a third to be chosen by
the first two arbitrators named before they enter upon the business of
arbitration. The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the
Arbitrations Act (Ontario) as it may from time to time be amended. The award and
determination of the arbitrator or arbitrators or any of two of three
arbitrators shall be binding upon the parties and their respective heirs,
executors, administrators and assigns.

ARTICLE 8 - CONTRACT PROVISIONS

8.1 HEADINGS. The headings of the Articles and paragraphs herein are inserted
for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the meaning or
construction hereof.

8.2 INDEPENDENT ADVICE. The Corporation and the Executive acknowledge and agree
that they have each obtained independent legal advice in connection with this
Agreement and they further acknowledge and agree that they have read, understand
and agree with all of the terms hereof and that they are executing this
Agreement voluntarily and in good faith.

8.3 GENDER. Words denoting any gender include both genders.

8.4 GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in
accordance with the laws of the Province of Ontario and the federal laws of
Canada applicable therein. Each of the parties hereby irrevocably attorns to the
jurisdiction of the courts of the Province of Ontario with respect to any
matters arising out of this Agreement.

8.5 ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement, together with the plans and documents
referred to herein, constitutes and expresses the whole agreement of the parties
hereto with reference to any of the matters or things herein provided for or
herein before discussed or mentioned with reference to such employment of the
Executive. All promises, representations, collateral agreements and
understandings not expressly incorporated in this Agreement are hereby
superseded by this Agreement.

8.6 SEVERABILITY. If any provision contained herein is determined to be void or
unenforceable in whole or in part, it shall not be deemed to affect or impair
the validity of any other provision herein and each such provision is deemed to
be separate and distinct.

8.7 NOTICE. Any notice required or permitted to be given under this Agreement
shall be in writing and shall be properly given if personally delivered,
delivered by facsimile transmission (with confirmation of receipt) or mailed by
prepaid registered mail addressed as follows:

          (a)       in the case of the Corporation:



<PAGE>   16


                    Cott Corporation
                    207 Queen's Quay West
                    Suite 800
                    Toronto, Ontario
                    M5J 1A7

                    Attention:  Chairman

          (b)       in the case of the Executive:

                    to the last address of the Executive
                    in the records of the Corporation
                    and its subsidiaries

or to such other address as the parties may from time to time specify by notice
given in accordance herewith. Any notice so given shall be conclusively deemed
to have been given or made on the day of delivery, if personally delivered, or
if delivered by facsimile transmission or mailed as aforesaid, upon the date
shown on the facsimile confirmation of receipt or on the postal return receipt
as the date upon which the envelope containing such notice was actually received
by the addressee.

8.8 SUCCESSORS. This Agreement shall enure to the benefit of and be binding upon
the parties hereto and their respective personal or legal representatives,
heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

8.9 TAXES. All payments under this Agreement shall be subject to withholding of
such amounts, if any, relating to tax or other payroll deductions as the
Corporation may reasonably determine and should withhold pursuant to any
applicable law or regulation.

8.10 CURRENCY. All dollar amounts set forth or referred to in this Agreement
refer to U.S. currency.

8.11 COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which
shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one
and the same instrument.


<PAGE>   17



          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the
day and year first above written.


                                       COTT CORPORATION


                                       Per:     /s/ Fraser D. Latta

                                       I have authority to bind the Corporation

SIGNED, SEALED & DELIVERED  )
  in the presence of        )
                            )
Paul K. Henderson           )
                            )          /s/ Frank E. Weise
                                       FRANK E. WEISE III



<PAGE>   18


                                    EXHIBIT A


                        ACCREDITED INVESTOR QUESTIONNAIRE

The undersigned, as a purchaser of Common Shares (collectively the "Securities")
of Cott Corporation (the "Corporation"), has represented that the undersigned is
an "accredited investor" as defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "1933 Act"). The undersigned
has indicated below the categories which it, he or she satisfies, or if he or
she is purchasing for the account of another accredited investor, which such
accredited investor satisfies.

The undersigned understands that the Corporation is relying on this information
in determining to sell securities to the undersigned in a manner exempt from the
registration requirements of the 1933 Act and applicable state securities laws.

(a)       ACCREDITED INVESTOR STATUS

          The undersigned represents and warrants that he is [CHECK EACH
APPLICABLE ITEM]:

          (a)       A bank, as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the 1933 Act, or
                    savings and loan association or other institution as defined
                    in Section 3(a)(5)(A) of the 1933 Act, whether acting in its
                    individual or fiduciary capacity.

          (b)       A broker or dealer registered pursuant to Section 15 of the
                    United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

          (c)       An insurance company (as defined in Section 2(13) of the
                    1933 Act).

          (d)       An investment company registered under the United States
                    Investment Company Act of 1940 (the "1940 Act").

          (e)       A business development company (as defined in Section
                    2(a)(48) of the 1940 Act).

          (f)       A Small Business Investment Company licensed by the U.S.
                    Small Business Administration under Section 301(c) or (d) of
                    the United States Small Business Investment Act of 1958.

          (g)       A plan established and maintained by a state, its political
                    subdivisions, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or
                    its political subdivisions, for the benefit of its
                    employees, if such plan has total assets in excess of U.S.
                    $5,000,000.

          (h)       An employee benefit plan within the meaning of the United
                    States Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974
                    ("ERISA") (1) whose investment decision is made by a plan
                    fiduciary as defined in Section 3(21) of ERISA, which is
                    either a bank, savings and loan association,


<PAGE>   19


                    insurance company or registered investment advisor, or (2)
                    having total assets in excess of U.S. $5,000,000, or (3) if
                    a self-directed plan, with investment decisions made solely
                    by persons that are accredited investors.

          (i)       A private business development company (as defined in
                    Section 202(a)(22) of the United States Investment Advisers
                    Act of 1940).

          (j)       An organization described in Section 501(c)(3) of the
                    Internal Revenue Code, corporation, Massachusetts or similar
                    business trust, or partnership, not formed for the specific
                    purpose of acquiring the securities offered, having total
                    assets in excess of U.S. $5,000,000.

          (k)       A director or executive officer of the Company.

          (l)       A natural person with individual net worth, or joint net
                    worth with his spouse, at the time of purchase in excess of
                    U.S. $1,000,000.

          (m)       A natural person with an individual income in excess of U.S.
                    $200,000 in each of the last two years or joint income with
                    his spouse in excess of U.S. $300,000 in each of those
                    years, and who reasonably expects to reach the same income
                    level in the current year.

          (n)       A trust, with total assets in excess of U.S. $5,000,000, not
                    formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities
                    offered, whose purchase is directed by a sophisticated
                    person as described in section Rule 506 (b)(2)(ii) of the
                    1933 Act.

          (o)       An entity in which all of the equity owners are accredited
                    investors.

As used in this questionnaire, the term "net worth" means the excess of total
assets over total liabilities. In computing net worth for the purpose of
paragraph (1) above, the principal residence of the investor must be valued at
cost, including cost of improvements, or at recently appraised value by an
institutional lender making a secured loan, net of encumbrances. In determining
income, an investor should add to adjusted gross income any amount attributable
to tax exempt income received, losses claimed as a limited partner in any
limited partnership, deductions claimed for depletion, contributions to an IRA
or Keogh retirement plan, alimony payments, and any amount by which income from
long-term capital gains has been reduced in arriving at adjusted gross income.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Questionnaire as of the
day of June ___, 1998.

                                             Signature

                                             /s/ Frank E. Weise, III


                                             Printed or Typed Name



<PAGE>   20


                               FRANK E. WEISE, III


                     Social Security or Taxpayer I.D. Number

                                COTT CORPORATION

                          STATEMENT OF RESPONSIBILITIES

                           - CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER -

The Chief Executive Officer of Cott Corporation (the "Corporation") shall be
responsible for directing the Corporation with the objective of providing
maximum profit and return on invested capital, establishing short-term and
long-term objectives, plans, performance standards and policies subject to the
approval of the Board of Directors. To that end, the Chief Executive Officer
will be ultimately responsible for:

- -         Preparing, at least annually, a statement of objectives, plans,
          performance standards and policies for the Corporation, which shall be
          reviewed by the Human Resources, Compensation and Corporate Governance
          Committee and shall be approved by the Board of Directors.

- -         Ensuring that the Corporation's material operating plans, performance
          standards and policies are uniformly understood and properly
          interpreted and administered by subordinates.

- -         Presenting proposed operating and capital expenditure budgets for
          review and approval by the Board of Directors.

- -         Directing all investigations and negotiations pertaining to material
          acquisitions or dispositions, mergers and joint ventures.

- -         Representing the Corporation as appropriate in its relationship with
          major customers, suppliers, competitors, commercial and investment
          bankers, investment analysts, the media, security holders, government
          agencies, professional associations, unions, employees and the public
          generally.

- -         Analyzing the operating results of the Corporation and its principal
          divisions relative to established objectives and taking appropriate
          steps to correct unsatisfactory conditions.

- -         Making recommendations to the Human Resources, Compensation and
          Corporate Governance Committee as regards Senior Officer succession
          planning and compensation.

- -         Insuring the adequacy and soundness of the Corporation's financial
          structure and reviewing projections of working capital requirements.


<PAGE>   21



- -         Delegating any or all of the above-noted responsibilities and
          maintaining ultimate supervisory responsibility to ensure that they
          are performed.


<PAGE>   1

                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.6

August 28th, 1998


PERSONAL AND CONFIDENTIAL



Mr. David Bluestein
25 Wild Turkey Court
Ridgefield, Connecticut
06877

Dear David:

I am very pleased to offer you the position of President, Cott Beverages U.S.A.
Inc., effective September 14th, 1998. This position will report directly to the
C.E.O. of Cott Corporation and will be based at the corporate offices located at
5650 Whitesville Road, Suite 201, Columbus GA 31904207. This offer is
conditional upon receiving the approval of the Board of Directors of Cott which
will meet on September 14th, 1998.

While this letter will outline some of the terms and conditions of your
employment with Cott Corporation, please note that this is not a contract of
employment or a promise of employment for any specific term.

Your starting base salary will be U.S.$350,000.00 per annum paid semi-monthly.
You will be provided with a car allowance of U.S. $14,300 per annum, also paid
semi-monthly. Performance and salary are reviewed on an annual basis in April.
You will be provided with an initial grant of 200,000 stock options which
include your current fiscal year grant. The strike price will be equal to the
closing price of Cott Common Shares on the Toronto Stock Exchange on the last
day on which such shares are traded immediately before your first day of
employment. In addition, you will be considered for annual option grants
beginning with our next fiscal year, along with other senior executives.

In addition to the options granted, you will, within 30 days of your start date
with Cott, purchase 50,000 shares of the Corporation in your own name.

In 1998 you are entitled to four (4) weeks of paid vacation, pro-rated for the
percentage of 1998 during which you will be employed by Cott, up to a maximum of
20 working days. Regular annual entitlement of four (4) weeks vacation will
commence in 1999. You are encouraged to take your vacation in the calendar year
in which it is earned. All earned vacation must be taken by December 31st of the
year following the one in which it is earned otherwise it may be forfeited. If
you should leave the Company, the value of any unearned vacation time taken by
you will be deducted from your final pay.


<PAGE>   2




You will be entitled to participate in the bonus plan as it currently exists
effective your first day of employment. This plan would entitle you to a bonus
of up to 100% of your fiscal salary, dependent upon Cott's financial
performance. This plan is subject to change annually at the sole discretion of
Cott. For the first year only, you will be guaranteed a bonus of 100%. In
addition, you will also be paid a bonus of 160,000 U.S. to compensate you for
that portion of the bonus you have earned for the period ending September 30,
1998 which is not paid to you by your previous employer. This will be paid to
you on the latter of: signing of this letter by you and your first day of
employment.

On the first of the month following 30 days of employment, you will be eligible
for the Cott Beverages USA Benefit Program. Our Benefits Program includes
medical, dental, short term and long term disability, and life insurance
benefits. Note that there is a provision in our medical plan that limits the
amount payable for a pre-existing illness. Employee contributions are required
for our health insurance plans.

In addition, on the first day of a quarter following at least three months of
employment, you will be eligible to participate in Cott's 401 (k) Savings and
Retirement Plan.

Details on Cott's benefits will be sent to you under separate cover for your
perusal. Additional information can be provided to you as you become eligible.

To enable you to work in Canada you will require a work authorization from
Canada Immigration before entering Canada. Please contact Alison Eacock at
416-203-3898 ext. 312 so that you can begin this process immediately.

In the event that your employment is terminated by Cott for any reason other
than just cause, Cott will provide you with a severance package equal to 24
months base salary, bonus, car allowance and benefits (excluding long and short
term disability coverage and the out-of-country benefits). This payment will be
inclusive of any amounts to which you would otherwise be entitled at law and no
other compensation or payments will be made to you in such event. In addition,
the payment will be subject to your signing a release in form and content
satisfactory to Cott at such time.

Finally, upon the commencement of your employment you will be required to sign a
confidentiality and non-competition covenant in favour of the Corporation on the
terms and conditions set out in Appendix I to this letter.














<PAGE>   3


David, I am excited about having you join us. You have a lot to contribute to
our company. I know that you can look forward to joining a dynamic and exciting
organization.

Yours very truly,


/s/ Frank E. Weise, III

Frank E. Weise, III
President and Chief Executive Officer

FEW:ae

c.c.

I accept this offer and the terms identified herein.

/s/   David Bluestein
- ------------------------            ----------------------
David Bluestein                     Date



<PAGE>   1

                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.7

October 7, 1997




Mark Benadiba
25 Parkwood Avenue
Toronto, Ontario
M4V 2W9

Dear Mark:

     RE: EMPLOYMENT AND RELATED ARRANGEMENTS

     This letter contains the terms and conditions upon which you have agreed to
remain in the full-time employment of Cott Corporation ("Cott") as Co-Chief
Operating Officer. This letter, once accepted by you, is intended to and shall
constitute a binding legal agreement, enforceable by and against each of us in
accordance with its terms.

1. BASE COMPENSATION. Your base salary shall be the annualized amount of
$425,000. Your base salary shall be payable in the same manner and at the same
intervals as the other senior officers of Cott. Provided that you remain in the
full-time employment of Cott, your base salary will be reviewed in April, 1998
and at the end of every twelve month period thereafter, and may be increased in
respect of any such twelve month period by the CEO, with the advice and consent
of the Human Resources, Compensation and Corporate Governance Committee of the
Board. Base salary increases will be dependent, in general, upon a variety of
factors, including rates of increase of other senior executive officers of Cott,
rates of increase and salary levels of other executives in comparable North
American industrial corporations, rates of inflation and other relevant
criteria.

2. BONUS COMPENSATION. You shall be entitled to an annual bonus of up to 50% of
your base salary in respect of any fiscal year, payable within 30 days following
the release by Cott of its year end results for such fiscal year. The bonus
amount, if any, will be based on achievable and measurable criteria which we
shall mutually agree upon within 60 days following your acceptance of this
letter and which, provided that you remain in the full-time employment of Cott,
shall be reviewed in April of each year, commencing 1998. It is intended that
such criteria will enable you to earn as much in the way of bonus compensation
as the other Co-Chief Operating Officer, provided that the bonus criteria for
you and the other Co-Chief Operating Officer will be specific to your respective
functions. You acknowledge that your bonus compensation, if any, need not
necessarily be equal to that paid, if any, to the other Co-Chief Operating
Officer. If you employment terminates prior to the end of a fiscal year, any
bonus earned in respect of that year shall be pro-rated accordingly.

3. EMPLOYEE BENEFITS AND PERQUISITES. You shall be entitled to any and all
benefits and perquisites which are from time to time available to other senior
officers of Cott, excluding the CEO.

4. STOCK OPTIONS. In addition to the options to purchase 185,000 common shares
of Cott which you currently hold (the "Existing Options"), you will receive
options to purchase


<PAGE>   2



                                      - 2 -

a further 115,000 common shares (the "New Options") at a price per share of
$14.10, being the market price for shares of Cott at the close of trading on
September 3, 1997. The New Options shall be subject to and governed by the terms
and conditions of Cott's existing Employee Stock Option Plan, including vesting,
provided that:

     (A)  all unvested Existing Options and New Options (collectively, the
          "Options") shall immediately vest upon a Change of Control (as
          hereinafter defined);

     (B)  if, prior to the second anniversary of the date on which a Chief
          Executive Officer is named to replace Gerald N. Pencer ("GNP") (such
          date being hereinafter described as the "CEO Replacement Date") your
          employment is terminated by Cott without cause or if your position,
          title, duties, responsibilities and/or reporting is changed in any
          material respect, or if you voluntarily leave the employment of Cott
          for Good Reason (as hereinafter defined), all unvested Existing
          Options shall immediately vest;

          (all of (a) and (b) being subject to regulatory approval which Cott
          shall use reasonable commercial efforts to obtain, failing which the
          equivalent after tax value of any unvested Options shall be paid to
          you within 30 days following the later of the date on which you are or
          would otherwise be required to sell the Options or the date on which
          you notify Cott in writing that you would have elected to dispose of
          such Options if there is no requirement to do so); and

     (C)  if you voluntarily leave the employment of Cott other than for Good
          Reason or if your employment is terminated by Cott for cause or as a
          result of your death, all unvested Existing Options shall immediately
          terminate and shall cease to have any further force or effect.

          For the purposes of this letter, "Change of Control" shall occur if:

          (I)  any shareholder or group of shareholders (other than GNP) acting
               jointly or in concert beneficially acquires in any transaction or
               series of transactions ownership or control or direction over
               more voting shares in the capital of Cott than GNP, provided such
               shareholder or group beneficially owns or has control or
               direction over at least 20% of such voting shares at the time of
               any determination; or


          (II) a majority of the individuals who serve as directors of Cott at
               the commencement of any 18 month period are replaced except by
               replacement directors who become directors at the initiative of
               the management of Cott pursuant to a management proxy
               solicitation or otherwise.





<PAGE>   3



                                      - 3 -

5.   TERMINATION PAYMENTS.

     (A)  If within either of the two year periods following the CEO Replacement
          Date or a Change of Control your employment is terminated by Cott
          without cause other than by reason of your death or if your position,
          title, duties, responsibilities and/or reporting is changed in any
          material respect, or if you voluntarily leave the employment of Cott
          for Good Reason, Cott shall pay you, within 30 days following the date
          of termination or change, as the case may be, an amount equal to two
          times your base salary and bonuses paid to you and cash value of your
          benefits and perquisites during the most recently completed twelve
          calendar months prior to the date of termination.

     (B)  If at the end of either of the two year periods following the CEO
          Replacement Date or Change of Control, you voluntarily leave the
          employment of Cott other than for Good Reason, Cott shall pay you,
          within 30 days following the end of such two year period, an amount
          equal to your base salary and bonuses paid to you and cash value of
          your benefits and perquisites during the most recently completed
          twelve calendar months prior to the end of such period.

     If you receive any of the termination payments contemplated by this
paragraph 5, you shall not otherwise be entitled to any other payments,
compensation or damages whatsoever resulting from the termination of your
employment.


6.   CAUSE. Whenever used in this letter, "cause" means:

     (A)  the willful and continued failure by you substantially to perform your
          duties with Cott (other than any such failure resulting from your
          incapacity due to physical or mental illness or any such actual or
          anticipated failure resulting from termination by you for Good Reason)
          after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to you
          by the board of directors of Cott (the "Board"), which demand
          specifically identifies the manner the Board believes that you have
          not substantially performed your duties and you failed to correct such
          failure to perform your duties within 30 days after such written
          demand is delivered to you; or

     (B)  the willful engaging by you in conduct that is demonstrably and
          materially injurious to Cott, monetarily or otherwise, and no act or
          failure to act on your part shall be deemed "willful" unless done, or
          admitted to be done, by you not in good faith and without reasonable
          belief that your action or omission was in the best interests of Cott.

     "Good Reason" shall mean the occurrence, without your express written
consent, any of the following:

     (A)  Inconsistent Duties - a meaningful and detrimental alteration in your
          position of in the nature or status of your responsibilities from
          those currently in effect;


<PAGE>   4



                                      - 4 -

     (B)  Reduction in Remuneration - a reduction by Cott in your annual base
          salary or a material adverse change in the methodology of determining
          whether a bonus is payable;

     (C)  Relocation - the relocation of the office of Cott where you are
          currently employed to a location that is more than 50 miles away from
          such location, or Cott requiring you to be based more than 50 miles
          away from such location (except for required travel on Cott's business
          to an extent substantially consistent with your customary business
          travel obligations in the ordinary course of business); and

     (D)  Benefits and Perquisites - the failure of Cott to continue to provide
          you, in all material respects, with benefits and perquisites which are
          from time to time available to other senior officers of Cott,
          excluding the CEO.

7. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This agreement constitutes the entire agreement between you
and Cott relative to the subject matter hereof.

8. GOVERNING LAW. The agreement resulting from your acceptance of this letter
shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Province
of Ontario and federal laws of Canada applicable therein.

9. NOTICES. Wherever notice is required or desired to be given hereunder, it
shall be deemed given when physically delivered to Cott (Attention: The
Secretary) at its address on this letter (or at such other place as Cott may
notify you from time to time) and if to you at your principle residence at the
time of the giving of such notice.

10. In the event of termination, Cott will pay for 5 months of professional
outplacement services at a maximum of $50,000.

                          ---------------------------

     If the foregoing accurately sets forth the terms of our understanding
relative to the subject matter hereof, please so signify by signing and
returning to the undersigned a duplicate original of this letter.

                                Yours very truly,

                                COTT CORPORATION

                                Per: /s/ Fraser Latta
                                     ----------------
ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO THIS
27 day of October, 1997.


/s/ Mark Benadiba
- ---------------------------
Mark Benadiba


<PAGE>   5


                                COTT CORPORATION
                            800-207 Queen's Quay West
                                Toronto, Ontario
                                     M5J 1A7


PRIVATE & CONFIDENTIAL                                        December 19, 1997

Mark Benadiba
25 Parkwood Avenue
Toronto, Ontario
M4V 2W9

Dear Mark:

     Reference is hereby made to a certain letter agreement between yourself and
Cott Corporation dated October 7, 1997 (the "Agreement"), and in particular to
Section 5 thereof.


     This will confirm that the reference to "the cash value of your benefits"
contained in Section 5 of the Agreement is intended to mean the cash value of
what it would have cost you to purchase benefits for yourself and your family
(other than through a group plan) which are equal to those benefits provided for
you and your family by Cott Corporation during the relevant period.


     In all other respects the terms of the Agreement shall continue to apply.

                                Yours very truly,

                                COTT CORPORATION



                                Per: /s/ Colin J. Adair
                                    ---------------------------------
                                Colin J. Adair
                                Chairman of the Human Resources,
                                Compensation and Corporate Governance
                                Committee











<PAGE>   6





May 1, 1998




Fraser Latta
Vice Chairman
Cott Corporation
207 Queen's Quay W, Suite 800
Toronto, Ontario
M5J 1A7

Dear Fraser:

                            RE: EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

In reviewing my October 7, 1997 Employment Agreement, I noticed that while
subsection 4(a) dealing with my options to all of the options, subsections 4(b)
and 4(c) only refer to my original 185,000 options but not the additional
115,000 new options. It is my understanding that it was the intention that those
two subsections should refer to all of my options and not just the 185,000
options.

In addition, my interpretation of subsection 5(a) is that, in the circumstances
mentioned in that subsection, I would receive two times my base salary, two
times bonuses paid to me and two times the cash value of my benefits and
perquisites during the most recently completed twelve calendar months prior to
the date of my termination.

I would appreciate it if you would sign below to confirm those two provisions of
my Employment Agreement.

Regards,

/s/ Mark Benadiba

Mark Benadiba
COO, North America

The foregoing is agreed to this 1st day of May, 1998.

COTT CORPORATION

By: /s/ Fraser Latta
    Fraser Latta
    Vice Chairman






<PAGE>   7


September 14, 1998

Mark Benadiba
25 Parkwood Avenue
Toronto, Ontario
M4V 2W9

Dear Mark:

                     RE: EMPLOYMENT AND RELATED ARRANGEMENTS

This letter confirms our agreement concerning certain amendments to your
agreement dated October 7, 1997, as modified by a letter dated December 19, 1997
and as further modified by an agreement dated May 1, 1998 (collectively, the
"Original Agreement").

Pursuant to the Original Agreement, your current position is that of Co-Chief
Operating Officer of Cott Corporation, with responsibility for our North
American business. This confirms that we have agreed that, effective today, your
title is changed to Executive Vice President Cott Corporation and that you will
be the President of Cott Canada. In that role, you will have responsibility for
all aspects of Cott's Canadian beverage business and will report directly to the
President and Chief Executive Officer of Cott Corporation.

In addition to the above change in title, we have agreed to the following
changes to the Original Agreement:

1.   BASE COMPENSATION - Your base compensation will be increased to $450,000
     per annum.

2.   BONUS COMPENSATION - Your annual bonus entitled will be increased such that
     you will now have the ability to earn up to 100% of your base salary as
     bonus, rather than 50%. The second to last and third to last sentences of
     clause 2 of the Original Agreement, which refer to the other Co-Chief
     Operating Officer of Cott Corporation, are of no further force or effect.

3.   EXISTING STOCK OPTIONS - This will confirm that all of your Existing
     Options and New Options (as defined in the Original Agreement) have, as a
     result of a Change of Control (also as defined in the Original Agreement)
     having occurred, have fully vested. Pursuant to the terms of the Cott
     Corporation Common Share Option Plan, in the event that your employment is
     terminated other than as a result of your death you will have 60 days from
     the last day of your employment in which to exercise such Existing Options
     and New Options. We agree to use our best efforts to obtain regulatory
     approval to a change to the Existing Options and New Options such that in
     the event that a termination payment is payable to you pursuant to clause 5
     of the Original Agreement you will have a period of





- - 2 -


<PAGE>   8



     12 months from the date you cease to be an employee in which to exercise
     any or all of the Existing Options and New Options. Unless and until such
     regulatory approval is obtained the exercise of any such options following
     your ceasing to be an employee shall continue to be governed by the terms
     of our Common Share Option Plan.

4.   NEW STOCK OPTION GRANT - I am pleased to advise you that the Human
     Resources and Compensation Committee of the Board has approved the grant to
     you of an additional 50,000 options, vesting over 3 years at 30%, 30% and
     40%. Additional paper work will be provided to you shortly with respect to
     these options. This new grant of stock options is subject to you signing a
     confidentiality agreement in the form attached.

5.   GENERAL - In all other respects, the terms and conditions of the Original
     Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, unamended.

Mark, I am thrilled that you have agreed to stay on with me and the rest of the
"Cott Power" team as we face the challenges of the future. I am confident that
we will be successful.


If I have accurately stated the terms of our agreement, please sign and return
the enclosed duplicate original of this letter, along with the signed
confidentiality agreement.

Yours very truly,


Cott Corporation


Per: /s/ Frank E. Weise, III
    -------------------------------
       Frank E. Weise, III
       President and CEO


ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO THIS 21ST DAY OF SEPTEMBER, 1998.

/s/ Mark Benadiba
- ----------------------
Mark Benadiba











<PAGE>   9


June 25, 1999



Mark Benadiba
25 Parkwood Avenue
Toronto, Ontario
M4V 2W9

Dear Mark:

         RE:  EMPLOYMENT AND RELATED ARRANGEMENTS

This letter confirms our agreement concerning certain amendments to your
agreement dated October 7, 1997 (the "Original Agreement"), as modified by a
letter dated December 19, 1997, as further modified by an agreement dated May 1,
1998 and as further modified by an agreement dated September 14, 1998
(collectively, the "Employment Agreement").


The Employment Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

1. Section 5(a) of the Original Agreement is amended by changing the reference
to "two years" in the first line to "three years"; and

2. Section 5(b) of the Original Agreement is amended by changing the reference
to "two years" in the first line to "three years".

In all other respects, the terms and conditions of the Employment Agreement
shall remain in full force and effect, unamended.

If I have accurately stated the terms of our agreement, please sign and return
the enclosed duplicate original of this letter.

Yours very truly,


Cott Corporation

Per: /s/ Colin Walker
    ----------------------

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO THIS 29TH DAY OF JUNE, 1999.


/s/  Mark Benadiba
- -------------------------
Mark Benadiba


<PAGE>   1



[Cott Logo]                                                        EXHIBIT 10.8

                                                           207 QUEEN'S QUAY WEST
                                                                       SUITE 340
                                                        TORONTO, ONTARIO M5J 1A7



TO:                PAUL RICHARDSON

CC:

FROM:              COLIN D. WALKER

DATE:              AUGUST 23, 1999

SUBJECT:           EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Position:          Executive Vice President, Cott Corporate

                   Reporting to CEO Cott Corporate

Assignment:        Global Purchasing - Global Best Practices. COO. Asia & Israel
                   - Advisory Board UK - Innovation Initiatives - Wal*Mart
                   International - Project Assignment by CEO

Location:          Corporate Office (Toronto) / or Tampa US office. At Paul
                   Richardson's discretion and expense he may relocate to Tampa.

Term:              Year to Year

Compensation:      Shall not be less than that in effect on November 1, 1998.

Termination:       6 months of notice may be given at any time by either party.

Termination
Payment:           Within 30 days of notice being delivered by either party. The
                   aggregate of two times Paul Richardson's annual salary and
                   bonus paid or payable plus the cash value of all benefits and
                   perquisites and the average of any other remuneration during
                   the two years prior to the termination notice.

                   NB: For calendar 1998 the 11 month fiscal year shall be
                   grossed up to 12 months. Payment shall be made subject to
                   Paul Richardson signing the attached release and returning
                   all Cott owned property to Cott.

Stock Options:     Upon termination notice being delivered by either
                   party, all stock options granted to Paul Richardson shall
                   fully vest and shall be exercisable for a period of 12
                   months.

Future Option
Grants:            Eligibility, terms and quantity of options granted will be on
                   the same basis as the other members of the executive council.



                                  Page 1 of 2


<PAGE>   2


PAUL RICHARDSON
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (CONT'D)



Bonus:             Will be expressed as a percentage of salary and will be
                   determined on the same basis as that applicable to the other
                   members of the corporate executive group (other than the
                   CEO).

Any Other
Benefits:          On the same basis as other members of the corporate executive
                   group.

Death:             In the event of Paul Richardson's death, the termination
                   payment will be treated as per Plan C.S.O. and shall be
                   provided to his estate.

Outstanding Loan:  All mortgages and encumbrances placed on Paul
                   Richardson's property to secure the loan of Canadian $220,000
                   will be removed and replaced by 19,500 Cott shares, which
                   shall become the sole security and recourse for the loan.
                   Cott Corporation will hold the share certificates.

Confidentiality
Agreement:         Cott acknowledges that Paul Richardson has signed a
                   confidentiality agreement.

Legal Counsel
Fees:              If the corporation shall fail to comply with its obligation
                   in the agreement or call into question the legal validity of
                   this agreement, all reasonable legal counsel fees incurred by
                   Paul Richardson in the course of seeking to enforce this
                   agreement shall be on the account of and payable by Cott
                   Corporation, except to the extent that a court shall
                   determine that Paul Richardson's action in seeking to enforce
                   this agreement was frivolous.


                   /s/ Paul Richardson                 /s/  Colin D. Walker
                   --------------------------          -------------------------
                   Paul Richardson                     Colin D. Walker
                   Executive Vice President            Senior Vice President
                                                       Human Resources


                                  Page 2 of 2


<PAGE>   1



                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.9


August 17th, 1998


PERSONAL AND CONFIDENTIAL

Mr. Ray Silcock
1630 Kearsarge Road
La Jolla, California
92037

Dear Ray:

I am very pleased to offer you the position of Chief Financial Officer effective
September 21st, 1998. This position will report directly to myself and will be
based at the corporate offices located at 207 Queen's Quay West, Toronto,
Ontario. The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors approved your
appointment to the role of Chief Financial Officer.

While this letter will outline some of the terms and conditions of your
employment with Cott Corporation, please note that this is not a contract of
employment or a promise of employment for any specific term.

Your starting base salary will be U.S.$275,000.00 per annum paid bi-monthly. You
will be provided with a car allowance of US$14,300 per annum, also paid
bi-monthly. Performance and salary are reviewed on an annual basis in April. You
will be provided with an initial grant of 60,000 stock options. The strike price
will be equal to the closing price of Cott Common Shares on the Toronto Stock
Exchange on the last day on which such shares are traded immediately before your
first day of employment. In addition, you will be considered for annual option
grants along with other senior executives of the Corporation.

In 1998 you are entitled to four (4) weeks of paid vacation pro-rated, for the
percentage of 1998 for which you will be employed by Cott, up to a maximum of 20
working days. Regular annual entitlement of four (4) weeks vacation will
commence in 1999. You are encouraged to take your vacation in the calendar year
it is earned. All earned vacation must be taken by December 31st of the year
following the one in which it is earned, otherwise it may be forfeited. If you
should leave the Company, the value of any unearned vacation time taken by you
will be deducted from your final pay.

For fiscal 1999, you will be entitled to participate in the bonus plan as it
currently exists. This plan would entitle you to a bonus of up to 40% of your
fiscal 1999 salary, dependent upon Cott's financial performance. This plan is
subject to change annually at the sole discretion of Cott. For fiscal 1999 only,
you will be guaranteed a bonus of 40% pro-rated for the percentage of this
fiscal year in


<PAGE>   2


which you will be employed by Cott. The bonus will be paid on signing of this
letter by you and the full after tax proceeds of such bonus must be used to
purchase Cott stock within 30 days of the date on which bonus is paid.


<PAGE>   3


On the first of the month following 30 days of employment, you will be eligible
for the Cott Beverages USA Benefit Program. Our Benefits Program includes
medical, dental, short term and long term disability, and life insurance
benefits. Note that there is a provision in our medical plan that limits the
amount payable for a pre-existing illness. Employee contributions are required
for our health insurance plans.

In addition, on the first day of a quarter following at least three months of
employment, you will be eligible to participate in Cott's 401 (k) Savings and
Retirement Plan.

Details on Cott's benefits will be sent to you under separate cover for your
perusal. Additional information can be provided to you as you become eligible.

To enable you to work in Canada you will require a work authorization from
Canada Immigration before entering Canada. Please contact Alison Eacock at
416-203-3898 ext. 312 so that you can begin this process immediately.

In the event that your employment is terminated by Cott for any reason other
than just cause, Cott will provide you with a severance package equal to 24
months base salary, bonus, car allowance and benefits (excluding long and short
term disability coverage and the out-of-country benefits). This payment will be
inclusive of any amounts to which you would otherwise be entitled at law and no
other compensation or payments will be made to you in such event. In addition,
the payment will be subject to you signing a release in form and content
satisfactory to Cott at such time.

Finally, upon the commencement of your employment you will be required to sign a
confidentiality and non-competition covenant in favour of the Corporation on the
terms and conditions set out in Appendix I to this letter.

Ray, I am excited about having you join us. You have a lot to contribute to our
company. I know that you can look forward to joining a dynamic and exciting
organization.

Yours very truly,

/s/  Frank E. Weise, III

Frank E. Weise, III
President and Chief Executive Officer

FEW:ae

c.c.

I accept this offer and the terms identified herein.



<PAGE>   4


/s/  Ray Silcock
- ---------------------------             ----------------------------
Silcock                                 Date



<PAGE>   1


                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.10

                                COTT CORPORATION
                                    ("Cott")
                1999 EXECUTIVE INCENTIVE SHARE COMPENSATION PLAN

1.0  PURPOSE AND ESTABLISHMENT OF THIS PLAN

1.1  Cott hereby establishes a Plan to be known as the "Cott Corporation 1999
     Executive Incentive Share Compensation Plan" for the purpose of rewarding
     certain employees of Cott Corporation and its affiliates for exceeding one
     hundred percent (100%) of their respective annual performance objectives
     and to which contributions for such purpose will be made by or on behalf of
     the Participating Companies (as defined below).

2.0  DEFINITIONS

2.1  In this Plan, the following terms have the following meanings:

     "ACT" means the Income Tax Act (Canada), as amended;

     "ANNUAL PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVES" means the annual performance objectives as
     established or approved by the Committee from time to time with respect to
     each Participant in the immediately preceding fiscal year.

     "COMMITTEE" means the Human Resources and Compensation Committee of the
     board of directors of Cott;

     "COMMON SHARES" means common shares in the capital of Cott.

     "COTT" means Cott Corporation, a corporation governed by the laws of
     Canada.

     "PARTICIPANT" means an employee of any of the Participating Companies
     designated as a Participant from time to time by the Committee and, in the
     case of death of a Participant, includes the personal representative of the
     Participant.

     "PARTICIPATING COMPANIES" means Cott, BCB USA Corp. (f/k/a Cott Beverages
     USA, Inc.), Cott Beverages Limited and any other company designated as a
     Participating Company from time to time by the Committee.

     "PERMANENT DISABILITY" means the complete and permanent incapacity of a
     Participant, as determined by a licensed medical practitioner, due to a
     medically determinable physical or mental impairment which prevents such
     individual from performing substantially all of the essential duties of his
     or her office or employment.

     "PLAN" means this Cott Corporation 1999 Executive Incentive Share
     Compensation Plan, and the term of the Plan (the "Term") shall begin on
     January 3, 1999 and shall end upon the date that the Common Shares
     purchased on behalf of each Participant vests as set out in section 5.3 (b)
     below.


<PAGE>   2


     "TRUST" means the "Cott Corporation Executive Incentive Share Compensation
     Plan Trust" as embodied in a trust agreement entered into between Cott and
     the Trustee.

     "TRUSTEE" means Canada Trust or its successor for the time being in the
     trusts created hereby and by the Trust.

     "UNVESTED SHARES" means Common Shares which have been allocated to a
     Participant pursuant to section 5.1, but which have not yet vested in such
     Participant pursuant to the provisions of this Plan.

3.0  PARTICIPATION

3.1  Participants will be automatically enrolled in this Plan at the time that
     the Committee or its designee designates such individual as a
     "Participant".

3.2  Each Participant will be provided with a copy of this Plan and the Trust.

4.0  OPERATION OF THIS PLAN

4.1  Within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of Cott (commencing with
     the fiscal year ending January 1, 2000), the Committee shall determine in
     respect of the immediately preceding fiscal year,

     (a)  the employees of the Participating Companies who shall be designated
          as "Participants" for this Plan for such fiscal year on the basis of
          whether such individual exceeded one hundred percent (100%) percent of
          his or her annual performance objectives; and

     (b)  the extent (in terms of Canadian dollars) of the participation of such
          individuals for such fiscal year.

4.2  Within 30 days after the determinations contemplated by section 4.1 are
     made by the Committee, each Participating Company shall cause to be
     contributed to the Trustee for the benefit of each Participant employed by
     that Participating Company, the relevant amounts (in Canadian dollars)
     determined by the Committee to be payable in respect of the Participants
     employed by each such Participating Company.

4.3  As soon as practicable after receiving the funds referred to in section
     4.2, the Trustee shall use such funds to acquire Common Shares on The
     Toronto Stock Exchange at the prevailing market price of Common Shares at
     the time and on the date of acquisition of the Common Shares.

4.4  The acquisition of Common Shares by the Trustee in accordance with the
     terms of this Plan shall comply at all times and in all respects with all
     applicable laws, including, without limitation, all rules, regulations and
     by-laws of The Toronto Stock Exchange and all rules and policies of
     applicable securities regulatory authorities.



                                                                               2

<PAGE>   3




5.0  ALLOCATION, VESTING AND POSSESSION

5.1  As soon as practicable after each acquisition of Common Shares pursuant to
     section 4.4, but prior to the end of the calendar year in which such Common
     Shares are acquired, the Trustee shall determine in respect of each
     Participant:

     (a)  the number of Common Shares acquired with the amount contributed to
          this Plan on behalf of such Participant;

     (b)  all amounts received in the year by the Trustee from the Participating
          Companies which were contributed on behalf of such Participant;

     (c)  that Participant's proportionate share of all profits for the year
          from the property of the Trust (determined without regard to any
          capital gain made by the Trust or capital loss sustained by it); and

     (d)  all amounts vested or received in the year.

5.2  Within thirty (30) days following the end of the Term of the Plan, the
     Trustee shall pay to each Participant then in the Plan such Participant's
     pro rata share of the amount by which, during the Term of the Plan, the
     income of the Plan has exceeded all payments made from the Plan to or for
     the benefit of the Participants.

5.3  Subject to the provisions of this Plan, the Common Shares purchased on
     behalf of each Participant shall vest on the following basis:

     (a)  30% thereof shall vest on January 1 of each of the two (2) years
          immediately following the year in which such Common Shares were
          purchased on behalf of such Participant; and

     (b)  40% thereof shall vest on January 1 of the third year following the
          year in which such Common Shares were purchased on behalf of such
          Participant.

5.4  If the employment of a Participant is terminated by reason of the death,
     retirement or Permanent Disability of such Participant, all Common Shares
     purchased on behalf of such Participant pursuant to section 5.1 shall
     immediately become vested in that Participant. Such Participant must take
     immediate delivery of the share certificate(s) evidencing all vested Common
     Shares and thereafter shall have no further entitlement under this Plan.

5.5  If the employment of a Participant is terminated for any reason other than
     death, retirement or Permanent Disability, all rights of such Participant
     with respect to all Unvested Shares shall, unless the Committee determines
     otherwise, immediately terminate. Such Unvested Shares shall be allocated
     on a pro-rata basis among the other remaining Participants based on the
     number of Unvested Shares held at that time by such Participants under this
     Plan, unless the Committee determines to allocate such Unvested Shares on
     some other basis. Thereafter, such terminated Participant must take
     immediate delivery of the share certificate(s) representing all vested
     Common Shares, and shall have no further entitlement under this Plan and
     shall cease to be a beneficiary under this Plan.


                                                                               3

<PAGE>   4


     Notwithstanding the foregoing, if all Participants are terminated (either
     pursuant to section 5.4 or 5.5 above) during the Term of the Plan, then all
     Unvested Shares shall immediately vest and shall be redistributed to all
     Participants (other than those who have been terminated pursuant to section
     5.4 above whose Unvested Shares would have thereupon become vested) on a
     pro-rata basis on the basis of the original allocation of Common Shares to
     the Participants at the start of the Plan.

5.6  Notwithstanding anything else contained herein, if there is:

     (a)  a consolidation, merger or amalgamation of Cott with or into any other
          corporation whereby the voting shareholders of Cott immediately prior
          to such event receive less than 50% of the voting shares of the
          consolidated, merged or amalgamated corporation;

     (b)  a sale by Cott of all or substantially all of Cott's undertakings and
          assets; or

     (c)  a proposal by or with respect to Cott being made in connection with a
          liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of Cott,

     all of each Participant's Unvested Shares shall immediately vest in that
     Participant.

5.7  If a take-over bid (within the meaning of the Securities Act (Ontario)),
     other than a take-over bid exempt from the requirements of Part XX of such
     Act pursuant to subsections 93(1)(b) or (c) thereof (a "Qualifying
     Take-over Bid"), is made for the Common Shares, all Unvested Shares shall
     immediately vest conditional upon successful completion of such take-over
     bid and each Participant shall have the right to tender such Unvested
     Shares to the take-over bid by notice of guaranteed delivery. If a
     Qualifying Take-over Bid is made for the Common Shares, and such take-over
     bid does not permit tendering by notice of guaranteed delivery, unless the
     Committee determines otherwise, Cott shall, on consummation of such a
     take-over bid, subject to compliance with all applicable laws, repurchase
     each Unvested Share held by a Participant at a purchase price equal to the
     offer price pursuant to the take-over bid. Cott will take all reasonable
     steps necessary to facilitate or guarantee the exercise by a Participant of
     the rights hereinbefore described.

5.8  Until delivered to a Participant pursuant to the provisions of this Plan,
     Common Shares acquired on behalf of a Participant shall be held by the
     Trustee.

6.0  ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING

6.1  An account will be maintained for each Participant in which there will be
     recorded the number of Common Shares and all contributed amounts allocated
     to such Participant, the number of Common Shares which have vested from
     time to time in such Participant and such other information as may be
     necessary or advisable in connection with the administration of this Plan.

6.2  A Participant will be provided with a summary of his or her account on an
     annual basis.


                                                                               4


<PAGE>   5




7.0  WITHDRAWAL AND LIMITATION ON UNVESTED SHARES

7.1  A Participant may at any time and from time to time by notice to the
     Trustee request delivery to him or her of certificates representing Common
     Shares and securities of Cott, if applicable, which have vested at such
     time in such Participant pursuant to the provisions of this Plan. Common
     Shares which have vested pursuant to the provisions of this Plan are not
     subject to any restriction concerning their use. However, a Participant
     shall not, directly or indirectly, assign, transfer or encumber in any
     manner whatsoever any rights in and to Unvested Shares held on such
     Participant's behalf under this Plan.

7.2  Only share certificates representing whole Common Shares will be delivered
     to Participants. If a Participant is entitled to a fraction of a Common
     Share, such entitlement will be satisfied by the payment to such
     Participant of the then current market value of such fraction of a share.

8.0  DIVIDENDS AND OTHER RIGHTS

8.1  The Trustee shall use all cash dividends received by it in a year in
     respect of all vested and Unvested Shares held by it on behalf of any
     Participant to purchase additional Common Shares to be allocated (on a
     fully vested basis) to Participants, pro rata, as of the date on which the
     dividend was paid. Stock dividends received by the Trust in a year in
     respect of all vested and Unvested Shares held by it on behalf of any
     Participant shall be allocated to that Participant on a fully vested basis,
     in the same year as such dividends are received by the Trust.

8.2  If the Trustee becomes entitled to subscribe for additional shares or
     securities of Cott by virtue of the Trustee being the registered holder of
     Common Shares, the Trustee, if so requested by any Participant and if the
     Participant has provided the Trustee with all amounts necessary to exercise
     such subscription rights with respect to the Common Shares then held by the
     Trustee on behalf of such Participant, shall exercise such rights in the
     name of the Trustee on behalf of such Participant. Upon issuance of the
     additional shares or securities, such additional shares or securities so
     received by the Trustee on behalf of the Participant shall be fully vested
     in the Participant.

8.3  The Trustee may attend all meetings of shareholders of Cott which it shall
     be entitled to attend by virtue of being the registered holder of Common
     Shares and shall vote the Common Shares held on behalf of each Participant
     at every such meeting in such manner as each such Participant shall have
     directed in writing, and in default of any such direction, the Trustee
     shall vote or refrain from voting. The Trustee will, if so required by any
     Participant, execute all proxies necessary or proper to enable the
     Participant to attend and vote the Common Shares held by the Trustee on
     behalf of such Participant at such meeting in place of the Trustee.

9.0  TAX MATTERS

9.1  If, for any reason whatsoever, the Trustee and/or a Participating Company
     becomes obligated to withhold and/or remit to any applicable taxation
     authority (whether domestic or foreign) any amount in connection with this
     Plan in respect of a Participant, then the


                                                                               5

<PAGE>   6


     Trustee shall provide written notice of such obligation to the Participant
     and not provide share certificates evidencing Common Shares or distribute
     any other security or amount to such Participant until the Participant:

     (a)  pays to the Trustee the amount which must be withheld and/or remitted;

     (b)  directs the Trustee to sell such number of vested Common Shares as may
          be necessary to pay the relevant amount, and further directs the
          Trustee to use the proceeds of such sale to pay the amount which must
          be withheld and/or remitted; or

     (c)  makes other arrangements in connection with the amount which must be
          withheld and/or remitted which are acceptable to the Trustee.

10.0 AMENDMENT OF PLAN AND TRUST

10.1 From time to time the Committee or the board of directors of Cott may amend
     any provisions of this Plan and any provisions of the Trust, but no
     amendment of this Plan or the Trust, or any termination of this Plan, shall
     divest any Participant of his or her entitlement to Common Shares as
     provided in section 5.0 or of any rights a Participant may have in respect
     of the Common Shares, without the prior written consent of the Participant.
     No amendment of this Plan shall affect the rights and duties of the Trustee
     without its prior written consent.

10.2 The Committee or the board of directors of Cott may terminate this Plan at
     any time.

11.0 GENERAL

11.1 The Trustee shall be entitled to rely on a certificate of the President and
     CEO, the Senior Vice President of Human Resources or the General Counsel of
     Cott as to any of the following matters:

     (a)  when the employment of a Participant with a Participating Company has
          terminated; and

     (b)  the date of death, retirement or Permanent Disability of any
          Participant.

11.2 The Committee or the board of directors of Cott may by resolution make,
     amend or repeal at any time and from time to time such regulations not
     inconsistent herewith as it may deem necessary or advisable for the proper
     administration and operation of this Plan. In particular, the board of
     directors of Cott may delegate to any directors or director or any officers
     or officer of a Participating Company such administrative duties and powers
     as it may see fit with respect to this Plan.

11.3 The directors and/or officers of Cott are hereby authorized to sign and
     execute all instruments and documents and do all things necessary or
     desirable for carrying out the provisions of this Plan.


                                                                               6

<PAGE>   7




11.4 This Plan and the Trust are established under the laws of the Province of
     Ontario and the rights of all parties and the construction and effect of
     each and every provision of this Plan and the Trust shall be according to
     the laws of the Province of Ontario and the laws of Canada applicable
     therein.

11.5 This Plan and the Trust shall enure to the benefit of and be binding upon
     Cott, its successors and assigns. The interest hereunder of any Participant
     shall not be transferable or alienable by such individual either by
     assignment or in any other manner whatsoever and, during his or her
     lifetime, shall be vested only in him or her, but, upon such Participant's
     death, shall enure to the benefit of and be binding upon the personal
     representatives of the Participant.

11.6 This Plan is an "employer benefit Plan" for the purposes of the Act.


     EXECUTED ON March 27, 2000 but with effect as of January 3, 1999.

                               COTT CORPORATION

                               PER:  /S/ MARK HALPERIN
                                   ---------------------------------------------
                                     TITLE SVP, GENERAL COUNSEL & SECY

                               BCB USA CORP. (F/K/A COTT BEVERAGES USA, INC.)

                               PER:  /S/ COLIN WALKER
                                   ---------------------------------------------
                                     TITLE  SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT

                               COTT BEVERAGES LIMITED

                               PER:  /S/ RAYMOND P. SILCOCK
                                   ---------------------------------------------
                                     TITLE  DIRECTOR

                                                                               7

<PAGE>   1



                                                                      EXHIBIT 13

[COTT CORPORATION LOGO]



                                                              1999 ANNUAL REPORT
                                                                     REVITALIZED



THE LEADER IN PREMIUM
RETAILER BRAND BEVERAGE
INNOVATION



<PAGE>   2



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                       JANUARY 1,     January 2,      January 31,
(in millions of U.S. dollars,                             2000           1999             1998
except per share amounts)                              (52 WEEKS)     (48 weeks)       (53 weeks)
- -------------------------                              ----------     ----------       ----------
<S>                                                    <C>            <C>             <C>
Sales                                                  $    990.8     $    958.5      $   1,047.8
Gross margin                                                 14.5%          10.4%            13.9%
Operating income*                                            45.0            8.2             49.0
Net income (loss)                                            18.5         (109.5)            (4.7)
Operating cash flow, after capital expenditures              38.4          (46.4)           (27.8)
Working capital                                              62.7           77.2            171.3
Long-term debt                                              323.6          377.7            407.8
Per common share:
  Net income (loss) - basic                            $     0.31     $    (1.74)     $     (0.07)
  Net income (loss) - diluted                          $     0.28     $    (1.74)     $     (0.07)
                                                       ==========     ==========      ===========
</TABLE>


* before unusual items


                                      SALES
                           (MILLIONS OF U.S. DOLLARS)

                 '97             [ART WORK]             1,047.8
                 '98             [ART WORK]               958.5
                 '99             [ART WORK]               990.8




                            EARNINGS BEFORE INTEREST,
                       TAXES, DEPRECIATION & AMORTIZATION*
                           (MILLIONS OF U.S. DOLLARS)

                 '97             [ART WORK]                87.8
                 '98             [ART WORK]                51.3
                 '99             [ART WORK]                82.5




                          OPERATING CASH FLOW PER SHARE
                          (AFTER CAPITAL EXPENDITURES)
                                 (U.S. DOLLARS)



                 '97             [ART WORK]               (0.43)
                 '98             [ART WORK]               (0.74)
                 '99             [ART WORK]                0.64




                                   CASE VOLUME
                         (MILLIONS OF 8 OZ EQUIVALENTS)



                 '97             [ART WORK]               555.5
                 '98             [ART WORK]               543.5
                 '99             [ART WORK]               578.2


[COTT LOGO]

OUR VISION:

TO BE THE LEADER IN PREMIUM RETAILER BRAND BEVERAGE INNOVATION


OUR VALUES:

TRUST AND INTEGRITY; ACCOUNTABILITY; QUALITY AND INNOVATION; TEAMWORK AND
PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT; DIVERSITY AND RESPECT; CUSTOMER-DRIVEN; WINNING ATTITUDE


<PAGE>   3

TO OUR SHAREOWNERS

                              R E V I T A L I Z E D





IN LAST YEAR'S ANNUAL REPORT I REPORTED THAT COTT CORPORATION WAS "POWERING UP,"
PUTTING IN PLACE A FOUNDATION FOR CONSISTENT, PROFITABLE GROWTH. I INSISTED THAT
DESPITE ALL OBSTACLES, AND WITH UNCOMMON DEDICATION, WE WOULD TURN OUR COMPANY
AROUND BY WORKING SMARTER, BY WORKING TOGETHER AND THROUGH INNOVATION.


I said we would go back to our roots, strip away distractions, and position our
Company to fulfill its vision of continuing as the leader in premium retailer
brand beverage innovation. This year, I am pleased to report that we have kept
those commitments.


Business success is, of course, measured by financial results. I am happy to
report that our positive financial performance in 1999 reflects that a
turnaround has begun.


FISCAL 1999 RESULTS

- -    Basic earnings per share from continuing operations of $0.35 versus a loss
     of $1.53 in 1998


- -    Operating income of $45.0 million versus $8.2 million before unusual items


- -    Overall gross margin of 14.5%, up from 10.4% in 1998


- -    Operating cash flow (less capital expenditures) of $38.4 million versus a
     $46.4 million cash outflow in 1998


REVITALIZED

Today, Cott has in place a firm foundation on which to build our future. We have
cleared a path for sustained performance. Our operating strategies are beginning
to bite. Our focus on customers is paying off. In short, we are REVITALIZED! Let
me explain:

- -    Customer service, which caused significant disruption in 1998, particularly
     in the U.S., has reached new levels of excellence.


- -    Plant performance, namely productivity, asset utilization, quality and
     cost, has significantly improved.


- -    The leadership team is in place and the Company reorganized around our
     three core geographic regions, to place greater focus on customers.


- -    The Company has been refocused to place our resources behind our core
     carbonated soft drink business.


- -    Accountability, teamwork and sharing, the principal values of the "New"
     Cott, are being embraced by employees.



[PHOTO]

FRANK E. WEISE III
PRESIDENT & CEO


                                                                               1

COTT CORPORATION




<PAGE>   4




TO OUR SHAREOWNERS



Our success in 1999 was driven by our relentless pursuit of three ambitious
strategies.


WE FOCUSED ON KEY BUSINESSES IN CORE MARKETS

We achieved quality and customer service excellence in our core Canadian, U.K.
and U.S. businesses.

We centralized our organizations in Canada and the U.S., bringing new levels of
consistency and efficiency and eliminating many redundancies.

We completed our divestiture program, realizing proceeds of $39.1 million,
enabling us to pay down debt and strengthen our core business.

We continued to focus relentlessly on our customers. As the story of the "New"
Cott gets told, we find that not only are we attracting new customers, but we
are bolstering our position with current customers, our most important source of
volume growth. Our top 15 customers, who now account for more than 70% of sales,
generated volume growth of 13%.

WE TOOK MAJOR STEPS TO FIX OUR COST STRUCTURE

Company-wide, in 1999 we reduced stock-keeping units (SKUs) by almost one-third,
eliminating products that either were too costly to produce or did not generate
the required levels of returns.

Across our operations we made progress on a number of fact-based processes,
which help us do a better job of managing the business by giving us hard, fast
data on which to make and monitor decisions. Among them are Key Performance
Indicators (KPIs), which measure performance in each of our plants around the
world; Six Sigma, which helps us track and correct variations in our operations;
and the Cott Continuous Improvement Process (CIP), which facilitates increased
operational efficiency, and contributed more than $8.0 million in savings.


We made major strides toward implementing greater financial discipline across
the Company, standardizing accounting, initiating enterprise resource planning,
clarifying reporting systems and prioritizing capital spending.


We continued to "sweat our assets," getting more productivity out of our
existing infrastructure and improving operating cash flow less capital
expenditures by $84.8 million, reducing debt to $323.6 million.

WE CONTINUED TO STRENGTHEN THE "NEW" COTT

We strengthened our Cott Power Team at all levels, including hiring new
management to lead our U.K. business, headed by Neil A. Thompson as Managing
Director, U.K./Europe Operations. Neil brings us a track record of success with
leading consumer product companies. He, along with the leaders of our two other
businesses, David G. Bluestein, President, U.S. Operations,


2


<PAGE>   5



and Mark Benadiba, President, Canadian Operations, will be responsible for
executing Cott's growth strategy in each of our core businesses. In all our
businesses we have a smaller, more focused management structure providing
greater flexibility.


THE PATH FORWARD ... BUILDING ON MOMENTUM

For 2000 we are sticking with the goals and operating strategies which worked so
well in 1999; focus on core business, fix the cost structure and strengthen the
"New" Cott.


Our basic earnings per share from continuing operations of $0.35 in 1999 serves
as a solid base on which to build. And, 2000 looms bright with promise. We see
opportunities for sales and earnings growth in each of our core markets. Thanks
to the new emphasis on innovation as well as financial discipline, our success
has taken on a more robust strength. We see the current year as one of
breakthrough performance in partnership with our customers.


Our 2,000 plus Cott Power Team--our employees--accomplished much this past year.
Yet, I have great confidence that they can and will accomplish much more moving
forward in the new century. They are revitalizing this great Company. The Cott
turnaround has begun. I want to express my thanks and appreciation to the men
and women of Cott, and to our shareowners for your confidence in, and support
of, our Company and its leadership.


FRANK E. WEISE III (SIGNED)
PRESIDENT AND CEO


I AM VERY PLEASED WITH THE PROGRESS THAT WE HAVE MADE OVER THE PAST YEAR. AT THE
BEGINNING OF 1999, THE COMPANY, UNDER THE ABLE LEADERSHIP OF FRANK E. WEISE, PUT
INTO PLACE A NUMBER OF BOLD INITIATIVES AIMED AT TURNING AROUND OUR COMPANY. I
BELIEVE THAT THE IMPLEMENTATION OF THESE INITIATIVES HAS RESULTED IN SIGNIFICANT
PROGRESS TOWARD POSITIONING COTT FOR LEADERSHIP IN ITS CORE BUSINESS.


THE COMPANY NOW HAS A FIRST-RATE MANAGEMENT TEAM, WITH DEPTH AND EXPERIENCE AND
A SOLID COMMITMENT TO ACHIEVING PROFITABLE GROWTH.


IT IS REFRESHING TO FEEL THE ENERGY HERE. THE COMPANY'S PERFORMANCE DESERVES
MUCH PRAISE AND I AM PROUD TO BE ASSOCIATED WITH COTT AT THIS DRAMATIC TIME OF
REVITALIZATION. I SALUTE ALL MEMBERS OF THE COTT POWER TEAM.



SERGE GOUIN (SIGNED)
CHAIRMAN



                                                                               3

COTT CORPORATION


<PAGE>   6



                                      Q+A



COTT'S SENIOR MANAGEMENT TEAM SET THE COMPANY'S TURNAROUND IN MOTION BY
RELENTLESSLY PURSUING THREE KEY OPERATING STRATEGIES. UNDERLYING THESE
STRATEGIES AND EVERY OTHER ACTIVITY IS AN INTENSE FOCUS ON CUSTOMERS.





Left to right  NEIL A. THOMPSON, MD, U.K.,
               RAYMOND P. SILCOCK, CFO,
               FRANK E. WEISE, CEO,
               MARK BENADIBA, PRESIDENT, CANADA,
               DAVID G. BLUESTEIN, PRESIDENT, U.S.


QUESTION       A LOT OF ATTENTION IS BEING PAID TO THE SUBJECT OF "INNOVATION."
               PLEASE DESCRIBE HOW INNOVATION IS BEING IMPLEMENTED COMPANY-WIDE.


ANSWER         FRANK E. WEISE Innovation is a key part of Cott's heritage and is
               one of our most important strategic thrusts. We strayed away from
               innovation with carbonated soft drinks over the past several
               years as the Company pursued a diversification strategy. Now that
               we have refocused the Company, innovation is right at the top of
               our priority list. We realize that we must increase Cott's pace
               of growth and a large part of this growth must come from
               increased innovation.

               Innovation means introducing new and improved products that are
               consumer-preferred and offer greater


4




<PAGE>   7






               volume and profitability to Cott and our customers. Innovation
               also includes new and unique packaging formats, designs that
               provide strong on- shelf presence, and retail execution
               initiatives that drive volume and trial. It's about taking ideas
               from concept to market more quickly and accurately, and seeing
               the world through the eyes of our customers. It means doing
               anything and everything we can.


               In 2000 we are focusing on innovation company-wide, rather than
               market by market. We're sharing product, packaging, marketing,
               promotion and manufacturing ideas across borders. What will help
               to make this whole thrust successful is that we involve our
               customers and suppliers and make them partners in our
               initiatives. If Cott is to maintain its position as "The Leader
               in Premium Retailer Brand Beverage Innovation," we must become
               proficient in driving and achieving innovation.



QUESTION       HOW ARE YOU MOTIVATING EMPLOYEES TO PARTICIPATE IN THE INNOVATION
               PROCESS?


ANSWER         FRANK E. WEISE Primarily through sharing and communicating. As
               our employees increasingly rally around the "New" Cott and
               understand our vision, our mission and our values, they realize
               that innovation can come from anywhere. I believe the real
               "experts" in innovation are the people who do the work, whether
               it be on the production line, in our R&D lab, in the field or in
               our offices. They are the ones who know how to make things
               better. They are the ones who come up with great ideas that can
               improve customer service, extend product shelf life and improve
               the display readiness of our products. To heighten our commitment
               to innovation, we created the Gerald N. Pencer Award for
               Excellence in Innovation, honoring Cott's late former Chairman,
               President and CEO. In 1999, 357 men and women were nominated for
               their contributions. The Pencer Award includes a C$10,000 prize,
               half in Cott stock. We have made stock an important part of the
               prize because we believe there is no higher motivator to
               outstanding performance than ownership in our Company.



QUESTION       1999 WAS A YEAR OF GROWTH FOR COTT CANADA. HOW DID YOU ACHIEVE
               THIS?


ANSWER         MARK BENADIBA 1999 was a positive year for Cott Canada. We
               enjoyed good profitability and met our customer service and
               operational goals. The year was a ringing tribute to all the
               dedicated employees at Cott Canada. The victory was theirs.


[PHOTO]

FRANK E. WEISE
President & CEO



[PHOTO]

MARK BENADIBA
President,
Canadian Operations



                                                                               5

COTT CORPORATION



<PAGE>   8




                                       Q+A






A COMPANY'S PERFORMANCE IS MEASURED IN NUMBERS. IN 1999, COTT MADE MAJOR STRIDES
TOWARD STANDARDIZING FINANCIAL PROCEDURES AND PROVIDING DATA NEEDED FOR ENHANCED
PLANNING AND OVERALL MANAGERIAL EXCELLENCE.


[PHOTO]

Left to right

JAMES S. REYNOLDS, SVP, CIO,
TINA DELL'AQUILA, VP, CONTROLLER,
CATHERINE M. BRENNAN, VP, TREASURER


               That success came from constraining our costs and making our
               assets sweat. Cott enjoys a 21% share of the take-home carbonated
               soft drinks market in Canada, accomplished as a result of years
               spent paying close attention to the needs and wants of our
               customers. That's why we were gratified to learn that one of our
               major customers, Provigo Quebec, hailed our 99.7% service level
               and listed us as one of their "Top 5" suppliers.


               As a division, Cott Canada is completely customer-focused. But,
               we can never let up in our quest to consistently achieve new
               levels of productivity and innovation. To that end, we
               centralized our Canadian operations in 1999, thus reducing
               administrative costs. We took additional costs out of the system
               by reducing secondary packaging costs, eliminating outside
               warehousing, reducing SKUs and rationalizing unprofitable
               accounts.


               Success in the Canadian marketplace does not come easily. It must
               be earned, with outstanding business discipline and customer
               service. The year just ended is testament to the ability of the
               Cott Canada Team to achieve new heights.



QUESTION       WHAT NEW PRODUCTS DID COTT CANADA INTRODUCE IN 1999?


ANSWER         MARK BENADIBA By far, our star new product was President's
               Choice(TM) Lemon Iced Tea, which received a coveted award from
               our largest customer -- Loblaws-- as being one of the best new
               product launches of 1999. That was recognition of the highest
               order and illustrates an important element of our success. We
               want to be at the forefront in developing new products for our
               customers. We need to keep supplying them with innovative
               products at the leading edge in beverage marketing that will keep
               their consumers coming back again and again.


               Much to the delight of Canadian children, Cott Canada also began
               marketing Chubby(TM), the country's first carbonated soft drink
               for kids.


[ARTWORK]

PRESIDENT'S CHOICE(TM) LEMON ICED TEA WON LOBLAWS' COVETED AWARD FOR ONE OF THE
BEST NEW PRODUCT LAUNCHES OF 1999.



6





<PAGE>   9



[PHOTO]

NEIL A. THOMPSON
Managing Director,
U.K. and Continental Europe Operations


[ARTWORK]


THE GERALD N. PENCER AWARD, RECOGNIZING
EMPLOYEE EXCELLENCE IN INNOVATION. 1999
WINNERS WERE ROD BOLL AND JOHN CLEMENTS OF
THE U.K.





               With its characteristic, small bottle, and its bright, cheery
               label, ChubbyTM was an instant hit when launched and was quickly
               rolled out across Canada.

               In the consolidated Canadian grocery soft drink business,
               opportunities continue to abound. Our challenge remains to
               deliver to our customers a new standard of products, service and
               efficiency.

QUESTION       SINCE ASSUMING RESPONSIBILITY FOR COTT U.K., WHAT STEPS HAVE YOU
               AND YOUR MANAGEMENT TEAM TAKEN TO REVITALIZE THE DIVISION?


ANSWER         NEIL A. THOMPSON When I joined Cott U.K. in 1999, it was a
               division that had lost its way. It was clear that if we were to
               survive we would have to take the division back to its roots and
               rebuild it. A year later, as I look back on how far we have come,
               I can say that, through hard work and dedication by all our
               employees, we have stabilized the business and sown the seeds for
               growth.

               We began the process by putting in place an experienced
               management team, dedicated to achieving our three key strategies
               of focusing on the core business, fixing the cost structure and
               strengthening the "New" Cott U.K. Then we rolled up our sleeves
               and got to work.

               We attacked costs. We reduced our customer accounts from 250 to
               45. We reduced SKUs from 1,000 to 650. We implemented a software
               program that helps us monitor operations and the supply chain. We
               sold the Featherstone Plant and related business in West
               Yorkshire and moved production to two other plants: Kegworth and
               Pontefract. We also reshaped our business processes leading to a
               30% reduction in salaried staff.

               The result of all this effort is that today Cott U.K. is a
               leaner, more efficient business, better able to respond to our
               customers' needs.

QUESTION       WHAT STEPS HAVE YOU TAKEN TO IMPROVE CUSTOMER SERVICE?

ANSWER         NEIL A. THOMPSON The U.K. has a highly concentrated grocery
               market and with continued consolidation, it has been estimated
               that in five years there may only be five major retail chains in
               the U.K. This can present a great opportunity for retail brand
               suppliers, and Cott U.K. in particular.

               Just as our customers market globally, so can Cott U.K. bring
               transatlantic expertise. Increasingly, Cott customers in the U.S.
               and Canada are finding their way to the U.K. and Continental
               Europe, just as U.K. and European firms are growing in North
               America. We intend to benefit from that trend.



                                                                               7

COTT CORPORATION



<PAGE>   10

                                       Q+A


[PHOTO]

Left to right

MARK R. HALPERIN,
SVP, GENERAL COUNSEL & SECRETARY,
COLIN D. WALKER, SVP, HUMAN RESOURCES


[PHOTO]

DAVID G. BLUESTEIN
President, U.S.
Operations



               Our customers are demanding new levels of quality and service.
               They want efficiency, reliability, and products which address the
               preferences of their consumers. We are implementing productivity
               programs which will objectively assess our strengths and
               weaknesses and measure improvements. In addition, we have created
               a formal category management structure to focus insight and
               innovation across our product lines.


               Finally, we have implemented a new organization structure that is
               dedicated to meeting the needs of our customers through the
               creation of Customer Teams. As a consequence we are now achieving
               our targeted rate of 99% of customer orders delivered in full and
               on time.


QUESTION       WHAT NEW PRODUCTS HAVE YOU INTRODUCED?


ANSWER         NEIL A. THOMPSON In January 1999, there were no new products in
               the pipeline. By June, we had 40 in various stages of
               development. We are now launching several new products, including
               low-acid fruit drinks for kids, a range of organic fruit
               carbonated drinks, premium lemonades, and high energy adult
               drinks. That should illustrate the importance we are placing on
               new products. But it is not enough to meet the needs of our
               customers. We have to become more adept at anticipating their
               needs. That, too, is an important part of the success equation in
               U.K. soft drinks and explains our focus on innovation.


QUESTION       HOW DID COTT USA PERFORM IN 1999? PLEASE DESCRIBE THE HIGHLIGHTS.

ANSWER         DAVID G. BLUESTEIN 1999 was a year of significant turnaround for
               Cott USA. We turned in a solid financial performance. We launched
               a number of programs that propelled us to new levels of customer
               service--and we attacked superfluous costs aggressively. This has
               helped build a solid foundation for future growth.


8






<PAGE>   11




[ARTWORK]

               These accomplishments were the direct result of hard work and
               outstanding performance by Cott USA's Power Team of employees for
               whom our performance in 1999 was particularly gratifying.


               Early in 1999 we centralized the U.S. organization into a new
               headquarters in Tampa, Florida. From there we set about
               implementing our key strategies: focusing on key customers,
               fixing the cost structure and strengthening the "New" Cott USA.


               We rebuilt our partnerships with major customers and developed
               strong promotional programs with them. And we established task
               forces to work in and improve critical areas of our business.


               Among other things, these task forces helped us reduce product
               offerings from 3,200 to 2,000 which reduced complexity in our
               plants and warehouses.


               We improved the output of our plants by introducing enhanced
               processes and Six Sigma quality improvement training.


               In short, 1999 was a successful and pivotal year for Cott USA. In
               2000 we are continuing to pursue our key strategies and serve and
               expand our customer base--actions which will advance us in
               dramatically turning our Company around and setting a course for
               a promising future.


QUESTION       PLEASE ELABORATE ON SOME OF THE PRODUCTIVITY-ENHANCING PROCESSES
               WHICH HELPED COTT USA ACHIEVE SUCH A SUCCESSFUL YEAR IN 1999?


ANSWER         DAVID G. BLUESTEIN During 1999 we committed ourselves to a number
               of new processes.


               One is Key Performance Indicators or KPIs. By measuring the same
               things, in the same way, in each of our plants throughout the
               U.S., we help align and measure performance against corporate
               strategic goals. For example, customers want consistent quality
               and they want their orders shipped on time. We want to achieve
               these two objectives at the best possible cost. KPIs tell us
               objectively how well we are doing in meeting quality and customer
               service standards and in accomplishing cost targets. In 1999,
               achieving our KPIs was critical to our ability to drive division
               performance.


               Six Sigma is a set of problem-solving tools based on statistical
               analysis, the purpose of which is to eliminate variation. To
               implement Six Sigma, a number of employees were selected to
               attend a five-week training program, from which they graduated as
               "Six Sigma Black Belts." These 12 Black Belt recipients have
               already improved product quality and customer performance and, in
               so doing, have helped deliver significant cost savings as well.


                                                                               9

COTT CORPORATION




<PAGE>   12






                                      Q+A





INNOVATION IS AT THE HEART OF ALL WE DO AT COTT. IT MEANS KEEPING OUR CUSTOMERS
ON THE LEADING EDGE IN PRODUCTS, MARKETING, PACKAGING AND TECHNOLOGY.


[PHOTO]

Left to right

PAUL R. RICHARDSON, EVP, GLOBAL PROCUREMENT &
INNOVATION, PREM VIRMANI, VP, TECHNICAL SERVICES




[PHOTO]

RAYMOND P. SILCOCK
Executive Vice President & CFO


               The Cott Continuous Improvement Process (CIP) helps improve
               operational efficiencies. By focusing on key elements of a
               specific process, CIP enables us to improve operating procedures,
               optimize our use of assets and leverage the strengths of our
               employees.


               These and other tools are invaluable. They point Cott USA to ever
               higher standards of quality and performance.



QUESTION       WHAT STEPS DID YOU TAKE IN 1999 TO IMPROVE THE FINANCIAL
               CONDITION OF THE COMPANY?


ANSWER         RAYMOND P. SILCOCK Two of Cott's three key strategies--focusing
               on core and fixing the cost structure--are aimed at improving the
               Company's financial condition.


               As part of focusing on core, we divested several non-strategic
               businesses, deploying the proceeds to debt reduction, thus
               lowering our interest expense and strengthening the balance
               sheet. Since the beginning of 1999 our net debt (total debt
               outstanding less cash on hand) is down from $375.8 million to
               $322.8 million at year-end.


               To fix our cost structure we reduced SKUs, improved operating
               efficiencies, and reduced administrative expenses. Reducing SKUs
               simplified plant operations and paved the way for added
               efficiency. In 1999, we increased our gross profit margin from
               10.4% to 14.5% as a result of actions taken by each of our
               businesses to improve operating efficiencies. We reduced selling,
               general and administrative expenses. Together, these actions
               helped strengthen the Company's financial condition. In addition,
               we improved financial discipline by standardizing accounting and
               reporting systems, to provide the kind of data we need to help
               improve operating performance.



10



<PAGE>   13






               Our continuing effort to reduce costs is a key strategy, and
               combined with "sweating" our assets has enabled us to sharply
               improve our cash flow in 1999 versus 1998, thus reducing debt
               level and interest expense. Operating cash flow less capital
               expenditures in 1999 was $38.4 million, as compared to a cash
               outflow of $46.4 million last year, an improvement of $84.8
               million.


QUESTION       WHAT WAS THE IMPACT ON THE COMPANY OF DIVESTING BUSINESSES DURING
               THE YEAR?


ANSWER         RAYMOND P. SILCOCK In 1999 we divested five businesses, all of
               which were outside our core. It was time to refocus. We applied
               the $39.1 million in proceeds from the sales to reducing our
               debt. Although this action reduced 1999 sales from the prior
               period by $45.6 million and operating income by $1.0 million, we
               believe the result will be a sharp increase in future sales and
               earnings as management is better able to concentrate on our core
               business: retailer brand carbonated soft drinks in our three core
               markets, Canada, the U.K. and the U.S.


QUESTION       WHAT STEPS HAVE YOU TAKEN TOWARD STANDARDIZING FINANCIAL
               PROCEDURES?

ANSWER         RAYMOND P. SILCOCK When the new management team assumed
               responsibility for Cott, one of our priorities was to improve the
               credibility of the numbers in today's data-driven business
               environment. We changed our fiscal year to calendar-year
               reporting, like most companies in our industry. And we switched
               our reporting from Canadian to U.S. dollars, recognizing that
               more than half of our sales are in the U.S. as are most of our
               shareowners. These steps are necessary if we are to be measured
               by the same standards that apply to other companies in our
               industry. At the end of 1999 more than 50% of our assets are also
               in the U.S. As a result, we will be filing a full U.S. reporting
               package, including a 10K, this year, in addition to fulfilling
               Canadian reporting requirements.


               Next we focused on measuring and reporting performance. We
               installed an enterprise resource planning system at Cott U.K.,
               and we intend to start introducing the system company-wide
               beginning this year. Not only will it help identify areas where
               waste can be eliminated and costs contained, it will serve as a
               valuable planning tool. Also, we are upgrading and standardizing
               all our information and accounting systems to bring consistency
               to reporting among and within our companies.


[ARTWORK]      These and other ongoing steps within our three core businesses
               give us a wealth of reliable, objective, standardized information
               that will help us drive our growth strategies.


                                                                              11
COTT CORPORATION




<PAGE>   14






MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS


"MARK HUSSON, A MERRILL LYNCH & CO. ANALYST WHO COVERS THE SUPERMARKET INDUSTRY
SAID, "SUPERMARKETS ARE BECOMING BRAND NAMES IN THEIR OWN RIGHT, RATHER THAN
PASSIVE LANDLORDS OF SHELF SPACE. COTT'S PACKAGING AND GRAPHICS ARE UNRIVALLED."


THE WALL STREET JOURNAL
MARCH 9, 2000


COTT CORPORATION IS THE WORLD'S LARGEST SUPPLIER OF PREMIUM RETAILER BRAND
BEVERAGES, WITH MANUFACTURING, MARKETING, PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT AND CUSTOMER
SERVICE FACILITIES IN CANADA, THE UNITED KINGDOM AND THE UNITED STATES. THE
COMPANY IS THE WORLD'S FOURTH LARGEST MANUFACTURER OF SOFT DRINKS. ITS VISION IS
TO BE THE LEADER IN PREMIUM RETAILER BRAND BEVERAGE INNOVATION.


OVERVIEW       In 1999, the Company took decisive steps to turn around its
               performance by implementing three key strategies: focus on core,
               fix the cost structure and build management strength.


During the year, five non-strategic businesses were divested as part of the
focus on core strategy. The proceeds, totaling $39.1 million, were used to
reduce debt. All planned divestitures under this strategy were completed during
the year with the exception of the Company's PET blow-molding assets. The
Company's intent to sell these assets at net book value to Schmalbach-Lubeca
Plastic Containers USA, Inc. has been announced. An estimated $18.0 million in
proceeds is anticipated.


Additionally the Company evaluated its product offerings and eliminated small
and unprofitable product lines, reducing SKU count by 25%-35%. This SKU
rationalization had an adverse impact on sales but improved gross margins and
helped reduce working capital.


The Company's 1999 focus on key customers resulted in a 13% sales volume growth
for its top 15 customers (representing 70% of the total) on a 12-month
comparable basis. This sharp improvement helped offset the impact of SKU
rationalization.


In order to fix the cost structure in 1999, global Key Performance Indicators
(KPIs) tracked plant performance against target and as compared to other plants.
Using these KPIs the Company was able to identify areas for improvement and
raise efficiency levels. Overall gross margin for 1999 was 14.5%, an improvement
of 4.1 percentage points versus the prior period.



12

<PAGE>   15



Building management strength, the Company rounded out the new management team in
1999. Neil A. Thompson joined the Company in February as Managing Director of
the U.K. operations. The new management team increased accountability throughout
the organization, creating results-oriented teams and sharing best practices.


In 2000, the Company will continue to follow the same three strategies: focus on
core, fix the cost structure and grow the "New" Cott. New tactics to achieve
these strategies in 2000 will include a strong focus on innovation, development
of new customers, ongoing cost reduction efforts and further reductions in
selling, general and administrative expenses (SG&A).




RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 1999
VERSUS 1998


- -    1999 covers the year ended January 1, 2000


- -    1998 covers the 11-month period February 1, 1998 to January 2, 1999


- -    Comparable basis covers the period January 1998 to December 1998


Income from continuing operations in 1999 was $21.4 million or $0.35 per share
($0.32 per diluted share), versus a loss of $95.8 million or $1.53 per share in
the prior period. Excluding the impact of unusual items and the gain from the
sale of an equity investment in Menu Foods Limited ("Menu Foods") a private
label pet food producer, income from continuing operations was $16.5 million or
$0.28 per share ($0.25 per diluted share) compared with a loss of $29.7 million
or $0.47 per share in 1998. Net income was $18.5 million or $0.31 per share
($0.28 per diluted share) versus a net loss, including discontinued operations
and the cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles, of $109.5 million
or $1.74 per share in 1998.



SALES Sales increased to $990.8 million in 1999 from $958.5 million in 1998. On
a comparable basis, after removing sales by divested units, this was an increase
of 1%. Customer service was significantly improved in the core markets and the
"focus on core" strategy resulted in a 13% sales volume increase at the top 15
accounts. This improvement helped offset lost sales resulting from SKU
reductions undertaken during the course of the year.



                                                                              13

COTT CORPORATION




<PAGE>   16



MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS


Sales in Canada increased to $169.2 million in 1999 from $161.1 million in 1998.
On a comparable basis, sales were down 1.5%, primarily due to lower export
sales.

Sales in the U.K. declined to $186.1 million from $209.5 million in 1998. On a
comparable basis, sales were down 16.6%. This decline reflected a reduction in
volume due to business streamlining efforts in the Company's manufacturing and
customer base. Removing the effect of sales lost as a consequence of divesting
the Featherstone plant, sales decreased 10.1% on a comparable basis.

Sales in the U.S. increased to $596.8 million from $513.1 million in 1998. On a
comparable basis sales were up 6.9%. Sales volume to the top five customers was
up by 20% as the division focused on core accounts helping offset the impact of
a 33% SKU reduction.

GROSS PROFIT Gross profit margin improved 4.1 percentage points to 14.5% of
sales in 1999 as compared to 10.4% in 1998. This improvement was the result of
continued efficiency gains in manufacturing facilities, the elimination of
unprofitable product offerings and better inventory management which resulted in
fewer write-offs of product.

SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES ("SG&A") SG&A was $99.1 million in
1999 up from $91.3 million in 1998. On a comparable basis, SG&A decreased by
4.3%. This reduction was primarily the result of administrative cost reductions
from the reorganization of operations in the U.S. and the U.K.

UNUSUAL ITEMS In 1999 all prior period restructuring programs were substantially
completed. A description of the utilization of the unusual items charge
reflected in 1998 is found in note 2 of the financial statements.

SALES OF BUSINESSES In 1999 the Company sold the assets of The Watt Design
Group, a packaging design company; Destination Products International, a frozen
food business; a plant and related business in Featherstone (U.K.) and its
subsidiary BCB Beverages Australia Pty. Ltd. In addition, the Company divested
most of its minority interest in Menu Foods. The Company retained a 7.6%
investment in Menu Foods Corporation which it anticipates selling through the
exercise of an option in 2000.

These disposals of non-core businesses were aimed at strengthening the Company's
performance and the cash proceeds of $39.1 million were used to reduce debt.



14




<PAGE>   17












With the exception of Menu Foods on which a gain of $5.9 million ($4.2 million
after tax) was recorded, these divestitures had no significant impact on the
income statement as a charge to write down the assets being sold to net
realizable value was included in 1998 unusual items or discontinued operations.

INTEREST EXPENSE Net interest expense was $34.6 million in 1999 compared to
$33.2 million in 1998 and $35.4 million on a comparable basis. Interest expense
on long-term debt decreased by $3.0 million on a comparable basis due to the
repayment of long-term debt during the year. However, offsetting this was a $2.3
million increase in interest expense on net short-term borrowings.

INCOME TAXES In 1999 the Company recorded an income tax benefit of $3.8 million,
compared to a $4.0 million benefit in 1998. A 1999 tax benefit was recorded as a
result of a corporate reorganization as a consequence of which the Company now
expects to be able to utilize prior period loss carryforwards to reduce taxes
payable in future years. These loss carryforwards had not been tax effected in
prior years.

DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS During 1999 an additional loss, net of tax, of $0.8
million ($3.8 million in 1998) was recorded to reflect the proceeds on
disposition of the assets of Destination Products International. Details of this
divestiture are found in note 6 of the financial statements.

CHANGE IN ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLE The Company adopted Statement of Position 98-5,
Reporting on the Costs of Start-Up Activities, at the beginning of 1999. SOP
98-5 requires that costs of start-up activities and organization costs be
expensed as incurred. Initial adoption of this principle was reported as a
cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle and resulted in a charge
of $2.1 million, net of a deferred income tax recovery of $1.2 million.

FINANCIAL CONDITION Cash flow from operations after capital expenditures in 1999
was $38.4 million compared with a cash outflow of $46.4 million in 1998.
Operating cash flow was used to fund restructuring and capital expenditures and
to pay out deferred consideration.

Cash and cash equivalents decreased by $25.5 million to $2.6 million in the
course of 1999 primarily due to the repayment of short-term borrowings. Under
current credit facilities the Company is provided maximum credit of $61.0
million depending on available collateral, generally accounts receivable and
inventory. At January 1, 2000, $49.2 million of credit was available.


                                                                              15

COTT CORPORATION




<PAGE>   18





MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS




CAPITAL EXPENDITURES Capital expenditures were $18.5 million compared with $36.7
million in 1998. The lower level of capital spending reflected management's
commitment to make the assets "sweat." Capital spending of $25 million to $35
million is planned for 2000. Only those projects with an expected internal rate
of return above 30% will be considered, in addition to those required for
essential maintenance, safety and regulatory compliance.


INVESTING ACTIVITIES In November 1999 the Company modified its arrangement with
Premium Beverage Packers Inc. ("Premium"), a Pennsylvania based co-packer
responsible for approximately 15% of the Company's U.S. production. The Company
paid $25.0 million to settle an obligation under the terms of its 1997
acquisition agreement in which the Company purchased a customer list from
Premium and is also committed to use Premium as a co-packer for 10 years. This
amount has been capitalized to customer list and is included in investment and
other assets.


DIVIDEND PAYMENTS No dividends were paid in 1999 due to restrictions imposed
under the terms of the senior unsecured notes. An increase of approximately
$29.0 million in shareowners' equity is required before dividend payments can be
resumed and the Company does not anticipate accomplishing this until 2001.


CAPITAL STOCK In November 1999, Thomas H. Lee Company, the Company's largest
investor, was authorized to purchase up to an additional 5% of the Company's
outstanding voting shares on the open market. If exercised, this would bring
Lee's percentage holding of the Company's outstanding voting stock to no more
than 35% calculated on a fully diluted basis.


LONG-TERM DEBT As at January 1, 2000 the long-term debt totaled $323.6 million.
Such long-term debt consisted of $280.7 million in senior unsecured notes and
$42.9 million of other term debt. Approximately 1% of total debt was subject to
interest at floating rates. The Company closely monitors interest rates and
adopts strategies responsive to the changing economic environment. The Company
is exposed to nominal interest rate risk. Certain debt instruments contain a
number of financial covenants, including limitations on dividend payments and
indebtedness.

Management believes the Company has the financial resources to meet its ongoing
cash requirements for operations and capital expenditures as well as its other
financial obligations.




16


<PAGE>   19






RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 1998
VERSUS 1997


- -    1998 covers the 11-month period February 1, 1998 to January 2, 1999


- -    1997 covers the year ended January 31, 1998


- -    Comparable basis covers the period February 1997 to December 1997


The loss from continuing operations was $95.8 million or $1.53 per share in
1998, versus a $0.4 million profit or $0.01 per common share in 1997. Excluding
the impact of restructuring and other unusual items, the loss from continuing
operations was $29.7 million compared to $15.4 million in 1997. After the loss
for discontinued operations of $3.8 million and the effect of a change in
accounting policy of $9.9 million, net loss was $109.5 million or $1.74 per
share versus a net loss of $4.7 million or $0.07 per share in 1997.


SALES Sales in 1998 decreased to $958.5 million from $1,047.8 million in 1997.
On a comparable basis sales were down 1.3%.

Sales in Canada were $161.1 million in 1998 and $192.6 million in 1997. On a
comparable basis sales were down 11.5%. Reported U.S. dollar sales in Canada
were negatively affected by currency translation due to the weaker Canadian
dollar as compared to the prior year. This weakness accounted for approximately
one third of the decrease. In addition, competitive pricing pressure in the
Canadian market resulted in lower selling prices.


Sales in the U.K. were $209.5 million in 1998 and $148.5 million in 1997. On a
comparable basis sales were up 55.5%. This increase was attributable to the
acquisition of the Hero Drinks Group (U.K.) Limited ("Hero Drinks") in November
1997 and was partly offset by soft market conditions and cool summer weather.


Sales in the U.S. were $513.1 million in 1998, down from $603.4 million in 1997.
On a comparable basis sales were down 8.1%. Manufacturing inefficiencies in the
Company's facilities in Tampa, Florida and Wilson, North Carolina, during the
summer season, led to lost volume and promotional opportunities for the Company
and to a less favorable sales mix.


GROSS PROFIT Gross profit fell to 10.4% of sales in 1998 compared to 13.9% in
1997. Approximately half of the variance is attributable to the writedown of
various assets to net realizable value. Other causes of margin erosion included
higher logistics costs, manufacturing inefficiencies in the new U.S. plants and
competitive pricing pressures.



                                                                              17

COTT CORPORATION



<PAGE>   20



MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



SG&A SG&A was $91.3 million in 1998 versus $96.5 million in 1997, or $84.1
million on a comparable basis. A significant portion of the increase in SG&A
resulted from the acquisition of Hero Drinks in the U.K. The Company also
incurred additional expenses in building a new senior executive team including
recruiting and relocation costs.


UNUSUAL ITEMS The Company recorded unusual items in the amount of $77.2 million
in 1998. Charges related to a restructuring program focusing on core markets and
key customers in North America and the United Kingdom, fixing the cost structure
and strengthening the management team were $25.8 million. A further $28.3
million charge was recorded for asset writedowns as a result of manufacturing
rationalization and discontinued products and customers. Finally, a charge of
$23.1 million was recorded for writedowns to net realizable value of certain
businesses to be divested in 1999, and the loss realized on the disposal of the
bottling operations in Norway.


The Company recorded charges of $21.7 million for unusual items in 1997. This
1997 charge related primarily to costs associated with the regionalization of
the U.S. operations and contractual obligations to the estate of the late Gerald
N. Pencer, the former Chairman, President and CEO of the Company.


INTEREST EXPENSE Net interest expense was $33.2 million in 1998 compared to
$24.4 million in 1997, or $22.2 million on a comparable basis. The increase was
primarily due to lower interest income on cash and cash equivalents and higher
interest expense on short-term borrowings. The Company also paid an additional
$3.1 million as compared to 1997 in interest expense on the $125.0 million 8.5%
senior notes issued in June 1997.


INCOME TAXES In 1998 the Company recorded an income tax benefit of $4.0 million
compared to an income tax expense of $0.2 million in 1997. No tax benefits were
recorded on losses in Canada and Europe in 1998 due to uncertainty as to whether
loss carryforwards can be fully used to reduce taxes payable in future years.


CHANGE IN ACCOUNTING POLICY During the year, the Company changed its policy and
expensed as incurred development costs and prepaid contract costs. Development
costs represented expenditures incurred in developing labels for new customers
and in updating designs for existing customers. Previously, these costs were
capitalized and amortized over three years. Prepaid contract costs, costs
associated with entering into long-term contracts with certain of the Company's
customers, were also previously capitalized and amortized over the term of the
related contract.




18



<PAGE>   21






This change in accounting policy reflected the maturing of the Company's
operations in the industry and its relationships with customers. Net income for
1998 included a charge for the cumulative effect of this change in accounting
policy of $9.9 million, net of a deferred income tax recovery of $1.1 million.


FINANCIAL CONDITION During 1998, operating cash flow after capital expenditures
declined by $18.6 million due to poor operating income and a substantial
increase in working capital requirements offset by reduced capital expenditures.
In 1998, cash and cash equivalents decreased by $75.5 million, reflecting poor
operating results and higher working capital requirements.


CAPITAL EXPENDITURES During 1998, total capital expenses were $36.7 million,
costs primarily associated with completing the polyethylene terephthalate
("PET") bottle self-manufacturing project in several plants in North America.


In 1997, capital expenditures totaled $81.8 million, the majority relating to
the creation of manufacturing capacity to supply U.S. customers. To that end,
the Company constructed new production facilities in Tampa, Florida and Wilson,
North Carolina and expanded its existing U.S. facilities in St. Louis and
Sikeston, Missouri, San Bernardino, California and San Antonio, Texas. Canadian
manufacturing locations in Surrey, British Columbia, Scoudouc, New Brunswick and
Mississauga, Ontario were also expanded to enable them to supply certain U.S.
customers adjacent to the Canadian/U.S. border. In addition, expenditures were
made in equipment for self-manufacturing of PET bottles.


INVESTING ACTIVITIES No major acquisitions were made in 1998. In 1997, several
acquisitions were made, the most significant of which was the purchase of Hero
Drinks in the U.K. for $80.6 million. During 1999 the amount of deferred
consideration and corresponding goodwill related to this acquisition were
reduced by $17.4 million. The deferred consideration balance of $16.1 million
reflects the minimum guaranteed payments under the agreement. Other acquisitions
included Texas Beverages in San Antonio, Texas and the remaining minority
ownership positions in Cott Beverages West Ltd. and in Atlantic Refreshments
Ltd.



                                                                              19

COTT CORPORATION


<PAGE>   22



MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



DIVIDEND PAYMENTS In 1998 dividend payments amounted to $2.2 million, a $1.3
million decrease from $3.5 million in 1997. The amount in 1998 covers only two
quarters due to the Board's decision on September 14, 1998 to discontinue the
previously announced dividend payments.


CAPITAL STOCK During 1998, the Company purchased a total of 4,469,036 common
shares at a cost of approximately $30.0 million. This was the maximum number of
common shares permitted to be purchased in a 12-month period pursuant to a
normal course issuer bid undertaken by the Company using the facilities of the
Toronto and Montreal stock exchanges. The Company funded the purchase out of the
proceeds of a $40.0 million private placement of convertible participating
voting second preferred shares sold to the Thomas H. Lee Company and completed
on July 7, 1998. Details of the features of the preferred shares are found in
note 18 of the financial statements.


MARKET CONDITIONS

OUTLOOK The carbonated soft drink industry continues to experience positive
growth. Expectations for continued market growth in Cott's three core geographic
markets, Canada, the U.K. and the U.S., extend through the next several years.
Facing intense price competition from heavily promoted global and regional
brands, the Company's major opportunity for growth depends on management's
execution of critical strategies and on retailers' continued commitment to their
retailer brand soft drink programs. Risks and uncertainties include stability of
procurement costs for such items as sweetener, packaging materials and other
ingredients, national brand pricing strategies and fluctuations in currency
versus the U.S. dollar. The Company's exposure to raw material price
fluctuations is minimized by the existence of long-term contracts for certain
key raw materials.


RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES In comparison to the major national brand soft drink
manufacturers, the Company is a relatively small participant in the industry.
The main risk to the Company's sales and operating income is the highly
competitive environment in which it operates. The Company's profitability in
2000 may be adversely affected to the extent the national brand manufacturers
reduce their selling prices or increase the frequency of their promotional
activities in the markets in which the Company operates.




20


<PAGE>   23






Sales to the top two customers in 1999 accounted for 41% of the Company's total
sales revenues. The loss of any significant customer, or customers which in the
aggregate represent a significant portion of the Company's sales, could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's operating results and cash flows.


The principal market risks to which the Company is exposed are changes in
interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. The Company manages its
exposure to changes in interest rates by utilizing interest rate swaps.
Operations outside of the U.S., which account for approximately 40% of 1999
sales, are concentrated principally in the U.K. and Canada. The Company manages
its foreign currency exposure by borrowing in various currencies and utilizing
forward contracts. Swaps and forward contracts are entered into for periods
consistent with related underlying exposures and do not constitute positions
independent of those exposures.


The information below summarizes the Company's market risks associated with debt
obligations and other significant financial instruments as of January 1, 2000.
For debt obligations, the table below presents principal cash flows and related
interest rates by year of maturity. Variable interest rates disclosed represent
the weighted average rates of the portfolio at the period end. For interest rate
swaps, the table presents the notional amounts and related interest rates by
fiscal year of maturity. For these swaps, the variable rates presented are the
average forward rates for the term of each contract.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(in millions)                2000       2001       2002        2003            2004      Thereafter      Total     Fair Value
- -------------                ----       ----       ----        ----            ----      ----------      -----     ----------
<S>                        <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>            <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>
DEBT
Fixed rate                 $   1.5     $  1.6     $  2.8     $    0.3       $     0.2    $  280.7      $  287.1     $  272.4
Weighted average
  interest rate               11.3%      10.6%       8.8%        12.2%           8.6%        9.0%            --           --
Variable rate                   --     $  9.0     $  9.1     $    9.0       $     9.2         --       $   36.3     $   36.3
Non-interest bearing       $   0.1     $  0.1         --           --              --         --       $    0.2     $    0.2
Weighted
  average interest rate         --        7.5%       7.5%         7.5%            7.5%        --             --           --
INTEREST RATE SWAPS
Variable to fixed          $   1.2     $ 31.9         --           --              --         --       $   33.1     $   (0.3)
Average pay rate               7.3%       7.3%        --           --              --         --            7.3%          --
Average receive rate           5.5%       5.5%        --           --              --         --            5.5%          --
</TABLE>


                                                                              21

COTT CORPORATION


<PAGE>   24

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS



ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS The Environmental Protection Act (Ontario) and applicable
regulations thereunder (collectively the "EPA") provide that a minimum
percentage of a bottler's soft drink sales, by volume, must be made in
refillable containers. Attempts to improve sales in refillable containers have
been undertaken, however, the Company, along with other industry participants,
is not in compliance with the EPA. The requirements under the Act are not
presently being enforced. If enforced, they could result in reduced margins in
the 750 ml refillable glass package, potential fines and the prohibition of
sales of soft drinks in non-refillable containers in Ontario. The Company
continues to work with industry groups and the Ministry of the Environment to
seek alternative means to meet these requirements.


YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE The Year 2000 ("Y2K") project was successfully executed and
no problems were encountered at or subsequent to year-end.


FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS This Annual Report for the year ending January 1,
2000 contains forward-looking statements reflecting management's current
expectations regarding future results of operations, economic performance,
financial condition and achievements of the Company. Actual results may differ
materially from those in such statements. The Company has tried, wherever
possible, to identify these forward-looking statements by using words such as
"anticipate", "believe", "estimate", "expect" and similar expressions. These
statements reflect the Company's current plans and expectations and are based on
information currently available to it. They rely on a number of assumptions and
estimates which could be inaccurate and which are subject to risks and
uncertainties. The Company wishes to caution the reader that the uncertainties
of current or future legal proceedings and other issues described elsewhere in
the commentary or in other filings with securities commissions could affect the
Company's actual results and could cause such results to materially differ from
those expressed in any forward-looking statement made by, or on behalf of, the
Company.




(TM) These trademarks are either owned by customers of the Company or are
licensed for use by the Company.



22




<PAGE>   25









REPORT OF MANAGEMENT


The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared by the
management of the Company in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles to reflect the financial position of the Company and its operating
results. Financial information appearing throughout this Annual Report is
consistent with that in the consolidated financial statements. Management is
responsible for the information and representations in such financial
statements, including the estimates and judgements required for their
preparation.

In order to meet its responsibility, management maintains internal controls
including policies and procedures, which are designed to assure that assets are
safeguarded and reliable financial records are maintained.

The report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, the Company's independent accountants,
covering their audit of the consolidated financial statements, is included in
this Annual Report. Their independent audit of the Company's financial
statements includes a review of internal accounting controls to the extent they
consider necessary as required by generally accepted auditing standards.

The Board of Directors annually appoints an Audit Committee, consisting of at
least three outside directors. The Committee meets with management and the
independent accountants to review any significant accounting and auditing
matters and to discuss the results of audit examinations. The Audit Committee
also reviews the consolidated financial statements, the Report of Independent
Accountants and other information in the Annual Report and recommends their
approval by the Board of Directors.





Frank E. Weise III (Signed)          Raymond P. Silcock (Signed)
President and Chief                  Executive Vice President and
Executive Officer                    Chief Financial Officer



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
TO THE SHAREOWNERS OF COTT CORPORATION


We have audited the consolidated balance sheets of Cott Corporation as of
January 1, 2000 and January 2, 1999, and the consolidated statements of income,
shareowners' equity and cash flows for the year ended January 1, 2000, the
period from February 1, 1998 to January 2, 1999 and the year ended January 31,
1998. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the
Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards
in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform an audit
to obtain reasonable assurance whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates
made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement
presentation.

In our opinion, these consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of the Company as of January 1, 2000
and January 2, 1999 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the
year ended January 1, 2000, the period from February 1, 1998 to January 2, 1999
and the year ended January 31, 1998, in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles in the United States.

On February 17, 2000 we reported separately, in accordance with generally
accepted auditing standards in Canada, to the shareowners of COTT CORPORATION on
consolidated financial statements for the year ended January 1, 2000 and the
period from February 1, 1998 to January 2, 1999, prepared in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles in Canada.



PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (Signed)
Toronto, Ontario, February 17, 2000



                                                                              23

COTT CORPORATION

<PAGE>   26



                                                                COTT CORPORATION


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          JANUARY 1,         January 2,       January 31,
                                                             2000               1999             1998
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)   (52 WEEKS)         (48 weeks)        (53 weeks)
                                                          ----------         ----------        ----------
<S>                                                      <C>               <C>                <C>
SALES                                                    $     990.8       $       958.5      $     1,047.8
Cost of sales                                                  846.7               859.0              902.3
                                                         -----------       -------------      -------------
GROSS PROFIT                                                   144.1                99.5              145.5
Selling, general and administrative expenses                    99.1                91.3               96.5
Unusual items - note 2                                          (1.2)               77.2               21.7
                                                         -----------       -------------      -------------
OPERATING INCOME (LOSS)                                         46.2               (69.0)              27.3
Other expenses (income), net - note 3                           (5.1)               (1.0)               2.4
Interest expense, net - note 4                                  34.6                33.2               24.4
                                                         -----------       -------------      -------------
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES, EQUITY
  INCOME (LOSS) AND MINORITY INTEREST                           16.7              (101.2)               0.5
Income taxes - note 5                                            3.8                 4.0               (0.2)
Equity income (loss)                                             0.9                 1.5               (0.1)
Minority interest                                                 --                (0.1)               0.2
                                                         -----------       -------------      -------------
INCOME (LOSS) FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS                        21.4               (95.8)               0.4
Loss from discontinued operations - note 6                      (0.8)               (3.8)              (5.1)
Cumulative effect of changes in accounting
  principles, net of tax - note 7                               (2.1)               (9.9)                --
                                                         -----------       -------------      -------------
NET INCOME (LOSS) - note 23                              $      18.5       $      (109.5)     $        (4.7)
                                                         ===========       =============      =============
PER SHARE DATA - note 8
INCOME (LOSS) PER COMMON SHARE - BASIC
Income (loss) from continuing operations                 $      0.35       $       (1.53)     $        0.01
Discontinued operations                                  $     (0.01)      $       (0.05)     $       (0.08)
Cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles    $     (0.03)      $       (0.16)     $          --
Net income (loss)                                        $      0.31       $       (1.74)     $       (0.07)

INCOME (LOSS) PER COMMON SHARE - DILUTED
Income (loss) from continuing operations                 $      0.32       $       (1.53)     $        0.01
Discontinued operations                                  $     (0.01)      $       (0.05)     $       (0.08)
Cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles    $     (0.03)      $       (0.16)     $          --
Net income (loss)                                        $      0.28       $       (1.74)     $       (0.07)
</TABLE>


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
statements.




24

<PAGE>   27



                                                                COTT CORPORATION


CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         JANUARY 1,    January 2,
(in millions of U.S. dollars)                              2000           1999
                                                          --------      --------
<S>                                                       <C>           <C>
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents                                 $    2.6      $   28.1
Accounts receivable - note 9                                  97.6         129.4
Inventories - note 10                                         67.3          77.3
Prepaid expenses                                               4.4           2.6
Discontinued operations - note 6                                --          12.0
                                                          --------      --------
                                                             171.9         249.4

Property, plant and equipment - note 11                      266.4         295.8
Goodwill - note 12                                           108.1         132.1
Investment and other assets - note 13                         43.2          21.9
                                                          --------      --------
                                                          $  589.6      $  699.2
                                                          ========      ========
LIABILITIES
CURRENT LIABILITIES
Short-term borrowings - note 14                           $    1.8      $   26.2
Current maturities of long-term debt - note 15                 1.6          12.5
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities - note 16           104.8         127.8
Discontinued operations - note 6                               1.0           5.7
                                                          --------      --------
                                                             109.2         172.2

Long-term debt - note 15                                     322.0         365.2
Other liabilities - note 17                                   16.1          39.8
                                                          --------      --------
                                                             447.3         577.2
                                                          --------      --------
SHAREOWNERS' EQUITY
Capital stock - note 18
Common shares - 59,837,392 shares issued                     189.0         189.0
Second preferred shares, Series 1 - 4,000,000 shares          40.0          40.0
  issued
Deficit                                                      (63.3)        (81.8)
Accumulated other comprehensive income                       (23.4)        (25.2)
                                                          --------      --------
                                                             142.3         122.0
                                                          --------      --------
                                                          $  589.6      $  699.2
                                                          ========      ========
</TABLE>



The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
statements.



APPROVED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS





SERGE GOUIN (SIGNED)                   C.  HUNTER BOLL (SIGNED)
DIRECTOR                               DIRECTOR


                                                                              25




<PAGE>   28



                                                                COTT CORPORATION



CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREOWNERS' EQUITY

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       Number of                                         Accumulated
                                         Common                             Retained        Other
                                         Shares       Common    Preferred   Earnings    Comprehensive    Total
(in millions of U.S. dollars)        (in thousands)   Shares      Shares   (Deficit)       Income       Equity
                                     --------------  --------   --------   ---------   --------------  --------
<S>                                    <C>          <C>          <C>      <C>            <C>         <C>
Balance at January 25, 1997             62,142       $  191.1     $   --    $   55.8       $   (7.9)   $  239.0
Options exercised                        1,261            5.2         --          --             --         5.2
Issued in exchange for
  minority interest of Atlantic
  Refreshments Ltd. - note 20              800            6.1         --          --             --         6.1
Comprehensive income - note 23
  Currency translation adjustment           --             --         --          --           (11.2)     (11.2)
  Net loss                                  --             --         --        (4.7)             --       (4.7)
Dividends                                   --             --         --        (3.5)             --       (3.5)
                                        ------       --------     ------    --------        --------    -------
Balance at January 31, 1998             64,203          202.4         --        47.6           (19.1)     230.9
Options exercised                            3             --         --          --              --         --
Second preferred shares issued              --             --       40.0        (1.8)             --       38.2
Issued to executive officer                100            0.7         --          --              --        0.7
Shares purchased and cancelled          (4,469)         (14.1)        --       (15.9)             --      (30.0)
Comprehensive income - note 23
  Currency translation adjustment           --             --         --          --            (6.1)      (6.1)
  Net loss                                  --             --         --      (109.5)             --     (109.5)
Dividends                                   --             --         --        (2.2)             --       (2.2)
                                        ------       --------     ------    --------        --------    -------
BALANCE AT JANUARY 2, 1999              59,837          189.0       40.0       (81.8)          (25.2)     122.0
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME - NOTE 23
  CURRENCY TRANSLATION ADJUSTMENT           --             --         --          --             1.8        1.8
  NET INCOME                                --             --         --        18.5              --       18.5
                                        ------       --------     ------    --------        --------    -------
BALANCE AT JANUARY 1, 2000              59,837       $  189.0     $ 40.0    $  (63.3)       $  (23.4)   $ 142.3
                                        ======       ========     ======    ========        ========    =======
</TABLE>



The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
statements.


26




<PAGE>   29



                                                                COTT CORPORATION


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           JANUARY 1,    January 2,    January 31,
                                                              2000          1999          1998
(in millions of U.S. dollars)                              (52 WEEKS)    (48 weeks)    (53 weeks)
                                                           ---------     ----------    ----------
<S>                                                       <C>            <C>          <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Income (loss) from continuing operations                   $    21.4      $  (95.8)    $    0.4
Depreciation and amortization                                   39.1          43.7         39.6
Deferred income taxes                                           (6.1)         (6.9)        (5.1)
Equity (income) loss                                            (0.9)         (1.5)         0.1
Minority interest                                                 --           0.1         (0.2)
Non-cash unusual items                                           0.3          51.4           --
Gain on disposal of equity investment                           (5.9)           --           --
Loss (gain) on sales of property, plant and equipment            0.3          (0.3)          --
Other non-cash items                                             0.3           6.8          0.4
Net change in non-cash working capital
  from continuing operations - note 21                           8.4          (7.2)        18.8
                                                           ---------      --------     --------
Cash provided by (used in) operating activities                 56.9          (9.7)        54.0
                                                           ---------      --------     --------

INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Additions to property, plant and equipment                     (18.5)        (36.7)       (81.8)
Proceeds from disposal of businesses                            39.1            --           --
Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment          1.4           3.9          4.9
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired - note 20                   (25.0)         (2.9)       (97.1)
Other                                                           (2.6)         (6.4)        (6.5)
                                                           ---------      --------     --------
Cash used in investing activities                               (5.6)        (42.1)      (180.5)
                                                           ---------      --------     --------

FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Payments of long-term debt                                    (52.0)         (31.2)       (22.4)
Issue of long-term debt                                          --             --        207.2
Short-term borrowings                                         (24.4)           5.2          0.7
Cost of issuing debt                                             --             --         (7.5)
Common shares purchased and cancelled                            --          (30.0)          --
Issue of common shares                                           --            0.7          5.2
Issue of preferred shares                                        --           40.0           --
Share issue costs                                                --           (1.8)          --
Dividends paid                                                   --           (2.2)        (3.5)
Other                                                            --             --         (0.5)
                                                           ---------      --------     --------
Cash (used in) provided by financing activities               (76.4)         (19.3)       179.2
                                                           ---------      --------     --------
Net cash used in discontinued operations                       (1.0)          (1.5)        (7.5)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash
  equivalents                                                   0.6           (2.9)        (5.5)
                                                           ---------      --------     --------
NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS          (25.5)         (75.5)        39.7
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF PERIOD                 28.1          103.6         63.9
                                                           ---------      --------     --------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF PERIOD                   $    2.6       $   28.1     $  103.6
                                                           =========      ========     ========
</TABLE>



The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
statements.



                                                                              27



<PAGE>   30


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES


BASIS OF
PRESENTATION   These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in
               accordance with United States ("U.S.") generally accepted
               accounting principles ("GAAP") and using the U.S. dollar as the
               reporting currency, as the majority of the Company's business and
               the majority of its shareowners are in the United States.
               Consolidated financial statements in accordance with Canadian
               GAAP, in U.S. dollars, are made available to all shareowners and
               filed with various regulatory authorities.

               In 1998, the Company changed its fiscal year-end to the Saturday
               closest to December 31st. Previously, the year-end was the last
               Saturday in January.

               Comparative amounts in prior years have been restated to conform
               to the financial statement presentation adopted in the current
               year.


BASIS OF
CONSOLIDATION  The financial statements consolidate the accounts of the Company
               and its subsidiaries. All significant inter-company accounts and
               transactions are eliminated upon consolidation.


ESTIMATES      The preparation of these consolidated financial statements in
               conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and
               assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated
               financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could
               differ from those estimates.


CASH
EQUIVALENTS    Cash equivalents include highly liquid investments with original
               maturities of three months or less.


INVENTORIES    Inventories are stated at the lower of cost, determined on the
               first-in, first-out method, or net realizable value. Returnable
               bottles and plastic shells are valued at the lower of cost,
               deposit value or net realizable value. Finished goods and
               work-in-process include the cost of raw materials, direct labor
               and manufacturing overhead costs.


PROPERTY,
PLANT AND
EQUIPMENT      Property, plant and equipment is stated at the lower of cost less
               accumulated depreciation or net recoverable amount. Depreciation
               is provided using the straight-line method over the estimated
               useful lives of the assets as follows:

<TABLE>
<S>                                              <C>
               Buildings                          20 to 40 years
               Manufacturing equipment            10 to 15 years
               Furniture and fixtures              3 to 10 years
               Plates and films                          3 years
</TABLE>

               The Company periodically compares the carrying value of property,
               plant and equipment to the estimated undiscounted future cash
               flows of the related assets and recognizes in net income any
               impairment to net realizable value.


GOODWILL       Goodwill represents the excess purchase price of acquired
               businesses over the fair value of the net assets acquired.
               Goodwill is amortized using the straight-line method over its
               estimated period of benefit, not exceeding 40 years. The Company
               periodically compares the carrying value of goodwill to the
               estimated undiscounted future cash flows of the related
               businesses and recognizes in net income any impairment to net
               realizable value.


OTHER
ASSETS         Issuance costs for credit facilities and long-term debt are
               deferred and amortized over the term of the credit agreement or
               related debt, respectively.

               Customer list represents the cost of acquisition for the right to
               sell to specific customers and is amortized over 15 years. The
               Company periodically compares the carrying value of the customer
               list to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows of the
               related businesses and recognizes in net income any impairment to
               net realizable value.


REVENUE
RECOGNITION    The Company recognizes sales upon shipment of goods to customers.


FOREIGN
CURRENCY
TRANSLATION    The assets and liabilities of foreign operations, all of which
               are self-sustaining, are translated at the exchange rates in
               effect at the balance sheet dates. Revenues and expenses are
               translated using average exchange rates prevailing during the
               period. The resulting gains or losses are accumulated in the
               other comprehensive income account in shareowners' equity.


TAXATION       The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and
               liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are
               recognized based on the differences between the accounting values
               of assets and liabilities and their related tax bases using
               current income tax rates.


28



<PAGE>   31






FAIR VALUE
OF FINANCIAL
INSTRUMENTS    The carrying amounts reflected in the consolidated balance sheets
               for cash, cash equivalents, receivables, payables, short-term
               borrowings, long-term debt and deferred consideration on
               acquisitions approximate their respective fair values, except as
               otherwise indicated. Fair values of long-term debt are based
               primarily on quoted prices for those or similar instruments.


COMPREHENSIVE
INCOME         Comprehensive income is comprised of net income (loss) adjusted
               for changes in the cumulative foreign currency translation
               adjustment account.


NEW
ACCOUNTING
STANDARDS      In June 1998, The Financial Accounting Standards Board issued
               SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging
               Activities, which the Company must adopt in 2001. The standard
               requires that all derivatives be recorded on the balance sheet at
               their fair values. Changes in the fair value of derivatives are
               recorded in earnings or other comprehensive income, based on
               whether the instrument is designated as a hedge. The Company does
               not expect the impact of adopting these pronouncements to be
               material.


NOTE 2 UNUSUAL ITEMS

               The utilization of the prior period's unusual items charge
               provided in the consolidated statement of income during the year
               ended January 1, 2000 is as follows:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                      Balance                Modification                BALANCE
                               Original              January 2,   Spending/   & Changes       1999      JANUARY 1,
(in millions of U.S. dollars)   Charge     Activity     1999      Realized   in Estimate    Provision     2000
                               --------    --------  ----------   --------   ------------   ---------   ----------
<S>                            <C>          <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>           <C>         <C>
Restructuring costs            $ 25.8       $ (2.9)    $ 22.9     $  (16.8)    $  (2.0)      $  0.6       $  4.7
Property, plant and
  equipment and inventory
  impairment                     28.3         (23.8)      4.5         (1.4)       (3.1)          --           --
Writedowns of businesses
  held for sale                  17.8         (11.7)      6.1         (7.6)        1.5          1.8          1.8
                               ------       -------    ------     --------     -------       ------       ------
                               $ 71.9       $ (38.4)   $ 33.5     $  (25.8)    $  (3.6)      $  2.4       $  6.5
                               ======       =======    ======     ========     =======       ======       ======
</TABLE>



               During the year ended January 1, 2000, the Company recorded an
               additional $2.4 million ($1.4 million after tax or $0.02 per
               share) unusual item charge of which $0.6 million related to
               severances for 14 employees. The balance of $1.8 million related
               primarily to the writedown of one of the Company's trademarks to
               net realizable value.

               A $3.6 million ($2.1 million after tax or $0.03 per share)
               reversal of the prior period unusual item was recorded in the
               fourth quarter of 1999. The reversal reflects the net impact of
               changes in estimates and modifications to the original program
               primarily due to inventory impairments being less than originally
               anticipated.

               All restructuring activities have been substantially completed.
               The remaining restructuring provision includes a total of $2.6
               million for severances to be utilized during 2000 and $ 2.1
               million of contractual obligations expiring in subsequent years.


               An analysis of the unusual items in prior periods is summarized
               below:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             January 2,   January 31,
(in millions of U.S. dollars)                                   1999         1998
                                                             ---------    --------
<S>                                                          <C>          <C>
Restructuring costs (a)                                      $    25.8    $   19.6
Property, plant and equipment and inventory impairment (b)        28.3         0.3
Writedowns of businesses held for sale                            17.8          --
(Gain) loss from disposal of businesses (c)                        5.3        (0.1)
Other (d)                                                           --         1.9
                                                             ---------    --------
                                                             $    77.2    $   21.7
                                                             =========    ========
</TABLE>




          (a)  During the period ended January 2, 1999, the Company recorded a
               charge of $25.8 million ($22.3 million after tax or $0.36 per
               share) for a restructuring program undertaken by the Company to
               focus on businesses in core markets (North America and the United
               Kingdom),



                                                                              29


COTT CORPORATION


<PAGE>   32




NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


               fix its cost structure and strengthen the management team. The
               restructuring charge represents expected cash payments before
               proceeds from sales of assets and businesses. These costs
               included $5.4 million of severance covering approximately 110
               employees, termination costs relating to leases, and other
               contractual obligations.

               During the year ended January 31, 1998, the Company recorded a
               $19.6 million ($15.0 million after tax or $0.23 per share)
               restructuring charge. This charge was primarily for costs
               associated with the regionalization of operations and related
               termination costs of co-packers' agreements in the United States,
               termination of distributors' agreements in the United Kingdom,
               and severance for streamlining operations and elimination of
               senior management positions in Canada and corporate office. There
               were no material adjustments to the expenses and liabilities
               initially recorded.

          (b)  During the period ended January 2, 1999, a charge of $28.3
               million ($0.3 million - January 31, 1998) was recorded to
               writedown assets to net realizable value in connection with
               manufacturing rationalization, discontinued products or
               customers, and expected divestitures of certain investments and
               manufacturing facilities.

          (c)  During the period ended January 2, 1999, the Company sold its
               bottling operations in Norway and recorded a $5.3 million loss on
               disposal. During the year ended January 31, 1998, the Company
               divested its "Virgin" soft drink business, resulting in a loss on
               disposal of $0.1 million.

          (d)  During the year ended January 31, 1998, a provision was
               established to settle the employment obligations with the estate
               of the late Gerald N. Pencer, the former Chairman, President and
               CEO of the Company. The provision was fully utilized during 1998.


NOTE 3 OTHER EXPENSES (INCOME), NET

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              JANUARY 1,    January 2,     January 31,
                (in millions of U.S. dollars)                   2000          1999             1998
                                                              ---------     ----------     -----------
<S>                                                           <C>           <C>           <C>

                Gain on disposal of equity investment in
                  Menu Foods Limited                          $   (5.9)    $       --        $     --
                Foreign exchange loss (gain)                       0.4           (0.8)            1.7
                Other                                              0.4           (0.2)            0.7
                                                              --------     ----------        --------
                                                              $   (5.1)    $     (1.0)       $    2.4
                                                              ========     ==========        ========
</TABLE>




NOTE 4 INTEREST EXPENSE, NET

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              JANUARY 1,    January 2,    January 31,
                (in millions of U.S. dollars)                    2000          1999          1998
                                                              ---------     ----------     -----------
<S>                                                           <C>           <C>           <C>
                Interest on long-term debt                    $    33.2     $    33.0     $    27.8
                Other interest                                      2.6           2.1           1.1
                Interest income                                    (1.2)         (1.9)         (4.5)
                                                              ---------     ---------     ---------
                                                              $    34.6     $    33.2     $    24.4
                                                              =========     =========     =========
</TABLE>




               Interest paid during the year was approximately $34.8 million
               ($34.2 million - January 2, 1999; $ 20.0 million - January 31,
               1998).


NOTE 5 INCOME TAXES


               Income (loss) before income taxes, equity income (loss) and
               minority interest consisted of the following:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        JANUARY 1,    January 2,    January 31,
               (in millions of U.S. dollars)              2000          1999           1998
                                                        ---------     ----------    ----------
<S>                                                     <C>           <C>           <C>
               Canada                                   $     2.7      $   (61.4)     $  (19.7)
               Outside Canada                                14.0          (39.8)         20.2
                                                        ---------      ---------      --------
                                                        $    16.7      $  (101.2)     $    0.5
                                                        =========      =========      ========
</TABLE>



30



<PAGE>   33






Recovery of (provision for) income taxes consisted of the following:





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        JANUARY 1,    January 2,    January 31,
(in millions of U.S. dollars)             2000          1999          1998
                                        ---------     ---------     ---------
<S>                                     <C>           <C>           <C>
CURRENT
Canada                                  $   (0.6)     $    (0.3)    $   (0.6)
Outside Canada                              (1.7)          (2.6)        (4.7)
                                        --------      ---------     --------
                                        $   (2.3)     $    (2.9)    $   (5.3)
                                        ========      =========     ========
DEFERRED
Canada                                  $   12.1      $     1.0     $    7.7
Outside Canada                              (6.0)           5.9         (2.6)
                                        --------      ---------     --------
                                        $    6.1      $     6.9     $    5.1
                                        ========      =========     ========
</TABLE>


Income taxes paid during the year were $2.9 million ($4.2 million - January 2,
1999; $2.5 million - January 31, 1998).

The following table reconciles income taxes calculated at the basic Canadian
corporate rates with the income tax recovery (provision):





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        JANUARY 1,    January 2,    January 31,
(in millions of U.S. dollars)             2000          1999          1998
                                        ---------     ---------     ---------
<S>                                     <C>           <C>           <C>
Income tax (provision) recovery
  based on
  Canadian statutory rates              $   (7.3)      $  44.1       $    (0.2)
Foreign tax rate differential                7.3         (14.4)             --
Manufacturing and processing
  deduction                                  0.7          (2.1)             --
Tax benefit on losses recognized
  (not recognized)                           9.5         (19.0)             --
Non-deductible items                        (6.4)         (4.6)             --
                                        --------       -------       ---------
Recovery of (provision for)
  income taxes                          $    3.8       $   4.0       $    (0.2)
                                        ========       =======       =========
</TABLE>




Deferred income tax assets and liabilities were recognized on temporary
differences between the financial and tax bases of existing assets and
liabilities as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               JANUARY 1,    January 2,
(in millions of U.S. dollars)                    2000           1999
                                               --------      --------
<S>                                            <C>          <C>
DEFERRED TAX ASSETS
Loss carryforwards                             $   54.2     $    50.5
Liabilities and reserves                            7.3          23.7
Other                                               1.0           2.1
                                               --------      --------
                                                   62.5          76.3
Valuation allowance                                (5.5)        (20.2)
                                               --------      --------
                                                   57.0          56.1
                                               --------      --------
DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES
Property, plant and equipment                      21.2          24.6
Intangible assets                                  (1.5)          3.6
Other                                              31.6          30.5
                                               --------      --------
                                                   51.3          58.7
                                               --------      --------
NET DEFERRED TAX ASSET (LIABILITY)             $    5.7      $   (2.6)
                                               ========      ========
</TABLE>




During the year ended January 1, 2000, the Company substantially completed the
implementation of a corporate reorganization which improved the probability of
realizing certain loss carryforwards. As a result, the valuation allowance was
reduced to recognize the benefit in deferred tax assets.





                                                                              31


COTT CORPORATION

<PAGE>   34




NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


          As of January 1, 2000, operating loss carryforwards of $144.5 million
          ($143.7 million -January 2, 1999) are available to reduce future
          taxable income. These losses expire as follows:





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(in millions of U.S. dollars)
<C>                                        <C>
2001                                       $      0.3
2004                                             12.6
After 2004                                      104.1
No expiry                                        27.5
                                           ----------
                                           $    144.5
                                           ==========
</TABLE>




NOTE 6 DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

          During the year ended January 31, 1998, the Company decided to dispose
          of its food business and recorded a loss on disposal from discontinued
          operations of $3.1 million (net of a deferred income tax recovery of
          $1.2 million) for Destination Products International, Inc. ("DPI").
          During the period ended January 2, 1999, the Company recorded an
          additional loss on disposal of $3.8 million (net of a deferred income
          tax recovery of $0.4 million) reflecting a revision in the estimated
          proceeds on disposition. The assets of DPI were in sold May 1999 for
          cash proceeds of $6.9 million (C$10.1 million) and the Company
          recorded a loss on disposal of $0.8 million (net of a deferred income
          tax recovery of $0.5 million).

          For the year ended January 1, 2000, the loss from discontinued
          operations included an allocation of interest expense of $0.3 million
          ($0.9 million - January 2, 1999; $1.8 million -January 31, 1998)
          relating to debt attributable to the discontinued operations.

          The results of discontinued operations were as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                JANUARY 1,     January 2,    January 31,
(in millions of U.S. dollars)                      2000          1999          1998
                                                ----------     ---------     ---------
<S>                                             <C>            <C>           <C>
SALES                                           $     14.4     $    28.5     $    28.5
                                                ==========     =========     =========
Loss before income taxes                                --            --          (3.3)
Income taxes                                            --            --           1.3
                                                ----------     ---------     ---------
Net loss to measurement date                            --            --          (2.0)
Loss on disposal                                      (0.8)         (3.8)         (3.1)
                                                ----------     ---------     ---------
Loss from discontinued operations               $     (0.8)    $    (3.8)    $    (5.1)
                                                ==========     =========     =========
</TABLE>


NOTE 7 CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES


          The Accounting Standards Executive Committee issued SOP 98-5,
          Reporting on the Costs of Start-Up Activities, which became effective
          in the year ended January 1, 2000. SOP 98-5 requires that costs of
          start-up activities and organization costs be expensed as incurred.
          The impact of the initial adoption was recorded as a cumulative effect
          of a change in accounting principle and resulted in a charge of $2.1
          million, net of a deferred income tax recovery of $1.2 million.

          Commencing in the period ended January 2, 1999, development costs for
          new packaging and prepaid contract costs for retailers were expensed
          as incurred. Previously, development costs for packaging were
          amortized over three years and prepaid contract costs were amortized
          over the term of the related contract. For the period ended January 2,
          1999, net income included a charge for the cumulative effect of the
          change in accounting policy of $9.9 million, net of a deferred income
          tax recovery of $1.1 million.

NOTE 8 INCOME (LOSS) PER COMMON SHARE


          Basic net income (loss) per common share is computed by dividing net
          income (loss) by the weighted average number of common shares
          outstanding during the period. Diluted net income (loss) per share
          includes the effect of exercising stock options and converting the
          preferred shares, only if dilutive.



32

<PAGE>   35






The following table reconciles the basic weighted average number of shares
outstanding to the diluted weighted average number of shares outstanding:




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        JANUARY 1,    January 2,    January 31,
(in thousands)                                            2000           1999          1998
                                                        ----------    ----------    -----------
<S>                                                      <C>           <C>           <C>
Weighted average number of shares outstanding - basic       59,837        62,797         64,006
Dilutive effect of stock options                                82            --            939
Dilutive effect of second preferred shares                   6,286            --             --
                                                            ------        ------         ------
Adjusted weighted average number of shares
  outstanding - diluted                                     66,205        62,797         64,945
                                                            ======        ======         ======
</TABLE>


          For the period ended January 2, 1999 the dilutive effect of stock
          options and preferred shares of 131,000 and 6,286,000 respectively,
          was not included in the computation of diluted loss per share as it
          was anti-dilutive.





NOTE 9 ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       JANUARY 1,   January 2,
          (in millions of U.S. dollars)                   2000        1999
                                                      ----------   ----------
<S>                                                   <C>          <C>
          Trade receivables                           $   90.7     $   109.7
          Allowance for doubtful accounts                 (8.7)         (7.5)
          Other                                           15.6          27.2
                                                      --------     ---------
                                                      $   97.6     $   129.4
                                                      ========     =========
</TABLE>




NOTE 10 INVENTORIES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       JANUARY 1,   January 2,
          (in millions of U.S. dollars)                   2000        1999
                                                      ----------   ----------
<S>                                                   <C>          <C>
          Raw materials                               $   29.4     $   45.5
          Finished goods                                  29.4         27.0
          Other                                            8.5          4.8
                                                      --------     --------
                                                      $   67.3     $   77.3
                                                      ========     ========
</TABLE>




NOTE 11 PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       JANUARY 1, 2000                            January 2, 1999
(in millions of U.S.                    ACCUMULATED                                 Accumulated
dollars)                          COST  DEPRECIATION      NET              Cost     Depreciation     Net
                                  ----  ------------      ---              ----     ------------     ---
<S>                           <C>           <C>         <C>             <C>           <C>          <C>
Land                          $   15.8      $    --     $   15.8        $    15.8     $    --      $  15.8
Building                          78.5         16.5         62.0             79.7        14.3         65.4
Machinery and equipment
  Owned                          306.7        137.9        168.8            311.0       130.1        180.9
  Leased                           7.2          3.6          3.6             17.7         6.2         11.5
Furniture and fixtures            45.2         30.9         14.3             46.1        28.1         18.0
Plates and film                   10.9          9.0          1.9             23.8        19.6          4.2
                              --------      -------     --------        ---------     -------      -------
                              $  464.3      $ 197.9     $  266.4        $   494.1     $ 198.3      $ 295.8
                              ========      =======     ========        =========     =======      =======
</TABLE>


          Machinery and equipment includes $14.2 million of assets held for sale
          relating to the polyethylene terephthalate ("PET") preform
          blow-molding operation.

          Depreciation expense, excluding the property, plant and equipment
          impairment provision described in note 2, was $33.7 million ($30.7
          million - January 2, 1999; $24.2 million -January 31, 1998).



                                                                              33

COTT CORPORATION








<PAGE>   36


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS




NOTE 12 GOODWILL





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             JANUARY 1,     January 2,
(in millions of U.S. dollars)                   2000           1999
                                            ----------     ----------
<S>         <C>                             <C>            <C>
Cost - note 20                              $    120.8     $    141.3
Accumulated amortization                         (12.7)          (9.2)
                                            ----------     ----------
                                            $    108.1     $    132.1
                                            ==========     ==========
</TABLE>




NOTE 13 INVESTMENT AND OTHER ASSETS



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            JANUARY 1, 2000                                    January 2, 1999
                                              ACCUMULATED                                        Accumulated
(in millions of u.s. dollars)     COST       AMORTIZATION         NET            Cost           Amortization            Net
                                --------     ------------      ---------       --------        ---------------       ---------
<S>                             <C>           <C>              <C>              <C>                <C>                 <C>
Customer list                   $  25.0       $    0.3         $    24.7        $     --           $    --             $    --
Financing costs                    13.2            4.3               8.9            12.1               2.8                 9.3
Investment in
  Menu Foods Corporation            1.7             --               1.7            12.4               0.8                11.6
Deferred income taxes
  - note 5                          5.7             --               5.7              --                --                  --
Other                               2.9            0.7               2.2             2.0               1.0                 1.0
                                -------       --------         ---------        --------           -------             -------
                                $  48.5       $    5.3         $    43.2        $   26.5           $   4.6             $  21.9
                                =======       ========         =========        ========           =======             =======
</TABLE>




          As of January 2, 1999, the equity investment in Menu Foods Limited was
          held for sale (including related goodwill of $5.1 million less
          accumulated amortization of $0.8 million) which was being amortized
          over 40 years. On August 3, 1999, the Company sold 87% of its
          investment in Menu Foods Limited (see note 3). The Company retained a
          7.6% investment in Menu Foods Corporation, its parent company, which
          is accounted for by the cost method following the date of sale. Menu
          Foods Corporation has the option to purchase all of the Company's
          remaining shares for amounts in excess of the carrying value before
          August 17, 2004.

NOTE 14 SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS

          The Company has bank credit facilities providing maximum credit of
          $61.0 million depending on available collateral, generally accounts
          receivable and inventory. These facilities expire in 2002 and 2005. As
          of January 1, 2000, $49.2 million was available. Borrowings under
          these bank credit facilities bear interest at rates that, at the
          Company's option, vary with the prime or LIBOR rates plus applicable
          credit rates ranging from 1% to 2.5%. The weighted average interest
          rate at January 1, 2000 was 7.5% (7.92% - January 2, 1999).



NOTE 15 LONG-TERM DEBT


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       JANUARY 1,       January 2,
(in millions of U.S. dollars)                            2000            1999
                                                      -----------      ----------
<S>                                                  <C>              <C>
Senior unsecured notes at 9.375% due 2005 (a)         $     155.7      $    160.0
Senior unsecured notes at 8.5% due 2007 (a)                 125.0           125.0
Term bank loan at LIBOR plus 2% with
  sinking fund payments and due 2004 (b)                     36.3            75.7
Capital leases due 2000 to 2002                               3.7             5.9
Mortgages at 5.75% to 7.125% due 2001 to 2002                 2.7             9.5
Other                                                         0.2             1.6
                                                      -----------      ----------
                                                            323.6           377.7
Less current maturities                                      (1.6)          (12.5)
                                                      -----------      ----------
                                                      $     322.0      $    365.2
                                                      ===========      ==========
</TABLE>



34


<PAGE>   37






          (a)       The fair value of the senior unsecured notes as of January
                    1, 2000 was $266.0 million ($262.8 million - January 2,
                    1999). These debt instruments contain a number of financial
                    covenants including limitations on dividend payments and
                    indebtedness. An increase of approximately $29.0 million in
                    shareowners' equity is required before dividend payments can
                    be resumed.

          (b)       The term loan outstanding was(pound)22.5 million on January
                    1, 2000 ((pound)45.5 million - January 2, 1999). A debenture
                    of the Company's subsidiary has been pledged as collateral
                    under the term bank loan. The net book value of assets
                    pledged as collateral exceeds the loan amount.

                    The Company uses derivative financial instruments to reduce
                    exposure to fluctuations in interest rates. On January 1,
                    2000, the Company had a fixed interest rate swap with a
                    7.33% interest rate maturing on January 31, 2001. The
                    notional principal amount of (pound)20.5 million decreases
                    over the term to maturity to (pound)19.75 million.

                    The fair value of the interest rate swap contract reflects
                    the estimated amounts that would have been received or paid
                    if the contract was terminated on the reporting dates. As at
                    January 1, 2000, the fair value of the interest rate swap
                    contract was a liability of $0.3 million ($2.4 million -
                    January 2, 1999).

          (c)       Long-term debt payments required in each of the next five
                    years and thereafter are as follows:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(in millions of U.S. dollars)
<S>                                        <C>
2000                                       $       1.6
2001                                              10.7
2002                                              11.9
2003                                               9.3
2004                                               9.4
Thereafter                                       280.7
                                           -----------
                                           $     323.6
                                           ===========
</TABLE>




NOTE 16 ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED LIABILITIES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              JANUARY 1,     January 2,
(in millions of U.S. dollars)                    2000           1999
                                              ----------    ----------
<S>                                           <C>            <C>
Trade payables                                $     46.4     $    57.3
Restructuring - note 2                               4.7          22.9
Accrued promotion and rebates                       14.6          15.4
Sales, payroll and other taxes                       5.7           8.0
Accrued compensation                                14.8           5.0
Other accrued liabilities                           18.6          19.2
                                              ----------    ----------
                                              $    104.8    $    127.8
                                              ==========    ==========
</TABLE>



                                                                              35



COTT CORPORATION



<PAGE>   38



NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS




NOTE 17 OTHER LIABILITIES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     JANUARY 1,    January 2,
(in millions of U.S. dollars)                           2000         1999
                                                      --------     ---------
<S>                                                  <C>          <C>
Deferred consideration on acquisitions - note 20      $   16.1     $    37.2
Deferred income taxes - note 5                              --           2.6
                                                      --------     ---------
                                                      $   16.1     $    39.8
                                                      ========     =========
</TABLE>

NOTE 18 CAPITAL STOCK


          The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of an unlimited
          number of common shares and an unlimited number of first and second
          preferred shares, issuable in series.

          The Convertible Participating Voting Second Preferred Shares, Series 1
          ("second preferred shares") carry a cash dividend equal to one-half of
          the common share cash dividend, if any, on an as converted basis. The
          Company issued 4,000,000 second preferred shares in 1998 and paid a
          transaction fee of $0.9 million to the owners of the second preferred
          shares ("preferred shareowners"). From and after July 7, 2002, the
          preferred shareowners are entitled to receive a cumulative
          preferential non-cash paid-in-kind dividend, payable in additional
          second preferred shares, at the rate of 2.5% for each six months,
          compounded semi-annually, with daily accrual. The second preferred
          shares are also entitled to voting rights together with the common
          shares on an as converted basis.

          The Company may redeem all, but not less than all, of the second
          preferred shares for payment of an amount per share equal to, at the
          option of the preferred shareowners, either the adjusted redemption
          price or the common share equivalent redemption price, as calculated
          in accordance with the Company's Articles. The common share equivalent
          redemption price is, at the option of the Company, payable in cash or
          in common shares. The Company may not redeem any of the preferred
          shares prior to July 7, 2002 unless the common shares have traded at
          an average closing price of not less than $13.00 during a consecutive
          120 day trading period.

          The second preferred shares are convertible into that amount of common
          shares which is determined by dividing a conversion factor in effect
          at the time of conversion by a conversion value. The initial
          conversion factor of $10.00 shall be adjusted semi-annually at the
          rate of 2.5% for each six-month period, compounded semi-annually, with
          daily accrual, until July 7, 2002. From and after July 7, 2002 the
          conversion factor is $12.18. The conversion value is $7.75 and is
          subject to reduction in certain circumstances. The right of conversion
          may be exercised by the preferred shareowners at any time, and may be
          exercised by the Company at any time after July 7, 2002 or if the
          common shares have traded at an average closing price of not less than
          $13.00 during a consecutive 120 day trading period, prior to July 7,
          2002.



NOTE 19 STOCK OPTION PLANS


          Under the 1986 Common Share Option Plan as amended on July 21, 1998,
          the Company has reserved 12.0 million common shares for future
          issuance. Options are granted at a price not less than fair value of
          the shares on the date of grant.

          Options granted prior to April 12, 1996 and all options granted to
          employees with six months of service expire after five years and vest
          at 20% per annum over 4.5 years. Options granted after April 12, 1996
          expire after ten years and vest at 25% per annum commencing on the
          second anniversary date of the grant. Options granted after September
          1, 1998 expire after seven years and vest at 30% per annum on the
          anniversary date of the grant for the first two years and the balance
          on the third anniversary date of the grant. All options are
          non-transferrable.




36



<PAGE>   39






Pursuant to the SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, the
Company has elected to account for its employee stock option plan under APB
opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees. Accordingly, no
compensation cost has been recognized for stock options issued under these
plans. Had compensation cost for the plans been determined based on the fair
value at the grant date consistent with SFAS No. 123, the Company's net income
(loss) and income (loss) per common share would have been as follows:




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share           JANUARY 1,     January 2,    January 31,
amounts)                                                   2000            1999          1998
                                                        ----------     ----------    -----------
<S>                                                     <C>            <C>           <C>
Net income (loss)
As reported                                             $     18.5     $   (109.5)   $      (4.7)
Pro forma                                                     15.9         (112.0)          (7.0)
Basic net income (loss) per share
As reported                                                   0.31          (1.74)         (0.07)
Pro forma                                                     0.27          (1.78)         (0.11)
Diluted net income (loss) per share
  As reported                                                 0.28          (1.74)         (0.07)
  Pro forma                                                   0.24          (1.78)         (0.11)
</TABLE>




The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the
Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions:




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      JANUARY 1,           January 2,            January 31,
                                        2000                  1999                  1998
                                      ----------           ----------            -----------
<S>                                  <C>                  <C>                   <C>
Risk-free interest rate              4.8 - 6.2%            4.6 - 5.6%            4.9 - 5.2%
Average expected life (years)                4                 3 - 7                 3 - 7
Expected volatility                       45.0%                 47.5%                 52.5%
Expected dividend yield                     --                  0.50%                 0.55%
</TABLE>




Option activity was as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   JANUARY 1, 2000                 January 2, 1999               January 31, 1998
                                              WEIGHTED-                        Weighted-                       Weighted-
                                              AVERAGE                           Average                         Average
                                              EXERCISE                          Exercise                        Exercise
                              SHARES         PRICE (C$)          Shares        Price (C$)        Shares        Price (C$)
                             ---------       ----------         ---------      ----------       ---------      ----------
<S>                          <C>              <C>               <C>            <C>              <C>             <C>
Balance - at beginning       6,444,008        $  11.24          6,202,850      $    15.59       5,328,190       $  14.61
  Granted                    1,162,500        $   5.80          2,462,400      $     9.42       2,965,532       $  12.90
  Exercised                         --              --             (3,080)     $     9.08      (1,261,132)      $   6.63
  Cancelled                 (2,403,448)       $  12.32         (2,218,162)     $    21.36        (829,740)      $  13.34
                            -----------                        -----------                     -----------
Balance - at end             5,203,060        $   9.55          6,444,008      $    11.24       6,202,850       $  15.59
                            ===========                        ===========                     ===========
</TABLE>


Outstanding options at January 1, 2000, are as follows:





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  OPTIONS OUTSTANDING                    OPTIONS EXERCISABLE
                       -------------------------------------------     ----------------------------
                                                         Weighted-                       Weighted-
     Range of                          Remaining          Average                         Average
     Exercise             Number      Contractual        Exercise        Number           Exercise
    Prices (C$)        Outstanding       Life            Price (C$)    Exercisable        Price (C$)
- ------------------     -----------    -----------        ----------    -----------        ----------
<S>                     <C>            <C>             <C>             <C>                <C>
$  3.30 - $  4.80         105,000        9.3             $   4.45              --               --
$  5.25 - $  9.90       3,680,800        8.6             $   8.41       1,245,716          $   9.22
$ 10.20 - $ 14.70       1,397,260        7.2             $  12.77         777,260          $  12.57
$ 15.05 - $ 30.88          20,000        6.5             $  21.49          11,000          $  26.61
</TABLE>



                                                                              37

COTT CORPORATION



<PAGE>   40


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS




NOTE 20 ACQUISITIONS



               All acquisitions have been accounted for using the purchase
               method, and accordingly, the results of operations are included
               in the Company's consolidated statements of income from the
               effective dates of purchase.

YEAR ENDED
JANUARY 1,
2000           In November 1999, the Company's U.S. subsidiary modified its
               arrangements with Premium Beverage Packers, Inc. This business
               was originally purchased effective January 1997. The Company paid
               $25.0 million to settle its obligation to make annual payments
               relating to the January 1997 acquisition of the customer list.
               This amount has been capitalized to customer list in investment
               and other assets.


PERIOD
ENDED
JANUARY 2,
1999           In August 1998, the Company acquired the remaining 1% minority
               interest of a U.S. subsidiary from a former executive officer of
               the Company for $2.9 million (C$4.5 million) in cash which was
               allocated primarily to goodwill.


YEAR ENDED
JANUARY 31,
1998           In November 1997, the Company acquired through a wholly owned
               subsidiary in the United Kingdom, 100% of the outstanding shares
               of Hero Drinks Group (U.K.) Limited for $80.6 million
               ((pound)47.6 million) in cash including transaction costs.
               Included in the initial acquisition cost was deferred
               consideration of $34.7 million ((pound)20.5 million) which was
               expected to be payable without interest over the five years
               following the closing date. During the year ended January 1,
               2000, the amount of the deferred consideration and the
               corresponding goodwill was reduced by $17.4 million. The deferred
               consideration of $16.1 million ((pound)10.0 million) equals the
               present value of the minimum guaranteed payments under the
               agreement and is due at the latest in May 2003. This adjustment
               was recorded as it is unlikely that any payments in excess of the
               minimum amounts will be required.

               In addition, during the year the Company made several other
               acquisitions. The total purchase price of all acquisitions was
               allocated as follows based on the fair value of net assets
               acquired:




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            January 31,
(in millions of U.S. dollars)                                  1998
                                                           ----------
<S>                                                       <C>
Current assets (net of cash acquired of $3.4)              $     30.8
Property, plant and equipment                                    72.1
Goodwill                                                         80.9
                                                           ----------
                                                                183.8
                                                           ----------

Current liabilities                                             (40.1)
Long-term debt                                                  (43.9)
Minority interest                                                 3.4
                                                           ----------
                                                                (80.6)
                                                           ----------
Purchase price paid (consisting of cash consideration of
$97.1 million and share consideration of $6.1 million)     $    103.2
                                                           ==========
</TABLE>



38


<PAGE>   41






NOTE 21 NET CHANGE IN NON-CASH WORKING CAPITAL


The changes in non-cash working capital components from continuing operations,
net of effects of acquisitions and divestitures of businesses and unrealized
foreign exchange gains and losses, are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     JANUARY 1,     January 2,      January 31,
(in millions of U.S. dollars)                          2000            1999            1998
                                                     ----------      ---------      ----------
<S>                                                  <C>             <C>            <C>
Decrease (increase) in accounts receivable           $     24.5      $     9.1      $    (20.8)
Decrease (increase) in inventories                          8.3           14.1            13.6
Decrease (increase) in prepaid expenses                    (1.9)           2.1            (1.3)
Decrease (increase) in income taxes recoverable             1.3            2.7              --
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and
  accrued liabilities                                     (23.8)         (35.2)           27.3
                                                     ----------      ---------      ----------
                                                     $      8.4      $    (7.2)     $     18.8
                                                     ==========      =========      ==========
</TABLE>


NOTE 22 BENEFIT PLANS


The Company maintains primarily contributory pension plans covering qualifying
employees in Canada, the United Kingdom and the United States. The total expense
with respect to these plans was $2.1 million for the year ended January 1, 2000
($2.1 million - January 2, 1999; $ 1.5 million - January 31, 1998).

NOTE 23 OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     JANUARY 1,     January 2,      January 31,
(in millions of U.S. dollars)                          2000            1999            1998
                                                     ----------      ---------      ----------
<S>                                                  <C>             <C>            <C>
Net income (loss)                                     $   18.5       $ (109.5)      $   (4.7)
Foreign currency translation
  (net of $2.4 impact of divestitures)                     1.8           (6.1)         (11.2)
                                                      --------       --------       --------
                                                      $   20.3       $ (115.6)      $  (15.9)
                                                      ========       ========       ========
</TABLE>




NOTE 24 COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

     a)   The Company leases buildings, equipment, furniture and transportation
          equipment. The minimum annual payments under operating leases are as
          follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(in millions of U.S. dollars)
<S>                                            <C>
2000                                           $    7.8
2001                                                7.0
2002                                                5.9
2003                                                4.3
2004                                                2.3
Thereafter                                          7.7
                                               --------
                                               $   35.0
                                               ========
</TABLE>


Operating lease expenses were:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(in millions of U.S. dollars)
<S>                                           <C>
YEAR ENDED JANUARY 1, 2000                     $    8.4
Period ended January 2, 1999                        9.0
Year ended January 31, 1998                         7.9
</TABLE>



                                                                              39

COTT CORPORATION



<PAGE>   42



NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



     b)   The Company has sales commitments with various retailers and
          distributors and purchase commitments with various suppliers. These
          contracts generally provide for fixed or variable prices and minimum
          volumes. It is not anticipated that losses will be incurred on these
          contracts.

     c)   The Company is subject to environmental legislation in jurisdictions
          in which it carries on business. The Company anticipates that
          environmental legislation may become more restrictive but at this time
          is not in a position to assess the impact of future potential
          legislation. The Company, along with other industry participants, is
          not in compliance with the Environmental Protection Act (Ontario). The
          requirements under the Act are not presently being enforced, and the
          Company has made no provision for any possible assessments thereon.
          The Company continues to work with industry groups and the Ministry of
          the Environment to seek alternative means to meet the requirements for
          a minimum percentage of sales in refillable containers.

     d)   The Company is subject to various claims and legal proceedings with
          respect to matters such as governmental regulations, income taxes and
          other actions arising out of the normal course of business. Management
          believes that the resolution of these matters will not have a material
          adverse effect on the Company's financial position or results from
          operations.


NOTE 25 SEGMENT REPORTING


          The Company produces, packages and distributes retailer brand and
          branded bottled and canned soft drinks to regional and national
          grocery, mass-merchandise and wholesaler chains in Canada, the United
          Kingdom and the United States. The Company manages its business by
          geographic segments as described below:


BUSINESS SEGMENTS
For the year ended January 1, 2000

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        UNITED       UNITED     CORPORATE
(in millions of U.S. dollars)                             CANADA        KINGDOM      STATES      & OTHER       TOTAL
                                                        ----------    ----------    --------     --------     ---------
<S>                                                     <C>           <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>
External sales                                          $    169.2    $    186.1    $  596.8     $   38.7     $   990.8
Intersegment sales                                            19.5            --         5.6        (25.1)           --
Depreciation and amortization                                  8.5          10.2        18.6          1.8          39.1
Operating income (loss) before unusual items                  17.0           4.2        41.2        (17.4)         45.0
Unusual items                                                 (0.4)          3.7        (2.2)        (2.3)         (1.2)
Property, plant and equipment                                 55.1          78.4       127.7          5.2         266.4
Goodwill and other assets                                     22.1          52.8        78.1         (1.7)        151.3
Total assets                                                 137.0         173.4       332.1        (52.9)        589.6
Additions to property, plant and equipment                     3.0           5.9         9.5          0.1          18.5
Property, plant and equipment and goodwill acquired             --            --        25.0           --          25.0
                                                        ----------    ----------    --------     --------     ---------
</TABLE>


40




<PAGE>   43






For the period ended January 2, 1999

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       United        United      Corporate
(in millions of U.S. dollars)                             Canada       Kingdom        States      & Other        Total
                                                        ----------    ---------     ---------    --------      --------
<S>                                                     <C>           <C>           <C>          <C>           <C>
External sales                                          $    161.1    $   209.5     $   513.1    $   74.8      $  958.5
Intersegment sales                                            21.8           --           6.9       (28.7)           --
Depreciation and amortization                                 10.8         10.4          18.9         3.6          43.7
Operating income (loss) before unusual items                  10.6          8.6          12.4       (23.4)          8.2
Unusual items                                                  5.9         13.5          25.5        32.3          77.2
Property, plant and equipment                                 56.3         90.2         138.8        10.5         295.8
Goodwill and other assets                                     22.5         77.6          38.3        15.6         154.0
Total assets                                                 221.9        237.2         296.6       (56.5)        699.2
Additions to property, plant and equipment                     8.5          3.9          23.1         1.2          36.7
Property, plant and equipment and goodwill acquired             --           --           2.9          --           2.9
                                                        ----------    ---------     ---------    --------      --------
</TABLE>



For the year ended January 31, 1998


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       United        United      Corporate
(in millions of U.S. dollars)                             Canada       Kingdom        States      & Other       Total
                                                        ----------    ---------     ---------    --------      --------
<S>                                                     <C>           <C>           <C>          <C>           <C>
External sales                                          $    192.6    $   148.5     $   603.4    $  103.3      $1,047.8
Intersegment sales                                            22.9         11.7          11.6       (46.2)           --
Depreciation and amortization                                 10.7          6.3          18.3         4.3          39.6
Operating income (loss) before unusual items                  22.2          7.2          37.2       (17.6)         49.0
Unusual items                                                  1.3          2.5          11.6         6.3          21.7
Property, plant and equipment                                 60.2         93.5         135.3        21.0         310.0
Goodwill and other assets                                     30.9         87.1          40.6        27.0         185.6
Total assets                                                 327.7        260.4         375.6      (102.2)        861.5
Additions to property, plant and equipment                    12.3          5.2          63.3         1.0          81.8
Property, plant and equipment and goodwill acquired            7.0        123.1          22.6         0.3         153.0
                                                        ----------    ---------     ---------    --------      --------
</TABLE>




Intersegment sales and total assets under the Corporate & Other caption include
the elimination of intersegment sales, receivables and investments.

For the year ended January 1, 2000, sales to two major customers accounted for
30% and 11%, respectively, of the Company's total sales (19% and 11% - January
2, 1999; 17% and 11% -January 31, 1998).

Credit risk arises from the potential default of a customer in meeting its
financial obligations with the Company. Concentrations of credit exposure may
arise with a group of customers which have similar economic characteristics or
that are located in the same geographic region. The ability of such customers to
meet obligations would be similarly affected by changing economic, political or
other conditions.



                                                                              41

COTT CORPORATION


<PAGE>   44



                                                                COTT CORPORATION

QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

(Unaudited, in millions of U.S.           First     Second       Third       Fourth
  dollars)                               Quarter    Quarter     Quarter     Quarter(1)     Total
                                       ---------    --------   ---------    --------     --------
<S>                                    <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>          <C>
YEAR ENDED JANUARY 1, 2000
Sales                                  $   232.2    $  288.3   $   261.0    $  209.3     $  990.8
Cost of sales                              200.3       247.2       222.3       176.9        846.7
Selling, general and administrative         20.9        24.1        26.3        27.8         99.1
Unusual items                                 --          --          --        (1.2)        (1.2)
                                       ---------    --------   ---------    --------     --------
Operating income                            11.0        17.0        12.4         5.8         46.2
                                       ---------    --------   ---------    --------     --------
Income from
  continuing operations                      0.8         7.3         8.7         4.6         21.4
Discontinued operations                       --          --          --        (0.8)        (0.8)
Cumulative effect of
  change in accounting principle            (2.1)         --          --          --         (2.1)
                                       ---------    --------   ---------    --------     --------
Net income (loss)                      $    (1.3)   $    7.3   $     8.7    $    3.8     $   18.5
                                       =========    ========   =========    ========     ========
Per common share:
  Net income (loss) - basic            $   (0.02)   $   0.12   $    0.15    $   0.06     $   0.31
  Net income (loss) - diluted          $   (0.02)   $   0.11   $    0.13    $   0.06     $   0.28
                                       =========    ========   =========    ========     ========
PERIOD ENDED JANUARY 2, 1999
Sales                                  $   258.1    $  310.1   $   244.0    $  146.3     $  958.5
Cost of sales                              223.9       267.2       221.1       146.8        859.0
Selling, general and administrative         23.3        23.2        23.0        21.8         91.3
Unusual items                                 --          --        74.3         2.9         77.2
                                       ---------    --------   ---------    --------     --------
Operating income (loss)                     10.9        19.7       (74.4)      (25.2)       (69.0)
                                       ---------    --------   ---------    --------     --------
Income (loss) from
  continuing operations                      2.3         7.6       (60.9)      (44.8)       (95.8)
Discontinued operations                       --          --          --        (3.8)        (3.8)
Cumulative effect of
  change in accounting principle              --          --        (7.4)       (2.5)        (9.9)
                                       ---------    --------   ---------    --------     --------
Net income (loss)                      $     2.3    $    7.6   $   (68.3)   $  (51.1)    $ (109.5)
                                       =========    ========   =========    ========     ========
Per common share:
  Net income (loss) - basic            $    0.04    $   0.12   $   (1.10)   $  (0.85)    $  (1.74)
  Net income (loss) - diluted          $    0.04    $   0.12   $   (1.10)   $  (0.85)    $  (1.74)
                                       =========    ========   =========    ========     ========
</TABLE>



(1)  Two months for the 11-month period ended January 2, 1999.



42



<PAGE>   45



                                                                COTT CORPORATION

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       JANUARY 1,    January 2,     January 31,   January 25,  January 27,
                                        2000 (1)      1999 (2)       1998 (3)        1997         1996
(in millions of U.S. dollars)         (52 WEEKS)     (48 weeks)     (53 weeks)    (52 weeks)   (52 weeks)
                                      ---------      ---------      ----------    ---------     --------
<S>                                   <C>            <C>            <C>           <C>          <C>
Sales                                 $   990.8      $   958.5      $  1,047.8    $   948.3    $   888.8
Cost of sales                             846.7          859.0           902.3        806.5        789.7
Selling, general and administrative        99.1           91.3            96.5         83.5         80.0
Unusual items                              (1.2)          77.2            21.7          8.4         26.8
                                      ---------      ---------      ----------    ---------     --------
Operating income (loss)                    46.2          (69.0)           27.3         49.9         (7.7)
                                      ---------      ---------      ----------    ---------     --------
Income (loss) from
  continuing operations                    21.4          (95.8)            0.4         23.0        (16.5)
Discontinued operations                    (0.8)          (3.8)           (5.1)         2.0         (4.8)
Cumulative effect of
  changes in accounting principles         (2.1)          (9.9)             --           --           --
                                      ---------      ---------      ----------    ---------     --------
Net income (loss)                     $    18.5      $  (109.5)     $     (4.7)   $    25.0     $  (21.3)
                                      =========      =========      ==========    =========     ========
INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE - BASIC
Income (loss) from
  continuing operations               $    0.35      $   (1.53)     $     0.01    $    0.38     $  (0.27)
Discontinued operations               $   (0.01)     $   (0.05)     $    (0.08)   $    0.03     $  (0.08)
Cumulative effect of
  changes in accounting principles    $   (0.03)     $   (0.16)     $       --    $      --     $     --
Net income (loss)                     $    0.31      $   (1.74)     $    (0.07)   $    0.41     $  (0.35)
INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE - DILUTED
Income (loss) from
  continuing operations               $    0.32      $   (1.53)     $     0.01    $    0.37     $  (0.27)
Discontinued operations               $   (0.01)     $   (0.05)     $    (0.08)   $    0.03     $  (0.08)
Cumulative effect of
  changes in accounting principles    $   (0.03)     $   (0.16)     $       --    $      --     $     --
Net income (loss)                     $    0.28      $   (1.74)     $    (0.07)   $    0.40     $  (0.35)
                                      =========      =========      ==========    =========     ========
Cash dividend per share               $      --      $    0.03      $     0.05    $    0.02     $   0.07
                                      =========      =========      ==========    =========     ========
Total assets                          $   589.6      $   699.2      $    861.5    $   599.6     $  546.2
Current maturities of
  long-term debt                            1.6           12.5            19.5         10.2          3.2
Long-term debt                            322.0          365.2           388.3        204.6        196.7
Shareowners' equity                       142.3          122.0           230.9        239.0        200.4
</TABLE>




(1)  During the year the Company completed a series of planned divestitures of
     non-core businesses.

(2)  During the period ended January 2, 1999 the Company divested of its
     bottling operations in Norway.


(3)  During the year the Company invested in several acquisitions, the most
     significant of which was the Hero Drinks Group (U.K.) Limited.


                                                                              43


<PAGE>   46




DIRECTORS & OFFICERS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
BOARD OF DIRECTORS                  CORPORATE OFFICERS
<S>                                 <C>                                    <C>
COLIN J. ADAIR (3)*                 FRANK E. WEISE III                     CATHERINE M. BRENNAN
Director                            President &                            Vice President,
Merrill Lynch Canada, Inc.          Chief Executive Officer                Treasurer


W. JOHN BENNETT (1)                 MARK BENADIBA                          TINA DELL'AQUILA
CEO, Benvest Capital Inc.           Executive Vice President               Vice President,
                                    President, Canadian Operations         Controller

C. HUNTER BOLL (1)*
Principal Managing Director         DAVID G. BLUESTEIN                     IVAN R. GRIMALDI
Thomas H. Lee Partners L.P.         Executive Vice President               Vice President,
                                    President, U.S. Operations             Purchasing

SERGE GOUIN (2)*
Chairman, Cott Corporation          PAUL R. RICHARDSON                     EDMUND P. O'KEEFFE
Vice Chairman, Salomon Smith        Executive Vice President,              Vice President,
Barney Canada Inc.                  Global Procurement & Innovation        Strategic Planning & Analysis


THOMAS M. HAGERTY (2)               RAYMOND P. SILCOCK                     PREM VIRMANI
Principal Managing Director         Executive Vice President &             Vice President,
Thomas H. Lee Partners L.P.         Chief Financial Officer                Technical Services


STEPHEN H. HALPERIN (2), (3)        NEIL A. THOMPSON
Partner                             Executive Vice President
Goodman Phillips & Vineberg         Managing Director,
                                    U.K. and Continental
                                    Europe Operations

DAVID V. HARKINS (3)
Principal Managing Director         MARK R. HALPERIN
Thomas H. Lee Partners L.P.         Senior Vice President,
                                    General Counsel & Secretary

TRUE H. KNOWLES
Corporate Director                  JAMES S. REYNOLDS
Cott Corporation                    Senior Vice President
                                    Chief Information Officer

FRASER D. LATTA (1)
Vice Chairman                       COLIN D. WALKER
Cott Corporation                    Senior Vice President,
                                    Human Resources

DONALD G. WATT
Chairman
The Watt Group Inc.


FRANK E. WEISE III
President & CEO
Cott Corporation
</TABLE>






(1)  MEMBER, AUDIT COMMITTEE

(2)  MEMBER, CORPORATE GOVERNANCE COMMITTEE

(3)  MEMBER, HUMAN RESOURCES &

     COMPENSATION COMMITTEE

*    COMMITTEE CHAIRMAN





44

<PAGE>   47




SHAREOWNERS' INFORMATION




CORRESPONDENCE


Corporate Headquarters:                Investor Information:
207 Queen's Quay West                  Tel: (416) 203-5662
Suite 340                                   (800) 793-5662
Toronto, Ontario                       Website: www.cott.com
M5J 1A7
Tel: (416) 203-3898                    Transfer Agent & Registrar:
Fax: (416) 203-8171                    Montreal Trust


Registered Office:                     Auditors:
333 Avro Avenue                        PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Pointe-Claire, Quebec
H9R 5W3                                Stock Exchange Listing:
Tel: (514) 428-1000                    The shares of Cott Corporation
Fax: (514) 428-1001                    are listed on the Toronto Stock
                                       Exchange under the ticker
                                       symbol BCB; and on
                                       the NASDAQ exchange under
                                       the ticker symbol COTT.


                                       Annual General Meeting:
                                       Cott's 2000 Annual Meeting takes
                                       place on Wednesday, May 3, 2000
                                       at 9:30 a.m. at the
                                       du Maurier Theatre Centre,
                                       Toronto, Ontario.

                                       La version francaise est
                                       disponible sur demande.







Design: BRYAN MILLS GROUP Printed in Canada





[COTT LOGO]




<PAGE>   48









[COTT CORPORATION LOGO]


CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS:

Corporate Headquarters:
207 Queen's Quay West
Suite 340
Toronto, Ontario
M5J 1A7
Tel: (416) 203-3898
Fax: (416) 203-8171



CANADA HEADQUARTERS

6525 Viscount Road
Mississauga, Ontario
L4V 1H6
Tel: (905) 672-1900
Fax: (905) 672-5229

PRINCIPAL OPERATIONS

Calgary, Alberta
Lachine, Quebec
Mississauga, Ontario
Pointe-Claire, Quebec
Scoudouc, New Brunswick
Surrey, British Columbia


UNITED KINGDOM HEADQUARTERS

Citrus Grove, Side Ley
Kegworth, Derbyshire
DE74 2FJ
Tel: (44-1509) 674915
Fax: (44-1509) 673461


PRINCIPAL OPERATIONS

Kegworth, Derbyshire
Pontefract, West Yorkshire
Sawley, Nottinghamshire


UNITED STATES HEADQUARTERS

5405 Cypress Center Drive
Suite 100
Tampa, Florida 33605
Tel: (813) 342-2500
Fax: (813) 342-2511

PRINCIPAL OPERATIONS

Allentown, Pennsylvania
Columbus, Georgia
San Antonio, Texas
San Bernardino, California
Sikeston, Missouri
St. Louis, Missouri
Tampa, Florida
Wilson, North Carolina







THE LEADER IN PREMIUM
RETAILER BRAND BEVERAGE
INNOVATION











<TABLE> <S> <C>





<ARTICLE> 5
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000

<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          JAN-01-2000
<PERIOD-START>                             JAN-03-1999
<PERIOD-END>                               JAN-01-2000
<CASH>                                           2,600
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                   90,700
<ALLOWANCES>                                     8,700
<INVENTORY>                                     67,300
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               171,900
<PP&E>                                         464,300
<DEPRECIATION>                                 197,900
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 589,600
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                          109,200
<BONDS>                                        323,600
                                0
                                     40,000
<COMMON>                                       189,000
<OTHER-SE>                                    (86,700)
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   589,600
<SALES>                                        990,800
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               990,800
<CGS>                                          846,700
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  846,700
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                               (5,100)
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                              34,600
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                 16,700
<INCOME-TAX>                                   (3,800)
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                             21,400
<DISCONTINUED>                                   (800)
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                      (2,100)
<NET-INCOME>                                    18,500
<EPS-BASIC>                                       0.31
<EPS-DILUTED>                                     0.28


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission